No preview available
HomeMy WebLinkAbout150588 WALSH CONSTRUCTION INC - CONTRACT - BID - 7125 WATERS WAY NEIGHBORHOOD PARKCity of Fort Collins ' Purchasing 1 ADDENDUM No. 4 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' Description of Bid 7125: Water's Way Neighborhood Park ' OPENING DATE: 3:30 P.M. (Our Clock) April 13, 2010 Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov. corn/purchasing To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described ' above, the following changes are hereby made. ' CHANGE: ' DRAWINGS Sheet A-1 PUMPHOUSE FLOOR PLAN, There is a louver and exhaust fan on the south side of the pump house building as shown on the pump station drawings. Opening to be t 36x36 with CMU infill as required for installation. Sheet A-1 PUMPHOUSE FLOOR PLAN, Louver shown on north wall will have a 44" opening with pressure treated shims for louver size as shown on irrigation plans. Sheet A-1 PUMPHOUSE ROOF PLAN, Skylight is to be centered over pump, for pump removal, F.V. exact location Sheet A-2 PUMPHOUSE SOUTH ELEVATION, Exhaust fan as shown on Pump Station ' Drawings; fan will be on this elevation. Sheet M-1, There are 4 L-2 louvers as shown on the Architectural Drawings, one louver on each side will be blanked off with sheet metal and rigid insulation. 1 Sheet PS-1, PS-2, Keynote 31 is a skylight as shown on the architectural drawings. 7 1 1 0 / PRI TO Tf / LIGHT PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER BY FCL&P DARY FROM TRANSFORMER TO BUILDING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, REFER TO ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE POWER FROM VAULT A STREET tFORMER BY FORT COLLNS J� POWER—, G RESTROOM �1 SITE PLAN SCALE: 1 "=50'-O" north NO DATE REVISION BY WATER'S WAY PARK / �o.m ('m„s�'wo 000�..cxoo. SITE PLAN E-1 1 3/31/10 ADDENDUM ESC SK-2 I I l.M Gem' Requirements-Sectioits,of Division I of 1954:(42USC:Sectiomsal•) .2011 et as;_amended from .. - . ' Speci Icahom timelto time:: ... .. 121 Hazardoicr waste The tgm Ha�dous;Waste shall: ] 32 b Regular Working Re¢tilar workir� hours have the:meamrig piov'ded in`Se&dart 1004;of the Solid area defined as 700am: to=6:00m:n unless, dhenvise Waqla-D4"oslAC `amended, e60 spcifdm the General-Reguvements.l2 - - fromtime[otime 133: RemdennYProject Representative -The authorized 1 22.e.'Lnws and Regulations Laws or Regv1a66 ss—Any representable of ENGINEER.wIt may be assigned to the , and all applicable laws, Hiles; "regulations, ordinances, site or any part thereon " . ; codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authonues azid courts have 6limsd cuort . 1 34. Samples=PhvsicaI eiermples of materials, equipment, or ivorkmartship. that are representative of o ] �b Leeal Holidays shall be these hohdays observed. some' perucon of the Woik ,and which establish the bvtheCitv.ofFartColhrx ':. �. ": standards by which such, orhon of t1ie�.Work will be h p. .', 123 Laens Liens, 'charges, seautty interests or - encumbrances upon real property or persorel property. .. - 13Sh 5'. opm , Dxangs-Alldrawings, diagrams, _ dltistmhais, schedules and other data,or infoaiiehon 1 24. Idilestone P ;pprrmviopal "event specified .in the: Contract Documentsrelatmgto,anmte®ediete'completion [which are speafioally prepaied or assembled by or for CANfR4CTORWand suhuittal by CONTRACTOR to -' date or time pnor to'Substanfiiih Completicn;:of;iill the, ilhistratesoin,e an ofthe'Wmk - Work, 136. Specicana».�Those%porhons�of the,Contract , 1 25 Naacz ofrlward—A wr item nonce by OWNER to Documents cortsistmg of written t ... cal;descriptions ,of the apparent successful':bidder stating thabiipon;campbaiice- materials, equipment, construction systems,,standartbg.and •certain - bY the apparent successful bidder with the conditions workmamhp, as„ apphed',to the Work ;and precedaii enumerated therein, within the.,time specified adr iirustrahve details applicable thereto OIVt�R will sigrt and deliver the Agretimerd '; . 137;-; Subconrr6ctor An'irtd victual, firm or corporation 1 2&`Nonce- to; Prv&M--A written notice' given by hediiig a direct'contradwithtONTRACTOR or with any' OWNER to CONTRACTOR (wit- copy to ENGINEER) oilier Subcontractor for the prfonnarice of a pail of.the . fixing the date ;oh: which the Contract Times will Work at the sae. commenc.eI tunand_onwhichCONTRACT61Z'shallstart , to perform CONTRACT ORS`,'obbgahoris:_ under the - 138 Substmilial Completion The Work (or a CortractDocum'eiits. spuified part:thereo liar progressed to the Qoimwhere, in :the opinion.' of ENGINEER as- evidenced by . 1.27. 00WER The_ public .body or authority. ENGINEERS defmhve, :certificate ' of Substantial - corporation, association, firm or person with :whom Completion,[tissutficiently;complete inaceordance:with CONTRi?,CTOR has entered uao'the Agreement and for the Contract Doc wens so that the Work (or specified whom the Wdrk is to.be provided: ; , part); can be utilized for"the'. purposes ;for which it u intended, a if'rio such"certificate is issued where 1}ie 128 -Partial Utilization —Use "`by, OWNER" of a Work is complete and `ready For fmal payment as substantially completed partof the Work forlhe purpose; evidenced by , GINEEkS.written recommendation of , for which-itis intended (or;a related purpise).prior to Fuia .paymen[.irn accordance wah paragraph 1413. The SubstantialCompletioiiofallthe.w'A,_ � terms "substaetially complete" 'and "substathrally completed". as applied to ull•or part ofthie Work refer to 129 'PGBs PolycFiloruna[ed-biph'enyls. SubstantialCornpleuonthereof ' - "- "-- --- - -- 7 30-PetroMw—n- Petroleum idctuding crude -oil cr-any 139-- Supplzmentary. Conditions The`- partof the ' fiction thereof which is liquid at:standaid.co nditions of Cq_N act`Docuioents which amends or'suppl'., these temperature acid pressure (60 "dews Fahrenheit and Gencial Con[ ti 14 7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil;- - petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge oil rofuse, gasoline kerosene- 1.40. Suppber _A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, and oil mixed with other non.Harardous Wastes'andcrude distribtitormatcialman or vendor baving'a'dvecLcontract .. - -- oils :.. :. with CONTRACTOR or 'with arty: Subcontractor to - - furnish matenals.or i -exit to be incorporated ih'-the Or 131 Prgect The total cot suiiction of whrck the Wor} ,.. ,the Work=by CONTR 4C1 OR orarry Subeor. to be provided under ConiractDocumenie+may be the: ' whole, or, part as indicated elsewhere in -the Contrac£ 141: Undergroturd Fa lilies All pipelines conduits. Doavneats ducts cables wires manholes, vaults tarila turanels:or.. othier such facilities or attach menu acid anyencasements . 132 a..' Rodroacave"Matenol--Source, specisl nuclear or contauung such facilities which have een installed bypratrict,rnateW aedefinedbythe Atomic Energy Act of w[dergrowul to furnish any offthe following services or EXW OENIER'AI. COhD1110TS 19i48 (1990 E�twn) - 2 swl MY OF FORT COLt.[ S MOD[ACATIolrs tltEV 4tz .. - r. I 7 I I I moterials electncity, gases , steam Lqui'l petroleum proeliiiis; telephone a other,_,,commim capons cable: television, sewage and dramage removah,-traffic.or other control systems or water 1 42:� Umr Pnce_Work Work;fo be pard;foron die basis of:wiirpnces. 1 43 Wors The etitue completed constiuctron or. the; vanous sepimicly identifiable putts thereof're" dined to be: furnished under the,.Cori ctDocumerits . Work includes' and as.u,e result of performmsor furyslnpg labor and. 'fuinislririg grid incorporating `matenals and'uluipment into the corstiucaon .and perfotmu g or furnishing services and DfuimsFur g documents ally as_ requued _ by the Conrad if,e Notice to Pioersd lagrver on the:day indicated ,in the Notice toProeeed ANMrce tii Proceed inay be given at any tune wnthai;tlurty bays after the EffecWe Date:of the Agreement '_ n ,,.n �.. _:T• Slnrtingthe Work 2:4: ' CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on ''the date when the Cortract Tlines;commenc'elo run• tut-rio.Work'_slmll beAarie'at the sete'pnor to the -date an which the Contract Times commence'to tun Before Maidng Construdioi%; prov,uca m paragrapn,iv4 2.6: WithinJen days after the Effective Date of the ' 1.45: it'niten MrenoSnent A -written amendment of the Agreement (unless,othervviso specified in the Gencral Contract Documents sighed, by ;OWNER and Reyuireients), . CONTRACTOR,' "shall submit to . CONTRACTOR on',or after: the EfDx4 i:Date of the ENGTNEER'forreview: t and otntyawtth lihe noriengnuring ronmnmna rattier than strictly conmaction-related .261 a;prelimmarypiogress schedule indicating aspects of,the Contract Documents; " the times (numbers of days or dates).for starting. and completirg;the vanotis stages of t}e.Work including any Milestones speoi&ed in the Contract Documents; .ARTICLE2-PREIDCNARYNIATTERS• . 2 12' a prelunM, schedule of Shop Drawing and Semple, submittals'"which will list. !each required - submlttaI and the tunes for• sulmtitting reviewing and .Delivary:ofBonds:; -.._ processing suchsubmittiil ..,. 2A.. IV hen CONTRACTOR .,delvers :die executed executed 2.6:2.1. fn.-no case will �a schedule be - - --- - - - --Agreements to -OWNER CONTRACTOR -shall -also-- ----- acceptable -which -allows -less -than 21-calendar de&cr to OWNER such Bonds as' CONTRACTOR may days for each review by Ennineer:: - - -. be required to furnish_ in accordance with paragraph 5.1, . . 2.6.3: A preliminaiy schedule of values for all of Cop,esofDocumentc_ the Work.wfiich will include quantities and prices of ' .-items aggregating the" Conuacl Price, and .will 21 OWNER shall furnish to OR up to ten subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient copies (unless otherwise specefied'in the,Supplementary detail to'serve as the basis for progress_ payments Cond I ons) of the Contract Documents as, are: reasonably ' : durng co Sstrudton ;Such prices will mdude:,an necessary. for the execution of the Work Additional copies: , appropnete amount of 'overhead and profit applicable will be fum,sfted uponrequest at the oust of reproduction to each item of Work Commeneemeer.orconbnctTimerNohcetoProceed 2 F ' Before arty ,Work at the site' is 'started, CONTRACfOR`attd-AWPl&� shalt sash dchvcr'[oNte 2 3 The ContraM Times wril commence to run-on the _ edter O with- to cask -edged -' . thirtieth day after the.Effedrve Date of the Agreement, ENGINEER. y ' . ' � -." EJCDCQEl�RAL COAIDI7iONS 19148(1990 EdGm) t r '3, w/ C37Y OF FORT COtd.QS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4f200a) I certificates of insurance (add,otherevidtrice ofinsairance QWNER which anirtl maintain _ :,in ;iioc.6rdanoe with Preconstrudimi Conference: Initiafly 4ccep ­.. $che 3.3: PefqoFe, to _,IZI�'and S peci ficqdpns of Technical Sodetin; Reporting and Rei6hing .13!21. If during the-pe.rfornianct of"the' Work, CONTRACTOR -&d6vem-any conflict; error, ambiguity of discrepancy% wHihlh the" Contract Documents or between the Contract bocuments and any . . f, fi L, -or Regulation Prc"%ec`�' ' of or of any applicable to 66rmance the Work . I I I I I I 11 Contract Times, but SuCh-809eplarKC Will neither Impose On ENGINEER respbrikbility, forl.ibe scheduling ins aruction oi: any ouppucrrcicrrw LIV UIPULULUUPHV.�, CONTRACTOR- shall: :report t to ENGINEER in M�A�OR­ I progress the Work'ndr�'in ere-wiLh or relieve ,& f once, arid venting at I shall' not CONTRACTOR -from CONTRACTOR'S M proceed with the Work affected thereby (enept in an responutherefor. CONTRACTORS schedule of a Crae as. authorized bypiqzgraph 6.23), until an Shop Diawing arid I missionswillbe acceptable Pl. � ,� P amendment or supplement to Contract-Docimients to. & ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for has been issued by one of the methods indicated in processing e ired rcvicw'bV -and, submittals papgraph3.5 or 3.6: provided, however, than CONTRACTOR'S schedule �6 values w teacceptable to. CONTRACTOR. shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER as two form and substance. ENGINEER for failure to report anysuch conflict. error; . ambiguity or . discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have ARTICIJ,-3�C -6?ftRACrDqCIJN1ENTS:- INMNT AMENDING, REUSE 33.3.. Except as'6th6rwise*6ifi6lly'sfmedI'iri the Contract Documents or.as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by, one of the methods indicated in para. graph,15or 16. the the - Contract 'Dockun-'erits shall take 3.1... Thi. Contract Documents : comprise the entire pr&edence in resolving any pciiiffict, error, �arn'b iguity agreement, between �OWNER'0, iuid - coNTRAcToR tb 'provisi&is-of.the'Coritract or scr,* between c ney, " con . ccrnmg� the Work are. Documents and: complementary; wharis called for by - one .is'as bvrclmg:as if called, for by all. ... TheDocuments ,. Will 6; 3 3 3 1 the provisicris, of any such standard, w,'o'f theplace-of the. oiinstrued in 6&6rdance th'thijii , spect cahmmanua1; 'co& or tristruetion *hcther Projector not spec i(ltally ,incorporated byrefer in the 32 r It u= the intent of the Contract Documers to r-britnief A— FJ :4- 'W/CITY OF FORT OOLLIMMODIRCATIONS (REV 02090) L r 17. L 1 I 1 _-' 3:3 3:2. the provisions' bf airy 'such Laws or .Regulatiorts,;applitgble to�the,;p .'Ucence ofthe Work (wl ss such an interpretation of the provissonsofthe Connct'Documents would result .:atvrolatio I_surlyLawor,,Regulatiei).. . V 3.4. Whenever in the Comma Documents, the terms "as ordered%, -!as directed" "asraq*ed "as.allowed", "as. approved" or tatns.of fake effector.-untxxtare:used or the• 3 5.3: a Work Change Drrzctive ,(pursuant to 3.6. In addition, the requirements .of the Contract Documents" maybe;supp(emented, and;mma jnations end deviatiofss`n the "Work ffisy be an,thonied, a orne-or more of the,followmg.weys: . Field'Order (pursuant to paragraph M), . 362 ENGINEER's"approvalofa'ShopDrawingor Sample (p rsuant to,paragraphs 6.26, uxl 6.27j or 363. ENGINEER'S written'. iriteipretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9A). Rease ofDocumentr. _ . ARTICLE'4—AVAII.ABIIdTY OF LANDS; `SUBSURFACE .AND. PHMCAL CONDTf1ONS; REFERENCE POINTS atisfactory' cr„adjecuves of 1 .e effect orJTpon are: to: describe .,a;riquirement, direction. review or. neat"ofENG1NEER as to the;Woriti itis'intended that flvaikib*OAL nds:. requirement, direction review or Iudgmem will. be o :evaluate m,gerithaL the completed Work for U. OWNER shall furnish..as indicated in the Contract liaoce tvlth the requirem ent`s cf and intormaticii ui the Documents tau lands upo i:'which the Work is to be ract:Documenits.and ,conformance witfi the design performed rigtitsofway;.and ,easemenis"for access :pt of the completed Project as ¢ functioning whole as thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the n.or indicated inthe Contract Documents (unless there titx,of CO1VfRA_ GTOR pee fie statement; mdtcating,otherwise). The use of duty_or.._. _.._... ,to the. ww41� ou iuerutt,,,arry enctm,omnces.or;restnatons - not of general appHeaton bufspeci5cally related t -use of ' Amending and SuWp(ementing:Con ace'Document.-. lands so GaTtis}ted with wbich CONTRACTOR Will have .. '.' :. . to comply m,performing the Wod.:- Easements _for 35. The Contrail Documents may be: amended to permanent structuq or perteanenl:changes in existing provide- for -additions; .deletions a id.revisions in'the Work.... facilities will be.obtamed "and pmdfor by:OWNER, unless or to modify the terns and oonditions':thereof in one -or- otherwise provided m the- Ccntraet Documents. If more of thedollowmg ways CONTRACTOR, and OWNER me unable to agree, on entitlement to o_illr the amount err extant of any adjustments 3 5.1.. �a formal-WdttalAmeadmerit inA5e:ContractPria err thc:Contaa Times as a resuh of any delay m OWNERS tumtshmg these lairds nghtsof _-sr 350 a Chattge Order (ptasttant to paragaph 104) :. way or easements }CONTRACTOOR may make a char ' or therefor es provided in Art cles.l l and 12 - .EICDCOEN ALC0NDI710M 1910i (1990Edtim)' /CI nTY OFFORT COLLIh'SIISODIFICATIONS pt6Y42000) - - - .. CONTRACTORshall provide for all additional lands, and, indicated m the Contract Docuinents;:oi access- thereto that' may be<'iequired .:foi, temporary construction facilities or storage of materials .and 4234:•: is of an•unusual nature, and differs. equipment materially frtmtcoriditions ordinarily encountered , ..- and geiieially recogniitd as'intierenr m work _of Subsu/JaceandPhy�c6l:Cdndinntir.; : '. the clSaracter 'p�iovided for .iri' the Contract Documents, then 4.2.1. Reports and Drm�rngs'i Reference is made to, the Spplemerdar uy.Conditrons for identification of: CONTRACTOR shalliniinedmtely after ' becoming aware thereof -arid before fiadier dsturbing 4.2.1 I Subsurface Co»drtions: Those.reports of ooiii iticns affected thereby' oriperforming arty: Work it explorauons'and tests of subs irface con l horns et or con ectivn therewith i(except m an _'emergency as - cbiiuguous'tb`ihe site ,that have been uti ized by ENGINEER in the Conuact Documents: 'permitted by =patagr . i 6:23) notify :OWNER and INGUZER m wntmg - about such cb diLiorL preparing :CONTRACTOR shall not _further disturb'such'conditions or;perfoim ?"Y:-Wort. m conneotionthlrewith(exaptas .. 4.2.12 Phys cal Condrrioirs Those. drawings. of. aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so ' physical conditions m or relating to-existtng surface- orsutmufaceslructures at or contiguous to the site 4 24 ENGINEER s ReV1e1Y ENGINEER will - ;(except Ut ound Facilmes) that.,haie been, promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNERS obtaunng additio l explorat o i or utilized by JENEER i i.'preparuiS :the Con[iacr. _ Docmnents .. - tests:with respeZ. ci thereto and advise OWNER mlwriting. 422 Limited Reliance by CON7RAC7b0,'Au'thorhed• - (w th a copy ,to CONTRACTORp of INGINEER's findings aril conclusions , fecluucal Data CONTRACTOR may rely upon the: general accuracy of the "fe' cal_ data contained tit such-: 42:5 Possrble� Contact �� Doamienu: -Change: , If - . reports and drawings tint such reports and drawings aze rrot ENGINEER cdricludes :that: a 'chaiigc in the Contract ContrastDoaunents Such'caldara rsidentifiedin. the Supplementary Cohditions ;Except for such reliance on. Documentstsregturedasaiesultofacoidtionihatmeets one or more of the categones' m paragraph 4 2 3 'a Work such "technical data ;':CONTR CTOR may i of ,rely upon, Change Dtreetive or a Change Order will Ube'"' as a make ahv claim •against OWI�TER, ENGINEER orany of provided' iii•'ARicle l0 to reflect :and document the ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: Consequences of such Change. - -'_42 2 I thb completeness cf such -report and " - ' ` 4 j.6 Posnble. Price and, 7}mes A4ustmentr., An "the Contract=_Puce or in the , drawmgs- for CONLRACfOR's'> piuposes, equitable adlustincru m including but. not limited'to arry'aspects'of the Contract Times.,or both. will,be allowed:to the extent that means; methods,. techniques;; •sequences and tlie:�exisience'of such uncovered or -'rev' aled'condition procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and, Causes in maease or decrease m CONTRACTOR'S cost o�,� tune required for per['omance o1; the Work: subject, ' programs incidem thereto; or However to die'tbllowu g ' 42 2 other data 'uuerpretaticF s, opinions 4 76 I: such coiidiuon must meet any or and info .imationcontamed'insuch repo_ c,rshown. or mdiciied in such draw rigs or more: of the ' categones describedn paragraphs 4 2 3 1 threugh 4.1.14, 3 4 inclusive; ' " 4.:2 23 any CONTRACTOR-iiiteipretation of a conclus on drown from :airy tec}urical: data" or 4 2 6.2. a Change m the ContmCt Documents pursuant to' paizgmp 4.2 5 will not :be an any such .data mtetpretations opinions or inCarmatiou:_ automatic authoniauon of not a can, ticn precedent to entitlement to any such adiusrment: 4 3 Notice ';a - D�errrig Subheizc¢ of Physical 42.6.3. " with respect to Work that is paid for Condidais If CONTRACTOR believes that 'any on a Lhiit Price Baas airy adjustment m C -mract . subsurface 'or. -physical condition ator contiguous to the.site-- - that isuncovered or revealed either. 1 price will be subjectto the provisions, of paragaphs 9 10 and 11 9 and 323 l is of such a nature as to establ sh iltat. 4 6 4., CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled airy tectinital'data on:tvhich CONTRACTOR is. to.arr/ adjustment m the Contract Price or Times entitled to rely'ia protaded`m pang phs 4 2.1`and if 4,22 is materially macairate a • 4 2 6 4 1. .CONTRACTOR kitew of • , 4232 u;of such a.natiae as {o'requin-a the e�stence of such condtions: at the titrange m the'Cmtract�oiaiments, or `. - time CONTRACTOR ;made a final canmitment to OWNER in respect; of 4233 matena7ly from tl st shorsTi or= differs Contract Price and Contract Tunes by,the EJCDC6EI�tALCOMHTtOf5193a-8 (1990 Edumj - 6 a1OTY017 FORT COLIJ134MODIF7CATIONS (REVdr100a) t - ' _ _ _ .. �'. I I submission of 6 bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 411.6.4 2- the . existence of such condition could reasonably, have been, 5iicovered,or revealed as' -a result of airy exahim�afiotian. !!iYestgatlom: exp Ora or stela, study test of..the site and contiguous: areas required by . the. Didav, R v r cnLs to .quiremmitsorContractDocurn be conducted by or f6r CONTRACTOR'prior to C-ONTRACTbks it rig.-S'utfi final ccmffiltmtht oil 4.2.6A.3. failed to _CONTRACTOR g!y . S:&.writte'n' nctic6ilwithin:t6 time and .. as required by 423 .... if -OWNER and CONTRACT OR are unable to agree on I in: and to other pmjcct or anticipated project. 4.3. Phjtdcal;Condtions—t6d'agroundFacthties-.- 4.3.1. S/;o1M o,r1n46cate& The information and data shoiArn oi iridicr in thi.Cointract Docu-mitnts with respect Underground 'Facilitiie's at or �ccntiguous to theatres based �on:infonmaticn.and data firrnishedto OWNER or EWINEEk by the owners of such.Underground Facilities or by.:otheis. Unless it is 'in. otherwise expressly provided the :.:Sllpplimentary Conditions: .4-3.1.1. OWNER and:ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the aczuracy,or;c6mpleteness of any such iddination or dita; and 4.11.1. The cost of all of the following vil I be included in the Contract Prig and 'CONTRACTOR ,any ctauns, c wiffia.RiVother RefffreMie..P,i,tr. extent, it . Contract mquences iliry. If Contract ctive or a Vdcle 10 . Diming . isibli for lergroun . d aph 6.20 crease in Contract Tibutabl6 thit was xumcnts M could are of or -ACTOR mount or Price or a claim lowever, INEERS TOR'for irried or veys to ikh in enable Work. out the reference point on because of ,.and shall be in le Work- FeiroiaTtKa=rd . ou Waste or ilitics� Radio di4M41crial: and and repairing any eWork [f:an Underground contiguous. to tut OFMRT MIXIMNIMIFICATIOM; plsv ..OWNER shall- be,, resp=151c, for any xr; .PCBS, Petfbledrn Hruzardaiis: Waste or active miie� uncovered or revealed at the site wai notshbwri 6rindicated in_.Drawmg*s.cr icatio"is or ' identified the Contract tents,� _, - ip, , . Jb: be within the scope of die Work and may present, a substiiiti a-ld, danger l0 persons or l,by orbefore Subcontractors at'U1_e:site .:.OWNER sha1not ,*bez.respcnsible for any. :b ,..such -.,,mataJa _,birought., the. . site (except CONTRACTOR, Su't+0_rs­_ -i or ;1. . t Pp Su Iwn_ y- 23) -anyone else.is, 46 ltyand l.� +: ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND, INSURANCE Performance Payment and 6ther Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall fixnish Performance and NyinefivB edchiri4n-ghount.at lead equal to the or 7emain in effect I final psymCnt ise by. Laws or Documents. other Bonds as ons. All bonds raci DocLuncrits Zcgulations and named in the Certificates. of 0 Bondsand is jpublished in bdriau of U.S: Treasury aacru must be ewtr !—A 'A I JTB�M 12! 71 EiCaCGEMMM.CONDITIOM1910;(1990E w CITY',OFFORT ODLUM MODIFICATIONS(REV 4f2000) I 1 I D U U I D L' 0 0 CON/'Rr1CT6R'rLiabfGty7nsrirdncr;'..- . ._ ixe and '.s other a it is to: )R 'any ectty or r ftrinsh 5 410 aiclude caniisctual hibility msruairce covenng ':CONTRACTOR's mdemnny. ' ohliga M under paragraphs 612,'6:16 and 6 31',through 6.33;. .may�beaiable:... _ ..._. ,...;provide),:_.: 5:4:1: cleans rider workers' i o fiskiok disability 5.4.12. ,remaut m effect'at lean until foal payme i fits benearxi other smihr employs Uecnefit acts; and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR'may - - :be correcting removev or,npla6ing-defgctive Work 5 4:2. chino for. damages ,because of bodilIyy. injury, m accordance rv�th paragaph 13 12 o'ccupati6nal ` sickness pi: iLseau -' death of. CONTRACTOR'S employers S 413 kith respect Tin completed operatioris misurancc 5 k claims foi.aamages :because of bodily injury; tnsurance;'and any coveraagge written on a claims -made basis, remain in eftecf'for at two s�cknpss or;disease or deathof any person. other than; -least -.- years after;£mal payment(and CONTRACTOR shall . ,CONTRACGOR'semployees;. ;. eusleivia - ,fumrsh'OWNER end':each other'addrtionral visored identified to the SupplementaryCoiidinons to' whom certdicate'of.insuratico has M,en`issuied evidence satisfictory'',to OWNER 'and'any' such additional r.insured of contmuanori-bf, such.. insurance at final - ;payment and one yeartliereafter),...':.. ..----- _ .:: .. 6WAER'i Liabif ry lnsuranci.' _.... ..:.. -_ _... mJirnnr�i•no .._.c� t __.:. 5.45. 1chairs for damages, other than'to the :Work. 5.5. , In addition to intsurance requtredto be,provided i. selt:.because.of iniuiv_.[q or destruction;of tangible. by CONTRACTOR under'jxiragraph5:4, OWNER, at property whereger. located ncludutg,lpss of use, OWNERS option, may. -purchase and matntam at resultingtherefrom; and OWNERS expense OWNER's own ltability,insurarce;as will"protect O WN112 agamsrclaws w}ucli may arise from 5:4:6:` claws for damages beptue otbodily injury, or operations undei:the Contimct'Documents: death 'ofany, person or property damage ar_uing;out:of: the ownerslW_r am[enance or use; of any motor Prnperiylnruirurce - .. - - - Supplemenary . dby tis paragraph 5.4. Theohcies ofmsurance so reVirr 'ihe n. .: to be,"piucHased and maintained shall - , . _ 5.4:7. with. respect. "to-..itsurance� rea wed by `deFtiishble=eiieuids--as-iea...'•-...r"yid^"-'-.- 4the customary exclusion m -' espoct of-. prbfessionsl liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGDgEER's. 3:i Consulter is and viy other persims or mbbes identified. "':C� in the Supplementary Condkions,:alfof whom shall be 'N listed_as additional.insureds; and inctiide'coverage'for . in the respective. ofGoers and:employees of. all such ea additiorel insureds; -''.an Sd R'-__.ineL,degl6nmc:fic-mv..nn:c:u..ri`M w;rr..,. . Si r 1 I I I I 11 11 I u D 111 Receipt andAppGcniim-o lnsgimnceProeeedr [I1 ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOWS RESPONSIBILiTTFs Sripervrston andSLpennteridence : - ' - 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise; 'inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, evoting such snrlapplyug such' skills .:and. attention -th ,experuse as may be necessary to perform the'.:Work in accordance With the ., Contact Documents, CONTRACTOR shall be solely Tpsp.omible far themearm such a eement amo the arties m interest is reached; gi ng p for the ne li { - - g geiice of others the desiiii or spectficaLon OWNER';as fiduciary shall adptst•am settle the loss with of •a specific meatn, method technique sequence or the insurers "r.-:-.u.:; procedure of go"' ction which [s shown or indicated; in C.:..a and .E. e5"..,1 a IDTed" * y 9 by';. the Contract Doeiiments. CONTRACTOR. 4shill be responsible; to, see',that the completed Work. complies accurately with the .Cmtmct D AcceptinceofBogdrandlmm�m.ce Option to'Replact.•. Documents 5a4.: If OWNER has any objection to the,coverage afTorded by or 6.2., CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times dunng -;its progress a wmpetent resident othu provtsiora of the _ :inwrance required to be superintendent who shall notbe replaced:without written . 'purch'ased, and maintained by the . efha—peRy notice to OWNER' and 'ENGINEER eccepl under CONTRACTOR m•accordance with Article 5 cn the. basis. extraordinary circumstances. ,The superintendent will be of nonconformance with the Coptraa Documents, t#ie CONTRACTORS ie esentative at the site anifshall have Ix OWNER veil] aut}iortty to act. on behalf ;of CONTRACTOR. All rtoti(y CONTRACTOR m wrib ig :within ten.:fifteen days after., reeeipt deliv of thecertifificates (er idenw communications to the superintendent shall Was binding as ifgiven to CONTRACTOIC reggestod) to OWNER as required by, paragraph 2.7. . - - . €fnstrronsb Labgr,MaferiaLtanddErjiiipnieiat:. .. e-eUteF-nice 63: CONTRACTOR sball provide coin!e Lent, suitably qualified personnel —to survey--lay--out- and -- the fe aet oohitruct the _ Work as'.., required by the' Contract - -_ • . Doeumems CONTRACTOR shall at all_tima:maintain wt eF sash fell � to t?te sleH eE Bte v i r r i _ T good ,di - iplure and order at the Ste Except as otherwise requred for.[he safety or, protection O'rsors the ' - -^ "L. of .or , Work- or property at the site or adjacent thereto,'and ,. except as otherwise uidicated in the Contract Documents,. _ Het all "Work at .the site sb2U be. performed during repiilar working hours and CONTRACTOR will rot t overtone work or:the Pa Cormance of Work on Satiaday, Sunday or any legal holi4y;without OWNIMs.written cornett given after prior written noUw to ENGINEER Pamal U6Gmnon—Prbpertylnsurdi�ce., CONTRACTOR`sltall submitrequcsts to the ENGINEER S 15 If OWNER finds,d neccsaiy to occupy or use a no less than 48 hours inadvance of 1 anv Work to be ttifomted on Saturday Sunday Holidays -or outside, the portion or= portions of the Wail . prior m Substantial :: Re¢iilar Wakma Hours .. - .`:. EJCUCGENatALCOTIDI'RO1S I910S+(1990 Edam) _wi CHT Ge Fbar got t tits rnootFJcnitbrts tttEv an000) City Of Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor PO Box Fort Collins Fort Coll 50 ins, CO 80522 ' 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 Purchasing fcgovcom/purchasing ADDENDUM No. 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS tDescription of Bid 7125: Water's Way Neighborhood Park OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) April 6, 2010 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CLARIFICATIONS/CHANGES: • Last day for bid questions is March 29, 2010. • General Contractor qualification requirement to be submitted with the contractor's ' bid. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK: Delete 1.02 A 3. "A statement declaring that the company will perform a minimum of 20% of the work; not including purchasing of materials, with its own forces and organization, and a ' list of services that the prime contractor will provide." 2. Section 07210, THERMAL BUILDING INSULATION, Paragraph 2.03, ' Subparagrah A, item number 1: Delete 'where shown on drawings'. All non - grouted cells to have foamed -in cell insulation 1 3. Section 07466, WOOD SIDING, Paragraph 2.01 & 2.02, delete and replace with the following: 2.01A WOOD VERTICAL SIDING A. General: Exterior vertical tongue -and -groove wood siding, for opaque or transparent finish. 1. Sizes: Length as required for full length installation, 10" nominal width. ' 2. Edges: Tongue -and -groove. 3. Pattern: Straight with beveled edges, WP-4. 4. Texture: Rough. 5. Finish: Solid body stain as specified in Section 09930. 6. Grade: Architect Knotty I I contains or is followed by words reading that no. like. ' , . . . I—- � - _13ii. ­ . . . equivalem,&'"cr-64iml" item or'no�,su ..itupon is penmrttccfl*r-ltCms1of,'matcrial,cr.* equipment or material I "orcequipment zof -other Suppliers. may be accepted by ENGINEER under the following Qwing circumstances : 6.4. Unless specified ini the General Odtem sp 86d assume Requiremcnts..�CONT, OR full responsibility . for all, mat . mils,- cqtitpmciit, labor, transportatici%. construction equipment. and machinery. �tools, jj�-Pbali_=S,Juel,. I'gK heat,jelephone, water, :ianitary"f 'ili Y all other 94; 'ties, facilities. and. mci'd=9=hn1ecCss&ry.-.fcr the flimishing, 'peifomm rice; test4 5 , tart-up-ak'60r6pletich bf the:Work. Pdrichasing Restrictions: ctions- ;' CONTRACTOR must cd ply,withtthc:CiN'si)urchas=restrictions. A m- tthe resolutions are=avadablc lcrr rcview'm th py of offices of the Purchasinp and Risk- Nlanagement Division or the Citv:Clcrks office.... 6.4:2. Cement Restrictions: that City' of end Coll lins Resolution 91-121 requires producers of cement or products contamir cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement Elm fttburn hazardous waste as'a fuel. ' he of gbcd 6.5. All' materials and , o 1;tv' and rkw: exceot as , o se-131"Ovided in the as lb'tfi6 kind and All materials and corinected.. erected, ',accordance dboldanic'e' With eRcept as'otherwise: Progrm Sche&de: 6A CONTRACTOR shall .adhere to the Progress sched iih p4m fir M"blish e4'cc -M aordance 19 as it maybe adjusted from.timeto',finie.:as pravided below: 66.1. 'CONTRACTOR shall subin it t6 ENGINEER f6r* acceptance '(tq. he.A'E-dilt 'dedicated in Panlgeoh.19) proposed adjustments,. . - in the, progress schedule that',*Bl.not'cliange.4he'CoriTact,Ttmes (or Milestones). Such a4justrn . ents will conform generally h dud th in effect arid additionally to the progres�,Pc �_ Ps - 9 visions q " Will comply 'with, any p6wisions -of the, General Requirement applicable,thereto. --6:62.—PrWosed-adjust a�s;in-theprogrew-schedule---- that will ch-an ge' ' the, Contract Times (or'Milestones) -"n bei"ittedin'aG&&daii''ewith ,the ie.quzizncits of Pali 'Such. adjustments may Y graph 12:1. ; 661 be made bya Change Order or Written Pinendment in _.accordance with-ArticeI2. 6.7: Subsihrufiw'and 'OrEqiud - 16ts; I Mi I I I I I I I I I .A - I by the resulting change: all of :which, will be .ccnsid&cd.,bk ENGINEER_ in evaluating the, 9 -oposed, substitute. I ENGINEER may reeqquve CONTRACTOR to, furnish thep.roI3osed'iubstiiute' All dia to be provided by, CONTRACTOR..'iri sup'pbrt,�of any , proposed'"Or'equid'-pr�.ni6stttuie-iiem-,wHI beat WNMACTpks, -6.7.2 Subsfitule C6 cfi6n'Methods or Pyve&An�is., if .m method; technique; sequence 'or' prccediirc. _of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by'the'C ontract. boeiufficnt�. CONTRAcTbR�miy. '&�ash of 1 'ufibic:a substitute, , at . cans; . method;:- technique, *uin6c or procedure .of -construction acceptable,to ENGINEER. .CONTP-A,CTOR shall:submit;sufficicnfinfbrmatibn to allow ENGINEER in FNGI141313R's.sole .discretion _ to, to that prowidpq m subparagraph 6 Engineer's Evaluation.% 'ENGIN eda,.r&son01e_ttmc within Whic proposal or, submittal. made Jiaj5hs.V. I I and 6.7.2,.. ENGMEl judge ;of acceptability, No. " ante will be 6H_mT-d,' installed or ut: ENEER's'pnio*r*' fitte-n a-geeplaince-'i need bry',either a ChangeOrder *or record be ER will be. Wevaluate, mrsuant to Z will be the r-ecp!". or ua,ranw or other , . or substitute. ic required by Comiultants in ,or submitted by gaphs,63.1.2 and 6.9. CONTRACTOR. shall oertain not lessthan 20 rmuLof thc'Vcrk-with-lits:own forces (that is. 'without sub =njnSl'-Thc'20 rcent recuircment derstood to refer tetheWork;the value of shall,beun 01 4hich totalsLnot'less than 20 bercent ofithe Contract Price. .6.7.2. and m. 'making aking changes .'in the Contract 6.91; CONTRACTOR,Shglb�fuRytesp�_xm'bleto. Documeinls,(or ini-tfie-pro'visions_of anyl.loiher_dired. OWNER afidENGNEER for 04cts and omissions contract - w - ith OWNER for:work on the Project) of the Subcontractors, Suppliers -and other persons occasioned 'thereby. - Whether or not-. ENGINEER and organii2tions 15e-dormirig'dr amli4iing,any .of the accepts a substitute item so Proposed or submitted by r a - - - Work ufiO * ' direct or' indiiic t 'contract with �CONTRACTOk' - CONTRACTOR shall reimburse CONTRACTOR. Just as -.CONTRACTOR is OWNER far' the charges; 6FENGfNEER and r ible for ' CONTRACTOWs' own . acts. and ___ENGMEEkV eo=,ItL-lis-f6r-ev.a.lua.twg-each such ornimon&-Nothing .in the C I ontract Doicuments shall - proposed- substituteitem. create for: the - benefit of any suclt; Subcontractor, stnph�cr or,other- n - 'organization -person io� �any Qin cerh M'9!, S,iibcAmfiiz dior's, Suppliers and contractual rtMdnsht:-Vetw6en: OWNER or Others., ENGINEER and any .suck Siibconkactor, Supplier or other person or crganizi6ork:nbr shallitcreate.any 6:81. CONTRACTOR shall not employ, amy.-..obligation'mi the part of OWNER or ENdfNEERto — S... I . Su draqt9r, u ... ti person or orgarm .pp. qT_ erpe on 11, I il;i - f --d pay tq,F� to, payment �n! � any due any thc)se'. acceptable, '- to OWNER and _ - Subcontractor, Supplier such lig or . other person or ENGINEER itsiacat6d'inpara . 2). whether 1 1. ihe�rwisibc re-- — d b on except as o quire y initially or asa:slubstitutei agaira,wh6in OWNER or Manm j Regulatibn�.�101AWERcErENGD4EEk may ENGINEER may have reasonable`_I - objection: fiffiish to arW subcontmotbr.subolief orlother-berson 00NITRACTORshall.not be Tequired, to emplay,any or, :onzar=tion 6vi oL_ maid to Subconh�actqr_Supplier or figi other-son:6-rorgarantion per CONTRACTOR. ac with t6,funlish, I ori . Pe . dorm -arty :..ptthe..Work `igainst -whom 'CONTRACTORS OAnpbcafior-jiroiPaymene�. CONTRACTOR ". has reasonable on. EJ=OENERAL-CONDMOMi9'l4tIMEiitj'm) 13 �:V,;/dli<6iF(jFCTODLL[liSMODiFidAbONS(REV4/2000), ------ �-*, % q so 6.9.2: ..CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for. !scheduling ;!scheduling.: "and ,co6Tdifikihg the Work of Subcontmaors,j.Suppfiers..and ' 'other persons.. and organizations: performing,.qi.'firmshmg'arry of the Wcrk_under,!a direct or—indired. contract %"th• CONTPA&6FZ: ' CONTRACTOR .. shall. . require all S6cofitr'a'ctor's.: Supplim' and such 'other -persons and organizations. performing or furnishing,. any of the Wo&to,qommiinicate`.�tnih the' ENGINEER through ,CONTRACTOR! t6.10. The:divisicits and sections of the Spiecifications. and the fka ' ti6ns .of any- Drawings _not control _CONTRACTOR m- -dividing the 'Work among subcimtractors &sUoli6ibT d6ineatiAg.th;�WDrk to be performed by*y. spw clq tia ae, Patent FeesandR owffe& 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume- all teats. incident to the use in the periblibafice 6f-theVork- or poincor 'ratiori in the Work. of any:inventibm design, process; product or device which is.tfit.subjtct.6fpateht.righis.or copyrights held by others.. .4,d p -*cW — " `aesign—. — j*ro;d6 device aru . ar invention, prq�ess, p ct or evice ih Ahe ("anInact- D&umems for use in the ,shall be To the the, Permits 6;13-­� Unless 6_thl� Conditions, , CONTRACTOR-; construction permits7 and, licti CO OP, ivheni'-rieci Penn and hcensm :CON h-mtapplicablc it the re; a re no Bids, on the - CONTRACTOR shall for connections to the charges of such utility thereto sucb.as plant 6.1-C. L gdwsizndRqulidns. 634A. tqbNtAXtTbk shell give, all ndiccs and comply I` 'ith'all _UY4 :and Regulations app.ca e omp y w I'1bl 1to furnishing s and-- if- f the'morlc Except where otlierivise performance o. exprealy �Te, uged by_ _applicable OWN an& Reguhfior4t neither ER nor ENGINEER shall' be responsible for, OWNER Mj,TfRACT!DR`s gomplian'oe. with" any ­Laws or -Rejulations. perfi6rms, any Work knoi;mg or having reason jI I to. ..know zthatif-is oonaay toLaws'or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all cIRunsoosts; Imses and dmav�s c@used by, out of or resulting fi- howiver, it shall ��MMNTRACTOR!s!:rhinkv nesminsibiliry to Tares.-. 6.15. CONTRACTOR :shall pay ,all Sal - es. consumer. use 'and 'otficr synilar 'taxes'required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance �hjtfi " the 'Laws and Regulations of,the place of the Project -which are applicable", J.heperforiniinceotzheWork. 6.15.1. -OWNER iseximht fr6m,,Cokhdo State and local -sales. and use -taxes` ow materials to b __Mrrnafiendy incor6orated into IK91ect Said taxes shallwVbe included in'Jie (�oTWNIJ.oe. losses and damages anQny out of or r6ultiurg from any Taxes -those buildmit and into iriftLngement:otpatent,nights or.c' yrightS'incident to the from h is,nhvsncally of the ic�iilijxig the .4e prp�q ........ 1, &�sigr4 memporation in o any- mycri or ct.o Convict ir u r noV" th I :Addrcss: gcess,#� criti." Colorado DepaRment oFReve ale q Bkw ENERAL�CONDITIONS.1?10 .14 Vd CITY -OF FORT 001,11M MODIFICATIONS 4n goo a r I 1375 Sherman Street Deriver. Colorado. 80261 Was and Use Tam for . the State. of Colorado, Regional Transportation:District (RTD) and'oertain Colorado counties' are*.collocted by the State of .Colorado and are'izwluded in the.'Certificafi(m of aemptiorf. -All applicablo,Sales and Use Taxes (includint: State collected W=)..on'any;items other. than construction and building materialsobvsical1v incorporated intothe. Dro ect, id bv'CONTRACTOR and are to be included ataopromiatc bid items: Use of Preti%Lwr., - 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine..construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations the 'site of workers 'to and land and areas I shall not construcition i claim be Lse of the I promptly otherwise resolution the fullest mnifv and or or I I I I .1 I 11 I I I I I UNTRACTQR.shallrmuritaio in a,safe 'place: at k6'reccrd copV-,of'afl'Dra-wlr*4p,-Specik&iom Written Amendments Change. Orders, Work Directives. Field ' brders , and cm and clarifications (issued pursuant. , to 9.4)h �' in brdir-and -M'='s..o!K alltAt6d to z. ana a I will. be be Safety and Prot.ecfion: 6.2 0: CONTRACTOR -shall ba" .:`responsible- f6r mitiAim' '- ' i - - � and- ' -- S, maintatrung an - supervising all' safety prccquticnsand,prograas in corme6tibn.with the.'Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all nicesstuy'p*rech' utions forthe safety y of; and:shall provide the , necessa ry jxot p I cti . an to prevent aaiag , e,,mj _ ur , yo _ r Jo ; ss to: 6.20.1. .911 persons on the.Work site or who may be AF�t;db- 1 .1. '; - y OeMork,; `6.202. -'-all the'Work and materials and e4quiijim-ent to in -'storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3.,,other;property at thesite,or Ojacant thereto, mc uding'treer', shrubs,. , lawns, -walks;pavements, 16 M uffhles'suid Underground Favil'itac4s'not desigriatcd for refiiciviiLrilocition or replacement in the coarse'of ccnstruction. CONTRACTOR'shall,comply with- all applicable. Laws and Regulationsof any public body . having I . -juihidiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them. from damage, i . nj . ur I y I o I r- loss, and ilidil -er66f 'imd. maintain all necessary §af*ar&- for: siich- safety and protection. CO�MMDIZiliall noti� 'o" of-iidja'eent property p�d- If L)A&r Tacihtiesand:.' util" *owners when ' c kon TourtV.& may affect" and shall rosacutki cooperate with their 'irithe "Orot666oii�rem&M. relocation andTFplac emV* .8ftheirpro". y.-'AlPffimaige. mijury or loss _to .any ,property referred to in; hs6.20.2 or .or notice to -OWNER. and CONTRACTOR in accordance With paragraph 114:13;that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwix l`connection with Substaiicial Completion) 62L- ,.Sgfety,Representddvc: CONTRACTOR".sFiall des gis)te a qualified and experienced saferytrepresents avesat the site,whoseduties and resp<uisibilittes shall be the prevention oCaccidcnts and the mad tainmg and:supervisiiig of safety, precautions and Fo9ainS Hazard Communication Programs 6.22. CONTRACTOR. shall - be ' responsiblefor coordinating any. exchange oCmateial safety data,sheets or other haiard cammuntcation.iiifotmahon.required to..be Made :evadable'- ta: or cxchang'6d between..oi .among: . employers at the. "iite m'. acc�xr n ..with Laws 'or' Regtilauans.. Eirfergeaeier - .. purposes required by paragraph 6.26: The numbers of eachSample. to be'submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. ' 6.25' Submiba Procedure- " 6251 Before submitting each -Stipp Drawing or Sample; CONTRACTOR shall have deterromed and ver Pied; 62511, 0:fidd measurements; ;quantities; dmensions specified performance cntma; installation: ;rey>ffaneras 'materiels, catalog numbers;sand;similar information;with respect thereto; 6.25;1`.2. all materials wi t1f respect to intended usc:...fabncation,' shipping," handiuig,. storage, assembly and installation pertaimig to tie performance o£the,Work, and: 6.25'1'3:. -all :vifonnatiop, . relative. to. CONTR:4CfORs;sole responsibihUes in respect f .,,.,.. ir.:..ie'r lm nc'errnvrrcrc anti I I 1 I I I .I 628.' Where a Shop'Dmwrrg?o 'Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule ofShop Drawing and 'Sample submtss ors accepted by ENGINEER as required-rby paragraph`29 arty.related Work performed pnar to.ENGINEER's revrnv a approval of the pertinent: sit be at;tt a sole expense and respoi>sbthty.. of CONTRACTOR Con6nuitigtheWork:.' •r;c. 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall ,carry on "'tire Work and adhere to the. progress schedule diming all be or disagreements wit11.OWNER ,No Work shall be delayed or postportel pending' resolution. ofarry' 'disputes or disagreemenu ercepras permitted: by paragraph 15.5 or as. OWNER:aud_.CONTRACT OR may otherwise agree: in 630 CONTRACTOR's Ger{eraf Warranty and. Guarantee " 6.30.LCONTRACTOR ` warrants and guarantees. to O"WER;,ENGINEIIi arid- ENGINEER's'Consultarus accordance with the :Contract Dociiments ora'release oC CONTRACTaR's olil gauan to perform'tFie?Watjc in eccordanoc with the Contract Docdiaenis :.. r 6 30.2:1. observations by ENGINEER, 630??. rec'o'—m eenrla6on of'arry progress or final payment by:EI�TGINEER`, ' 63013..;the issuariceof .a ` certificate of Substrintial Completion of any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.imdcr the Contract Dodvtigncs 630.E 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNEE; ' 6 36 any,acceptana by OWNER or. arty fails m to do so " 630':6 IhMryiediew and apprbka of a'Shop awdig or Sartiplesubmittal.�.t6e'tssua'egf a notice': of acceptalility.'byINGINEER' pursuant to paragraph 14.13 630.2:7: airy `mspechon :=test. dr approval by. of r;., or 6.30.2X any correction of uefechve Work by OWNER ' Irideiiunrfiantion:.... . of them maybe liable regardless o[ whether or not caused > 630 1 1 .abuse, modification or :improper m part by arty negligence or omission of a person or entity maurilenarrce: a operation ;by per,ons other than mdemiufred her tii&i or whether, liability is, imposed CONTRACTOR Submntiactors er Supphers,'ur upgp.such in Tij fled perty'by Laws'arid Reg lotions regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity. 630I normal wear and tear under normal. O usage 632.. , In any I and all dames agamst': OWNER or EGGINEER or any of ilteu rest xhve consultants agents; 6 302 .'CANTRACTORs nbligauon to ;perform and; officers dirt ctors'or employees_ by arty employee (or :the cc.MP the Work m accordatrce with the'Cwttract' Docvmatts be None the ,following stsvivor or ppcctsonal represcntahte of such,anployee) of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor O shall absolute of well constitute an acceptance of tYork that' is not to arty any 3uppher any n or orgamzation dvcctly:;or`tn ectly emPloyed;by perso &rcOco titnt crormtnotatsto$(tvsoedaa) 17 -wl.CITY OF FORT COLUM MOD47CAT10N5 ptEV 42000) r I any of_t}iem to.pecfomr or;.fivnish any of the Work,or anyone: for , li sescts any ofsi} em inay;be.lialile; the provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said d rect contracts:between:OWNER aid -such tihhty'owners mdemnificaoon obligebon undei,,paragraph 6.31 shall -riot iin'd othu convectors be hmited m arty tray by airy bmttation on flit amount or type otdmages coaipertsalron:o; befits payable by:;or' 7.3. If t ce,proper aiaution or results'of anv part of for'CONI RACTOR:or any sucli;S ibcaitraetor,;Supplrer or CONTRACTOR'S Work depends vpai'worl. perforated other.pesonororgeni?h4ppurtdegworlets':contpetisation by_;others tinder thu Article, CONTRACTOR shall acts, disatiilitybenefi 'acts or'othi employee Xefithi s inspect such other1. work and promptly report. to ENGINEER m ;writing any delays, defects or deficiencies 633. The indemnification obligations, of m such other work that render rt mavadable or attttitable CONTRACTOR imda paragraph 631 'shall not extend to. for ihe'proper'.exeauon aid results of CONTRaCTbR's the Lability of ENGINEER and ENG114 Rs'ConsWtants,, Woik CONTf2ACTOR's 'fathue so . to report' will officers,.dtreetars,.-ernployees:. or -agents_;criused :by the .covtt nsite ari.,scaptarrx of, such othe%_work as, .fit:,and professional negligence, errors or omisstoris of any of them. proper for.' inlegravon with CANTRACIOR's .,Work esi cept for latent' or nonapparen[ defects and deficiencies SkniiwofObLgafiq,r :, msuchotherwork-. . 634 ,.•All representanoru, tidemmfications, warranties Cgor�nahon and guarantces made required by cr given in accordance.. ' with the Commet.Doatments,'ag well.as,:all':cor-i nuing 7A:-_ if OWNER contracts with others for the obligations indicated . m the Contract -Documents, will performance of other work `oh the Project at the sde;:llie smvrve:fiiral payment completion and accepfance.ofthe. followvtgrvrll.besetfortlimSupplanentdryCotd6oris: Workand termination orcompletion of the Agreement; ARTICLE 77,0TBER WORK ReL ed Work ar Sue 7-.1. OWNER may perform other project at the site by OWNER's ow direct contraetsz.therefor Which sh CondcEiorts s Tilar to:these ar}iave ( by utility owners If the fact that: s�i performed was not noted irthe Conn () written notice thereof wilt be:givei prior to., starting any ..such (n) CONTRACCI'OR.'may make:- a provided n Articled 1 and 12 if CO! that,such'perfomiri ike will involve CONTRACTOR or rent s'additidi are unable t agree as:to the amount o 72 CONTRACTOR slihTafford who is a "party to such a duect,.66h owner,�,(and_OWNER, if,OWNEf addiuoial work vnth OWNERs_ert — _ _- - -----" safe access to'ihe srtb'and a reasonab introduction and staage -f material tire execution of itch other work -and`'. and coordinate the Wor, with then provided m the Conhact Docvmer - - -,. shall do'all cu[turg,fittmg and patch '7.4 J the` extent' of sac, authority .and related; to the responsihifin will bc'provided s;lor'let other ntain General, Unless- otherwise provided...in the Supplementary ork.performed. Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority' an wor to be regpo ity in respect of such com%unatiom .is cume`nt4,:then:. . )NTRACTOR .work and ARTICLE.&-owNER's RE4POAst>T Tt•as i; ;therefor as :rbkbetieves 1aF, expense t, 0 andthi°orves: 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these'General thifeof Conditions; OWNER shall imue:all.commtancaUrs to CONTRACTORthroughENGINEEF_' ... .. they contractor ,:tv Ai iltiliry .. R-2 In case. of termination of. the 'emi5loyment of 1 e i I 1 me. MNVllVDr_R, V,n1VGll Jimu.eyyvuu a, cllt'j .5,_ and 'the"' wl vse-status oiider the Contract Docomeiits shall be -that - and of the former ENGINEER - loci vise. ;.:. 83. OWNER shall furnish the data required, of OR OWNER tinder the Contract Documents promptly and that shall make payme-rds to CONTRACTOR.promptly whendo -iheyareeaspiovrdedinparagraphs:l4.'4;and-]4.13. ark. by 8.4. OWNERs duties in respect of providing lands and of and. easemrnls` aid providing engmeeiaig surveyyss to are set foR m phs 4.1 ,t led establish reference points patagn and 44 Paragraph42 refers to.QWNER11 idcmtfying iawtngs of physical coiidtttons e-m eetattng r, o - _ 0 I I 1 1 I I struetures at orbdrrtiguous to the site that have been utilized. -by ENGINEER-in-preparingthe-CcniracfDoctmcnts 86. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicaied in paragraph 10A. 8 7,. OWNER!s :resportstbility in .respect of certain 'Inspections, tests' and :approvals is set forth in paragraph 13 4. 8 8 In connection with OWNE_ R's right to;stop Work,or suspend Work 'lF_' ; pars -- hs 13.10 and 15.1 Par - "aph 1 S deals`: with. ONrNER's rigtii to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. ARTICLE . 9—EINGINEE WS STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Project 'Reprwenraffve:. —0 -___. _ - ConNttons:.these:Kepresentalrves shall have the authority _ OWVER'aReprerentatrve _. __. _.and limitations as provided dri-varaetaoh9.13—of the General.Cenditions -. . and shall be subject to the following: 91. ENGRs= will & OWN_ER's representative. duraig the ctalslruction period`., The duties and 931 The •ReprrSenfetive's- dealirv�s in matters responsibilities and.. 'the limitations of authority . of pertaining to the on -site work will inpeneral. be w ' — :Oith ENGINEER as WNER's representative during the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR Bot the constriction are set.forth in the Contract Documents: and Representative wdl',keeo the: OWNER-broperly shall not be extmded. without -written consenfof.OWNER advisedabout such matters. The`:Retaesentative's .. .and ENGINEER- -',- deahnas:with'subconttactors::willonly,be-throuehor " with the full hrwwledoe and atroroval of the . Ytutr to. site. CONTRACTOR „92 ENGII9EER;willmakevrsitstdth&siteatintervals 9:3.2. Duties andResoonsi4tres'Representative spppproroppnrtateto the` vanous stages of nc4istmction as. will. ENGINEE[2 deems necessary to drder to observe as an expenenced and gnalihed design professional the progress.:. 93 1 Schedules Review ::rhe progress EJCDC GENERAI. CONDITTON51910.8 (1990 Edbm) - 19 w/CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS OLEV 42000) _ scliedite-:and_other:.schedules oreoamd.•by the CONTRACTOR' :mid, - consult with the; INGI LEER comzmtrte scccptabdity: 93;`2.. Conferences -::and Meeting; - Attend. 'meeting 'with the-�CONTRACTOR such as preCoristruMio71' conferences; progressmeemtrs and other'ioti owlferenees ate' 'piepare an eirwlate coniesof minutes ofmieetings... 93:23:Liaison. - ' 932=3.1 Serve as ENGINEER'S-. liaison with CONTRACTOR. work= piinc pally throul hN.CONTRACTOR'Ssopeiihterident to assist the CONTRACTOR in iuiderstand ne. the Contract D6cuments::. 933'3.2: Assiscinobtamino&ornbiw R additional details or mfonpatiom when- re4ui_red for mopererecutionofthe Work. o ^ a. 4 h• ce the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the mommencernent of any Work =requiiing� 6: Shop-,_Drawm or samolc-sabmiss onaf thesubmisston'has not been appr bv—the ENG1NEER,- 9.3.2.4 Review of Work Reiection of Defective Work, Inspection and Tess'-' 9.3`2.4.1. Gonduct.on sit: observation of the' Work'in nooress to assigft ENGINEER m determirting.thaL'.the•. Work'ii-iXocoedin& in aarordance tt�th the Contract Documents odification irrDiawines4r Specifications and jinni( these recommenditioris'-to- -ENGINEER Acbivately �transniib 'to"''CONTRACTOR : decisions issued by the ENGINEER 9.313. Records. 9 3 4 2.. Report- to the ENGINEER wbmeverft Representative belirks'chat the -- Wort: -is- tlsfactory: faulty ordefeetive-or ° ? R t Fimish EkIkEki periodic - as r Hired o[ ft eIs.oI the ' does not conform to the'CormactDccuments Wort and . of the CONI GTOR'S nrhas'b"n"da:-aged'or does hot -meet the coienl;ance vnLf, Lhe oromess-whedule and iequiieraents 'of any irispectiori4' tests or schedule .oT shoo Drawing' and` sample approvals rear ed to be made a d advr� the, INGINF3;R when he believes work should W �+ ^< <t=d'or ehould be uncovered subIDlt4i13 v ¢2 a i Coosa'*with ENGINEER in ' for observation. or "r8auiles 966661 testing,. advance of sdbedoline maior ' -te • - lrtsuection'or adproval. inspections or stare of important phases of the 93 2 4 3 Accon wny visiting inmectors Work Cliarrge-0rders - -- - ------ - representing wblic-or-Other agenCie$7having- 2 8 3 ---Draft-proposed-Draft -tunsdictioii over the Protect record theTesults. 7 and Work Directive Changes: obtaining of these inspections and report to the backup material from the` CONTRACTOR ENGINEER - : and recommend to. ENGINEER Change . -- - - Orders. Work Directive Changes and field > 9 3 2 S w - Interpretation of Contract" . - ` orders. - Doamnents Report -to ENGINEER when :clarifications and interpretations of:ihe Contract :931:84. Report uamediatelV to . - Dacumen[s needed and tianstnrttp ENGINEER and OWNER -the occurrence of .are' . CONTRACTOR clarification and•mterpretation.. any accident.; - .. of the CmilraM Docimtents as issued 'bv the ENGINEER . 93 2 9- Pavruent Requests Review applicatiotu fl nayinent-with'CON7itACTOR`for oornpbance 9 3 2 6 Modifications Consider and with the estabhshed procedure for then - .evaluate CONTRACTORS suggestion for;. submission and forward with recommendation to - - - ' EI OEKMAL CONDI110M 1910-8 (1990 E(fiuce) - : 20 wl QTYOFFORTODt.!-IMMCC)IFICAnONSOtEV4/100d) .0 - e a I 1 I 11 11 1 1 1 1 u ENGINEER noting trartlmlarlV the rilationshio of: the •payment requested to°t 'schcdule?of values:. work cglleled and materials - and equipment. " dehvered'at`the -site but notoroorated m .the Work:. .. 9.3:210:'C6itpla6ch . 93i10r1 BeforeENGINEER'' issues: a Certificate of'Substan6al Completion submit.; to CONTRACTOR ialist,ofoliseryed. items : retattnrte'correMtort or. completion. . 93210:2 Conduct final msoect.on in the .�sluthon„ed.Yariaaorts in Work: = com ary of the` ENGINEER' OWNER and" CONTRACTOR 'fand:preparc"a final list of iteins to be corrected or comoleted:: 932:10:3.' Obsave that all items.on.the. final list have been corrected or completed and make recommenmtions to ENGINEER' conceriiu_ig'ecceptance:.' - 9 3. I:imttatron'of Authority "T' he Representative shall rmE 9.33:1t. .'Authorize. aov deviatibhs from the. Contract; Documents dr accept "any substitute l materials=or egumment:unless'authorized by the ENGINEER 9.3.3.2... ..Exceed 'limitations of ENGINEERS nuthority as set forth in the Cm tmctDoeumeras:, 9:333: Undertake-any,of"the'responsibilities of the` CONTRACTOR. "Subcontractors. or - CONTRACTOR'S superintendent: 13.4 "Advise-oii or issue.dkectib ss relative; to. :or -assume control `ova an of the means, methods: '"techniques 'sequences 'or. procedures for Whstructich unless such s "scecifically ciHed'forin the CdntractDocuments:. 9.3:35: Advise on or issue' directions regardim or assume control over safety precautions and proeran s in comtecnons with the. Wes. .. .. - RejecSgg;Defeetiye'Woiki" .' ... "hop'Dranzngs, _Change Orders find pgments: 93 3i6:�' Accepl`'Shoo- Drawiin?z:-or ._samnle__ 6.N fivlustvei submittals -from anyone other than. the. CONTRACTOR 9.8: OrdersIn conn8ctson.with'ENGAIEERs authoiity:as to Change ~ sa Anccles,10; 11 aiid.l2: 93 37 .Adihonze "OWNER`to' 6ccmy the Work-in whole or in part. " 9 9::: In cwnm chon with INGINEER's authority, as to _. - • ..: ... Applicauons for Payment; se.a Article 14.:.-: 9.3 3 S ' ' Partremate' 'in soerialized Gold 'or jaboratoTytestsoriftspectictss coni3uc[ed by others, Determinations for emit pricer except' as, smifically ,authorized -the ENGINEER` ' 910:''" ENGwi INEER ll detem im the actual quantifies and classt6cahon`s of Unit •pike Worl'petfgrmed..by- Clm:frca6ats and3irlerpnta6Ons •CONTRACTOR: FNG_ WEER . will `'mtew " wnh _.. �CONTRACTOR: _;` the 'ENGINEER'~"' pteliniurety I 1 I [1 n 11 I I 1 I B. Materials: Western Red Cedar. C. Nails: Hot dipped galvanized boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1-1/2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. D. Underlayment: 30 lb. asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D2626-81 without perforations. E. Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding system. 2.02A WOOD CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All solid stock wood fascias, casings, brackets, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be Western Red Cedar. 1. Sizes: As shown on the Drawings, or as required to match existing. 2. Profiles: As shown on the Drawings. 4. Section 10800, TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES, Paragraph 2.03, Add Subparagrah B & C,: B. Mirrors: Bobrick B-1556 surface -mounted sheet stainless steel, with mounting screws. C. Mop and Broom Holders: Bobrick B-223 surface -mounted holder, 24" long with three (3) holders. Paragraph 3.03, Delete Subparagraph A.2 - contractor to furnish & install mop & broom holder. 5. Section 02750 CONCRETE PAVING: ADD SECTION 2.04 Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete 2.04 Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete: A. Manufacturer: 1. Davis Colors manufactured by Davis Colors; phone 213-269- 7311, or approved equivalent. 2. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01600 for substitution request procedures. B. Materials: Pigments shall contain pure, concentrated mineral pigments especially processed for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979. C. Packaging: If pigments are to be added to mix at Site, furnish pigments in pre -measured Mix -Ready disintegrating bags to minimize job site waste. D. Colors: 1. Concrete mix shall contain the dosage rate of pigments indicated in the manufacturer's instructions. Dosage rate shall be based on weight of portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, lime and other cementitious materials but not aggregate or sand. 2. Natural Areas Colored Concrete Trail: Color to be Yosemite Brown (#641 Davis Color). with rvq�ied: to i . se — attired in Dedslons an Disputer .9.11. .,ENGR_4132R�will be for a fic Written will be submittal ENGINE tbilvday the ten"decision decisiort, unless otherwist agreed in writing by OWNER VNER and and CONTRACT OR thi. date of TRACTOR �9Ai . When functioning. as mu 1 2 . Vietier., - and judge under 'M": - riotice of, pa . ragrapiisq.lo .and ENGINEER- will not. show end (j) , i Ii OWNER & CONTRACTOR' and will not be an iidthe U'm e riable lmty,tcoo�nnection with any interpretation or decision set:fa-th in rendered in good faith :'Ln"Such capacity. 'The rendering of -A';, eniered a decision by.ENGMER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or ptiswiit to 9.1 I� With'i'reseed,,,to`.'.'a'*nLsu_c'4 'Isim dispute or other ­11 Agreement insitterz(exce wh ich 'hich yS.beelwaivedbytilheinalcing ny.­ i Istitirted by or -acceptance Of I final Tayiient as provided in isdiction to parrigraph.14,15) will 'bd' a' `cc6dida*jTemde rit to any by' OWNER and Docurrichtsitir.by Laws of Regulations in respect of any not be subject to the sdich'claim &he tA A Aide 16 ,dispute:cr. "rinatta-pui-L-m 9.13. Limiladom ort FNG7ATM's Aitthority and tiol interpreter of the 9:13.1. Neither :ENGINEER's, authority or - ents . - , a n Id judge of the respoTibil ity undefthig'Article.9 or under any other Claims ,dispxltes and provision o6he Contract Documents nor-mv decision 6ility of the Work or made %by ENGINEER iri Scod'faith iiidi , cr to exercise i, .n: .C&itract or not exercise sucli auib6rity, or rispornibility'or the s U:and 12 -in r6- ,pect of or responsibflity.by.ENGINEER.shall create, impose Contract Times will be orgive"fise to any duty owid I by ENGINEER to ..., re.queA. i h " CONTRACTOR_ any * koaimraany -Supplier; ?-writing,wi.t., �k; ice- withthis, paragraph. any other.PeTson or organizatio n,:crr to any surety. for I disp I cr other matter or cm ploi or asent.of any ofthem. . to ENGINEER and the Mptly.-(but in no event 9A3.2.',,ENGINEER will not supervise,. direct, art of-16:0ccurrence or control. d have authority -over or. be: responsible for ten supporting dato will CONTRACTORS. m6aas,­miith� .techniques; the other:`party, within p I r I oi Of construction, or the safety currence ati or.,event unless precautions and programs incident thereto. or for any period a . I turn . e1or the fiiiluie of'CbNTRACF . OR to,comply with Laws and icairate data in:SUpport Rtigulorts applicable to' -the 'furnishing- or ter. The cippo I smg I Party performance . - of,the 'ENGINEER will not be 11TM andAli6xiannaht jisponstbl ,6r C TOR'si.fiiilure'to perform IL if 9:133. ENGINEER will not , , be responsible for the ER!s acts or foini§;i6hS or of any will Subcontractor, any S6ppher, or of any other person or 'OR organization perfarming.jar furnishing any of the iken- —Wor.L7 the, pule 9.13:4. ENGINEER!s'rrvicw.iOf the final Application and for Payment.and accomparrying-d6cumentation and such all mau'llenInce.and operpitbig instructions, sacdales, - 6, a guarantees, Bands 6M certificates -of inspection, tests ERS and 4ppravals,and othcr.Ooqimentstibni required in be or ideliVered ',by, pam U­ph14 12 will only be to .gra that their I content com , lies with wrviictu.ivx co me outer MU LU=NUUNnr -I days after the..date. of such decision and .a.formal. thirty day, errome genera Y, P the rccli]iiiemcnts 64'and iw,the 'case:of certificates of pro' I ed' ty, the -4mlin -party' form f ce g Apq�._q inspections. tests and approvals -.ffiat the reallts _.ingA - in - ction.to excircise.- . the C indicatecM011. rkm i -ontritid the,a . p , pea . lin hi .6 ­`cK. ladin jas _g puty,may vi; wi - resipect to su :C Documati dispute orother matter m eccadanix with applicable Laws 'air,authority and Regulations wti}int surly days of the date of such 913 5 The. and ---------- ---------- ....... F1 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I I responnbilityset fdrff to this Para - ph:913 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants Resident Project Representative_ and assistants: ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN`TB E' WORK 10:1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without. nonce to any staety,;OWNERmay. at ary tine or'from time to time; 'Order additions, deleuors or revisions in the Work: -Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorised by a Written Amendment. a Change Order; or a Work. Change .Diieanve: Upon receipr .of any -such document CONTRACTOR shall: promptly proceed with the Work involved` -which will be od itmul under the 1b:2. If'OWNER''aiid CONTRACTOR are unable- to wee as to the extent, if;any; of an adjustment in the Contiact_Pnc-e or,ari adjustment of,the Contract Times that should be allowed as:a result of a Work.Change Directive, a'clih may be madetherefor as provided in Article I I or Artiele'J2., 103. . CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase inthe Contract Price or an exiension,of the Contract Times with respect to,any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Docoiients im-aimended, modified and supplanentedas:provided m paragraphs 3.5 ar>o 3.6,:exccept to the case of an emergency as,provided in paragraph 6:23 or. in the ease of uncovering.: Work �as-provided in paragraph-13.9. ]04. WNER;and;CONIRACTOR shall executer appropriate OChange;Oi&rs mcominended by ENGINEER (or Written Amersdments) covering: -. .. . 10.4.1 changes in the Work -which are (i)',ordered by' OWNER pUM=t to paragraph 10.1; {u) required because of.acceptaice of;:defactive Work udder paragraph 1333 or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13,14, or (iy) agreed fo by'tt a parties; 10.4.2:' changes in the Contract.Price of Contract Times which are agreed to by. the parties; and .10AS changes in the ;Contract price or Contract Times whrc}i embody'the,subsiance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuannt to peragraph:9.11; provrded:ihat, in lieu of executing:arry such Change Order, an appeal may, be ;tal.en from any such decision in accordance with the,provisons of the Ccniract Documents and applicable Laws mid Regulations,.Wt during any such appeal CONTRACTOR shall�� on the :Work and ere. .to ire progress a as. provided -in paragraph 629 .. _ 1,6.5. Ifnouce of airy change affecting tine general scoPe of the :Work or:the provisib of'the ComracNDocuments (including 'but not limited tq Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by,the,.provisionsof any Bondtobe given.`to a suretryy the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR, responsibihty and the; amount of each applicable_ Bond will bsadjusted accorxllnaly: ART ICLE'I1-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. The. Contract price constitutes the .total compensation (subject.to'authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for; performing the Work All duties, responsibilities and obligations ed to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be atCON1 RACTOR's expense w t6it change.in the'ContraccPrice. - 17,2. The -Contract price, may only tic -changed -by. a Change Order or by a Written Ameridmerit Any claim for an adjusmient m the ConmactPrice shall be based on written nWce'deltvered by't}ie party raaldtig theclaim to the; other. party:: end to ENGINEER .1>r6mPty.(but in no event later than thirty days), after; the': start' of the occurrence or event givmg'nse to the claim and stating the general nature of. the claim.. Notice of the amount of the claim with_ supporting datw` hill be delivered, Within' sixty. days,afler, the start of'.such 0catrrertce;or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit addiuoml.or'mor'e accurate data in support of the claim) and'shall be accompanied;byclammant's written statement that • the adjustment clammed covers in k iiowrtamounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said _occurrenceor event A➢_clamts for-adjustment-in_the Contract Price shall be detchainzd-by .ENGINEER in accordancewith paragraphUl if, `OWNER, .and CONTRACTOR cmuiot otfiermse agree; on the amount involved..; No':claim for'an adjustment m the Contract Price will be valid if not subm'ited:in accordance with this paragraph 112 113: The value of any Work covered. by':a Change Order or of-aity claim for,an adjustment um,the Contract Price will be determtnal as follows. 111.11. where the Work'involved is covered by unit .:Incas contaiined to -t}ie -Contact Document-% by appbcatioa6r such unit piras.to :the quarititiesof the tams involved (subject to 'the;, .provisions of paragraphs.11.9.1 through 11.93. inclusive): 15.12. mhere-the'Work im olved;is not overed by umt:pnas,contained m the;Cori tract Documents, by.;a mutually agreed'.pavmmt,tasrs, tttcludmg'lilinp sum (which may'irtelilde an allosvartce for -overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance: with paragraph 11.6.2); 11.13::whar _t1ie:Work involved isnot covered.by unit pikes contained 1 m the ,Contract Documents and agreement to.'a lump,sum..is not _reached'. order paiageph 113`2;,on the besis'of the Cost of die Work (determined as.provided m paragaphs l l 4 and 11.5). phis=a CONTRA.CTOR's feeforoverhead and profit .. :(determinedasp oyided in,paazagraph 11. Cosre,.ik Wo k:. .. . ] T'4. Thor term Cost of the Work means ilia sum of all. costs:necessarily incurred acid paid by' CONTRACTOR in the lxopa performance of the Work: Except as otherwise : may.beagreedto:in:writing by: OWNER such costs shall be- m--amounts no higher than those prevailing`. tit the locality of the prcject -shall :include only the- following items and shall not: mdude airy of the costs.16mind in paragraph 17:3i 11 4 4. Costs of special cottiaitapts (mcludmg but not limited to ;.engineers archrttcts, ' testin laboratories surveyors, attorneys a d,accountants) employed for services specifically elateif to rite W� -. .11A.5,. Supplemental _crnts including the following: 11:4:5r1 The.. Proportion _..:of 'necessary mIlIsporiii664_trave and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incuiTed in discharge of duties'.coiarect.ed with the Work.' 11.4.5:2: Cost; :including transportation and maintenance, of all mat"Is. supplies equipmera machinery appliances, office and temporary facthties;at the ate and haridtobls not owiiecl;by the w6ikeis; which are Tfsumedin'.the pe`f inanee-ofthe Woi rind costlless market value of such itemsused'but not consumed which remain the property of CONE R 4CTOR 11 4.2 Cost of all matenals;and equipment ttunished �corpcniud 11.4.4.4. Sales,constimer,`useor"similar taxes -related--,to--,the-Work -and for -which - — ---- -- - arid :trans)ortation field. .- CONTRACTOR is liable imposed by Laws and - .services rNuired_;m connection. therewith . Ail cash Regulatiora. _ discounts shall., accrue to :CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with 11 4.5:5. Deposits lost for causes other than which to make '�payments;-rzi'which case the Gash negligence of CONTRACTOR,. any ... discounts shall 'accrue to OWNER: - All- trade ..... Subc'mtrador or anyone directly or ufdiredly discotnts rebates and refunds:and returns from. sale of employed b anv of them & for whose acts any surplus materials and equipment OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall accrue to shall make provisions . ...... - .. of thau'may be hablo and royalty paymcras.and fees forpenndsand licenses .. . D so that they may he obtained:' 114.5.6. Losses=andl damages. (and related 11.4:3 ?ayments .made bS CONTRACTOR to` the. expenses) caused by. damage tathe Work, - not Subcontractors for Work performed a fiurusFred by compensate by insurance'or otherwise sustained Subcontractors '. If required by _OWNER by CONTRACTOR m connection. vnth..:the i - EJCDCOENERAL CONDIIIOM 1910.4 (IM E t ma - - - 24 - .wJ CITY OF FORT COI.LIM MODIFICATJONS QtEV42a00) r_. , -' pertain once and, futri sh ng. of the Work (except. 11.5.5., Costs due to the, neghgeiice of lasses and:damages w?t}iin the deducts le amounts CONTRACTOR,p. any . S, contracts cr anyone ' of y insurance. establish6d by OWNER in axo directly orinduecdy aaployed by au of them o for " e,.with'paragmph5,91' provided they whose acts:iL of them.may be liable mcluding but have 7esulted. Gun causes other than the not limited "to they catuiion "of defective'Wark . :nefgligerice of ;;CONTRACTOR., -any' . - sal:of materials or;equtpment wrongly _supplied - Subeonttaclor a anyope dv«tly or indirectly making goad any damage to prupcty _ employed by any of them or for whose acts any of: . them maybe liable Such -losses shall include 11 S 6 •Other overhmd'o general expense costs of settlements:"made"with;. the written: consent, and ' airy kind and tho costs of any item nol spec}fically.and approval of OWNER No such losses damages .,, expressly"includedinparagiaph114.- and expeiuei shallbe included m`the Cost of the, Work for the purpose of determining 116. The -CONTRACTOR's. 'fee . allowed to CONTRACTORS fee I1 however, any such loss CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit' shall be „damage requires. reconstruction and. determined as follows:. CONTRACTOR is_ - •placed m charge thaeoT , CONTRACTOR shall t c paid Cor: services a fee 116 1 a m tually eaeptable fined fee; of '] ropornonate,to trat: stated ui paragraph 11.6.2: '- 11 62 it fined fee is not egreed'upui, then a fee 11 4 5 7. ' The cost of utilities; fuel andsanitary based on,.the followm percentges, of the. various gg Icilrties.at the site. portioat;of ilia Cost ottho Worka 11458: Mina expenses 'such a's- telegrams, lI6.2:1`. for:. casts incurred" under long-distance telephone calls; telephone service -at paragraphs 11 4.]" -_: and_ l l 4:2, the the site, expressage and similar. petty cash items in _ TRACfOR'. CONs fee shall be fifieen percent; .. connection with the Work. 11.6.2.2-. for -costs : vicii=e under _.- 114 5.9. Cost ofpre'MIUMs for additional Bonds paragraph 11 4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall and insurance requued because of `changes; in the . be Lve percent, Wok ... - 11 5 The term :C& of the Work s)iall not include:any of 1162:3. where one ormore tiers of subco >iracts are the basis of Cat of the Work the followmg plus a fee and no toted fee is ageed upon, the 1157: payroll costs and "oilier compensation of intent of: paragraphs ;1141 1.1 Al,. 11.4.3' and 11:6.2 is that, the Subcontractor -who" actually. CONfRACTOR's- ot5o rs executives :"priueipais ( of performs a furnishes the Work at whatever tier. partiierslvp and;sole'propr etotships) general managers will be, paid a feejbf fifteen percent of the cosss eiiguteers architects .est motors attorneys auditors.. inaurcd'by such SuDmiihactor.uridu paragraphs accountants, , purehasing • :end conhacting, agents,: 11 4 I and 11 4 2 :'and that anyy er tier expediters, timekeepers clerks and 'other personnel Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR v each be emplo ed" CONTRACTOR whether at' site. or in. Y by paid.af nfpeid;e CONTR4CTOR's pnnrr' 1 or a branch' office. for to be negot ated general admnustration of the.Work and riot specifically in good Faith with the OWNER'biit'not to exceed me uded m the agreed _upon schedule of job five percent -of the amount paid'to'the'next lower classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4 1 'o e u tractor. specifically covered by paragraph I 1 4 4all of which . are b be considered admmistraave costs covered by the 1162A.. no fee: shall'be payable?on the basis CONTRACTORs'fie. oCcasts)"emiad under paragmphs 11.4.4, 11.45 — — — T — — — and 11511-- = - . '1152. Expenses; _of CONTRACTOR's,principal and. branch offices ot}ier than CONTRACTOR's officeat 11.6.2.5. the:amoum of creditto be allowed the site. by CONTRACTOR to OWNER'fot;airy c e -in which results m a net decrease cost will be tCie 1 t.53; Any .:pan of CONTRACTOR's .capital amount of the actual net decease iicost" plus a expenses, including ,mterest: on CONTRACTOR'S' deductionin CONTRACTOR's'fee by an amount " .. capital employed for the 'Work and charges against. _ equal .tofive.percentofsuch net ;deaease;:and CONTRACTOR'for dehncjuep[ payments: ' I16 2 6: when both additions, and credits are - - 1L54. Cast of premiums for all Bonds: and"to, all. 6 CONTRACTOR is urvolved'm none a the adjustment: in n surari whether'or not required. by t1u;Contraat Documents to,"" chase and maintain CONTRACTOR'S fee ssihmallli be cornputed, on the bass of:tlie tat do 0 m.'accordatice; with _ the satire (exapt.tor the cost of prenituma;cover by paragrap}is 11 6 21.i1 rtnig�i ] 1 6:25. mcltisive _ . subpuagmph 11:45 9 above). ` - jti6'cast " 11:7: Whenever of airy LVork "is :to be EKDC00,1EKw 0NDiMOM1slo-8iIME"dhni 25 " w/QIY:0FF0RTGUIhM3MODIFICATIONSptEV4RDaa).- and 11.5" determined pursugm to.joragraphsI.L�Mm and retards CONTRACTOR .will *blisli and rd I ds ercof. inl.accordanc� �ivith,generally acce accepted accounting t" fiorm4cce 6 ENGINEER there riding S4ustmcnt Frc��S,w comes sped any other and with Item yWo rk ,practi(*s an&subiriit in acceptable an item, ized cast breakdown . f tog I ethe , r with supporting I data. m �jq . a_ 'CONTRACTOR 1:933. if - believes. that ; .increasei CONTRACTOR �ii critiiItd �6',an m :Contract `Price as a: result of Having incurredl ILS; It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included additional. expense- or OWNEI�, believes that I in the Cantrac I t Price all ­ allowances so rained in the cOWNER�ii entitled to a.de&rcesi , in Co raract Price Cc muse the Work so covered a'g'ree as,:to the to be furnished- id _' 11, 1, ca -1 f6 y ce an per Orin r such S=S as may airy sUch'increase'or'de'Creasc. acceptable to:OXVNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR -wecsthat: -11 �9.1`4.. *CoNtRACTOR, acknowledites. that the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in the allowances "include''the '.6 . 6st to the Bid sole 'CONITRACTOR-(Iar any - applicable trade discounts) discr6tion,,�itho�t.aff6dirij�-the-C6ntract Price -of .a of maten'aVand e'.-qiu'iprncM-r'ctj!rid Sy the allowances 'item -so lonp as the deletion or n to be delivered ailfie site. and all applicable taxes; and =d twenty Vmc es ex -tive Percent o Ing — , the original total Contract Price, 11.8:1 CONTRACTORS, , ':cosis �6r' unloading mg and . a verhead, handling on'die site labor, installation. . " costs; , profit ..and other expenses cordinnplited for the , ARTICLE 12—C]FWqGE OF CONTRACT MIES allo�vances.have-been included in the Contract Price and'. not in'._:thc '4160ancrq- . and no demand for additional vment an accouhfof any ofthe�fbregoing .will.bexalid. 12.1. dM Prior to final payment; an appropriate Change Order will be Arty. issued as recommended by ENGINEER�to. reflect actual ,amounts clue CONTRACTORon account,of Work covered the I by ..aContract Price shall be ENG ,.correspondingly.a4juited. diyi, clairr 119.. Unitjii" W"- k estimated not guar: ount equal to:,the sum of the identified :.times - s d quantity ted'im the Agreement The toms' of Unit Price Work are c -solely for the purpose of Ieterm ilimg iiii'mitial Contract of the quantities and price.'Work performed by le made by 'ENGINEER in 11.912 ach. w . ut.,p , ric , e.% will bedeemedto include an amount cansidEredbyCONTRACTORto be adequate to cover CONTRACTORs.overheaA and profit for each. separately I ily identified 'item. 1119.3. 'OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a -claim for an o'djustincrit in. the.Contract. Price in -'accOrdancc,with Article l:if. Pricy:. Wick performed byCONTRACTOR . ciffers (or Milestches) may only be r or a. Written Amendment, in thirty ;e to the - Notice shall be of in in. acoordilncc'_, paragraph 9.1 12.2. All-time limits stated -in theContmct Documerits ari'6f the �e:sscrcz' 'of the Agreement ' 12.1 Where CONTRACTOR is- prevented from will such i in I of material_y and stgmficanlly om quantiIsuM, Agreement cl, conditions or acts UGod- `Delays attributable to and F, EiCDC034SLALCONDITIONS IOIO-tfl§9OEddw) w/ CITY OF FORT OOLLIM MODIFICAnomautV in,900) ..... .. m 'within the control, of :a Subcontractbr'oi Suppher shall be deemed'tb lie delays within the control of CONTRACTOR below Shall be paid .as ptvvrded ;in, said pamgmph`73 9 and 13 43 as otherwise "'specifically providedin the Contract Doctimcnts. _ . 111C;WO11C ARTICLE 13--TESTS 'INSPECTIOVS; EM CORRECTION,'ROVAL:OR ACCEPTANCE OF 13.6' If any.Work (or the wc&bf others) that;isto be DEFZCCTPIE RIC, inspected, tested or approval is - covered by CONTRACTOR.. without:..wntten oon� inee of &NGINEER it. must if t gtiested •by' ENGINEER, be itricovered forobservetian. 13.1. Notice ofD4reCs. 13.7. Uncovering Workas provided in paragraph 13.6 Prompt -nonce ofa11 defective Work of Which:OWNER:or shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense unless ENGINEER have acme] knowledge will be, given to CONTRACTOR his given-ENGINEER<timely'notice of CONTRACTOR Au- defective Work may be .rejected, CONTRACTOR'S intention to cover the same and corrected -or aceept6d as provided in this Ar&16.13. - ENGINEER has not acted".with reasonable Promptness in . response to suchnotice,. Access tn'Work: 139 OWNER ENGINEER-ENGINEER's Consultants, and. of OWNER;. 138,. If any;Work is covered cwn 'to the written ientalagencies; request of _ENGINEER,` it..must, requested by to"the Work'at, ENGINEER, be tncowered fa,"ENGiNEER's observation Aspectmg and:, .. anilreplaced it CONTRACTORs :m. proper..and vise' them . of 139. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable d programs so that "covered Work, lie 6bseived by ENGINEER or tnspectel or tested by 'others .,CONTRACTOR at Testa uadfiispectia`ns: 133 CONTRACTOR, shall _give ENGINEER timely notice of rrJadmess of the Work for -all required in*dioim `tests or appmvals,'aitd-shall cooperate with uispeetion and 'testvtg persormel toLicilitate required uvspectionsor:tests. - 134 OWNER shall.employ and. pay for the ,services of .an independent testing laboratory t.0 erf'orm all .mspecoons; tesLs,:approvals required..by Contract, Documents eecepti - - 13 4 1. for inspections, tests iiapprovals covered. - by"psregraph 13.5:beloq . " - 13.4:2' .that'casts mnmed iri connection With teals. or inspecuorts cartducted puisuant.to pamgraph 13:9' uncovering cxpos,ure, observation. . inspection. testing, replaceinI&A and reconstruction:. ind, "if the' " parties. are unable . to agree as to .. thi: lamount "or cdent thereof, CONTRACTOR m ay make a claim,therefor as provided in Article's I limd*11- OWNER May Stop the, Work* D. re wo!k '13-11. if required* ENGINEER,'CONTRACTOR shall CONTRACTOR 'stroll pay all claiffis, coar, 1osses and damages caused' by "or resulting, from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or raplacernent.of work of, others). 13,12.. Correction PeHod. Work resulting therefrom) has been correctedr Work' I :removed orjeplaced,britleiparagraph.,13: , th . this '12 e corrc . ction p enod'haettriAcr with respect to such 'Work will be extended, for. an:additional period of ese year two years -, .after such` correction•or .remove and replacementlies been satMictorlYcg—pleted Acceptance ojDejtie*otk OWNER May Correct Defective Work- .. . o'inn"ect. o-n, with. :such 'correcti7v'e a'nd been rcjectxd by OWNER, remove it from LAW site and: OWNER may exclude CONTRACTORfrom replace: it with Work that is -not defective, and (ii) the. site, take possession.cf all or. part satisLict6rily correct or remove and replace,any damage suspend CONTRACTORs services related . therefrom. possession.' of * CONTRACTOR, to , other Work oftlie work . of others resulting -- ... 'ren-',edia.l action all or part of U the ork, and thereto,,take appliances; o promptly comply_ with the construction . equipmenfem mac ]fCC3SlTiaCTOR:d6ii not d ' triply wi terms"bf,itich instructions, or in an emergency where incorporate in the Work all materials delay. wodld.,cause'serious risk of loss -:or damage, stored at the site or for which OWNER ;�fe7iWfic-&VeVOB�-corr6qed Zr the CONTRACTOR —but which` are rejected, rcmov6d.`en&7JrC C cleans .. ocNTRAcrolz'"li 'all&' OWNEM, --l'- - . atsite and land equipment has paid stored elkw re. OWNMs casts— - . I� fit�'and:ern I a i from re am. an such oval (includingin not ;ENGINMoye! itcdioa.:,c- 0, repair to the site to enable vof w of d - exercise the rights and remedies tinder claims, costs, losses and:damages me=e, OWN0Z's cthir ENGINEERs OWNER to this,paragraph All l dor,sustained by 13.1 . 2.2. In special; ciic'urn'-stances where. a particular OWNER 'n.exercsu V such righs andre'n' "k edi es will be item. of sequipment, p..placed continuous service: chargedigainsfCONTRACTOR and a therig will. C. Substantial Complcititu'w�of all lh Work the be issued, incorporating the necessary ' revisions: in the I od]5o'"tit-="may 'sW'*'to,'runfib'm an Contract Documents. -with-res' to cor Te9L correction Ili, Work, and L cations or in the cc� and, I e es. are - Contract Puce, the iihibliioiiigre� - as to the amount thereofOWNER may.make Work damage to other, .:.7provided lin:Article 11'. 'Such claim; a claim -tficrelbi- costs, osses and EXDCOENDLALCONDITIOM1910a(1990E&6M). 28 W1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) i dtl:amage3 wtil oxhide but not:.be hmnted costs - of recommendation of payment:end preseiitthe Application ,to`all repeQ_.oireplacentegt of wort:.ot others':destroyed'err to'::"ORTlER, orztutntheApphmuonto:CONTRACTOR dam ed, byy correchoq removal or ,replacement of: indicating in writing ENGINEERS reasoru for refusing to CONTRACTORs 4ejecnve.Worl CONTRACTOR shall iecommend payment In the latter case. CONTRACTOR not be,allowed an iaaenston oflhe Contract Times'(or may: mike'th necessary, correctiQLS"and res'Wt.the Milestones) because!of any delirq m performance of the. ApPheattan' Ten days after ppreseraetidh of the Work attributable totFie ecccisebyOWNERoCOWNERs Application Cor Payment to OWNER'tyith ENGINEER's rrghts'aiidremedieshereundei: recommendation the amount' recommended will ,(subject to:the provisions of the lag sentence of paragraph14.7) -ARTTCLE 14=PAYDlMNTS TO CONTRACTOR AND become due and'when die will'be:paid`by'OWNER to CONTRACTOR C0V8LETION' 14:5: ENGINEER'S recommendation of'any 'payment requested in anApplication:for Payment will eomtitute a representation_ by ENGINEER to OWNER,',based on ScheduleofValues•: - ENGINEER's'tirt-site observations of the 'executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professichal'and on 141 The schedtdrof values established as provided in paragraph 2 9 will serve as the besis for progress payments ENGINEER's:mview of the, Apphcation for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules;'that_to the best.of and ryill"be incorporatid''tnto e'form of; apphmgon for ENGINEERskrtowledge-infortnaticnandbelief:': Payment acceptable to ENGINEER Progress payments on account of Umt iice;Work tvill;be based on:tlie number of ` 14.5. 1. , the Wort. lies progreiseil. to „the ,point ou.. tts compled te indicated;. .: ApplrcarionforProgrersPayment:- .1452. the-.guahty of, the Wo. 14.53. the conditions precedent. to CONTRACTORS'being'"eiuitled 6's-cli':payment appear to havebeen fulfilled„insof4- as it .is ENGINEER's respomibiliry to observe the Work. However,' by ,recommending arty, such `,payment ENGINEER win not themby be deemed-'4o have represented that: (i)exhaustive or con moots on -site ihspections have been <made -to check the. " h ' or the quantty:.- of the Work, 'beyond :the` responsibilities .to CONT&WTOR's Warramy of Tide. 14 3. _' CONTRACTOR tvarrants:and gua.antthat title. to all Work-, materials and equpmerd covered red by any Applicati at Ca Paymeri4 whd} e;; uxorporated in the Projector not, will pass.to OWNER`no later, than the time ofpaymerilfree erid clear oCall liens. RewewotAppGcafi. forProgreaP6ymen - or l4 7: . ENGINEERmay refasb to rebcmmcnd the whole 14.4. . ,ENGINEER wi14 w'"thin len days after receipt of or any part of ariy_payment rf ;m ENGINEER'S opin on, it each Application.for Payment either mdicate'in wrid%,a would be moorreot to make the repriserttations to EICDC GENE{tAL COPIDI7IODS.19103 (1990Ed6m) ._ -. -. 29. . w/ CITY OFFORT COLUM MMIRCAnON5 ptEV 42DDD) - m OWNER: referred toin paragraph 145 ENGINEER may considers the Work substantially complete ENGINEER alsorefia to recommend any such payment, a 'because of will'prepare and;dehver m OWNER a ter fative certificate subsequently discovered evidence o the results of of 'Substantial Completion which shall'.fvc the date of subsequent inspections a tests nullify arty such payment Substantial Completio: There shall be -attached to the - previously recommended to .such extent as may, be certificate a tentative list of items b bq completed or necessary m ENGINEER'S opuuon to protect OWNER corteotedbefore$nalpayment OWNER shallhave:seven from loss because days:atter zeceij lof the ter�hve"certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any , 14 7.1: the Work,isldefecave: or completed Work has provisions of the certificate ;or attached` list I[ after been damaged requiring correcti norreplacement, considering. such objxuons. ENGINEER concludes that ` - the.Warb is pot;subkirnticiUy complete. ENGINEER will 14.71. the Contract Price, has bech "reduced by within fouecn.days'aRer:submissicn of the tentative rt Written Amendment on Change Order,,. certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR.- m writing;. stating the reasons-thereCor: IL after consideration of 14.7A OWNER. .has been required to: correct, OWNEws objections, ENGINEER considers the Work- dafecriye Wale or complete Work rn aecgrdarta with substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said paragraph A or fourteen days execute and dehve to 'OWNER and CONTRACTOR, a definitive certificate of Substantial 14 7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the C6Mpletiw (with a revised tentative hat. Of items to be , occurrence .of pan of the:''e-emt enumerated in. completed o corrected) retlectmg such changes troin,the paragraphs"15.2 1 t}irwrgh'15:�:4 inlusive. - - tentative certificate as ENGINEER i chevcs justified after odigidemtibn ofAny objections from OWNER At the OWNER may re to make payment of I)ie`full amountt time�of delivery of the teniauve certificate of Substantial recommended byENGWEERbecause: Completion ENGINEER will deliver toOWNER and , CONTRACTOR a writtenrecommendationas to division 1475. claims have been made again9t;OWNERon .. es pending fuel payment between ofresporsibiliti- account of CONTRACTORsperfC_rM n nor lurnishing. OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to seiimnty, ofthe:Work opcation safety; mamtenaice beat, utilrues, insurance and warranties, and guarantees Unlesi'OWNER_and , 1417.6. Liens have been hica-in connectionwith the. CONTRACTOR agree othertnse m writing and so inform Work,'eccept where CONTRACTOR tins delivered e ENC,INEER. iii'wrtung pnorto BNGINIER's tssuuig the specific 13ond,satiihictory to.,OWNER';to.:sectae the: dcfnitive certificate of Substantial' Completion, satisfaction and discharge of such Deits, EN,GINEER's reco time' & W will be'liiriding ,afcresmd on OWNER and,CONTRACTOR anal final payment , 14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set- he amount _e-, _ . is sided. o, off agaitsst the. 14:9. OWNER shall have the -right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the'. Wok attar tlie-I date of 147;8: OWNER ..has, actual }O»wlzdge oC the Substantial Completion but OWNER shall allow occurrence of any of the --events _-eningcrated in CONTRACTOR reasonable_ access to complete or correct , paragraphs 14 7.1 through 14:73 a puragrap} s:15.2.1 ite_ is on the tentative 1st , 1. through 1.5;2.4 mcIdsive: ' Partial Ukli>ntfon: , but;"OWNER must;:give -CONTRACTOR .immediate written nonce (with a copy to ENGINEER) ;statrg.the 14.10 Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any .reasons f6r such actionand promptly pay CONTRACTOR substantially -completed part. of the Wort:, which :(i) has the amount so withheld. or any,iidjustmerrt`&r'eto agreed. specifically Meru,identified in'the Contract Documents.. or to by OWNER acd :CONTRACTOR. when (ii)OWNER',]PIGINEER and -CONTRA CONTRACTOR ocirecls to OWNER!, satisfaction the comtitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the reasons tor such action Work that can be. used by OWNER fo its uderided , purpose without stgr¢ficant crence—`with SubstantialCompk6op.: _ CONTRACTOR's performance of the zimiarin&r;of the Work'' may -fie 'accomphshcd prior to "Substantial 14 8 When"CONTRACTOR ivrmders the entire' Work Completion of all'the Work subject to the following: ready far, its. intended use CONTRACTOR'shall notify OWNERand ENGINEER m.writing that the entire Work 14 10 1 OWNER of '.any time. ,may request s substantially complete (except For ttems`.� specifically CONTRACTOR in writing to permit to use fisted by,CONTRAcrpR as incomplete) and �esi that any such part ofthe Work whicliOWIIERbeGeves to ENGGINUR. issue a,cctfft6te,of Substantial Completion. 'lie ready .for; its intended rue arid substantially Within a reasonable time thereafter, .-OWNER CONTRACTOR and ENGINEIT2 shall make an " ; from. compplete If CONTRACTORagrees:thatsuchpart'of the Work ts'rsulzstantiatly complete CONTRA OR of the Work :to 'determute the: status'otipmpletiuiri If will catify'to OWNER and ENGINEER that such ENGINEER does not consider. the Work'. substantially. part of the Work is substsraially complete and request camplete;,,INGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR inENG]NEER to issue i certtticate ;of'Sulstantial " writing giving the ;reason therefor If ''}sNGDdEER Completion for than pan of the Work. A . EJCDCOENERALCOND1MOMiH04(1990 Atiw). - _' 90 w/aTy OF FORT COr:1.Itd MODMr-A-nONS ULEV 412000) - - - _- to furnish such— 6 release w'B recp' in full. CONTRACTOR may.agS41Zothe, collateral satisfactory 'toOW!�=Mm�=ffn against any Lien Bele qcwntof the -surety to' fmaliu oavmcra' are' to `be"`sulirriitted on forms conformirato the format of the OWNERS standard forms bound in the Proiect manual. Final Payment andAcceptance: 14.10.2. _No.00cupancyor_:,epante:c operation of part of iJi6.Work .w_M-b plis.poor to compliance h6d - - - U q accom ., _ am;c .withthi'.T'eqUire-me-nts of paro'gm.ph.5.15 ift.respectW property instirance. Fina.1-Ing;e0ol: .34:11. Upon writt6hbfimfforn CONTRACTOR that the ,entri A poru n: thereof is -complete, ENGINEER will 'OWNERa, final' ' ion.�with�: and CONTRACTOR 11 d will, no CONTRACTOR v7rimig of all in *hi 'n'spectioin reveals that the Work is roc, picte or ctr.ve. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take su measures aswe necessary to. qompleic*.hwork orrcmoysuch dificicncics. .FtnalApphcationfOP4inent." General "Conditions 14.12._,After CONTRACrOR,has :completed all such 14.14I7 through rm Saultof.CONTRACTOR. final corrections tothe satislhction of ENGINEER and delivered completion of the Work is � sigrfficantly delayed and if in aoc'ordanoe' with', the" Contr'act.- � Documems all ENGINEER,so gonfirnis OWNER slim, up6n:rioeipLof immaenoLnce and instructions,schedules. CONTRACTOR'S final 4phcauda--foi N�ent and ,- IuarihtSesBinds, 'ecitfli OFOtherevidence of ecom 6&don6fENGD4tMandwitio6tiirniiiiting ... 9_o7pemtnc�', , msurance required" by....paragraph 5.4.t,-certificates of the Agreement, mike payment of the balance duejor that irispectioN, markid-up record documents (as: provided .in portion of - the: Work fully.completed'and accepted. if the par2grapk6.19) and other. documents CONTRACTOR remairii�-balance be held bybwN� forWorknot 1161 ,may ,make ­ application �. , for payrneriL following the fully coftiplet6d.or 6*4;* is less than the rel'ainage pi6cedureficupro-gress payments. The final AppUation for stipulated in the Ageement, and if Bonds have been Payment shad :be ao6offipanied '(except as .previously furnished as required in paragraph 5.11 the.'"ttin consent _--delivered)-by: —(i).zU-docwnentation-cillcd-.for in _thc. of. the -swety-to the -payment -of -the -balance -due, for. that Contract Documents;mcluding "but.. not., limited to the -portionof the work fully completed. and accepted dial] be evidence of insurance re -red b- wbpamj�riph5.4.13. subt .nitted Sy CONTRACTOR to ENGNM'with the qui by , (ii)consent_qf the sy:rety. . if an to fatal and Application f h Suchpaymentshall be ,y, p cation orsuc paymeat. (iii)com�lete and legally effective' releases or waivers made under the. terms and. conditions governing final fisfncton(;t6,OWiOtR)6fall Liens .,misugout of,or filed payment, except' that it shall not consditate, apw.aiYer of in connectfori4ith theMork- In lieu of such releases or clau*n'S. waivers- s of*jiens.. and -.as .'approved' by OWNER - CONTRACTOR may' fiwfiish receipts 61 r. reie . ases . m . fiffl Waiver'gf Clwms. :and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that (i) the releases and xeaiptsjncludle all labor; services, material and equipment: . quipment 14.15:, The mklcingand acc ta c:of fii� payment.will _1141 which, ' tien�cou OU, Oyroh . a i- Ad_be.filed� 8MI(ii conuitute . I Wier .1hate quip mird- I indebtedness: material and 0 _i&h_.0WNERi6i:.0WNER`s-. 14A5_l:�'*aiv1ir'of all clairz?s'by-.OWNER against a=W with the-Wbrk f6ila P id or :CONTRACTOR prop i��t . , � � H .. MAtTOR, claims- lifisir* - from otherwise satisfied.. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails unsedW Liens; from defective Work appearing after V(=6DIJULCOND1116N519164 (IM Edition) 31 w/ aTY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REY 412000) I I 1-1 I I I I I I DRAWINGS 1. Sheets A-1, A-3, A-4 — add system note: add floor type F2 — 4" concrete slab over moisture barrier over compacted subgrade. Reference structural drawings for reinforcement placement. Seal. Pump House slab to be F2. 2. Clarification: Steel channel type to be used on building exterior is C4 x 5.4 3. Clarification: Finish type for exterior walls at change room is corrugated metal per spec. section 07612 4. Sheet A6/Detail 3 Clarification: 30# felt will be used and not vapor barrier 5. Clarification: System note EW3 should read - Y4" x 9 X" rough sawn cedar siding on 2x2 wood furring @ 24" O. C. on 8" CMU wall. Finish interior side of CMU with paint. 6. Sheet A-7: Door 102 should be type 1. Delete door type 2 from door types. 7. Clarification: rectangular items on each side of door 102 are solid glass block windows 4'-0" off of the ground, 2'-8" high and 8" wide. 8. Sheets A-3 — add system note: add ceiling type C2 — 518" gypsum soffit board ceiling attached to roof structure. Paint. Ceiling types in Chase / Storage 104 to be type C2. 9. Clarification: Urinal screen is to be painted steel 10. Clarification: Mirrors are stainless steel, see spec above 11. Clarification: Countertops are to be solid surface per the specifications 12. Clarification: Address numerals is 715 13. Sheet A3 / Detail 1: There is no weathervane in the project. Delete note. 14. Sheet E3: Electrical Contractor shall provide 0.75" PVC conduit stub conduit out 5-0" from building to plan north for use by irrigation control wiring. Cap and stake conduit for future use. 15. Sheet E3: Electrical Contractor shall use tamper resistant screws on all devices in all public areas. 16. Sheet E4: Conductor Schedule Item #4003A shall be 2 parallel (3-500 KCMIL THWN & 1#2/0 GC) 3.5"C. 17. Sheet E4: Electrical One -Line: Grounding electrode shall be sized at (#2/0 CU GIRD). 18. Sheet SD-2, Detail 7 Concrete Mow Strip: Delete note expansion joint every 5', add notes; control joint every 5', expansion joint every 50'. 19. Sheet C-8, Add note: Pelican Marsh Natural Area may be accessed from Carpenter Road and/or Lemay Ave. for trail construction. Access will be limited, as any areas disturbed by construction activities will be rehabilitated. Carpenter Road is Colorado State Hwy 392; contractor must meet any requirements by CDOT (such as but not limited to traffic control, ROW permit, and temporary access). 20. Sheet SD-2, Detail 5 Construction Joint: Delete note 6x6 #10 WWF. 21. Sheet SD-2 Detail 7 Shelter Pad: delete thickened edge and #4 bars reinforcement. Concrete plaza at shelter locations is 5" thick concrete with exposed aggregate. Concrete footers per shelter manufacturer's recommendations. final ,inspection pursuant: to, pamgrapli 14.11, from . CONTRACT OR but which are stored_ elsewhere,. and failure to comply with the Contract Doaanents or the finish the Workas OWNERpiay de® expedient In -such terms of arty special guarantces specified therein, or. case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any from CONTRACTORS cm lm ring obligattoru under hirtlier payment;unttl the Work s finvshed If the unpaid the'Convact Donmient - am -- balance of ili Contract Price cxceedssall claims, 'costs, Imus damages sustained by OWNER arising out 6f ] 4.15 2 A waive[' of all: claims by CONTRACTOR and orrestdtirig fro'micompletiitg,the Work -such e�ccess.will be against OWNER other than those prey in made in paid to CONTRACTOR.If such cleans •costs losses and 'exceed writing and still unsettled, damages 'such unpeid balance,'CONTRACTOR shall pay thediflerena to OWNER:. Such claims, co ARTICLE 1SSUSPENSION OF; WORK AND: losses and damages ih6ah-ed by O WNER will be reviests, wed by„ENGINEER,is to their essonablaiess and when so TERMWATION. approved by ENGINEER mcorporate d ina Change Order; provided that, when e:cercising any rights or -remedies this paiTgraph OWNER shall,. not be.requved to OWNERYgv. Sraperid Work. tinder obtain the lowest_ price for the W ark perfo it Z _ 153 Where CONTRACTOR -services have .been so 15.L At any time without cause OWNER may terminated by OWNER, the termination willnot, affect ,and susp'end 'the Work'or portion t}iereof for a;period of not, t}ian by -�taa m. toy an rights . or remedies of OWNER - against CONTRACTOR then existing or whisk may therealier Marc_ iunety, ys' ,wntuig CONTRACTOR and-ENG1NEER which will<fut the date. accrue re an or payment• of moneys,"due .. on whicli,Work will be resumed, CONTRACTOR shall CONTRACTOR by "OWNER" will riot release resume the Work on the. date so fixed CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR fiom liability. shall bo allowed im AiIii rent irf the Contract Pnce'or'an.. ,extension. of Ccritrac[- Times, or' both, directly 15.4. Upon seven days written' notice to .the attributable to any _such stupaision if CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR and , ENGINEER, OWNER may, - makes an approved shun ; therefor as ..provided in without cause'.and withoiitprytidice- to any other.fight -or Articles 1 I and 12 remedy of OWNER elect toterminate.the Agreement In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid' (without OWNF.RMeiyTandnWe;'-. `- - .;." ., di!plicauonofenyitems).: :. ..-_ . 15 2... Upon the occunence: of env one or. more of the. 15 41 for'eompleted and acceptable Work executed following events, m accordance with the Contract Docirmenti ppnnor to the effective date cif termination, including fair_ and 15.2.L if CONTRACTOR pdsist, n y. fails to perform ;reasonstile: stuns for, overhead and profit. on such theWork in accordance with the Cantrct:i.`Documents Work; .. - (including, but not limited for failure to supply sufficient skilled workersor-suitable materials or.equtpment orIS 42or experisessustatnerl prior to the effective failure to adhere to the progress schedula`esaiblshed date of termunauon n performing services' an under' paragraph2.9 as adjusted fbm-';time to time " fumtshing'labor mateials'or equipment as required pursuant to paragtaph6 �.,- - • • `.. by the Contract Documents id .connection uncompleted Work, plus '-flirartd'reasonable"sums for 15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR :. disregards Laws or expenses overhead and profit on -such,' Regulations of anv public body havvgltirisdiction �' 15A.3.for ''all claims; costs. losses and :damages 15.23. 'if ,CONTRACTORdisregaids`,'the auth6rity.of in in ... se.Wement of terminated'coiitracts with ENGINEER or Subcontractors Suppliers and otheis `and -- -- — I52A.``if-CONTRACTORotherwise violates -in airy — -` —1SAA «�for.reasonIable`e>,pertses directly-attiibtnable , substantial . way any provisions of ;the 'Contract to termuiatibn Docui Tentsl CONTRACTOR shallnot be paid on accourit of, loss of OWNER: may; giving CONTRACTOR (and the anticipated or revenue or other'economir lass .after surety" if'any), seven days' written notice and :to the' extent services aril_ utg out of or resulting Hom such termination. ' - _ .. 7 . - . permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminatedhe of CONTRACTOR, exclu&CONTRACTORirbm the site CONTRACTOR Ma I p'R ork aiTanungti and take possession of the: Work' aril of all CONTRACTORs tools appliances construction 15.5. IL throe ghno act or`fault of CONTRACTOR; the equilaoent and machinery at the: site and usethe same•to Work is s ispended fora period of more;than r»nery' days the iilll 'extgit they could' be used' by CONTRACTOR, by -OWNER[ or,urder an order of coytt'or other. public (widmut,_ l ability io. CONTRACTOR for; :or' a ulionry ar ENGINEER fails to act on.any, Application ;.trespass cornersiort) uicotpotate m the .Wodc all materials and Car".Payment within thirtydays"after rt"is submittal or equipment stored at the site or for.wh ch OWNfiEt has.paid OWNER fatlsfor thirty days;to pay. COPTfRt1CTOR any srcncdENERA CONI itoratsloa(svoEdumi 32 - .. - w/CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS OtEV 4R000) e sum finally,determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days! written.n6tice, to. OWNER and 17.21 A 616idafday of tweimyZicur hour's meast - ued ;]ENGINEIR, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER : do not from midnight to,thenckt midnight %vill-wristitute a remedy such suspension or failure within that, time .-,&y ternimate. the Agreement and recover from OlVNa Elieuympron the -same terms its provided in paragraph 15.4. ,ofterm"L Agreem' prejudice the 6q and without pre). Notice i�f, to to any other right or remedy,• if ENGINEER'has failed to 173. Should OWNER oi,'M Ok-sdffcr in' 1, July act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it damage-' ' person or propciiy beca PQ, I use �ofzny error, is submittid.cr'OWNER has failed for ffiirty days to pa y . _,to, cpismon;9r:*a�t.ofeth other",of any of the other CONTRACTOR any sum, finally determined to be due 'seven party'* 0pIqyees*&-agdnLor others f6i whose acts the CONTRACTOR may .upon days' wriftch notice to Other. 1prty-is l4ally'hable,;ciiiin will lie made in writing OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until Payment:I of. t , o:AKC,6tfii,r*. 'tfiin� -1 sonih] uth first _r_wj p, rea p. time �o C� Mt all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, includihi,interest �6cj _i;uchinjury�orAamage� The.pr6visionsof ie. provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not 5roclude CONTRACTOR from making claim is I I and 11 2 for an inacase.in Contract price Timis or, otherwise. for expenses or damage miable, to CONTRACTORs stopping work as .ARTICLE'I6-DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the bacrit that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the. method and procedure f6r resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any, shall be as.set kirth in E>:hibftGC-A, "Dispute Rewfuich AgecrninV,, to be -attached hirewand made:a part hereof; If no such agreement on the inethod.and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of:paragraphs 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may. exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents.or by laws or Regulations. in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17—MISCFLLANFOUS 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by,these General Ccmditions.ard the, rights'. and remedies available ,hereunder to the,partics hdeto,-.2nd, in particular but without limitation,' the, warranties;,guarantees -and obligations imposed . upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.12, 6 16,,6.30, 6:31;632 13:1,13-12,13.14 14.3 and 15.2 and all of.the Irt" and remedies available to OWNER and ENGWEEMkqeundicr, are iii. addition to, and are not to be construed in arty way.as.a limitation of any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or, available by Laws or Regulations by, special warranty or. guarantee or by other pro,vTorii of i6e,Contract Documents, and the *IM"M O of this paragraph will I be as. effective as irrelpeatted specifically in the Contract I Documents in connection with each particular. duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply, Profe=onal Feex and Court Cos& IncLuded 17.5: Whenever. reference is made to "claims, cam, losses and damages', if shall include in each case, but not. be limited to, MI fees and.cliprges of chgine'ers, axchitects, = or other professionals' and all court or r other dispute resolution costs. 17.6. The laws of the State of ColomogepplJ to this GhiRg Notice: Azreement, Reference to; two pertinent.Coloradostatutes are as follows, 17.1. Whenever. any provision . of the Contract.. Documents reVires-the-giving-of.written noticeit-will be- Colorado.-Revised-Statutes-(CRS-8-17-10 , 1) deemed to ha4been validly given if delivered in person to require that Colorado labor be =1212yed to perform the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the Work to the extent the cL d. if &Iivereil a I or of labor in, the several sentto the, Mggegcor �N� s of ;. Z ommon labor employed last onthet)roiccL Colorado labDr. means any Person who .17.2. Computation of Time is a bona fide residenvof the.State of Colorado at the time of employment without discrimination as to race 17,2:1. When.any period of time is referred to in the color, creeA am religion or sex Contract Documents by days,. it will be computed to 17.62. If a claim is filed OWNER, is Leguirod by exclude the first and include the -last day-of,such law (CRS38-26407) to .6& If the 12 st . day of .-afiy such . P in period. falls, an a CONTRACTOR sufficient funds :to insure the Saturday or Sunday.d.on a day made a legal holiday . oyment'of all claims, for, labca% materials,. team hire, by. the law of the'applicable ju. Fisdiction, such day will. sustenance_ Prov isiorts.. provender: or other stumb be omitted from the computation. used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or, his EXDC GMQULCONDITIM 1910.8 (19" E&m) 33 w/crrYofFoRT6oLLimMODlkCGiiONSOLEV4/2*) No Text 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I i 1 1 1 1 t (This page left blank intentionally:) No Text I I I I I I I I - I I EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions ndi'tions of the . Construction onstruction Contract. 13etween, OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGRMaNT OWNER- and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16: of the General Conditions of the. Construction Contract between OWNER . and CONTRACTOR is .amended to includethe following.agreerrient of the parties: I&L All claimk disputes and other., matters in question. between OWNER and CONTRACTOR% urw­m out of. or relating to the Contract Documents or'the breach :thereof (except for claims which hzive-bieen waived by the making or acceptance of final parent as provided by paragraph 14.15). will decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry. Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This agreem . ent so to,arbirrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate, entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the. prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any rjaim,dispute, or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier. of (a) the-da,te on Which ENGINEER has rendered a written d6cision.or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have pre wknuid their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later thanthirtydays after the date on -which, ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9A 1: and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEERs decision being'final and binding. upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR- If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated. such decision may be entered as evidence but'will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No*demand Ca arbitration of any written tten decision * of ENGINEER rendered in 8" with paragraph 9. 10. will be made later than tendays after the party making such demandhas delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration .will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitraticn*AssociatioA mid a copy will be sent to ENGINEER -for infiannation. The demand for -mbitratitin1vill be'Ma'de within tfie­thirly-clay'cii icti-day period specified in paragraph 16:2. is 4licable, and inall other cases within a reasonable nine after the clai im I :dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shallany such demand be made after ithe date when institution of legal or equitable proceedingsdo - .basoclionsuchIA', c p,, " "put, .or other maitir in question would be baited by the. applicable statute of limititions. E.YMCGENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 . (1990Editim) v/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATJOM (REV 9199) 16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5, below. no o arbitration arising out.of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or -in any other manner any -other person or entity. (including ENGINEER, EWINEER!s, Consultant and the officers, I—— .�I. 1. 6.6sul.­ ­f I 'fithe directors, agents, employees or c . , cants o, any 9 them) who is not aparty to this contract unless., 1 (5.4. 1. the inclusion of such otherperson or entity is accessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those hbo are already parties to the arbitration, and 16:4-2; such other person or entity y is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to. those who are already parties to. the arbitration and .Which will arise in suiihproceediags, and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other. person or entity sought.�to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, -which consent shall make spedfic,.refcrcnce to this paragraph but no such consent shall 8xisfitutei consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such con rit or to arbitration with any party not specifically i.dentified,imsuch consent. 165. Notwithstandirig paragraph 16.4, if a claim, atte or other matter in question between OWNER and .4TRACTOR involves: the Work. of a Subcontractor, er OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include i all subcontracts required by paragraph 8.11 a in speti6i� provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being: joined in. an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving. the Work of. such Subcontractor. Nothing m. this paragraph 10 nor the provision of such subcontract consenting to.joindershall create any claim, right or cause of. fiction in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or ENGINEFR's Consultants that does riot otherwise exist. 16.6. The award rendered by. the arbitrators. will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thered and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree ftL they shall first submit any and all. unsettled claim4 counterclaims, disputes, and other. matters, in question behileen them ansing out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ('disputes") to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American . Arbitration Association- prior -to either of them. initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragiraphs. 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in iriitia'iT arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one� of the parties - The respective diiVand ten day time limits.within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.1and 16.3 above shall be suspended I v . nth respect to I a dispute submitted to, mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until tcft� davn affff the�t�.inatinn nf the_moliatim TM mMintnr OC-Al No Text No Text i 1 1 r GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 OF TB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT These GENERAL. CONDITIONS have beendeveloped-by.using the 'STANDARD GENERAL, CONDITIONS OF TRE.CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents 'Committee, EJCDCNo. 1910-8'(1990 Edition), asa base.. Changes to that document are.shown by underlining text that has been added and strg through text that has been deleted. ilitt , r _ r EJCDC.QENERAL CONDITIONS 19104(1990. EDITION). WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS.MODIFICATIONS (REV'9199) 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Article or Paragraph Number& Title: T��.LE..OF qONT-ENTS,CIF GENERAL CONDITIONS Page Articlelcir Paragraph. Page Number Number & Title Number III -' Addenda .................. ............. .... Agreement .............. * ................ 1-1 Application for'Payment .... ............. I 1.4 Asbestos ............ ............... 1.5. . ... " .......... I., ....... .......... ...... Bid'' ........ ....... 1.6 I Bidding Documents... .......... ....... 1.7 Bidding Requirements.........................I 1.81 .................. : ........ ... WJ 1.9• Change'Order�.. 1.16, ents. ................. 1.11 Contratt-price .................. ....... 1.12 ................ .............. 1.131 CONTRACTOR; :, .............. ....... ;I 1.14 defective. I L 15 Drawings., , ...... .......... ...... 1'.16 Effective Date oi,& Agreement I I ENGINEER . . .: .......... ........... ................ I 1.18 ENGINEER'S. Consultant ........... . ......... I i.19 FieldCrdei.: I .................. , I 1.20 GeneraRequirements ......... l ............... 2 1:121 lbzardous-%ite 2 1;22.a Laws %and 'Rg - - i - Regulations Laws & Regulations ................... ............... -:2 1.22.b Legal-Holjdays :.................................2. 1'23 Liens:.:.:::.:.. ................................ 1.24. Milestone ... ................................... 2 1 25 Notice of Award � ....... 2 .26 Notice to Proceed........ . I , 27 ................ OWNER ........ A .:: .................................. 1.28 Partial Utilization ........... .................... 2 1.29 PCBs ................ ......... lJo Petroleum. ... ..... ......... 1.31 T-,rcje,t 2 1.32.a Raidioactive-Material 1.32.b Regular- Working Hou"r's 2. ].33.-------RAi'dent-PFc-66ci Repreaentiatiic. ... .1.34 Samples: ............................................. 1.35 Shop Drawings ............ ............... "2 LM -Specifications:....................................:2 1.37 subcontractor 2 1.38 Substantial Completion.: ....................:2 1.39 Sul:plcmentiry Conditions 1.40 Supplier. o-..; ....................... 2 1.41 'UndergroundFacilities, ................... _2w3 1.42. ,Unit Price Work ............ ..................... 3 1.43 Work..-, ..... 1 ............................::..:3 1.4,4: WorkDirective..,.a ..... A .............. L45 WritteaAmendinent .....................:....:3 2. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS.. .................. 3 2.1 . Delivery of j3ondk.: .... ;, ............ a ...... 3 zCopies of Documents ................... 2.3 Commencementof Contract Tirnes: Noticc:to Proceed,:.,.._3 .4 Starting the -Work ............................ 2.5717 Bef6ie , Startihg,Consjruc6on- CONTRACTOR's Responsibility to Report Prelim inary &hedilcs; Peliery of Certificates of In, nce .. ................ ............. ... . 3-4 9.8, PreconstructicirCon1creoc.c.; ..... 1 4 tiaify Acce,ptible Schedules ........ -4 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT. AMENDING; :REUSE ..,.:.-:. ....................... .............. 4 3.1-12 Intent................ 4 3.3 Reference,to Standards and.Speci- Ecations of Techaica,I.Socleties; .-Reporting and Resolving'Dis- .crepancies:j� ............................... 4-5 3.4, Inient:ofCcrtiin Terms.or Adjectives,:;,;,, .......... ... 5 15 Amending Contract Documents ........ 5 3.6� SuipIilem,ehtingC(5htr2ct - Documents,.-....,... ................ 5 317 Reuseiofl)ocumeixts 5 4, AVAILABlLiTy'OF, LAND . S;: SLMSURFACEANDPHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS;,,,,,,,;;,,,,,,,,,,,,5 ...... I ............ 4.1 Availability;of Liands: .................... 5.6 4.2, Subsurfict'and Physical Conditions 6 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings;,,,,,,,,,,..... 4J.2 Limit . ed Reliance by C.ONTRAC- TORAuthor=erl Technical Data ................ ........................ ....6 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface OPPhysical ,Conditions .................... 6 4.2,4, ENCTINEER!sRciiiw ..�, .............. 4:2.5 Possible Contrict Documents Chiunge.:. .....................1...............6 4.2. 6 Possibk Price and Timm Adj........................... 64 4:11 Pliysic a[ C, onditidns-�Undi4ound , Facilitie.......... .............. ........... 7 4.371 Shqwn or Indicated ............ ........... 1 7 43.2 -Not :Shown or Indicated ....... ....... 7 4.4 Reference Points,., r ......... ! ................. 7 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 6096 EDMbW WI CITY OF. FORT COLLINS MODMWTONS (REV,9/99j.. I L 22. Sheet S-4 Basketball Court: clarification — Picnic table is shown as round, table is rectangular as specified in 02870 Site Furnishings 2.04 Picnic Table 23. Sheet S-1 Site Plan: clarification — At entrance sign planting bed two benches ' are shown but the callouts were cutoff. Benches are as specified in 02870 Site Furnishings 2.02 site benches 24. Sheet S-1 Site Plan: add (2) two trash / recycle cans per specification 02870 ' Site Furnishings 2.06 Trash Cans. Owner to locate at the time of construction. 25. Sheet C-2 Add notes # 50 & 51: 50. City of Fort Collins Building Permits to be pulled by General Contractor (City to pay building permit fees). 51. US Army Corps of Engineer's Permit/Letter regarding abandoning the old irrigation ditch is to be provided by the City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development prior to the start of construction. 26. Sheet S-2, Add General Note; Sandstone site boulders to be buff colored to match existing sandstone (Art in Public Places stockpile). City to approve isample prior to ordering ATTACHMENTS AS-1, glass block details SK-1, electrical legend I ' Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. ' RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. I where renewal is a way of life 11 I Article or Paragraph. Page Number Title " Number, 4.5 Asbestos; PCBs; Petroleym;, Hazardous Waste or. Radioactive Material:...................7-8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE....- ............................. 8 5.1-5:1 Per formaiiee, Paymaut'and Other Bonds.......::.:................................. 8 5.3 Licensed Sureties'andInsurers; Certificates of Insurance ....................8 5A CONTRACTOR's.Liabili.ty .-, Insurance ::. ......... ......................9 5t5 OWNER's., iability Insurance .............. 9 . .56 Property Insurance..........................9-10. 5.1 Boil er.and Machinery or Addi- , tional Property Insurance . .................10 5:8 '-No6ceofCancellation-Protision......... 10 5.9 CONTRACTOR'sResponsibility forDeduetible-Amounts JO 3.10 sur Other Special Inance...................... ......•,., IO SA I Waiver of Rights- ................................I I ,5.12-5.13- :,Receipt acid Application of Insurance Proceeds ...................... 10-I1 5:14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insa- - ante; Option:to Replace ....: ... ......... :.)1 5:15 - -_Partial.Utiliiation--Property. Insurance.,; - _.. ......... II 6. CONTRACrOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES .,............11 6.1,6.2 Supervision and Superintendence....... I I 6:3.6.5 •Labor,Materials.andEquipmen_. t11-I2 -6A Progress Schedule .......................„ 12 6.7 Substitutes and Oi-Equal Items; CONT RACTOR s: Expense;; Substitute Construction . Mzt}iods:'or. Procedures; ENGINEER's.Evaluation... .........12-13 6.M.11 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others: Waiver of Rights - ..1............13-14 -6.12---Patent-FeesandRoyaltics ...................14 - 6.13 Permits.............................................14 6.14 Laws and, Regulations .:....:...... .....14 . 6:15 Taxes ......... ......... :...... .................. 14-15 6.16 Use of: Premises ............ :..::.:..:........... 15 6.17 Site Cleanliness:: ...... I .......:.:..:.......... 15 6:1 S Safe Structural Loading.....................15 6.19.. ' Record Documents ........... :..:.:............ 15 `6:20 Safetyand Protection .... 15 621 Safety Representative;,:,• .... :16 6:22 Hazard: Communication Program; ...... 16: 6.23 Emergegoies- :...:...,, 16 i6:24 .. - Ifs Shop.Drawingsand SampIq... ,.......... 16 . Article or. Paragraph Page Number &Title Number 6.25. Submittal Procgedures CON-' TRACTOR's Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal ...:..:.:::......::......:..:....... 7 6 6.26 Shop'Dratvtng,&.Sample Submit- tals ;Pcview by- ENGINEER: ..... 16-17 .6.27 Responsibility :for. Variations . From .Contract-Docurn ents'........... 17 6.28 Related Work Performed Prior ,io ENGI1TEFR's Review and - Approval of Required Subrn ittals::::::::.......:.....;.............17 629 Continuing the.W90......................17 6.30 CONTRACT'OR's General Warranty and Guarantee : ............ ... 17 '631-6.33 Iridimntfication:............... ........17.18 6.34. Survival of Obligations ..............13 7. OTHER :WORK .....:....:........ ........:............ 18 7.1-73 Related,Workat-Site .............]8 7.4 Coordination.-.: ....::........... i s S. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITIES ....... ................. 8 8.1 s to C_ .:CommunicationON- TRACTOR ....... .. ...7........... is 82 Repl entofENGINEER:,..........IS 8. Feints h Data andPay Promptly When Due ....:..:....:... d......:.;........18 8.4 Lands and: Easements; Reports and Tests:........ ..........18-19 8:5 Insurance - ;...................19 8.6 Change Ordss................................19 8.7 Inspections; Tests and Approvals..;.... : ............................ 19. 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work: Terminate CONTRACTOR's Services.:..,: ......... :......::...:...:...... 19 8.9 Limitations,m..:OWNER'S Responsibilities, .,. ............. 19 5:10 Asbestos PCBs; Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or RadioactnvaMatenal . ...........39 8.11 Evidence ofFinancal Arrangements ..:........ :................ 19 . 9. ENGINEERS STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ....... .::.:::............. :.................. 19 9.1 OWNER's Representative 19 9.2 Visits'to Site 9.3 Project Representative ......... 19-21 9A Clarincitioes ai d interpra ' tations 21 9.5 Authorized Variations in Pork. ... 21 ElCoc aENtdtnL COMMONS 1910•8 (1990 EDMON) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) I 1 n 1 1 I 1 I�! I -1 h I I I I Article or Paragraph N& •Number & Title Number Rejectiogl74fqetivd*W6ri..,..;.., ....... ;.71 01-9.9 Shop Drawings. .Change Orders and Papifents,.., :j -o 21 '9.10- Determinations.for Unit Prices;,-,--21-22 9:11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGI- NEER as.lr,iti,al lraerpretc;,., ... 22, 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEERs Autfiority-and-Respo.nsibilitie , CHANGES IN THE WORK . ., : ... ..................... ..... ;�23, ai . .- OWNER!s Ordered Change;............... 23 16:2: Claim for AdJusuncn(,�.�:: 23 10.2� Work Not Required by Contract ........... ...... 16.14 Change Orders ........................ .......... 23 10.5 Niotification.of Surety... ...... ........... :23 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE...... 111-113 Contract Price: Claim: for, Adjustment; Yal - L ' ic of the Work.. . � . I I ". I . � ...... ................. I ..... �23-24 11.4 Cost of the Wort, : ......... ............... 24-25 11.5 Exclusions toCos[ of the Work .......... ;25 I j.6 CONTRACTO R!s F& 25 11.7 Cost Records 25-26 U.S.. Cash Allowariccs, ...... ...... 26 11.9 Unit Price Work ........... 26 CHANGE OF CONTRACT .TIMES,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,, 12.1 Claim for. Adjustri ent: ................... I ..... 26 12.2 - Time of the Essence,,, ............ * 26 12.3 Delays elay Beyond CbNTRACTORs Contr 26-27 12.4, Delays Beyond OWNER!s and icoNTR.AcToxi Control- , ... ;7 TESTS ANDINSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............. ........... - .............. 111 Notice.vf Defects ............................... 27 13.2 Access mthe Work 27 133 Tests and Inspections; , _ , 60 NT RA CTORs Cooperation...:..... 27 13.4 60,Mks Respons bilitim; , Independent Testing Laboratory„ ....27 13.5 CONITRACTORs Responsibilities ............................ -27 13.6-13:7 66 vifin-g-,W'ork Prior to ,ln-spec- - t im Testing or Approval -,._ ... ; .... ;..27 -Aiiicle of Paragraph Page Number &Titlic Number 13.8-1319 Uncover iniz W drk at ENGI. NEER!s Request„................... 27-29 13:10 OWNERMay'Stop the Wort ......... 28 13711 Correction.orRer noval of - I Defecp�e Wofk ...... .;S 13.12! Corr"tion Period 28 13.13 Accept, ance ofpefeaiva Work 28 13.14 OWNER may.correCt Defectivi Work ....... 28-29 14. - PAYMENTS?OICONTRACTORAND COMPLETION ......... 29 14.1 Schedule of Values I 29 14.2, Application . for Progress. Payment.:...... -'.v ... I ................. 29 14.3 - CONTRACTORs'.Warriantyof Title ........................ .................. 29 0.4-143 Review of Applicsticmsfcr Progress Paym., ent.s .... ; 29-30 14.87 14.9 Substantial Campleficn . ... .......... 14A0 Ptirtiiii.Uiilizaiioa., 14.11 Final Inspection. ........ ....31 14A2 Final' ApAca"tion for Payment ........ 31 14.1371.4.14 Final Payment and Acceptance ... 31 14.15 Waiver of Claims;,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,;.3 1 -32 15: SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION;:. ..... ,, ....... : ..... 32 15.1, OWNER May-§uspeqd Work .......... 32 I 5.2- 15.4 OWNER May Terminate;..,,_- _ 32 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or. Terminate,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,; 32-33 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION ..................................33 IT MISCELLANEOUS- ................... ........ ....... 33 17:1 Giv'ing Notice .............................. �33 17.12, CottioPtation. of Tim cs.* .................... 33 173 33 17A Cumulative Remedies ......... ; ... ....... . I . �33 17.5 . es Pro e fessional'F andtourt Costs 33 0.6 . kpplicable.Statc Laws,.... .... ...... 33-34 IntentiomiLly,lefitblaa ......... 35 .EXHIBITGO-A: (Optional) Dispqte� Resolution Agreement ...... ...... QC -Al I 6.146.6 Arb.it-Mtio'n* -41 163 Mediation .;"" ................. ...... EJCDC GENBUL C010171ONS 1910 -8 (1990 EDMON) W/ CITY, OF FORT courm mozimcAnoNs Xv 9/99) INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Citypffort,Collins modifications to the GientrallCofiditions; of,the, Constructiom,Contractilie notshowM in this index Article or Paragraph Number Accepta h6i 6f- Bonds and Insurancq ............. ; .......................... 5.14 defective kvofk ......... : .... ............. 10.4.1, -13.5, 13.13 final payment„ ... ....a ...... - .................. ...... 9.12 14,15 insurance:,,..S.14 ........... ................................ other Work. by CONTRACTOR .: ............... 7.3 Substitutes and 'Cr-Equal' Items:.... ................4.7.1 , - 1. . I k ... i �;bc- or .......... : ............ 5, 6.30,634 Access to the - Lands, OWNER ;indCONTRkCTOR responsibilities ............................ I ....................4-1 site, related - Work ............................................... 7. 2 or ')� :;..; ....... ......... ;: .... 13.2 13.14, 14.9 Acts or.Citnissions",-Acts and Omissions .CONTRACTOR .......... ........... : ...... 6.9A, 9,13.3 NGINEE ............................. E R ........ j5 20, 9.13.3 OWNER ....... ..: ................................. 0.20,8.9 Addenda -de5hitidn'of (ati6sei definition of Specifications) .......(1.6; 1.10, 6.19), 1.1 AdditionalProperty rty 53 Adjustments" contract Price of Contract Times ....... ................... 15; 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2. 4.5.2; ....... ............... 4J.1`9A96, 10.2-10:4, ........................... ........ 11; 12 14 S. 15.1 . progress schedule,.............................................., 6.6 Agreemciit--= defiiiiiiowo( .... .................................... ............. 1.2 "All -Risk' Insurance, pohcy'ftiriri.;. ....... : ................ 5..6.2 Allowances, Cash ....................................................11.8 A mending;Contract b6cu-men't's ............................ 3.5 Amendment, Written— in.goneral,: ........ 10. ]�.45, 3.5, 5.:10, 5.1 Z. &6:1 .......................... 0A., M9,10.1, 10.4, 11.2 ......... 12: 1 ; 13 1 1 2.2, 14.7.2 AppeaLOWNER-or CONTRACTOR intentlo ........................... 9. 10, 9.11; 10,4..,116.2,16.5 Appli6atio:n1bi Piiy'mefit-. definition of ......................................................1.3 ENqINEERsRe4dr6ibiIit_y ................ ........ : ..... 9.9 final payment ... .9.43'4;-9.13:5`14.12=14.15 in general ........................ _2.8, 2 ..9, 5.6.4, 9.10; 15.5 progress payment-..,:...., ................ 14.1-14.7 review of ............ ........... 14.414.7. Arbitration ........................... ........ .. .... 16.1�16.6 claints,purivatift thereto .............. :: .......... 4.5:2, 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized tostop 4,5_2 difinitiori of. ........... ........ ...... .......... 1A Anicie or Paragraph Number. OWNER responsibility for ......... .................... - 40. 1, 8.10 poss, and times ,change ........... . ....... .4.5.2 Authorized Variations in Work ........... 3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands, ........ ................. ....... 4.1,8.4 Awar(L.Notice of --defined : ........... ......1.25 Before Starfing.Construcfion .... : ... :: ......... ..2.5-2.8 Bid --definition 'd., ............... J (1. 1, 1. 10, 2.3, 3.3, ...................... 4.-2.6.4, 6113, 11.4.3; 11.9. 1) Bidding Documents definitio n* of ............................... 1.6(6.8.2) Bidding Requii6menti-defififtich- of ........ ............ 1.7 (1 . 1, 4.2.6.2) Bonds - acceptance of,,.,.,,:: ................................. ..... 5:14 additicnal'bbndi, ....... .................. 10.5. 11.4.5:9 Cost ofthe Work ............. I ............................ JLSA definition of ........................ ... 1 . J.8 ,defivery of ... ........... ...................... S. I final Application for Payment .................. 14,12-14.14 .general ........... ....... 1. 1 O; 5.1-5.3,5.13, ............ ; ................ .......... 9.13, 10.5,14.7.6 Performance, Payment and Othq, ......... 5.1-5:2 Bonds and Insurance --in general......: ............ .............. 5 Biailde?s risk "all-risk" policy f6rm.......... : ........ :'.J.6.2 Cancellation Provisior* Insurance, ...... J.4.11, 5.8; 5..15 Cash Allowances� ................................................... 11.8 Certificate O.Subistainitial Clompl6tion ....... ,.1.38, 6.3023, _,14:8, 14.10 .certificates of lnipeciiiirka ......... �_9. . 13.4. 13:51- 14.12 Certificates of Insurance_ .. ...... 2.7_5.3, 5;4. 1 L-5:4.13. ....................... 5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4,14.12 Changein C6.itiact Price - Cash Allowances .............. .............. owam. 11.8 claim for price - adjustment.. .......4, 1; 4.2.6. .... 4.5. 5.15, 6.8;2. 9.4 ----- :29.5. 9.11. 10.2. 10.5. 11.1. b.q. .......... ......... J3..13, 13.14,14.7,15.1, 15:5 -CONTRACTOR's fce:.%.:; .... ...........................11.6 Cost ofthe Work genera l.; .......... .................... ...... I ..... 11.4-11.7 Exclusion I s. 10, ........ 1 ....... :..11.5 . ... . Cost kcc6r ........ .............. J 1.7 in 10.4.3. .11 Lump Sum Fnc-hg ............................................. 11.12 Notificatibn-of Swety ......... ........ .. . 10.5 ..................... Scopeql»....................... ............................ jO.13-101.41 .Tes tuii&andInspection, Uncovering the Work.. .:, ......... 13;9 siCDC MEPLAL CMMMONS 1910 -8 (1990 EDMOM w/ CITY OF FORT COLLMS MODIRCAMONS (REV 9/99) Unit Price Work.,: ......... ......... w .... ..... :11.9 CONTRACTOR's Fee .....:..:............................... 11.6 Article or Paragraph - Article or Paragraph Number Number Value.of Work :...:.... :.....31:3 CONTRACTOR'slhabiltty ........5.4; 6:12,;616, 6.31 Change,in.Contract Times Cost of the Work,._ -- 11 4, 11.5. Claus for tunes adjustrnenl„-,;,,4 1 4 2:6, 4:5, _5:15; Decisions on Dis utes P 9 11, 9.12 ... 6:8.2, 9 4 9.5,'9 11 103,.10:5, 12.1,_ Dispute Resolution.............................. ... ..........16 1, ............... 13:9, 13.13; 13:14, 14 7. 15.1, 15.5 Dispute Resol cfi, Agreement ............. ....... 16.1-16.6 Contractual time,1imi.ts .............12.2 ENGINEERas'initial interpreter , ,,, „ ..........9.1.1 Delays bryond'CONTRACTOR's Lump iSum Pnemg 11 32 control .............: ....:...12.3 _ Notice of.....:._.:............... .L................::.:............ 173. Delays,. Y . beyond OWNERS and OWN6Rs ............... 0.4. 9:5, 91I 10;2,.11.2, 1 L9 CONTRACTOR'S control.:.......:...:......:.......12.4 .............,12.11 13 9, 13.13. 13.14, 17.3 Notilleatipn of surety', .............10.5 OWNER's liability...................... 5.5 Scope'of bhange. .., ., OWNER may refuse I.o make payment- ......: .......J4.7 Change Orders-- ..,:,„10.3-10.4 Professional Fees and Court Costs -.Aeeepunee'ofDefeetive.Work_.... Included 17.5 Amending Contract Documents ....................J3:13' - I - ;�;5 request for formal dectston or) Q,11 Cash Allowances.,.,,, ...... ,,, „ , 11 :8 Substitute Items ..... ,,,,.. _ Change of Contract Piieq - ::.:..... 1. J 1 ' Time.Extension.......:......,... ...„.67`1-2 1' 1 ,. Change:ofContractTunes Time,requirements; ....:.;.........:......9.11, 12.1. .....:... Changes in the'Work. ...::... . ...............12. ...10 Unit Price Work.c::.. _J 1.9.3 CONTRACTORS fee 11.6 Value of J,1.3 Cost of the Work ....... ... , „ ....11 4-1 L7' Waiverof on Final Payment.,;, ..J4.14, 14.15 , Cost Records .;..,._.. ................ 1. ............. 11:7 WorF,tIiin a Urecnve . 8 - - ........10.2 definition of.. ...................:................................19: written notice required.............. Qr11:11.) 12.I emerg"ies . ;......... .23 Clarifications and'Interpretatiom -- 3`6 3 9 4,:4:11 ENGINEERsresponsibthty .,..9.8, 10.4., 11.2, 12.1 Clean Site ....... ..... ... 6.17 execution of ......... . ......... JOA „ Codes of Technical,Soctety, Organization - Indemnifichon...................6:12,61G.6.31-6.33,. or Association.................,;,,. M .....,3.3.3 Insurance; Bondi and 5 10.5'13, 10.5. Corn menccmchi of Contract Tunes. ........... 2.3 - OW"NERmayterminate 152-15.4 Communications_ - OWNER's Responsibility ........................$ 6, 10:4 general ...............,0 2; 6.9.2, 8.1 .Physical Conditions'- - , ;Hazard Communication Programs :....... ..:.... 6.22 Subsurface and, ... ............... ......................... 4.2 . Completion — Underground Facilities, ................ ;........... 4.3.2 Filial Application for Payment,:; ................ ;...... 14.12 Record -Documents, .......................................... ..19 Final Inspection,,,,,,,,,,,,.-_ ............................, 14.11 Scope oCChangq.,,_,,,,: ..............,.„ ....... ....10 3-10:4 Final Payigent and Acceptance_, .......... J4.13-14.14 Substitutes.:.. t..........., .. .....,,. .:,..,6.73,6.5.3 Partial Utilization, ............:....:a.:....:._....,,14.10 Unit Price -Wort ......., jl 9. _. .. _ Substantial -Completion 138, 14 8 14.9 value of Work, oovored by ,,,,,,,,, ,,,, ..,,.11 3 Waiver of Claims;,,, ......... ................. ,14.15, Changes in the Work ................... : ........... I .......... .......IO Computatiotrof Times.... .......... , ................ 172.1-:0.2.2 Notification of surety;,- ...... :...,, .. ,.; „_;;10:5 Concerning Subco$tractors, Suppliois ` - OWNER's and CONTRACTORs and Others 6.8-6.11 respaistbihttes';:,;, - 10.4 Conferences _.. - Right to an adjustment ............................................. .....102 initially acceptable schedules,.............................. ,, .9- Scope 'ofchange ...... ........ .......10.3-10.4 preconstructiort ...... 2 8 - Claims-- ConNct, Error. Amb18mtY ": Dtscre n P? cY against CONTRACTOR .... ,,,,__......6.16 CONTRACTOR toRepoft ...................... ,2.5;;33.2 againsCENGINEER......... 632 i_ Construction startingbefore'by againstOWI�R ..... 637 CONTRACTOR .:.' :. 2.5-2.7 Change"of ContractPricg.. ,,,.,,,,, 9 4, 11:2 ;Construction Machinery, Equipment etc ......... .: 6.4 Change, of Cmtracf Times 9:4, 12.1 Continuing the Work;,,; ,6.29, 10.4 CONTRACTORS, ".,_., 4, 71, 9 4 9 5 9:11, 10.2:: 'Contract Doctmtents= l l:2 1 t.9 12.1,,13.9, 14.8, Amending ....... :....................................... 3.5 _......15.1; 15:5, 17;3 Bonds ..:.......................... ................................ .1 N _ EiCDCairmuLCONDIfiOrstrio=a(i99oIDrriq.j - w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) _ I L I I I I Cash Allowances ............................. :................ 11.8 Article or Paragraph Number .Change; of Contract Pricg.:,s:......:....:..:.:.............11 Change of; Contract Times .,12 Changes in the Work-_ : ;...........10 4-10.5 check and verify .........:....................................... 15 Clarificafions. and,;. .. Interpretations .. _;:3.2 3.6;.9.a,.9..11 definition of ..................................................... 1.10 .ENGINEER as.irithal interpreter of;, ........9.11. ENGINEER as O WNER's representative..............9.1 general3 Insurance .................:..._ ............5.3 Intent ,:................... .... ........... .. 31-3.4 minor variations in the Wort 3.6 .... OWNER's responsibihty to furnish data 8:3 OWNER's; responsibility.to make prompt payment ..., 83 14.4 14.13 precedence... -. ........................................ 3 1 3.3.3 - :Record DocumenIs...........:................................0.19 Reference to''Standi rds and Specifications: of Technical. Societies ................. 3,3 Related Work ......... ........ ........ `7.2 . Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies',,,: 2 5 3.3. Reuseof ......................... ...,...... ,......... .7 ;Supplementing .:..,,. ......_. Term inationofENGINEER sEmployment . 8.2 Umt Price; Work:..........: .::.::..:. .......11,9 variations ................................... ;...... 3.6,_6.23, 6;27 Visits to Site,.ENGINEER'i ............................... 9.2 .Contract Price - .adjustment of ...............3:5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11:2-11.3 .Change of..:. ...I ....................... _........ :...:Jl Decision on Disputes ........................ ................ :.9.11 definition. of ..:.......................:.....: ......... 1:11 Contract Times- adjustinent of• .... .....:............... 3.5. 4.1,,9.4,,10.3;.12 Changeof........ ............. .....,:..................... ' 1 12.4 :Commencement of, ....., 2.3 definition of ......... ....... ........1.12 CONTRACTOR= Acceptance* Insurance,,,;, ;,,,, , 5.14 'Communications ........................... ....6.216.9.2 Continue Work ........ . ............:6:29, 10.4 .. coordination and scheduling„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,;¢.9.2 definition Of .......................... :... ..1:13 Limitad Rzliance on Technical: DataAuthonzed :., 42.2 May Stop Work or Tmtiirate 15.5 _ provide' site _acoess to others 7 2,.13.2 Safety and Protection.,.,.: .. 4312 6161618. 621 623 7.2..13.2 . Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prig to:Suhmtttal....................... ........5:25 .. . Stop Work requirements ..................................4.5.2 CONTRACTOR's- ' Article or Paragraph Number Compensation ..... 111-11.2 Continuing Obligation :,.... 14.1 DIe egive Work::.. ...... 9.6. 13.10-13.14 Duty tocorrectdefectrve. Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 13.11 Duty to Report -- Changes in the Work caused by. ..Emergency.,, ..................:.............:....6,2i Defects in Work of Others.............................7.3 Differing cord tion; 4i2,3 Discrepancy in Documents,:„., .25 3 3.2,.6.14 2 Underground no[indicated ..... ,p:3.2 11 .. ............ - ent and Machinery. Rental, Cost pie Work - '11 4.53 ' IstPlus .....................l l 4 5 6 11 5 1 11:6 Warranty and Guarantee' ............ ......:.... 6.30 Inspection of the Work 7.3 13.4 Labor, Materials and Equipment.„ ......6 3-6.5 Laws and Regulations, Complianpe by ,;,.;,.. 6.14.1 Liability insurance .................... ......... .............. 5.4 Notice.of Intent to Appeal 9.10. 10.4 obligation to perform and complete the V✓ork 6.30 PatentFeesand Royalties paid for by ................6,12 Performabec and Other Bonds . ... ................... 5.1 Permits, obtamed'snd paid for 65 ¢.13 Progress Schedule,,,,,,, 6; 28,2.9; 6.6, - . 629, 10.4,-152.1 Request for formal decisionon disputes...............9.11 Responsibilities- Changesin the Work ............... A ...........10.1 Concerning Subcontractors;. Supplier's and Others;,,,, �,;,,,,,,, -.... .8-6.11 _.. Continuing. the Work....6.29. ......................... 10.4 CONTRACTOR'aeepcnse .... ::- ..... .63.1 CONTRACTORs General Warranty .and Guarantee _............................. _..6.30 CONTRACTOR s,review prior to Shop -Drawing or Sample submittal ...6.25 Coordination of Work ........................... a..;,69.2 Emergencies........ ...... ;.......6.23 ENG_ INEER's evaluation; Sulietitutis ` or "Or -Equal" Items 6.7.3 For Acts and Omissions 'of Others,,,,,,, 691-6.91,9.13 for deductible ainouri s,insurance ..:5.9 general .5, 7:, 7.3, 8;9 Hatardous Ca inturi canon Programs ....6:22 Indemnification.,,. ........ ........6.31-6.33 srcpc M14ERAL crotromONS 1910-8 (1990 EDtnoM w/ CITY OF: FORT COLLINS MODIRCATI ONS (REV 9199) I 1 Labor; Materials and Equipdient„:.,,......... 6.3 6.5 ' CONTRACTORS --other,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,, ..................7 Laws and Regiilatioiu 6.14 Contractual LtalrilityInsurancq...,, :5.4.10 Liability Insurance 54 Cattractuel'TfindLimtts 12.2 ArticleorParagraph- Article or Paragraph Number Number Notice: of variation from. Contract 'Coordination--. - Documents .......................... .....,6.27 CONTRACTOR'S.responsibility 6.9:2 Patent Fees`arid:Royalties..................I..........6.12 Copies of Documents _: ............ .....::......................... 2.2- Permtts-..:....:.:....:...........:.......:...:....6.13 Coaection Period ...... .............. ............. 13.12 Progress'Schedule ..... ..............6:6 Correction,Removal.orAcceptanoe ' Record. Documents .....-6.19 ofDsfecBve Work-- rela_ted t�orkperformed prior to-:, in general ...................................10 4•1 .13 10-13 14. ENGINEER's approval of iequired Acceptance ofDefectrve Work, „.......:....,,13.13 submittals;,,,, 6:28 Correction or Removal of safe structuraI.loadmg .....:......I ...........:.... 16.18 Defective Work . ..:..:.. 6.30,13.11, Safety and Protection 6 20 7 2 13.2 13 12 SafetyRepresentative ......... ........... 6'I y of e Work..:...:.......1z14 OWNER Marection y Correct D ectiv Schedulmg th`e Work ..,...................6.9.2• OWNER Mev.Stcp Work ..,,„ ...........13.10 S1iopDrawmgsandSamples;. ,:„ 6 ,,,24 Cost— - Shop Drawmgs apd Samples Review of Tests and Inspection$ .;...... ......,,,,;13.4 by ENGINEER'......................................6.26 Records11.7 Site Cleanliness:: ..................... :....... ............ 6.17 'Cost of the Work- Submittal Procedures ........ ......................6.25 Bonds and insurance additional,....... ...... 11 4 5.9. Substitute Construction Methods Cash Discounts...............................:..............11 4.2 and Procedures .. 6.7.2 CONTRACTOR's Fee:..;. .:.; ................ l 6 Substitutes and ",Or -Equal.. Items................6.7.1 Employee Expenses, ..................................... 1.1.4.5.1 Supenntendencr .. 6.3 Exclusions to ,,:.. .............. ;,,.,,11 5 Supervision ................................61 General 114-11.5 Survival'of Obligations ......... 6.34 . Homeoffice and overhead expenses :...:.... ...::...11 5 Taxes .,..;. 6,15 ` Losses and damages 11 4.5.6 Tests and Inspections ,,,_, ..... ,13:5 Materials and equipment. 1 L4.2 To Report ..... ...... 5 Minor expenses, ....................... 11.4.5.8 Use of Premises„, 16.618,'630:2.4 Payroll costs.on changes ......... ..............11- 4.1 ......0 Review Prior to ShopDrawmgjor performed by Subcontractors:„: ..............11.4-3 Sample Submittal:......................................:6.25 Records]1.7 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work.:...10:2 Rentals of construction equipment right to clai............. , 7 1,.9A, 9 5, 9.1 l_ 2;11.2, and machinery „. ,11.4;5.3 ..... 11.9; 12:1, 13.91 14.8, 15:1; 15:5, 17:3 Royalty paymerim permits and Safety and Protection; 6.20-6 22; 7.2, 13:2 license fees;,,,',,,,,,, ..... „11.4.5.5 Safet Rresettiative. y ep ..., .... 6.21 Siteffi :oce and temporary.facilittea i 1.4.5.2 Shop Drawings and Samples Submidab „6.24.6:28 Special Consultants CONTRACTORS ... 11.4.4 Special Consultants:.. ........ .......11.4.4 Supplemental........ .11.4.5 Substitute -Construction MetEtods'and Procedures..6.7 Taxes related to the Work - ... 11.4.5.4 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items;.. - : .. ' . Tests and Inspection ................ I ........ .......13.4 Expense ......- - &7 1, 6.7.2 Trade Discounts.;., - ......, - 11.4.2 Subcontractors Suppliers and Otherg ..._:, 6.8-6.11 Utilities fuel andsanitary facilitie$ t 1:4:5:7 Supervision and Superintendence; _.....6:1, 6.2,'6.21 .......... fter` Work a`regular hours ... .............11.4.1 Taxes,;Paymsnrby...: ,6;15. Covering J3,6433 Use of Premtses 616=6.18 Cumulative Remedies„ 17 4-17 5 Nairanties and guarantees ;;;;;,6 5, 6.30.. Cutting.::fttmg�and patching .....:: ..:,,:............7 2 Warranty of tidee.,:,;, ..;.,.. Data,. tgbe,furnished -by OWNER;..: ... $ 3. - ..,_;,,,,,,,14.3 Written -Notice ,Required.- Day-defipttton of,,,;;;;....;,,, J.7.2.2 OONTRACTOR stop Work o2 terminate,:„ ,15.5 Decisions on Disputes_. 911 0.12 Repotts ofDlffering Subsurface defective --definition of _ .. ...I...........1 14 and Physical Eondition$........................ 4 23 defectrvr Work— . .Substantial Completion..............................14.8 .Acceptance:of:.............. ........... :............ 10.4.1, 13.13: w// aTY:OF FFbRRTT.coLLiNS MOD Fjc, Tnom X 9/99) Correction.or Removal of...... _..;.......... jO.4.1. 13,11 Correction Period .:. -:.- :.. - .:.:, ;:;.13.12 ingeneral.........................................13, 14.7,14.11 Article or Paragraph' Nurnber Observation by ENGINEER..: .... ; .............. 9.2 OWNER May Stop Work ,:..;... . ....-;.13.10 .Prompt Notice ofDefecis...................................13.1 Relecling:..:..:..........:..... _ ........... .. ....:9:6 Uncovering.the Wor}.....................................13.8 Definitions ........ ........ ....... Delays. ......................... ....4:1. 6.29.12 3-12.4 DeliveryofBonds ....... ... . ............. 2. Delivery of certificates of insurance .......................... 2.7 Determinations for Unit Prices: . .... ................. I.... 9:10 -- Differing Subsurface or P}iysica] Notice Notice of :..................... ............ .....4.2.3 ENGINEER's Review; ....: . . :...:..: 4.2.4 Possible ContractDocuments Change,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2:5 Possible Price and Times Adjustment; .......4.2.6 Discrepancies=Reporting and Resolving ....:................ ...:.2:5_3.3.2, 6.14.2 Dispute Resolution— •Agreem ent..................... ....... ...16.1-16.6 Arbitration.,,, .....:... ....:............161z16.5 gcnera116 . Mediation, ........... .. . ...16.6 Dispute Resolution Agieem enF 16.1-16.6 Disputes, Decisions,byENGINEER - ,.,::.9.11-9.12 Docum.ents: Copiesof ...... .. .: ........... : .. .......... .....2:2 Record 6.19 Reuse of. ...................... ............... 3.7 .Drawings--'definit on of-..:....., .......... .................... J.15 Easements.............................................................4.1 Effective date of.Agreement - definition of..............1.16 _ Emergencies .............. ........:_....._...........................0:23 ENGLNEER- as initial interpreter on disputes„ .........:...: ..... definition of .................................................... 1.17 Limitations.ori authority, andresponsibrhties..... :9.13 Replacement of, 8.2 Resident Project Representative ,.,,.,., • ,,,,,,:.:9.3 - E_NGRgEER's Consultant -- definition of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1.18 ENGINEER'S -- authority :and responsibility, limitations oq........ ;9.13 Authorized Variations in the Work:............:.......:9,5 Change Orders, responsibility. Cor _:.:, 9.7, 10, 11,32 :Clarifications and lnterpretaticns............. 3 6.3,.9.4 Decisrons.di Disputes....',... . 911-9.13 do actnve Wok notice'ofp, ......, ,.....13:1 Eva cation of Stiibistifute ltems......... :...............::6 7.3. Liabihtg ......................... . . .:...... 0.32, 9.12 Notice Work is Acceptable 14.13 Observations.: :.............. 6 302, 9.2 . - iv O WNER'sRepresentativ.................................... 9.1 Payments to the CONTRACTOR, Responsibrhty for„ ....... 9.9. 14 Recommendation of.Payment... .;,,,. ,,,:14.4, ]4.13 Article or Paragraph Number Responsibilities--Liroitations-op..... ........9.11-9.13 Review. of Reports_ on Differing .Subsurface and Physical Conditions, ...: ..........4.2i4 Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibiitg................. ......... ..................... 6>26 authorized variations ui'theWorl;......:...........9:5 Clarifications and In ..................9.4 Decisions on Disputes 9.11-9.12 Determinations on,Unit Price,; 9.10 ENGINEER as lnitial Interpreter 9.11-9.12 ENGINEERts Responsibilities,. ......9.1.9.12 andResponsibilitic' ,.......:.................:9.13 OWNER's Representative ;,,,,,,,,,,,; ...............9.1 Project Representatrve........:.::........:. .......9:3. RejectingDej4dve'Work ............................9.6 Shop Drawings; Change Orders. and Payments-:......::.................9.7-9.9 Visits to Site: ................... .............................92 Unit.Price determinations ... :...............;.W..,,,,,:,;9.10 Visits to Site .....9.2 Written consent require .,,. :-,7;Z- 9.1 Equipment, Labor: Materiels and ................ :......... 6.3.6.5 Equipment rental; Ccst'of, the Work....-,,,,--- 11.4.5.3 Equivalent Materials and Equipment,_, ,,,,,,,;,,,,,¢.7 error or. emissions..................................................6.33 Evidence of Financial Arrangements.,, .....,,,,.,8a1 Explorations of physical conditions ........................4:2.1 Fee, CONTRACTOR's-Coats Plus..:....:...................11.6 Ficld Order,- . deCrnipSn;of.... :.:.............. :............ :....:............ 1.19 issued by ENGINEER .........................:...... 3.6.1, 9.5 Final Application for .Payment.,...... I ..................... 14.12 Final Inspection.. ......... .......................................14.11 Final Payment — and .Acceptance, _, ,,,,,;,,,,,,,...... 14.13.14.14 Prior to, for cash-allovances................... 11.8 General Provisions ...... .................................... 17.3-17.4 General Requirements-7 defuitiori ...... .................. ............................ 1.20 principalrefarences to, 2.6, 6.4, 6676:7, 6,24 Givirig Noticy: 17.1 Guarantee of Work—by_CONTRACTOR S539, 14.12 Hazard Communication Programs;, ,-,;....................0.22 Hazard' Us Waste=- ` definition :of.......:...............:.............................1.21 grneral;.:.; .......:. ..... ....4.5 OWNER's responsibility for .„.,:....................$:10 ..' WCDCGENMALCOIMIitoias'1vto-a_(1990EDMON) w/ CITY OF FORT COU24S MODff1CATIOM (REV 9199) Indemnification„..._„ 6:12, 6.16;:6.31-6.33 Initially Acceptable Schedulos,, :: ,,,,;,, 2.9 Inspection-- Certificates of . .................. ... . ...... 9:13:4, 13.5, 14.12. Finsl:................ .................. :...................... 14.11 Article or Paragraph. Number Special.xequired by ENGMER..................I....., 9.6 Tests, and Approval ,... $.7, 13.3-13.4 Insurance- Aceeptance. of, by OWNER...............................5.14 Additional,. required by changes of the Work .................... Before starting the Work .....................................7. Bonds and -in general..........................................5 Cancellation Provisions 5.8 Certificates of; 2.1, 5; 5J, 5.4.11, 5:4.13,, ...................: 56 ,5S 514 913414.12.' completed operations.,, .. 5.4:13 CONTRACTORsLiabtuty„;5.4, CONTRACTORS objection to coverage „ 5.14 Contractual Liability„- .................5.4. io deductible amounts CONTRACTORS responsibility ................................................5.9. Finsl Applieaion for r Payment,,,,,,: 4 .........14.12 Licensed Insurers _5.3 Notice requirements, material changes 58 105 Option to Replace........ .............. .........5.14 other-specialinsurancq � - .......5.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insureds,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 5.12-5.13 OWNER'; Liability .... 5.5 01AWIMsResponsibility ....................................8.5 Partial Utilizaticn;'Property Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,; 5.15 Property.............76-5,10: Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds..................................5.12.5.13 Special Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_„,,,,,,5.10 Waiver of Rights ............................................ JAI Intent of Contract Documents.., ............ 0............... 3.1-3:4 Interpretations and Clarifications.,..,3 6 3 9.4 Investigations of physical conditions,,,,,,, ,; ;..... 4 Labor, Materials and Equipment:..........................03-6.5 Lands- . . and Easements ................................................... $A Availability of,,,,;,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,, W..z.,............. , 4.1. 8.4 Reports and Tests:............................................_$A Laws and Regulations --Laws or Regulations - Bonds ,:... .... .5.1-5.2. Changes:in theldiorl:,,, 10.4 Contract Documents;_., - :3.1 CONTRACTOR'S ResponsibiCities,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.14. ' Correction Period,da ectfve Work;;,, .....',ji12 Tests40In tio" 133 Costof the Work, taxes 11.4.5.4 Variation, Shop Drawing and Samplg ................0,11 definition of ..: .1.22 ' Notice to.Rolo ed- genera16.14 definition. o(.......... ..':..:::.....:....:.....:........:.1.26. Indemnification ................................... ,,,. ivi . 6:31-6.33 giving of,,,,,,,,,,,,,, „.,,,, 2.3 w Q�OFFORT� COLUNS MODMCA17ONS (REV 99) Insurance ..........................................................5.3 Precedence ::.:.:- . ., ....:...: - `: ........,3."3:3.3 Reference to ...... ..................5.3.1 Safety and Protection .......... ..;:.;,,,6.20, 13.2 Subcontractors; Suppliers and Others,......... 6.8-6i11 Article or Paragraph Nurnber Tests and Inspections., ................ ........ ... 13.5 Use of Premises;;;,,,,,,,,,,, visits to Site 9.2 Liability Insurance-- - CONTRACTOR's...................... .... 5.4 OWNERS.....:...:...:........:.:::........:...................... 5.5 Licensed Sureties and Insurers,,,,,, ...................... 53 Liens= - Application for. Progress Payment ......... ....14.2 CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of Title .............„14.3 ' Final Application for Payment 14 12 definition of ....;... ..:..... ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-23 1.15 Waiver of Claim s,;; J4 Limitations on ENGINEER'S authority and .responsibilities..,.,:.. _, „q;13 LimitedReliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized......................................................4 2.2 Maintenance and Operating Manuals Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12 lvfarivals.(of others) - :Precedence ......................................:......:... 1:33.1 Referenee to in Contract Document$,,,;,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3.3.1 Materials and equipment - furnished by CONTRACTOR 63 noL incorporated inWorl. ,; . . :............ ,,,14.2 Materials or equipment -equivalent ,,,,,,,,,,,,,, , 0.7 .Mediation -(Optional):,,,, ........ '-.. .- ..................;;........... j6.7 Milestones -definition of........................................ J.24 Misceilaneous-- Computation:of,Times............:................._17.2 Cumulative Remedies.......;: .......................... 1J.4 Giving Notice ................ ..::....: :.............17.1 Notice of Claim „ ............................................. 17.3 Professional Fees and Court Costsricluded,,,,,,,,17.5 Multi -prune contracts..:........ Not Shown orIndicated..... ::....:.......:....:_.-.......:.....4.3.2 Notice of-- Accoptabilityof Project..:, Award, deGnitiowof,,,,,,,;,,,,,, .......J25 Claim :..:...r.... .............. ..:::.................. )3.3 .Defects:13 1 Differing Subsurface or. Phvsicsl.Conditions:.... _ 4.2:3. Giving.. ......... .._........................ Notification to Surety_,_ , ...... ............ ................... 10-5 Observations, by ENGINEER ...0, 9.2 Occupancy of the' Work ........ 5 15 ,6 30 2 14.10 Oioissionsor.acts byCONTRACTOP,,,_:, 69'9:13 Open Perilpolicy form, Insurance ........................ 5 6-2. Option to Replace :..: $• 14 - Article or Paragraph Number, . "Or.Equal'..Items . 6.7 Other Work? - overtime Work —prohibition of ..................................6.3 . OWNER-- - ...... -. . Acceptance of defective Work:..............:........:..13.13 appoinYan ENGINEERj......... W. ............. S.2 as fiduciary ..............................................._5.,12-5.13 Availability of Lands; responsibility ....................4.I definition oC.......:.::.........::.:...:..:..:....:..............1.27 data, furnish: 8:3 . mayCogectDefechve' Work - � - �.13.14 May refiise.to make payment ..14.7 . . May Sic the Work :.:..:.....:....:...:-....:..::::.:: .... 13:10 May Suspaid Work; , . rm Term inate................. 8:8: 13.10. 15.1-15.4 Payment, make:prompt..................... ? 3, 14.4114.13 performance of other work..................................73 permits. and licenses;-requvements... .....:...:6.13 , purchased insurancerequirements .............: 5 6-5.10 OWI1ER's-- Acceptance of the Work............................J.30.2.5 Change Orders,.obligatien to execute ,..,; .6,.10.4 CommLm cations ........... :......... :....:..:..:............... :1 Coordmatioi of the Work 7.4 Disputes, request for decis on .......... 9:11 Inspections, tests and approvals S 7; 13.4 Liability Insurance,.; ........ ........ ........5.5 Notice of. Defects ......... .....................................13.1 Representative. -During Construction,_ ENGTNEER's Status; ........ : .......... ................. .9-1 Responsibilities-. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous, Waste or Radioactive Material -... I., ........... 8.10 Change Orders.::....:....: .:...:.................:........ S.6 .Changes in the -Work, ...... I ....... ................... .10:1 communications ...... :.......... ::..:::::::..:.....:..:::., 8.1 CONIRACTOR's responsibiliiie;........ I......... 8.9 evidence of financial arrangements..............8.11 - .- inspections, tests and approval87 ...................... insurance.:............:...........:.::...::....:.::::......... 8.5 lands and easemenig............:....:...:.:::...........8:4 protnotpaymen[;by.... _..................... 8.3 replaSetncnt of ENGIN. .......... ...............a , reportsand tests ... .,........................................ 8.4 , d Worh ....... J 8113 10, 15:1 :cp-,orate COATsu terminiRACIORs services ....:.:. separate. representative'atsite :................ ............ .3 .. ,.. xi_, _. .. .testing, independent._ ..... .......... ... .....................,13.4 use or occupancy . of theWoik ...... ........315 6302.4;.14.10 written se1. approval required ......... .9:1, 6:3„ 11.4 EJCDC CENERAL CONDtnotis i4ib-s.(3990 EDITION) wt CITY OF. FORT COLONS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) I Article or Paragraph Number written noidice required .................. 1, 9:4, 9. 11, I:.-> 11.9;14:7, 15.4 PCBS.. dermition of .... .................. ...... . ...... ........ i .29 general., .... : ....... ............................................ 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for. . ...8.10 Partial Utilization - definition of ................... ....................1.28 general 6.30.2-4. 14.10 Property Insurarce..: ...................5. ............ ;..5.15 Patent Fees and Royalties : ............................ ....... !..6.12 Payment Bbftds....... I ....... I .................... ..... 5:175.2 Payments,Recommendation of ...... : ... :_14444.7, 14.13 Payments toCONTRACTO'Rand Completic-n-'' Application for ProgressPayments ........ ............. J41 CcNTR4CtdR3 warrarity�oof Tide �� ................. 14.3 Final Application for Paym ent,. ...... 14,12 Final Inspection .............................................. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance,;,,, , ,,;;. .J 4 13714.14 g encral .8:3: 14 Partiatutilization . .. . ....... ... 14.10 Retainage............... 6.6.6.6 .......... ....... .............. 14:.21 Rev ' iew of Applications fci. ProgessPayna.ents .......... 6 ......... ........... 14.4-14.7 prompt paymeri('. ..... ............................... Schcdulc:of Values. Substantial Completion .............................. J4.8114.9 .Waiver of Claims .......... ............ 14.15 when payments due ............. .................. 14.4,1 4.13 withholding , payment ............ ............. : ....... :14. . 7 Performance Bong; ,........... .... 5:1-5:2 Permits ........... 6.13 Petroleum-- definition of .....................................................1.30 general .... ................................ : ....... ­6 ......... 465 OWNER!s responsibility. fo...............................8.10 PhysicatConditions- Drawings ,ofi in or relaiingtq ........... ...... 1 ..... �4.2:1.2 ENGINEER's review .. ; ........ ................ .............. 4.2.4 existing s I tructures. ......................... ............ .... :4.12 serie �l 4.2.1.2 ra . ............................. ................... Notice of Differing Subsurface or.... .................. 4.2.3 1?6ssibliContract. Documents Chahgq�� ........... ��A2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4:2.6 Reports and Drawings. - ' ' ....d'.*� . d .1; ........ ... :' :`7' Subsurface and, ...... . . ....... ..... 4.2 Subiilifacc Ctindiiiib I i q Technical Datit,1finited Reliance by CONTRACTOR:Aut'ho'ni zed Undergroiiad Facilities-- general.............................. d ................ 43 Not Shown or indicaed_ ... : ...... : ..... : .......... 43.2 Protection o .............. _ ....................... 4.3.6.20 Article,or. Paragraph Number Shown or Indicated.... �4:3.1 Technical Nta Premstruction Conference ..: ... ......... :2:8 Preliminary Matters,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Prelim inary'Schedules, ..... ; ......... ....... ......... 'Prcmises, use Of. . . ........ .......... . I .. . .................... Price, (Change of Contra6i� ...... I ...... ............................ Price, -Contract -definition ...... 1.11 Progress Payment. Applications for ............. ....... :34.2 Progress Payment--rctainagc,.:-..._, .... 14.2 .Progress schedule;7CONTRACTOR's ........... :z:6,118, 2-9, ................... ......... : .... 6.6, 6.29, 10.4. 15.2;1 : Project -,definition or ............ a ................................... 1.31 Pr6jec - 1 11 Representative— E,NGRqM.Rs:Status DuAng'Coristruction, ............. 93 Project Representative, Resident-,clefinitiomq... ...... 1.33 'prompt Payment by OWNER ....... ; ............ .......... M 8.3 Property Insurance-- . y ,Additional ....................................5i7 .general5.6,5:10 Partiallitilization. ....... ... 5.15i 14.10.2 receipt and application ofProcecdq,_. I ........ 5.12-5.13 Protection,'Sa ety and, _........ ti.,20.6.21, 1312 Punch list14,11 .......... ....................................... Radioactive "terial-- defintion of ...... ...... .........132 genera14.5 OWNER's responsibility for :. ......... ........ ........ $.10 R,ecommendaitiorli of Payment.,..,.,. ..14A, 14.5, 14:13 Record. Documents ........... 1 ...... ............ z ........ 26, 19, 14.12 Records, procedures -for maintatrn i u......... ................ 2.8 Reference cc Points ................................... ........ 4.4 'efer. e . nce to Standards .and.Sp , ecificationi of Technical:Societies ......... .............. A.. ............ 3.3 Regul#i6iisl Laws and (of) ...... :.1 6.14 Rejecting Defective. Work ............................. I ........ ... 96 Rclat4Work_ at Site ......... 1-7.3 Performed prior SI o Shop Drawings, and Samples submittals review ...... ; .............. 6.28 Remedies: cumulative .................... .................. 17.4, 11.5 Rem*al.or Correction ofDefective Work:.. ........... j3.11 rental agreements; OWNER approval required„ 11.4.53 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER.. ..... $.2 Reporting and Resolving . Discrepancies ............. :: ........... ;;.2.5, 13.2, 6.14.2 Reports.- . . _�.: ., � ­� - ­. �"' ; 'f . - a ' d briawings n., ........ 4.2.1 ,anc!Tests,OWNER's I resoo, n ; sibility .......... 8A Resident and ProjectRipreseritativi- definition of ... ...... I .............. ....... ...... : ...... 1.33 �provision;for ...................................... ..................... 9.3 EICI)CCIENIaLILL CONDITIONS 19104 (109a EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINSMODIFICATIONS (REV9/99) I SZSOS 00 `SNI-1100INO-A a s a Rs AVM 3NmnosNiv=i SQL )INVd AVM S,b3lVM \Z OIOZ.13SSVN!-3l`JNII-H31T/ O p w � F p ¢ Z w y l7 O 2 z ¢ in = O O Uj J y Z to O F p LL, 2 U m 7 5 J Z O Q AINOSVN U z_ O a U Z �_ a U U wp Z U co p H F 2 N !- ¢ col7 N J N H I m 0 2] vt fA J Q p p LL¢ Z C F- U OU Z J �n = O O Q U p Z w cw L J m cW G z in O m ¢ N O x N x Z L-y N w 2' a Article or Paragraph Num her. ResidencSuperintendent. -CONTRACTOR*.:;.., .......... 6.2 Res ,ponsibilitics- -CONTRACTOR!s.in general ... ....... 6 1 .1 . ENGINEER!s-in general ............................... ........ 9 imitations oR ........................................... 9A OATMR!s7in general ...... .............. ................ 748 Retain age ...... a ................ - ------- . 14.2, Reuse of Doclm'int's : _ ; ......... ............ ... 3.7 ReviewbyCONTRACTOR: ShopDpwings: 'aft&Sqffp es :Prior wSuubitta! ............. I ....... Revicw017Applications for Progress Payments ........................ ....... ;14.4-14.7 Right to an adjustment ....... .............. JO.2 ............ ............ 4.1 Royalties; Patent Fees and.,.,,, ............. ; .......6.12 Safe Structural' oadin Safety - and Protection,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ..._. 4:3.2, 6.16,6.18, .:6.20-6:21; 7:2.13.- general ...................................................... 6.20-6,23 Representative, CO CTOR!s ............ .......... OJI Samples - definition of ....................... .... .............. ; ........ 1.34 general .............. .;"; ... ;§.24-6.28, Review by CONTRACTOR ................................ 6.25 Review bY ENGINEER ...... ; ............ -q ...... :0.26, 6.27 related Work....::...::,,.-:.:..:.-.:..... .. W; .................. :§.2.S. :submittal of .............................. .............. 0.24.2 submittal procediiiej.....,, ........................... :.6.25 Schedule of progress ................ 0 ....... 2.8-2.9, 6:6, ........ ; ......... ........... -;. 6.29_10.4. 152.1 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals ...................... ; ....... 2.6,2.81-2.9, 6.24-6..28 .Schedule of Values,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ;- ...... -7 . . 6 2:8-2.9, 14A Schedules-- Adherencc,too., ....................... ........ ; ......... 15.2.1 -Adjusting ........... ................. ; ..................... ......66 Change of Contract Times .,, ..............................10.4 Initi .................. 1.8.2.9 Preliminary..:, .......... ......... ; .......... 1 ... :::..2,6 Scope of Changeis .......... .......... ................10.3.10.4. Subsudi�cc Conditions 4.11.1 ShopDrawings= and Samples, general .......................... .... 6.24-6.28 Change. Orders'& Appli6tions for 1. Payfficnts, and ........... t ........ ................. -.9,7-9.0. .d 1 :of. cfiriitiod - ...... ; ........ ... ; ................... 41 .1.35: ENGINEER's approval of * ........ :. .................. 3-6.2 IWGINFER'staspen ibih for revieNK ....... .......... ....... ......... 9.7,.6.24-6;n related Work ..... * ...... ....... ....... ....... 6;28 review procedures, ....................... Article. or Paragraph Number submittal required ............................. : . ............ -26.24.1 Submittal Procedures... ........ ...... :..; ... 6.25 use to, approve substitutions ...... ...................... -6.7.3 Shown or Indicated` , ...... ....... Site Access .............. ................................... 7.2_13.2 Site -Cleanliness t..................................................... 6.17 Site, Visits to;= by ENGINEER........ ........... 9.2. 13.2 byothers:_ ........... ...... ............... ...................13.2 .Special causes,of loss" policy form, insuranoi %., ....... ................. dcfiiiition of ......................).36 ........ .. ..................... Specifica,tionsL ) .36 :tim.fefiren-ce'k 3.11 ........................................ 33.3 of Technical Sccietie4 ............ :.. . ..... ......... :33 Starting Construction, Beforq.* .................. .......... 2.5-2.8 Starting the work---- ....................... ...... : ....... ;2.4 Stop or Suspend Work-= by CONTRACTOR ........................................... 015.5 � .bPV� ........... . ........... . Z. 8 .8, 13.10, 15.1 Storage of materials and equiprrient .................... 4.1,7.2 StructL . Lri;IlLoading, Safety.. ..... 6.18 Subcontractor= Con.cerning ..... .......... ......... ....... a ...... definition ........................................ ........ 1.37 &3,yi --- ................................... .......... .... 123 waiver of rights,. ............ ......... q ...................... 0.11 Subcontractors -in general ................................. 6.8-6:11 Subcofitraqts--mquire.d provision$..,,: .... 5. 11. 11.4.3 .Subm ittals- Applications for Payment ......... ;: ........ _.: ....... ... 14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals,,,,,,,,,,,,, 14.12 Procedures .......... 1-4 ...................... ............. O.Ti Progress Schedules,. .................. I ................... 2.6,2.9 Samples .................. 6.24:6.28 Schedule of Vailucs..a ................... .16, 14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings And Samples Submissions,, .............. ...... ........... 2.8-2:9 Shop Drawing* .......................................... &�4 -6.28 Substaiiiial,Cam pletion- cenification of ........................... 6J0.23� 14.8-14-9 definition ot.'..: ......... .......... ...... ...... J.38 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedw"..... .... 6.7.2 Substitutes d - " 'I-- , 1 utes an ."Or Fqua " Items ...... ................ 6.7 CONTRubrs ACTOR" Experisq:., .......... .......... 1.3 ENGIIQfiER's Evaluation 6.7.3 lora;liw� ............. .............. Substitute Construction Methods - - EJCDC�A 601,DITIONS19.1*0*.8(1990EDI-nom w( CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIRCATIONS (REV 9/99) I I Temporary construction ................AA :Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph Number Number or Procedures Substitute ............. Subsurface and Ph ygica i 'lCanditions-_ Drawings of; in or relathg to ......................... 4.2.1.2 1314611'JEERs Review general..................................... ;, ........................ 4.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ................................. ........... 4.2.2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or physical Conditio .......... _ ............... s ............. A.2.3 Physical Conditions ....................................... 4.2:1:2 Possible`Contract Documents Change ...............4.2.5 Possible Price.andTimes Adjustments, ............... 4.2.6 Reports and Drawings..:....... .......... ......... 4.2.1 Subsurface and n .......... F ....... M .......................... ; ...... 4;2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site„ Technical Data .................................. I ................. 4.2.2 Supervision -- CONTRACTORS responsibility ........................... 0.1 OWNER shall not supervise ................................ 8.9 ENGINEER shallot supervise ................. 9.2,9.13 ' 2 Superintendence............................ ; ........ ................ Superintendent, CONTRACTOR!s resident.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.2 Supplemental costs ... ; ......... ....... �; ....... 11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions definition of .................. ; ..................................1.39 principal rcfercnm.tq ................. 2.2. 2.7, ....................... 4.2, 4.3,.5.1, 5.3, 5.4; 5.6-5.9, ............. 5.11. 6.8; 61-13, 7.4, & 11, 9.3, 9: 10 Supplementing Contract Documents,,,, 3.6 .Supplier -- definition of ......................................................3.40 principal references to..: ........ 3.7.- 6.5, & ". 11, 6.20, ................ * ...................... 6' 24, 9.13,14.12 ..........................................6 Waiver of Rights .......... : ...................... ............. 6. 11 Surety- consent.to.firial payment...,,., j 4.12, 14.14 ENGINEER has no duty to ................................9.13 Notification of ................ ................. 10.1. 16.5. 15:2 qualification of .................. q ...................... 1-5.3 Survival of Obligations,,,,,,,,,,,,, ...... ................ 6.34 Suspend Work, OWNER May ...................... .13.10, 15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination-......................15 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work I or Teftzrinale: ............ ; .......... ............ 15.5 OWNER May Suspend' Work .......... ................... OWNERMAY Terminate .............. ....... 15.2-15.4 Taxes -Payment by CONTRACTOR.........................015 'Technical'Data_ -Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR ............... :4.2 : 2 Possible Price and Times Adjustment$ ............. :.4,2.6 Reports:of Ditfaiing Si;ibsur�face and Ph tions.............. ysical Conditions; ..................... 4.2.3 �Xiv.. Termination- byCONTRACTOR ........ .............. ...... ....... . 5.5 by OWNER ..... 15:1-15.4 of ENGINEER'S "employ ............... ...........8.2 suspension oC WorL in general,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,..... ...... 15 Terms and Adjectives .. .... 3.4 Tests and Inspections--.............. Accessto the Work, by -others ... ........... ............ 13.2 CoNtRACfdks respormibiiiiiies ...... _ .. ........ .. 115 .. cost of. 13.4 covering Work prior to ............... ............ 13:6-13.7 Laws and RebiilaLions (or);_,;,, .......... 13.5 Notice of Defects::: 'OwNmz May Stop Work........ ........ 13.10 :OWNER's independent testing ..... ...................... J 14 special required by.ENGINEER ......................9.. .6 Lim ely notice re4iiiied ........... ......... .. ...... .. 13.4 Uncovering theWork-, at ENGINEERs request : ...... . ..... ............. 13.8-13.9 Times - .Adjusting ........................................................ .6.6 Change. of Contract .. ............. .............................. It. 12 Computation of ...................................L...........17.2 'Contract Times"defmition of_; . .... ....... 12 6Y............... ...1 ............ : ...... 172.2 2..................... Mileitche - s12 ................................... ; ........ ......... Requirements- ;appcals ...... ............................. ....... ..... 9.10, 16 claritications, claims and disputes,..,.., 914, 11.2, 12 Commencement'of Contract Times;;,,,,.„.„.„;. 13 Preconstruction Conference ........................... 2.S schedules..-.,' ..................................... 2.6, 2.9, 6.6 Starting the Work., ............. _'_ ...................... 2.4 Title, Warrantv of............................... .............. : .... :J4.3 Uncovering iWork ............ ...... _; ....................... 13.8-13.9 Underground Facilities,.Ph)�sical-t&idiiions- definition o(.., ..................... .......... ... J. 41 Not Shown or Indicated ............... ................... 4-3.2 protection'of,.,........ 43, &M Shown or Indicated,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, .............._......_.... 4.3.1 Unit Prim;Work� claims 1.1.9.3 defthidon of ........... ........................................ J. 42 -general! L9, 14.1.14.5 Unit Pri res-- general 11.3.1 Determination for ............................. 9.10 UaCrofpj � ­ , emiseq .... ; ....... 6.16, 6.19, 6.30.2.4, owners .............................¢ 131 6.20,7. -7. 4; 112. .Urility Uiifimti6z; Partial.-.., ... 6.;A;28. 5.15; 6.302AA4.10 �i Value of the -Work . ...... .......................................... 3 .. 1.3 Values; Schedule 0......... .. ................. 2.6. 2.8-2,9.114.1 EICE)COEMRAL CO DMONs 19104 6990 EbITION) w/CITY.OFFORT COLUNSMODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Variations in Work --Minor Atnhorizcd:...:.............:..:....:............ 6,25, 6.27, 9.5 Article or. Paragraph Number Visits:ro Site=rby ENGINEER_...........:..............::.......9.2 .Waiverof Claims--on'Final Payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,"",""" 14.15 "Waiver ofRights'byinsurbd""pame; 511 6.11 ....,,. Warranty and Guararitee,.Gerierel—tij% CONTRACTOR ................ :............................... 6.30 Warranty of Title, CONTRACTORS.:_; .......4.14.3 Work— Access to ........................ ...::........ ...............----..13 2 byothers...-: ...:..............:.........;...,.....::..,........... 7 Changes in.`the............:...... 10 Continuing. the .......................... :...................... :6,29 CONTRACTOR May. Stop Work or. Terminate:....:..._..........:::.........:.............15.5 Cob rdinition of ................_.......... .:.:. .. Cost of. the ..................................... ..::11.4. definition of ....... ....... :................. I ..................... 11 -43 neglected by CONTRACTOR..; ........ *..: .............. t3.14 - other Work.:...::..::....:.:..._._.._;:,,...,......,...,,.............7 OWNER May Stop Work.,.......:...:..:...:............13.10 OWNER May Suspend' Work ................... ).110; 15.1. Related, Work at Site ..................................... 7.1-7.3 . Starting the,_.,............:::.:. .. ........................ ' �.. ........2:4. Stopping by CONTRACTOR...............................1.5.5 Stopping by;OWNER::....:::.::.::.........:::...::.15.1-15.4 Variation and devitition authorized,. minor ........... 3.6 Work Change Directive — claims pursuant to..............................................10.E definition of .................."-------:................-... 1.44. principal refeiences to,,,,,,,,,,,;,,,,,,,,,,3.5.3. 10.1-10:2 Written Amendment-- " definition of:. - - ,,..... ... 1.45 principal references to .............. I.1013:5 5.10,15.12, „ti.&2, 6:5,2,.6.19, 10A, 10.4. ............................111.2, 12:1, 13.12-2, 14.7.2 Written Clarifications and - Interpretations :,;,,,,,;,,,,,,,,;,,;,,,3.63 9.4; 9.11 Written Notice ,Required- " by CONTRACfOR..............................7,.1, 9.10:9.11, 10.4, 11.2. 12.1 by OWNER ............:.......9.10.9.11, 10.4, 11 2; 13.14 No Text "GENERAL QONDMONS ARTICLE i—DEF=QNS Wherever used in these Genial Conditions; or in the other Contact Documents the following terms have the menu rigs indicated which are .applicable to both the singular and plural thereof-. 1.1.. Addenaa—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which claiify,, corrector change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documcilti 1.2. Agreement —The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering; the Work to be performed, other Contrad Docurnents.are attached to the Agroement and made -apairttbcrerif as provided*therem'. lJ_ . A lication for Payment —The• form: accepted by *ENGINO which' is to be used by CONTRACTOR in progremor tag testing -final paymcrits and whit} - is to be a.cccm , parded- by such supporting documentation as is% Jcqurfedby the Contract Dwdrinents. 1.4. Asbestos­-Apy material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing.sisbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 1.5. Bid. -The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form settin&f6iththe pines for,the-Work to be'Performed. L6. Bidding Docurnents—The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders,.the Bid form, and the proposed Cciatiact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 1.7- Bid&ng Requirements —The advertisement. or invitation to Bid, instruciions to bidders, and the Bid form. I.S. Bon& —performance and Payment bonds. and other instruments of security. i,si. Change order —A document recommended by ENGn4121'� %,ithich is, s47icd by CONTRACTOR and OWNER acid authorizes an additicn. deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Cmtrsct Price or the Contract Times, issued an or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. i.io. Contract Documen6—The Agreement, Addenda (which pe" to the Contract Doctrine=); CONTRACTOR'S Bid. ... ..(*includ�ng,,docu mentation accrmpanymg.the BId and apy.postBid documentation submitted prior 16 the Notroe of Awrid);wlcn attached as: arilexhilih.to the -Agreement, the Notice to Proc6d, the. Bonds ffiesc General Conditions, -the Suppleinditary Conditions, the Specifications and the: Drawings as the EXDC CENMAL.90NDMOM 1910-8 (19" Ecktirin) ,W/CITY OFFOP,TOOLUMMODIhC��-hOMQtEV , 412000) 1.11. Contract Price —The moneys payable by OWNER to'CONTRACTOR- for completion - of the Work in.scaordance with the-Contrartf Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject' to the .provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the caseofUnit Price Work). 1:12: contract nmes-The numbers of days or the dates statedin the Aartacht: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii).io complete I the� Work. so that "itit is ready for. final t as evidenced by ENGINEERs written reconimcn io Zg,n.o f final payment iij acaccordancewith pam'g�mph 14.131 . paym. . 1.11 CONTRACTOR -The: person; firm or. corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the AgrecinCrit. 1.14. defective Aiv_adjectivc which,: when fnodifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory; faulty or deficient in that it does not coritorm to the Contract Document-, or does not meet,therequirements of any responsi ibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with. paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). 1.15.. DravvingsLlfie drawings which show the scope, extent and character.. of the. Work to be furnished and performed by CONTRACTOR' and -which. have been prepared or approved. roved by ENGINEER arfd.are refeired to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined 1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreiment on which it becomes effective; bi]a if no such date is indicated it means -the date on which the Ageement is.signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. LIT ENGI?==The person. firm or corporation rn naedaisuich-in the Agrceme r nt. 1.18. ENGLAFEER's. Connillaw—A.. person. firm or corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as E14GRTEER's independent professional associate,or consultarif with respect to the Project and'who is identified is such in the .1 Supplementary. - Conditions. 1.19. Field Order -A wri.men, order issued by ENGINEEIe whidi-orders minorcbangesdn the Work in k6&dince:with paragra 9.5ibut which does =_thvolve aldrarige in die Crintract-ce or the Contract Times. 120. General Requii'einena-Sectioris of Divilon I of the Specifications,' 1.21, .,,Fiazard6urWaste -The tam f4azardou s Waste shall have the Solid :Wis16_0#6 , Sal Ad; , (41,USP Sictiqh6903)'l- , i-eilded M am from tits e to tine, 1.22.a. Laws and Regtilahons;. Laws or,Regulafio ns-Any ,and applicable taws, rules...reguiati . ons ordinances,P . codes I and d -orders . . . . of -a-ny and all &virrmcntil -b6dies. ' ' i- - `­ -d' -lv-" j "" ,'agencies:authontiesah courts having chon. 1.22.b. Leval liofiiiays shall 'be 'those -holidays o liserved. by the City of Fort Cal lirts� L23. Liens -Liens. charges, security. interests, or cricumbiancesupon gran I property or persona property. 'kito 'A 'pal event speci6id' 'in the 1 �24. - MI �ne­ pruicii C& ct,D . oc , uffients relaw' �t . o an "FT5di I date . bi;. — 1,11.1-1-4.. 4 B!C romp Clio time SiibsI­'­ , prior. w. antiid Ciiffiplction-6f all the. 1.26: - Notice ,qf_Award-A written notice .by:OWNER to -the by thc';apparent successful bidder 'with the; condmons pr OWNE[t will sign and deliver the Agreement 1-26, Notice to Proceed --A written notice given by ,OWNER 'to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fi)dng, the data_ on, which�l the. Contract Times will coinviience,toln3h and. on whi-shall shall start �to:'p . erform . �!CONTRAC . TO . R'S. . obfi.,0tioinsI under the ComiactDocum". 1.27. ORXER'-The_ pubUc-. 'body or authority. -corporation,. association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has -entered :'into the Agreement and for whom 'the Work isto_ bepi&ided 1.28. P6riial Utilizahoh:-Usi- by OWNER of: a substaffiL"iai Ily compleLed'pan of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or, a related Purpose) prior. to Subs,tantiiil.Cornpletionof all the Work 11,29. PCBs-PoIxChtorinated biphehkls. 1.30. Perroleivii�-petroleum,-iniluding'aide oil -or any, friction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions.of tearture , and (60 pressure - -degrees. Fahrenheit and 14 ploilands per'.squfie . rich ._.ibsolute).' such as oil petroleum;, fu I oil, oil sludge; oil refuse; gasoline, kerosene d ornwith�othier non4la2ardous Wastes and.crtide, 011k 131. P4e'&-Tlie total ,conistnli6tion of witich the Work to beaidcp;der the. Contract Documents may be the whol as indicated elsewhere in the !Contract DM 131i. -,Aa* i" - SP.CcMl nuacar,, or 'bypr;Zhict material as defined:by the At6mic . Energy. Act of EJCM 004MAL CONDMOM 1916-9 (119" EMM) W/aTY'OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS atEV4n000) 1954 (42 USC Socificn 2.011 et seq;),.as ainended from time to time: 132.b- Regular WqA*z Hours-Remtlar workiniz hours are defined as 7:00arn to 6.00= unless otherwise specified. itmeGenemlRecidrements.` 131 Resident PrviVel Rephisenkitiw-m-The authormed representative of ENGINM-who'may be assigned to the site 6 , - Vri" E r�ny part to. 1.3 1 41 Samples -Physical;. �* C�S of imiteriii1s, i equipment, -or:workmanship that are"T?.fesiniiiiive of some -'Portion "of � the Work - and w1ii •es-lablish the stasdiis'by wNich' such portion -of the Work will be NdBed .135: -Shop. bnrM-ngv',AM. drawings, diagrams;. iBuitmtions;,tschcdules�-. and other data -or information which are a fi6all f­­ assembled f _Zy. prepared .:or assem -. y-or or C0NTRAAOR_-' �'submitted ."by --CONTRACTOR to illustrate some, cin of 66 Work:; 136. Specnc�adons-Those porfions:.of;the -Contract Dociumcntsconsiib­ ng written technical - -of 'linicaLdescriptions,of materials" equioirnem; constr fiction systems standards and worldninpa shi appli ed :to'theWdW and; Certain - adi�ffiiiiradvedetailsapplicable .thereto: 1.37.' Siico�&=tor-�An'individ us . I - firm or corporation having a. dilec . t co . n . t , ract w ith _CCNTiaCTORI oi-with any other Su&ontractcr for the peifoimaricc':of•a part of.thic Work,at the site., LA. Subsionfial Comvletion=-The Work (or a part) cart ,b I e utilized . Jar'the purposes for which it is intended, ;-&.'if no such certificate:isissued when the Work is complete and reildy for filial payment as evidenced by ENCrUTEER!s written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14,13. The terms "substarittially complete", and "substantially oomoleted" as 8D[)Iied to.ail.or part of the Work refer to 139: SupplaTentary Condifions-The part of the Contmct Documents'whiCh, amends or, supplements these General Conditions. 1.40. Supplier -A manufacture, fabricator, supplier, distributor, ffimerialman'or vendc,rihavmiga direct,contract with!'CONTRACTOR,6r 'With Subcontractor . to Work by,WN LRAUEUK'ar any'Subcontmotor. services or materials: , electricity. gases. - steam., liquid. petroleum- pe6iiucis, telephone or. tithercommunications, . cable able television, sewage and drainage removal,;traffic-or other control systems or. Walter., 1.42 Uwt PficeAork 0iy'to'b* paid f, th basis oCunit prices. -1.4 3 . Work --The zentire complcted consiruction, or the. -iisibcreofrei4ed to be various separately identifiable ipart­ , - :, furnished Under the Contnict:Documems. Work'ificlildes . I ., .1 , , - .1 .11 and is the'rcsult.�of p . crflornim, I g o , r , Cum . ishing .1 labor and :fUrfiiihin- nd ials into ga mco rating,mater the construction, anTpf6 rming onfurnishimg.set . vices and famishingI do=ents, ell as required try_ ilia Contract 1.45. Wfiften.Anzeno6nell—A written amendment of the Contract . Documents,, signed by OWNER and ...CONTRACTOR on':or -After �the ifLMDate of the' Agrcemeht.and rMma dealing -with ihe'rionengiiieering .ornontechnical rather than strictly- construction -related aspects of,the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2—PREIDMNARYNUTTEIRS .. DeUvvy of Bondi 11. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER,. CONTRACTOR shall also deliver. to OWNER such Bonds! as.CONTRACTOR may be r6qijjra4to fbinish "in accordarice* 'i&'f m h 5.1. �V p8m9rap Copies ofDoculnerift 22 ..OWNER shall.fiarnish to CONTRACTOR -upto tan unless' o!herwi'sc the I copics.0. _spec - ified * in ­ , Supp emerdary Conditions) of the PoPtrac.t.DocumentsLn are reasonably necessary.'for.the execution . on ofthe_ Vhrk..Additional copies will be luriished-.upon requcist,. afthe cost'of reFrrodiiction. Cootniencemeldof Contrac1:TiMq,*!Vokqe to Procie& 2.1 The Contract Times WjHrCQMMenCe:Lo ' run on the tthirtietli day, after the Effee-iive.Da-te,'c';f'th6'Agm=mi% or, EXI)CQENMAL CONDIMONt 19104 (1*E.MM) w/ MY C)RiORT COMINS MODIFICATIONS OtEV 41200O) if a Notice to Proceed is given, on,the.day indicated irit ' he N&ictto-Pi6cied. kNoiice to' Pf. Pce'e'. d 1. may be' - gkvcn�at any timewithin thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreqm!eq The da� &tmtng�1he,Work7. 2.4.'- CONTRACT - OR still staft'to perform the Work on.;the date W, her-, the Cbiiiici Tmics' c�onimienc-c`] to rum bdoo-Vc*k;shall be dcd`z*'4t the site prior to the�aate on which the Comract Times commence to run Before.9ail1mg Consm-d.ioii: 25. Bef6W und6hiku ., cdch:. Pait. of the Work, .a Documats,'unji;s CONTRACTORkriewor reasonably should have known thereof. 16. Within ien days iiftei the Eflec&e.Daie of the AW mcnt(unles.otherwisc.specified in the .Gm.eral R (mieren,$).C6NTRACr6R1 submit to ENGINEEM&review: 26.1• a.Treliminary. progress schedule indicating the times.(numbers,of days s or dates) for starting and completing:the vahoiis stages of the Work, including any, maesfoni!s specified in Ckract Dcwlaaients: 2.6.1 a preliminary ,schedule.of. Shop DmWing and Sample submittals which� will,. list. each required submittal and the 11 umes for subinitting, reviewing and processing such subrint.0'.- 162-1— An no case will a schedule be acceptable w allows less than 21 calendar days for each 4reew.by Engineer. 16.3., A 0mlinim , a I ry schedule I edule of values, fdr all of the Work Which willInclude quiritities:and prices of .items. aggrqating jhe Contract Priec. and. will subdivide the Work into compon ent 11 parts in sufficient detailt6"serve as th e ., bssis%fa Ls ,orprogresspaymen during coristriictiom Such prices will include, an apprbpriate:arnwrit of overhead and pro6t applicable to each item of Work ..7: &icre any work, at the site is. started, CONTRACTOR evil AIVi shall, ei,eh deli 6er'6 M4,9,A] -iiiswmd �3 certifi6tes;of imurarice (and other evidence of insurance describe a functionally complete Project (or, part.thereof) .ia... ..r .c:._ �_aa ::r. :_ _..a...:: �:. to;'be' cons"trueted in accordance with'the Contract feauestuested by which Documents 'Airy, Work materials or equipment.that may COaAd BAI respesHvely eFe is requited reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or to piuchese grid maintain , m accordance with- from prevailingcustam ortnede usaee`as bemg:rcqu red to paragtaplis5.4•�..... - ,... produce the intended iesiilt will be furnished and pZTfgnned'whethcr or not•specifiically'cilled for; When Preconstruction Conference:. words or phie= which have a well-known technical or oonsweuon'iridustry or trade meaning are: used to 2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to; describe Work:' materials. or: egmpmevl such words or tiny but before arty Work at the site is started,' a conference phrases shall: be mterpreted m accordance with that appropriate wily.;be held..to establish 'e undersmndmg among the parties as to the W discuss` the schedules referred to in 'par procedures for laidling Shoe Dmwings submittals processing Applications for Pay maintaining required records. InitlallyAcceptaM.e Srhe.dul nu 2'.9. Unless othetwi5e' rrovided: in 'the z.( 'crier paragraph 9 4i 33. Rejerihee to Standirdr'and.SpecificuSons of 'Teehnical Socrenes,, . "Reporting: and.' Resofideg Discrepancies: -. ... .. . _.. . ,.. eorraxio. tts end adjustme,nts, and to cotriplet . d:arrd resubmit 33.2. If;_ during the performance of the Work, - the schedules. No;� rogress payment shall tie made to CONTRACTOR discovers arty conflict, error, CONTRACTOR until the schedules are.sulenined to and ambiguity, .or discrepancy within..'the ;Contract acceptable to ENGINEER'. as .provided„'below.', The Documents or between the Con &' Documents and progress. schedule will be'acceptable to ENGINEER as any provision of any such taw or Regulation providing an orderly progression of •the Work to: applicable -to the pdf6miwiceof the Work or of:any completion within any specified Milestones and the such standard; speciticatiiin manual or. code or of any Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on insatrc1ion of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5. ty qq �mccmmgg.. ENGINEER responsbtli for'the'se o 'scheduling a Work CONTRACTOR shall: report it :to ENGINEER in writing ''CONTRACTOR progress of. the nor- in with or relieve. at once arid; shall` not CONTRACTOR' from : CONTRACTOR's:` 'full: proceed with;the Work et%cted thereby (except in an responsibtiliry therefor. _ CONTRACTOR's'scbadule of emergency a.whonied by paragraph 6 23) until an Shop Drawing and Sample' sutimissiais,will tie accepable .as amendmentor supplement, to the eortfi Documents to ENGINEER as -providing a workable arrangement for '.has"been issued by one .of the methods indicated in . reviewing' and.-processing_the rbquired'...subminals pamgraph3:5 or 3.6> provided "however, that CONTRACTOR'S si;bedule of valves will be acceptable to CONTRACTOR shall'not be liable :to OWNER or ENG]NEERas' ti;f6mi ridsubsiari e. ENGATEER`:for failure`io-report any such conflict, .. error. ambiguity or discrepancy: unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably: should' have ARTICLE 3�CONTRACT Doq!J l`7T'S, 'LNTENT, known thereof.." A113END.ING, REUSE- 3.33. Exceptas otherwise'spocifically stated'inthe Contract Documents or as may be .provided by -- - - - amendment or supplement thereto issued by oncWtie -"indicated Intent. methods in paragr3ph,3.5 or. 3.6,_ the provision '"of the Contract Documents shall take 3.1. The Cantract,. Documents? 'comprise the entire precedence in resolving any conflict; error,.amtiiguity egrcenient_ between 'OWNER„arid. CONTRACTOR o �discrepency between:the provsions;of the Contract conceniing the Work' The Contract Documents are: Documentsand complementary what is called for,by one is as hording as if canal far' by all The Corihact Doctmieius will l e 3 3 3 1 the provisions of. any. such standard, construct"in accordance widilhe law. of the' place; of the. specification, manual,:code or irstiuctiori (whether cr not, specifically. incorporated by ref in the 3.2: It is the ;intent:: of the Contract Documents :to Contract Documents); or ercdci 04b 4.'CONDI' rots tvipa (19.90 E&m) 4 a/CITYOFFORTCOLLIMMODIMCATIONSQtEV412000) 3.3.3 2 the ;.provis ons. of an} such Laws or Regulations :apphmble' to: the performance of the Wotk (unless - such , sn mtetpretation of the. provmms of.the Contract Documents would result m violationof sudi I.tnv :Regulation .3.4, -Whenever in the.Contiact Documents the terms as ordered".,,.."az directed" "as _required "as allmved", "as approved' orurmsof lice effect or unport are useA or the adjectives reasonable" suitable'.. acceptable "propel' or "saticfactory.'a adjecoves.of,like ef.ect,or;import are used to describe a:,requirement,, direction, (review or. judgment of ENGI6 E as to the Work, d is intended that. such requirement, direction review or judgment will be solely -'to etahiate, in-gerr' Ll the completed; Work for Mo li ncewitl thereauremcritsofand information in the - 3.5.3. a Work Change, Directive (pursuant: to ]aragaph10:1) 3.6., In addition, the;. requirements -.of the Contract , Documents may :be supplemeriied, and' minorvariations end'deviations in the Work -May be aut}ionzed, in tone or more of thefollowing ways., 3.6.1; 'A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3:6 2 . ENGRQEER'$'approval of a: Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant tc paragraphs 6 26 acid 6 2Tj, or 16 3 ENGII�ERs:. wruten interpretation or 1. , clarification (pursuant to paragaph 9:4). Reuse ojDocumerihi- ARTICLE 4-:AVAILAB ITY;OFLANDS; SUBSURFACE AND. PHYSICAL :CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Avauabibfy oflandq ENGINEER any duty. or authonty.to supen tse.or direct the lands-- ftmttsh¢tg. or perfortnace iof the Work or.:any duty or c wtFPI£1 authority to undertake resportsibibty contrary to the of provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the aesardei Contract Documents _ . OWNEI riot ofgi Amending andSupplemennng: Convarl Documents. lands so to com) 3.5.. Thz Contract Documents may be amended to permane propide:foi additioris,:deletions iM.iiVt9oris.idthe Work facilities or to modify the terms and coeditions thereof 'in one or otherwis more ofthe following:5vays CONTR entitlem� t 1 Ix as indicated in the Contract , i' which the : WA' is io be and easements for access , r which are destgneted for the �r+reasene4le-w�lttanfer}eest; enclur races or: restrictions t'specifically related to use of ' h CONTRACTOR will have the Wod:.. Easements for ,anent changes in ousting I paid for by OWNER unless Contract Documents. , If ' [ER are unable to agree on ar extent of any adlushoents 3.5.1:. ,a formal Written Amendment in I ie Canuact`-Price or [hcContraM Times az a ns ilt'of anydelay in OWNER's ((uurr��tht�Inqq the3e: lands tiglusof- 3.12. a bi uigetCii (ptmv®t to paiag iph 10.4), way or easertieots CONTRACTbR may' make a' cla m or therefor :es„ ,provided ,in Aficles;ll aril 12'. FXIX OEIIMAt, CONDMOM 1910-8(1990 Edam) - .. .-- 5 w1 CRY OF FORT OOLUM MODIFICATIONS atEv4/r00a) I I I 11 I I I I I 11 I I 11 I I CONTRACTOR& pr�iyide .-hationod lands and access ,thereto t May beforre'aqlr . od additional for.. temporary army construction facilities or storage' ofmaterials. and -equipmeril., Al I. Repoks dndDrMhgS.-, Re erence'is made to the SU ppjeicjtary'Condifions for identification of: .4.2.1.1. Subsqace Cemoka!s: T" reports of , n'd tests of saisurface,conditions' ait.or contiguous- to'the Slte' that.have beer-UtilUrd by -ENGINEER in prepaimig the 'Contract Documents: dnd. A.2.1.2 Ph yfi6.1 Con&Ji6hi:- Those `drawings of physical . , conditionvifi-dr relating I to existing surface cr.s6bsutfiaci'stru6tures at or contiguous to,Lhe:site UMergrothd Facilities) that have been. »tihzed y b `ElIV GIMEER- iii prepiinng-thc Contract Tic�zical Data:' CONTRACTOR . may, rely upon the. general . :.,ic "of, ;contained n such reports_ and d*ig.s, b11t such reports and driiv' ' s are not In - Corma ct ents. ,su-ch "tech --oil data" is i d c rit'ifij c d in the'SuoplmentaryConMons. Except x.cepi for such reliance on such 'terhitiml data%tONTRACTORrfiay not rely upon .or Maki any clairn against OWNER ENGINEER or any of ENGINEEles Cons@tants with resp6&to: '- the completeness of Such reports. and drawings for. '.CONTRACTOR'S: purposes, including, but, not Iiinita to, any aspects 'of the ithiSds techniqiieis� �iequ MCKJIS� in, iikes and irocedures-6f.construction' to be employed by CONTRACTOR` and thereto, 'safety ity precautions and programs mcidem -j -. — , - 4.2 v 2. 2; other"data,.'irderpr'e'm'u'crg': 0-p�iions and information contained 'mi I such reports orshown .or indicated in such drawing or. 4.2123. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or .conclusion drawn from any "technicaVilata" or any such data, initrpretatiom opinions: or information. 4.2.3. Notice: of Diffieft Subsurface or PhysicalC6ixafic�-�,- if CbSltkACtolz befieycs that. any ' ,Mlsurfa& hysicil condition it or contiguous to the ante, that is unc-mered or;rcvoaled either.: 4.23.1. is,of.such a nature as to establish that any . technical data onwhichCONTRACTOR is. - entitled relyas paragraphsA.2.1 and .4.212 is materially inaccurate.:or 4.23.2.. : IS of such a nature. as. to require a change 't'nthe CditrA'ctD6Wm-en'ts, 'or." 423.3. differs materially from that shown or EXDCMERA CONDiTIOM 1910-80990EMM) 6 wlaTY OF FORT COLLIM MODIRCATIONS QLEV 4 , 120K) indicated in the Ccritra.ct, D=rnents,,or 4.2.3.4: is of an unusual retire, and,di I ff . crs materially from. conditions ordinarily encountered m, ge nerally- n i6d as inherent in %vorkof . UWE— 'Y' FeC08114 theT*14r pr.o.vl �"cha - "ded for n the Contract 42k � EMGIAFk�., Re --Weir.- ENGINEER will pr L o mpdy,-F-evi*cw':tF,,6-'p-mt"ncoot - con 8lions; dete'rin nine the -n-mes'sity of OWNERS obtaining additibbal exploni6o"n or tesWwi-th fe'l �-' "theire-t6 and advise ,011, 'I'MR. in writing (with a cc ' py ' to CONTRACTOR) or ENG.PTEER's finding and conclusions: 425. "Possible C d: Doeurhen& Chqhge. If ENGINEER concludes thit.1i"ciiinge in .. the "Contract Documents is required aisa,result dfa c"dion that meets one;or more of the "categories ,mi paragraphA2.3. a Work Change Directive or a Change,Order will be issued as providedI ivfoll refl Artie e ect'.and document the consequences of such change. 4.16, Poxiibk-Price; and Times Aeftshnents. An equitable 'adjiistznen . t in the 6miract`.Nci zor in the Cbiitna�ct-Tines or both will be allowed to extent,that tfie`'oidsterki of `soap Wi6oi&cd or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in'CONT-RACTORs cost oC or time required for. perlbrinarica of."Work; subject, however, 'totheUl 4.2.6.1- - �'-ch66fiditic,nmoist , -meet anv one or more Of the categories described in paragraphs il.13.1 through 1 3' .2 .4 inclusive; 4.2.6.2. a Documents 'chan he Cohtract change inthe -,. =�10jaiiioph 4.2.5 *iu not be an uth&fzationof j!,hoi a condition precedent to entitlement. to any such. adiustin ent 42:61 with respect to Work that is paid for , on 6 1.1nit.Price 'Basis, any adlustiaerd in Coritract pri66� %krill.'lx 46hject to 'the' 'provisiom. of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9� and, 4.16.4. ' CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to.aicy:adjustm�eht mthe Con tinict Price or Times I' 6ORTRX&0kE ' Slew: of the 6cistexicc . of I such condition at the 'fi.zne,`CONTRACTOR'rmide 9 final ccm . miiriient: in respect of Corifm.ciAce'and Contract Times by.the I I 1 i 1 N O O N M N M O Z Q nj 0_ w rm ELECTRICAL LEGEND BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN. DESTINATION A-1 SHOWN. (CROSSHATCHES: SHORT=HOT; LONG=NEUTRAL; OPPOSITE=GROUND) EXPOSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR CONDUIT AND/OR CONDUCTOR CONCEALED IN CEILING OR WALL CONDUIT AND/OR CONDUCTOR CONCEALED IN FLOOR, SLAB, OR BELOW GRADE SINGLE -POLE SWITCH 3 - THREE-WAY SWITCH _�— 2 - TWO -POLE SWITCH WP - WEATHERPROOF o - SW CONTROLS FXTRS W/SAME DES o - SW CONTROLS FXTRS W/SAME DES D - DIMMER GFCI - GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING WP - WEATHERPROOF 42" - HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (GRADE) AC - ABOVE COUNTER UC - UNDER COUNTER DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE v TELEPHONE RECEPTACLE 0 DATA OUTLET 1 COMBINATION DATA/TELEPHONE OUTLET JUNCTION BOX T.V. OUTLET JUNCTION BOX O JUNCTION BOX 4 THERMOSTAT - LINE VOLTAGE RATED BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD- NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE G UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR SIZE AND SPECIFICATION DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMER. PHASE AND KVA INDICATED H 25KVA O EQUIPMENT MOTOR V1/w TRANSFORMER, POLE OR PAD MOUNTED AAM MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL Ea OVERLOAD PROTECTION. MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL S,o OVERLOAD PROTECTION. DISCONNECT SWITCH FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTOR MOTORIZED DAMPER n RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE A = FIXTURE TYPE (SEE SCHEDULE) a = FIXTURE CONTROLLED BY SWITCH WITH SAME DESIGNATION (TYPICAL) ® SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE col FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE (j SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE ® EXIT FIXTURE - PROVIDE ARROWS AS INDICATED EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE 4 POLE / ARM MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE ASSEMBLY POST TOP MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE ASSEMBLY — INDICATES DIRECTION TO AIM OPTICS. Q SMOKE DETECTOR QD SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER EF-1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (SEE SCHEDULE) POWER CABLE DESIGNATION (SEE SCHEDULE) O POWER CABLE DESIGNATION DELECTRICAL FLAG NOTE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UC UNDER COUNTER AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR MCIP MAIN CONTROL INSTRUMENT PANEL BFG BELOW FINISHED GRADE NEUTRAL CKT CIRCUIT OHO OVERHEAD DOOR CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER PC PHOTOCELL G GROUND PLC PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER GC GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE GRD GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SSRV SOLID STATE REDUCED VOLT. GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPT UG UNDERGROUND GRC GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE HP HORSEPOWER XFMR TRANSFORMER IC INTERRUPTING CAPACITY MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL C CONDUIT MOB MAIN DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD AC ABOVE COUNTER NO DATE REVISION BY WATERS WAY PARK � engineering .=11,. cm�Aoo (970)229-9,00 CSCOM11rtCSCXC SITE PLAN E-1 1 . 3/22/10 ADDENDUM 1 ESC SK _1 siibmission of a bid or bound undler a negotillfid rontr . a I ct; or 4,2 6.4.2. the" existence of such canditicirt- -could .reasonably have been disc6n'e­r`ed or revealed as.'p resid I. any examination, MY estigation, exploration, test or ift*­&the site and contiguous areas required by the - Bidding Acquirclacriti or-ccntraictbo�uacnfs to be conducted iducteil b I v . or for CONTRACTOR"prior nor f6 .CONTRACTORsrriakirtg_sutlt final commitment; 4.16A3. - CONTRACTOR, failed to give the wnttennotice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.23. . ;, 43. P)ijWcal,CeI�dttons—UndffRroutidk�cifities.- .3 ­ 4.1. ur,n cared•" The information and data ..1 . I �shown.or inclika"ted tn'.thc'Cont-ract Documents with, Refumce Points.". respect to ousting Underground Facilities at . or ,cMoguous to the ,siw.is based 2on - information -and data 4.4. OWNER shall,provide engineering surveys to 447rlishea.to OWNER or ENGINEER by,the-"mers of tab j&rence,' points'. 0 construction which in sucli'Undlirgound-Facilities ar,byjotheis. Unless; it is ENGINEERS " judineilt, are necessary`to 'liable :oijj oTri y� P!gvl&d--'M.'the-,Supplementary .Supplement�CONTRACTOR to' prcic6ed. with:"the Work. CONTRACTORf"ll'. be iesp&�le-�6i.laylng out the Work, shall protect and pTese ve theestablishedreference _ �r - or -relocations 43.1.1. OWNER and kNlJINEER"ihall not be pilintS and;afiall'��6no changes-, without responsible for thea�6cy6r-c`0'Mlil&e o*f any the priori writteh-app'ro'vail 'of OWNEIL CONTRACTOR such information or data I ; and shall re pqrvto ENGINEERwheniver-any,reference point is, los , It - .,or, --destroyed . or regiiies relocation because of , t �f.tiie f6llowing will be necessary . .chiln 4 'k'nnd shall be 43. 1.1. - The cost of allchanges in gra,,e! or,locations inclu&linthetontractPfioe and CONTRACTOR responsible for the4ccurate replaceracivubir'relocation of ilmll have,full responsibility'fori (i)reviewing and such reference pointts. by professionally qualified checkuigall siah info-ra' ation bind data; (6) locating personpeL. all Und ound Fi�ciliti shown''6 indicated 1 th . FT91r, _ Facilities riziclicatedin e. torimci Docurniru(iii) coordination of the Work 4:5., Asbestosi P�, Pe&ol�, Kazai�dous Waste or with the owners . . of such , Underground Facilities Radioactive Material: during cons"cdc[L_ arid, rid, (iv).t,h.c safety and protection of �aIrsucli.-Under&c- responsible for any und Facilities, 4;5.1. OWNER shall be provided ipluagra 0,.iiild. repairing airy Asbestos,. PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or n " ­` "ph-61 damage Thereto resulting 6om thcWork: Piidioaciivc�h*erild uncovered or revealed at itic site which was 'notn'.'o, shbwr iiidic'ated in Drawings or 4.32 Nor Shdvih:or Indicated:. If an Underground Specifications identified in the Contract 1 or in Foci I;ivkimnn6;.rAd nr revealed. at or contiguous to Documents(f6he withinitfie scove.of the Work.and klykae, in an-.= requiredas,by psragrapfi&2J), else for whom :C( identify -.the 171 y 6 such.Uriderground Facility, and tesporisible., EX'DCGENEMCOIZM.0.1,si9-lO-8(l*Edbc�� w.faTrOF. FORT OOUIMMODIECAnONSOLEV4rfflO) 11 EJCDCG04MLALCONDITIONS 191" (090E66m) W1 CITY OF FORT ODLU NS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) ARTICLE S—BONDS MID LNSURANCE Performance, Payment and C *er Boni*.- 5.1; CONTRACTOR-shall-;fiiniish: A and becomes; aut, except as. provided otherwise; by;Laws or Regulations -: or by. ' ffiv 'Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also`furnish .such other Bonds as :=iltd by -the Supplementary Conditions! All Bonds ifi'tfiel fic I M ib6a by 6et8ntrd6i Domanerits I prcscn except as provided otherwise byLaws 'cr Regulations and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list" oV' ' "Ccirnpa�si- �' Holding Certificates of ' Autho A'c'�*ep.lablF,SLke65s,§hFederal Bonds and.as ;Acceptable Reinsuring Companies', as _ published in Circu (iim�cnded) by. the Audit Staf� Bureau of Goveriment' "Financial' Dperatiori%• U.S. Treasury Department, All Bonds silgi;.diby'an agent must be accompanied by 6 fied:copy­-bf,such -agem`s .. autho I nty to act, 5.2; �, If the -,±surety on, .any Bond! furriished by CONTRACTOR: is:dedared. a 6anlmipt'4or becomes insolvent . ent . or I it . s n&.to,do business is,termiristed in any staff wh , er e.'a . by part 9'f thePixiict is'lcicatedbi ii'deases to Meet the,requiremeris of paragraph:5:1, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and, surety, b,oth,ofwhich must be acceptable to bwNER,, &31 - Licensed Suriffis and Msurem, Ce?rificau. of Insurancei 5:3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Dociiffients to be'04rchased and maintained by OWNER br';CONTRXCTOIZ shall be obtained from surety, or msumnee companies that are duly licensed or authoriad in the jurisdiction in which the Prolici is located , to issue Borids or inwrance policies. for the limits, and coverages so required Such.surety and insurance 'addicompanies shall also meet such tional' — — . cations r requirements�andqualifi - as may be proyided'in the Supplementary Conditions. ;.to each additional insured identified in the itaiy'Cbriditions; 6ertificates of iinurance r evidence of,insurazice requested by or any other, additionaPinsurecD which _TOR is required to Purchase and maintain CON TP4CT0R's.UabiUlyInsiirxzJ?cC.' '.,shall Purchase and maintain such .of theWort land JCONMkCTORs other 6idcf'tlid_C6itract 666urnc�yhether it is to- ted . ­ or. I ftirnishe'd by,_C0NTkACTOP,. any tor . oi- Suiiulic , r. or. by'" anvbfic Airectly or may., be,lipble-.. 5.4.1z disability .claims under workers COTPFPsatror�.� bcnefrs'and outer r _. imiiw..ermployec benefit acts; 5-4,2. 'claims for: damages:;orbecause, of 60 . injury, occupational ocupational si"ess. .­_dis=se,. or death of .- — � - 1- CONITR A , CTMs ern , ploye m SAI claims fo , r damages because of,b6dily injury; sickYx.MsZ6r%disedse;.or. death of any persop other thar'l cb?qTR.ACMRS employees;, elikiHIS f4 d0images by eustemaly ffustainedt 69�RSS d" GO- OF G�Qg A,) fl�F reasm 6ther than to the Work 5;4,5:.,claimS for damagcs�,, itself because ;of injury to or destruction of tangible" PropertyOcriver. located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 5.4.6. -claims for damages.because of bodily injury. or deiathlof son or daffiage;drising out of thel.ow . n . or I use: of any motor vehicle. .The policies of insurance .so required,by!V* paragraph 5.4 to be 'chased d ' ' pur_ and matnt-ineld'sha.11: include as additional. insureds. (subject to any C amary exclusion f f, I List in respect. 0. . pro eSSIOna liabiiity), owNM ENGINEEP. ENGINEER'S -r-onsultimits and ainy other'pers . .on . o ENGINEER: . entities a identified in.the_supplemenuiry Condition, all of whom shall be Jisted a's_'_ddti- a I i� and r6lu&_�overage fo the iiM>ecive "officers and CIPploy- S of all such. additional irisureds; 5.41. u'wlud,.tliC.' CYi4cOovem.cs,�a�bc.wn-ucn forless ' ' ' - f li6bi 't ' 'dedm' the limits ty-pro�i the -not: thari I ii �S*krwertmY C andition-s-or re'quirrd,:byIirwS or is greater., BXbCQE4ERAL CONDIMOfZ 191" (IME.dtion) w/ aTY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS GUEV 412000) liability insurance M;rCONTRACTOWs . iridemnity,.obligations pgraphs'6,12;6.16 and6.31,through633; CONTRACTOR and jo to.each I othe , r additional insured idintifi6d.in the S emimliq ,Conditi to whom caie cff. has;,bn,4.isud (and the 6irfifi6srtes 'o 1 r= l. . the CONTRACTOR p Iol gra., 5.m will so provide); 5:412remain- , in effect at, least. until filial.payment and atall tinksithe-reafte'r when CbNTkACTOR'ma 6!.correctin';.removmg.or replacing &e&ive WI .— I g wmaccordah ` with H3 121rd !CC_I%V. Paragrap 5413 ,;ihIh respect:,- ­ 'to 'Pornpmteo operations insurance,•:and any cri on a clairns-rmide­,basis,remain in - e act ff 40fat. least two years a6f F I fiaymcnt.(and,tONTRACTOR_ Finn furnish, OW1,Tk and, eadi. ither additional insured Wnti&A in tfie;Supplem enta.ry,,C,�c6dti'6fts,to_ whom , w, certud6iiie.of.. insurance has, beleii issued: evidence satisfactory to OWNER:� and, any such additional instiped.:of coniinuation`. of. such insurance at final yTrI pa . 'ent`ind. one y _ _ In addition to insurance required -,to be provided by, CON.TR,ACT,OR',.un.der:..para&Taph5.4. OWNER, at OWNER!s option., 'may pu , rc.hase .'and maintain- at OWNER'sl expense 0.W1,MR's.o%m lialbility:mmranoe as v ffl protect OWNER' aga inst da* whichmay :arise firom op . I . i niuridir;theC&4riietDocuments Property Insurian ci� emelry afl­d a 1 a in i a in in 'he er r I I.. T aws and O;WW,-- p4PER _111—aNs and IhIF'PeFG0FIS OF 60=6 .4811 i N vurdgmp" 0. t f. '59. OWNER shall. not be :-b c and mainla�U any pmpy=e to the interests. ofCONCONTRACTOR. Subcontractors or others in 10 EJCDCOENMILL CONDITIONS 01" 0990E&M). W/ aTy OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS OLEV V2000) baengasiers: Receipt and AppGmtion,oflnsumnce Proceedr:--, 5 12.-. Any -insured loss under the policies;of instrance required -by paragraphs 5.6 and'5 7 viill.be adjusted with OWNER and mede,payable,to OWNER as fidticiary.forthe utsriruls; as their mterests:.may �appear;.sulijecf to the requirements of ariy.applicable mortgage clause and of Paragrap}i513 OWNER stall. deposit_ n. 9 separate accouui ,any, money so recetved,;.arid shall distribute it in accordance atith such,agreement as.the parties in interest may reach If no other special agreement.is;reachei e damaged _Wort. shallmoneys so remived; lied on aocotait.therogf and the Wurk and the cosl'tliereo eovered:by an.appropnate Change Order or Wiitten'Amendment„ Accep once afBonds-andlnsurancr;OpAd.n to Replace: :Partial, UrFli.-ati oii=Property; Insiinva ce:;... 515; If OWNER.finds t necessary to;occupy or: use e portion or. portions .:of.;the ,Work. prior to Substantial EJCDC GENERAL COhID1II07�6 �19I08 (1990 E&iim) W% CITY OF FORT CDLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 912000) Comple4on of au the wom'sucti use: or.00cu; lie -'aceompllshetl� m accordance unth..'Para@ provided that no such use on?o cupanry; shall' before the-uisurers provtdiitg;lhe property.,, -id= aclaioWledged wrioti. thereof and in wntm el cliames in aov'c age necessitated thereby: TI providing. the, .pro perty ,.imurance shall :c eodorsement.on the policy, or policies., tiia`tl insurance shall: not be cancelled or permiEed,_I accotint of any such parLal'usc or occupancy. ARTICLE' 6-CONTRACTOR'S, RESPONSIBII TTIES Supervision andSY perinteiidincc CONTRACTOR stroll supervise; ,'v direct the Work. cornpelenlly and efficiently such attention. [hereto aril applyutg such expertise as maY.: be necessary to- perform th of Labor, Materials ,d Equipfirmt: airy' may ph 14.1 a,, xnmarce nce have xted:any insurers t5erd by PropQh' lapse on skills and e Work in bcuments. the means, eduresof resp�ble iecification quince or hdicated in I 11 64 Unless otherwise specified m the' General Regdiiii en CONTRACTOR shall fmiishi'wid assume finll iespormbiltty `for all_ mitcnals equipment, labor; transportation, construction, equipment and. machinery, tools app]towes-, fuel:power;_light,•heat, telephone, water sahitsry factltues" tempos- •hcart3es aiid all other facdutes; and meideNak necessary If, or the furnishing, pertomtance testuts start up and completion of the Work. 6'4 Porches g Restrictions. CONTRACTOR must'co"nolYwit&the'City's'otvchasing restrictions.. A :coov:of the'resolutiau'aic�avoilable:forlreview-in the offices 'of �th"e' irchasine': and -Risk-" Marie¢emeit `Division or the.CitV.Clerk'softice. '64i2: "Cement Restrictions: 'City ''of <Fort Collins' Resolutiod91-121roauires that'suppliers-and orcducers. of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made, in cement kilns that bum 'hazardous waste ss'afuel. " 65 All materials' end equipment shall°Fe of good quatiiy'-and hew; ;except as 'otherwise provided in the red by ENGINEEP, i. actory evidence as.to' the kind.and. All-gaterials and connected, erected, acco damce with) cxcept ii otherwise Progress Sche&de: 6:6. CONTRACTOR' shall 'adhere ;to the progress schedule established in accordance,with paragraph 19-as-it may be adjusted from time to time.. as: provided below: 66 L.. CONTRACTOR shall; submit to. ENGINEER. for . acceptance- :''(to the. e.aent indicated in paragiaph2.9):proposed adjusoneris,m—the progress: schedule that will notcharge:the Contract Times (or l0*cxtes) §uch' adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then.in'eII'ect and additionally will comply with any provisions "of the General. Requirements applicable'thereto. - 6 6:2: Proposed adjustments in the piogress.schedule that'will,cttarv'the Contact' Ttmes;(or.'Mtlestones) shall bd subtuitted in accordance with the'requzeuents of paragraph'12.1. Such 'adjustments'may only be made' by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accgrdarce with Arttcle'12.: .... ' . ,. 6.7. 'SVbstduier'tiiid "Or-Equal"Items• 63:1.., Whenever -an item of material'.or equipment is. specified or described In the Coruract Dac anents`by usung t}ie name of:'e proprietary` ; item cr the name of -a. particular Supplier,' the Vecificahon oi'dcsotption is mtendedAc, establish the .type; function and: quality required Urdess: the: specification or description 12 FacDcosnmtni.cotminotrslvlo=s.(1:dpcn ?9ol). w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIRCAMNs (REV 4/1000) cbntams or is -followed by words reading that no like,_ equivalent:,'or'"a-equal' ttem-or.no substitution '-is permitt4- other-Vems; of material, or. ,equipment or materal'or:equipmeni of other Suppliers maybe accepted by ENGINEER+ under the following circumstances:- 6711: If'in ENGIIdEER's sole discretion an L itero, of.. material:or..,equipment proposed by,CONTRACTOR `is tunotionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that in :as that st to 'a and and adll: ficieni allow aterial entto :rcibr. 2 will p the may antes: items ed by than nes to al or snake achievement of wheiher;or not use:inthe Work of the Contract ns'.of any other of work' on the to the proposed Drporation or use. vtth'th'e Work is 4. fee or royalty. )stitute from that i�application and end replacement application will by the,;rcsultmg change, all of -:which, will be CONTRACTOR -shall perlbrm not less than 20 considered. ,by ENGINEER, in evaluating the rnment-oftheAVorkwith its own forces (that is. Proposed substitute. ENGINEER. nayy. require. without subcontracting): The 20'Wrcent requirement be ?tel iM14TRACTOR-. to: l!Urnish additional data about shall -understood to re the proposed which totals not less thn,20 percent of1he Contract Price- 63.1.3. CON7RACTOR'i Ex*we: ALI data to be: provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any 6.8.2. - Bldcln proposed ftor-equal'*cT substitute item will be at Documents require the identity of certain CONTRACTOR!s:cx penst: Subcontractors., Suppliers or -other persons or 0 - r 1 dingthbie, who .�are . to funiish the IRC U 6;7.'2: -Silb5titute Com"ction Mahody or --gan?ation;s *in�'-- -iiiins of thattitialls or, taiient) t6 be 'ih- -- Procedures. I -Ifa spe�ific�nwrhsme fticklechnique, _ipal ..:-submitted --,fipd tied ' M---. -, - sequence or procedze of constructim is shown or datepfi& to theliffecti�6I)itc oftheA greement or indicated in and ew.essl required by the Contract, acceptance, by"OWNER -kid' ENGINEER, —and --if by"OWNER CONTRACTOR: may furnish. or utilize a list #hlevFwe in subg6irtcmeans; method,; technique, *sequence or procedure of construction acccotable.to ENGINEER. OWNERs ci EENGINEERS.acceptance -(c(either in WNTRACTbR"fl-submit-suffi6ent information to wridng or bylilfigto make wriden objictcnthereto , -allow ENGINEER, n ENGDMSZi.solcAis:rcton, to I by the'date ndi�at6d fa acceptance or,,obgectioin determine that:the subsiterc is.,equiva]cot to th.6.bi2h docitmeriLs or tfie:C6ntr2Ct'D6&6cnts) 4 ocume that: exO iissly -'callid for .ib the Contract , D rits. anyp-b T� - ,The- 1*iooeddre.-J6r review by ENGINEER will be ------ ----- siniilir -tothrit provided insubparagraph 6:7.1.2. en 41.�ieh a 63.3; Engineer's Evaluatiaw'ENGINEER will .be '%vithin el allowed areasonable :time which to evaluate each -proposal orsubmittal-made.pursuarit to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 arid,632. ENGINEER MH be the wig be itYill sole judge,,of acceptability - No 'or-equal"or oonstinge a the Contract requgrng the substitute will be ordered, insn1led orutdizewithout use�of the named suboo____ ENGMER's pridi,wntt6h accept-a'noe which will bc�;persons the. -Work -unlcss:ln�or eviden6ed,byiit6ia Chsiije.drdar'or an approved s. obtained from `OWNER and Shop. Drawing- OWNER- may , require ENGETMR- No acceptance by . OWNER or '. CONTRACTOR to 11unish.,. at CONTRACTORs ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor,. Supplier or exo&nse h' st,66ird or other arver other pmsonor . organization.shall , oo . ristituti a waiver CONTRACTOR -ptusuarit,tc;pamgraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6,1-211 and ..in making - changes. the Contract Documents (or, in the. prcrviiomIi,6f -any other direct contract with OVA -TER for. work on the Project) occasioned .thereby Whether. or ii6t . ENGINEER accepts, a. substitute item so pr6posed or submitted by CONTRACTOk*'CDNTRACtOR,"U reimburse OWNER for the charges, of' -ENGINEER and E2-TGRqRER!s Consultants for evaluatung each such proposed substitute item. 6.8. :Concernur . g Subcordnrctois, Suppliers and k Others., (including those acceptable- -..OWNER and to ENGINEMRasdridicated in paragniph&�.2), whether .initially. or as:a substitute; igainstwhom OWNER or ENGR= .- I ;fta.1p... have reasonab,le, objecti orr. CONTRACT,;may R'shall be Iequjrpd. to employ any Subcohta= Supplier or.btfierpersonororgartzadon to firniish or arm :any of the. Wb& against. whom CONTRACTOR has, reasonable objection. EXJDC MNERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (IM Edtim) via-r-Y OF FORT OOLUNS MODIFICATIONS OLEV4/2060) of.any right of OWNEF '*fectve Work 6:9. 0.9.1. -CONTRACTOR .OWNER rin&ENGLNTEl of the Subcontractors, Si create for the Supplies; - o I contractual r*,e. ENGINEER are odier penion or obli&66n on th pay or to see to such Subcontra of be My responsible to aB acts and omissions :rs and'otba persons rfurtdsliin&any of the idiial:contract with CONTRACTOR is OR`i;.6uwn, acts and �tmct Documents shall such -Subcontractor, D,r o I rgama I prion. any weer OWNER or 6onim6tor.'Supplier or ior shall it,create any ER ' or ENGINEER to f any moneys due arty or other person or ffwise be reViiid by 13 L 6.9.2.sche OR shall be solely responsible for. tingl:. the -Work of S&oOTitriidorZ1SuppJicCrs and other persons and organizations performmg ors furnii, ing ., any of the ,Work.,IM'dcr "In or milirectl`� 'contrict with CONTRACTOR-- 'CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors., Suppiemimil such-other-P M-ons and orgarazatidris , -ed'Mitung .0 , r , I lurnishing airy of the 'Work, to . -ccmmUniciate7*iih theENGINEERthrough CONTRACTOR 6.10: of any The'divisions'and'scctions of thc-Spccifii6iitioni and, the identification` ­ ­ - ' shall not control DmwuW CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be perfcirm6cl by.any specific trade. Patent Fees ,and RqV 14 EXDCGE4EMCONI)MOi4Sl9lO-8(l990E&dm),: W/aTY OF FORT couim moDiFicAnONS OLEV4/2000) Permits-. 6.13. Unless other""= provided in the, p . c . rm . it I s.4 and _licenses..:CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and.iiiqxctionJ6es(n06essary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the timeiif` of,Bids; or,:ifthere:mrz;no:Bids,on, the Effecuve'Date"of the Agreement CONTRACTOR shall pay_ all, charges ­:Of utility owri= 'flor'! coinnec,tions to the Work, and OWNEWshill payall chargfs of such utility owners fcr,capital'.costs-:r;litcd. ihffet6, such .as plarit investment fees. 6.14. LarmandReguhxdons. 6141. ,CONTRACTOR aliall give -all notices and conifily with_all Liws afidRe—gWittioni apphcable*to fUrnisItifig-a , rid "'p-'ei-f, "Of,the'Wo-F-,X rk! Except where .911name otherwise_w' 'b-' " Ii lil We&y,requrr. ,, app ica e - y Laws..zmd: Regulatiorig neither­bW nor ENGINEER shall "be responsible'4or -monitoring -CONTRACTOR'Sc=p44r,qp,-.Vlith'y ,.'ap Laws or .,ReiuliI6 ons 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR- Perfotmst any Work knowing or having reason to know that it. is contrary to Uws'or RegWadons, CONTRACTOR shall btear. :all C'laimi','costs,' losses.and � damages caused by, 'the fr ansting oxit o. orreMtmg. cre om;, however, � it shal I not`be-AjONTRACTOks' primary resomibiliry to irmces 6.15, CONTRACTOR: shall, pay all mles,:consumer, use and other similar ; taws -.-roqua—ed .to be' paid by CONTRACTOR': in!- accordance witfi the Laws and Regulatioris, of the place of the Project which are applicable during the peirformanoe of the Work-. 6.151', OWNER is exemot from-Coloitido.Staite and local sales. and use taxes. 'on materials :to be ::pennanently incorporated into the;rgoiect; Said taxes shall not be'included in the Contract Price. Address; Colorado Department of Revenue State Capital Amiex 1375 Sherman Street Denver, Colorado. 80261 Sales andUse Taxes Er the _State- of Colorado, R.66oniil Transportation District; (RTD): and certain. -Colorado counties are collected; in &b the State of onsdo and ajv� included tjficton of Exemotion: - All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including States construction aiid.buildiri2"matczi&phvsicaliv,irrcorl)orated into the .T)rol6ft-are.tb;be,i4id;bv:CONTRAC-TOR and are to be included in appropriate bid items. Sofety andProtecdon: qse of Premises., 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall. be. resperisiblc . for 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine . co' ruction initiating . maintaining. and supervising all safety �oquiprncnt; the.stomge ofmateiialaand equipincrit and the preca6tions and programs in.corinectiai.with.the Work. scuor, - S.of workers to. the site and land and areas CONTRACTOR shall tiike<itll mm&%W:p Ms for : identified iri and permitted .by;a;;Cai"ctrDcc=ents:iuid: theis�ifety:&f and shall provide the hcaessai .Y,Protcctlon to Laws- ons, *,erit "age, injury or 10-s's-io: ri_�of-way,; permits -and .,eisements. and shall not :unreasonably encumber -thepremises with construction 6201_all persons on,`i - heWorl:,sitc.Zirwho may be ,equipment:or, pother materials or,. .equipm- ent.. ajffect—d§y 6.c Wor..k. ; '- CONTRACTOR shall assume"lull�rtsp=ibiHiyror any an damage to any such land or. area or to the owner or I 420.2_'all :the Work 'kid matems...iii,id.'equipment to :occupant1hereofor-of amy.;adjacent land or areas, resulting :be 'in ted ' theieir, whether in storage: on or off rnd frona-the performance of the Wort Should arry claim be the SZ 'made by I any :such, owner or be f th -occupant .cause 0 a performance of thkeVork CONTRACTOR'shall promptly 6.20.3. other property at the site.or adjacent.thereto, with sich! .6ihir pattyncgotation: or oterwise inc u.drig shrubs,, . I pavcmcnts; �settle resolve_thIe claimby arbitrioiaother. diipute resolution roadways,:: structures,' utilities and Underground proceedirigicrat law.: CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest Facili - ties,iiot Ocsigriatcd f6rjernoval,.mlocation or extentwpeniaitted bylaws'and'Regulations, indemnify and replacement inAhe course, of constriiciicuk.. hold- harmless .OWNER . ENGINEER, 1ENGINEER's Consultantand ariyohe directly.,or iridifectly*emp'loyed by CONTRACTOR .'shall ,comply witfi:afla_pp. Iicabi le. Laws any of them from,and against allxlaims, costs. losses and and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for z, claim or damages arising out of or resulting from - an action, 1*1 or equitable, brought by any su owner or safety of persons or property or to�protect them, from and damage. injury or loss; and shall erect an mauum al occutpint agiainvt'QWNEP� ENGINEER, or arty other party necessary.: safeguards.: for such safety and . proticticiii. iffidzinnified .1 . ierconder to the,ectent,cauied by.or based CONTRACTOR shafiriotify*-;,krs of idjitcera-pr.operty upon CONTRACTORS pirloritiance, of theWork. and of UndergroundFactlities,and utility;ownerswhen 0 and shall prosecution o the Woflc may affect -them, 6.17. During the progress of;the Work, CONTRACTOR cooperate with them in the,pr6tectim removal, relocation ' ' ' 0- acc��ticnslof % shall keep the.premise; free Ir in waste and iepl4­0 rmTtof- ttieir'.p-.r ' All,damage, _4y_ Tage, injuzy or rope materials; rubbish',.and other debris resulting from the los.s. to. imy,.property feferred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or Work --At the.66mpjefion of the Work',:CONTRACTOR 6-20.3 caused directly orjzklirect1y,:in�whola 6r!n part by construction equipment and machim r) , and surplus employs ! by any of than to pert. orm or tyrnish any. ol.the materials. CONTRACTOR.'shall liave.the sitc.61ean and Wa,&-any,i:a for whose acts any ofthern may.be liable, ready ..for occupancy -by, OWNER, 'if Substantial shzll,b'e remedied by CONTRACTOR'(e,xcept aaruiage or Jiall restore to Specifications Completion of,the W&L.CONTkACTORs loss atb�6uiable to the fault of Dniuw' or c - n . ginil;cor . iditioh I all pippe-r.ty, not desipa" for, alteration or to the ,acts: or 6iriissicins, of OWNER * bF ENGINEER or by the Contract Dc�cumerits.ENGINEEks _Consultant, or, anyone,cmplcyed by arry of them .or-'a'riycaefor;whdseacts"'anyofther6may 't)iliable, i i I i _6zis. .. CONTRACTOR shall.fim. load not permit any. part and noustuibutable, dirc6a yoimdizcqdyj�mwhol c,orin ofany structure to be loaded'in any.�marmcr that will. part, lo,the`,fault a negligence of.CONTRACTOR,.or any endanger —su ec Subc6itrkt6 I r - Su ... 1, other 6 �jhc-atrudurj, iiiij shal[�CONTRAQTOR hj t. pp ier or er persqri,oF_.,_cTganiza on any paFt,o . f . the Wp.rL. or . adjacent property, to stresses 0 . r diric - fly . .: "or I indirectly - employed _ by any of .them). in). pressures that will endangerit. COf4TRACTOR`s duties 'andiesponeaSititie s for Alic'salety and protection of &!Work shiill:c c:until sucli' time Record Documents: as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a EX'I)CeENERALCONDIT10iti9l"(I*E(iUO6) 15, wICUTY OF FORT COLLIM MODIRCATIOM (REV 412000) notice t :in accOrdamo withpat=113%Q IhMa. is dceiptable (mcept is otherwise --expressly provided in connection with Substantial4 . Corroledlon). 61L.. _14ifery.Represen;a0a: CONTRACTOR shall designate a' qua . Ued and experienced safety representative at the.site whose duties. and 0 1 'sibilitim . shall be- the I. ptev - ention of ' accidents and th6�Qlnt`aylinl' and�su­ !­ '_ 6f safety and ning We"ismg. etY precautions programs: Hazard Con;JaUffifeation Programs: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible fee coordiiiatiing any ipdianie of m_qtcn'al.safcty data sheets or other hazard&conimunicaticni- information required to be .made available: to or mxchangod. between or among. employeqatthe. site, in accordance with Laws or, RegulaUris: . I ­_ . Emergencier or.protection of itc or adjacent instruction or if CONTRACTOR believes that at s. in the Work or variatio I ns• from ents.have been caused thereby. If ines that a chwme in' die. contract I or 6.24, Shop Diawingsand&ainrples: 6.24.1..CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawing to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted, schedule of Shop Drawings and . Sample' submittals-,(iee paragrapfi'19). All�submirtals -.vMbeidentified:as.ENGJNEER matv'requ'ire and in to quantities. I ipm , ent.CONTRACTOR t enable ENGINEER to the limited purposes required by 6 24.2; CONTRACTOR shalllalso submit'Samples.to ER6hiiik for review And approval in accordance with said -acc epted schedule of Shop Drawings and SiimJpI6'-axib6iftiiJs: Each Sample'wifl.,b4i,iderdified. . clearly ­ as io in '. ateii4 S*Iiei, I p . e , rtmermata',-Such as catalog .nurnbiai` and the.use- forMhich 'intended and &H :arvtise sif ENGINEER _i y_�.requrc`.to enable: ENGINEER to, review the submittal iftal for the limited 16 EXDCOENELkLCONDI'nOM1910-3(1,99OEdUC6), W/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) �s required rph(16. Theranbers f eMsaffilk to=tttdw be as specified in the:Specificatians. 6.25. Submiftal Procedures: fi.25.1. Before: submit* each. Shop Drawing' or , Sample. CONTRACTOR shallfiavi determined and verified' 6.25.1.1, :a U field measuremerak quantities; dirriensions, .specified performance criteria, installation neqwiements, materials,- catalog numbers and similar irif6rimition with respect 6:25:.1 , 2.. ill rriratcrials�.with ris*tato intended use;: fab 6 shi­ i handling storage F%XIMM periai-i ' :to the M assembly a InIng perfontiance dthq,Work,and. §.25AJ._.all _iftfaftfiiitirm.' relative to CONTRACTOR's sole responsibififles:in respect ofmeafis, methods. techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety.pr utions and I progfTir is incident, thereto, tONTRACTOR. shall. also' 'hav'e :reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Samplewwith other Shop Drawings and 4 Samples , and with the requirerhints. I of I the . Wo . rk and . the Contract Documents, 6.252. Each submittal wifl'bear. a -,stamp or specific written -indication that,CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR'S -- obligations under' the- Contract Documehts'w1'th'rcsp.e_ct to"COMIRACTOWs review 6ard approval'bf that submittal 6_25.3. At the, , time cifeach subrui�ssiorr, CONTRACTOR shall give 'ENGINEER: specific vvritlen notice of suchvariations; if.aq, that the Shop Drawing.or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication xparate1rom the submittal. arid, in addition, shiill cause a specific nation to; be made' on each 'Shop Drawing_ and Sample 'su6mifted"t6ENGINEER for review and approval rifeach such .variatiori review and approval will be only to deterrfiine if the items covered by the :submittals'- will, iftii tinstallation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information giien in the Contact Documents and bc:ctsnpatible. with . the design concept of the completod Project as a functionn'' Whole as indicated by the, Contract . .., mg - Documents. ENGD=sr'cv1C'w­-and a ' not approval will extend to means, methods: techniques; sequences or procedures of construction. (cx*t where �v particular means, rnitfiod; technique; sequence or procedure of City of Fort Collins Purchasing Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2ntl Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov.com/Purchasing ' SPECIFICATIONS ' AND ' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Water's Way Neighborhood Park BID NO. 7125 1 I P L ' PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS April 6, 2009 — 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) I construction is speci ificpUy.and e- xpressly called for by the Coninici Docurricfits);or�to,safety Frie'Cautio'nsi-or programs incident thereto. The. r I cview and approval. of, a rate item as such will nofindicate approval of the assembly in which the itemfitrictiorm- CONTRACTOR shall.make - corrections . required by ENGINEER r '"I e , t am the and re opples,o.f. Shop.. Drawings and sutimif as required new Samples for review and.approval. CONTRACTOR shall d specific atteniian in writing to revisions other then the corrections 'called ror by INGINEERan previouk-submittals. 6-2T EN6NEOUi review and: approval of Shop Drawings,or,Samplm shall mot, relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation fr . oni,the requirements of the Contract'Documents-unless CONTRACTOR has in writiri, "Called' ENGINEER'S .attention to each such variation tion �a ' t . the time c of_ submission: r , as required by paragraph 6.2S.3 mid. ENGINEERJas given written approval of each such *v-ant'Lon -b * A Y- specific written - .. .,- notation thereof irk6i0ora" in or accompanying the Shoo bri"Mig, a Sam-1, approval; ai. i& -M p e nor -. :any approval, by ENGINEER; . relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25. 1. 6.2S. Whae'a Shop, Drawing;Sample'is required by the Contract DocUlnents-oreof Shop Drawing and:.Samplez, submissions accepted by ENGINEERas required.. by- paragraph2.9,. any. related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal-willbeiifthe sole expezrise,andiri-z- 'nsibility. of To CONTRACTOR. contfhuing,fhe, Work: 6.29, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the hedul diu 11 di . progress F ". e. _ing a . isputes or disageements with OWNER ..No.WA- shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution ' of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by -paragraph 15.5 or as 0 WNER 4n d..CQNTRACTOk may otherwise agree in writing. 636. i76JV'TRACTbk's 'Geinerai ffzaffanry and duarante-e: '6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants sand,.givarantees to OV,rNTEF?- ENGINEER mid ENGINEER'S Consultants that all Work.wift b- � in accordance with the Contract Documents "and Will not - be ckfeenve. CONTRACTOR'S ' warranty�And guarantee, hereunder excludes defects or daiiIagecauicd by: . 630.1A,.abuse, modificaiiari or -improper maintenance; or. operation by persorts.offier dian CONTRACTOR, Subc6otr� Persons: I Suppfiers,cr 6.30.12., :,normal. wear and tear undcr'.normal usage.. 6.36.1 CONTIaCTOR:s, obligation ' to perform and oample . te I thc,Wdrk in I 46cordance with theContract Docummis shall ;be absolute.. None of the following will corisfitute:an accepiance-'cif Work.'I)it is not in accordance with the Contract Documentsor- a release of,.CONTRAdTOR's-obEgab'hn't6,pw* the' Work in accordance with the Coninici Documents: 6.30.2.1. observation by ENGINEER; 6.30.2 * I re - comin - 6idation cifany progress or final payment by ENGBqEER; :8,30.13. - the issuance .of 2 certificate of .Subkahtial Completion or _arty payment yment by OWNER i6-CONTRACTOR-under the Contract Documents; 6.30.14. use or. occupancy of theMo Work or any part thereof by. OWNEP,, 6 30.t3. any acceptance. by OWNER or. any do so;: 630I6: any revinv, and approval of 2 . Shop - I I Drawing or Sample submittal or the,.*is� of a n . ouce of acceptability by ENGINEEk,pursuant to paragraph 14.13: .630.2.7. .any irtspediork:test or approval by others' 4 6.3028L any correction of &fecfive Work by OWNER. 6.31: To- tlic: fullest extent :permitted by, Laws and kegulaiiok. CONTRACTOR shall. indemnify and hold bamiless, �O='ENGINEER; , ENGINEERS Corrialtit"L the:oicds, dirtctors,,emplcyies,.agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs; losses and damages. (including, but not- limited to, all fees and charges. of engineers,, architects, atto'nie I ys an . d other 'professionals and all court orarbitnation or other dispute resolution casts) caused by, a - nsm , g.o . u . t.ofo'r resulLitig froin.the lomf4iriance of the Work;providad that any such claim, cost; loss or damage: (i),is -attributable.. , . to, . bodily injury, :sickhm disease or death,' or to mj . ury 11 to of r destmidioh,d tangible property (other than the. Work itself), the u ding the loss of use resulting .theiefr6m,'and (ii):iscaused.in whole or in part by any;negligent.act or emission of CONTRACTOX any Subcontractor. any Supplier.. miy- person or"organization dire I city indirectly,criployed by any of them to perform or�fimriish'any 'of the Work or anyone fdr _whale acts any of them maybe liable; regardless o[whether 6rfiot caused in part. by. any, negligence or ornission of a person or entity indemnified. hereunder'or whether liability. is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardiessof the negligence of any such superson or entitv. - 632: lia. any. and.. all 6W. claims against . OWNER or ENGn4MRot.any.6f,theirr*,c�dtiveconsul - agents offill-, diiill-,�-,t--. by, the siirvctm,gr emplo ecs' , % 70f I employee or Y*' Ivaor personal Such employee) of CONTRACTOR any S . c6n"ct . or, . any suipliii, airy person or. or or indirectly employed by gar=t19n EJCE>C GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1* Baktica) 17 W CITY OF FORT COW NS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412 DOO) I 0 0 0 ILl I I I r any _of'.thcro to perform or;fumish any'of the Work. or anyone. for whose ,acts any, 6f them may be liable;. the mdemnificahon-obligation imder:pamgrsph'6.31 shall.not be limited m any way: by arty ltmrtatron on the amount or type of damages, compensationwf benefits payable by or for CONTRAcToR any suc}i'Spbcontractot; Supplier: or other: person or, organization:under,.workci 'd compensation acts, disobfirtybenefit'acts o"-'other employee ti6hefivacts: 6.33...The indemnification _ obligations: of CONTRACTOR under pan3g.aph_ 31_shal1 riot extend to 'the liability ofENGINEER"and ENGIIVEfiR'sCbnsWtarits, offiars�.;duecto: employees: or` agents %bused by the professional negligence errors'or omissions of any. of.them. Surviial,of Magadbrrs' 634: All represeniatrons,, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees mode rn, required by or given in•,decordance. with,ihi-Contract Documents, as 'well as all`;'contihuing obligations udreated m the Contract Dociiiuems will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the.. Work and termination orcorn. pletion of the Ageeir em. ARTICLE7—OTHER WORK' Rehaed lVarlrat Sue EXDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 19105 (1990 Ed6m) 18 W1CITY OF FORT COLI:INS MODMCAMONS(REV iNOO) a provisions fo-.tbe benefit of CONTRACTOR: in:said direct contracts between.OWNER mid suchlltility'owners and other coniractom 7.3. • If the vroner execution or results;ofanv Dart of to Work CONTRACTOR'S failure ao to" report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit . and proper for. integration with CONTRACTOR's _ Work except forlatent or nonapparent defects: and deficiencies in'such otliv work: Coorrgnadoe: - 7A ' If'•.OWNER contracts ,with others-, for the peifomance of other work:on the pro)ect'at the site,=the following Will'tie set fcath in Supplementary, Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, fine or corporation who will have authority?and responsibility for�`cocrdination'of the uctivities.amgng the various prime cdritractors_Will be identified,. 7.4.2. 'the specific matters to'be=covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and T4A, the extent, of •such' authority .and responsibilities will 6e.provided Unless otherwise provided .'in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER _shall. have sole 'authority . and responsibility in respect o f such codrdinations ARTICLE,8=0WNER!S RESPONSIBIIITIES' 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions;'OWNER'siall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER, 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER OWNER shall appoint an;engne whose status under the Contract Documents. shall be that of thefoiaiei ENGINEER 83: ; OWNER shall ,furnish the <d ti required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall male payments to CONTRACTORprmnptly when ihiy arc due asprovided: in paragraphs-:14:4 and.I4:13. 8.4. OWNER'S duties in respect of.providaig lands and easements and providing engineering surveyys to establish reference: pomts are set forth m p_aragraphs 4.l' and 44 Par._ 'h4.2 refeers.to OWNER's identifying and ':making available to CONTRACTOR copies of icports of explorations and.tests,of subsirfaa conditions at.the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing stnicruires at or oontiatious to - the site that have been utilized, that has;been made and the by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Document& of., CONTRACTOR!i e_xe information,obtainedAuring ENGINEER, will endeavor. abili�, _=a_fl_qe.ffe set ri --gencalf, , __; q withtheConirp ­-7 1 ia'not .be required to make , , .6. OWNER: is',. obligated to exi cuite,'Cliange Orders'as site: inspections to z'chick 4. indicated in paragraph: I Ok Work, ENGINEERs eff6 providing for OWNER aigrc 9.7., OWNER's responsibility in resped, of certaiit the' completed; Work roll inspections, tests and : apprcrvals. is set forth 'in .0oribiactDqcumrnis. _01111 paregmphII3.4. site- ob6ervati6zis;. ENGIN informed of theprogress of t "*j S.S. In connection with OWNER's right to stopWork or guard bWNER'aga=* suspend Work, see paragraphs D.Ib ' i;td, 15.1. visits,and oh -site observat Paragiaph152 deals with OWNER's'n`ght itioterinimite Iiiiiitations on ENGINEER': services of CONTRACTOR uridei& certain .circumstances. set f6rdi in.paragraph 9:13; liniitatim'during,ar as a;r! 8.9. . -the, supervise, :QWNER.siall not, direct.. or have visits' or �, Observations 0 or procectux.es of construction or the satety precautions anG means memcs, momms. incident thereto- or. for ' ariv fiiiJure of comitructi6n, or ble to th6-1furhishing or perfdrmanceaofethc Work. .k will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's to perform or furnish the Work -in -accordance with Project RepresenWve: ow'NPR's Representative: 9:1. ING]NEER, will be OWNER's mpresentative �. during the construction period.:id.. The ditties: and. 93.1, 'The ;Representatives dealims in matters responsibiliu . es and the limitations: of. authority of pertaining to the -on -site workwill,4n:gencral, be with , ENGINEER , as OW NERs , _representative, during thc.INGDTEER and CONTRACTOR- But, the construction -are set. forth,in,the Contract Dom_Jnlents-and Repm-Lqrptive will keep the::OWNER RLnp_er�] shall not be esrte6dedmithout written c I o . hs . c . rd . of OWNER advised.about such matters. The -Representative's and ENIGINEER. g t�:ilh Ebcontractors-wfli only beAhroup VthM full knowledge;:" andapproval of the Vsky to Site: CONTRACTOR 9�Awi- U makevi�s7ts to the site�-'at intervals ;9 3J. aril (Representative to the: venous stages of construction as will ! Gnecessarymurder [o oxerve:as,an experienccd�andqualifie&demj professioniAheTrogress :§.i-�.):Schedules Review the prowess ML Jo the E)CbCQENdkALCONDYnOMJ910-S 0*EAficirt) 19. .w/ CRY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) I I I UI I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I sc&dule','and other 'schedulesvmr rod bv the, CONTRACTOR' :mud : consult with the. ENGINEER ooncoTaiz.acoe.ptibflity.. 9.3:2i2. Conferences' -and Meethe Attend 'meeting with. the 'CONTRACTOR such as Proconstruwon, conferences: pumess meeting,; and 'other iob - conferences and'- rftai-e and circulate copies of minutes of rneefi= 93.23.Liaison. 9.32.3-1..—Scrvc as ENGINEERS liaison with CONTRACTOR, NvWdm',Pdmipal]v through. CONTRACTOR'S mpenntendent to. assist "tie CONTRACTOR in understanding the Contmct Docwnwits.- 9.3.13.2; Assist in obtaining from: OWNER additional 'details :or -"information when. rcQt&&L for prom execution of the Work. 9.12SI Advise the ENGINEER G 1. MER and CONTRACTOR? of the -.commencement of any ' L a or V21- � Ll, Mmmission if the !bZa� not been aprroved by the ENGINEER. c Rciection of Defective Work-, Inspeefims and Tests 9.3.2.4.1, Conduct ork to o6serJations of the Work in vroprress to assist the ENGE-71M in dctcrmirdng that the -Work is proceeding in. accordance %iith the ContTact Documents- 9.3 14 3 visiting inspectorsmiy representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Rmicm record the results: "These' and rebbrto the9.3.23 Interpretation of : Contract Documents. Report . to ENGINEER when clarifications and interpretations of'the,Conna Documents are needed and transmit to CONTRACTOR clarification ' me taonz v of. the: -Contract' Documents.. 2di;sut—eMb tithe ENGINEER .. 9.12.6.. MAfidadorii'Consider and. evaluate 'CONTRACTORS''suggestions 20 EXI)CbtttRALCON'biTlOi4Si9104,(1990E(,Stim) w/ c3T)r OF FORT COLLI M MODIFICAMNS (REV 4f2000) moderation in DmWii=,,6r Specifications and mwrtf these recommendations to ENG Accumtely -taimit to CONTRACTOR decisions "issued by the ENGRMFR 9.3.2.1 Recoids 9,3.2.8: RtpM. 9,32,11. Furnish ENGINEER verio R�P.:Aa,i"f gl. aCX0'N'MRMACT001the R!S comphanec with the gmuess 'khedule and ,schedule of shop'Drawing and sample submittals, 9.3.2 U. Consult w .advance of scheduhng major tests inspections or start of important phases of the Work 93.2. Draft Proposed Change Orders md Work Directive:Changes, obtaining backup instenal from the CONTRACTOR and recommend Ito ENGINEER Chang Orders, Work. Directive•iChanges and field orders. 9.12:8.4. . Report immediately to ENGINEERIand OWNER the occ=ence.of any acciderg; 9.12.9. Payment Reautsts. Review applications fmmcntth CONTRACTOReffir compliance ,he-bhshedprocedure for their submission'and forward with recommendation.to 1 I LNGINEER, noting particularly the relationship o the payment requested- to the schedule of values work: completed and m Merit delivered at - the site but' not Inc 0 aim the Work 9.12A. Completion 9.1110:1. More ENGINEM issues a Certificate of.Substantial ComolctiorL'subrmil to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items rewiring correction or completion, 0116.2 Conduct final inspection in comcxmv of the" ENGINEER OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ind.nrcoarc a fina] list of items to be corrected orcompleted. 9.32.I03. :Observe that all items on the final list have becricorTected or completed and make recommendations to ENGINEER con6ernirr-'6cceptance. 9.33. Limitation of Authority: The Representative shall not 9.33.1. Auffcirij6 ;mV deviations from the Contract Documents or accent any substitute materials or equipment ,unless authorized bye ENGINEER 93:3.2, Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S a—u'Mt'-as-t�'fle �ma! Rg intents: 9.3.3.3. edcriakc!Wr bilities of the CONTRACTOR. Subcontractors. or CONTRACTOR'S suotrintenderiL 9.33A, Advise on, or issue directions relative to or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for construction unless such st5ceirically called for in the Contract Documents; 9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions E; of assume control —over safety precautions and promams in connections with the, Work. 9.3.3.6. Accept Shop brawinizs or sample submittals from anyone other than the CONTRACT 93.17..Authorize OWNER to occum the Wo&in whole or in Part. 9.3.3.8. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others except _as- specifically-- authorized "bv the Inu Clavificatiom q141ntffprriahq&: 4.4. ENGINEOC will. issue, with rcisoisble promptn�= such. written ..clarifications :or. intarlirciatibm of.the: EXI)CGEitEitA CONDInONd19'16-qil*Ed666) w/=OFFORT CC)LU?aMODIFICAilOMS(REV 4/2000) requirempots. of, the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings . or.. otherwise) as. ENGIINT-ER may determine necessary, which shall be 6onsistexii with the intent of and reasormbly inferable fr6m 'the Contract Documents. , Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding an OWNER and CONTRACTOR" If OWNER or CONTRACTOklielieves thaV a - ' n'tte'n' clarification 'or interpretation justifies i,.iWB'e's-'an,,,tdU'ustibe,n't'ffi�the'Contract Price or the�:C1cntract.Tim=:=es are unable, to agree to; the amount or. if any, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make-a-m,,T.ittcn claim therefor as, provided in Article 11 or Article 12. AmMorized Mariationsin Worl, 96 ENGINEER may :authorize minor variations in the Work firm the*. requirements' of the,Contract Documcnts which do, not involve an a ustincrit in the Contract Pricc,cr, the Contract Times al are compatible with ihe�d&sign co " ' completed %. ricept. of the.6oraple . Project as a Docum•eftts:These may' be.oioc'bmplishecl by.a Field Order and will be , binding cm: OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who . ;iiiill perform 'the Work involved promptly: If OWNER or.COi,4tiTR.A,d.T,O.Rbefieves.ftta Field Order'J*LL�t'fi'esana.4justnintih'LheC6LractPrice oT the: C6iitriift Tt m-es.-andthepartids ei.ie unable to agriec.as to the amount or extent- thereof, OwNfR or CONTRACTOR may make,a written claim therefor as provided in Article, I I.:or 12. Rqecdng Defective Work- 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject. Work which ENGINEEP.belieYes to be defective, Project that- confirins,to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice .the,ih ry of the, design concept of the completed Project as a1un as indicated by tontra ct DocumentsITGM will also have au .6ty� - on.t . o - re quare - sp ecial mspec4,6n.or testing of the Wok as provided in'Darimr2oh 13.9.. whether or not the Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Pqyntenls: 9.7. ' In 6on'nection . with ENGINEER'S authority.as to Shop Dmwings arfdSamples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 91 in connection with ENGIN=s authority as. to Change Or&isscc Articles:10, 11; and 12. 9.9 in connection with ENGINEERs authority as to Applications for payment, see Article: 1,4. Detarinmationsfior. UAit Prices: 9.10 ENGINEER will ditermine,the actual quantities and .cIi&ificaticbis of. Unit price Work' performed by CONTRACTOR.ENGINEER -will review with CONTRACTOR the' ENGTNEMs preliminary determinations on such'matters-before rcndctinga written decision thereon (by-re.com,menclaticn:bf an Application 21 I I I I I IJ I I I I I A I I I I I 0 Q 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 Decidons on Dhpates. ERDCOENMUL CONDITIOM iv tas (IM Edtim) 22 wl CITY OF FORT CO1.UM MODIFICAIION9 OtEV 42000) decision., unlms otherwiseagreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR: 9.13. Limitations on F.NGINEER's Authority and ResponsibiGrks.' .. 9AIL Neither ENGINEER's4 authority or or resoorsibiliiv uridzr this-Ahicle.9ror under arry other or give': rise to any duty, owed.by'ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR any'Subeontractor arrySupplier; any other,person or ofganirauon ;or'tn any surety for or employee:or agcnrof airy of thelp. 9.13.2. ENGINEER' .will not _ supervise, direct, control or have authority over or: ba-responsible for CONTRACTOR's means.- methods, ,techniques; '.sequencas'orprocedures:of construction orthe'safety precautioniand.progiams incident thereto, or'for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply, with Laws and Regulations applicable to the finishing or perfotmate of the Work ENGINEER will: not be responsible _for'CONTRACTOR's failure' to perform or fitmisfi the Work in accordance with '.the: Contract Documents. 9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the `acts' or 'omissions' of. CONTRACTOR � or of any Subcontractor any Supplier;larof any other person or organization performing or fumisltmg any of the Woi1:: (11].: A'. 913 Si'The limitations upon :authonty' and responsibilityset fon}i in th s paragraph 9.13 shall also apply t , ENGINEER'S Consultants, :Residek'Project. Representative and assistants. ARTICLE 10—� LN-THE WORK tut un. he be Ph ith he as 10.2. If`O%VAR and CONTRACTOR are unable, to agreb: as to the eisunt, if any -,of an adjusltiiem in the. CorttractPnee or amadptstrnent.of,thz Contract Timcs that - should be. allowed ass resultof i Wark.Change Directive; a claun_ may be rnade,thercfor::as:provided in'.Article 11 or- Article.l2.. ..., .. .. . 103 CONTRACTOR shall not be erttitled'to an increase in the Contract Price; or; an extent ion of the_Contract Times with respect -to arty,Work.perfotmed that to not requ[red by the Contract Doct_mtents !Ls._" mended, 'modified and supplemeritedaaprov;- inparagiaphs35and.3.6,eccept, in the case of an anergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in .the nse _of _uncovering. Work ;as provided. in :Paragraph 13.9. 16.4.., _-OWNER',_and'-.CONTRACTOR shall execute. .appropriate Change. Orders�recommended by, ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: .10.41.. changes,m the Work which'are (i) ordered tiy.OWNER pursuant to paragraph 19A, Cu) required because, of:.acceptance of dejecdve, Work tinder paragraph 13:13 or conectirtg defective Work under Paragraph 13.14, or (iu) agreed to by the parties: 10.4.2. ,changes in the:Contract,Prica or Contract Tiines;which are agreed to byihe parties; grid 10,43. changes in the Cantrad Price:or Contract Times Which embody the substance of:any written decision. rendered by &NGINEER:.pursuam to provided that, in lieu of eaecyting.any such Change Order, an. appeal may be taken from..�ty such�dectstan m accordance mth the:.provtsrons of the Contract:Documents t. and applicable aws:and Regulations, but during any such . CONTRAGTOR shall on the Work :and ere ..w the ,progresssclierias; ;provided in paragrap}i629:. _ , - . 10.5. If notice of am changeaffedi g the general scope: of;the Pork orthe provisiore of the Contract;Documents E1CDc OENERAI. commons 1910.8 (1990 Edtim) w/ aTY OF FORT COt.lIM MODIMCATION5 atEV 42M (tricludtrg but riot hmtted ;to; Contras; Pnce'or Contract Ti es) is requved byrthe.pfovisions of any Bond to be givenAo a suretyty the grvirtg-oE arry suc}i noticr-will be CONTRACTOR'S responstbthty and t} a amount of each applicable Bortd'wdlbe edlusted acconitiigly. ARTICLE,11-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1: The: Contact Pfcc constnutrs the: total oompensation.(sublect to authorized adjustrn rms)'payable to,CONTRACTOR for pe;foita forming die Wod .All`:duties. responsibil ties and obGgaugmn asstgna.- or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall tie at CONTR 4CTOR's:eiipense without changc;in thc'contract Pncc. 11.1The Contract Price. may only be changed by a Change Order .or;by a,Wriiten Amendment .Any.claim for en ad7ustrpei t m the Cantraet Price'shall be based on written notice delrveredby.:the party makitg the claim to the; othcr,Party and to ENGIiI prodY (b u' in no event later thanthtrt� days) alter the start' of the occurrence or event givurg rise to the claim and stating the general rtaaue ofthe clatr .: Notrce oCth.6 amoum of the to submit he:claim) said the 1 in and paragraph 112; 113. The value of any Work covered by a;;,Change Order or of any, claim for; an adjustment in the'Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1131 where the Work: involved iscovered by unit In contained m flip Cartract Docments, by apphcatibnof such unit pricesto the;quantmes;of the items .:involved .(subject to, the provisions of 23 I I I I I I I I I I I I i I I 7 I 11.31. where t the Work involved is not- covered by unit prices contained in _-i--7 t'h.. e Contract . bi­o"cu�n. ent% by A mutually agreed pgymcntbass,includingump sum (which M9Y6116Ww=for overhead and pi6ff .not necessarily. M accordqjc with. paragiph 11.6.2); 11.3.3.�.where .ttie.wcdlCinvolved isnot c�ov,rodbyu,�t. prices I s contained -in the-'ContractDocuments and agr . ccmcri to:a,lu'mp."sumjs not.mached under pa . r . n . graph 11.31, on:the basis '6f.the .Cost ,o,f.the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4'and' 11.5) plus a.CONTRACTOR's &6- for,overheaj 'am, profit (determined aspiqvideAmi parao ph.1 1.6). Cost zfIle Work- 11A. Theterm-C6st 6fihc'Work'me= the4sum of.all costs necessa ffly;U`1 d iiia.'pa'l'clby;CONTRACTOR'.in :the -proper pei�- , ormance.of the, W.oik. Except as otherwise.: ,Zyced to in wfitingby OWNEk­SUCh costs Shall amounts no higherthan-'those prevailing in the locality, of- the Project;. shill 'irciti'de,crtly the following. items and shall 'not include -any'.of,thc. costs'itemized in paragraph U5: 11.4.1.Payroll costsj. for employees in the direct employed full -'time it tfie. site payroll 'costs for employees r191 .employed - �yedw ­ Work<shall p be.app6rftcnedpnthe bazi fth6i"*' the s p. , Lr time spent an Wo&- N3�ol1,costsshal1in*jej' w*etbelimitedio- shall,be included in th.e.abo.ve to the extent authorimd by OWNER 1 IAJ ' :Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and iqcyrpomtcd in the Work, includingcosts of discounig-shitfl: amnk: to -CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits fords with CONTRACTOR with which '-'E6 -� in which' case the., cash make 'payments, s, disocitmtsl� shall accrue,� 'to OWNER. ' Al trade di.sqounts,,rW rebates and reflands and returns from sale'of siirplL6;. materials izi& equipment' shall accrue to 11.4.3., Payfficntv zfiade: by 'CONTRACTOR to the. :Subcontractors for Work puformed or furnished by Subcontradcm If - required- by OWNER, e1CDcdENiacoNEwnoz,;si9io-s (109outial) 24. WMTY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (CEV4 , 12000) obtain competitive Prom stable to 0 and . shall deliversuch bids to L detennine; with the advice of K:if apy,wflybc accepted. jr is that tM.Subcontra6tor is to -and"Jec as provided in 11.6 arid` 1.1.7. All • I] A.4. Costs'-of,sptcial corisultants (including but not limited to engineers "hi testin ,� , am, labbtutoiies,suv e-yom -attorneys aad accountants Tjcd for services specificalty related to the 11.4.5, Supplemental costs including the Morwing: I.7.415-1 1The proportion of necessary transportation; travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTORs employees "`'incurred in clik$rge'of duties co-irrie'd6d with the Work. 11A.51, -Cc4 includir4--transpohition and maintenance, of all materials, supplim quipMent, machinery, appliance, office and temporary facilities at the'slie and ha]M;tools not owned by the workcrs, which are'camumed mi the performance. of the Work,.artd!,ccst less market value of such items used but not consumed which rPn P, the.propertyof CONTRACTOR 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the - W&k; 'and foi which CONTRACTOR is able. imposed by 1-ava and ftuIaticrns. 11 A.56, Deposits lost for -causes other than n S:tg .=Ctcr �gl CONTRACTOR ' any anyon�q directly r of indirectly 'employed by thyrof thern or:for whose acts any of -them may be fiable,.and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 1 L.A.5.6. Losses'ariddama- _gei (and related expenies) caused -by'dam ..to the; Work; not canpensated by insilier= or sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the I 11:4.5.7. The con of utilities; kel and sanitary facilities at the site... 11.4:5.8., Minor e,*ri= such as telegrams, long dis6n6i.ielephcne,ca,Us,,*telephone.smice.st the sitc,,6:prcssagc ana'smilaf,pe e 4. cash items in, the:Work 11459., Cost ofpierniums:fortidditional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work orL 11%5, ,,The term �Cost ofthe.Work shall not include any of the f6llowing;. costs other, ;cmnperisuion of 'a 6mcers. exo es; principals (of rainistratiofi 6fthe Work andmot specifically in.' the agreed upon schedule of job onsrefcried iq in paragraph 11.4.1 or y. covered by. paragraph I L4.4—all of which �o nsi I dered administrative costs covered by the 11.5.2 Expenses, of CONTRACTOR's principal and bunch offices ' other than CONTRACTORs office at the site. 11,53. Any part of. CONTRACiMs. capital .expenlim. including interest on CONTRACTOR'S cap tal I emplo d for the', Work -and 'charges against CONTRACTOR f6rdetiriqueitt p6y.mierils- I i.5 A.. Cost -otpremiums:far_all Borids.and for all iniuraince whether, or not CONTRACTOR is � required. .by. . the. Cor6ict Docum6zis.to chase" and maintain :the'SM'M'6*(6'OCep'trf,O[',the ,'O'OSt Oi7realiums covered by subparagraph EJCDC MiSkAl; CONDM0141910-8 (IM Eddon) w/ UW OFFOPT ODLLIM MODIFICATIONS OLEV 412000) M Cot due to the' negligence of CONTRACTOR; _`airy. Subc"ah,iiactor, or. anyone �e�cfly or indirectly employed. by any of them or for e acts.any of them may be. liable including but .not t . :IFIt,cd ;to, the -11 c6iniacm _617,k�fm�ve Work ,,p -ma!eritiLs - - .br._ec supplied puzrnjent ivrong y ,andmal�inggoodknydarnajet6property. !La... Other overhead or general expc= costs of arty _kind and the cents of any, item not specifically and .expressly iivcId*dihparagraph 'l'1:4. _ 17.6. The, CON , TRA,&ORs� tee' allowed to CONTRACTOR. for �ovcrhead and pidfi( shall be determined asf6l.lows: 1l.6:.l.'a'mutuaLlYacC I cptable:Eed fii,:br 11.6.1 it a fixed fee is not agreed upon; then a fm based:ory the following ing peroentagcs.,of the -various 'potuohs,6fthiCost'6fLhe:Work-i li62;1-,l . for, costs. incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and .1 1.42, the CONTRACTOR' f6shall be fifteen p5 11-6.2.2, for costsr iri-currM under paragraph I I A.3; the CONTRACTORS fie shall be five pttcent; 11.6.2.4. 'no fee shall be'pyable"on the basis of corm iternued under paragraphs 11.4.4; 11.4.5 and 11.5,- 11,6.215... -.the-amount ofdeclit-to be 'allowed by. CONTRACTOR to'OWNER .for tiny change which results inamna ddereaS6.ih 6bst)Nvill be the amount of the actual 4i'decrease in cost plus a deduction imCONTRACTOR's fee by -an amount equsl'to rive percent,of such net_ deaease;and 11.6.2.6:: when both additions and credits are involved in. ancpe chiirIgi die adjustment in , j CONTRACTORSshall be omr�,uted. on the hasis-, of t1iteCc6 nge. -in , `accordance with "- paragra, phs:1 1 .6.2. 1 thra* 11 r6.2.5, MicluSIV& UT Whenever the cost of an Work is to be 25 I I I k I determined pursuant to..paragraphs 114 and 11.5, and: ' CONTRACTOR will establish and mamfain records thereof.in accordance with. generally accepted accounting 11.9.3.2; there is no correspondingadjustment practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an with respect to anyother ntem'of Work; and item ized cost Breakdown tcgethi r.with supporting date: 11.9:33: if CONTRACTOR believe; _that Cash Allawance .- CONTRACTOR is enuded to :an increase in Contract Price as a result of havuig incurred I1.S.' It istuderstoodthat CONlRACTORhasincluded .additional expense :or OWNER believes .that in ,the Contract :Price all -allowances so.named ui the OWNER'is erittled to a decrease'inContract Price Contract'Documents'and drill cause the `Work sb"'covered and--tfie'parties are unable tot. agree as?to the to be furnished and performed for such sums' as May be. amountof any such ir�se or decrease.. acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER CONTRACTOR agrees that. 119 3 4i. CONTRACTOR' acknowledges that ' the OWNER hasthe right to add or delete items in ILS.I. the :allowances 'inohrde the 'cost to the Bid or charuc'cuanlities at OWNER'S sole CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade dtscourits) discretion withouyaffectaig the'CordractPrioc of ofroatenalsand:i,. i,merdiegwredbytheallowances any remaining item so long.asthe deletion or to'bedehveredatthesta,mid aliapphcabletaxes; and addition does not exceed twenty-five"oerecnt oC . the original total &ntract Price. I11.2.-CONI'RACTOWs cods Ifor unloading and , hardhng on the site labor, umiwllaaon costs; cierhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the ARTICLE I2-CFL9NGE bF CONTRACT TBfEs allowances.have-been included in the Conntract Price :and. not ai 'the allowances and no"demand for additiortal'.pay merrt on aciiount of aiiy'of the'foregoirig, will.! a valid. 12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) mayonly be changed by a'Charge Order ora Written Amendment. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Charge Order will be Arry claim. for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or issued; as'recommended by.ENGINEER to reflect actual Milestones) ,shall' be based on written notice delivered by amounts: due CONTR4CTOR'onaccouraofWcrkrovered 'arid the party main the claim'to the other party :and to by allowan(es, Ali` Giintma Prim shall be ENGINEER promptly (but�in iio event later than:"-thiity correspondingly adjusted. ' days) after the occusernce of the event giving rise to, the claim and stating: the general nature of the claim I Noticc 11.9. Unit Price Work of the extent of the claim with supporting data shallbe delivered within sixty days after such occurrmce (unless . 1 1.9.1. Where the Contract f)oounnents provide that ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain` more or. part of the Work is to be Umt Price Work, initially accurate data in support of the cbim) and shall be D the Contract Price willbe deemed to include for all accompanied by.the clamnarit's•written statement'tfiat the Unit Price Wort -an-,amouni equal to the'simn of the. adjustment claimed'is the -entire adlustmem to tehich;the estatil shed, unit prices' for :each separately identified claanant has reason to believe it i as a result of item of Unit Price Work;ti eras the estimated quantity .entitled this occturence'of said event:. All claims for adjustment in of .each item as .in. the Agreement The. the'Contrad Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by .indicated estimated quantities of items of Unit -Price Wort: are ENGINEER in accordancewith paragraph 9:11 if riot giaranteed'ard are solely for the' purpose of OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, com naonoCBid; and dUei'mvimganimfialContract No.claim for'an adjustment' in- the Contract Tim'es,(a Price: Detemtim- Lions of :die actual quarntmes and Milestones) will be .valid if not submitted in accordance classifications of Unit' Price Work,perfained by with the requirements of this.paragiaph`I11. �. be CONTRACTOR- will - made by fiNGIKEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10 12.2.: All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are the essence of the Agreement` 11 92 Each unrtprice will be deemedao'include an m aount carnsidered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate. 12.3. Where 'CONTRACTOR ns 'prevented from to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for completing any part of the Work within theContract each sepamtely'i.dentified item: Times (or Milestones) due ito delay, beyorrd the control of CONTRACTOR; -the Contract Tnmes''(or Milestones) will 11.93. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a be extended'm'arr amount: equal to time;l&' due to such claim for an adjustment in'the Contract Price, in - delay if a claim is made. therefor', as provided in A accordance with Article i 1 if: paragraph 121. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR'shall'iticlude; but. be'hmited taacts - 1 f 93 I the quantity of;any item of Unit Price, or neglect by OWNER, acts Wiieglax of utility owners. or Work performed bbyy CONTRACTOR differs other contractors performing other work as connterni6led materially` and sig>cantly Crag th'e estimated ' pry Article 7, fires Floods epidaoics ebnomtal weather "to quantity of such item indicated in theAgreement; conditions or 'acts of God: "Delays attributable and 26 E7CDCOENIM&CONDMOM 191"(1990E66m)_ - wI CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 441000) - I I CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages ' BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 -00020-2 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00300 Bid Form 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300-1 - 00300-3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1 00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3 ' 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-0 ' 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00630-1 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 ' CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC -A GC -Al - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 ' 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4 ' SPECIFICATIONS SOILS REPORT 11 I Rev10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2 I within the control :of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays withinthe control of CONTRACTOR 124- .Where• 'CONTRACTOR is prevented Gom completing any part of the Work'within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due.to delay.keyond the control of both OVMEFi-. and ;CONTRACTOR. an e.,dersion of the Contract``Times:(oi lvfilestaiesyui an amount equal to the - time losttdue torsuch delayshallbe CONTRACTOR's sole. and :tclusive-remedy for.such"delay. In no event shall 01AWER be hable•to CONTRACTOR arr .. Subcontractor, any. Supier-any,pl;other person�or, organization.or to any surety'for or, employee or agent of any of therm for damages_artstrtg out of or resulting fttan(i).delays caused by or within the control of tine CONTRACTOR: or (u) delays beyo1.nd the control of bath parties: including, but not I ¢ tted tw;fires, floods ::On emucs;,abnormal weather below shall be paid .;as provided in, said paragraph 13.9 and, 13 4.3. as . otherwise` specifically provided' m the Contract Documents. shall also; be or conditions, acts;ofiGod tr acts: -a neglect by utility owners- F. and ENGINEER's'accgitance ofmaterials cr.egnpmencto or.other.:conhactors,performing:other work as contemplated be,incaporated,in the Work, or ofinaterials, mix designs;. by Artide 7: or equipment submitted for ap. roval prior to Ipuichase CONTRACTOR's thereof for incorporation in "ihe'Work: .,ARTICLE.. JJ3 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF 13.6. lfany. Work -(or the work of ot& ) that to be DEFECTIVEWORK inspected tested or approved is covered by 1.0014TRACTOR: without written . concurrence of ENGINEER, it: mtist; if icilLiaed:-by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation: 73.L Notice ofDefecrs .- .. 13:7. Unoo_vering Workas ovtded:in paragraph 13.6 Pramnotice,of;al] *fecdveWorkofwhich;OWNER.or pt shall be -:at CONTRApr TORS. gxpense_ .unless .ENGINEER have actual knowledge will begiven to CONTRACTOR has given, ENGINEER'; timely notice of CONTRACTOR, All•defective. Work may, be ;rejected, CONTRACTOR's. intention .to covei.:the same and correctodoraccepted asprpvidedin this Article .13. ENGINEER has not acted'with reasonable promptness in - - response to such noitice.. , - Aceess to Work:: . .. � ... Uncovering Wor$.. . - 13 2:: OWNER;.: ENGINEER ENGINEER's,Cormdtants, other. _representatives and, -personnel of OWNER; 13:E.. If anyy:�W�ork is covered contra. to the written it by independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies request of ENGDMER, : must, requested with junsdicti".I interests will have access to tht Work at ENGINEER, be ricowred for ENGINEER's,observation rzMe;-tsees.-for t}ieq.-observanor>. "inspecting and .and replaced atCONTR.SCfORs;eepen•se. testing. CONTRACTOR shall piovide them proper and safe rconditions,.,for such•acces and advise; them of 119. If ENGINEER'considersitnecessary oradvisable CONTRACTOR's site safery•proc lures and programs so that If Work tie" e observed by ENGINEER or dtatthey may comply than ith'as applicable: irupected or. tested by. others, CONTRACTOR at ENGINEER'S request, sheath uncover expose"or otherwise Testsandlnspeitions make available for-obseivaiion, inspection or testing as ENGINEER:may require:; that portion of the. Work in 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall. give ENGINEER timely question,, f n slung all necessarylabor eater al .and notice of readiness.of the Work.for all required icispedions, equipment If it is found �ihach: c suWork is *fecdve; tests orapprwals arxl shall cooperate with.irispectionnnd CONTRACT,OR. shall pay allclauns,;costs,. losses. and testing.persomrel to facilitate required.inspections or tests. damages caused by, arismg,nucof on "resulting Gam such . . , uncovermg_expcuu ; observatioq inspection and testing 13.4..:OWNER.shall,employ and pay for the: services of and of satisfactory replacement or, reconstruction, an;.,independeit testvrg laboratory to perfam all (vtcluding but. not hmited.to all cats of •repair or tnspeitrons tests or. approvals,regtived by the Contract. replacement of_work of others) -,.arid OWNER shall be Documents except: ; .. ehutled to: in: appropriate decrease in the Cnntract Rice, and; if the patties are unable, to agree as to the amount 13A.L farmspecttons; tests a approvals, covered thereof may `make a claim therefor' as provided in by par tgraph.13;6 belovr, Article t 1. If ,,however,.such Work is not found to be &fechve„CONTRACTOR-shall be alloivi anincrease'in 13:42 that.costs incurred'in connection wiih tests the Crntract Price or an aacitsion,of t} e:Contract Times or itupecnorts.;conducted ptasuant to.,paragaphl3:9 (or:Mil .estories) or botfi,:�direatly attrtbatatile tosuch EXbCGi t4dMcortDinors isioB (]riot:&i;ao) 27 w9C[7Y OFFORTCOLUM tvtODIRCATiONS OLEV9/2aDa) - _ uncovering :7ur=1"b%=0r' !a replacement 6ri:d,part: .2b1e .to agree-as• to-jherarnoum or.:adcnt thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 1 Varkl I Z.' ­­ . ­1 .­ 0WAT-R-fay Stop the Work: or CONTRACTOR fails. or -the'Work, or:any.-particirthercoL until the cause of -OWNER OWNER to' c'x'erC'L'SC this "light . for the 'benefit of CONTRACT OR or any surety or other party. Carrection. vrRemdva1;qfDefecdve Work. 13:11. If re'rid - qui -by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall as directed, eithc� correct a" wort-, promptly,1 r not fabricated, installed or coznZel?Xor, if the "om suen correcuon or to all costs of repair or 13:12. Corri h Piiiod- 13.121. If within, ere-yeee.two years after the date of Substantial Completion orsuch longer period of time as rn ay,:be. pre .� ib6d by Laws- OrRegulations or by the terms "of any applicable spe6ial guarantee required by tfie;Cort ct Documents or by -any SP='fic:provision of the Ccruract.Dccuments, any Work is found to be *fec&e, CONTRACTORoral]promptly,,without cost to OWNER and in'accdrdaoc;e%Yn'th OWNEFVs written iintnictlons: "(I) 66h'ict or, if it has been rej6ctekJ-by.OWNEF_-r&mdv& it from the.site and replace it :with'W6rk that is not defecttve,:and (i) or costs, losses* 6tid.aarnages caused by or icsultiiig from *stich. removal mid replaceinifit (includht but not limited to all costs,of repair or TeplacemenCof work of oth6s)_will paid by. CONTRACTOR 13.12.2.1n special 6rcurnstances'where a particular I laced in cohtimtdw'service item of equipment is p, before' Su - bstantial Compleiian, of all "the Work, the. carrection'peri6d for that item'may slah'td''run froman :eirlicr; dite if so provided in;the $pecifica'tiorn or by Wrifieri Amendment. 13.123.Where,defecive, Work (and damage to other W/ C3TYOF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS( 42000) Work resulting thekdom) has been- :corrected, :re . moved:orTeplaced.undei'this paragraph .1112; the cqrr!;Vperiod hereunder with respect to such Work 'will extended for an -additional period of,ene year two Year tifti:i I such cbr-realon or removal, and r6placebeht,has been sstitfact6rily,canp[eteii Accept4nu ofDe/ecfi0e,W6;,k- 13.13. If, instead of requiringicarrection orremoval and replacement of di)ective Work,OWNER , (a6pnior to EINGINTEER's recommendation of final :payment also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may. do.so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNERs evaluation of and determination to axccpt such *ficfiw Work (such'costs to be approved by ENGRTEER as to reasonableness):- if any such acceptance: occurs; prior to' ENGINEERs recommendation of final payment, a'Change _Order will be issued. ' 'atin*g the, ncceissa o1corpol , rcvisions� m the Contract, Documents With I . respect "t to. the Work: and OWNER-shall,Ile ewtled to an appropriate di&6ise in the Contract Price; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OVINFR'may make a claim therefor as Provided in Aidcle,l 1. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate. amount.will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OW14EFE 0WAER,Mqv Correct Defective -Work remove or if nply with any other prm','ts'icn of the:lContract tents .. OWNER may..''after seven days' written to. CONTRACTOR';' offect and remedy any such nLy. Ift:exercismig the rights-and'reimeclks under ragr I aph OWNER -shall proceed apedititiusly. in lion with such, corrective aodv rimeclitl action, �31Z may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or-partI of !. take'vossession of all or nart of the Work. and incbiporate:in- th6,Wbrk all stored. at the. :site: or for w representatives, agents and employees; OWNER!s 'other contractors and ENGINEER and ING11,11MRs Conyjltanis access to the site to � enable OWNER to ,�=�'the rights and remedies miler -thi's paragraph All claims; costs losses� anddamages in6urrcd or sustained by OWNER in: exercising such rig . and remedies will be charged against cbmTRAcTOR and a Chalige Order will be issued incorporating. the•ricocssary.revisi6ns.in the Contract Docurne - nts_- , with. respbcC to the Work; and Olyl,!ER7sliallb6,entitled ,ti,o`arisp�prop I riate-decrease.in the costs;. losses and damages .will include but not be, limited to all costs of Tepmror. replaceaieiit of of others destroyed or Aiiniaged"N.-:0017rection,' removal or I replacement of CONTRA OR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not,bi -allowed an - e:den'sion cif.%the Contiuil'Tinics (or Afestonei) ybe6atisi.of ,an`.delay in pe ormance _rf, of the Work aitnbut*k to the :e:Kerase by OWNER:617 OWNERi rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 144 PAYNftNU.S..T.000.NTRAC.TOR AND CoiNIPLEtIOIN: ,Sc.hed.u.k of VaLuq: '14J_ The ,sichiduic'.0ifIvaiiies es6blishcd as provided in pamgrap_1i2.9:wiH s.erve,s.s. them . basis for and .wil.l. be incorporatedI I . uito,aJfiD:irft..of,Ap0lica6on for Raymentaccept2bletoENGINElk: Prdj�esspe', nfscn hc=­mt6fUm­tPr'ice_ Wo-rk---wi'U'b'eba'§i-d,oti"the nm'nb.crof units completed Appffw#oafqr. Pi097essPaymerV CON TR4 . CT0R'S.*W7=& of tide- 14.3. CONTRACTOR .warrants and guarantees that tifle toall.wcii� materials -''d ccverid'by any A_ :qq,: ,.equipment __ ., , I Application. for. Payment. whether mcor porated in the will pass to OWNER iio,latcr.Lhan the time of payment free and, clear -ofall Liens. 14 ENGINEER Oill;4ithiri teii,4ysj�ftcr receipt of e . ach:Applicattowfor Paymem-either inaica—ti-in.writing.a EJMC GENRUJ. CONDITIONS 19108 (19991 Edfim) vdaryoF I FORT COUIM MOMFICATIONS OZEV4/20W) 143. 1 FNGBITEER's -recommendation of -any. payment rc(pested: . ui an Application for-Nymim.lwal wristitutc a re ,presentation by, ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's I oh�sitc. . obki=va I tions .1 of t1i executed Work . ...... I ialiu, i designp ro I fessi an n as,an ex nced iv c�iil d o ., pene . , . qu, ENGINEER's review of,the A71icatiorffbr,Payment and the accompanying rg schedules; "that to the best of ENGINEER!s kno w0edize: infornution and Wief: ­. ".., ..— - r I'll -.111 1 1 .1 14.5.1 the Work- has piogr6ssed. to the point indicated; . 145.3: the' cc . nil Mcris precedent to CONTRACIOR'sbeijj*:entitled. 1:6�'-i6lch poymera lip.pqk: ;to. have been fulfilled '=0W,' as it is ENGINEE!s iesponsibility.6 obwvilbi-Work. techrliques,.sNuerices�.q-Focedures.,of.constructiori, or the.safety.precauLidns and irogramsincidemit'.thereto, or for ajiy failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws P'" andI .applicable to. the. furnishing or performance, 0 or 'kir ariy....lhilure of CO ; c`CT perform , 7c�_:limiish Mork in acc! cew Docum 1.4.7. ENGINEERmay 11 refused riecomme . n I d.the whole or any part of imyrpayment iL iii ENGINEER!i,opiaim it would be incorrect :to make:. the. representations to 29. I Id 1 1 [I 1 1 l I I I 1 '"1 u t OWNER refetred;to':in pamgrapF 14 5. ENGINEER may also reftise to r`ecarnmend any, such payment o , because of subsequenily discovered evrdena or the:= results of subsequent tmpecoons ortels;:.rwlhfy arny.such payment previously;recommernde.d to -such eatentpas may be. m m necessary 'INGINEERs ,tipiruon to; protect :OWNER 1i® lossbeoause: 14.1.1. the Work is,defecnve;ior'completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2. the. Contrract: Price' has been reduced by "Written Amendmait or Change Order; 14.7-3.1 OWNER, has been required. to correct defective Wark 'or complete Work nn accordance with. paragraph 13.14, or 147:4. ENGINEER has::actual knowledge of the occmrence of:apy of tho''evcnnts envmcrateo:in. paragraphs15.2A through 15 2'4 inclusive. OWNER' ma ref ise'to make payment of t ie lilt amount reoommended by ENGINEER because . --14.73: claims hale -been inade:ig'aiuzA'.CWNER on: aaouiit of:CONTRACTOR'sperfonnance,or fitrnisfiiin;¢ of:ihe'Worlr; 14:7.6:.Liens have been filed:in connection with the Woik,I.ex-c p wha' a CONTRACTOR tias defivaed a specific Bond^satisfactory to�OWNER'to'sectre-the: satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; 143.7. Acre are other items entitling OWNER to a set- off against the amount recotumended!oi 14;7:8:'OWNER .has ;actual ':knowledge of the; -occurrence of..azry of the, events :enumerated .in paragraphs 143:1 through 14.73o_r pans phs 15.2.1 through 15 4 inclusive; but OWNER :must. give..CONTRACTOR immediate written notice. (with a copy. to ENGINEER) stating the reasorss'for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the aruount so withheld, oranyadjustmerntllieieto.agreed to - by - OWNER anid "CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR .corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the. reasons for such action ,Subsstandal Conwledoh: 14.8 When CONTRACTOR considers the emireWork ready 'for its intended. use C014TRACTOR-shall notify OWNERand ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for itemsspecifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue.a certificate -of Substantial Comoletio n. 30 EDCoE?,Mk t.corminortslslos(IME, m). W16TY OF FORT COU IM MODIFICATIONS (REV 4I1000) 14.9. OWNER shall have --the might - to -exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work' after the date of Substantial;",;Completion. but .OWNER- shall allow CONTRACTORreasonable.acces to completeor correct items on the tentative list. Partial Udliddoni 14.10 Use.by, OWNER' at:OWNER's option, of any substantially. completed pain of the Work, which:.(i) has specifically *fi identified in the,ContractDocuments, -or with 14.10.1.0W1,TER at .any ;time. .may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit:OWNER to use .any such part of the Work whick O WNER believes to be really for its7 intended . use .'and ' substantially part I CONTRACTOR'at any time may. notify, OWNER and EN(SINEER inwritmg th'kCO9TRA&bk.c6nsiders any. such.part of the Work, ready. for its -intended use and substantially complete and request 04GINEER to isssu e a certificate bf Substantial, Completion for that part of1the' W6& Within a i:eqSonable time after either- :kidi"- ivlue4 -'.OWNER, . CONTRACTOR and ENGR4EERshaI1-'make; art u'q='L'onbfzthat,part.o1 the Work to-dcterminC'its. status�of "completion If ENGINEER -does not ccnsidd that partof theWork to be: substantially oornplcte,. ENGINEER will notify OWNER iiazC(iNTkACTOIZILn-ivnWVIpvuc the reasons th664_Af:ENG1NMR comidets;thm, part of thc,,W ' o&to be substantially, complm;-the.provisiorts .of paragiraphs,i-4�tiind,14.9!wUl2pptyIiith resp ect to thereof and access thereto.* 14.10.2. No occupancy or.sepanste operation of part okh6 Work-'vriIl be accomplished prior,' to compliance. with th .. the requirements-ofI paragrip hiS�--15 in respect Of propertydrikirince;, FMdjAq7ec1i0n: ]4] 1. Upon written nonce flrom,CONTRACTOR that the attire, Work-organagreed portion, thereof -,is c6mpletc, ENGINEER -will.make a final. -inspection -with. OWNER and CONTRACTOR'and:will notify CONTRACTOR in wrifing ofall particulars m which , h this mspecton reveals � . that the Work is incomplete or*fechve. cbNTAAcTok shall,"Lim'Mediately take such measures.aSTare necessary to complete such work or remedy such deficiencies, Final. Appficationfor Pqv!h ent-. 14.12. -Af6m. CONTRACTOR _has,=rnpleted all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the -Contract.Documents all maintenance and operating instruction. schedules, guirahtem Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by pangnsph514, certificates of inspectioN, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph&19) and other documenM CONTRACTOR may.ffiake appLicaticn:fibr final t5ayihent,,following the procedure, fa progress payments.: The final:Appliwtion for Payment shall be accompanied,.(except its previously delivered). by: , (i)afl documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited. to the evidence of insurance required by' subparagraph 5:4.13, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, -to final payment, and (iii) complete and,. IcEpifly -effective - releases,or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed .in connection with the Work -In lieu of such releases or waivers . of - j iens. and as appr&ed by OWNER. CONTRACTOR in.av-fimiish.receipts.or,releases in hill all PiyrOU4. indebtedness it OWNERS to., hunish such ..a, release or -receipt: in full.fi .-CONTRACTOR.mii msisst h ,Bondor offier collateral satisfactory -to OWNERto,indemnily bW1,M:against any Lien-. Releases or.,waivers of liens and the consent of the surety ,toy finalize 4myricrit are to be iisubmitted on forms obnfoirminsito the forinaf of the OWNERS -standard Corms. bound in the Proicc(martual. Final PkWmenl mdAoceVNnce.,. 14.13. If, on -the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work,,during construction , .arid finisl inspection. and ENGINEER!s review of thefinalApplkatibn.frr Nyment and accompanying documentatio'n as required by the Contract D6cument&:ENGINEER. is satisfied that the the Application to :writing*lw reasons for my writing,. . I cnt,.in which me necessary. corrections and days after presentation to and will be paid by OWNER to 14.14. -If through no. fault, of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER: So oonfirms. OWNER shall utioit receipt of the Agreement, make payment of the remainingbalance to be held by OWNER for Work not hilly completed,-or.coriZ66d is"Jiss`than the iistainage stipulated in "the. Agreement and if. Bonds live been furnished.as required in paragraph 5.1, the writien consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR.Jo ENGINEER: with the Application for such payment Such payment shall be made tinder the terms and conditions. governing final payment; except that it shall not ponstiiute :a -waiver. of claimi waiver of Claims: 14.15. The making and acceptance of final psyment-will 14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER. against CONTRACTOR, except claims ansmg. from unsettled Liens from defective'Work appearing after B)tDCUMOLALcdNDlMOi2s1916-8(IME(ktim) 31 W1aTY OF FORT MLUM MODIFICAnONSOtEV412000) I I I I I I 11 I FA I I I I I I I I I "P" "ni' �M)mpIy=.-C"6==ts c'rMthc filflur tams of'any.speciil:guarantees spccified.thaein, or from CONTRACTOR!s continuing obligations under the Contract Docuin . enLs, and 14against D .11 5.A waiver of. afl-,c.laiffis by, CONTRACTOR OWNER -other than those previously. made in wntvng and. still'u=ftla ARTICLE 1SLSUSPENSION OF' WORK, AND TERMINATION OWNER AIO'Suwend Work- OWNER'May Terminate; 15.2 , Upon the occurrence of any -one of*more of the. following events: 15.2:1. if.CONTRACTOR persistenti),Riilslto perform thi Wark"in accordance with thi-CorneaeD6ciunents (including but nor limited tojailure to sqplysufficicrit. skilled worken or suitable ' matermN or equ I !pment or.failure, &-to ­. the .' c, to a 'ere, progr schedule established under' . paragraph2.9 as adjusted from 'lime to.time Pursuantito panagraph,6.6); 15.21. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body fiaviiigjurisdicti= 15.23. if CONTRACTOR disregards the -authority of ENGINEER; or 15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial. way 'PYprovisions of 'di-e'. Contract. Docum ents: OWNER may; after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) .._sevin days! ' wriviin nftice�mid to the octent Ormitted by Laws a rid. kigtdaiioiis,lerminate:the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACfORfrorn the site and take Possession of the Work and of all the site orfiir which 32 E)CDC GDOAL CONDITIOM islet (IM Edition);_ W/ CITY OF FORT COLLIMMODIFICAVONS (REV C2000) 11. 15:1 Where CONTRACTOR's scrvi - 6 , es'have been so t ermina ted by. OWNER. the termination .Will ; not -affect an rights. or remedies. of . OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter pc6rue. Any re&6�ition.- err em. of Paym Tonevs" due CONTRACTOR " b b will riot'rel ease CONTRACTOR figliability. 15.4. Upon seven days'. written notice to .CONTRACTOR 'and ENGINEER; + OWNER may, without vi . thout causezand without P'rejudice to any oilier.'right or remedy of OWNER elect to terminate the Agreerrea in such 'case, CONTRACTOR" shall be, paid.. (without cidpliciticafof FY items): 15.48. - for completed and, acceptable:Work executed in. accordance withthe Contract Documents prior to the effective .date of termiriatich, including fair and reasonable' sums for oveiS!iid and profit: ai such Work, 15.42. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in peil6rinirig services and furnishing labor materials or equipment as required Contact the �ct Documents .in . .connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such experam, 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and 'damages incurred in serdement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors Suppliers and others' and 15.4.4. for reasonable expenses. directly- attributable t6wmiriatirin,. CONTRACTOR shall not bc. paidon account of"loss of anticioakea profits or revenue or other -economic loss arising out of or resulting fromsuch termination - CONTRACTOR May Stop, Work -err TerndnaW 15.5: . It thro"'no act orIYult of CONTRACTOR the Wc&is susp,&Xd for a-peri6d of mb .re'than-ninciy days by _under ide r a M oiler of ., ,Court or other. public authority, nty, or ENGINEER fifli I . t 6 1 act an" any , 44 . *ficition for; Payment within 'thirty &-a: Idler -it"Is submitted or y , OWNM fails f6r.thirtyAsys to pay. CONTRACTOR any I and o not 1511 OWNERand ENGINEER:, s* the Work- until payment of CTOR; ,all -such amounts dLic.CONTta ' t includini .therecih: The .provisions -6f this kagmpil5.5 are not pa intended to firecjtide C0NTRACT6R from making claim under Arues'l I and 12 for ad increase ur Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise.for expenses or damage directly atributable-to CONTRACTORs stoping.'Alork as ARTICLE 16-MSFVTE RF-SbUtION If. and to the 6aent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have, agreed on ihe; mdW and.pr6cedure for: resolving :disputes between them that may arise -under this AgreemerA4 such dispute resolutiondiS method and procedure, if arty, shall be as set forth in Fxlubit'GCMis?'Ute Resolution AgreemertV, to be -attached hereto,and made'a ,part hereof Jf nosuch: agreement on the method and procedure, for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject I ,to pro- z 1 4 ons of I panigmph I s9. 10; 9.11 and qn.:_ WNER and ;-CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR may. exercise. such ri ts (Orr es,as either may Wiciwise have tinder the Contract'Docum or by Laws or Regulations. in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17-11HSCELLANEOUS Cuing I'Volice.., 17.1. Whenever any provision of the ContractDocuments requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to ha4been validly given if delivered in person to the individ"for to a member of the Grin, or torin officer of the corporation for � whom it is intended or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; to the last.business address known to the gi.vCrof the notice. 17.2. 64utation of Time: 17.2.1:.When any penod "of time is refiirred to Jn the Contract -Documents by -days,• it -will be computed to exclude the._U4 and iloclude,Athe.jak 'day.of.'siich pe nod _�y the list da�--)f'idi*y,"'s'uc--h,lkno*d!Ldb on `a C Sam rda};, 6r Sonday,&,out -a,day '.Jrad; ajegal holiday ­ - by the law of the appli6ablejunsdiction;I such day be oji.itted'from thi comptitation I/ CITY OF FORT COLUM MODIRCATIONS (REV 411000) 17.2:2. A*calendar day of twerity-f6tir hours measured from midnight to the next midiriglit will.constitute a day, Notice of Claim: 171mrShould OVINER.or.CONITRACTOR-SLiffCt'Ln)-ury or age.toperscn or:pr.operiy because . of.arry error, omission or. act of the other.party party . or - of any of the. other parL?semployees or agents.,or others for whose acts the other pm- is legally liable, claim will be made in writingto.th6' other party wj ­ � ' '6 n are ­ 6s�ble tinieW the first , observance of such injury or damage. the provisions of this paragraph 17.3, shall notbe construed as a substitute for or a Waiver of the provisions'of any applicable statute of limitations Or TC,POSCEUMulafivi Renre&es. : it but and by 13.14, of any jiglis rrnd remedies available to any onall.of them which are otherwise imposed or: available by Laws or Regulations by special Warranty orguarantee or by, other v 1' 7 'o.ns of the Contmct Docurrientsand th�.prqvisjons th,',' . will 'b - effective _.. F I tcd � paragraph %"I e as - e ective as j repc2 specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, 'obliS*ati0'M,right and remedy to which they apply: Profts3ibiWFeeyand: Cc4lil.CostrInctude4t- IT5. ne-ver.referent:6. is made to,"claims, costs, losses and damages tit shall mclude in eaeh_case, but not beli6ited to, hat ­ " " charges o f engineers. archi tee ittolRoiooier prore'sio4 nals.-and an court or arbitration rother dIspute reso1uton costs, 17.6. The laws -of -the State of Colorado -cooly to this Ar:iweemehL Reference to two nertinerl Colorado statutes .are as follows; .17.6.1 If a claim is filed OWNER is tacoredby law (CRS38 6-107)'towlffiholdfroir�aUtiaymerAsto CONTRA . to insure the for lab6r, iMterigt1s, team tire �:all claims prdvisicm ovenom.or other supplies useci :or consumed b�`CONTRACTOR or his 33 I 11 J 1 I I I k I iP EXDCOMCFR CONDIDOM 1910-9(1990 Wdm) ' 34 wlaTY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICAMON9 OtEV 412000) I (This page left bLu* intandonally.) EK3)C,oEkbM COMMONS 1910-8 (0Edfiw) 35. w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS OLEV 412000) 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 VCDCGENMLv c9xDinoN31910-8(1990Ed@im). 36 a/CITY OF FORT OOLLINS MODIFICATIONS(REVdh000) I ' SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 Rev10/20107 Section 00020 Page 3 n I EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Construction .Contract Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGRIMIEN'T OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions of,the Construction Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is .amended to include the following agreement of the parties: 16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR an'sing out of:or relating to.the Contract Documents or the breach th'ereof.(ex4.tfor claims -which have been`wi ivied by the .making or -:acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtainirg,'subject to: the limitations of the Article 16. This agreement Aso to arbitiate and. any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16-will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required .to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until. the earlier, of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a -written decision or (b) the thirty-first day. after die parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11: and the failure to demand arbitraiion within said'thirty daysperiod will result, in EATGINEER'sdecision being final and binding upon OWNER' and CONTRACTOR If ENGINEER renders.a decision after arbitration proceedings have -been initiated, such decision may be entered asevidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any - written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such'. demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for. arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association and a•copyi+ill besent to ENGINEER for infotmation The demand for arbitration will be made within thethirty day or taiday period specified in paragraph 162. as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter to question hasarisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on sudr.clem , dispute or -other matter. in question would be barred by the applicablestatute of limitations. EJCDC OENFRAL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY .OF FORT.COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) 16:4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5:, below, no arbitration arISI g -out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall:inelude by consolidation, joinder or. in any other manner any other person or entity. (including FNGUZMZR ENGiNEER's Consultant and the officers, directors,. agents, employees: or consultaras-of any of them) who is not party to this contract unless: 16A.L the inclusion of such other. person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the. arbitration and 16.4.2; such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the'arb_itrationand which will arise in such: proceedings, and 16.4.3. the written contserit of the other person or entity sought ;to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been.obtained for such inclusion, which consent. shall make specific reference to this pam Igraph; but no such consent shall constituteconsent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described march consent :or.to-arbitration with any party not specifically identified in.such consent. 16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if.a claim, dispute or other matter -in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or .CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor. as a party to the arbitration beween_OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6:I I a specific provision whereby the. Subcontractor consents to being.. joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work. :of such Subcontractor: Nothing in this paragraph 16.5' nor in `the provision of such subcontract consenting- to. joinder shall create any claim, right or causeof.action in favor of Subcontractor and against. OWNER, ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otheiwtse exist. 16.6. The award rendered by. the arbitrators will be final; judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7. OWNER and. CONTRACTOR agree that they shall fast submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, disputes. and othermatters.: in question between them arising out of or relating. to the Contract Documents or Ilia breach thereof ('disputee), to mediation by the. American Arbitration Associationunder the Construction Industry. Mediation Rules of.the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating - arbitration would irrevocably, prejudice one of the parties. The respective thaty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits.and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination .of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless'othenvise agreed GC -AI i I I [1 I I I 1 I I SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS [1 1 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions. 4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: Geotechnical Report Provincetown Neighborhood Park East of Robert Benson Reservoir Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8. The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as.follows: 5.4.1 and 5.4.2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits. Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. 5.4.6The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). 5.4.9This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL) . Rev10120/07 Section 00800 Page 1 SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950Contract Change Order 00960Application for Payment Rev 10/20/07 SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO. PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACTOR: PROJECT NUMBER: DESCRIPTION: 1. Reason for change: 2. Description of Change: 3. Change in Contract Cost 4. Change in Contract Time: ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0.00 (Assuming all change orders approved) ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Contractor's Representative ACCEPTED BY: Project Manager REVIEWED BY: Title: APPROVED BY: Title: APPROVED BY: Purchasing Agent over $30,000 cc: City Clerk Contractor Project File Architect Engineer Purchasing Rev 10/20/07 DATE: DATE: DATE: DATE: Section 00950 Page 1 LL O 1 W c� a �w��� wzzw ga zo� z z �z -W� z0c7 z z Lu p F m O_Vp=w U J a 0 a a a a ¢ Wa a a O F- ! U I I � Z I O I Z U i W � e � O z LL Z E O U J a c a c Qa C O U - 0 O LL O v) U LU W p a' w O z w w z Z O W U 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N ^' N c a ] O U O N i N L a) � 3 rn 2 a) p o m O c I O I ¢ c O .c U U U U a) -0 ..-C 0 o '0 c o W a ' it (D N O 6 :3 (n � no-0 Z 5.2 0 a) a Z U W J d } aCL 0 Q1 Y a L E N C 3UIL--� wO000oo0000000000000000000000000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ,O O CD CD O O O o 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O o 0 06 O O O O o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 fA 69 fR EA 69 69 rsi 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 EA 69 69 6969 69 N 69 69 lA EH 69 69 iA Ki iA 69 VA 69 Ql- 0 O a �o000o0o00000o00000o000o000000000o 000000000000000000000000000000000 000000000000000CD, CD, 00:000000000000000 E 69 " 69 69 69 6' vi ` 6"' Q- 6-i 69 69 69 6:9 EA 6'i. brT 6q E» di 69 69 69 69 69 69 vi fH VA Vi !f) 69 a _T �0000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C+ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E 69696'6969b96»ea69696969696969 tH 696q 69696i ER 63696969696969 eA fA 696969 zo I C00a0CD 00000CD CD 0000CD 000CD CD 00000CD 000000 COOOoo0o0oO_000000o00000000000000000 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 O o 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E 69 69 vi EA 69 69 69 Vi 64 ` 69 69 6' 69 69 to Eff 69 Q` ` to 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 U3, a O �OOO000000000000000000000000000000 �00000000000000000000000000000000. 0000000000000000000000000000000000 E 69 69 69 69 69 EA 69 69 69 69 64 EA 691 6 31 69 fR 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 KT 69 Yf 69 69 69 69 69 fA 69 a Da W a 0 rn 0 0 C 0 .H U N I U 0 I I fl] 0 0 I I I u V U a) "- O a m Cl) W a o0000000000000000000000000000000000 a) :n EwHQ69�e»v1v�v>e»6svav>e»v36969v3v3vav>fnesese»dsr9.es °�00000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000000 Va. v,Q9,e»env,e»e»v>vads d F N a @ a 0 0 mr a) U) -i.!O00000000000000000OOOOOOOOOOOOOooOo �o00 000000o0oo000000000000000000000.00 00000000000000000000000000000000000 E e9-6fe»v>6se»e4-6-3v)E»6969e,�»63646»e»69fA69fA696909.vq.v3v3v36vvf6'ie»vie» Q a) Y O_ E a) W U I� O C7 Q>- c00000o000000000000000000000o0o00000 O0000000000000O0000000Ooo00n0000000 a 000000000000000000000000000000000000 -p E 6gQ9'b') v>6-'6"b-' »6%"6'6>F»v>v Q-' " Q9' Q% Q9' Q9' 60� 6» 6f U:* 60) 69, e» 61f 6-> 671 tq 6910% LL 0 -0 Z Y >0 O 4) F- c7 U-0 000000000000O000OOOOOOOooOO00000000 J a) 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000000000000000000000000000000000000 a E v9'e-6-vie)6se»6-16'>6'res1v>6',6»69e-)e»r»es6»efl6fl)v fnE»v,vnvy636' vw »vju36'� Q E Q 0 U r Y N C >0 r O H E „_, 00 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 vi o- 69 vi vi 69 6l) 69 eH 69 fA 69 69 v) of vi 69 v3 69 v) 69 69 W 69 v) bS v) V% Efl 0),64 64 v) 64 vi 0 Q W '= U Da N C Of W (n O ca C W (n W =3 Z f- 0 O C U F W z J W _ H O d U ❑ a) r a E E 0] w Z a) i71 rt a, 0 rn 0 0 i. 0 .r, 41 U a) rn 0 0 000000000000000000000000000000000 0 000000000000000000000000000000000 v3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 000000000000000000000000000000000 e»e»f»609-tnr»e»f»e»e»e»e»e8e»e»69�e»s�6-�s4e9div�61re1r»v�e9va0%e»6%e» v LL C O O V C N C7= N- cl 0 0 0 69 m � N t � C r,a 0 0 0 e» a� > -o a) O U N'L N � F- 0 0 0 v) J O ¢ O N '- w C 7 Lp 11J N O U ~ _ > - N <rcl 0a`¢ o � O� U) U C O CL N N J U E> 7 C Z N E E a):3 = Z Izv N rn a 0 rn 0 0 C O .1i J U DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 Project Summary 01010 Summary of Work 01160 Site Conditions 01200 Measurement and Payment 01270 Unit Prices 01300 Coordination and Project Meetings 01310 Construction Schedule 01330 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01340 Survey Data 01400 Quality Control and Testing 01500 Temporary Controls 01510 Temporary Utilities 01570 Traffic Control 01600 Materials and Equipment 01700 Contract Closeout 01732 Selective Demolition DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02111 Site Preparation 02225 Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting 02230 Site Clearing 02231 Trimming and Tree Protection 02235 Topsoil 02301 Earthwork 02321 Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction 02348 Geotextile Stabilization Fabric 02507 PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings 02511 Crusher Fines 02541 Basketball Surfacing 02750 Concrete Paving 02791 Playground Safety Surfacing 02810 Irrigation 02816 Prefabricated Irrigation Pump Station 02841 Athletic Equipment 02861 Playground Equipment 02870 Site Furnishings 02890 Pedestrian and Light Vehicle Bridge 02950 Planting, Soil Preparation, Finish Grading 02970 Planting Maintenance DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcing 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete Water's Way Neighborhood Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Pagel of 3 L ' ATTACHMENTS 1. Sheet St-6 Pedestrian Bridge Abutments — From Addendum 3 ' 2. Sketch Sheet #SK-3 for equipment location revisions at the irrigation pump house. 3. Sketch Sheet #SK-4 for revisions to the electrical one -line: • Replace the 400A 1 PH fusible disconnect with 200A 1 PH fusible disconnect. Revise wire sizing to match. • Revise Phase Converter to part number as indicated. • Provide 45 KVA 240 Volt 3 phase / 208 Volt 3 phase Delta Wye general purpose transformer with adjustable taps (2.5%). Mount at structure. • Provide additional 200A 3 PH disconnect to isolate transformer. Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN ' STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. I I where renewal is a way of life 1 I 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: March 11, 2010 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on April 6, 2010, for the Water's Way Neighborhood Park; BID NO. 7125. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2"d Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Bid 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. The City of Fort Collins Water's Way Neighborhood Park project is located at 715 Fairbourne Way, Fort Collins, CO. The Work for the project includes earthwork, grading, regulated stormwater drainage improvements, installation of water, sewer and electrical utilities, restroom, picnic shelter, irrigation pump house, plaza, playgroud (including concrete curb and safety surfacing), basketball court, soil preparation and fine grading, irrigation, landscaping, boulders, site furnishing, and miscallaneous items of work. The site is approximately 10 acres in size of which approximatley 10 acres will be disturbed and contructed upon. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. ' A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 10:00 a.m., on March 19, 2010, at 215 N. Mason, Community Room, Fort Collins, CO. A job site walkthrough will follow at 715 Fairbourne Way, Fort Collins, CO. Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at: ' • City of Fort Collins BuySpeed: https://secure2.fcgov.com/bso/login.jsp Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. 1 1 Rev10/20107 Section 00020 Page 1 1 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 04270 Glass Block Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS 05120 Structural Steel 05999 Miscellaneous Metals DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06170 Prefabricated Structural Wood 06200 Finish Carpentry 06650 Solid Polymer Countertop Fabrications DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07150 Dampproofing 07190 Vapor Retarders and Barriers 07210 Thermal Building Insulation 07215 Foundation Insulation 07270 Air Infiltration Barrier 07466 Wood Siding 07610 Prefinished Metal Roofing and Siding 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 07810 Skylights 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 08700 Finish Hardware 08800 Translucent Window Systems DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09310 Ceramic Tile 09900 Painting 09930 Transparent Finishes DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10430 Exterior Signage 10520 Fire Protection Specialties 10800 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 Mechanical Special Conditions 15050 Materials and Methods 15250 Mechanical Systems Insulation 15440 Plumbing Water's Way Neighborhood Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 of 3 15850 Heating and Ventilating 15950 Automatic Temperature Control 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 General Electrical Requirements 16100 Basic Materials and Methods 16410 Electric Service 16450 Grounding and Bonding 16500 Lighting APPENDIX Geotechnical Engineering Report — CTL Thompson: Dated 2/19/2009 END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 of 3 �� c 5 �..` '^,�`T.F..'.� �—T,�^�.i v: „�v.��< rFx �myr�fyr-t^ S� �iT^..t�a���ye-f`�"i ,3� mac.. #�'3"P 2�'..y�✓ ..+.f- �DIy SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This section contains general requirements that are applicable to this project. 1.02 Description of Work A. The Contractor shall provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the work items called for on the drawings and bid schedule. 1.03 City Furnished Materials A. None. 1.04 Conditions of Work A. Area of Work: The Contractor shall confine his operations to the immediate work area. Material storage shall be confined to areas shown on the Drawings or designated by the City. B. Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with applicable Federal, State, and local regulations pertaining to safety, traffic control, fire prevention, erosion control and environmental protection. C. Working Hours: The Contractor's working hours shall be between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., with no work on weekends and Federal holidays, unless otherwise approved by the City. D. Material Storage: The Contractor's material and equipment storage site shall be limited to the area of the project site. The area shall be kept orderly and free of litter. The location of staging and material storage areas shall be approved by the Owner's representative. E. Construction Fencing: The Contractor may construct a fence around the project limits to prevent pedestrian and automotive access to the construction site, and to prohibit access to protected areas. Fence height and materials shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. Construction fences shall be maintained in good condition throughout the duration of the construction process. 1.05 Project Cleanup A. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the construction site in a clean and orderly condition from the start of the project to completion. Daily cleanups are required. 1. The City may require Contractor to perform cleanup within 100 feet of the progress of the work and perform cleanup of the site daily prior to work stoppage. B. Store volatile wastes in covered containers and dispose off -site. 1. Provide on -site covered containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 2. Neatly store construction materials, such as concrete forms, when not in use. C. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams or waterways. D. At project completion the Contractor shall remove equipment, materials, and debris from the site including toilets and dumpsters. Areas around work sites shall be cleaned, with dirt and grass surfaces raked clean of any slag from the Contractor's operations. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces. Remaining dirt and fill material shall be removed, or maybe scattered, with the approval of the City. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY Page 1 of 3 1.06 Trash Removal ' A. Non -salvageable items and trash shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable state and local regulations. Items shall be transported in tarp -covered or closed vehicles. Materials dropped or blown off vehicles shall be picked up immediately.by Contractor. Contractor to recycle appropriate materials. 1.07 Verification Dimensions of A. The Contractor shall he responsible for the coordination and proper relation of the work. He shall field verify dimensions and advise the City of any discrepancies prior to proceeding withthat phase of the ' work. 1.08 Fire Hydrants A. Fire Hydrant Connections: City's or District's permission is required for connection to fire hydrants. Only compatible adapters shall be utilized for hydrant connections. A gate valve shall be provided and installed by the Contractor between the hydrant and supply hoses to control flow. Connection shall include backflow protection. Temporary connections to fire hydrants shall be disconnected at the end of each working day. No quick closing valves such as plug or butterfly valves will be used. 1.09 Outages A. Utility outages necessitated by the work shall be requested in writing at least fifteen (15) working days prior to the proposed outage. The request shall be directed to the City and shall stipulate the specific. utility system(s) and circuits to be affected, the location of the work, the time at which the shutdown will occur, and the duration of the outage for each system. Outages shall be kept to a minimum both in number and in duration. Where multiple outages are required, as many outages as can be accurately scheduled shall he submitted as a group. 1.10 Fill Material A. Excess fill material (unless approved to remain on site) including rock, gravel, sod, broken concrete, asphalt, plaster, etc., shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable State and local regulations. B. Additional fill material, if required, shall be hauled to the site from off the site as a necessary part of the work. Material composition shall be subject to the requirements of the specifications. 1.11 Parking A. Parking of the Contractor's vehicles shall be restricted to an area designated by the City. 1.12 Telephone A. Business Telephone: At the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall provide the City with a telephone number at which the Contractor or his representative may contacted at any time during regular working hours. The Contractor shall also provide a phone number for after -duty hours contact. 1.13 Sanitary Provisions A. The Contractor shall provide temporary toilets for the use of construction personnel. Location, type; proposed maintenance, etc., shall be approved by the City prior to placing toilets. Temporary toilets shall be removed at the completion of construction and the adjacent area restored to the condition existing prior to the start of construction or as indicated on the plans. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY Page 2 of 3 1.14 Pollution Abatement A. Transporting materials to or from the site shall be accomplishedin a manner preventing materials or particles from becoming airborne. Earth materials shall be covered, wetted or otherwise protected. Gravel, sand and concrete shall be contained within vehicles to prevent spillage. B. Prevent the deposit of dirt, mud or debris on improved streets and roads, and remove debris should such deposition occur. C. Burning of material on site is prohibited. D. Stream beds, lakes, ponds, drainage ways, sanitary and storm sewers, etc., shall not be polluted by fuels, oils, bitumen, acids, or other harmful materials. Surface drainage from the construction site, which contains harmful amounts of sediment, shall not be allowed to drain onto adjacent areas. Grading shall be accomplished to allow sedimentation to settle out prior to flowing.onto adjacent areas. E. Flushing of concrete trucks is allowed only at the project site or the designated contractor storage area, with the responsibility of control and cleanup resting with the. Contractor. F. Toxic, corrosive and flammable materials for construction other than specified shall not be used without prior approval of the City of Fort Collins. When approved, disposal of these materials or their containers will be off site and conform to state and federal regulations. 1.15 Protection of Property A. ' Initiate, maintain and supervise necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the project, whether in storage on or off the site: and 2. Property at the site or adjacent thereto, including fences, patios, driveways, sidewalks, pavement, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. B. Maintain, protect, and support existing utilities and other appurtenances against damage by shoring, bracing, or other means. C. Do not stockpile excavated material against existing appurtenances. 1.16 -Survey Requirements A. Contractor shall perform surveying necessary to complete the work. 1.17 Construction Superintendent A. The construction superintendent shall beat the job site anytime work is being accomplished by any of the trades. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY Page 3 of 3 1 I Ci I I 1 11 u Lam' 71 L 1 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. The City of Fort Collins Water's Way Neighborhood Park improvements include, but are not limited to, construction/installation of the following: erosion control, gravel driveway, soft and hard paths/trails, plazas, site lighting, basketball court, a playground, thematic elements, storm drainage, signage, pavilion, restroom, pumphouse, irrigation pump and controls, irrigation distribution system, landscaping, utilities, pedestrian bridge, and site furnishings. B. Protection and Restoration. 1. Replace to equal or better conditions items removed and replaced or damaged during construction. Restore areas disturbed to match surrounding surface conditions. . 1.02 Contractor Qualifications Required Documents To be a qualified Contractor, the Prime Contractor shall submit with their bid the following written documentation for the Owner's review: A. Cover Letter. A letter on the company letterhead with following information: 1. The letter must be signed be the Owner of the Company or a Company Officer and dated; and 2. A statement declaring at least (5) complete years of experience in the active performance of similar work (similar work is considered to include, but not limited to, the acquisition and installation of park projects, athletic facilities, buildings of similar nature to the proposed buildings, irrigation systems, landscaping) with its own forces and organization as opposed to the use of subcontractors. 3. A statement declaring that the company will perform a minimum of 20% of the work; not including purchasing of materials, with its own forces and organization, and a list of services that the prime contractor will provide; and B. Company Experience. On a separate sheet, list a project history of the company's experience as a General Contractor for the five (5) years declared in item A.2. above, including the following information: 1. Project name and a brief description of the work performed; and 2. Beginning and ending date of project; and 3. Location of the project (city, state); and 4. Monetary amount of project construction budget; and 5. Owner of project, contact person, valid phone number with area code; and 6. If applicable, name of Prime Contractor (Client) that the work was performed for / phone number; and 7. Superintendent must have worked for the Prime Contractor for minimum of one year and preferably on one of the like projects. C. Resumes.. The company shall include up-to-date resumes for the Superintendent(s) and other key personnel that will actually be doing the work which shall include at a minimum a list of similar projects that each person has been involved with, and their role, in the last 3 (three) years; and Waters Way Neighborhood � Park• SECTION 01010 — SUMMARY OF WORK Page t of 2 i O 8 D. References. On a separate sheet, provide References for a total of 3 municipalities and/or Landscape Architect/Engineer. Reference information shall include: 1. Project name and brief description of work performance; and 2. Location of project (city and state) 1 1.03 Notices to Private Owners and Authorities A. Notify private owners of adjacent property, utilities, affected governmental agencies, and school district when execution of the work may affect them. B. Give notification 48 hours in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs when it is necessary to temporarily deny access or services. , C. Contact utilities at least 48 hours prior to excavating near underground utilities. D. Contact agencies at least 72 hours prior to start of construction. Notify agencies of the proposed scope of work, schedule and items that would affect their daily operation. ' E. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for Contractor's convenience. Water— Fort Collins/Loveland Water District 226-3104 , Storm Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 212-2900 Sanitary Sewer — South Fort Collins Sanitation District 226-3104 Electrical - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 212-2900 , Gas — Xcel Energy 800-481-4700 Telephone - Qwest 800-222-0400 Roads - City of Ft. Collins, Colorado 221-6588, inspections only 221-6609 Cable Television — Comcast 800-824-4010 Utility Locates - One -call System 1-800-922-1987 Safety - Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 844-3061 Fire - Poudre Fire Authority Non -Emergency 221-6570/ Emergency 911 Police - City of Fort Collins Police Department Non -Emergency 221-6540 / Emergency 911 Larimer County Sheriffs Department - Non -Emergency 416-1985 Postmaster - United States Postal Service 800-275-8777 Ambulance - Poudre Valley Hospital Non -Emergency 484-1227 / Emergency 911 TransFort 221-6620 Public Transportation - Traffic Control - Traffic Engineering 221-6815 PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) , END OF SECTION ' Watees Way Neighborhood Park - SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 2 I .nT'r' SIONa'I ';'i�i�rr f�_'�x u ' s. , Y ra;'`2��.: .;� �;`1a�7 `i3�'z `�" ,•"H`";r+:a' ` 9 R e _,y�,4ct�, ,, *. r� - iT a SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS ' PART 1 - SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND REPRESENTATION 1.01 General Investigations ' A. The Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon access to the site; handling, storage, and disposal of materials; availability of water, electricity and roads; uncertainties of weather, or similar' physical conditions at the site; the conformation and conditions of the ground; the equipment and ' facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. 1.02 Soil Conditions A. The Contractor further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from his inspection of the site and from reviewing any available records of exploratory work furnished by the Owner or included in these Documents. Failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with the physical conditions of the site and all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. 1.03 Contractor Representation A. The Contractor warrants that as a result of his examination and investigation of all the aforesaid data that he can perform the work in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner. ' The Owner assumes no responsibility for representations made by its officers or agents during or prior to the execution of this Contract, unless (1) such representations are expressly stated in the Contract, and (2) the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the Owner. ' PART 2 - INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS 2.01 General ' Information obtained by the Engineer regarding site conditions, subsurface information, groundwater elevations, existing construction of site facilities, and similar data will be available for inspection, as applicable, at the office of the Engineer upon request. Such information is offered as supplementary ' information only. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner assumes responsibility for the completeness or interpretation of such supplementary information. A. Differing Subsurface Conditions: 1. In the event that the subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the character of work covered in these Contract.Documents, the Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Owner in writing of such changed conditions. 2. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this.investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of or in the time required for performing the work, the Engineer will recommend to the Owner the amount of adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable. The Owner will make the final ' decision on Change"Orders to the Contract regarding*adjustments in cost or time for completion. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01160 _ SITE CONDITIONS Page 1 of 3 B. Underground Utilities: 1. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans, however, it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the Contractor only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the Owner or the Engineer for their accuracy or completeness. PART 3 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE 3.01 General A. Where the Contractor's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph, telephone, television, oil, gas, electricity, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the operations shall be suspended until arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been made by the Contractor. B. Notify utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for existing underground utilities. C. The Contractor shall protect utility poles from damage. If interference of power poles, telephone poles, guy wires, or anchors are encountered, notify the Owner's Representative and the appropriate utility company at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure. D. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to the Owner and operators of such properties for damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. E. Neither the Owner nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. F. If the Contractor while performing the Contract discovers utility facilities not identified in the Drawings or Specifications, he shall immediately notify the Owners and the utility in writing. G. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in the restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no case shall interruption of water or utility service be allowed to exist outside working hours unless prior approval is granted. H. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents or ordered by the Engineer. 3.02 Interfering Structures A. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. The completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented simply as a guide to avoid known possible difficulties. 3.03 Field Relocation A. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary. Such relocations shall be made onlyby direction of the Owner's Representative.. If existing structures , are encountered that prevent the construction, and that are not properly shown on the drawings, notify the Owner's Representative before continuing with the construction in order that the Owner's Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS ' Page 2 of 3 Representative may make such field revision as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. If the Contractor shall fail to so notify the Owner's Representative when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the construction despite the interference, he shall do so at his own risk. ' 3.04 A. Easements Easements and permits will be obtained by the Owner where portions of the work are located on public or private property. Easements will provide for the use of the property for construction purposes to the extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available upon request to the Owner. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement obtained in every case and to abide by requirements and provisions of the easement. The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to within the easement limits or make special arrangements with the property owners or appropriate public agency for the additional area required. Damage to ' property, either inside or outside the limits of the easements provided by the Owner, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as specified herein. The Contractor shall remove, protect, and replace fences or other items encountered on public or private property. Before final payment will be authorized by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor will be required to furnish the Owner with written releases from property owners or public agencies where side agreements or special easements have been made by the Contractor or where the Contractor's operations, for any reason, have not been kept within the construction right-of-way obtained by the Owner. 1 B. It is anticipated that the required easements and permission will be obtained before construction is started. However, should the procurement of any easement or permission'be delayed, the Contractor shall schedule and perform the work around these areas until such a time as the easement or permission ' has been secured. 3.05 Land Monuments A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative of existing Federal, State, Town, County, and ' private land monuments encountered. Private monuments shall be preserved, or replaced by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. When Government monuments are encountered, the Contractor ' shall notify the Owner's Representative at least two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed construction in order that the Owner's Representative will have ample opportunity to'notify the proper authority and reference these monuments for later replacement. END OF SECTION 1 L 1 r Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS Page 3 of 3 The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited City of Fort Collins By James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Purchasing & Risk Management Director Rev10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2 i SECTION 01200 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.01 Description A. This section covers the methods employed in determining the payment due for work completed under this contract. B. The bid price should cover all work required by this contract based upon the quantities outlined in the C. bid form. Where actual quantities differ from those outlined in the bid form; unit prices as stipulated in the bid form shall be utilized to compute payment. D. Where unit prices are not set forth for specific work, that work shall be considered a'subsidiary obligation of the Contractor. E. Quantities given in the bid form are estimates for the purpose of evaluating bids consequently some difference may arise in actual and bid quantities. 1.02 Lump Sum Prices A. Where lump sum (LS) prices are given for an item in the bid schedule or for items added during construction by change order, the price will include materials, labor, overhead and other cost incurred to complete the construction of the item in accordance with the plans and specifications. 1.03 Unit Prices A. Unit prices for each item shall include its pro rata share of profits, taxes, and overhead, and are for the items installed in place, maintained and guaranteed. Including these factors, unit prices must accurately reflect actual costs. Unit prices are to be valid for the life of the contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 1 I 1 1 r Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01200 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT , Page 1 of 1 1 I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01270 — UNIT PRICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 1.02 Summary This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity allowances. 0 1.03 Definitions A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of a measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. 1.04 Procedures a A. Unit prices includes acquisition of necessary material, ,plus cost for delivery, installation (per the drawings and specifications), insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. 0 C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor. 0 D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. PART 2.— MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION a I 3.01 List of Unit Prices Demolition Unit Price Item: Demolition of Curb and Gutter 1. Description: Demolition, removal, and disposal of curb and gutter, including all efforts and materials required for complete removal. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Demolition of Existing Silt Fence 1. Description: Demolition, removal, and dispose of silt fence including all incidental efforts and materials required to complete the demolition. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item• Demolition of Ekistin� Concrete Sidewalk 1. Description: Demolition, removal, and dispose of concrete sidewalk including all incidental efforts and materials required to complete the demolition. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Asphalt Saw Cutting 1. Description: Saw Cutting including all efforts and materials required for a, complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot n Earthwork and Utilities Unit Price Item: Import Topsoil 1. Description: Import Topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Imported Fill, 1. Description: Acquisition,, import, distribution and compaction of fill including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item- Earthwork -Cut and Stockpiling 1. Description: Cut and stockpiling of earthwork including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement:' Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Earthwork- Fill 1. Description: distribution and compaction of fill including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Earthwork -Imported Structural Fill 1. Description: Acquisition, import, distribution and compaction of structural fill including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling 1. Description: Cut and stockpiling of topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Topsoil Spreading and Placement 1. Description- Spreading and placement of topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Wetland Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling 1. Description: Spreading and placement of topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Wetland Topsoil Spreading:and Placement . 1. Description: Spreading and placement of topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Muck Excavation 1. Description: Muck excavation to include; excavation, haul and dispose, replacement material and placement including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item:7 Vehicle Tracking Pad 1. Description: Installation and maintenance of vehicular tracking pad including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Rip Rap — Type M 1. Description: Installation of Type M Rip Rap including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Ton Unit Price Item: Rip Rap — Type L 1. Description: Installation of type L Rip Rap including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Ton Unit Price Item: Grouted Rip Rap = Type L 1. Description: Installation of type L Grouted Rip Rap including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Ton Unit Price Item: Waterline Pipe — 2" Copper 1. Description: Two inch copper water line pipe with fittings, installation per drawings, including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Waterline Pipe - 3/" Copper 1. Description: 3/" copper water line pipe installation with fittings, installation per drawings, including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Waterline Thrust Block 1.. Description: Waterline thrust block installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Waterline Tapping Saddle 1. Description: Waterline Tapping Saddle installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Waterline Swivel Tee 1. Description: Waterline Swivel Tee installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required, for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Waterline Bends 1. Description: Waterline Bends installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Waterline Joint Restraint 1. Description: Waterline joint restraint installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Water Service Blowout Assembly 1. Description: 3/8" water service blowout assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required fora complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Water Meter and Meter Pit 1. Description: 3/" water meter and meter pit installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. , 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Water Service Curb Stop ' 1. Description: 3/4" water service curb stop installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. , 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item:. Sanitary Sewer Pipe — 4" PVC 1. Description: Four inch PVC sewer pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and , . materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot , Unit Price Item: Sanitary Sewer Pipe — 6" PVC 1. Description: Six. inch PVC sewer pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Sanitary Sewer - Cleanout 1. Description: Sanitary sewer cleanout installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required fora complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer — 24" RCP 1. Description: Twenty -Four inch RCP -storm sewer installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 1 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer — 18" RCP ' 1. Description: Eighteen inch RCP storm sewer installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer — 12" RCP 1. Description: Fifteen inch RCP storm sewer installation per drawings including all efforts and materials iequired'for a complete item.., ' 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer- 24" Flared End Section with Trash Rack 1. Description: Twenty Four inch Flared End Section Storm Sewer with Trash Rack installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer- 12" Flared'End Section with Trash Rack ' 1. Description: Twenty-four inch Flared End Section Storm Sewer with Trash Rack installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer— Type Inlet 1. Description: Type C Inlet installation per drawings including all efforts and materials ' required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer- Area Inlet . . 1. Description: Area Inlet installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer— 24" ADS Drain Basin 1. Description: 24"'ADS drain basin installation per drawings including all efforts and. materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each I Unit Price Item: Erosion Control— Silt Fence 1. Description: Silt Fence installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required fora complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Erosion Control — Inlet Protection 1. Description: Inlet Protection installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Erosion Control — Wattle Protection . 1. Description: Wattle Protection installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: 4" Perforated Pipe 1. Description: 4' HDPE Perforated Pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Tvoe III Barricade 1. Description: Type III Barricade installation per drawings. including all efforts and materials ' . required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Hardscape , Unit Price Item: Standard Grey Concrete Pavement (5" Thick) 1. Description: Installation of Concrete including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Color Concrete Pavement (5" Thick)- Color Yosemite Brown 1. Description: Installation of Colored Concrete including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Color Concrete Pavement (5" Thick)- Exposed Aggregate Finish 1. Description: Installation of Colored Concrete including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product:' 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Concrete Curb and Gutter L Description: Installation of.curb and gutter including excavation, formwork, and transportation, installation"in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Cast in Place Concrete Playground Entrance Wall 1. Description: Cast in place concrete retaining wall including all excavation, formwork, concrete, stone, reinforcing, and other materials, backfill, transportation of materials, and incidental efforts required for, a complete fmished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: ADA Curb Access Ramp 1. Description: Installation of ADA pedestrian access ramp including excavation, formwork, and transportation, installation in place, truncated domes, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Concrete Mow Strip 1. Description: Installation concrete mow strip per drawings including excavation, formwork, and transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Soft Trails Unit Price Item: Gravel Paving 1. Description: Installation of GravelPaving including excavation, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot ' Unit Price.Item: Crusher Fines Pathway 1. Description: Installation of crusher fines pathway including excavation, transportation, ' fabric placement, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Park Architecture Unit Price Item: Pre -Engineered Picnic Structure 1. Description: One Pre -Engineered Picnic Structure including concrete footings, materials, transportation, excavation, formwork, installation, lighting and all efforts and materials required to complete the item. Does not include paving beneath structure. ' 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Pedestrian Bridge' 1: Description: One Pre -Engineered Pedestrian Bridge including abutments, materials, transportation, excavation, formwork, installation, and all efforts and materials required to complete the item. Does not include channel improvements or Rip Rap placement. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each `I I Playground Safety Surfacing Unit Price Item: Synthetic Turf Seamless Surface 1. Description: Installation' of synthetic seamless turf surface including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Organic Loose -Fill Surface (Engineered Wood Fiber) . 1. Description: Installation of Engineered Wood Fiber playground surface including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. , Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: In -organic Loose -Fill Surface (Sand) ' 1. Description: Installation of sand surface including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Playground Equipment Unit Price Item: Tot Play Structure 1. Description: Landscape Structures Weevos Tot Play Structure #4 (#164220A) including purchase, delivery, hardware, attachment in place, footings and incidental efforts and materials required fora complete installed finished product. Item includes Age appropriate sign. 2. Unit of Measurement: Lump Sum Unit -Price Item: 5-12 yr Olds Play Structure 1. Description: Landscape Structures Evos 5-12 Play Structure (#34507-1-2-2) including purchase, delivery, hardware, attachment in place, footings and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished_ product. Item includes age appropriate and global relief signs. ,. 2. Unit of Measurement: Lump Sum a Unit Price Item: Elevated Sand Table 1. Description: Landscape Structures Elevated Sand Table including purchase, delivery, hardware, attachment in place, footings and incidental efforts and materials required for a D complete installed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Lump Sum Irrigation Unit Price Item• Irrigation for Turf (seed or sod) areas less than 10 feet in width 1. Description: Turf Seed or Sod Irrigation system for areas less 10 feet in width, installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot I I I Unit Price Item: Irrigation for Turf (seed or sod ) areas greater than 10 feet in width 1. Description: Turf Seed or Sod Irrigation system for areas greater than 10 feet in width, installation per drawings including all.efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot ' Unit Price Item: Pop up spray sprinkler with nozzle 1. Description:; Pop up spray sprinkler with nozzle installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each 1 Unit Price Item: Pop up Rotor sprinkler with nozzle —Hunter I-20's 1. Description: Pop up gear driven rotor spray sprinkler with nozzle installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Pop up Rotor sprinkler with nozzle — Hunter I-40's 1.. Description: Pop up gear driven rotor spray sprinkler with nozzle installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each I I H Unit Price Item: Drip Irrigation — per shrub, perennial or grass in planting bed 1. Description: Drip irrigation installation per drawings including all efforts and. materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit bfMeasurement: Each Unit Price Item: Drip Irrigation — per tree in turf 1. Description: Drip irrigation installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Sleeve Pipe 1. Description: PVC sleeve pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Isolation gate valve assembly-6" 1. Description: 3" isolation gate valve assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: " Each Unit Price Item: Isolation gate valve assembly-3" 1. Description: 4" isolation gate valve assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Quick coupling valve assembly 1. Description: Quick coupling valve assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each 1 I i i 1 i i i 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 i i 1 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 Unit Price Item: Manual drain valve assembly 1. Description: Manual drain valve assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals- I" 1. Description: 1." remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals-1.5" 1. - Description: 1.5" remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals installation per , drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals-2" 1. Description: 2" remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals-3" 1. Description: 3" remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for Drip laterals for drip zones -1" 1. Description: 1" remote control valve assembly for drip laterals installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each a Unit Price Item: Flush Cap Assembly 1. Description: Flush cap assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-1.5" 1. Description: 1.5" mainline pipe installation per -drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-2" 1. Description: 2" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-3" 1. Description: 3" mainline pipe installation per drawings .including all efforts .and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot I Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-4" 1. Description: 4" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pine-6" 1. Description: 6" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-8" 1. Description: 8" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot eUnit Price Item: Mainline Pine-12" 1. Description: 12" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot ' Unit Price Item: Lateral Pine-1" 1. Description: 1" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-1.25" 1. Description: 1.25" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-1.5" 1. Description: 1.5" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot ' Unit Price Item: Lateral Pine-2.5" 1. Description: 2.5" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. ' 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot. Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-3" ' 1. Description: 3" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-4" 1. Description: 4" lateral pipe`installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required -for a complete item: 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot F] I Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-6" 1. Description: 6" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Landscape Unit Price Item: Finish Grading 1. Description: Finish grading per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Organic Amendment 1. Description: Class 2 Organic amendment including acquisition, incorporation into soil and all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Seed Mix —Fescue Turf ' 1. Description: Seed mix A planting including transportation, excavation, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation. ' 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Seed Mix -Low Maintenance 3. Description: Seed mix B planting including, transportation, excavation, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation. 4. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot ' Unit Price Item: Seed Mix- Natural Resources 1. Description: Seed mix C planting including transportation, excavation, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation. ' 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Sod 1. Description: Sod planting including transportation, excavation, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot , Unit Price Item: Evergreen Tree- 8' Height 1. Description:' 8' evergreen tree, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil , amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation'in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not, include irrigation system work. ' 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Deciduous Canopy Tree- 3" Caliper I. Description: 3" inch caliper deciduous canopy tree, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each 11 11 11 1 1 Unit Price Item: Deciduous Fruit Tree 8'-10' Height 1. Description: 8'-10' deciduous fruit tree, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Deciduous Shrub- 5 Gallon Container 1. Description: Five gallon container deciduous shrub, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Evergreen Shrub- 5 Gallon Container 1. Description: Five gallon container evergreen shrub, including transportation;:excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation: Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Perennial-#1 Container 1. Description: One gallon perennial, including transportation', excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Ornamental Grass-#5 Container 1. Description: Five gallon ornamental grass, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Weed Barrier 1. Description: Weed barrier installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot ' Unit Price Item: Organic Mulch 1. Description: Organic mulch installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. ' 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Landscape Boulder 3'x3'x3' ' 1. Description: 3'x3'x3' Sandstone Boulder installation per drawings including all efforts and materials -required -for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Landscape Boulder 2'x2'x2' 1. Description: 2'x2'x2' Sandstone Boulder installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Landscape Boulder 1'xFxl' 1. Description: 1'xl'xl' Sandstone Boulder installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item.. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Athletic Facilities Unit Price Item: Basketball Post. Backboard and Goal 1. Description: Basketball post,.backboard and goal installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Site Furnishings Unit Price Item: Picnic Table 1. Description: Picnic table installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Bench with Back I.` Description: Bench with"back installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each ' Unit Price Item: Backless Bench 1. Description: Backless bench installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts ' and materials required fora complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement:. Each Unit Price Item: Trash Cans 1. Description: Trash can installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. , 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Bicycle Rack ' 1. Description: Bicycle rack installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each , Unit Price Item: Barbeque . 1. Description: Barbeque installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and , materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Drinking Fountain , 1. Description: Drinking fountain installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. r 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Pedestrian Light ' 1. Description: Pedestrian Light installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each ' END OF SECTION 1 SECTION 01300 — COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 General A. In order to provide for an orderly progression of work, parties involved in the construction will meet at various times during the project to discuss pertinent items regarding the work. B. Coordinate operations under contract in a manner that will facilitate progress of the work. C. Conform to the requirements of public utilities and concerned public agencies in respect to the timing and manner of performance of operations that affect the service of such utilities, agencies, or public safety. 1.02 Conferences A. The pre -construction conference will be held at a time to be determined by the Owner, after the award of the contract and prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The meeting will involve the Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor and representatives of the owners of utilities and other properties that will be directly affected by the work. Among the Contractor's representative on the site. The Contractor will have a complete construction schedule ready for review at the time of the pre -construction conference. B. Hold conferences for coordination of the Work when necessary. C. The City may hold coordination conferences to be attended by all involved when Contractor's operations affects, or is affected by, the work of others. 1.03 Progress Meetings A. Contractor and the City shall schedule and hold regular progress meetings at least weekly and at other times as requested by the City or required by the progress of the Work. B. Attendance shall include: 1. Contractor and Superintendent 2. Owners Representative 3. Landscape Architect 4. Others as may be requested by contractor, Landscape Architect or Owner C. Minimum Agenda shall include: 1. Review of work progress since last meeting 2. Identification and discussion of problems affecting progress 3. Review of any pending change orders 4. Revisions of Construction Schedule as appropriate D. Meeting Minutes shall be prepared and distributed by the Contractor. 1.04 Job Site Administration A. Contract administration and construction observation services will be provided by the Owner. The Owner will make decisions regarding changes in the work and adjustments in contract quantities and/or unit prices. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01300 —COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS , Page 1 of 1 I 1 0710 SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 General A. It is the intent of the Owner to begin construction on approximately April 2010. The signing of the ' contract and issuance of a Notice to Proceed will be completed promptly to accomplish that objective. The Notice to Proceed will authorize the Contractor to begin project administration,and construction work on the site.. Construction work shall not begin on site prior to the pre -construction conference. ' B. The Contractor shall complete all work, including cleanup of the site by -October 2010 specified in the Agreement, subject to the "Liquidated Damages" provision described under "Instructions to Bidders. C. Delays during project contract period outside control of the Contractor are subject to time extension consideration but not financial ' compensation unless such delay is significant enough to'reasonably require Owner initiated work suspension (demobilization)' as determined in`the field by the Owner at the time of occurrence. See Paragraph 1.04 for requirements for modifying the Contract Time due to weather delays. ' D. Contractor shall plan and schedule his own work effort (personnel, equipment and material) to complete the project satisfactorily within the project time limits. Such schedule shall be in general conformance with the schedule submitted at the pre -construction conference. This includes the requirement that the Contractor conduct his operations to enable a shift of work effort from one part of the project to another to reasonably accommodate unexpected delays, and to conduct his daily operations so as to not create a public nuisance including but not limited to access or traffic obstruction, dust and mud generation, work outside of construction limits, noise, unsatisfactory cleanup or site restoration, unacceptable equipment/materials staging, flooding, etc. No work is'to begin at the site until City's acceptance of the Construction Schedule. E. 'Contractor shall prepare and submit a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule: The schedule shall show ' all work completed within the contract time and shall cover the time from the date of Notice to Proceed to the completion date. Contractor shall use Microsoft Project 2000 or approved equivalent to develop and manage the CPM schedule. F. Schedule shall include milestones that demonstrate the Contractor's approach to completing the project within project time limits. Milestones shall be of sufficient number to indicate regular progress of work and shall identify major components of the work. Milestones are subject to Owner approval prior to work beginning at the site. If Contractor fails to meet a milestone, contractor shall submit an updated schedule subject to Owner approval and demonstrate how the remaining milestones will be met. The Owner may order work shut down or suspended for nonconformance with the approved schedule (See Paragraph G. below) ' G. Milestones (minimum required items) The following items shall be indicated on the schedule with completion dates: (1) Demolition and Protection ' (2) Earthwork (1) Utilities ' (4) Restroom and Pumphouse structures (5) Concrete paving in core area (6) Irrigation pump / controls and distribution system ' (7) Landscape _ (8) Art in Public Places Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Page 1 of 1 I (9) Playground installation and safety surfacing H. The Contractor may voluntarily shut down or suspend work due to conditions beyond his control provided a minimum of 24 hours notice is provided to the Owner together with the reasons for subject suspension of work. The Contractor shall leave the project conditions in such a way so as not to cause a public nuisance or a threat to public safety. Neither remobilization'costs nor additional time will be' allowed for such suspension unless agreed to in writing in advance. I. The Owner or Engineer may order work shut down or suspended for such nonconformance issues as unsafe conditions, nonconformance with schedule, cause of public nuisance, unnecessary private property disturbance, materials and labor unsuited to the task, nonconformance to technical specifications, failure to comply'with permits,'etc. The Owner or Engineer will give a written warning to the Contractor with a specified deadline during which time the Contractor shall remedy the cause(s) described on the warning. Failure to do so shall justify the Owner or Engineer to order work shut down or suspended. Such shutdown will not -be compensated by cost reimbursement or time schedule adjustment. J. Failure to promptly execute the approved schedule in the judgment of the Owner will result in a written warning submitted to the Contractor explaining the specific compliance needed. Failure of the Contractor to remedy, the noted items may be considered a breach of contract possibly leading to work shutdown for cause or contract termination. 1.02 Format and Submissions A. Prepare.Construction and Procurement schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying schedule and actual progress. B. Submit two copies of each schedule to owner for review. Owner will return one copy to contractor with revisions suggested or necessary for coordination of the Work with the needs of Owner or others. 1.03 Progress. Revisions A. A schedule update shall be submitted to the Owner at each weekly progress meeting that will reflect work performed in the previous week and the upcoming two-(2) weeks. Schedule updates shall not change any.Contract times. B. A complete schedule update shall be submitted with each application for progress payment. C. Show changes occurring since previous submission. 1. Actual progress of each item to date. 2. 'Revised projections of progress and completion. D. Provide a narrative report as needed to. define: 1. Anticipated problems, recommended actions, and their effects on the schedule. 2. The effect of changes on schedules of other work. 1.04 Modifications to Time of Completion in the Approved Schedule A. The date of beginning and the times for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates a "Normal" weather and climate condition in and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01310— CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Page 2 of 1 0 I 1 i. Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor's work and thus required additional time to complete the work. B. The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar data for the geographic location of the project. Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC (7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5) The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved construction schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse weather schedule above. ' An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the Contractor's workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the Contractor. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work ' can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The Contractor shall notify the Construction Coordinator in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each month. C. At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases the Contract Time. The number of workdays delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the Contractor have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set. D. The Contractor's schedule must reflect the above -anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather - dependent activities. E. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor arising out of such delays. ' The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition. F. Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere. G. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer. ' 1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner. 2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, ' Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Page 3 of 1 1 ' SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' 1.0 DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the ' Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from ' a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or ' Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid. 2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed. 2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available ' on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420. Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 1 including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts. of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and. unforeseeable weather as provided above; and 3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs I and 2, above. 1.05 City's Responsibility A. City's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents and assisting Contractor in coordinating the Work with the needs of the Project. B. It is not to be construed as relieving Contractor from any responsibility to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction as provided in the General Conditions. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Page 4 of 1 I i i SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Shop Drawings A: Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates, and similar drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Sheet Size: Submit all shop drawings on Shareware, any exceptions approved by Owner's Representative to be in the following format: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. 7. Submittal: Scan shop submittal information and post on Shareware site hosted by the City. Shop Submittal logs and shop submittal data to be posted and updated by the Contractor. Stamped reponses will be posted by Owner's Representative and log updated also on the Shareware system 8. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken. 1.02 Product Data A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. 1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. b. Compliance with trade association standards. c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation coordination requirements. 2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. 3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection of options is required. iWater's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Page 1 of 3 4. Submittals: Scan submittal information and post on Shareware site hosted by the City' Submittal logs and submittal data to be posted and updated by the Contractor. Stamped reponses will be posted by Owner's Representative and log updated on the Shareware system. 5. Distribution: Furnish copies and/or access to viewing of Shareware documents of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer's possession. b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. 1.03 Samples A. Submit full-size, full -fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. I. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Include the following: a. Specification Section number and reference. b. Generic description of the Sample. c. Sample source. d. Product name or name of the manufacturer. e. Compliance with recognized standards. f. Availability and delivery time. 2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. Submit Samples for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variation in color, pattern, or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations. b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. c. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicated special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals. d. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as the Owner's property, are the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site prior to Substantial Completion. 3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. The Owner will review and return preliminary submittals with the Owner's notation, indicating selection and other action. 4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Owner will return one set marked with the action taken. 5. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01330 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Page 2 of 3 I I I I I I I I U U I I [I] I I I a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.04 Quality Assurance Submittals A. Submit quality -control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality -control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit -a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. 1. Signature: an officer of the manufacturer or other authorized individual shall sign Certification documents. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Sections "Quality Control" and "Testing," and in the applicable technical specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01330 Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Page 3 of 3 I SECTION 01340 - SURVEY DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Survey Requirements A. Contractor is responsible for the layout of the Work. The City will not provide surveying. B. Base measurements, both horizontal and vertical, on established control points. Verify established control points at site prior to laying out the work. C. Perform layout of the Work with qualified personnel. 1. Stake nines, sleeves and conduits at the following minimum locations: a. Storm Drainage Systems: in addition to laser, as a minimum stake manholes and the following stations upgrade of each manhole, +25, +50, and the midpoint station to the nearest 50 feet. b. Irrigation/Utility Sleeves: Stake sleeves at end points and changes in horizontal alignment. c. Electrical Conduit: Stake conduit at end points and changes in horizontal alignment. d. Offset staking shall be for both alignment and grade. e. Contractor shall stake the piping and verify piping both for grade and alignment at each of the above locations. Keep field measurements in a field book to be turned in to Owner. Keeping of field book is a requirement for progress payment. 2. As a minimum, stake plazas, courts and pathways at grade changes, changes in horizontal alignment, and at 25 foot stations along sidewalk centerline. 3. As a minimum, stake drainage channel and swale alignments at changes in horizontal alignment and at 25 foot stations along center of channel/swale and at the top of bank on both sides of the channel. 4. As a minimum, stake buildings/structures at comers and at column locations. 5. As a minimum, stake 000en areas/landscape areas at changes in vertical slope, and using 25 foot grid in smaller areas and at 100 foot grid in larger areas. 6. As a minimum, stake the top and bottom of berms and depressions at changes in horizontal alignment, and at 25 foot stations along the top and bottom of the slope around the perimeter of the berm or depression. 7. Refer to Drawings for earthwork requirements. D. Field books, notes, and other data developed by Contractor in performing surveys required by the Work will be available to City for examination throughout the construction period. 1.02 Submittals A. Submit to City survey data with other documentation required for final acceptance. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01340 —SURVEY DATA a Page 1 of 1 I I I I [I] I III U 0 I 0 0 ILI I SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. Provide such equipment and facilities as the City may require, for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. Do not use materials or equipment "represented by samples until tests, if required, have been made and the materials or equipment are found to be acceptable. A product that becomes unfit for use after approval hereof shall not be incorporated into the work. B. Materials or equipment proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation or use. Furnish the required samples without charge and give.sufficient notice.of the placing of orders to permit the testing. Products may be sampled either prior to shipment or after being received at the site of the work.' C. Tests shall be made by an accredited independent testing laboratory selected by the Contractor. Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of materials and the laboi *. ry methods and testing equipment shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). ^' D. Where additional or specified information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc.; is required, such information is included under the applicable sections of the Specifications. Modification of, or elaboration on, these test -procedures which may be included for specific materials under their respective sections in the Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures. 1.02 Transmittal of Test Reports A. _ Written reports of tests and engineering data furnished by. Contractor for, Engineer's review of materials and equipment proposed to be used.in the work shall be, submitted as specified for Shop Drawings. B. The testing laboratory retained by the Owner will.furnish.three (4) copies of a written report of each test performed by laboratory personnel in the field,or laboratory. Two (2) copies of each test report will be transmitted to the Engineer and one (1) copy to the Contractor and (1) copy,to the owner within seven (7) days after each test is completed. 1.03 City's Responsibilities A. The City shall be responsible for and shall pay the costs in connection with the fdllowing testing: 1. Soil Compaction Tests. 2. Trench Backfill. 3. Pipe Bedding and Structural Bedding. 4. Tests not called for by the Specifications 5. Concrete, mortar and grout tests. 1.04 Contractor's Responsibilities A. In addition to those inspections and tests called for in the General Conditions, Contractor shall also be responsible for and shall pay the costs associated with testing required for the -following: 1. Performance and field testing specifically called for by the specifications. 2. Re -testing for Work or materials found defective or unsatisfactory, including tests covered under 1.03 above. Water's WayNeighborhood Park SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Page 1 of 2 3. Testing of pipe (if required). 4. Vacuum testing of manholes (if required). 5. Concrete materials and mix designs. 6. Gradation tests for embedment, fill and backfill materials. 7. Material Substitution - tests for basic material or fabrication of equipment offered as a substitution for a specified item on which a test may be required in order to prove it compliance with,the specifications. Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the Contractor does not have the right to have tests performed on any material at any time for his/her own information and job control so long as the Owner does not assume responsibility for the cost or for giving them consideration when appraising quality materials. 1.05 Contractor's Quality Control System A. General: The Contractor shall establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and tests of items of work, including that of his subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the functional performance of this project. This control shall be established for construction except where the Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or engineers employed liy the City. Contractor's control system shall specifically include testing required by the various sections of the Specifications. B. Contractor's quality control system is the means by which he assures himself that his construction complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Controls shall be adequate to cover the construction operations and should be keyed to the proposed construction schedule.' C. Records: maintain correct records on an appropriate form for inspections and tests performed, instructions received from the City and actions taken as a result of those instructions. These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed (including type and number of inspections or test, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or'directed remedial action, and corrective'action taken. Document inspections and tests as required by each section of the Specifications. Provide copies to City in a reasonable time. D. Pipe alignment and grade is to be maintained through the use of suitable surveying instruments or laser equipment operated continuously during construction. Horizontal tolerances of+ 0.3 feet and vertical tolerances of+ 0.1 feet maximum deviation from plan and construction staking are to be'maintained, except that visible "snaking' of the horizontal alignment and changes in directions of slope will not be permitted. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01400 — QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Page 2 of 2 n SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.01 Noise Control A. Take reasonable measures to avoid unnecessary noise when construction activities are being performed in populated areas. B. Construction machinery and vehicles shall be equipped with practical sound muffling devices, and operated in a manner to cause the least noise consistent with efficient performance of the work. C. Cease operation of all machinery and vehicles between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 1:00 a.m. 1.02 Dust Control A. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered.to prevent blowing. B. Earth and road surfaces subject to dusting due to construction activities and detouring of traffic shall be kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant. 1. Chemical dust suppressant shall not be injurious to existing or future vegetation. 1.03 Pollution Control A. Prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, concrete, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. 1. Retain spent oils, hydraulic fluids and other petroleum fluids in containers for disposal off the site. 2. Prevent sediment, debris or other substances from entering sanitary sewers, storiri drains and culverts. 1.04 Erosion Control A. Take such measures as are necessary to prevent erosion of soil that might result from construction activities. 1. Measures in general will include: a. Control of runoff. b. Trapping of sediment. c. Minimizing area and duration of soil exposure. d. Temporary materials such as hay bales, sandbags, plastic sheets, riprap or culverts to prevent the erosion of banks and beds of watercourses or drainage swales where runoff will be increased due to construction activities. B. Preserve natural vegetation to the greatest extent possible, except where otherwise noted. C. Locate temporary storage and route construction traffic so as to preserve vegetation and minimize erosion. D. Comply with the City of Fort Collins' Storm Drainage Erosion Control Manual. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY CONTROLS Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01510 -TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Utilities A. Furnish utilities necessary for construction including, but not limited to temporary electric power and pay cost associated with utilities during and used for the contract period. Temporary utilities installation shall meet the construction safety requirements of OSHA, State and local governing agencies. 1.02 Water A. Contractor is responsible for obtaining'water for construction and shall pay costs associated with establishing a temporary meter used during construction. 1.03 Sanitary Facilities A. Furnish temporary sanitary facilities at the site in the vicinity of the construction for.the needs of construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. B. Properly maintain sanitary facilities of reasonable capacity throughout construetion'periods. C. Enforce the use of such'sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. D. Obscure sanitary facilities from public view to the greatest extent practical. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01510-TEMPORARY.UTILITIES Page 1 of 1 I 1 I 1 1 II LJ L SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 General A. Traffic Control necessary to complete the project will be provided by the Contractor and will not be paid for separately. B. The Contractor must submit traffic control plans and coordinate traffic control with the City's Traffic Control Coordinator. The traffic control plans must he, submitted and approved 72 hours prior to starting construction and before making each modification. C. Conformance: City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (U.S. Dept. of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority having jurisdiction. D. Limited closures may be permitted for short periods up to three days to allow installation of concrete pavement. Closures must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated closure. E. Limited alternating one-way traffic operation may be permitted during the hours from 9:00 A.M. to 3:30 P.M. One-way traffic operation must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated operation. F. At all times, Contractor must maintain two-way traffic with a minimum of one lane of traffic in each direction. Limited closures may be allowed. G. The Contractor must coordinate with adjacent residents to provide and maintain them sufficient access during the duration of the project. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and communicate with the residents during construction. H. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and equipment. 1. Keep fire hydrants and utility control devices free from obstruction and available for use. J. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and drives. K. Provide and maintain temporary approaches or crossings at streets, businesses, and residences. L. Keep roads open and in acceptable condition, unless closure or detour has been approved by City's Traffic Control Coordinator 72 hours prior to closure or detour. M. Post signs around the perimeter of the construction site to restrict public access. 1.02 Traffic Control Plan A. Submit a detailed traffic control plan to Traffic Control Coordinator for review and acceptance. Plan must be accepted 72 hours prior to work commencing at the site. Maintain the accepted plan throughout all phases of construction. Provide copy to Owner prior to submittal. 1. Notify police, sheriff, ambulance services, and fire authorities of traffic control plan and the schedule of it. Distribute copies if requested. 1.03 Flagmen A. Required where necessary to provide for public safety, or the regulation of traffic, or by jurisdictional authorities. B. Shall be properly equipped and licensed. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 2 1 3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to ' perform the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5)'the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6) ' the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract. 3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work. 3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other ' contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City. ' 4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2. ' 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that ' the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Rev10/20107 Section 00100 Page 2 1.04 Warning Signs and Lights A. Provide suitable barricades and warning signs for: 1. Open trenches and other excavations. 2. Obstructions, such as material piles, equipment, piled embankment. B. Illuminate by means of warning lights all barricades and obstructions from sunset to sunrise. C. Protect roads and driveways by effective barricades on which are placed acceptable warning signs. 1.05 Parking A. Provide suitable parking areas for the use of construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project so as to avoid interference with private property, public traffic, City's operations, or construction activities. Such parking shall occur on the project site or another suitable location, approved by the City. 1.06 Roadway Usage between Operations A. When Work is not actually in progress, :Contractor shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the Project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon between Contractor and City and authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 2 D 11 I [1 DIVISION 1 �LM�� 70 R� x _• iCi>..c'.�e�tir�Y�a•�,-t-A.-�+n+ a �.a.vx.•m�� wrrsn�n.•-.r`a�.,ikf�27r�i,4�1�c'FKi�"�c '1i"'.; SECTION 01600 —MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. 1.03 Definitions A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as ``specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well -recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "systems," and terms of similar intent. 2. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. 1.04 Submittals A. Product List: Prepare a list showing products specified in tabular form acceptable to the Owner. Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each item listed. 1. Coordinate product list with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals. 2. Form: Prepare product list with information on each item tabulated, under the following column headings: a. Related Specifications Section number. b. Generic name used in Contract Documents. C. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. 3._ Initial Submittal: Within JO days of date commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list. Provide a written explanation of omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. 4. Complete List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of the completed product list. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 3 5. Owner's Action: The Owner will respond in writing to Contractor within 2 weeks of receipt of the completed product list. No response within this period constitutes no objection to listed' manufacturers or products, but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with Contract Documents. The Owner's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief explanation of reasons for this action.' 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single source: B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of seeking between 2 or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. C. Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following conditions provide domestic products, not foreign products, for inclusion in the Work: 1. Not available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents. 2. Domestic products that comply with the Contract Documents are available only at prices or terms substantially higher than foreign products that comply with the Contract Documents. 1.06 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A, Delivery, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.. , 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Delivery products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather -tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Product Selection A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation. B. Product Selection procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern product selection. • Procedures governing product selection include the following: 1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or manufacturer; provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. Waters Way Neighborhood_ Park SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 3 [] ' 2. Semi -proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or manufacturers or where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equivalent," provide one of the products listed or comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" or obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. ' 3. Nonproprietary Specification Requirements: When Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to'obtain ' approval for use of an unnamed product. 4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or name, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. 5. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select.a product that complies with the ' standards, codes, or regulations specified. 6. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Owner's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. 7. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "... as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Owner will select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Installation of Products ' A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and'aligned with other Work. ' END OF SECTION 1 Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 'Page 3 of 3 I SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including general and supplementary conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 8. Final cleaning. 9. As -built drawings B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.03 ,Substantial Completion A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT a Page 1 of 5 I 11. Seed establishment shall be deemed substantially in compliance with the specifications and one ' mowing of the seed shall be provided by contractor. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Owner will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Owner will prepare the Certificate of ' Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. If the Owner's Representative determines that the work is not substantially complete at the time of review or that deficiencies remain at time of compliance review, the Contractor shall pay additional costs for the additional review(s) by Owner's Representative and Consultants. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.04 Final Acceptance A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and ' final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Owner's final inspectionlist of items to be completed or corrected ' endorsed and dated by the Owner. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Owner. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the ' date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 12. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 13. Submit as -built drawings and an as -built site survey with a 1 foot contour interval, high points, low points, ridges, and horizontal and vertical utility locations including invert elevations. ' 14. Submit as -built drawings of the stormwater improvements, prepared by a licensed survey. 15. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance, coverage complying with.insurance requirements. ' B. Re -inspection Procedure: The Owner wi11 reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Owner. . 1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Owner will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete; the Owner will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. ' 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. The cost of additional inspections shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.05 Record Document Submittals. A. General: Do not.use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Owner's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white -prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual' installation where the installation varies Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Page 2 of 5 substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date: I. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change -order numbers where applicable. 4. . Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. 5. Prior to Contract Closeout, obtain from the Owner a digital copy of the AutoCAD bid documents. Using AutoCAD v. 2004 (or later version), the.Contractor shall transpose information contained on the Record Drawings maintained on site to the AutoCAD drawings. 6. The contractor shall the provide.a reproducible mylar copy of the Record Drawings and a copy of the digital files to the Owner's Representative. Label each sheet "Record Drawing." On the first, sheet, the Contractor or resident Superintendent shall,execute the following statement: Having reviewed this document and all attachments, I affirm that, to the best of my knowledge, the information presented here is'true and accurate. Signed: Date: Position: C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with theYroject Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed,form,during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and,selection of options and information on concealed .,'Construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Owner: D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data'submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in compaison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to .:the site .and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup,'submit complete set of record Product Data to the Owner. Water's Way Neighborhood Park, SECTION 0170.0 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Page 3 of 5 1 11 1 1 I �I I I 1 L� C 1 I 1 0 I I I I E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Owner. F. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl -covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on from and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "tum-around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. 1.06 Warranties and Bonds A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. Maintain copies of Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For items of Work delayed materially beyond date of substantial completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after.acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.07 Final Payment A. The Contractor shall submit written certification that,Contract Documents Work has been reviewed and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner Representative's review. B. In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract provide submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous.payments and sum remaining due. C. Owner's Representative will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. D. Retainage will be held until advertisement for liens and encumbrances is completed. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3—EXECUTION . 3.01 Closeout Procedures A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet. with. the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Page 4 of 5 11 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards. 10. Cleaning. 11. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. 3.02 Final Cleaning A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Division 1. B.. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to'the'condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean. transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their,original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. 4. Wipe surfaces of.mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 5. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even -textured surface. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not bum waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. 1. `Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park .. _. SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT,CLOSEOUT Page 5 of 5 I I 11 i El VI �Nt'2 PF:km ',43 n f.,,�?...w.r5�" .; 'yx,.v ' `"`d 5`FdiYsze@ is 'N SECTION 01732 - DEMOLITION PART-1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Summary". for use of premises. . 2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental -protection measures for selective demolition operations. . 3. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below -grade improvements. - 1.03 DEFINITIONS ' A. Remove:. Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. C. Remove and Surrender: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.04 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Historic items, relics, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered during selective demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver'promptly to Owner. I 1. Coordinate with Owner's archaeologist, or historical adviser, who will establish special procedures for removal and salvage. ' 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For [demolition firm] [professional' engineer] [refrigerant recovery technician]. B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: ' 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure uninterrupted access to elementary school. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate .how long utility services will be interrupted. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 1 of 4 1 LI 11 11 1 1 J L F1 r 5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division. 5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer. 5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents. 6.0 BID SECURITY 6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds. 6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 7.0 CONTRACT TIME. The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement. 8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 3 ' 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. C. 4. Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from building.--, Predemolition Photographs or Videotapes: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site , improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. Comply with Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work begins. , 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar , in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. , C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Summary.". B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. ' C. Notify Architect -of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately ' notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site is not permitted. F. ' Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against ' damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire -protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION , A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped., . . 13. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. -° 1• •. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that.conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect.' E. " Survey of Existing Conditions: 'Record existing conditions by use'of preconstruction photographs and/or preconstruction videotapes. ' F. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 0173.2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 2 of 4 I I 11 I 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. B. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. ' 3.03 .PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades, signs and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area. 2. Comply with requirements for dust control., C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement„or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut ends, openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly and recycle items as possible. 3. Use of explosives is prohibited. B. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Protect items from damage during transport and storage., 3. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. C. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Owner's Representative, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01732 = SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 3 of 4 3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut full depth at junctures with construction to remain, using power - driven saw, then remove break up and remove concrete between saw cuts. Concrete removed to be recycled. B. Fences: remove above grade and below grade fence materials. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA -approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3, Burning: Do not bum demolished materials. B. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose or recycle them. 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01732 — SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 4 of 4 I ' 4DIYISI,ON2�`�''•,�� �`j���,�- �1;r��,- � M�i�� "til'� "� <i�'(�, +�s «*+�ae,�>f. S ,,�� �n< ,t..,i .,C s; i.� .k �.s�`�tt _�'rd a''^....?' �'it...s."��e.��y.<,:'�..�.�•M.-,�;.�i � ti �:�'s i vF.F �.slf � 4-Y �Wr a s4ty,.'.':+z.7 � �y� 7 S.ta:4!% SECTION 02111 —SITE PREPARATION AND CONDITIONING ' PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Work Included ' A. The contract work to be performed under this section consists of furnishing the required labor, materials, equipment, implements, parts and supplies, reconditioning, compaction, wetting or drying, and finish grading, as shown on the plans necessary for, or appurtenant to the site ' preparation beneath interior and exterior slabs, pavements, grass pave, play courts, and beneath the skate park in accordance with these specifications. 1.02 Related Sections ' A. Section 02235 - Topsoil B. Section 02522 — Basketball Court Paving C. Section 02750 — Concrete.Paving D. Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared by CTL Thompson 02/19/2009 1.03 Submittals A. " Submit soils analysis of imported fill materials, if imported materials required. PART 2 MATERIALS - 2.01 Subgrade Materials A. Strip and remove existing vegetation, debris, and other deleterious materials from proposed building, court areas and pavement areas. Exposed surfaces should be`&ee of mounds and depressions, which could prevent uniform compaction. B. 'Stripped materials consisting of vegetation and'organic materials should be wasted from the site, or used to revegetate landscaped areas or exposed slopes after the completion of grading operations. If it is necessary to dispose of organic materials on -site, they should be placed in non- structural areas and in fill sections not exceeding 5 feet in height. 2.04 Fill Materials A. Clean on -site soils or approved imported materials may be used as fill material. B. Approved imported materials may be used as fill material and are suitable for use as compacted fill beneath interior or exterior floor slabs. Imported soils (if required) should conform to the: following: ,. Percent finer by weight Gradation (ASTIVI C136) 3" 100 No. 4 Sieve 50-100 No. 200 Sieve 35,(max) Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02111— SITE PREPARATION Page 1 of 3 1 Liquid Limit 30 (max) Plasticity Index 15 (max) Group Index 1.0 (max) 2.04 Basketball Court Fine Grade Material A. Fine grade base material shall be an approved compactable, free draining base material (sand, fine gravel, etc.). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Site Clearing A. Where present, trees, bushes, and a minimum of topsoil will be removed from the site. The area will be graded to the required depth to accommodate the base and concrete or asphalt thickness and provide a uniform slope at plus or minus one tenth of a foot (+.I'). 3.02 Site Preparation A. Strip and remove existing debris or other deleterious materials from proposed building areas. Exposed surfaces should be free of mounds and depressions that could prevent uniform compaction. B. If unstable conditions develop, workability may be improved by scarifying and drying. Overexcavation of wet zones and replacement with granular materials may be necessary. C. Temporary dewatering will be required for excavations approaching or in the groundwater. Use of lime, fly ash, kiln dust, cement or geotextiles may be used as a stabilization technique. Laboratory evaluation is recommended to determine the effect of chemical stabilization on subgrade soils prior to construction. Lightweight excavation equipment may be required to "reduce subgrade pumping. 3.03 Subgrade Preparation A. Subgrade preparation beneath interior and exterior slabs, and beneath other improvements shall comply with the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineering Report. B. Required moisture content and compaction of subgrade soils shall be maintained until construction of the related improvement. C. The contractor shall alert the owner of soft spots or structures that could affect the stability of the slab. D. Subgrade compaction and moisture tests shall be performed by a qualified professional prior to installation of the related improvement. Defective work shall be corrected as'directed by the Owner's Representative. 3.04 Soil Stabilization A. Refer to the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineering Report for recommended soil stabilization techniques, if required. 3.05 Placement of Fill Material A. Placement of fill material shall comply with the Geotechnical Engineering Report. B. After required overexcavation is performed, the site should be initially graded to create a relatively level surface to receive fill, and to provide for "relatively uniform thickness of fill beneath proposed structures. Waters Way Neighborhood Park ... SECTION 02111 -SITE PREPARATION Page 2 of 3 I C. Exposed areas, which will receive fill, once properly cleared and benched where necessary, should be scarified to a minimum.depth of 12-inches, conditioned to near optimum.moisture content, and compacted. D. Engineered fill should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift. Fill material to placed on the site shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of Standard Proctor Density ASTM D698. On -site clay soils shall'be compacted within a moisture content range of 1-percent below, to 3 percent above optimum. 2. Imported granular soils should be compacted within a moisture range of 3.percent below to 3 percent above optimum unless modified by the project geotechnical engineer. . E: ' Fills shall be placed in six inch (6") layers. In areas where proposed structures, courts and paving 'are proposed fill materials shall be compacted to ninety, five percent (95%) standard density at optimum moisture. In areas where landscaping is proposed fill materials shall be compacted to ninety percent (90%) standard density at optimum moisture. 3.05 Fine Grade A. Elevation of base material for Basketball Courts shall be controlled using automatic laser -regulated equipment capable of providing a true accurate to plus or minus 'one -quarter inch (+1/4"). Waters Way Neighborhood Park END OF SECTION SECTION 02111- SITE PREPARATION Page 3 of 3 +^-*e��"f M' vF s^Aa T^RYLs�2^.:a+� a+--. ✓CT ^r-x. ..,C'.0 t•„ win *w v #y+,.R3' u. §� %a.t X s$y,'t�,,..�`1 �p� �n,�. ,5,. -�xi s^.ti�.+.,x'.. , rid, •�.c *,5.. iDINISIONF2&u£!rN v �kz x tmy �3 'ub K t a �CkdXR } r+ rr--i4...,aa>'-:.,a,"..x.....-.'s''"'.6L`�-vwe �'c.: - .r3es.,....,?x._b�'a` ay•.vk: SECTION 02225 - STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavating,, backfilling, grading and compacting•of site work related to building structures. B. Prepare subgtade for building slabs, sidewalks and other improvements. C. Shore and brace excavations as required. D.' Dewater excavations as necessary. E. Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs -on - grade, remove from the site, and replace with new compacted structural fill material. F. Finish grading and place topsoil. adjacent to structures.and other areas of the site disturbed by construction activities, unless arranged for otherwise. G. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing: Soils Report. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 02230, Drilled Piers. 4. Applicable Sections of Division 2. 5. Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical Specifications. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Soil Compaction Tests: 1. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99: Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12 inch drop. a. Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgment of the testing laboratory. b. Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed. C. Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material encountered or utilized. d. Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity. 2. ASTM D2049: Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils. B. Test Certificates: Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source of supplier. 1. Providewith this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the following reference standards. a. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99. b. ASTM D2049. 1.03 SITE CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL Thompson dated February 19, 2009, is not intended as representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom. 1. In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow. 02225 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B.---The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered, the -Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from such conditions. C. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings. D. Underground Obstructions: 1. Underground obstructions known to Arch itect/Engineer• are shown on Drawings. However, locations. shown may prove •inaccurate: and other obstructions not known to Architect/Engineer may be encountered. 2. Notify each utility owner and request that utilities be field located by surface reference using flags at-least48 hours prior to trenching or excavation. 3. Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in the event of conflict. a. Notify Architect/ Engineer .in case of conflict. b. In case of conflict the proposed Work maybe changed by. the Architect/Engineer. 4. Maintain, -protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means'existing utilities and appurtenances. 5. If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions shalt apply: a. Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials. b.' Restore to original conditions or better. I . 6. Clean drainage culverts so they are free of sediment after construction. E. 'Classification of Excavated Material: ' Excavated materials will, not be classified. Excavation includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic; B. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. Take all necessary care to prevent compaction of existing soil within the drip line of existing trees to remain. C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction. E. Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and governing authorities. F. Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may be damaged by excavation work. G. Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and ben eath,foundations`from frost. H. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work. 1.05 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify. the Architect/Engineer prior to placement of backfill of all foundations. Notification shall beat least 48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work. 02225 . 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by:an independent- testing laboratory submitted by4the Contractor and approved by the Architect and Owner. Testing;fees shalt be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1. The Contractor will pay. for costs of .additional testing required -due to improper performance of,the work. C. Soils Engineer shall make an open -hole inspection of the excavation for each building prior to the placement• of. formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. , Soils Engineer shalt also inspect structural backfillforbuilding foundations prior to ,forming of footings or grade beams, if not supported on undisturbed soil - D. When work of•this-Section .or portions of work are completed,: notify the testing laboratory to perform density test. Do n_ot•proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. E. Compaction Tests: 1. Foundation Walls: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 30 tin. ft., or portion thereof, of building perimeter for compaction adjacent to building foundation walls, unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report. F. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Maintain and repair backfill, fill compaction and embankment settlement and make necessary repairs to pavement,,sidewalks or other structures which may be damaged as a result of settlement for a period of one.(1):year after Substantial Completion and.. acceptance of the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECTED FILL MATERIALS A. General: Use onsite or imported soil approved by the Soils.Engineer for rough fill and for.backfill against the outside of foundation watts except as specified below. Material shall be clean, compactable earth, free of frozen material, debris, deleterious -or organic substances:or large rocks. B. Imported Structural Fill: Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on -site material shall be clean, devoid of debris and. organic material, and shall ,conform. to the, -following minimum specifications: 1. Class 7 roadbase conforming to Colorado Department.of„Transportation standards. 2. Gradation; conforming to ASTM C:136: 3" 100%, :.:.:, No. 4 Sieve 100% No. 200 Sieve- 35% maximum 3. Liquid Limit: 30 maximum. 4.: ; •,, Plasticity, Index:- _15_ maximum., 5 - ;Group Indexc_10 maximum ;. C. Imported Structural Fill: Where onsite material is expansive or otherwise unacceptable to the Soils Engineer for use as structural backfill, imported fill shall be Class 1 structural backfill or Class 7 roadbase, conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards. D. Coarse Granular Fill: Clean, crushed, non -porous rock, crushed or uncrushed gravel graded from ..3/8" to E...-->:.:..fine.Granular FiIL;Natural or, manufactured sand and.pea gravel, clean and.free of organic debris graded from 3/8:ito No. 100 sieve, F. Embankment_Material: Refer to Division 2. ' G. Topsoil: Refer to landscaping sections of Division 2. Topsoil stripped and stockpiled on -site may be used if it meets the requirements of these Sections. ' H. Drainage Fill: Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Drainage Fabric: Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal. B. Perimeter Drainage Tile: Perforated -PVC pipe; sizes as indicated on the Drawings. ' C. Silt Fence (Erosion Control): Woven filter fabric, type and size as required by the City of Fort Collins and/or the State of Colorado. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION ' A. Classification of Excavation: The following definitions shalt only apply when additional excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered. Do not proceed ' with the work until the material has been cross -sectioned and classified. 1. Earth Excavation: Removal and disposal of on -site soils and other materials indicated on the Drawings, and�all other material as indicated by the subsurface soil data and not classified as rock excavation. ' . 2. RockExcavation: Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated without drilling, blasting or ripping, or boulders larger than 1 /2 cu. yd. in volume. B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance ' with the requirements of the Soils Investigation •Report and this Section. If the foundation structure design shown on the "Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before' proceeding with work of this Section. 1. Ensure that modifications to the existing site irrigation system have been completed, or lines shut off or capped within the area of constructiorf, prior to beginning work. C. Silt Fence: Install silt fence fabric using wooden posts and straw bales or other required accessory erosion controt"materials where indicated on the Drainage and Erosion Control Plan, or as required by the authority with jurisdiction over the work of -the Project. -Maintain in=place until such authority permits its removal. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control. D. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic - topsoil for subgrades for areas within construction_boundaries_assh'own"_on_the_Drawings or directed -by the Architect/Engineer. The ' stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading.'Also refer to Section 02115. 1. Extent of Stripping: As required fornew construction; as 'shown on the. Drawings, or as ' directed by the Architect/Engineer."Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed- ,in "excess' of these limits without -"written approval of the Architect/Engineer:... E. Contractor shatUtake all' necessary safety precautions to ensure the safety of all workers and the ' publicNin and -around excavations, including shoring, bracing and barricades. F. Brace and properly'support all structural elements; including foundation watts, grade beams, and pier caps prior to beginning and continuously during backfi[ling and "compacting operations. G. Soils Engineer: The Soils Engineer shall inspect the natural soil at the bottom of excavations for ' structures, prior toforming` or placing foundations: Provide Engineer with 48 hours notice (exclusive of weekends grid holidays) when the areas are expected to be ready for such inspections. 1: -�.Do noti preparesubgrade'or place concrete untit such inspection has taken place (or waived ' by Engineer) and resulting recommendations of Engineer have been carried out. ' 02225 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION'DOCUMENTS I lI ' 9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or, specified in the Specifications that a ' substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective ' date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS ' 10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents. ' 10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, ' supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance ' of the Work. 11.0 BID FORM. 11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid. 11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices ' on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of SUMS. Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 4 3.02 ROUGH GRADING A. Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations read_ y for finish grading and surface treatment. Maintain the following: 1. Building Slabs: 8" minimum below finished slab elevation, or as required by the Soils Report for the stab thickness and thickness of granular backfill specified. B. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6", bring to 2% wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows: 1: Adjacent to Building -Foundations: cMinimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet of optimum moisture content ASTM D698-,78: 2. Pavement Areas: 95% of SPD at 2% wet, ,of,OMC, ASTM D698-78. 3. Planting Areas: 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78. C. Place fill in lifts of 6" to 8" maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each layer as specified above. D. Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading. E. Contractor shalt take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to non- uniform settling and compaction. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. B. C. ,General: 1. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing grade elevations. 2. Unauthorized excavation consists -of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or, dimensions without -specific direction of. the Architect/Engineer. Unauthorized excavation; as well as remedial work directed,by the Architect/Engineer, shall be at the Contractors expense. 3. Under footings, -foundation walls, .grade beams, retaining -walls .or. other structural elements, -fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the Mooting or base -to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation. 4. Elsewhere . backfill and. compact unauthorized, excavations. as specified in paragraph 3.02.C. . Blasting:. No blasting will be permitted as.a part this Project without.written authorization from ..the Owner's principal representative. Stability of Excavation: 1. Slope-sides_of.excavations to; comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and brace Where .sloping is not possible because ,of- space restrictions. orstability of material excavated. ;2. Ensure thestability of materials under foundation structures,of existing buildings adjacent to.new excavations. Shore and brace as required during excavation and maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place. 3. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. 4. Verify that bottom ofexcavation-for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. • If it is;not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill -material extending from original undisturbed. soil to bottom of footings andsfoundations, compacting as specified in paragraph D: Sheeting and iShoringt 1. Sheet,. shore, or brace-banks.and trenches not cutback to.a stable slope as necessary to prevent sliding or caving to -protect workmen and the work. 2.: Design and, build,sheeting and shoring.to withstand -loads which might be caused by earth movement and pressure,and to.be-rigid,.maintaining its,shaPeand position. 3. Support, sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or horizontal thrusts on.piping. Do not brace sheeting against the pipe. 02225 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS-- . ' E. Dewatering: 1. Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 2. Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good, positive drainage and eliminate standing water. Dewater excavations for concrete • structures extending below ground water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such excavations minimum 24". 1 ' . 3. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental'to stability. of ' subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, welt points, sumps, suction and discharge lines and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. ' 4. Convey water removed from excavations,and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and otherdiversions outside excavation limits for -each structure. Do not use trench excavations -as temporary drainage ditches. 5. Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the ' structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation or other cause will result. F. Material Storage: ' 1. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil until required for backfilling. Place, -grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 2. Locate and retain soil materials away from'edge of excavations. 3. Stockpile'materials away from sidewalks; streets, alleys and other public areas that are to ' remain accessible during construction. :Maintain site access as required for workers and ttie Owner: Refer to Section 01046'for required site access:' 4. Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as specified in paragraph 3.09. ' G. Weather Protection: 1. Protect excavation bottorims against freezing -when atmospheric temperature is less than 35-`F:' . 2. Do not backfill or construct fills or "embankments during freezing weather. ' 3. Do not place backfill on frozen surfaces. 4. Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankment. 5. Do not deposit, stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water. ' 3.04 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10'+and extending a ' sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork; installation of services, other construction and inspection. B. In excavating for footings andfoundations, take care riot to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate ' by hand to final. grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. C. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If it is ' not overexcavate and' fill' with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations; compacting as specified in paragraph 3.06. D. Do not interfere with normal 450 bearing splay of any foundation. E. Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0:5% minimum to sump pump or gravity ' discharge, as shown on the Drawings. 3.05 OVEREXCAVATION OF EXISTING SOIL A. Existing fill and/or native soil material below concrete footings, foundation structures and/or slabs - on -grade shalt be overexcavated and removed to a depth of five feet below the foundations or stabs, as recommended in the Soils Report, unless a structural floor slab is designed and shown on ' 02225 - 6 Waters Way Park 10051 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS - B. Excavated native material shall be. reconditioned as directed in the Soils Report, replaced in the excavation and compacted as specified in this Section.. C. New structural fill material shall extend from the level of undisturbed soil to the bottom of the footings, foundation structures:and/or slabs -on -grade, as directed by the Soils Report. D. Ensure that any new: subdrainage system or materials as shown on the Drawings are property placed prior to backfilling overexcavated area. 3.06 BACKFILLING A. Do not start-backfilling until services and .dampproofing or waterproofing systems have been inspected. B. Ensure.areas.to be backfilted are free from debris, snow, ice and water and that.ground surfaces are,not in a,frozen condition., _- , C. Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which.are porous, wet or spongy. D. Compact .existing subgrade_; surfaces: if .densities are not equal .to. that required for backfill materials. E. Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density. F. Backfill areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations. Backfill systematically and as early as possible.to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. G. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 87 loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or,damage.building drainage, system.: . .H. Where imbalanced pressures will develop onfoundation.walls_in basement or crawtspace situations, ensure that floor framing:and. decking is in .place prior to,backfilling.. . I. Where temporary unbalanced•pressures are liable•to develop.on walls before floor slabs are placed, erect necessary. shoring to counteract imbalance and leave in place until their removal is approved by Architect/Engineer. . . H. Maintain 2% wet-of,,OMC.of, backfill materials to -attain required compaction density. I. Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls to equalize soil pressures. J. Utility Trench Backfill:. Refer, to;Division 2. K. Building Slab Backfill: Verify removal of existing material below slabs -on -grade, as specified in paragraph 3.02 above. 3.07 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION A. Structural Backfill below Footings and Foundations: Imported, non -expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 98% of SPD. B. Building Slabs:;: Select,granular.non,expansive, materials approved by the Soils Engineer to underside of,stabilizing base. course, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 95% of SPD. C. Backfill Around;Structures% Mechanically; compact to a.minimum of 95% of SPD. D. Landscaped'Amas: Subsoil to top of subgrade.elevation, compacted.to 90%,of SPD. E. Compaction Equipment: Use compaction equipment suitable for the types of soils and materials being compacted. 1. Sheepfoot .Roller: If-used_,provide: with cleaner, bars. attached as, to prevent the accumulation of materials between the tamper feet., 2. Rollers: Use rollers so designed that the effective.weight can be increased as required to obtain,specified compaction. 3. Vibrating plate compactors. F. Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction. 02225 - 7 . Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS _. 3.08 FINISH GRADING A. Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlementand ' compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, etc. in excess of 3" in size. Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with petroleum products. B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and blend ' slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2" of required elevation. C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum 5% for the first'10'; unless indicated "otherwise on the Drawings. ' D. Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features as shown on the Drawings. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Compaction Control: Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of compaction methods with specified density in accordance with: 1. ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238): Tests'for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate In -Place by Nuclear Methods, or, 2. ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by the Sand Cone Method. 3. ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by Rubber -Balloon Method. B. Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specified in paragraph 3.06 above. C. Moisture Content: Compact soils within +/- 2% of optimum moisture. Add water, harrow, disc, ' blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and adequate protection. ' 3.10 'MAINTENANCE " A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas "from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified ' tolerances until Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work of this Section by, the Owner. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact 'to required density prior to further construction. 3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS ' A.. Excess Fill: Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owner's property. END OF SECTION I 1 - Waters Way Park. 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1 - V , H>,yY f�'F tii% ��i, • •vr - a .."S'r1tY. a! 4 e'4C DIVISION ��WWI . T ' SECTION 02230-,SITE CLEARING PART 1 ='GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 ...SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Protecting existing trees to remain. 2: Removing existing trees, shrubs, plants and grasses. 3. Clearing and grubbing. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for,temporary utilities, temporary construction and support facilities, temporary'security and protection facilities. 2. Division 1 Section "Site Conditions" for verifying utility locations and for recording field measurements. 3. Division 2 Section "Tree Protection and Trimming" for protecting trees remaining on -site that are affected by site operations. 4. 'Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating,, backfilling-, and site grading. 1.03 DEFINITIONS ` A. Tree. Zone: Area surrounding individualtrees or groups of trees to be protected during -Protection construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of groups of trees, unless otherwise indicated. 1.04 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for stripped topsoil or other materials indicated to remain Owner's property, cleared 8 materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.05 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, _walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site -clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or. other adjacent occupied or used facilities without . permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. WateesWay Neighborhood Park SECTION 02230 —SITE CLEARING .. Page 1 of 3 1 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities ' having jurisdiction. B. Salvageable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises where indicated. I' C. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing. D. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are in place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS[ (Not Applicable)] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. ' B. Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated. C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 3.02 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil erosion and ' discharge of soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to sediment and erosion control Drawings B. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures during construction until ' permanent vegetation has been established. C. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. ' 3.03 UTILITIES A. Arrange for disconnecting and sealing indicated utilities that serve existing structures before site clearing, when requested by Contractor. 1. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before proceeding with site clearing. ' B. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed. 1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities. 2. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor. C. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission. ' D. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed. E. Removal of underground utilities is included in Division 2 Sections covering site utilities. . ' Water'sWay 'NeighborhoodPark _ - - _ SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING: Page 2 of 3 3.04 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new t construction. 1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. 2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where ' such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. 3. Grind stumps and remove roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18 inches (450 mm) below exposed subgrade. ' 4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within tree protection zone. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 3.05 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. 1. Optional: Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other non - recyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials and transport them to recycling facilities. END OF SECTION a [I [1 1 11 1 Ps u`F�i'+ s,.�cs' r ?y y x s r . <Y ,."'Y'''_ .a-rFd.}" [[DIMw c 5 ri�s Ri SECTION 02231 TREE PROTECTION PART-1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the protection and.trimming of existing trees that interfere with, or are affected by, execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division I Section "Summary" for limits placed on Contractor's use of the site. 2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary tree protection. 3. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for removal limits of trees, shrubs, and other plantings affected by new construction. 4. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for building and utility trench excavation, backfilling, compacting and grading requirements, and soil materials. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to remain during construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of groups of trees, unless otherwise indicated. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:. For each type of product indicated. . B. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule from arborist detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction. C. Qualification Data: For tree service firm and arborist. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tree Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced tree service firm that has successfully completed tree protection and trimming work similar to that required for this Project and that will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project site during execution of tree protection and trimming. C. Tree Pruning: Contact the City Foresters Office (970) 221-6660 if tree pruning is required. City Forester shall review the contractors request for tree pruning and provide direction: C. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1. Before tree protection operations begin, meet with -representatives of authorities having jurisdiction, Owner, City Forester, Artist, consultants, and other concerned entities to review tree protection and trimming procedures and responsibilities. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02231 —TREE TRIMMING AND'PROTECTION Page1 of 4 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Drainage Fill: Selected crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, washed, ASTM D 448, Size 24, with 90 to 100 percent passing a 2-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 10 percent passing a 3/4-inch sieve. B. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface -soil layer containing organic matter and sand, silt, and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, "gray, or red than'underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay Lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 1.5 inch in diameter; and free of weeds, roots, and toxic and other non -soil materials. 1. Obtain topsoil only from well -drained sites where topsoil is 4 inches deep or more; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. C. .,Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard, nonwoven, pervious, geotextile fabric of polypropylene, nylon, or polyester fibers. D. Temporary Fencing: Orange Snow Fence; a minimum of48 inches high; with `T' posts; with tie wires, and other accessories for a complete fence system. E. Organic Mulch: Shredded Cedar, free of deleterious materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Temporary Fencing: Install temporary fencing around tree protection zones to protect remaining trees and vegetation from construction damage. Maintain temporary fence and remove when` construction is complete. B. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect foot systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations. C. Mulch areas inside tree protection zones and other areas indicated. 1. 'Apply 4-inch average thickness of owner supplied mulch. Do not place mulch within 6 inches of tree trunks. D. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material inside tree protection zones. Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within tree protection zones; prevent soil compaction over root systems. E. Maintain tree protection zones free of weeds and trash. F. Do not allow fires within tree protection zones. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of excavations. B. Do not excavate within tree protection zones; unless.otherwise indicated. C. Where excavation for new construction is required mithin tree protection zones, hand clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems.. Use narrow -tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots. . 1. Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose roots beyond excavation limits as. required to bend: and redirect them without breaking. If encountered immediately, adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction. Water's Way Neighborhood Park _ ..; ..._ SECTION 02231-- TREE TRIMMING AND PROTECTION Page 2 of 4 I ' 2. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil. D. Where.utility trenches are required within tree protection zones, tunnel under or around roots by ' drilling, auger boring, pipe jacking, or digging by hand. 1. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. 2. The installation of utilities, irrigation lines or any underground fixture requiring excavation deeper than six (6) inches shall be accomplished by boring under the root system of protected existing trees at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches. The auger distance is established from the face of the tree (outer bark) and is scaled from tree diameter and breast height as described in the ' chart below. Tree Diameter at Breast Height.(inches) Auger Distance From Face of Tree (feet) 0-2 1 3-4 2 5-9 5 ' 10-14 10 15-19 12 Over 19 15 ' ' 3.03 REGRADING ' A. Grade Lowering: Where new fmish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond tree protection zones. Maintain existing grades within tree protection zones. B. Minor Fill: Where existing grade is 6 inches or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with topsoil. Place topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations. C. Moderate Fill: Where existing grade is more than 6 inches but less than 12 inches below elevation of finish grade, place drainage fill, filter fabric, and topsoil on existing grade as follows: 1. Carefully place drainage fill against tree trunk approximately 2 inches above elevation of finish grade and extend not less than 18 inches from tree trunk on all sides. For balance of area within drip -line perimeter, place drainage fill up to 6 inches below elevation of grade. 2. Place filter fabric with edges overlapping 6 inches minimum. 3. Place fill layer of topsoil to finish grade. Do not compact drainage fill or topsoil. Hand grade to required finish elevations. ' 3.04 TREE PRUNING A. Prune trees to remain that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. ' B. Prune trees to remain to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system. Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by arborist. C. Pruning Standards: Contact City Forester at (970) 221-6660 prior to any pruning work. Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1) as follows: 1. Type of Pruning: Cleaning, Thinning and Raising. D. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. ' E. Chip removed tree branches and dispose of off -site. Watees Way Neighborhood Park SECTION.02231 — TREE TRIMMING AND PROTECTION ' - - Page 3 of 4 ' 11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied ' by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name. ' 11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the ' official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form. 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by ' erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed. ' 11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 12.0 BID PRICING. Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules. ' 13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the ' Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement I of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery System, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with ' the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 1 Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 5 3.05.. TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. 'Violation of these specifications will lead to penalties based on the type of violation and/or the resulting damages, and may be grounds for the termination of this contract. 1. Penalties will be assessed based on the amount of damage done and the total value of that tree, or group of trees, prior to the damage. Penalties for damage would be based on the total value of the tree as determined by the City Forestry Division staff and the severity of the damage as a proportion of the total value of that tree. This could include up to the full value of the tree. B. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to: City Forester's instructions.. B. Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that die' or are damaged during construction operations that City Forester determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. 1. Where practical, provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced; plant and maintain as specified in Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants.", 2. Provide new trees of 6-inch caliper size and of a speciesselected by Architect when damaged trees more than 6 inches in caliper size, measured 12 inches above grade, are required to be replaced. Number of replacement trees required to mitigate loss of larger trees will comply with City Code. Plant and maintain new trees as specified in Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants." C. Aerate surface soil, compacted during construction, 10 feet beyond drip line and no closer than 36 inches to tree trunk. Drill 2-inch- diameter holes a minimum of 12 inches deep at 24 inches o.c. Backfill holes with an equal mix of augered soil and sand. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Burning is not permitted. B: Disposal: Unless otherwise agreed to, remove excess excavated material and displaced trees from Owner's property,. END OF SECTION SECTION 02231 =TREE T.RIMMING.AND PROTECTION Page 4 of 4' -i.sy.�`�.rY�'ii�4is•���5"U�.:3'���.arr.�'ax;i�ih94invLC6L..:�.Ti�"^"d3 ��`�NYs s'stt:s.�[''.te'.��z'1�i.:rkL �ti.rxi_'st..M.`.x�. �sx°r:��.��SGJ SECTION 02235 - TOPSOIL PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. This work consists of stripping, salvaging and stockpiling topsoil, and excavating/redistributing topsoil from stockpiles to place on designated landscape areas. It shall include the placing of topsoil upon constructed cut and fill slopes after grading operations are completed. ' 1.02 Related Sections and Documents 1 �i u A. Section 02111 - Site Preparation and Conditioning B. Section 02301 — Earthwork and Grading C. Section 02950 — Planting, Soil Preparation and Finish Grading D. Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared by CTL Thompson dated 02/19/2009 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil shall consist of loose friable loam free of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances, or other material which would be detrimental to its use on the project. Topsoil shall consist of natural on -site ground cover. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil. B. Generally, the top four inches (4") of topsoil, within the limits of the project, shall be salvaged prior to beginning hauling, excavating, or fill operations by excavating and stockpiling the material at designated locations in a manner that will minimize sediment damage, and not obstruct natural drainage. Topsoil may be less than four inches (4") deep. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered, or a maximum of four inches (4"), in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials. 1. Remove subsoil and non -soil materials from topsoil, including trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other waste materials. C. Soil stockpiles 1.. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 10 feet. 2. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil. 3. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. 4. Stockpiles shall be protected from sediment transport by surface roughening, watering, and perimeter silt fencing. 4. Cover to -prevent windblown dust. 5. Do not stockpile topsoil within tree protection zones. 6: Stockpile surplus topsoil to allow for re -spreading deeper topsoil. Waters Way Neighborhood Park'. SECTION 02235-TOPSOIL ' Page 1 of 2 7. Weeds shall be controlled on soil stockpiles remaining after 30 days. C. Topsoil shall be placed directly upon completed cut and fill slopes and other disturbed areas to be" landscaped whenever conditions and the progress of construction will permit. D. Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum 4 inch thickness in turf areas'and a minimum 4 inch' thickness in non -turf areas. Topsoil shall be keyed to the underlying material by the use of harrows, rollers, or other suitable equipment. E. Water shall be applied to the topsoil as required in a fine spray by nozzles or spray bars so the topsoil areas will not be washed or eroded. END OF SECTION U SECTION 02301 — EARTHWORK ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Summary A. Provide earthwork as shown and as specified. This work shall consist of excavation, embankment fill, disposal of excess material,: shaping,- and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of work, including excavation and backfill for structures. The excavation shall include, but is not limited to, the native soils which must be excavated for the project work. All work shall be completed in accordance with these Specifications and the lines and grades'on the Drawings. All excavation will be classified; "unclassified excavation", or "muck excavation" or "rock excavation', as hereafter described. All embankment will be classified -"embankment material' as hereafter described. 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02230 — Site Clearing' ' B. Section 02225 — Structural Excavation, Backfill, and Compacting 1.03 Definitions A. Unclassified Excavation shall consist of the excavation of all materials on site to final grades. ' Excavation of unsuitable material -will only be paid for. if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. B. Muck Excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material and replacement with approved material. Material damaged due to rain or weather will not be paid for as Muck excavation and is entirely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Rock Excavation shall consist of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary$rock which cannot be excavated without the use of rippers, and all boulders or other detached stones each having a volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more, as determined by physical or visual measurement. It shall also include replacement with approved material as required. D. Embankment (Complete in Place): shall consist of placing all excavated material, except material being hauled and disposed, as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in the Contract Documents and on the Drawings. 1.04 Submittals A. Test Reports: Submit reports for laboratory and field tests required under "Testing.. article. Test reports for footing, slab, and pavement subgrades shall be submitted prior to placing concrete or ' paving materials. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 1.05 Testing ' A. Contractor will arrange and owner shall pay for soil sampling and testing: Contractor shall extend full cooperation to Owner and testing agency in obtaining samples and performing tests. Where soil materials do not conform to type or density specified, soil shall be replaced or reworked to conform. The cost of the initial test will be paid by the owner, while all additional tests for ' replaced or. reworked areas shall be paid for by the Contractor. 1.06 Protection A. Protect existing improvements, utilities, trees and shrubs, and reference marks in accordance with Section 02321. -1.07 Blasting Waters Way Neighborhood Park`` SECTION 02301 —EARTHWORK - Page of 7 A. Use of explosives is not permitted. PART 2 — MATERIALS 2.01 Soil Materials, General A. Soil materials shall be free of organic matter, debris, frozen soils, ice, and other objectionable materials. Rock particles larger than maximum size specified shall be removed prior to placement of soil. B. Select existing material from required excavations may be used for fill or backfill if it meets the. specified material requirements. If necessary, furnish additional approved material from suitable off -site sources. C. Muck excavation shall also include the replacement of excavated muck with uniformly graded rock, riprap, on -site or imported soils, or :other material. whichever is most suitable for the specific situation encountered. The ENGINEER will determine which type of aggregate or other material which shall be used after observing the specific site conditions. 2.02 Granular Fill, Bedding, and Backfill A. Select soils complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW (well -graded gravel), GP (poorly -graded gravel), SW (well -graded sand), or SP (poorly -graded sand).. Aggregate shall pass a 3/4-inch sieve and not more than 35% shall be retained on a No. 10 sieve. Maximum'5% by weight shall pass a No. 200 sieve. 2.03 Fill and Backfill A. Previously excavated soils, free of aggregate larger than 3 inches, and suitable for intended purpose PART 3 — EXEVUTION 3.01 Preparation ; A. Prepare site for work in accordance with Section 02110. Layout and stake work to be performed. . 3.02 General Excavatiorn A. , The excavation and embankment for the project work shall be finished to reasonably smooth and uniform surfaces. Variation from the subgrade plane shall not be more than .08 feet in soil or more than .08 feet above or .50 below in rock. Where bituminous or concrete surfacing materials are to be placed directly on the subgrade; the subgrade plane shall not vary, more than 0.04 feet. Materials shallnot be wasted without per -mission of the ENGINEER. Excavation operations shall be conducted so that material outside of the limits of slopes will not be disturbed. Prior to beginning grading operations in any area, all necessary clearing and grubbing in that area shall have been performed in accordance with Section 02110 of these Specifications: When the CONTRACTOR's.excavating operations encounter remains of pre -historic people's dwelling sites or artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations, shall be temporarily discontinued. The ENGINEER will contact archaeological authorities to determine the disposition thereof. When directed, the CONTRACTOR shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts_ encountered and shall remove them for delivery to the custody of the, proper state authorities. Such excavation will be considered'and paid for as extra work. B. For footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of. excavation. Excavate to final grade just before concrete is placed.• Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid,: - undisturbed base to receive granular fill, base course, or concrete as shown. -: 3.03 Excavation for Embankments A. Unclassified: All excess suitable material excavated from -the project site and not used for embankment shall be removed from the project site -and become the"property.of the . CONTRACTOR. Where material encountered within the limit of the work is considered -, Water'sWay Neighborhood Park:,. - SECTION 02301 - EARTHWORK - Page 2 of 7 D D unsuitable for embankment (fills) on any portion of this project work, such material shall be D excavated as directed by the:ENG1NEER and replaced with suitable fill material. All unsuitable excavated material from excavation consisting of any type of debris (surface or buried), excavated rock, bedrock or rocks larger than 6 inches. in diameter and boulders shall be hauled from the project site and disposed of. Debris is defined as "anything that is not earth which exists at the job site". B. Muck: Where excavation to the finished grade section results in a subgrade or slopes of unsuitable soil, the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to remove the unsuitable materials and backfill, to the finished graded section with approved material. Disposal of the material shall be at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Good surface drainage shall be provided around all permanent cuts to direct surface runoff away from the cut face. C. Rock: Unless otherwise specified; rock shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below subgrade within the limits of the channel area, and the excavation shall be backfilled with material shown on the Drawings or as designated by the ENGINEER. Disposal of material and replacement with suitable approved material shall be at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. 3.04 Embankment Construction. A: 'Embankment construction shall consist of constructing all fill areas; including preparation of the areas upon which they are to be placed, and the placing and compacting of embankment material in holes, pits and other depressions within the project area. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction of embankments and backfills. DApproved materials shall consist of clean on -site cohesive soils or approved imported soils. On - site cohesive soils are suitable for use as compacted fill provided the following recommendations are met: ' Excavation and Embankment will only be paid.when a significant change in grade is required, as determined by the ENGINEER. Minor cuts and fills will be considered incidental to the work, and will not be paid for separately under this section. Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) 1/2-Inch 100 ' 3/8-Inch 70 -100 No. 4 Sieve 50 —100 ' No. 200 Sieve 60 (min • Liquid Limit. 30 (min min • Plasticity Index 15 ( ) ' • In -Situ Coefficient of Permeability 1x10-6cm/sec (max) On -site cohesive soils or.imported soils should be placed and compacted in thin, horizontal lifts, not to exceed 8 inches in thickness (measured prior to compaction); using equipment and procedures that'will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift and embankment height. On -site or imported:cohesive soils should -be compacted within moisture content range of optimum to 3% above optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density, (ASTM D698) When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing, embankments, or when embankment is built 1/2 width at a time, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1_when measured longitudinally or at right angles to the adjacent ' ground shall be continuously.benched over those'areas where'it is required'as the work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be w6l.keyed and where practical a rmniinum'of 8 feet. Each ' Waters Way Neighborhood Park D _ _ SECTION 02301 —'EARTHWORK- Page 3 of 7, 11 1 horizontal cut shall begin at the intersection of the original ground and the vertical sides of the previous cuts. Material thus cut out shall be recompacted along with the new embankment 1 material at the CONTRACTOR's expense. The ground surface underlying all fills shall be carefully prepared by removing all organic matter, scarification to'a depth of 8 inches and recompacting to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2% prior to fill placement. ' Embankment material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698)'at optimum moisture content + or - 2%.' Effective spreading equipment shall be used on 1 each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. A moisture density determination shall be made for each soil type encountered. Unless directed 1' by the geotechnical engineer, the standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698) shall' apply. For embankments which serve as berms, the downstream portion shall be "keyed" into the 1 subsurface soils a minimum of 3 feet to enhance the stability of the slope. Materials which are removed from excavations beneath the water table may be over the acceptable moisture content range and will require that they be dried out prior to reusing them. 1 Cross hauling or other action as appropriate will be ordered when necessary to insure that the best available material is placed in critical areas of embankments, including the top 2 feet of all embankments. No additional payment will be made for cross hauling ordered by the ENGINEER. 1 Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments and embankments shall not be constructed on frozen materials. During the construction of the channels, the channel bottom shall be maintained in such condition 1 that it will be well drained at all times. Excavation or Embankment (Fill), and Structural Backfill work,either completed or in a stage of -completion that is either eroded or washed away or becomes unstable due to either rains, snow, snow melt, channel flows or lack of proper water control shall be either removed and replaced, ' recompacted or reshaped as directed by the ENGINEER and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense. Removed unsuitable materials shall be hauled away and disposed of at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Placing of replacement materials ' for removed unsuitable materials shall be purchased, placed and compacted at the CONTRACTOR' expense. B. Proofrolling with a heavy rubber tired roller will be required, if designated on the Drawings or when ordered by the ENGINEER. Proof rolling shall be done after specified compaction has 1 been obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas which failed shall be ripped, scarified, wetted if necessary, and recompacted to the requirements for density and moisture at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 1 Proof rolling shall be done with equipment and in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Proof rollingas shown on the Drawings or m'ordered by the ENGINEER shall not be measured and for: separately •brit shall.be included m the unit prices bid for the work. paid 3.05 Excavation and Backfill for Structures A. Poor foundation material for any of the work shall, be removed, by the CONTRACTOR, as directed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR will be compensated for removal and c` replacement of such"materials in accordance with Muck Excavation. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned thatconstruction equipment may cause the natural soils to _ pump or deform while performing excavation work inside and on footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure foundation areas Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301. EARTHWORK Page a 4 of 7 I Foundation materials which are: a) saturated by either surface or subsurface flows due to the lack of adequate water, control or dewatering work by the CONTRACTOR; b) frozen for any reason; a or, c) that are disturbed by the CONTRACTOR's work or caused to become unacceptable for foundation material purposes by means of the CONTRACTOR's equipment, manpower, or methods of work shall be removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. Dewatering should not be conducted by pumping from inside_footing, structural floor slab, or other structure foundation limits. This may decrease.the supporting capacity of the soils. Care.should be taken when excavating the foundations to avoidAisturbing the supporting a materials. Excavation by either hand or careful backhoe soil,removal, may be required in excavating the last few inches of material to obtain the,subgrade of any item of the concrete work. Any over -excavated subgrades that are due to the CONTRACTOR'S actions, shall be brought back to.subgrade elevations by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense in the following manner: I.; For over -excavations of 2 inches or less, either: Backfill and compact with an approved granular materials; backfill with 1/2 inch crushed rock; or.fill within concrete at the time of the appurtenant structure concrete pour. 2. For over -excavations greater than 2 inches, backfill and compact with an approved granular material. All granular footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure azeas shall be compacted with a vibratory plate compactor prior to placement of concrete, reinforcing, or bedding materials. B. Backfill, and fill within 3 feet adjacent to all structures and for full height of the walls, shall be selected non -swelling material. It shall be granular, well graded, and.free from stones larger than 2 inches. Material may bejob excavated, but selectivity will be required as determined by the ENGINEER: Refer to the Plans for job specific requirements.- Stockpiled material, other than topsoil from the excavationshall be used for backfilling unless ari impervious structural backfill is specified. The backfill-material shall consist of either clean on -site granular materials free of stones larger than 2 inches in diameter with no more than 20% passing the No. 200 sieve, or equivalent imported materials. All backfill around the structures shall be consolidated by mechanical tamping. The material shall be placed in 6-inch loose lifts�within a range of 2% above to 2% below the optimum.moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) for sand soils, or to 75% relative density as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM D4253. ' When specified on the Drawings or as required by the ENGINEER, Class I structural backfill shall meet the following gradation requirements: byWeight ;Passing __.. .. ...... ... Sieve Size Square Mesh Sieves 2-Inch 100 No. 4 30 — 100. No. 50 10 — 60 . ..No...200. • 5 — 20. tIn addition, this material shall have a'liquid limit not exceeding 35 and a plasticity index of not over 6. Impervious structural backfill, where shown or specified, shall consist of material having 100% finer'than 2 inches'in. diameter and a minitnum of 30% passing a No: 200 U.S: Standard Sieve. The material shall be placed in 6-inch loose lifts within a range of 2%above to 2% below the optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard. Proctor Density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D698 Waters Way' Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301'— EARTHWORK Page 5 of 7 I 3.06 Trenching A. ' Prepare Excavate trenches so that pipe'can be laid safely and accurately to required line and grade. Hand excavate for bells, fittings and projections to allow for proper jointing and to insure that pipe rests evenly along barrel and is not resting on bell. B. In sand and gravel soils, bottom of trench may be shaped to fit bottom 1/3 of pipe. In silt or clay soils,.bottom of trench shall be 4 in. below pipe barrel and 3 in. below bell: Under foundations and footings; bottom of trench shall be in: below pipe. Bedding will be uniformly graded material conforming to CDOT #67 granular bedding unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. 3.07 Unauthorized Excavation A.' Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated elevations or side dimensions without specificdirection of Engineer.' Unauthorized excavation;'as well as remedial work, shall be at Contractor's "expense. Notify Owner% if unauthorized excavations are made. B. Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed. 3.08 Stability of Excavations A. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. Slope sides of excavations io angle of repose of material excavated; otherwise, shore and brace where `sloping is not possible either because of space restrictions or stability'of material excavated. Comply with"applicable codes and ordinances. 3.09 Dewatering A. Perform earthwork in a manner to prevent surface water and ground water from flowing into excavations. Promptly remove. water from excavations using pumps; sumps, and dewatering system components necessary to convey water away,from excavations. If underground springs are encountered; notify; Owner before proceeding. 3.10 Stockpiling " A. Stockpile excavated materials meeting the requirements for fill•and Backfill where directed until required for the work. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles•for proper drainage.. Locate stockpiles a sufficient distance from edge of excavations to prevent such material from falling or sliding into excavations and to prevent cave-ins. 3.11 Cold Weather Protection A. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35°F by covering with dry insulatingmaterials of sufficient depth to prevent frost penetration. 3.12 Grading - A. Grade area within project limits by cutting and/or filling as necessary to achieve lines and grades shown. Grade areas adjacent to structure lines to drain away from structure to prevent ponding. Finish surface to be reasonably smooth and free from irregular surface changes. Tolerance for areas to receive topsoil shall be 0.3 ft above or below established',grade, less allowance for. .. topsoil. Tolerance for areas to be paved shall be 0.1 ft above or below established pavement subgrade. Tolerance for turf areas .shall be 0.025 as per Owner. 3.13 Disposal of Excess and Waste Materials A. Remove excess excavated material, trash, debris, and other waste materials and legally dispose of them off -site. 3.14 Field Quality Control: =' A. Moisture and density tests are required and are the responsrbility_of the Contractor and shall be performed.by a private Geotechnical Consultant. Contractor is responsible for all coordination of Water's Way. Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301 —.EARTHWORK' Page 6 of 7 testing. Owner will pay for first test while additional testing shall be paid for by contractor. The. following minimum tests should be expected to be performed. 1. Embankment subgrade — 1 per 500 lineal feet. 2. Embankment fill — 1 per 500 lineal feet of embankment altemating leftand right of centerline or as directed by the geotechnical engineering, ENGINEER, or OWNER. 3. Compaction tests, as specified above, shall be performed for each vertical foot of compacted embankment. B. Field tests will be conducted to determine compliance of moisture/density testing methods with specified density in accordance with ASTM D2922. C. Test results shall be submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor or the Geotechnical Consultant for approval by the Owner prior to acceptance of the pipeline and shall be made available on the day of the test. D. All failed test areas shall be recompacted and retested at Contractor's` expense: E. All compacted material shall be within 2% (+/-) of the optimum moisture content of the soil as determined by ASTM D698.Water shall be added to the material; or the material shall be harrowed,'disced, bladed, or otherwise worked to. ensure a uniform moisture content as specified. F. Sect Final topography and/or cross -sections will be surveyed of areas that are to finished grade and compared to the design section for accuracy. Final grade shall match design grades within the tolerances discussed in PART 3 EXECUTION. . PART 4 — SCHEDULES 4.01 Compaction. Schedule (unless otherwise stated on the drawings or Other Specifications Lift' Location Thickness(l) Compactiont�) Below foundations, slabs, pavements, walks, and other. 6" 95% designated areas Unpaved areas 15. feet or less outside structure line 8" 95% Embankments and berming 81. 95% Unpaved areas more than 15 feet outside structure line 12" 90% (I�Place manually compacted materials in maximum 4=inch layers. (') Percent of maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor test) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION"02301 —'EARTHWORK Page 7 of 7 I e 13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association. 14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. S14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids. 16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the ' Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. ' 17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT. 17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability Rev10/20107 Section 00100 Page 6 SECTION 02321 — TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. General cleaning and grubbing, excavation, bedding construction, filling, grading and surface restoration associated with installing subsurface pipes of various types. 1.02 Related Work A. Section 02111 —Site Preparation B. Section 02230 — Site Clearing C. Section 02506 — Concrete Pipe and Fittings D. Section 02507 - PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings 1.03 Notification of.Utility Companies, A. The Contractor shall notify all affected utility companies of his construction operations to coordinate his work regarding poles, wires, valve boxes, and other surface obstructions and to determine the location of gas, watermain, power, light, cable, television, telephone or telegraph conduit or service connection thereto or any other subsurface structure that crosses or passes through the space occupied by any of the proposed irrtproveinents. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the utility companies for any relocation of interfering utilities. Owner has already made arrangements for relocation'of known utility conflicts.' Contractor shall be responsible for utility coordination after issuance of the Notice to Proceed.. Contractor shall coordinate work with the Construction Coordinator when scheduling activities related to utility relocation's: ` 1.04 Protection A. Sheeting and Shoring: The CONTRACTOR shall protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing of the trench which may be detrimental to human safety, to the pipe or appurtenances being installed; or to existing facilities or structures. The latest requirements of OSHA shall be eomplied-with at all times including trenching and confined space entry requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for underpinning adjacent structures.which may be damaged by,excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. B. Weather and Frost: . The CONTRACTOR shall protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. 1. Do not place backfill, fill, or embankment on frozen surfaces. 2. Do not place frozen materials, snow, or ice in backfill, fill, or embankments. 3. Do not deposit, tamp, roll, or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in.water. C. Drainage and Groundwater:'` - The excavation shall be graded to prevent surface water run-off into trench or excavation. 1. Maintain excavations and trench free from water during construction. 2. Remove water encountered in the trench to_the extent necessary to provide a firm subgrade, to permit joints to be made in the dry, and to prevent the entrance of water into the pipeline. 3. Divert surface runoff and use sumps, gravel blankets, well points, drain lines, or other means necessary to accomplish the above. 4. Maintain the excavation or trench free from water until the structure, or pipe to be installed therein, is completed to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation, or other cause will result. 5. Water shall be prevented from entering into previously constructed pipe. 6. The pipe under construction shall not be used for dewatering. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 Concrete A. Cast -in -place concrete shall be in accordance with Section 03300. 2.02 Mortar A. Mixture of mason sand, water, Portland cement and masonry cement as follows: Portland cement - ASTM C150, Type I, IS or II Masonry cement - ASTM C91, Type II Water - Free of oil, acid, excess alkalinity, organic matter, and salts Sand - 100% passing No. 8, 15 to 35% passing No. 50, and 2 to 10% passing No. 100 2.03 Granular Bedding A. Pipe shall be bedded in a uniformly graded -material conforming to CDOT #67 granular bedding unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. Well -Graded Sand ISieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 3/8 inch 106 No. 4 95 —100 ' No. 8 80 —100 No. 16 50 — 85 No. 30 25 — 60 No. 50 10 — 30 No. 100 2 — 10 ' Squeegee Sand Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 3/8 Inch 100 ' No. 200 0 - 5 CDOT #67 Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 1 Inch ... 100 ' 3/4 Inch 90 —100 A Inch 20 — 55 No. 4 0 —10 - No. 8 . 0-5 Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 -TRENCHING, BACKFILLING;'AND.COMPACTING _. Page 2 of 9 1 Cement Sand_ , Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Wei0t 3/8 Inch . 100 No. 4 90 — 100 No. 108 70 — 100 No. 20 50 — 85 No. 50 25 — 50 No. 100 8 — 30 No. 140 0 — 15 No. 200 0-5 2:04 Replacement Material (Stabilization Material) A. Material used as stabilization in locations where the CONTRACTOR has been" directed to muck excavate shall conform to the following "Foundation Material' gradation(s). The material shall be uniformly graded YV or 1 %" rock. CDOT #467 Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 2-1/2 Inch 2 Inch 100 1-1/2 Inch 90 —100 I Inch --- 3/4 Inch 35 — 70 3/8 Inch 10 — 30 , No.4 0-5 CDOT #67 , Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight l Inch 100 3/4 Inch 90 — 100 3/8 Inch., 20 — 55 No. 4 0 — 10 No. 8- 0-5 ' - 2.05 Flowable Fill A. The approved mixture for flowable fill is shown below: , " Ingredients: - Pounds/Cubic Yard Cement 42 (.047 sack) ' Water 235 (39 gallons as needed) Coarse Aggregate (No. 57) 1700 Sand (ASTM C-33) 1845 , The desired 28-day strength is 60 psi. The combination of material listed above or an approved equivalent may be used to obtain the desired flowable fill. D I 1 1 r7 L I I 1 2.06 Backfill A. Backfill shall meet the following requirements: Use only backfill for trenches which is free from rocks, large roots, other vegetation or organic matter, and_frozen material. No rocks greater than 3 inches in diameter shall be allowed. Backfill material shall be suitable for future pavement construction over all trenches. B Cut Off Walls: 1: Controlled Low Strength Material Backfill (Flo -Fill -- See Section 02321). PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 Surface Obstructions A. Structures, sidewalk, driveways, curb and gutter, trees, shrubs, lawns, signs, fences, utilities, survey` monuments, pavements, lawns, culverts, and other appurtenances which are adjacent to the right of way or work easements, shall be carefully protected against damage. In the event of damage or inadvertent injury or removal of these surface features by failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable precautions or proper construction techniques, he shall bear the full cost and responsibility for resulting damages and shall replace or repair such damage as early as possible. No allowance for extra payment or time lost will be allowed for such interferences that the Contractor could have suspected or anticipated during site inspection and interpretation of the Contract Documents. B. • Clearing, grubbing, and removal'of all pavements, sidewalks, curbs, signs, poles, fences, etc., shall be done only as necessary for the completion of the work. Brush, trees, shrubs, concrete, rubble, and other removals which are not intended to be replaced shall be disposed of by the Contractor off the site of work. Burning of trees and brush.is not permitted. C. Obstructions. which are intended to be replaced shall be, stored and protected by the Contractor. Fences, signs, mailboxes, trees, shrubs, andsimilar features requiring removal, shall be restored to their original position except where permanent removal is indicated. D. Monuments for landsurveys encountered in the path of work.shall be carefully protected from movement. Should removal be necessary, the Contractor shall notify the Construction Coordinator in advance.. The Contractor will set reference stakes and give notice that the monument can be removed. ..The Contractor will reset the monument after backfilling and settling at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor will also be responsible for reestablishing monuments Post due to his negligence or failure to notify the Construction Coordinator. .3.02 Subsurface Obstructions A. The approximate location and size of sewers, drains; culverts, irrigation pipes, gas mains, watermains, electric and telephone conduits'and other underground structures "shown on the drawings are based on records available to the Owner or surface markings indicating their existence. . B. The Contractor shall use caution in excavating and trenching so that the exact location of underground structures, bothJmown and unknown, may be determined; he shall be held responsible for the repair of such structures when broken or otherwise damaged during constriction: - C. The Contractogshall make arrangements with the utility companies for any relocation of interfering utilities. D. When the Construction Coordinator permits the Contractor to.make a change to avoid a utility relocation, the Construction Coordinator, shall determine whether the change constitutes extra work as defined in the General Conditions. T. Any underground utilities or other.structures that are located.outside of the construction limits•of this contract which the Contractor wishes to have moved.to facilitate construction shall be Water's WayNeighborhood Park .` SECTION 02321 -TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 4 of 9. . , F. In the event that there is any question as to whether any of the above enumerated obstructions, underground utilities, or other structures cross or pass through the'space occupied by the completed structures of this contract, the Construction Coordinator's decision shall be binding. ' G. During the construction of the pipelines, it may be necessary to cross under certain sewers, drains, culverts, water lines, gas lines, electric conduits, and other underground structures. Where necessary, the flow in drains or culverts shall be diverted so that the,excavation may be kept dry during the progress of the construction work. Every effort shall be made to prevent damage to such underground structures. Wherever such structures are disturbed oe broken, they shall be restored to existing or better condition at no additional cost to the Owner.,. H.. The Contractor shall use sand or gravel backfill beneath said structures. This backfill shall be , deposited and thoroughly compacted by mechanical means in layers not to exceed six inches in depth. 3.03 Excavation ' A. Excavation shall be made in such a manner that the pipe can be laid safely and accurately to the line and grade shown. B. Topsoil shall be'salvaged and reused as required: ' C. The depth of excavation shall extend from the ground surface to the bottom of the pipe bedding. Unnecessary excavation below this required level shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense With compacted sand, gravel, crushed stone or concrete, as approved by the Construction Coordinator. ' D. The bottom of the trench must be dug to a depth of 4 inches minimum below the pipe barrel and bell, or as indicated on the Drawings. Bell holes must be hand excavated to allow for proper jointing; and to'insurethat the'pipe rests evenly along the barrel and`is not resting on the bell. ' E. Trench widths shall be limited at the top of the pipe to not less than a 6-inch clearance on either side of the barrel to allow for the free flow of bedding material between the pipe and the trench wall. Maximum trench width at the top of the pipe shall be the outside pipe diameter plus 30 inches; except thafthe trench width need not be less than 30 inches. The trench'above the top of the pipe may be sloped; stepped or'vertical, "to comply with state and federal regulations. F. -No more.than 150 feet of trench shall. be left open at any time The entire trench shall be backfilled to within 50 feet of the open trench upon conclusion of each day's work. The trench shall not be backfilled until the pipe installation is reviewed by -the ENGINEER: Trench shall be backfilled within 100,feet of the pipe installation. at all times. Provide construction fence barricades around _open -trenches andpitswhen unattended: - - ' Maintain access to residences; commercialenterprises and municipal facilities at all times. Intersecting streets, private drives; and alleys shall be open to local traffic at end of each day, unless otherwise permitted by the Owner. ' G. Clean-up shall be maintained within 400`feet of the'trench excavation: Prior to placement in the trench, all pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be cleaned and examined for defects by the CONTRACTOR. If found defective, the CONTRACTOR shall reject the defective pipe, fitting'or appurtenance.'The CONTRACTOR shall"advise the ENGINEER of all defective materials. All surplus excavation shall be placed, in an orderly manner. If material is stockpiled on private , property, written permission must be°obtained from the property owner and provided to the ENGINEER. All muck excavation; beddmg;'and pipe -zone material shall be imported unless otherwise '-: designated by tfie OWNER's`geofechn1 al'engineer. _ Water's Way Neighborhood Park .., - ..., SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING; - Page 5 of 9 I Upon completion of the work, all plants, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms, and other like material shall be removed from the job site. The site shall be left in a state of order and cleanliness. H. Contractor shall follow the most current regulations concerning excavations set forth by OSHA, e 29 CFR Part 1926. 3.04 Rock Excavation A. Rock excavation a shall be defined toincludeall hard, solid rock in ledges, bedded deposits, boulders, buried concrete structures not shown on the plans, and all natural conglomerated deposits so firmly cemented as to possess all the characteristics of solid rock. Removals of isolated masses less than 1/2 cubic yard which are not attached to larger masses will not be considered rock excavation. B. Firmly cemented sedimentary materials in the form of silt -stone, sandstone, shale, or conglomerate, shall be classified as rock if, after several blows with the pointed end of a standard pick applied to the flat surface, the material cannot be loosened, broken down, or penetrated. C. When the Contractor believes he has encountered what may classified as rock excavation, he shall notify the Construction Coordinator who will test the degree of resistance, and make a final determination. D. The depth of rock excavation in a trench shall be a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe barrel to provide space for a sand or gravel bedding material. Bedding material shall'be evenly spread, compacted, and shaped to conform to the pipe. E. Trench width in rock excavation shall not be less than that for ordinary excavation. Maximum trench width shall be the outside pipe diameter plus 18 inches for an unsheathed trench, and not to exceed the outside pipe diameter plus 30 inches for a sheathed trench. F. Blasting will not be permitted unless securing Construction Coordinator's approval, showing evidence of insurance specifically for such work, and demonstrating' that the blasting will be conducted to protect adjacent existing or completed work, persons, and surrounding property. The hours of blasting may be fixed by the Construction. Coordinator.: Any damage caused by blasting shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall ascertain that the method of blasting will be in accordance with state and local ordinances. Any blasting shall be done only under the direct supervision of a certified blaster. 3.05 Sheathing and Bracing A. Where it is necessary to protect nearby structures and pavements, or when the trench must be confined to allow for traffic flow, tight sheathing will'be required. The Contractor to call the Construction Coordinator's attention to any unforeseen condition that requires the use of sheathing. Sheathing must be driven unless soil conditions allow the sets to be placed after excavating. If placed after excavating, the voids between the trench wall and sheathing must be immediately filled with sand. B. Removal of sheathing must not take place until the trench is backf lied. Flooding or jetting the trench shall be done after the sheathing is removed. ' C. The Construction Coordinator may approve, in writing, some or all -of the sheathed setsto remain in place.- Sheathing ordered left in -place shall have the upper portion within 2 feet of a street surface cut off and removed. D. Spot braces, individual shorings spaced at various intervals along trench, portable trench boxes or sliding shields will be considered incidental to the cost of the pipe, laying. 3:06Wet Trench Conditions A. The Contractor shall attempt to dispose of all groundwater or surface drainage seeping in.the trench by employing ordinary dewatering techniques such as the use of sump pumps, dikes, etc. .Allowing water to flow into the pipe being laid will not be permitted except in the case of a.storm ' Water's Way Neighborhood Park'` SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING, BACKFILLING; AND COMPACTING Page.6 of 9 1 - B. Contractor shall follow provisions of Section 02140 Water Control, the approved Water Control Plan, and the Groundwater Discharge Permit. C. If the existing soil in the trench bottom is judged to be unsuitable by.the Construction Coordinator after dewatering measures have been taken; a minimum of the top 6-inches of the subgrade shall be removed and replaced "with stabilization material. 3.07 Dewatering A. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining a dry trench by ordinary dewatering techniques, . well points, or other measures as approved in.the Water Control Plan or by the.Construction Coordinator duringthe course of work. B. If wells are utilized for dewatering, the wells shall be drilled, maintained, and abandoned in accordance with the requirements of the State of Colorado, Office of the State Engineer. 3.08 Granular Base to Replace Poor Subsoil A. At any time material such as muck, sawdust, bark, or other material is encountered which would not forma suitable and permanent base, the Construction Coordinator shall be notified to decide if it should be removed and replaced with suitable granular bedding or stabilization material. The sand or gravel base replacement is to be compacted in 6-inch.-layers up to the bottom of the normal.trench section. 3.09 Granular Bedding A. Bedding material shall be placed from the ,trench bottom to the pipe spring line in accordance with the Drawings or as'required by pipe material specifications.' 3.10 Backfilling with Existing Material A. Backfilling shall be accomplished immediately after installation of the pipe unless otherwise approved by the :Construction Co0rdinator. ' B. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, initial backfill material over the pipe to a minimum depth of 1 foot above the pipe shall be granular bedding material or previously excavated granular soil reasonably free of large rock,.organic matter, clay or other, unsuitable material if approved by the Construction Coordinator. Trench backfill over the initial backfill zone may be previously excavated soil except as determined by the Construction Coordinator.to be unsuitable. C. The initial backfill material over the pipe up to'a minimum depth of one foot above the pipe shall be filled in by hand and well compacted over and around the pipe with hand tampers or mechanical means to the proper density. Special care shall be taken in placing and tamping the initial backfill material so the alignment and grade of the pipe will not be disturbed nor the pipe damaged. D. When backfilling in frozen material the Contractor. shall.cover the pipe and tamp the backfill around the pipe using only loose thawed material. No frozen material shall be placed in the trench. All frozen material shall be kept from around manholes and other structures. 3.11 Granular. Backfill A. Granular backfill shall be provided by the Contractor and placed in the trench when the excavated material is unsuitable for backfill or when ordered by the Construction. Coordinator.:.Bank run gravel may be used provided the initial backfill zone (one foot above pipe) has been filled with acceptable granular bedding material' I 3.12 Trench Compaction A. The pipe trench shall be backfilled to the limits as shown on the Contract Drawings. The backfill in all areas shall be moisture treated to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content (sand soils) or between optimum and 3 percent over optimum moisture content (clay soils), processed to a uniform consistency, placed in 8 inch maximum loose -lifts, and compacted by vibrating, tamping, or a combination thereof to 75%relative density for sand material as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM D4253, or to95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D698. Where cement sand is utilized, compaction may be achieved using at least 5 passes of a heavy, walk behind or self-propelled, vibratory mechanical compactor. Prior to compaction, sand soils shall be brought to within 2 percent of the optimum,moisture content, and clay soils shall be processed to between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture content for soil compacted according to ASTM D698. All backfill shall be brought up to equal height along each side of the pipe in such a manner as to avoid displacement. Backfill material shall be distributed in 6-inch maximum lifts over the full width of the trench. Wet, soft or frozen material, asphalt chunks, or other deleterious substances shall not be used for backfill. If the excavated material is not suitable for backfill, as determined ' by the ENGINEER, suitable material shall be hauled in and utilized and the rejected material hauled away and disposed of. Backfilling shall be conducted at all times in a manner to prevent damage to the pipe or its coating and shall be kept as close to the pipe laying operation as practical. Backfilling procedures shall conform to the additional requirements, if any, of appropriate agencies or private right-of-way agreements. 3.13 Restoration A. Unsurfaced Areas: ' All surface cuts shall be, as a minimum, restored to a condition equal to that prior to construction. B. Surfaced Areas: All surface cuts shall be, as a minimum, restored to a condition equal to that prior to construction. All gravel or paved streets shall be restored in accordance with the regulations and requirements of the agency having control or jurisdiction over the street, roadway, or right-of-way. C. Grassed or Landscaped Areas: In landscaped or agricultural areas, topsoil, to a depth of 12 inches, shall be removed from the area of general disturbance and stockpiled. After installation of all pipelines, appurtenances and structures and completion of all backfill and compaction, the stockpiled topsoil shall be redistributed evenly over all disturbed areas. Care should be to conform to the original ground contour or final grading plans. 3.14 Disposal of Surplus or Undesirable Material A. Surplus material shall include all excavation that is more than the amount needed for backfilling or is undesirable for backfilling. B. The Contractor shall find his own disposal sites, remove and load excess material, haul, and dispose of material. Such material shall become property of the Contractor. Measurement and payment will not be made separately but will be incidental to other Bid Items. ' 3.15 A. Field Quality Control Moisture and density tests are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be performed by a private Geotechnical Consultant. B. Field tests will be conducted to determine compliance of moisture/density testing methods with specified density in accordance with ASTM D2922. Water's Way Neighborhoo d Park SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 8 of 9 C. Test results shall be submitted to the Construction Coordinator -by the Contractor or the Geotechnical Consultant for approval by the Owner prior to acceptance of the pipeline and shall be made available on the day of the test. D. Moisture/density tests shall be performed at a minimum of once every NO linear feet, as measured along the pipe, or as determined by the Construction Coordinator. Tests shall be performed at a depth of two (2) feet above the top of the pipe bedding and in two (2)foot vertical increments up to finish grade. A minimum of one test shall be performed in the backfill and one at final grade. A minimum of one test shall be performed for each service line or lateral.installation. E. Moisture/density tests in the vicinity of manholes shall be performed at a maximum of one (1) foot away from the manhole section. A test shall be performed in all four directions from the manhole (four tests total per set). A minimum of one set of tests shall be performed for every two (2) feet of backfill material. F. All failed test areas shall be recompactedand retested at Contractor's expense. G. All compaction shall be to a minimum of 95 percent (%) of the maximum Standard Proctor Density unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. H. All compacted material shall be within 2%0 (+/-) of the optimum moisture content of the soil as determined by ASTM D698. Water shall be added to the material, or the material shall be harrowed,.disced, bladed, or otherwise worked to ensure a uniform moisture content as specified. END OF SECTION SECTION 02348 — GEOTEXTILE STABILIZATION FABRIC PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 Summary A. Provide geotextile stabilization fabric as shown and as specified. Comply with applicable provisions of Div. 0 and 1. 1.02 Submittals A. Product Data: Submit geotextile fabric data. Include material samples, certification of physical properties, and installation procedures. Select reference to 01330 for submittal procedures. B. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. ' 1.03 Storage and Handling A. Store and handle fabric in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 — PRODUCTS ' 2.01 Geotextile Stabilization Fabric A. Fabric shall be a woven polypropylene, polyethylene, or polyamide material with very high installation survivability whose function is to provide subgrade reinforcing. B. Provide fabric with the following performance and in-service properties (properties shall be in both principal fabric directions where applicable): ' Property Value Test Weight 6 oz/yd2 (min.) ASTM D3776 Tensile Strength 270 lb (min.) ASTM D4632 ' Elongation 15% (min.) ASTM D4632 Puncture Strength 110 lb (min.) ASTM D4633 Mullen Burst Strength 430 psi (min.) ASTM,D3786 Water Flow Rate 4 gal/min/ft2 (min.) ASTM D4491 Apparent Opening Size (AOS) 40 sieve ASTM D4751 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 FabricInstallation A. Install fabric as shown and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Fabrics and keyed in sections shall be installed as shown in Construction Plans. ' B. Areas to be covered by fabric shall be cleared of debris and other items which could tear or puncture material. Roll out fabric on surface and manually pull taut to remove wrinkles. ' C. If lapping of fabric is required, minimum overlap shall be 2 ft on parallel strips and 3 ft on butt strips. Overlaps may be eliminated if fabric sections are either factory or field sewn. Seam strength shall be at least 80% of fabric tensile strength. D. After placement, make provisions to prevent lifting or movement of fabric by wind. Repair or ' replace torn or punctured fabric in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; no extra compensation will be allowed. Cover fabric within 72 hr of placement. Do not allow vehicles on fabric until after backfill or aggregate is placed. E. Place initial lift of backfill or aggregate in a manner that will not cause damage to fabric. Wheel or tread rut depth caused by construction equipment shall not exceed 3 in. •Fill all surface ruts with additional material; smoothing of ruts without adding material will not be allowed. Waters Way Neighborhood Park " SECTION 02348 — GEOTEXTILE STABILIZATION FABRIC Page 1 of 2 - I or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating O costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 1 17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded. 17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful ' Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening. 18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY. IThe General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security. 19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the ' Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 page 7 1 F. At existing or proposed trees and shrubs, fabric will be suitably stapled to prevent uplift at exposed edges. 1 G. Permanent fabric shall be installed with V of topsoil applied uniformly on top of the fabric. Care shall be taken to ensure soil mixes into the fabric matrix adequately to support root growth. Seed is then applied to top of soil followed by a temporary erosion control fabric. 1 END OF SECTION 1 . 1 1 - 1 _ 1 Walels Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02348 — GEOTEXTILE STA_BILIZATION.FABRIC Page 2 of 2 I :DIVISION 2 " s }x y.:� ��e a ,f ar�� $ f w S��rw�^ � { Y nFx;p•n D�V �'�+gt � � ,ti,_ i%A. �a r N t �& c�'k a SECTION 02507 — PVC PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS ' PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 Summary ' A. Provide pipe and fittings as shown and as specified. 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02225 - Structural Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting 1.03 Submittals . A. Test Reports: Upon request, submit three certified copies of test and inspection reports in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards. - ' B. Product Data: Submit product data for pipe, fittings; and gaskets. C. Accurately record locations of fittings and field changes. Prior to final application for payment, deliver record drawings to Owner. 1.04 Material Handling A. Carefully unload and store pipe to prevent chipping, cracking, or.damage to surface coatings. Pipe ' shall not be skidded upon ground; Repair damaged coatings. B. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. Damaged pipe or fittings shall not be installed. C. Lubricant shall be stored or handled in a manner to prevent contamination of the lubricant. ' D. Rubber gaskets shall be stored in a location which protects them from deterioration. E. Pipe shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01, PVC Plastic Pipe, General A. PVC pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be of material and type indicated in the Drawings and shall conform to the quality and type specified in this Section. If not designated, use the material listed below. Each pipe shall be stamped or indelibly marked with its type and class and the manufacturer's name or mark. 2.02 PVC Gravity Pipe A. All gravity pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D3034, Type PSM, SDR-35 poly (vinyl chloride); or ASTM F789, Type PS-46, poly (vinyl chloride). The standard dimension ratio ' (SDR) of plastic gravity pipe shall not exceed 35. B. All PVC pipe fittings shall be made from PVC components that conform to ASTM D1784. C. All joints shall be bell and spigot type and shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D3212. All gaskets shall be of o-ring type and manufactured in accordance with ASTM F477. All bells shall be formed integrally with the pipe and shall contain a factoy installed elastomeric gasket, which is positively retained. ' 2.03 PVC Pressure Pipe`' A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) plastic pressure pipe, AWWA C900, Class 150, SDR-18, ductile iron O.D., with elastomeric gasket bell and spigot joints.' PVC pressure pipe only allowed where ' specified in the Drawings. Mechanical joint restraints are not required. ' Water's Way Neighborhood Park' SECTION 02507 - PVC PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 1 of 3 2.04 Bedding A. PVC pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the Drawings (see standard details) using CDOT #67 granular material place to a minimum of one (1) foot above the top of pipe. Refer to Section 02321 for Trenching, Back.filling; and Compacting specifications.: - 2.05 Tees and Wyes A. Tees and wyes shall be of the diameter indicated consisting of a standard or short length of main pipe with a factory fabricated spur attached. Joining of spur to main line pipe shall provide strength, water -tightness, and a flush inside surface of the main line pipe. All work shall be done in accordance with the Drawings (see standard details). 2.06 Gravity Pipe Couplings A. ASTM C1173, rubber or elastomeric sleeve and stainless band assembly fabricated to mate with OD of pipes to be joined, for nonpressure joints. 2.07 Gravity Pipe Couplings . A. Cast -in -place concrete shall be in accordance with Section 033M PART 3 — PRODUCTS 3.61 Line and Grade A. Contractor shall provide line and grade at a convenient offset. Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of line and grade markings and if disturbed; shall pay actual cost of replacement. B. Contractor shall transfer line and grade from offset to sewer by means bf laser beam equipment or other approved methods. Inform Owner of proposed methods and equipment prior to construction. Discontinue methods that do not produce accurate control for setting line and grade. 3.02 Line and Grade A. PVC pipe installation, including trenching, bedding, backfill, and compaction, shall be done in accordance with the Drawings and with Section 02321, Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting. Pipe shall be joined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and,as specified below. B. Where practicable, begin at lowest point of proposed sewer line; lay with bell end or receiving groove edge upstream in direction of laying. C. Pipe shall be laid immediately following the trench preparation and bedding provisions of Section 02321 and of the Drawings. . D. Exercise care when handling pipe. Ropes, nylon slings, or other devices must be used for lowering pipe into trench. Only pipe which is suitable for use is to remain on site. Damaged or -- broken pipe shall be immediately separated —from —acceptable pipe:E. Lay pipe uniformly to line'and grade on a prepared bed providing even support along entire barrel. Excavate bell holes in bedding material so pipe will rest on barrel and not on bell. As work progresses, interior of sewer shall be cleared of dirt and debris. Do not lay pipe where water is above bedding material except where Owner determines that foundation is stable, pipe will not be displaced upward, and joint: construction.will _not.be affected by water. F. Joint materials and methods shall conform to mantifacturer's recommendations. G. Rubber -type gasket joint shall be made using lubricant of vegetable origin. Groove in spigot shall be lubricated before setting gasket. Prior to connecting pipe joints, all surface -of the joint shall be clean, dry, and completely free of dirt. When final grade is achieved, 'the joint shall be carefully pushed home using approved methods of leverage.. Seating of the gasket shall be checked around the entire circumference of the pipe, by visual and feeler -gauge inspection. Water's Way Neighborhood Park - . _ . -„ ,; • SECTION 62507 - PVC PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS. ....- _ . Page'2 of 3 H. At all watermain crossings provide and install watertight external gasket joint sealant a minimum of 10 feet to each side of the watermain crossing or at two pipe joints, whichever is greater. Follow manufacturer installation -specifications. I. Each pipe shall be bedded by hand or by equally careful means to 12-inch cover before laying subsequent pipes. Fill space between pipe and trench wall in' 6-inch layers and manually compact. Pipe sizes larger than 15 inches diameter may require mechanical compaction of bedding material. J. Pipes shall be laid with straight alignment between adjacent manholes and/or inlets. K. When work is not in progress, securely close ends of pipe fittings so that no trench water, earth, or other substances will enter pipe. 3.03 Alignment and Grade A. Owner reserves the right to require further tests of alignment and grade if video tape and inspections indicate additional tests are necessary in the Engineer's opinion. If so directed, Contractor shall check alignment and grade by the lamping method. If pipe shows poor alignment, offset or open joints, sags or kinks; defects shall be corrected by Contractor before final acceptance. If defects are found due to failure of proper installation or sound materials, Contractor shall pay for and promptly correct defects. Water's Way Neighborhood Park END OF SECTION SECTION 02507 — PVC PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 3 of 3 D1 V74 S O SECTION 02511 - CRUSHER FINES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Furnish and install: 1., Reject Crusher Fines. 2. Geotextile fabric. .1.02. Related Sections and Documents.. A. Section 02301: Earthwork. B. Section 02950: Planting, Soil Preparation and Fine Grading. C. Drawings and general provisions of the Construction Contract, and Division -I Specification sections apply to work of this section. 1.03 Quality Assurance A. Source Quality Control: 1. Gravel Materials: Subject to inspection and acceptance. Provide source location and sample if requested prior to delivery to site. 2. Inspection will be made periodically during path installation, and at project completion and end of warranty period. 1.04 Submittals A. Submit sample of crusher fines -as -specified to the Owner's Representative for approval at least 48 hours prior to installation. 1.05 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Stockpile delivered gravel near path location. B. Material will be inspected upon delivery to site. C. Immediately remove unacceptable material from site. 1.06 Project Conditions. A. Visit site to determine existing conditions. B. Path construction to precede seeding and planting operations. PART 2-PRODUCTS Water's Way Neighborhood Park - . _ _ SECTION 02511 -CRUSHER - FINES Page 1 of 4 I 1 2.01 Materials ' A. Reject Crusher Fines. Color -light brown or tan.. 1. 1/4" minus crusher fines gravel - 2 parts. 2. 3/16" crusher fines gravel - 1 part. 3. 1 1/2" pit run (for installation as needed for soft or low spots). B. Soil Stabilization/Weed Barrier Fabrics: ' 1. Geotextile Fabric: Made from non -woven polyester fibers mechanically bonded by needling. Fabric shall meet or exceed the following properties: ' Property Units Method Grab Strength (min.) 90 lbs. ASTMD-4632 Grab Elongation (min.) 70 lbs. ASTMD-4632 1 Trapezoidal Tear Strength (min.) 40 lbs. ASTMD-4533 Puncture Strength 50 lbs. ASTMD-3787 Mullen Burst Strength 140 lbs. ASTMD-3786 Submit sample and properties for approval prior to installation ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection ' A. Visit site to determine existing conditions. B. Centerline of path to follow existing graded alignment per plans. Obtain Landscape Architect approval ' for any deviations. C. Grades: Verify grades of path'to not exceed 5%. 3.02 Preparation A. Existing Utilities: Protect from damage any existing utilities in or near the project area. tB. General: Do not perform work when existing site conditions will not provide satisfactory results. C. Clearing and Grubbing: Cut and remove woody or herbacious vegetation within the path area. Haul debris off -site. D. Scrape 3" - 6" deep trail bed 2' wider than ultimate trail width. Deposit soils from excavation on sides of trail. E. Grade subgrade level and compact with sheepsfoot roller to 95% optimum density, in accordance with AASHTO T-99. Contractor is not required to scarify and re -compact the next 6" below this sub -grade level. ' 1. Inspect surface for loose exposed unsuitable soil, areas of or soft soil, disturbed or moist soils. Water's Way Neighborhood Park - SECTION 02511 = CRUSHER ' FINES Page 2 of 4 2. Remove all soft, yielding subgrade material and backfill with 1 1/2" pit run.; F. Excavated sections and adjacent areas shall be reasonably smooth,, compacted, and free -from irregular surface changes. No geotextile fabric shall be applied until subgrade is approved by Landscape Architect. 3.03 Installation A. Geotextile Fabric: 1. Lay straight and even with trail width. Overlap fabric edges a minimum of 6" and pleat at trail curves. Staple fabric to trail bed. . 2. Lay in sections so that substantially all fabric is covered by gravel by day's end, minimizing exposure to sun and elements. a. Landscape Architect will periodically inspect to assure approval of installation. B. Compacted Gravel Crusher Fines: 1. Spread thoroughly mixed portions of crusher fines gravel uniformly and in even stream along trail bed. a. Do not tear or move geotextile fabric. Use extreme care.. 2. Rake gravel crusher fines to uniform 5 %6" with 2% cross slope, per details. 3. Backfill excavation to ultimate trail edge with scraper spoils, using backfill to hold edge of gravel crusher fines in place. . 4. Immediately roll gravel material and excavated area with self-propelled, vibratory roller of sufficient weight to compact crusher fines into smooth firm surface. Rolling shall continue until all material is firmly locked:and keyed together.. The appearance and surface shall be uniform with all ridges removed. Surface shall not vary more than 1/2" when measured with a ten foot straight edge applied parallel to the centerline. Correct any variation by loosening, reshaping and re -rolling. When finished, compacted trail shall be a minimum of 4" deep in all locations. a. In any areas where there are underground pipes, use extreme caution when compacting trail to protect pipe:- Discuss *alternative compaction methods with Landscape Pschitect prior to execution. for approval if pipe hazard is anticipated. 5. At completion of surfacing, remove excess spoils from along trail edge and deposit on site as directed by Landscape Architect. 6. Rake along all trail edges to ensure finished appearance and positive drainage away from trail and into new drainage structures or swales. 3.04 Cleaning A. General: Contractor shall be responsible for daily removal of mud and dehris from road surfaces on a daily basis.. 1. Remove debris and excess materials from site. Water's Way. Neighborhood Park - SECTION 0251:1 — CRUSHER 1 FINES - Page 3 of 4 1 ' 3.05 Protection A. The Contractor shall be responsible for making a reasonable effort to protect the work from vandalism. If barricading or signage is necessary, the Contractor shall request such from the Owner. Owner shall provide any necessary barricading or signage. Any vandalism shall be brought to the attention of the Owner. ' END OF SECTION ' Water's Way Neighborhood Park - - FINES SECTION 02511 - CRUSHER Page 4 of 4 SECTION 02541 —BASKETBALL COURT SURFACING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. The contract work to be performed under this section consists of furnishing required labor, materials, equipment, implements, parts and supplies necessary for, or appurtenant to the surfacing of basketball courts in accordance with these specifications. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. The work shall be done in a thorough, workmanlike manner by contractor. Contractor references for three similar, successfully executed projects may be required. 1.03 Warranty A. The contractors shall guarantee their respective work against defective materials or faulty workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 — MATERIALS 2.01 Crack Filler A. Crack filling material shall be RhinoFill crack filler as manufactured by TPS Coatings, Inc., and distributed by E.J. Renner & Associates, (720) 963-1120, or approved equivalent. 2.02 Playing Lines A. Playing lines shall be painted on using white, latex acrylic line paint. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 Concrete Court Surface Preparation A. Preparation of the surface shall include the work necessary to provide a clean, uniform and sound surface. B. Prior to the surfacing applications, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by the use of a power — broom -or power washer. Loose debris and -flora shall be removed and cracks filled with the specified fill compound. C. Contractor shall flood courts, remove and replace depressions greater than one -eighth inch (1/8" or cover a nickel) deep D. Water -holding areas will be determined by flooding the court with water and allowing it to drain for one hour on a 70 degree or warmer day; The court will be re -flooded and refilled as necessary to comply with these specifications. 3.02 Playing Lines . A. Playing lines two inches (2") wide will be accurately located and marked and masked by snapping a chalk line and placing one inch (1") tape guide lines. Latex acrylic line paint will be brushed on to provide a uniform line. The lines shall have clear definition and ragged lines will not be accepted. END OF SECTION Water's _Way Neighborhood Park Section 02541 — Court Surfacing Page 1 of 1 I 1 E SECTION 02750 -CONCRETE PAVING ' PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Included A. Bidding Documents and Information, Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the Work of this Section of the Specifications. B. Section Includes: 1. Sidewalks, curb and gutter, plazas and exterior slabs 2. Aggregate Finish 1 1.02 Related Sections: A. Section 07900 - Sealants and Joint Fillers B. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.03 References A. Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared by CTL Thompson, dated February 19, 2009 ' B. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. ' 3. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. 4: ACI 316R - Recommendations for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Bases. C. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 2. ASTM C979 - Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. ' 1.04 Submittals A. Submit product data and manufacturer's instructions under provisions of Section 01330 for: ---.-- I.' Admixtures and Curing co-mpounds.-_,---_.___-_ ------- _-- _-----___-_ _ . . 2. Reinforcing and Concrete Mix Designs 1.05 Quality Assurance ' A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 316R.. B. Conform to ACI 305R during hot_weathen C. Conform to ACI 306R during cold weather. D. Obtain materials from same source and maintain high.degree of consistency in workmanship throughout Project. E. Installer Qualifications: Concrete shall be finished by firm with five years experience with work of similar scope and quality. F. Concrete Field Samples: 1. Provide field sample under provisions of Section 01330 ' Waters Way Neighborhood Park ` SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING Page 1 of 6 oavaow3'sr+nwo laof an .�. n. ^S. §� Avw fNanoeairf siz o„ ,zcov m 'sxnm lml y� wa wrsaou �_ vatlE CWwaOBw'Ji3N Atlm S.a3lvm 'la MS.n xlWx C,i lxl,.AlNltl ev. 'Jwxv.W E NOSdWONll ll� =d •=—' OJIV3 0 l10afONd yn3W11flV 3DCI El 1N3I"10 H 8 . a s N°JIS3a] 3`7ONQ 17NId M31ASM JGM4 Ef33N19N3 139019 xeY 'ax y � ka5�, E• q °° s''a 6 q' l a d i )�pza �fy�y g �er ybtZi Hi9 eje �l5�9 d°6 p � � H' ° ° ° g ��e'3� �p� ' a � �� a{i•i :1 � e' 8 � o •' j 9 i � �� c i° ,� 4� �p�HaS aI;a H r m 5 li E a 4YP Y it z e6 y � w � Y fl � � = a Ppti �p} � bail ; �° ;3ies• ie; 'yQ� p ea�' sa�r iilp g t a y P Y• � r t i ±� ez 8d ]n P� y3 $I?i iq'�H �d,Y ppa{ a g G4 6Y` YoPa9 GGG F to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 20.0 TAXES. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and ' Supplementary Conditions. 21.0 RETAINAGE. Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS. Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and ' Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 ' requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS. Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or I sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. 24.0 BID RESULTS. For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self- addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening. END OF SECTION Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 8 2. At location on Project selected by Owner's Representative, place and finish 4 x 4 feet area demonstrating materials, workmanship, and curing method to be used throughout Project. 3. Retain samples of cements and aggregates used in mock-up for comparison with materials used in remaining Work. ' 4. Accepted field sample provides visual standard for work of Section. 5. Field sample may remain as part of Work. However, it can be removed;when no longer required for comparison with finished work. G. Where work occurs in public rights -of -way, it shall conform strictly to current government specifications. 1.07 Project Conditions A. Concrete Environmental Requirements: 1. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to wind and hot sun before curing materials are applied. 2. Avoid placing concrete if rain, snow, or frost is forecast within 24 hours. Protect fresh concrete from moisture and freezing. 1.08 Performance Requirements A. Pavement design and installation shall accommodate Light duty commercial vehicles and trash removal. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Forms A. Forms may be either stationary or slip -form type. If slip forms are used, finished surfaces shall be of quality equal to that produced by stationary forms. B. Stationary forms shall be steel or wood, free of distortion and defects, and of appropriate size and strength. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends. Apply nonstaining, clear, paraffin -based form oil. 2.01 Concrete Mix A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance, with ASTM C94. 1. Provide non -colored concrete for exterior slabs on grade. plazas, sidewalks, curb and gutter. -- walls aprons and ramps with the following -characteristics: — -- Unit Measurement a. 28-Day Field Compressive 4,000 psi Strength b. Cement/Fly Ash 615 lbs./cu. yd.'Min. c. Max. Water/Cement Ratio . 0.44 d. Air Content % Range '5-8 e. Maximum Slump 4" £ - Fine Aggregate 50% (max. % of total Aggregate) Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING. 'Page 2 of 6 I C. Mix Design: Concrete mix shall comply with the Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared by CTL Thompson dated February 19, 2009. The Geotechnical Engineering Report is available D. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or Type M1, Color shall be gray. E. Sand: Color shall be locally available natural sand. F. Admixtures: Do not use calcium chloride admixtures. G. Aggregates: ASTM C33, normal weight. In addition, the combined aggregate shall comply with the following gradation, shown in percent passing. Sieve Size Y4-Inch Nominal Maximum Size '/< Inch 90 — 100 3/8 Inch- 60 — 80 No. 4 40 — 60 ' No. 8 30 — 45 No. 16 20 - 35 No. 30 13 — 23 No. 50 5 — 15, No. 100 0-5 ' H. Fly Ash and Water: Upon approval based on a satisfactory trial mix, the CONTRACTOR shall have the option of substituting approved fly ash for Portland cement, up to a maximum of 20 percent by weight. The total weight of cement and fly ash shall not be less than the specified mix ' design. 1. Fly ash for concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C or Class F. All chemical requirements of ASTM C 618 Table 1-A shall apply with the exception of footnote A. Class C fly ash will not be permitted where sulfate resistant cement is required. ' The CONTRACTOR shall submit certified laboratory.test results, for the fly ash. Test results that do not meet the physical and chemical requirements may result in the suspension of the use of fly ash until the corrections necessary have been taken to insure that the material meets ' the specifications. 2. Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substance injurious to the finished product. Water will be tested in accordance with, and shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHTO T-26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without test. Where the source of water is relatively shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, or other foreign materials. ' I. Coarse Aggregate for Exposed Aggregate Finish: 5/8-inch maximum size; rounded shape, ratio of maximum to minimum dimensions not to exceed 2.5:1; color to be tan to brown, no more than 2% white or black combined, no pink, no red, no green. ' J. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. . 2.02 Admixtures General: Unless specified in the mix or directed in Part 3, no admixtures shall be used without . approval of the Owner's Representative. Do not use admixtures that would result in mixing water with.a concentration of more than 150 ppm of chloride ion. ' Air Entraining: ASTM C260. — Water Reducing: ASTM C494, Type A. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 6 Accelerator: Nonchloride, ASTM C494, Type C or E. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. 2.03 Accessories ' A. Curing Compound for Exposed Aggregate Concrete: Acryseal by Prokete Industries of Denver, Colorado B. Sealants: Joint sealers shall be type specified in Section 07900. ' C. Forms: Wood, masonite or steel, profiled to site conditions. D. Joint Filler: Adjacent to Building and Other Areas Requiring a Sealant: Neoprene Sponge Rubber ASTM D1752 Type I, 1/2 inch thick, with strippable top. ' E. Other Joints: Asphalt impregnated fiberboard, ASTM D1751 1/2 inch thick•by full depth of concrete. F. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 40 ksi; deformed bars. , G. Surface Retardant: Surface retarding agent intended for exposed aggregate. Retardx-SRO" by Prokrete of Denver, Colorado, or approved equal. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Sample , A. Provide a 4' X 4' sample of each proposed concrete and finish for review by the Owner's Representative prior to placement of sidewalks or pavement. Obtain written authorization to proceed prior to placing remaining walk. The.sample may become a part of the permanent work if , .approved by the Owner. If the sample is not approved, the Contractor shall remove the test section from the site and shall place another sample for approval. 3.02 Examination and Preparation ' A. Verify grades and elevations of base. Remove loose material from compacted subgrade. Proof - roll subgrade; give notice of unstable areas. Moisten subgrade to provide a uniformly damp condition. , B. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support paving and imposed loads. ASTM D698, Minimum Percent Compaction: 95 — - -- C. -Moisten-substrate to minimize absorption of -water from -fresh- concrete. -- - ' D. Set clean forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. Sidewalks shall be minimum 5-inch thick. , D. Check tolerances as follows (slip form methods shall produce equivalent results): 1. Top of form: 1/8 inch in 10 feet 2. Alignment of vertical face: 1/4 inch in 10 feet ' E. Adjust manholes and utility structures to grade. 3.03 Forming A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile. B. Place expansion joints per plans and details or at 90-foot intervals maximum.. . C. Coordinate utility pads with respective Division 15 and Division 16 Contractors. Waters Way Neighborhood Park :: SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING:..,:. Page 4 of 6 I I 1 11 L7 D. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances. E. Form for handicap accessibility at curbs and gutters as shown. 3.04 Placing Concrete A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and Section 03050. B: Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints. D. Apply curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after, finishing. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.05 Finishing A. Provide uniform joint patterns as shown on drawings, with dummy joints at 10 foot o.c. where not otherwise shown. Sawed joints should be cut within 24 hours of concrete placement, and should be a minimum of 25% of slab thickness. B. Sidewalks: Medium broom, radius edges and trowel joint. Remove joint tool marks so only vertical joint is visible. Heavy broom finish and scoring required by ADA at handicap access ramp and curb ramp locations ' C. Slope or cross slope walks and slabs to provide positive drainage. D. Broomed: Pull broom across freshly floated concrete to produce fine, medium texture in straight lines perpendicular to main line of traffic. Do not dampen brooms. 3.06 Joints . A. Construct expansion, weakened -plane control (contraction), and construction joints straight with face perpendicular to concrete surface. Construct transverse joints perpendicular to centerline, unless otherwise detailed. B. Weakened -Plane Control or Contraction Joints: Provide joints at spacing of 15'-0" on centers maximum each way. Construct control joints for depth equal to at least '/< of the concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Form tooled joints in fresh concrete by grooving top with recommended tool and finishing edge with jointer. 2. Form sawed joints using powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond - rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be tom, abraded, or otherwise damaged by cutting action. C. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at locations where -- - -- placement operations are -stopped -for period of more than % hour; except where such placements - terminate at expansion joints. Construct joints using standard metal keyway -section forms. D. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints at maximum of 90'-0" on centers maximum each way unless otherwise shown on the Construction Drawings. Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, sidewalks, and other fixed objects. E. Joint Fillers: Extend joint fillers full -width and depth of joint, and not less than %: inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. Furnish joint fillers in 1-piece lengths for full width being placed, wherever possible. Where more than I length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. F. Joint Sealants: Joints shall be sealed with approved exterior pavement joint sealants and shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02750 --CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 6 1 3.09 Damaged Work A. Concrete work shall be protected from damage as a result of settlement, vandalism, construction ' activity, or other causes. B. Cracked or otherwise damaged sidewalks shall be removed and replaced. ' 3.10 Curing A. Exposed Aggregate Concrete: Apply curing compound for exposed aggregate concrete in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ' 3.11 Repair and Protection A. Repair or replace broken or defective concrete. Remove surface stains. Protect concrete from damage until Substantial Completion. ' B. Prior to final inspection, sweep concrete and wash free of stains, dirt, and otherforeign material. END OF SECTION SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 6 I [Il � -'? f.`t- .,1 r�.z �cR,,R:: fiy` CL }. "^ ..�4 ..r +sue 64J•-"r's' '7�4i�'�4a�. k�.kL I NSl3'li��-� #�J,s y�!(�.w��try t "� V �. SECTION 02791 —PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Synthetic Turf ' 2. Organic loose -fill surface. 3. Inorganic loose -fill surface. ' B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Sections 02507 PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Critical Height: Standard measure of shock attenuation. According to CPSC No. 325, this means "the fall height below'which a life -threatening head injury would not -be expected to occur." 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ' A. Impact Attenuation: According to ASTM F 1292. B. Accessibility of Surface'Systems: According to ASTM F 1951. C. Minimum Characteristics for Organic Loose -Fill Surfaces: According to ASTM F 2075. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. ..__B. Test results confirming.product.has,been,tested.and.in_compliance-with-AS-TM-F.-1292-99. -- C. Shop Drawings: Show the following:' 1. Detailed shop drawings of synthetic turf edging details, material thickness and base construction. 2. Location of drainage accessories. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of playground surface system indicated. 1. Minimum 1-quart loose -fill surface sealed in a container or storage bag. 2. Minimum 6-by-6-inch- square Sample of synthetic turf E. . Qualification Data:. For Installer and testing agency. F. Material Certificates: For each playground surface system product, signed by manufacturers. G. Maintenance Data: For playgroun& surface system to include in maintenance manuals. Walees Way Neighborhood Park` SECTION 02791— PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING' ' Page 1 of 4 H. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ANSI Z34.1 for ' testing indicated. C. Source Limitations: Obtain playground surface materials through one source from a single ' manufacturer. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather ' conditions permit playground surface system installation to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of playground surface systems with installation of playground equipment specified in Division 2 Section "Playground, Equipment and Structures." , 1.09 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of playground surface system that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty periods 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: Reduction in impact attenuation, and , deterioration of surface and other materials beyond normal wear and weathering. 2. Warranty Period: a. Synthetic Turf- five year manufacturer's warranty for from date of. Substantial ' Completion. b. Organic Loose Fill Surface - Three year manufacturer's warranty for from date of Substantial Completion. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS -- - -A--Furnish-extra-materials-described-below-that-match products installed -and -that -are packaged with-- - -- - ---- , - protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. I. Organic loose fill surface: 10 percent of amount installed. ' PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below_ introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:. " 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products`that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,-products_specified. 2: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide.one of the products specified. ,:. -Waters Way Neighborhood Park= ..,_;;;- .. SECTION 02791 - PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING. Page 2 of 4 A I 3. Basis -of -Design Product: The design for each product is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.02 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACE A. Synthetic turf by GT Impax Turf; Provided by Gametime, 1-800-235-2440, www.gametifne.com B. Critical Height: 88" 2.03 ORGANIC LOOSE -FILL SURFACE A. Engineered Wood Fibers: Random -sized wood fibers, in manufacturer's standard fiber size, approximately 10 times longer than wide; containing no bark, leaves, twigs, or foreign or toxic materials according to ASTM F 2075; graded according to manufacturer's standard specification for material consistency for playground surfaces[ and for accessibility according to ' ASTM F 1951]. B. Basis -of -Design Product: Fibar, Inc.; Fibar System 300, or an equivalent product 1. Wood fibers to a compacted depth of not less than as required for critical height indicated over FibarFelt and FibarDrain drainage system (minimum' flow rate'of 10 gpiri/ft). 2. Provide FibarDrain 6' apart over entire play area and overlay with FibarFelt geotextile fabric. C. Critical Height: 88" 2.04. INORGANIC LOOSE -FILL SURFACE ' A. Inorganic Aggregate Materials: Clean, washed, and free of loam, clay, organic matter, debris, and other foreign substances. 1. Masonry Sand: Complying with ASTM C 136 for the following sieve analysis test results; ' provide minimum depth of material with critical height indicated according to CPSC No. 325: a. Sieve Sizes and Percent Passing through Screen: No. 16 passing 100 percent, No. 30 passing 98 percent, No. 50 passing 62 percent, No. 100 passing 17 percent, and No. 200 passing 0 to 1 percent. B. Critical Height: 30" PART 3 - EXECUTION 1_01 _PREPARATION A. General: Prepare substrates to receive surfacing products according to playground surface system manufacturer's written instructions. Verify that substrates are sound and without high spots, ridges, holes, and depressions. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Comply with playground surface system manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install playground surface system over area and in thickness indicated. 3.03 SYNTHETIC TURF INSTALLATION A. General: Install synthetic turf according to playground surface system manufacturer's and synthetic turf manufacturer's written instructions. Waters Wa.yNeighborhood ParkSECTION 02791 —PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING Page 3 of 4 3.04 .INSTALLATION OF LOOSE -FILL PLAYGROUND SURFACE SYSTEMS A. Loose Fill: Place playground surface system materials including manufacturer's standard amount of excess material for compacting mechanically to requiredaepths after Installation of playground equipment support posts and foundations. B. Compacting and Grading: Uniformly compact and grade loose -fill according to manufacturer's written instructions to an even surface free from irregular surface changes as indicated. C. Finish Grading: Hand rake to a smooth finished surface and to required 'elevations. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing Services:. Testing and.inspecting of completed applications of playground surface system shall take place according to ASTM F 1292. , C. Remove and replace applications of playground surface system where test results indicate that it does not comply with requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at. Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with requirements. 3.06 CLEANUP A. Remove spills or residue that may make contact with structure or surrounding curbs or sidewalks. On completion of work and the 24 hr. cure time, remove protection "provided'for the same. END OF SECTION I I r y.......,� n ah .f"�-•i'r ,.ss-r^' � �4- f7S ^t' + � J w"�R�s.v=�. anF ;sJ y� +.ts r � 2. i �r4+c° >�' l.'f�4. -�'� �.`r, -�• `y `- Est 'R ' SECTION 02810- IRRIGATION SYSTEM ' PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE ' 'Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment tools and transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, theinstallation details, and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees. B. Coordination of Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"). C. Connection of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system. D. Connection of new valves to existing HOA irrigation system spray sprinkler zones as noted on irrigation plans. ' E. Maintenance period. F. Sleeving for irrigation pipe and wire. 1.2 WORK NOT INCLUDED ' Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections are: A. Payment of all development, plant investment, or any other fees and permits associated with the purchase and installation of the tap. B. Coordination of Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"). C. Provision and connection of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system. D. Installation of pumping plant for irrigation system. ' E. Maintenance period. ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Deliver four (4) copies of all required submittals to the Owners' Representative within ' 15 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 SECTION 00300 BID FORM 1 I B. Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, mainline components, water emission components, control system components. Quantities of materials need not be ' included. C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and operating instructions for equipment shown on the materials list. . D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings called for in the installation. details.; Show products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical dimensions. Note modifications to the installation detail. E. Project Record Drawings:. Submit project record (as -built) drawings to.Owner prior to commencement of maintenance period (refer to.specification, section 3.12 for ' specific requirements):, - 1.4 RULES AND REGULATIONS , A. Work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electric Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western Plumbing , Officials Association, and applicable laws and regulations of the governing authorities. B. When the contract documents,call for -materials or construction of a better quality or , larger size than required by the above -mentioned rules and regulations, provide the quality and size required by the contract documents. , C. If quantities are provided either in these specifications or on the drawings, these quantities are provided for information only. It.is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the, actual quantities of all material, equipment, and supplies required by the project and to complete an independent estimate.of quantities and wastage. ' 1.5 TESTING , A. , Notify the OwnersRepresentative three days in advance of testing. B. Pipelines jointed with rubber gaskets or threaded connections may be subjected to a pressure test at any time after partial completion of backflll. 'Pipelines jointed with , solvent -welded PVC joints shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before testing. C. Subsections of mainline pipe may be tested independently, subject to the review of. ' the Owners' Representative.. D. Furnish clean, clear water, pumps, labor, fittings, and equipment,necessary to , conduct tests or retests. E. Hydrostatic Pressure Test: , 1) Subject mainline pipe to a hydrostatic pressure equal to the anticipated operating pressure of 120 PSI for two hours. Test with mainline components installed. A 2 PSI pressure variation is allowed. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK. 3/11/2010 Page - 2 I 2) Subject lateral pipe to a hydrostatic pressure equal to the -anticipated operating pressure of 50 PSI. Test with risers for sprinklers capped. 3) Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings and fittings. 4) Leakage will be detected by visual inspection. Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat the test until the pipe passes test. a. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. ' F. Operational Test: 1) Activate each remote control valve in sequence from controller. The Owners' Representative will visually observe operation, water application patterns, and ' leakage. 2) Replace defective remote control valve, solenoid, wiring, or appurtenance to correct operational deficiencies. 3) Replace, adjust, or move water emission devices to correct operational or coverage deficiencies. 4) Replace defective pipe,'fitting, joint, valve; sprinkler; or'appurtenance to correct leakage problems. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. ' 5) Repeat tests) until each lateralpasses all tests. G. Central Control System Acceptance Test: 1) Upon completion of the centralized control system installation and Final . ' Review; a System AcceptanceiTest'must be passed. 2) Following Final Review, an evaluation=period will commence. Upon completion of 30 days of continuous service without major system problems, the system will.be_accepted_and_the_guarantee/warranty_period_will-beg in. Af_at_any_time during the 30-day'evaluation period, a majorsystem problem occurs, the source of the problem will be determined and corrected and the 30-day evaluation'periodwill start again:' Equipment will not be accepted until such time as the System Acceptance Test is passed. ' 3) If successful completion of the System Acceptance Test is not attained within 90 days following Final Review, the Engineer/Landscape Architect/Owner's Representative has the option to request replacement of equipment„terminate the order, or portions thereof, or continue with the System Acceptance Test. ' These options will remain in effect until such time as a successful completion of the System Acceptance Test. 4) Final payment will be made after successful completion of the final System Acceptance Test. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date - '- Section-02810. _ WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 3 H. Signal Wire: 1) Test for leaks to ground per manufacturer's recommendations. Test results must meet or exceed manufacturer's guidelines for acceptance. 2) Replace defective wire, underground splices, or appurtenances. Repeat the test until,the manufacturer's guidelines are met. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW The purpose of on -site reviews by the Owners' Representative is to periodically observe the work in progress and the Contractor's interpretation of the construction documents and to address questions with regards to the installation. A. . Scheduled reviews such as those for irrigation system layout or testing should be scheduled with the Owners' Representative as required by these specifications. B. Impromptu reviews may occur at any time during the project. C. Final review will occur at the completion of the irrigation system installation and Record (As -Built) Drawing submittal., 1.7- GURANTEE/ WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives irrigation materials of prime quality, installed. and. maintained in a thorough and careful manner. A. For a period of one year from commencement of the_formal maintenance period, guarantee/warranty irrigation materials, equipment, and workmanship against defects. Fill- and, repair depressions., Restore.landscape,orstructuralfeatures damaged by the settlement of irrigation trenches or excavations. Repair damage to the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of notification from the Owners' Representative. B.-,contract documents govern replacements identically as with new work. Make replacements at no additional cost to the contract price. C. Guarantee/warranty applies -to_originally installed materials and equipment and replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period. PART 2:, MATERIALS 2.1 QUALITY , Use materials which are new and without flaws or defects of anylype, and which are the best of their -class and kind. 2.2. SUBSTITUTIONS IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Dale Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK N11l2010 -Page - 4 I I I A I L1 I Pipe sizes referenced in the construction documents are minimum sizes, and may be increased at the option of the Contractor. 2.3 SLEEVING A. Install separate sleeve beneath paved areas to route each run of irrigation pipe or wiring bundle. B. Sleeving material beneath pedestrian pavements shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints. C. Sleeving beneath drives and streets shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints. ' D. Sleeving diameter: as indicated on the drawings and installation details or equal to twice that'of the pipe or wiring bundle.' 2.4 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Mainline Pipe and Fittings: ' 1) Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyfchloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, `extruded from material meeting the requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard ' D1784, with an integral belled end: 2) Use'Class 200, SDR-21;'rat ed at 200 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at higher pressures than Class 200 in the case of small nominal diameters which are not manufactured in Class 200. a. Use rubber-gasketed pipe for mainline pipe with a nominal diameter greater than or equal to 3-inches and rubber-gasketed ductile iron fittings with lubricant approved by the pipe manufacturer. Use gasketed pipe equipped with Reiber Gasket System. Pipe fittings may use _standard _gaskets. _ b. Use solvent weld pipe for mainline pipe i wi with a nominal diameter less than 3-inches or where a pipe connection occurs in a sleeve. Use Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784. Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to ASTM Standard D2564. ' B. Lateral Pipe and Fittings: 1) Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation ' Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the requirements of Cell' Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard D1784, with an integral belled end suitable for solvent welding. Use class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 PSI, conforming'to the dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS - Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS'NEIGBORHOOD PARK .3/11/2010 Page - 5 - - - - higher pressures than Class 200 in the case of small nominal diameters which are not manufactured in Class 200. Use UV radiation resistant Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld .fittings conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784 for PVC pipe. 2) Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to ASTM Standard D2564, of a type approved by the pipe manufacturer. 3) For drip irrigation laterals downstream of zone control valves; use UV radiation resistant polyethylene pipe manufactured from Prime Union Carbide G-resin 7510 Natural 7 manufactured by Union Carbide or a Union.Carbide Licensee with a minimum of 2% carbon black, and minimum nominal pipe ID dimension of 0.810" for 3/4 inch pipe. Use PVC /compression line fittings compatible. with the drip lateral pipe. Use tubing stakes to hold above -ground pipe in place. C. Specialized Pipe and Fittings: 1) Copper pipe: Use Type "K" rigid conforming to ASTM Standard B88. Use wrought copper or cast bronze fittings,. soldered or threaded per the % installation. details. •.Use.a 95tin and 5% antimony solder. 2) Galvanized steel pipe: Use Schedule 40 conforming to ASTM. Standard A120. ,,Use galvanized, threaded, standard weight, malleable -iron fittings. 3). Ductile iron pipe: Use Class 50 conforming to ASTM Standard. Use Class 50 ductile iron fittings. 4) Use a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass, bronze) is joined to an iron -based metal, (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel). 5) Swing joints shall be rated at 315 psi, and use 0-ring and Marlex street elbows and-Sch 80 PVC -nipple construction_ - - 6). Low Density Polyethylene Hose: - a. Use pipe specifically intended for use as a flexible swing joint. Inside diameter: 0.490+0.010 inch. Wall thickness: 0.100+0.010 inch. Color lack. b. Use spiral barb fittings supplied by the same manufacturer as the hose. 7) Assemblies calling for threaded pipe connections shall utilize PVC Schedule 80 nipples and, PVC Schedule 40 threaded fittings. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/1.1/2010 ...Section - 02810.• Page 5 . n 8) Joint sealant: Use only Teflon -type tape pipe joint sealant on plastic threads. Use nonhardening, nontoxic pipe joint sealant formulated for use on water -carrying pipes on metal threaded connections: D. Marking Tape: 1) Mainline Pipe -Christy underground I.D. tape TA-DT-3-P-NPW. {DESIGNER NOTE:. -Non Potable detectable marking tape1s called out; see pg 16 in Christy catalog for spec designations }. E. Thrust Blocks: 1) Use thrust blocks for fittings on pipe greater than or equal to 3-inch diameter or any diameter rubber gasketed pipe. 2) Use 3,000 PSI concrete. I3) Use No. 4 Rebar wrapped or painted with asphalt tar based mastic coating. F. Joint Restrain Harness: 1) Use a joint restrain harness wherever joints are not positively restrained by flanged fittings, threaded fittings, and/or thrust blocks. 2) Use a joint restrain harness with transition fittings between metal and PVC pipe, where weak trench banks do no allow the use of thrust blocks, or where ' extra support is required to retain a fitting or joint. 3) Use bolts, nuts, retaining clamps, all -thread, or other joint.restrain harness ' materials that are zinc plated or galvanized. 4) Use on pipe greater thah'or equal to 3-inch diameter or any diameter rubber gasketed pipe. 2.5 MAINLINE COMPONENTS A. Main System Shutoff Valve: As per local practice and in compliance with local code. ' B. Winterization Assembly: As per local practice` and in compliance with local code. C. Master Valve Assembly: As presented in the installation details. D. Isolation Gate Valve;Assembly: As presented in the installation details. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of•3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. E. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Double swing joint arrangement as presented in the installation details. ' IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATERWAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3?11/2010 . — Page - 7 - 2.6 2.7 F. Manual Drain Valve Assembly: As presented in the installation details. Install a separate sump consisting of three cubic feet of 3/4-inch gravel for each drain valve. SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals:: As presented in the installation details. Use wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to join control. wires•to solenoid valves. Use standard Christy I.D. tags with hot -stamped black letters on a yellow background. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. Adjust flow control per manufacturer's recommendations prior to use. Install Toro CDEC-ISP-1 decoder on each valve for communication on 2-wire control system. B. Sprinkler Assembly: As presented :in the drawings and installation details. Use the sprinkler manufacturer's pressure compensating screens (Rain Bird PCS) to achieve 30 PSI operating conditions on each sprinkler and to control excessive operating pressures. , DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals: As presented in the installation details. Use wire connectors, and waterproofing sealant to join control wires to solenoid valves. ;Use standard. Christy. I.D. tags with hot -stamped black letters on a yellow background. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch.gravel.for each assembly. Adjust,flow control per manufacturer's :_recommendations prior,to.use. Install Toro CDEC-ISP-1 decoder on each valve for communication on 2-wire control system. B. Drip Emitter Assembly: 1) Barb -mounted, vortex and/or pressure compensating emitter device as .,presented in.the installation details. The.device shall be Rain Bird Xeri-bug XB-10pc series. 2) Install emitter types and quantities on the following schedule: a. Ground cover plant: 1 single outlet emitter each or 1 single outlet emitter per square, foot of planting area, whichever isless., b. Shrub: 2 single outlet emitters each. c.._,Tree: A. single outlet emitters each or 1,multi-outlet emitter each (with 4 outlets open). 3) Use 1/4-inch diameter flexible plastic tubing to direct waterfrom emitter outlet to emission point.;;Length, of. emitter outlet.tubing shall not exceed.. feet. Secure emitter outlet tubing With tubing stakes..:. 4) ;_ Install:an access: sleeve: for each _multiple -outlet -emitter located in a. turf area. C. Flush Cap Assembly: as presented in the installation details. Locate at the end of IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page-8 1 I I I I [I] I each drip irrigation lateral pipe. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. 2.8 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Irrigation Controller Unit: 1) As presented in the drawings and installation details. 2) Primary surge protection arrestors: As required by control system manufacturer. 3) Valve output surge protection arrestors: As required by control system manufacturer. 4) Lightning protection: 4" x 96" "x 0.0625" copper -clad grounding plate. 5) Wire markers: Pre -numbered or labeled with indelible non -fading ink, made of permanent, non -fading material. ' 6) Valve output surge protection arrestors: As recommended by controller manufacturer. Ground every 12 decoders or 1,000 feet per Toro specifications. 1) Ground the end of every wire run per Toro specifications 8) 'Additional Central Control radio communication'equipment as determined by a ' communication'test: -.See Section3.9. ' B. Instrumentation: 1) As presented in the drawings and installation details. - - ---- - - - - 2) "Flow Sensor:.Data Industrial_Model_IR220B-with_polypropylene mounting saddle. 3) Central control communication components "C. Control Wire: ' 1) Use Toro jacketed decoder cable (2414 AWG wires), direct burial, solid copper, for power to decoders. Install per Toro specifications. ' 2) Spare control 'wires shall be of a color different from that of the active control wire. Wire color, shall be continuous over its entire length. 3)" Splices: Use wire connector with waterproof sealant: 'Wire connector to be of ' plastic construction consisting of two (2) pieces, one piece which snap locks into the other. A copper crimp sleeve to be provided with connector. Utilize 1 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATERWAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 - Page-9 DBR6-300 splices. 4) Encase wiring not located near PVC irrigation pipe in PVC Schedule 40 electrical conduit. OTHER COMPONENTS A. Tools and Spare Parts: Provide operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, other items, and spare parts indicated in the General Notes of the drawings. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS A. Site Inspections: 1) Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. Report irregularities to the Owners' Representative prior to beginning work. ,2) Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions. 3) Contractor will be held responsible for coordination between landscape and irrigation system installation. 4) Landscape material locations shown on the Landscape Plan shall take precedence over the irrigation system equipment locations.:. If irrigation equipment is installed in conflict with the landscape material locations shown on the.Landscape;Plan,,the Contractor -will be,required to relocate, the irrigation equipment, as necessary, at.Contractor's.expense.: B. Utility Locates ("Call Before You Did'): 1) Arrange for and coordinate with local authorities the location of all underground utilities. 2) Repair any underground utilities damaged,during construction. Make repairs at -- -- no-additional cosf-to the contract price.---------- --- ..- -- -- - C. Irrigation System Layout Review:. Irrigation system.layout reviewwill occur after the staking has been completed. Notify the Owners' Representative two days in advance of review. Modifications will be identified by the Owners' Representative at this review. 3.2 LAYOUT OF WORK. A. Stake out the irrigationsystem. Items staked include:, sprinklers,;pipe, control valves, manual drains;, controller,: and isolation valves... . B.;< Install_ all mainline pipe andmainline components inside of_project property lines. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Dale Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3h 1/2010 Page - 1l) I 3.3 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING A. Excavate to permit the pipes to be laid at the intended elevations -and to permit work space for installing connections and fittings. B. Minimum cover (distance-fromi.top of `pipe or control wire to finish grade): 1) 24-inch over mainline pipe and over electrical conduit. 2) Control wire under mainline. 3) 16-inch over lateral pipe to sprinklers and over manifold pipe to drip system zone control valves. ' 4) 8-inch over drip lateral pipe in turf or paved -areas downstream of drip system ' zone control valves. 5) 3-inch minimum mulch cover over drip lateral pipe in planting beds downstream of drip system zone control valves. PVC UV radiation resistant lateral pipe shall be installed directly on the soil surface under landscape fabric. ' C. Backfill only after lines have been reviewed and tested. D. Excavated material is generally satisfactory for backfill. Backfill shall be free from rubbish, vegetable matter, frozen materials; and stones larger than 2-in6hes in maximum dimension. Remove material not suitable for backfill. Backfill placed next to pipe shall be free of sharp objects which may damage the pipe. Stones larger than 1'-inch maximum dimension are not permitted in first (deepest) 6-inches of backfill. E. Backfill unsleeved pipe and sleeves in either of the.following manners: . . ' 1) Backfill and puddle the lower half of the trench. Allow to dry 24 hours. Backfill the remainder of the trench in 6-inch layers. Compact to density of surrounding soil. 2) Backfill the trench by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides of the pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting to the density of surrounding soil. tF. Backfill unsleeved pipe by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides of the pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting each layer to'90% Standard Proctor Density, ' ASTM D698-78. Conduct one compaction test for every 300 feet of trench. Costs for such testing and any necessary retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. Use of water for compaction, "puddling", will not be permitted. G. Enclosepipe'and wiring beneath roadways, walks, curbs, etc. in sleeves. Minimum compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698=78. Conduct`one compaction test for each sleeved crossing less than 50 feet long. Conduct two compaction tests for each sleeved crossing greater than 50 feet ' Jong. Costs for such testing and any necessary retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. Use of water for compaction around sleeves; "puddling", will not be IRRIGATION. SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date - Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - I I ' SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT:7125 Waters Way Neighborhood Park Place LIn It I N� 0,o IC)C JO Date [ (l aolb kja05ED Veb j, ao1 ( 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated L, 20('D and ' subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is�ac�certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of j6v�Cp nljig ($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. I 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this ' Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes o furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows: (:�dC>L-ru + M4A=g1nri,-rtr CO. 1-)t0 4Pk-'rk,U ( U l9 , <so 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. _through. IRev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 1 permitted. H. Dress backfilled areas to original grade. Incorporate excess backfill into existing site grades. Dispose of excess backfill.off site. I. Where utilities conflict with irrigation trenching and pipe work, contact the Owners' , Representative for trench depth adjustments. 3.4 SLEEVING AND BORING ' A. Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the specified, burial depth. B. Extend sleeve ends six inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. Cover pipe ends and mark with stakes.. Mark concrete;with a chiseled 'Y' at sleeve end locations. ' C..-,Bore for sleeves under obstructions which cannot be removed. Employ equipment and. methods designed for horizontal, boring. . 3.5 ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: t 1) Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale.. Cut pipe ends square and. debur. Clean pipe ends. , 2) ;Keep ends of,assembled pipe capped. Remove caps.only•when necessary to continue assembly. , B. Mainline Pipe and Fittings: 1) Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic.pipe: 2) PVC Rubber-Gasketed Pipe: a. Use pipe lubricant. Join pipe in the manner,recommended by manufacturer and; in accordance with accepted industry practices. b.., Epoxy -coated steel fittings shall not be struck with a metallic tool. Cushion , blows with a wood block or similar.shock absorber. 3) PVC. Solvent Weld Pipe a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in a manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted. industry practices. , b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in pipe c Snake pipe. from ide to side withinthe trench IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS' Effective Date Section - 02510 .. WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 12 I 1 4) Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted. C. Lateral Pipe and Fittings: 1) Use only strap=type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe. 2) PVC Solvent Weld Pipe: a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. ' b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in the pipe. c. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench. 3) UV Radiation Resistant Polyethylene Pipe: a. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturerand in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench, on the soil surface, and hold in place with tubing stakes spaced every five feet. 4) Fittings The use of cross type fittings is not permitted. D. Specialized Pipe and Fittings: 1) Copper Pipe: a. Buff surfaces to be joined to a bright finish. Coat with solder flux. b. Solder so that a continuous bead shows around the joint circumference. _2)_ Galvanized _Ste_el Pipe;_ a. Join pipe in the manner recommended by. manufacturer and in accordance - with accepted industry practices. b. Use factory -made threads whenever.possible. Field -cut threads will be permitted only where absolutely necessary. Cut threads on axis using clean, sharp dies. c. Apply Teflon -type tape or pipe joint compound to the male threads only. 3) Ductile Iron Pipe: a. Use push -on joints whenever possible. Use pipe lubricant. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. ' IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page = 13 ' 4) Insert a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass, bronze) and an iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel) are joined. 5) Pre -fabricated double swing joints: Install per City of Fort Collins standards and details. 6) Low Density Polyethylene Hose: Install per manufacturer's recommendations 7) PVC Threaded Connections: a. Use only -factory -formed, threads. Field -cut threads are not permitted. b. Use only Teflon -type tape. c. When connection is plastic -to -metal, the plastic component shall have male threads and the metal component shall have female threads. 8) Make metal -to -metal, threaded connections with Teflon -type tape or pipe joint compound applied to the male threads -only; E. Thrust Blocks:: 1) Use cast -in -place concrete bearing against undisturbed soil. 2) Size, orientation and placement shall be as shown on the installation details. 3) Install rebar with mastic coating as shown on the installation details. F. Joint Restrain Harness: 1) Install harness in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance, with accepted industry practices, 2) Install self -restraining casing spacers at all pipe bell joints,and every 10-feet along the mainline pipe routing through sleeving. Provide correct number and type of -.restraint per -manufacturer's, requirements. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF MAINLINE COMPONENTS A.. Main System .Shut .Off Valve: Install where,.indicated;on the drawings. B. Winterization Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings. C. Master Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings. D. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: 1) , Install_where indicated on the drawings: IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 14 2) Locate at least 12-inches from and align with adjacent walls or edges of paved Qareas. E. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings. F. Manual Drain Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings and at other low points in the mainline piping. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Asssembly for SDrinkler Laterals 1) Flush before installation of RCV assembly. mainline 2) Install where indicated on the drawings. Wire connectors and waterproof D sealant shall be used to connect control wires to -remote control valve wires. Install connectors and sealant per the manufacturer's recommendations. 3) Install only one RCV to a valve box. Locate valve box at least 12-inches from and align with nearby walls or edges'of=paved areas: Group RCV assemblies together where practical. Arrange grouped valve boxes in rectangular patterns. Allow at least 12-inches between valve boxes. 4) Adjust RCV to regulate the downstreaml operating pressure. a5) Attach ID tag with controller station number to control wiring. B. Sprinkler Assembly: 1) Flush lateral pipe before installing sprinkler assembly. - 2) Install per the installation'detailsat locations shown on the drawings. 3) Locate rotary sprinklers 12-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved areas. `Locate 4) spray sprinklers 3-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved areas. 5) Set sprinklers perpendicular to the finish grade. 6) Supply. appropriate nozzle or adjust arc of coverage of each sprinkler for best performance. 7)' Adjust the radi.us of throw"of`each sprinkler for best performance. 3.8 INSTALLATION OFDRIPIRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals: 1) Flush mainline pipe before installing RCV assembly. 0 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section- 02810 WATERWAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2610 Page - 15 2) Locate as shown on the drawings. Wire connectors and waterproof sealant shall be used to connect control wires to remote control valve wires. Connectors and sealant shall be installed as per the manufacturer's recommendations. 3) Install only one RCV to valve box. Locate at least 12-inches from and align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies together where practical. 4) Arrange grouped.valve.boxes, in rectangular patterns. Set RCV assembly discharge pressure to 30 PSI. B. Zone Control Valve Assembly: Install at locations shown on the drawings. C: -Drip Emitter Assembly: 1) Locate as shown on the drawings and installation details. 2): Flush lateral pipe before installing emitter assembly. 3) Cut emitter outlet distribution tubing square.. 4) Install an access sleeve;as part of each multiple -outlet emitter assembly for emitters located in turf areas. 5) Use tools and techniques recommended by the manufacturer. Make openings for barb -mounted emitters with the emitter manufacturer's hole - punching tool:. D. Flush Cap Assembly: Install;at the.end of each.drip irrigation lateral pipe as shown on the installation details. E. Pressure Adjustment Procedure: , 1) Fully open all zone control.valves and energize the RCV assembly. 2) Determine which emitter has the least outlet pressure; this is the critical emitter 3) Identify zone control valve associated with the critical emitter; this is the critical -- -zone control valve. 4) Set discharge pressure of RCV such that the critical vortex emitter has a pressure:of 15.PSI.± 2 PSI and/or the critical pressure compensating emitter has a pressure of 25 PSI ± 5 PSI. Measure with pressure gauge attached to critical emitter. 5) Identify the critical emitter for remaining zone control valves: IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 . WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 311112010 Page.- 16 I Q I 1 I I 1 [1 1> 1 I 3.9 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Irrigation Controller Unit: 1) The location of the controller unit as depicted on the drawings is approximate; the Owners' Representative will determine the exact site location during irrigation system installation. 2) Lightning Protection: A 25-foot continuous length (no splices allowed unless using exothermic welding 'process) of 6 AWG+solid bare copper wire is to be attached to the plate by the manufacturer using an approved welding process. Install grounding plate'to meet minimum requirements of Article 250-52 (d) of the 199 National Electric Code. Plate must be made of a copper alloy. Wire is to be connected to the electric equipmenfground'lug as shown in the detail of page 1: The ground.plate is to be installed to a minimum depth of 30", or below the frost line if it is lower than 30", at a location 8 feet from the electronic equipment and underground wires and cables. Two (2) 50=pound bags of PowerSet® [Paige Electric part number 1820058] earth contact material must be spread so that it surrounds the copper plate evenly along its length within a 6" wide trench. Salts, fertilizers, bentonite clay, cement, coke, carbon, and other chemicals are not to be used to improve soil conductivity because these materials are corrosive and will cause the copper electrodes to erode and become less' effective with time. 3) Lightning protection: Provide on all remote control valve wiring as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide other components such as ground rod, grounding wire, etc., to manufacturer's recommendations. 4) Install primary surge protection arrestors on incoming power lines. 5) Install one valve output surge protection arrestor on each control wire and one for the common wire. 6) 'Attach wire.markers to the ends of control'wires inside the controller unit housing. Label wires with the identification number (see drawings) of the remote control valve to which the control wire is connected. 7) Install a 120-volt, 15 amp switched and grounded 3-prong receptacle with GFIC inside the controller unit housing. 8) Connect control wires to the'corresponding controller terminal. 9) Contractor shall schedule Central Control communication radio test with the control system manufacturer representative: On -site controller must communicate by radio with the Central Control 'system at the Fossil Creek Park Maintenance Facility. B. Instrumentation: IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS WATERWAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK Effective Date Section - 02810 3/11/2010 Page, 17 1) Install sensors per the. installation details and manufacturer's recommendations. Install at locations shown on the drawings. 2) Install electrical connections between irrigation controller and sensors per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Control Wire: 1) Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench. Bundle with pipe wrapping tape spaced at 10-foot intervals. 2) . Provide a 24-inch excess length of wire. in an 8-inch diameter loop at each 90 -degree change of direction, at both ends of sleeves, and at 100-foot intervals along continuous runs of wiring. Make wiring loop by turning control wire 5 turns around 1-inch pipe. Coil.24-inch length. of wire within each remote control valve box. . 3) Install spare two wire Toro jacketed decoder cable along entire length of mainline, pulled into each valve box and into the controller. 4) Install control wire under mainline. 5) Do not encase control wires in thrust blocks. . 6) If a control wire must be spliced, make splice with wire connectors and waterproof sealant, installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Locate splice in a valve box which :contains an irrigation valve assembly, or in a separate 6- inch: round valve box. Use same procedure for connection to valves as for in -line splices. 7) Unless noted on plans, install wire parallel with and under PVC mainline pipe. If wire is installed,adjacent to, section of metal pipe, separate wire from pipe minimum of 6-inches and install wire in PVC conduit. 8) Encase wire not installed with PVC mainline pipe in electrical conduit. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS A. Tools and Spare Parts: 1) Prior to the Pre-Maintenance.Review, supply to the Owner operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, and any other items indicated on the drawings. 2) . Prior to Final. Review, supply to,the Owner the spare parts indicated in the General.,Notes on,the.drawings. B. Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or installation details -to be part of the irrigation system, even though -such, items may not'have been referenced in these specifications. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page, 18.11. I ' 3.11 Proiect Record (As -Built) Drawings Maintain on -site and separate from documents used for construction, one complete set of contract documents as Project Documents. Keep documents current. Do not permanently cover work until as -built information is recorded. I A. Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed differently than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points, of each irrigation system valve, each backflow prevention device, each controller or control ' unit, each sleeve end, each stub -out for future pipe or wiring connections, and other irrigation components enclosed within a valve box. B. Prior to Final Review, obtain electronic copy of the drawings. Using AutoCAD, duplicate information contained on the project record drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet "Record Drawing". Completion of the Record Drawings will be a prerequisite for the Final Review. 3.12 MAINTENANCE ' A. Upon completion of Final Review, maintain irrigation system for a duration of 30 calendar days. Make periodic examinations and adjustments to irrigation system components so as to achieve the most desirable application of water. B. Following completion of the Contractor's maintenance period, the Owner will be responsible for maintaining the system in working order during the remainder of the guarantee/warranty period, for performing necessary minor maintenance, for trimming around sprinklers, for protecting against vandalism, and for preventing damage during the landscape maintenance operation. ' 3.13 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials, and -rubbish. End of Section ' IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Dale Section - 02810 WATERWAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page-- 19 I 1 ;tso. SECTION 02816-PREFABRICATED IRRIGATION PUMP STATION ' PART 1- GENERAL" 1.1 Scope Furnish all labor, materials, supplies,, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the pump system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation details, and as;specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, and permits. , B. Connection of electrical power to the irrigation pumping plant equipment. C. Installation of pumping plant for irrigation system. D. Connection to irrigation system. 1.2 Work Not Included Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections are: , A. Pumping plant building. B. Wet well C. Pond intake screen D: Installation of electric services, meters, and electrical disconnect and distribution panel. 1.3 Submittals A. Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, and control system components. Qua ntities'of'materials` , need not be included. B. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications,'and operating instructions for equipment shown on the materials list. ' C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of the pump station installation. Show products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical dimensions. Note modifications to the installation detail. Coordinate with pump station building shop drawings. 1.5 Guarantee/Warranty And..Replacement The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives irrigation ' materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner. A. For a period of one year.from the date of final completion and commencement of the formal ' maintenance period, guarantee/warranty irrigation materials, equipment, and workmanship against defects. Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape or structural features damaged by the settlement of trenches or excavations. Repair damage to the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of notification for the 1 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - I , Construction Manager's Representative. ' B. Contract documents govern replacements the same as new work. Make replacements at no cost in contract price. ' C. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period. PART 2-MATERIALS 1 2.1 Irrigation Pumping System ' A. General: " 1. It is the intent of this specification to describe one'(1) prefabricated, skid -mounted, - vertical turbine pump station containing pump system and controls. 2. The prefabricated pumping station shall have=a minimum capacity and discharge pressure at'skid edgeas described in these technical specifications. The overall pump ' length shall extend to within 24 inches of the bottom of the wet well. 3. The station shall be completely wired', piped, hydraulically and electrically tested prior to job site shipment. ' 4. Constructiori'shall include a fabricated steel plate and skid assembly to support all components during shipping and to serve as the installation mounting base. ' 5. The discharge manifold from the pump station shall terminate at skid edge and be provided"by the pump station manufacturer. ' 6. Approved manufacturers: a. Syncrofioj Atlanta Georgia b. Watertronics, Elm Grove, WI c. Flowtronex` PSI: Dallas, Texas d. Ap'proved equal, prior to bidding B. Pumps: 1. Pump station shall deliver a total flow of 330 GPM with a discharge pressure of 95 PSI (219 TDH). In addition, the following criteria should be met: ' a. Shut-off Head: 350-'feetminimum. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 ' WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/6/2010 - Page - 2 - I h II �7 1 SECTION 00300 — BID FORM 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Contract Documents to complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price indicated and within the Contract time in this Bid and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Bidder accepts the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. This Bid will remain open until the seventh day after the Effective Date of the Agreement between the Owner and the apparent Successful Bidder. BIDDER will sign the Agreement and submit all documents required by the Contract Documents within 10 days after the date of the Owner's Notice of Award. 3. In submitting this Bid, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that: a. BIDDER has received and examined copies of all the Contract Documents and of the following addenda: Signature Addenda Date Addenda Number b. BIDDER has examined the site and locality where the Work is to be performed, the legal requirements ' (federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations) and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work and has made such independent investigations as BIDDER deems necessary. c. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm, group, association, or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to submit a false or sham bid; BIDDER. has not solicited or induced any person, firm or I corporation to refrain from bidding; and BIDDER has not sought by collusion to obtain any advantage over any other BIDDER or over Owner. 4. BIDDER will complete the Work for all bid items listed in Schedule 1. 1 SCHEDULEI Provide materials and labor associated with installation, maintenance, start-up and Owner training, as indicated on the ' drawings and in the Specifications, for each of the following bid items. Owner is responsible for payment of Building Permit application fees. Bid Item #1 Demolition & Traffic Control To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Demolition, Disposal, Protection of Items to Remain, Tree Protection, Traffic Control, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price $ IWater's Way Neighborhood Parts SECTION 00300 — 61D FORM Page 1 of 8 b. Rating Points: Minimum Efficiency Pump Type Head (feet) (GPM) % HP Pump 1- Vertical Turbine 248 +/- 5 - 300 80 25 Pump 2 -. Submersible 240 +/- 5 40 70 3 2. Vertical Turbine Pump: a. Suction case, intermediate bowls and discharge bowls shall be of cast-iron. The impellers shall be of bronze, statically balanced. Pump shall not rotate faster than.1800 RPM. The pump shall be adjustable vertically by,means of an adjusting nut located at the top of the driver. The pump shaft is to be turned, ground and polished stainless steel, having a chromium content of not less than 12%. It shall be:supported.by bearings above and below each impeller. The size of the shaft shall be ample to transmit the horsepower required by the associated pump: . b. The pump suction strainer shall be basket type with an area not less than four times the suction bell inlet area. c. The discharge,column pipe shall be furnished in;interchangeable sections with flanged,or threaded;couplings.. The line shafts shall.be ground and polished steel with non -corrosive sleeves at the Ilocation of each guide bearing; and shall be coupled with steel couplings,, having a.Ieft-hand.thread to tighten during pump operation. Line shaft bearings shall be;spaced notmore.than 5 feet apart. The section of shaft passing through the stuffing box shall be stainless steel, having a chromium content of not less than 12%. p I . „ d. The pump shall be supplied with a surface discharge head, having a flanged discharge opening. The top diameter of the discharge head shall have a rabbit to match the diameter of,the. motor base and to.distribute the load uniformly. The discharge head shall be provided with a drain for. the stuffing box wastewater. No water is to be permitted to run onto the skid deck. The discharge head shall include a cast iron stuffing box complete with gland, bypass line, bronze bushing, packing, and water Slinger. 3. Submersible Sustaining Pump and Motors: . a. The submersible pump and motor shall be designed for continuous intermittent duty in a submerged environment. b. The pump bowls, impellers, guide vanes, strainer and check valve shall be 300 series stainless steel. No moving parts shall be constructed of plastic or other brittle materials. C. The intermediate and top bearings shall be bronze or nitrile rubber. There shall be a nitrile rubber seal ring fitted around each impeller eye or skirt. d. A filter screen shall be included as part of the suction inlet and have 1/4-inch openings. e. The motor shall be a squirrel -cage induction motor designed for continuous IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date' Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOODPARK 3/8/2010:„ _ Page-3.„ , . underwater operation in conformance with NEMA standards. f. The motor shall be water filled for cooling and lubrication. No oils or grease shall be used. ' g. The motor diaphragm and shaft seal shall be carbon and ceramic material. h. The motor shall be of 200 or 300 stainless steel, steel, iron or NI -Resist. ' i. Pump shall be equipped with a motor shroud for proper cooling of the motor. j. The motor shall be manufacturer by Franklin Electric with Subtrol motor .protection controls. Motor shall be manufactured in the U.S.A. k.` Sustaining pump shall be as manufactured by Goulds, Grundfos or Engineer approved equal. ' C. Motors: ' 1. Vertical Turbine Pump Motor: a. The pump driving motor shall be squirrel cage induction, vertical hollow shaft type in a NEMA 1 weather -protected enclosure, 'suitable for full voltage, starting ' as required by the motor starter. The connection to the pump shaft shall be through bolted -down type couplings in"the motor. The temperature rise of the motor shall be to NEMA Standard MG-1-12.42 for Class B or Class F insulation. A thrust bearing of ample capacity to carry the weight of all rotating parts, plus ' the hydraulic thrust of the pump, shall be incorporated into the motor. The bearings shall be of such size that the average life rating is no less than five years continuous operation. Motor enclosure shall be NEMA 1 - weather protected. ' b. The motor shall be of proper size to drive the pump at any point on the operation curve without exceeding 95% of the motor nameplate rating (on low pressure, PLC limits VFD to 95%). C. Motors shall be manufactured in the U.S.A. by U.S. Motor, or approved equal. d. Motors shall be 460-Volt; 3-Phase, 60-Hertz. D. Piping: ' 1. Fabricated Piping: a. All fabricated piping shall conform to ASTM Specification A53 for Grade B - welded or seamless pipe. ' b. 'Discharge piping 8 inches and smaller shall be Schedule 40. ' C. All welding flanges shall be forged steel, 150 lb. slip-on or welding neck type, conforming to ASTM Specification Al81, Grade 1. d.. All welding fittings shall be seamless, conforming to ASTM Specification A234, With the same pressure rating as the. piping Paragraph l-a above. 2. _"brains" are to be provided from any'possible low poinfin tfie system and are to be IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective' Date Section - 02816 ' WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 _ - 'Page = A ' I equipped with brass 3/4-inch valves, and no drainwateris to run out on top of the deck plate. They are to include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Drain without valve from the discharge head of each pump to carry off packing gland waste water. b. Drain in piping manifold between pump check valves and control valve. C. Drain in the discharge spool between control valve and the station discharge. 3. A wash down 3/4-inch brass hose bib shall be provided downstream of the control valve, upstream of the main station discharge isolation valve. 4. Air Venting: Each pump discharge head shall be provided with a mechanical air venting valve to vent air from pump ahead of the pump. check valve.: The air and vacuum relief valve shall be from, size. 5. Pump Check Valves: a. The pump discharge check valves shall be of-the,center pivot dual disc non -slam type. The valves shall have either, cast-iron or steel bodies and Buna N sealing members. The trim shall be bronze and stainless steel. Each valve shall mount directly to each pump discharge head flange. b. Pump check valves shall be manufactured by Valmatic, Model 8800 series, or approved equal. 6..: Isolation Valves: a. The isolation valves maybe of the butterfly type. (1) Butterfly valves shall be rated at 200 psi wog working pressure. (2) Butterfly valves shall be manufactured by Milwaukee, or approved equal. 7. Pump Discharge Bypass Valve: Pump discharge bypass valve shall be installed on the discharge piping. The valve shall be sized to bypass sufficient water to avoid overheating of the pumps at or near shut off head conditions. Valve shall be a bypass valve as manufactured by Cla-Val, or approved equal. 8. Gauges and Switch Gauges: Gauges and switch gauges shall be isolated from all electrical switch gear and control panels. Gauges shall be provided at appropriate locations to read inter -stage pressure and discharge manifold pressure. Gauges shall be liquid filled or pulsation dampened. 9. Pump Expansion and Vibration Joints: a. 1/8-inch thick full-face;neoprene pads are. to,be.placed under each pump discharge head for sealing and vibration dampening. . b. Pump isolation valves shall beconnected into the discharge header with Victaulic or equal, groove type couplings to provide for expansion and vibration dampening,,.: •:: ; . c.- Air Release Valve: Provide a combination air release/vacuum valve to release ,excess air, from the discharge;piping— This, valve shall, be capable of releasing IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816..1 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010. - Page 5- ; I I 11 1 1 11 I 1 large amounts of air during initial filling and smaller amounts of air while the pumps are running. The valve "shall also open under a vacuum to allow air to enter when the system is drained. The valve shall have a. cast iron body, stainless steel trim and float ball, buna-n seat and viton seats. Nominal valve size shall be 1-inch with a minimum pressure rating of 300 psi. 10. Automatic Backwash Filter: Provide an automatic backwash -filter as part of the pump station assembly. Provide control panel for automatic control of filter as part of pump station controls. Filter shall backwash when differential pressure of 7 psi or greater is measured across the filter. The backwash valve shall be a 2-inch electric actuated ball valve. Hydraulic type valves will not be allowed. Refer to Drawings for size and model number. E. Electrical and Controls: 1. Electrical Control Panels: a. The pumping station electrical controls shall be mounted in a self -containing NEMA 4 enclosure. The electrical panel doors shall be constructed from 12- gauge steel with integral latches. b. All external operating devices shall be dust and weatherproof. Operating handles for each pump disconnect circuit breaker shall be provided in the front of the panel doors. Reset buttons for each starter overload relay shall be located in each starter panel door. c. All internal components of the panels shaWbe mounted on removable back pans. Mounting screws for components shall not be tapped into the panel enclosure. d. All internal wiringwithin,' and interconnecting between, the panels shall be complete and no field wiring within the panels shall be required. e. No pressure gauges, pressure switches, water activated devices, or water lines of any sort shall be'installed in any electrical control panel. 2. Motor Starters: Pump motor starters shall be circuit breaker combination type with 120 volt operating coils. Overload relays shall be ambient -compensating type installed on each power let and shall be set to trip at 105% of motor full -load current rating. The design shall include a differential mechanism for sensitivity to single phase conditions. 3. Master Control and Display Panel: a. General: (1) The master control and display panel shall be appropriate NEMA enclosure separate from the high voltage control panel and fabricated from not less than 14-gauge steel and equipped with a non -yellowing, impact - resistant, lezan-glaied; gasketed enclosure -door. The door.shall have a draw -tight screw'latch. The incoming power shall be isolated by means of a circuit breaker or fuseddisconnect. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS. WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK The pump sequence controller shall be an industrial grade, multi- function'microprocessof, field programmable, and equipped with light emitting diodes for diagnostic and monitoring purposes. The controller shall receive inputs from a flow sensor and pressure transducer located on the discharge manifold. Effective.bate Section = 02816 3/8/2010 'Page' 6 ii. Provide lightning and surge protection for. programmable controller. (3) Control,system equipment shall conform to the National Electrical Code Standards. (4) Variable frequency drive: J. Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Inverter: The variable frequency drive shall include. terminals for incoming power,. motor output power and various control terminals. Front operator stations are included with output frequency meter, speed adjustment, fault indications and run/stop switch. The VFD inverter maintains maximum station efficiency by varying pump rotational speed to meet the demands of the system. Variable frequency pulse width modulated (PWM) AC power shall be supplied by the inverter to achieve the variable pump speed. Inverter will have under voltage, over voltage and over current protection. The VFD shall include an incoming circuit breaker, incoming main starting contractor and motor protection device. Inverter shall follow:a speed signal or manual speed adjustment. Control power shall be,120 VAC.- Front panel devices will include a frequency meter, speed adjustment, fault indicator, and hand -off - auto selector switch. Inverter shall have adjustments for acceleration, and deceleration, V/F adjustment, and voltage boost. ii. Manual Override: I6,the.event of VFD drive failure, the pump shall be capable of manual.operation by meIans of a by pass. starter circuit. iii. The variable frequency drive inverter.panel,shall be cooled with a water.to.air.heat exchanger,and fan.. -The heat exchanger shall be capable of maintaining a temperature of 90°F inside. the panel with an ambient.temperature,of 120OF with the VFD operating at full load. The heat exchanger: shalI be thermostafically'conirolled. 4.. Sequence Of OperationShalt.Be`As Follows a. When water level in irrigation pond,drops,to the determined, minimum operating level, water level sensor in irrigation wet well will shut off the irrigation pump #1. b. If water supply is not adequately filling the reservoir to reactivate the irrigation pump then the City of Fort Collins shall resort to emergency hand watering. This wlll,be done by_utilizing.the hydrant wye assembly connected to a fire hydrant. c Upon.a,drop ln•pressure pump #1. then the sustaining pump #2 starts and runs until cutout.pressure has been reached, andiflow.has diminished to less than a minimum set point, and programmed time -off delay has elapsed. d.. As flow subsides, -the sequence is reversed and pumps are retired after programmed. time delays_ have elap'sed_, . 5. Switches and: Displays ,.,,. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date - Section-.02816 .. WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 . , . Page - 7 I 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 a. The control panel shall be equipped with the following switches and displays: ' (1) Manual on/off selector switches with green (run) and red (safety shut down) indicator lamps. (2) Individual pump elapsed time meters. (3) Digital LED discharge pressure display. ' (4) Digital LED flow in gallons per minute (GPM) display. (5) Gallons pumped totalizer (entire system). ' (6) Low water level cut-out indicator lamp. (7) High flow level cut-out indicator lamp (entire system flow). 6. Operator Interface Device (DID): The pump station shall include a NEMA 4, 40 ' character LED display and keypad mounted on the control panel door. This device will allow the operator to view and selectively modify all registers in the PLC. The unit shall store it's messages in non-volatile memory. The operator interface device shall incorporate password protection for protecting data integrity. The device will allow for ' display modification of all timers, set points, lockout times, etc. The device shall communicate with the PLC through the programming port, and shall include an RS232 communications port allowing a printer to be attached for real-time station status logging. The OID described above must be capable of monitoring the pump station from a remote location with PC using software provided by pump station manufacturing. User shall be able to view and/or change any and all pump station operating parameters and ' also acknowledge and test fault conditions. For safety reasons, critical alarms cannot be remotely reset; and pumps cannot be remotely started. Complete historical reporting capabilities shall be included. ' 7. Duplicate Controller Modules: Duplicate controller modules containing the system program shall be furnished to insure backup capability in the event of a power surge or lightning strike. ' 8. National Electrical Code Standards: The control "systems "equipment shall conform to the National Electrical Code Standards. 9. Skid Wiring: ' a. General: ' (1) Skid wiring shall conform to National Electrical Code Standards. All wiring from control panels to motors shall be in liquid -tight conduit with copper conductors rated -not less than 600 volts AC and of proper size to carry the ' full load amperage of the motors without exceeding 70% capacity of the conductor: A grounding cable'sized to National Electrical Code requirements shall be included in the liquid -tight conduit. There shall be no-splicesbetween the motor starters and the motor'co inection boxes. (2) Wiring to flow sensor ,!and 1pressure.transducer,shalI be multi -conductor shielded cable suitable for Class II low voltage controls. Wiring to motor - operated valves shall be in liquid -tight conduit with TFFN #16-gauge .IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date '.-Section -02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/20110`• :'Page - 8 I copper conductors rated not less than 600 volt AC. 10. Low Water Level Safety Shutdown: A separate wet well low water level safety shutdown shall be provided. The low water level.safety shall de -energize all pumps when the wet well water level drops to a predetermined point and shall allow sequential restart of all pumps when the water level recovers to a predetermined level in the reservoir. A red pilot light shall indicate a low water level shutdown condition. The sensor switch shall be a Thomas Level Switch, Model 4600 or equal. 11. Low System'Pressure Safety Shutdown::Low..discharge pressure is to be sensed by , the pump starting switch gauge. When the station discharge pressure decreases to this point and maintains a start signal for the time called -out in the technical specifications, the pumps will be de -energized and remain so until the circuit is manually reset. An indicator.light shall illuminate to indicate a low discharge pressure , shutdown has occurred. 13. Lightning Arrestor: The main power supply feeding the pumping station shall be equipped with a 3-phase secondary lightning arrestor having a breakdown current , rating of not less than 60,000 amps at 14,000 volts discharge. :Power supplies, 300 volts and less, shall use 300 volt rated arresters with an 800 volt spark -over voltage. Power supplies 301-600 volts shall use 600 volt rated arresters with a ' - -1000 volt spark -over voltage. Arrestor will be mounted in separate sealed container with the shortest lead length possible. 14. Main Station Circuit Breaker Disconnect: A three -pole main,station disconnect circuit breaker shall be mounted in the high voltage control panel to completely isolate the electrical system from the incoming power. The disconnect breaker shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code and any applicable local code. The main station disconnect breaker shall have an operating handle on the front of the panel. 15. Phase Failure - Low Voltage Safety Shutdown: A phase failure - low voltage system dropout relay shall be provided to,de-energize the individual pump controls and motor sequencing controls in case of either low voltage or phase -failure. The phase failure cutout condition will remain in effect after power is restored. The resetting shall be automatic and the phase failure - low voltage indicator light is to remain illuminated until manually reset. - 16. Pump Motor Running Time Meter(s): Each pump motor starter shall be equipped with -an elapsed time meter reading up to 9999.9 hours in tenths of -hours. The meter(s) shall be installed in the NEMA 4x electrical control cabinet.. 17. Corrosion Inhibiting Modules: Corrosion inhibiting modules shall be installed in all electrical enclosures in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The corrosion inhibitor shall be a Hoffman Engineering Model HC11OE, or equal. 18. Motor space heater. The pump station manufacturer, shall provided on each pump motor a,120 V, single phase space heater; of ample size to prevent condensation within the motor. The space heatershall be de-energized:when the motor is running. F Assembly::;All of the components Iisted herein before are,to-be_mounted on a single self-supporting skid in a professional workmanlike.manner. .The skid shall be structurally adequate-to.support the pumps and.all piping and electrical:equipment contained thereon. All bolts shall.be cadmium plated for corroslon.resistance 1 :..Painting IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS. Effective Date . - Section - 02816 ;. WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 .;. Page 7•9 :+: a. The entire unit, with the exception of the control panels and motors, is to be cleaned, shot blasted'to "white metal". and painted with self -priming, two-part epoxy paint on all surfaces to a thickness no less than 5 mils. The motors shall ' be painted with high heat resistant enamel to a thickness not less than 3 mils. b. The control panels shall be spray painted to a minimum thickness of 3 mils, using two-part epoxy paint'and baked at 160-1800 F to obtain a hardness ' sufficient to resist scraping adhesion at 4 kg minimum pressure 4 hours after baking. 2. Hydrostatic Test: On completion of assembly, the pumping station shall be hydrostatically tested at not1ess than 200% of the'maximum pump shutoff head. 3. Electrical Test: Before shipment, the assembled pumping station shall be thoroughly tested electrically at the rated voltage and hertz, as specified in the special conditions hereinbefore. PART 3-EXECUTION ' 3.1 Installation of Irrigation Pumping System A. Prefabricated Pump Station: ' 1. Install where indicated on the drawings.' 2. Submit to the Construction Manager's Representative the pump performance curve and shop drawings showing the pump station in the pump house. B. Shop Drawings: The manufacturer shall provide two sets of site preparation drawings indicating the alignment of the pumping station, discharge piping, electrical wiring diagrams, ' and ladder logic for programmable controller for approval prior to fabrication of station. Shop drawings shall be stamped by an appropriate registered professional engineer, either mechanical or electrical. The professional engineer(s) stamping the drawings shall be ' registered in the State of Colorado. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The manufacturer shall provide three sets of Operation and Maintenance Manuals to the Construction Manager's Representative. D. On -Site Start Up: Technical start up shall be furnished by the pump station manufacturer. Location and mounting details shall be furnished by the pump station manufacturer. Electrical connection shall consist of a single conduit from existing disconnect to the pump station main disconnect. E. Technical start up procedures by the pump station manufacturer shall include the following:, 1. Station start up and pressurization. ' a. Pressure, flow and programming adjustments. b. Monitoring of complete irrigation cycle. ' 3.2 Installation of Other Components IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section'- 02818 ' WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page`- 10 I A. Tools and Spare Parts: 1. Prior to the Substantial Completion,.supplyto the. Owner operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, and any other items indicated on the drawings. 2. Packing gland material for vertical turbine pumps. 3: One repair kit for each size of pump control valve (butterfly or diaphragm type) and pressure relief valve. Kits to include all, parts necessary for the complete rebuild of the valve. B. Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or installation details to be part of the irrigation system; even though such items may not have been referenced in these specifications. 3.3 Project Record:Drawings ,. A. Prior to Substantial Completion, obtain from the Construction Manager's Representative a reproducible Mylar copy of the Drawings. Using technical drafting pen, duplicate information contained on the Record Drawings maintained on site. "Record Label each sheet Drawing". On the first sheet, the Contractor or resident superintendent shall execute the following statement: Having reviewed this document and all attachments,, I affirm that, to the best of my knowledge, the information presented here is true and accurate. Signed:. Date , Position: B. Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record,work which is installed differently than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points,.._ . 3.4 Cleanup A. Upon completion of work; remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials, and rubbish. END OF SECTION I 11 1 I 1 1 SECTION 02841 —ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Bidding Documents and Information, Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 — General Requirements apply to the Work of this Section of the Specifications. B. Work covered by this specification concerns labor, materials, and equipment necessary for installation of. 1. Basketball Equipment 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02870 - Site Furnishings B. Section 03300 -Cast in Place Concrete. C. Section 16000 - General Electrical D. Section 02301 - Earthwork 1.03 Submittals . A. Shop drawings and technical literature from manufacturer for each of the following: 1. Basketball Equipment 1.04 Samples ' A. Submit color swatches on finish metal for each of the above site furnishings: 1.05 Substitutions A. No substitutions for specific materials will be accepted except under the following conditions. Alternative bid proposals may be submitted for consideration by the Owner's Representative prior to bid opening. Alternative proposals must be fully supported by necessary documentation showing compatibility/comparability with specific materials. Substitutions must also comply with the General Conditions. 1.06 Warrantee A. Provide a two-year warranty (unless noted otherwise) from the date of Substantial Completion. The minimum two-year warranty applies to all aspects of this section including installation, and materials. B. Guarantee material used in this section against defects due to any cause for a period of two full years from the date of acceptance of work. C. Replace materials when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the City Representative for the duration of the Warranty Period. Make replacements within fourteen days of notification from the City Representative. D. This guarantee will not be enforced should materials be subject to vandalism; improper maintenance procedures tamed out by the Owner involving resulting in damage, or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. Waters Way Neighborhood Park - .SECTION 02841-ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT 1 of t 1 I In Bid Item #2. Landscape & Irrigation I.0 To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Landscaping, Fine Grading, Soil Testing and Amendments, Tree Planting Import Backfill, Irrigation System, Irrigation Pump, Boulders, Flagstone, mulch, relocating trees), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum PPricee $ C2 7t t7OC ' In Writing( UJ�c."3 P LC d v �� g f/76LfL�LY/nt1 ��i)LO� 'Cs` ' Bid Item #3. Paris Architecture and Pre -Engineered Structures To include all materials complete, in place (such as, but not limited to the following: picnic shelter, restroom, 1 irrigation pump house, Building Perimeter Drains, and Utilities located within the structures and within a distance of five feet (5') from their foundations), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Item does not include pedestrian bridge; see Bid Item 9 - Natural Resources Improvements. Lump Sum Price $ t C J` 0 00 In Writing c-� _1- ' Bid Item #4. Earthwork and Utilities To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Site Clearing, Water Control, Earthwork, Erosion Control, Storm Channel Improvements, Wetland Improvements, Water Utilities, Sanitary Sewer, Storm Sewer, Sub -drains, Power Distribution and Controls, Art in Public Places Coordination, and Waxer Feature Distribution System and Controls), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump SumP/rice $ go �/ �d� ^� In Writing 1 i4j /'-kd:V `� �� V` I�a4J-I ] Bid Item #5. Playground To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Playground Equipment, Safety Surfacing [sand, engineered wood fiber and synthetic turf], and safety signs), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price $ In Wrktina �(/� Bid Item #6. Athletic Facilities To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Basketball Court Paving & Surfacing, Pavement Markings, Basketball Equipment), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lu In Bid Item V. Hardscape and Trails To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Site Preparation, Base .Materials, Sidewalks, Trails, Plazas, Ramps, Crusher Fines Pathways, Gravel. Driveway, Children's BMX Course, Concrete Mow Strips, Playground Headers and Curbs, and Concrete Entrance Seat Walls), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Trail items on Natural Resources property; please see bid item12, Natural Resources Improvements. Item does not include the basketball court paving; see Bid Item 6 -Athletic Facilities. Lump Sum Price $ 13 0 000 Waters Way Neighborhood Park S EC nON D030D — EUD FORM Page 2 of 8 PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Basketball Equipment A. Basketball Post: Gared Sports, Inc. model GN45 Gooseneck Post, 4 %2 " O.D. heavy duty galvanized steel post with four -foot extension, as distributed by Alex Rachak Recreation Equipment, Fort Collins, CO (970) 221-5745, or approved equivalent. B. Backboard: Gated Sports, Inc. model 1850, as distributed by Alex Rachak Recreation Equipment, Fort Collins, CO (970) 221-5745, or approved equivalent. Aluminum construction, white powder coat finish, and four bolt universal mounting pattern. C. Goal: Gared Sports, Inc. Titan Goal model 7550 (with SCN fabric net), as distributed by Alex Rachak Recreation Equipment, Fort Collins, CO (970) 221-5745, or approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Installation in accordance with the plans and details and with the manufacturer's recommendations. A. Athletic equipment shall be installed in the locations and quantities. shown on the plan and details. B. Owner's Representative shall approve the locations prior to pouring concrete pads or fastening,in place. C. Use templates, provided by the manufacturer, to properly position mounting bolts. END OF SECTION I 11 SECTION 02861 — PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Playground equipment work as shown on the drawings for play equipment, and similar items. 1.02 Related Sections and Documents, A. Section 02791: Playground Safety Surfacing B. Section 02750: Concrete Paving. C. Drawings and general provisions of the Construction Contract, and Division-1 Specification sections apply to work of this section. 1.03 Submittals A. Product data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each .iterni.of equipment required or to be reinstalled. 1.04 Substitutes A. Substitutes will not be accepted for specified playground equipment. 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Safety Standards: Provide playground equipment complying with or exceeding requirements in the following: 1. ASTM F 1487. 2. CPSC No. 325. B. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturers. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm whose playground equipment components have, been certified by IPEMA's third -party product certification service. 1. Provide playground equipment and play structure components bearing the IPEMA Certification Seal. D. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ANSI Z 14.1 for testing indicated. 1.06 Deliverables A. Toolkit: Contractor will provide the toolbox repair kit for the playground equipment. 1.07 Guarantee A. Contractor to guarantee equipment from settling, shifting, or structural failure for a period of two years from the date of Substantial Completion. Manufacturer's or supplier's warranties shall apply in, addition to contractor's warranty. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02861 - PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 3 r r PART 2-PRODUCTS r 2.01 Materials A. Playground Items: "Playbooster" system by Landscape Structures. Items below available through r Rocky Mountain Recreation, contact Nancy Christie, Phone 800-636-0199. 1. - "2-5 Play Structure", Item #164220A Weevos Design #4, as prepared by Landscape Structures. Quantity:, l r 2. "5-12 Play Structure", Item #34507-1-2-2 Evos 5-12 Play Structure per Design #34507-1-2-2, as prepared by Landscape Structures. Quantity: 1 _ 1 B. Additional Playground Items by Landscape Structures, Items below available through Rocky Mountain r Recreation, Inc., contact Nancy Christie. Phone 800-636-0199. 1. "Elevated Sand Table", Model # 136233B. Quantity: 1. 2. "Weevos Age Appropriate Sign D.B.", Model # 164529A. Quantity 1 r 2.02 A. _ Concrete Refer to sections 02750 and 03300 for concrete specifications which are applicable to concrete r required in this section. Install concrete footings per manufacturer's recommendations. 2.03 Paint A. Use manufacturer's standard finish system unless noted otherwise. 2.04 Drain Pipe r A. Drain pipe shall be Polyvinylchloride (PVC) pipe, bell end, perforated to meet ASTM 2729. B. Refer to Section 02507 for drain pipe specs. r PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01, Inspection A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site r clearing, earthwork, site surface and subgrade drainage, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Verify.gradients and elevations of base. Verify compaction for footings and subgrades. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 1. Do not begin installation before final grading required for placing protective surfacing is completed, unless otherwise permitted by Architect. 2. - Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. .- r Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02861 — PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 3 3.02 PREPARATION ' A. Verify locations of playground perimeter and pathways. Verify that playground layout and equipment locations comply with requirements for each type and component of equipment. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Anchor playground equipment securely, positioned at locations and elevations indicated. 1. Maximum Equipment Height: Coordinate installed heights'of equipment and components with finished elevations of protective surfacing. Set equipment so fall heights and elevation ; requirements for age group use and accessibility are within required limits. Verify that playground equipment elevations comply with requirements for each type and component of equipment. B. Post and Footing Excavation: Excavate holes for posts and footings as indicated in firm, undisturbed ' or compacted subgrade soil. C. Post Set with Concrete Footing: Comply with ACI 301 for measuring, batching, mixing, transporting, forming, and placing concrete. 1. Set playground equipment posts in concrete footings, unless otherwise required by the ' manufacturer.. Protect portion of posts above footing from concrete splatter. Verify that posts are set plumb or at the correct angle, alignment, height, and spacing. a. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Hold posts in position . ' during placement and finishing operations until concrete is sufficiently cured. 2. Embedded Items: Use setting drawings and manufacturer's written instructions to ensure correct installation of anchorages for equipment. ' 3. Concrete Footings: Smooth top, and shape to shed water. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Arrange for playground equipment manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect playground and ' playground equipment and components during installation and at final completion and to certify compliance with the following: ' 1. ASTM F 1487. 1. CPSC No. 325. C. Items must be protected from staining, cracking, chipping, vandalism, and other drainage during progress of the work and left in a first class condition upon completion. D. Notify Owner's Representative 48 hours in advance of date and time of final inspection. END OF SECTION Watees Way Neighbbrhobd Park SECTION 02861 - PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 3 I SECTION 02870 — SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Bidding Documents and Information, Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 — General Requirements apply to the Work of this Section of the Specifications. B. Work covered by this specification concerns labor, materials, and equipment necessary for installation of: 1. Barbeques 2. Site Benches 3. Bike Racks 4. Picnic Tables 5. Drinking Fountains 6. Trash Cans 7. Park Shelter . 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02750 — Concrete Paving B. Section 02841 —Athletic Equipment, C. Section 02861 — Playground Equipment D. Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete. 1.03 Submittals A. Shop drawings, technical literature from manufacturer for each of the following: 1. Barbeques 2. Site Benches 3. Bike Racks . 4. Picnic Tables 5. Drinking Fountains 6. Trash Cans 7. Park Shelter 1.04 Samples A. Submit color swatches on finish metal for each of the above site furnishings: 1.05 Substitutions A. No substitutions for specific materials will be accepted except under the following conditions. Alternative bid proposals may be submitted for consideration by the Owner's Representative prior to bid opening. .Altemative proposals must be fully supported by necessary documentation showing. Water's Way Neighborhood Park . SECTION 02870-_.SITE -FURNISHINGS -- - - - - - - Page 1 of 4 1 C 1 1 I I I [a 1 U 1 1.06 Quality Assurance ' A. Workmanship, fabrication and shop connections shall be in accordance with AWS and AISC specifications. B. Welding shall be done by welder(s) certified for AWS, DA structural welding requirements. Product Delivery Handling 1.04 and A. Coordinate delivery requirements with manufacturer. B. Products shall be delivered to the project site in good condition, and shall be contained in the Manufacturer's crate/packaging. The Contractor shall not accept delivery of damaged items. Products shall free from defects and damage. Damaged products shall be replaced by the manufacturer at no additional cost. C. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for unloading, lifting, and placement. 1.06 Warranty A. Guarantee material used in this section against defects due to any cause for a period of two full Years from the date of Substantial Completion of work. B. Replace materials when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the City Representative for the duration of the Warranty Period. Make replacements within fourteen days of notification from the City Representative. C. This guarantee will not be enforced should materials be subject to vandalism; improper maintenance procedures carried out by the Owner involving resulting in damage, or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Barbeque A. Manufacturer: Kay Park Recreation B. Model Number: SB3628U C. Mounting: Embedded D. Factory Representative: Southwest Recreational Industries, Inc., Western District, 220 South Taft Street, Lakewood, CO 80228, (720)963-1120 2.02 Site Benches A. Manufacturer: Keystone Ridge B. Model: pllmcu3 Pullenium . C. Seat Material: 3 seat modular flat D. Frame Color: To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors. E. Mounting: Surface Mount F. Factory Representative: Keystone Ridge Designs, Adam Benjamin, PO Box 2008, Butler PA,46003- 2008, 1-800-284-8208, www.keyston6ridgedesigns.com. Water's Way Neighborhood Park - SECTION 02870.-.SITE FURNISHINGS. Page 2 of 4, . 2.03 Bike Racks A. Manufacturer: Creative Pipe ' B. Model: Ibr 4fp C. Frame Color: To be selected from.Manufacturer's full range of colors. E. Mounting: Surface Mount 2.04 Picnic Tables A. 8' ADA Picnic Table 1. Manufacturer: Web Coat 2. Model: Regal Style 3. Model Number: TBRCHD CPALT 4. . Color: To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors. 5. Mounting: Portable/Surface Mount 6. Factory Representative: Ermold Park and Rec, telephone 303-450-9186 2.05 Drinking Fountains A. Fountain near Restrooms: 1. Manufacturer: Haws Drinking Faucet Company ' 2. Model: Pedestal Drinking Fountain 3. Model Number: 3300 4. Color: To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors. . . 5. Factory Representative: Mountain States Safety & Mktg, 1425 Coyote Circle, Golden, CO 80403, Phone:303-582-3611 2.06 Trash Cans A. Manufacturer: Great Lakes Specialty Products B. Model: Model # 5-RCD55 C. Color: To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors. 2.07 Park Shelter A. Manufacturer: Northwest B. Model: 15'x20' Northwest C. Roof: Standing Seam/Design Span roof, tongue and groove 2x6 sub roof, 6:12 pitch, 7'2" eave height, 4:12 roof pitch 21 T&G sub roof, steel roof D. Structure: Wood fascia, 4 columns, surface mount, concrete footings, steel frame . E. Color: TGIC poly powder coat w/zinc rich primer, To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors F. Electrical: 1 outlet, 1 Might <.G.- Factory Representative::G.R. Marolt and Associates, Bud March, PO Box 114, Englewood, CO 80151, (303)762-1090 1 1 1 1 1 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Installation shall be in accordance with the plans and details and with the manufactureros recommendations. B. Site Furnishing shall be installed in the locations and quantities shown on the plan and details. C. Where applicable, the Owner's Representative shall approve the site furnishing locations prior to fastening in place. D. Use templates, provided by the manufacturer, to properly position mounting bolts. END OF SECTION NJ 1 SECTION 02890 - PEDESTRIAN AND LIGHT VEHICLE BRIDGE - IPE DECKING PART 1-GENERAL 1 1.04 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section contains requirements for a fully engineered clear span bridge and shall be the 1 minimum standards for design and construction. B. Clear span length and width of the bridge shall be 30 feet and 10 feet respectively. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS n N/A ®� 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Q A. Bridge shall meet the referenced standards as called for in the following paragraphs. B. Bridge design shall be certified by a Registered Colorado Professional Engineer. Q 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete shop Drawings to the ENGINEER for review. B. Submit manufacturer's certification of compliance with referenced standards. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Coordinate delivery requirements with OWNER. B. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for unloading, lifting, and placement. 1.66 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Railing: Minimum height of 54" (top of truss top chord). B. Maximum horizontal opening in railing of 4 (four) inches. C. Loading Design: Uniform live load of 60 ps£. Concentrated live load of 10,000 pounds vehicle weight on bridge plus thirty percent (30%) impact. Minimum wind load of 25 psf. Horizontal pressure as if enclosed surface. Railing load of 50 pounds per lineal foot of horizontal load. D. Mounting plates shall allow for thermal expansion. E. All allowable design stresses shall be in compliance with the specifications of the design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel for buildings by the American Institute of Steel Construction AISCF and UBC. I F. Sizes: ' Length: 30 feet. Clear unobstructed inside width: 10' minimum. Railings: Install for full length of bridge. I Camber: Five percent (5%) of %z of span (if required). Nominal 2"x 6" wood rub rails on inside of bridge shall be placed 42" above the top of the bridge deck. ' PART PRODUCTS I 11 I 1 1 2.01 FABRICATION A. General 1. Workmanship, fabrication, and shop connections shall be in accordance with AWS and AISC specifications. 2. All welding shall be done by welders certified for AWS; D.1 structural welding requirements. 3. Welding electrodes for self -weathering, corrosion -resistant steel shall have the same weathering characteristics such,as E5018 or equivalent. 4. All boldly exposed members shall have mill scale removed according to steel structures preparation specifications #6 Commercial Blast Cleaning SSPC-SP6-63. A. Materials 1. Metal Fabrication: Bridge to be fabricated from high strength low -alloy atmospheric corrosion -resistance ASTM A606 type 4 steel, self -weathering, (U.S.S. Cor Ten) ASTM A242 or ASTM A588 structural steel shapes and tubing (FY=50,000 psi.). Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with specifications for structural joints using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts. Anchor bolts A307 or A36. E8018 series electrodes of equivalent for welding. Material thickness and design of member shall be fully engineered for the length and style of each bridge requirement specified. 2. Hardwood Decking: All decking shall be full thickness planks unless approved otherwise Wood decking shall be naturally durable hardwood 1pe (Tabebuia Spp Lapacho Group). All planks shall be partially air dried to a moisture content of 15% to 20%, and shall be supplied S4S (surfaced four sides), E4E (eased four edges), with the edges eased to a radius of 1/8 Measured at 30% moisture content, the width and thickness shall not vary from specified dimensions by more than± 0.04 inches. All planks shall be supplied with the end sealed with "Anchorseal" Mobil CER-M or an equal aquious wax log sealer. All planks, shall be graded as FEQ-CAH (First Export Quality -Clear All Heart) grading rules, defined as follows: Lumber shall be graded both faces and both edges Lumber shall be straight grained, maximum slope of grain to be 1:10. . Lumber shall be parallel cut without heart centers or sapwood. We Way Neighborhood Park - - - Section 02890 - Pedestrian and Light Vehicle Bridge -_IPE Decking Page 2 of 4 i I I 1 I I 1 1 1 I In Bid Item #8. Site Furnishings To include all materials complete, in place (such as, but not limited to the following: Picnic Tables, Benches, Trash Cans, Bicycle Racks, BBQ's, Drinking Fountains, Entrance Sign, and Pedestrian Lights), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price,$ q1, 000 In Writing 6i7L.Q 7t�; C Fly �(/.�/J� w / D� -' Bid Item #9. Natural Resources Improvements To include all materials complete, in place (such as, but not limited to the following: colored concrete trail from Eden Ridge Court to Carpenter Rd., crusher fines trail along Carpenter Rd., crusher fines trail from gravel access road to Robert Benson Reservoir, Pedestrian Bridge, Abutments, and Benson Reservoir Outlet Channel Improvements, and Trail Barricade. Bid item to include, but not limited to, erosion control, remove and replace topsoil, earthwork, reconditioning, geotextile fabric, placement of pathway or structure, backfilling, erosion control, soil prep and seeding), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications Lump Sum Price $/4%- �� �j�� In Writing (1J11f �tg-e.tlr� l TOTAL - Bid Items 1 Through 9 Lump Sum Price $ l� ZD<. , 5co , In Writing 174 !lb drt- -1 tN6 11 Water's Way Neighborhood Park �/44 66 - SECTION 00300 — BID FORM Page 3 of 8 I Lumber shall be in sound condition, free from wormholes or knots. Allowable Imperfections o are: All faces: Natural drying checks, Discoloration caused by weathering or chemical reaction, Bow or Spring which can be removed using normal a installation methods and tools. Imperfections Not Allowed: o Longitudinal heart cracks, Internal cracks, Firm or Soft sap wood, Splits, End splits, Ring shades, Fungi affects (blue to gray, brown to red, white to yellow, or incipient decay), Deformation (twisting or cupping) which cannot be removed p using normal installation methods and tools. All planks shall meet or exceed the following mechanical properties (based on the 2" standard) as defined by the U.S. Forest Products Laboratory publications and testing data: MC% Modulus of Rupture Modulus of Elasticity Max. Crush Strength 12% 22,360 psi 3,140,000 psi D 13,010 psi Janka side hardness is 3680 lbs. at 12% moisture content a Average air-dry_ density is 66 to 75 pcf. Basic specific gravity is 0.85 - 0.97.. All planks shall be naturally fire resistant without the use of any fire resistant preservatives to meet NFPA Class A and UBC Class I. Planks shall be supplied that meet or exceed the Static Coefficient of Friction for both neolite and leather shoes in accordance with ASTM Test Method C1028-89. FORCE IN POUNDS SHOE MATERIAL DRY WET Neolite 0.73 0.69 Leather 0.55 0.79 For transverse wood decking, wheel loads shall be assumed to act on one plank only. The wheel loads shall be distributed on the plank along a length equal to the tire print width. The plank shall be designed for shear and bending in accordance with the support conditions and spacing. For design, the following unfactored allowable stresses shall be used: Allowable Bending = 3700 psi Allowable Shear, _ = 320 psi Modulus of Elasticity _ 31000,000 psi At time of installation, planks.are to be placed tight together with.no gaps. Every plank must be attached with at least one fastener at each end. Water's Way Neighborhood Park Section 02890 - Pedestrian and Light Vehicle Bridge IPE,becking. _ Page 3 of 4 All fasteners to be zinc plated. Self -tapping screws or hex -head bolts, with a steel plank hold down, are to be used at the ends of planks. Self -tapping screws or carriage bolts are to be used as interior connection fasteners when required. Power actuated fasteners will not be allowed. Planks are to be drilled prior to installation of bolts and/or screws." In addition to at least one fastener at each end of every plank (typical for all installations), planks for bridges with widths of 72" to 143" shall be attached with a minimum"of two fasteners at a location approximately near the center of the bridge width. Bridges wider than 143" are to have two. fasteners located at a minimum of two interior stringer locations, approximately at the third points of the bridge width. Attachments at the ends of the planks may be modified as required when obstructions, such as interior safety system elements, prevent installation of the specified hold down system. END OF SECTION Waters Way Nei gliborhoodPark ' Section 02890 - Pedestrian and Light Vehicle Bridge - IPE Decking Page 4 of 4 I I ftJt V I.7� V IY>L$+ i'R�.-'hv�S fz"vn6'+F4' F` �v^k' 'i.. S..S't.Y .SPY[•f1�.h��.ri - `�� �'t�.4.wS"r5 4� (t�rC �dvc s�"' �J P4' ,$'-.'y SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 Scope A. Bidding Documents and Information, Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 — General Requirements apply to the Work of this Section of the Specifications ' B. Topsoil, soil preparation and soil amendments C. Finish grading D. Fertilizer E. Organic Mulch F. Weed Barrier G. Landscape Boulders H. Tree Stakes, Guys and Tree Wrap I. Tree Relocation J. Plant Materials K. Sod ' L. Seeding 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 01200'- Measurement and Payment: Requirements applicable to unit prices for the work of this Section. B. Section 02810 - Irrigation C. Section 02970 - Planting and Irrigation Maintenance 02870 Site Furnishings D. Section -. 1.03 Unit Price — Measurement and Payment E. Organic Amendment: By complete. Includes supplying amendment. Provide Delivery percent Tickets with job name and delivery date from supplier. F. Soil Preparation: Includes distribution of soil amendment, grading, ripping, roto-tilling, and finish grading. By the percent complete. Includes all soil preparation, placing and tilling amendments, mulch bed subgrade establishment and finish grading. G. Tree, shrub,.and groundcover planting: Includes installation of weed barrier, mulches, planting of trees, relocating trees, shrubs, groundcovers, perennials, and annuals. Includes fertilization and imported topsoil/backfill. By the percent complete. H. Sodding: Includes, installation, and fertilization. By the percent complete. 1. Seeding: Includes furnishing and installation of seed. By the percent complete. J.. Landscape Boulders: Includes furnishing and installation of boulders. By the percent complete. ;Water's Way: Neighborhood Park,. SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH. {� GRADING fu. Page 1 of 15 . 11 I I I 1.04 Protection A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. B. Protect existing structures, fences, sidewalks, utilities, paving, and curbs. 1.05 Samples, Submittals, and Quality Assurance A. Crusher Fines: Submit sample in baggie. B. Organic' Amendment: Submit sample in a plastic baggie. Product delivered to site shall match the submitted sample. . C. Organic Amendment Analysis: Submit copies of amendment analysis from qualified soil testing laboratory. D. Organic Amendment: Submit organic amendment delivery receipts to owner's representative for review. E. Soil Analysis: Submit copies of soil test results from CSU lab. Submit copies of CSU cover letter with recommendations that are provided with soil test. F. Fertilizer: 1. Submit copy of sod fertilizer composition to be used and supplier source. 2. Submit sample of Osmocote fertilizer in a plastic baggie. G. Organic Mulch: 1. Wood Mulch: Submit sample of proposed mulch in a plastic baggie. Submit name of proposed supplier. ' 2. Straw Mulch: Colorado Department of Agriculture Weed Free Certification Transit Certificate. 3. Tackifier: Manufacturer's product sheet. H. Weed barrier: Submit brand name and model number/name of proposed weed barrier to be used. I. Tree Stakes, Guys, Webbing,Protective Caps, and Guying cord. Submit sample of each. J. Sod: Submit written statement of company to be used for sod supply. Statement shall include phone ' number and address of company. Submit sod certification for species. K. Seed: Submit written statement on supplier's letterhead of Manufacturer's specifications, tests (within 6 months of application), seed mixes, quantities, and seed tags from bags on day of seeding operations. 1.06 Inspections 1 A. Site Inspection: 1. Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in areas as specified. Verify that the areas to be revegetated are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent areas. Note previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding ormulching.and discuss with the Owner's Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegetation. Report irregularities affecting work of this section to the Owner's Representative before initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of existing conditions. 2. Contractor shall notify Owner's Representative prior to start of work. Owner's Representative will be responsible to monitor the work. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 - PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 2 of 15 I B. Pre -planting Inspections: 1. Plant material shall be inspected by an Owner's Representative before planting. Inspection of materials may be sequenced by major planting areas to accommodate efficient planting operations. Plants for inspection must be in a single location preferably on the project site. Rejected materials must be removed from the site, replaced and re -inspected before planting. If the supplier is a local nursery, tagged plants maybe inspected at -the nursery.- Photographs of the plant materials to be obtained from non -local sources may be submitted to the City's Owner's Representative for preliminary inspection. This preliminary inspection is subject to final approval of plants at the job site. The Owner reserves the right to reject plant material at any stage of construction or guarantee period. 2. Soil amendments, backfill mixes and mulches will be inspected at the site by the Owner's Representative before they are used in planting operations. 3.Owners Representatives will inspect staked locations of trees before digging for those plants occurs. Owner's Representatives will inspect the location of shrubs in their containers at the proposed locations before digging commences. Contact Owner's Representative at least two days in advance. C. Substantial Completion Inspection: 1. As soon as all planting is completed, a review and preliminary inspection to determine the condition of the vegetation will be held by the Owner's Representatives upon request by the Contractor. 2. The inspection will occur only after the following conditions have been met: a. Landscape areas will be free of weeds and neatly cultivated; . b. Plant basins shall be in good repair; c. Irrigation systems shall be fully operational with heads properly adjusted; d. Debris and litter shall be cleaned up and walkways and curbs shall be cleaned of soil and debris left from planting operations. 3. If, after the inspection, the Owner's Representative is,of the opinion that the work has been performed as per the Contract Documents, and that the vegetation is in satisfactory growing condition, he will give the Contractor Written Notice of Acceptance and the Guarantee Period shall begin. 4. Work requiring corrective action in the judgment of the City Representative shall be performed within the first ten (10) days of the guarantee period. Any work not performed within this time will necessitate an equivalent extension of the guarantee period. Corrective work and materials replacement shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents, and shall be made by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. 5. Final approval and Substantial Completion notice will be given when all deficiencies are corrected. D. 'End of Guarantee'Period Inspection: .1.. At the end of the second full growing season the Owner's Representatives will inspect trees for satisfactory condition. The inspection shall take place in September.and the Owner's Representative shall contact the Contractor concerning replacements. Replacements may take - place the following.spring if deemed proper or necessary: 2:. The Contractor is responsible for removal of tree stakes, tree wrap, wire and webbing at the end of the guarantee period. Water's WayNeighborhood Parks SECTION 02950-PLANTING, SOUPREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 3 of 15 1.07 Plant Material GuaranteeMarranty A. Provide a two-year warranty (unless noted otherwise) from the date of Substantial Completion. Substantial Completion is hereby defined as the point at which the Landscape Contractor is 100% complete with installation and is ready for a Substantial Completion Review. The Owner's representative will have sole authority to grant Substantial Completion. The minimum two-year warranty includes all aspects of this section including installation, and materials. B. Guarantee plant material used in this section against defects due, to any cause for a period of two full crowing seasons from the date of acceptance of all work. This guarantee includes insect infestation or infection by disease organisms. C. Replace woody vegetation when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by, the City Representative for the duration of the Warranty Period. Make replacements within fourteen days of notification from the City Representative. Replacement planting for trees shall be done in the spring planting season, except as approved otherwise. If a tree is in marginal condition at the end of the guarantee period it may be agreeable to both parties to wait until the end of the growing season ' before deciding whether to replace that tree. Plant materials that are replaced during the warranty period shall be replaced one time at the Contractor's expense. Cost of subsequent replacements, if required, shall be negotiated with the Owner's Representative. Warranty replacement plant materials planted within:6 months after Substantial completion shall have the'same end of warranty as the original installation. Plants replaced within 6 months of the end of the warranty shall be warranted an additional 6 months after the date of completion of the initial warranty period. D. This guarantee will not be enforced should woody vegetationdie due to vandalism; improper ' maintenance procedures carried out by the Owner, involving over or,. under watering, lawn mower damage, over -fertilization, fire, flood, or hail or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. E. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to monitor ongoing maintenance of the project ' during the warranty period. If the Landscape Contractor finds fault with ongoing maintenance activities of the Maintenance Contractor, they shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative. The warranty will in no way be invalidated because of activities of the ' Maintenance Contractor unless approved by the Owner's Representative. F. Replacements shall be of the same kind and size as originally specified and shall be installed as described in the contract documents unless changes are approved by City Representatives. Repairs and replacements shall be made at no expense to the Owner. G. Replace seeded turf when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner's Representative for the duration of the guarantee period. ' H. Areas seeded in the spring shall be.inspected for required coverage the following fall no later than October. Areas seeded in the fall will be inspected October of the following year. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Organic Amendment_ A. Organic Amendment shall.be A-1 Organic, Colorado Compost (Windsor 68675121), or equivalent approved 7 days prior to bidding. Compost shall meet the following specifications:.A totally organic product (Mountain peat is not acceptable in the amendment) that has been aerobically and naturally . processed without the addition of coarse wood chips, in such a manner as to maintain,a consistent temperature of 140 degrees Fahrenheit or greater for a period of time sufficient to create the following characteristics, measured by dry weight: 1. Maximum allowable organic matter: 60%, 2. Organic matter to nitrogen ratio 25:1 to 30:1. Waters Way Neighborhood Park - SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 4 of 15 3. pH: 6.5 to 7.5 4. Salts: Less than 2.5 mmhos. 5. Less that 40% inorganic matter. 6. Less than 5% soil, dirt, or sand . 7. Maximum particle size of %:" diameter 8. Eradication of all harmful weed seeds, pathogens, and bacteria. 9. A well decomposed earthy smell (non -offensive) ' 2.02 Topsoil A. Import clean topsoil for use as backfill mix. Submit a minimum of I sample of soil to the Colorado State University Soil Testing laboratory for analysis and fertilizer recommendations. 2.03 Fertilizer: ' A. Fertilizer for turf shall be commercial type, of uniform composition, free flowing, and conforming to applicable state and:federal laws. Fertilizer shall be formulated to meet the suggestions of the CSU soil, laboratory for turf fertilization. B. Fertilizer for trees, shrubs, and perennials shall'be Osmocote Sierrablen, 9 month slow release fertilizer. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Bone Meal. Commercially available brand. Submit proposed formulation and company name. ' 2.04 Mulch A. Fibrous Shredded'Cedar Mulch (Gorilla hair) shall be used in planting beds: 2.05 Weed,Barrier. A. Weed barrier shall be - Mirafi 140, Typar'3341; or Polyspun 300 or approved equivalent. 2.06 Lands cape. Boulders - A. Boulders shall be provided of the type, sizes, and quantity that are indicated in the plans and details. 2.07 Tree Stakes, Guys, and Tree Wrap 1. Tree Stakes - 8 Foot long, 2" diameter Lodgepole Pine ormetal."T" post with rubber sleeve safety caps. (Availablefrom Direct Landscape Supply (303) 797-7733). 2. Guy Anchors - 24" long metal "T" posts or approved equivalent. 3. Guying Staking Cord - 1/4" Diameter yellow nylon rope or 14AWG wire with 1/2" X 12" and PVC sleeves. 4. Webbing: 2"nylon webbing or rubberized cloth. No hose permitted: 3. Tree Wrap: 4" minimum width commercial tree wrap. Secure tree wrap with jute rope or a similar, biodegradable material.. .' 2.08 Relocated Trees I■ t! A. Trees to be relocated'that are indicated in the plans shall be relocated using a 44'. spade. WatetsMay Neighborhood Park-..: _ SECTION 02950 — PLANTING;,SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 5 of.15 . . . 2.09 Plant Materials A. Plant List - A plant list is provided on the drawings. Quantities shown on the list are for information only. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying quantity takeoffs as shown on the drawings. In the event of a discrepancy between quantities shown on the plant list and quantities depicted on the ' plans, the quantities depicted on the plans shall govern. B. Plant Material Quality - Plants shall meet the American Association of Nurserymen (AAN) standards for established plants and, the Landscape Contractors of Colorado standard specifications. The most recent editions shall govern. Plants shall be well branched and well established in their containers or balls. Plants that shown signs of being pot-bound with substantial roots circling the perimeter of the container may be rejected. Trees shall be Colorado grown, or have been grown at a source with a latitude equal to or north of Colorado and with a similar climate, or have been acclimated in Colorado for at least 3 growing seasons. Shrubs and perennials shall be Colorado grown or have been acclimated to the Colorado climate by being planted early enough in the growing season to adapt to Colorado conditions and develop adequate rooting to survive winter. Meeting these standards shall not relieve the contractor of required conditions of the warranty/guaranty. C. Diseases and injuries - Plants with disease or insects are not permitted. Plants with substantial scarring of the trunk may be rejected. Plants with wounds or broken branches may be rejected D. Plant Review - All plant material is subject to review by the Owner's Representative prior to delivery to the site. Review at the nursery does not constitute final acceptance. All plant material is subject to review at the site prior to planting, review during substantial completion, review at final acceptance, review at any time, during the warranty period, and review at the time of the warranty ' completion. Dead, poor, or unhealthy specimens shall be, replaced within 10 days of notification by the Owner's Representative. The Owner's representative or his assigned representative shall be the E. sole person responsible for deciding whether a plant is to be replaced. Botanic and Common Names - Both names are given in the plant list and are in conformance with standard horticultural practice. Plants are to be delivered to the site with tags bearing the botanic name as indicated on the plant list. F. Digging, wrapping and handling - Plants shall be dug and prepared for shipment in a manner that will not cause damage to branches, shape, and future development after planting. G. Balled and burlapped plants shall be nursery grown stock adequately balled with a firm rootball, and it in sizes and ratios conforming to the Colorado Nursery Act and in conformance with the AAN standards. Balls shall be firmly wrapped in non treated burlap and bound and secured with wire, nylon, or jute. Broken or heavily damaged balls will not be accepted. Chicken wire is not acceptable. H. Container grown plants shall have been nursery grown in containers and shall have sufficient roots to hold the entire soil mass together when the container is removed. I. Options: If all other requirements for size are met a container plant may be substituted for a balled and burlapped plant. A spaded plant may be substituted for a balled and burlapped plant. 2.10 Plant Protection A. Plants shall be protected at all times from drying out or. other injury. Protect balls of plants from drying out. Wrap trees with a protective cloth when transporting. Do not transport trees in an uncovered moving.vehicle when the outside temperature is above 85 degrees Fahrenheit. Spray trees ' with water prior to travel to any destination. Use caution in handling plants to prevent major damage to roots/ trunk, or.branches. 2.11 Sod .. 1.. Bandera Bluegrass Sod (Texas and Bluegrass Hybrid). Waters Way Neighborhood Park - SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH '- GRADING Page 6 of 15 2. Sod shall be in healthy, deep green, growing condition free from insects or.disease and in a healthy growing form. Sod shall be a minimum age of 18 months, with root development that will support its own weight without tearing when suspended vertically by holding the upper two corners. 3.. Sod shall be grown by a commercial sod company specializing in sod production and harvesting with a minimum of 5 years experience. 2.12 Seed A. General: delivered in original containers, unopened and bearing dealer's warranty analysis. Maximum crop and weed content shall be 0.10% each. Noxious weeds (Colorado lists A, B and C) are not permitted. Seed mix shall be supplied on basis of pure live seed (P.L.S.) in pounds. Formula for determining quantity of P. L.S. shall be: Bulk Pounds of Seed Required = PLS pounds specified / (%Purity* % Germination*) *Percents expressed as decimal, eg. 10% _ .10 B. Turf Seeding (Mix A): 1. Seed shall be of the latest crop available and shall meet Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter 35, Article 27. Seed that has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged shall not be used. Seed shall be delivered in sealed bags showing weight, analysis, and vendor's name. 2. Seed shall be Turf Fescue Seed Mix by Arkansas Valley Seed Solutions, 4625 Colorado Boulevard, Denver CO 80216, (877) 957-3337, or approved equivalent. Seed shall be a mixture that matches the following: a. 25% Grande II b. 25% SR8650 c. 25% Guardian 21 d. 25% Watchdog. 3. Application rate: 9 lbs. PLS per 1,000 square feet (175 Ibs per acre). PLS = Pure Live Seed *Double this rate for broadcast seeding C. Low Maintenance Seeding (Mix B): 1. Seed shall be of the latest crop available and shall meet Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter5, Article 27. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged shall not be used. Seed shall be delivered in sealed bags showing weight, analysis, and vendor's name. 2. Seed mix shall be the following: Common Name and Variety Scientific Name % PLS/acre Pounds PLS/acret Grasses Blue grama, Native.... Boutelouagradh7 5 1.5 Sidecars grama, Vaughn Boutelma curtipendula 10 3 Sideoats grama, Native-. Bouteloua wrtipendula 5 . 1.5 Little bluetem; Pastura' Scbiiacbyrium zoparium 10 - 3 XVestern wheatgrass, A-rriba Agropyron smithii 33.33 10 I I I I I I I I I l 1 I 7 1 I Western wheatgrass, Native Agropyron smahn 10 3 Buffalograss, Sharp's improved Bucbloe dactyloides 10 3 Sheeps's Fescue Festuca ovina 16.67 5 100 30 rTotal_a�`�� PLS = Pure Live Seed *Double this rate for broadcast seeding 3. If the available seed as supplied does. not meet the pure live seed (PLS) specification, the Contractor shall compensate for the percentage of purity and germination by furnishing sufficient additional seed to equal the specified pure live product. The formula for determining the quantity of PLS shall be: Pounds of Seed (bulk) x % purity x % germination = pounds of pure live seed (PLS) D. Natural Area Seeding (Mix C): 1. Seed shall be of the latest crop available and shall meet Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter 35, Article 27. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged shall not be used. Seed shall be delivered in sealed bags showing weight, analysis, and vendor's name. 2. Seed mix shall include the following: Common Name and Variety Scientific Name % PLS/acre Pounds PLS/acret Grasses Sideoats Grama Bouteloua wrtipendula 12.82 2.5 Slender Wheatgrass E#tmfsTracbyautlur 10.25 2.0 Switchgrass Pania i virgatum 7.70 1.5 Blue Grama Chondrostum Gracile 10.25 2 Western wheatgrass Parcopynfm smabit 28.22 5.5 Buffalograss Bucbloe dactyloides 10.25 2.0 Annual Rye or some other sterile cover crop 20.51 4 �, Total :, tiNS 100 19.5 YLD = Yure Live Deed *Double this rate for broadcast seeding PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify rough grading is within 1 tenth of a foot. Verify site is free from obstructions, objects, or structures that are not a part of the final site construction. Verify major drainages are completed and in place. Do not start work until the site is acceptable. Once landscape grading has commenced, the Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for bringing all grading to final line and grade and creating positive drainage. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING; SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 8 of 15 ADDITIONS/DELETIONS e I 1 1 rr LJ I Add or subtract the following amounts for the items listed below. Alternate Bid Item #1. Natural Areas Pathway to Robert Benson Reservoir Delete 500 If 6' wide crusher fines path, delete 150 if of 8' width of gravel road and add 655 If 8' wide, 5" duck, colored concrete sidewalk. To include all materials complete, in place, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price $ / / (Add) In Writing /( C�GXX�((l Alternate Bid Item #2. Natural Areas Pathway along Carpenter Road Delete crusher fines pathway and add 5' wide ABC (aggregate base course) gravel pathway. To include all materials complete, in place, as indicatedonthe Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price $ v (Add) In Writing Z -Q,� 0 D UNIT PRICES i I 1 1 I I For additions and deletions to the Contract, the following unit prices shall be applicable for the specific items listed. Unit Prices shall be complete, in place including required labor, materials, permits, equipment, implements, testing, parts and supplies necessary for, and incidental to proper installation, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. 1. The Contractor agrees that for requested and/or required changes in the scope of work, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted in accordance with the following unit prices, where the Owner elects to use this method of determining costs. 2. The Contractor is advised that the unit prices will enter into the determination of the successful bidder. Unreasonable prices may result in rejection of the entire bid proposal. 3. Unit prices for irrigation shall include pipe, fittings, valves, concrete thrust block and stabilizers, and other items shown on the Drawings, as described in the Specifications or recommended by the manufacturer as part of the installation. DEMOLITION ITEM Demo - Existing Curb and Gutter Demo - Existing Silt Fence Demo - Existing Concrete Sidewalk Demo - Asphalt Saw Cutting Watees Way Neighborhood Park UNIT PRICE $ I • Sc LF $ �i(�S LF SF LF SECTION 00300 - BID FORM Page 4 of 8 1 B. Verify substrate base has been contoured. 3.02 CLEARING A. Prior to any soil preparation, existing vegetation not to remain and which might interfere with the specified soil preparation shall be mowed, grubbed, raked, and the debris removed from the site. Prior to or during grading or tillage operations the ground surface shall be cleared of materials which might hinder final operations. 3.03 Soil Preparation and Finish Grading A. Installation: 1. Install in locations and to depth,shown on plans or as directed. B. Ripping:' 1. Protection- Field locate all buried cables, wires, electrical service, irrigation lines and any other subsurface element that may be damaged during ripping operations. Stake and/or paint locations with an easily visible system that will enable equipment operators to avoid damaging buried utilities. 2. Prepare irrigated and non -irrigated seed, sod, shrub bed , and ground cover areas as follows: a. Rip soil to a minimum depth of 12" in two directions using an agricultural ripper with tines spaced no greater than 12". Areas adjacent to walks, buried obstructions, structures, curbs etc. where the use of large mechanical equipment is difficult, shall be worked by hand. b. If roots of trees are encountered, minimize ripping operations as needed to avoid cutting roots or damaging plant material. c. Apply Roundup to areas to be seeded a minimum of 2 weeks after topsoil has been redistributed and before application of soil amendment. Apply Roundup only when weeds are growing vigorously. Apply at manufacturers maximum recommended rate. I 1 1 C. Spread the following amendments over the entire area to receive landscaping. Incorporate the amendments into the top 6 inches of soil by rototilling: Non Irrigated Seed General Irrigated Soccer Field Shrub Bed, Areas, Seed and Sod Areas groundcover, and perennial Area Compost None Up to 6 CY/1,000SF. 6CY/1,000SF Up to 6 CY/1,000SF Per recommendation Per recommendation of soil lab report of soil lab report Fertilizer Per recommendation Per recommendation Per recommendation Per recommendation of soil lab report of soil lab re ort of soil lab report of soil lab report Bone NA NA NA 201bs./100SF Meal D. Incorporate amendments by discing or rototilling into the top 6 inches of soil. Obtain a uniform mixture. Work tight areas by hand. E. Restore fine grade with float drag to remove irregularities resulting,from tilling operations. Float drag in two directions. Use only a hand rake in perennial and annual beds. F. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Establish a finish grade that provides positive drainage as indicated on the grading plans. G. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 1-2" inch diameter in size. ' H. Coordinate grading of subgrade to the following depths: I I 1 1 I Adjacent to curb s & other Surfaces Tolerances within Open Areas 1. Seeded areas 1/2" below pavement and curbs 0" - 1" 2. Sodded areas 1" below curbs and walks V - 1/2" 3. Shrub bed areas . 2" below curbs and walks 3"- I" 4. Per Beds 4" below curbs and walks 2" 1. Do not plant until finish grade has been reviewed by the Owner's Representative. This review does not reduce Contractor's responsibility to provide a finished product that drains. 3.04 Weed.Barrier A. Weed barrier shall be placed in shrub and perennial beds and where noted on the plans and details. At edges of curbs, walls, structures, pavements, and headers, weed barrier shall be turned down into grade and secured with 11 gauge, 12 inch long staples at 18" inches O.C. B. Where individual weed barrier sheet abut they shall overlap a minimum of 4 inches and be secured with 11 gauge, 12 inch long staples at 18" inches O.C. along thejoint. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 10 of 15 3.05 Mulching A. Wood Mulch Beds. e 1. Place cedar mulch in shrub and perennial beds. .2. Place wood mulch to a 4,inch depth._ 3. Gently brush cedar mulch off of perennials once installed. Take care in placement not to damage newly planted materials. 4. Prior to placing mulch and planting in mulch beds, apply Roundup herbicide to weeds and allow , beds to sit for 7 days. Apply Roundup at manufacturers recommended rate for perennials. 5. Place a 4" layer of Owner supplied mulch in tree rings not incorporated into shrub beds. Do not install weed barrier in tree rings. ' 3.08 Tree and Shrub Planting A. Tree Staking: Prior to planting, stake all proposed tree locations for review by the Owner's Representative. Any plant material installed prior to this review is subject to removal or relocation at the expense of the Contractor. B. Planting Pits: 1. Dig planting pits twice the diameter of the rootball for container and balled and burlapped stock. Establish bottom of the planting pit so that the top of rootballs will be slightly higher than surrounding grade in order to allow for settlement. Roughen edges of planting pits to provide a rough surface on edges. Retain excavated material next 'to planting pit for'mixing organic amendment and fertilizers. 2. For planting trees amend excavated planting pit soil with Bone Meal and organic' amendment using the following mix: Bone Meal at the Rate of I cup per tree. Organic amendment at the rate of 4 , shovelfuls (Spade) per tree. 3. Thoroughly combine; organic amendment, and bone meal with imported topsoil. Mixture should provide an evenly blended mixture for use as backfill. , C. Tree and Shrub Planting: 1. Shrub Planting:.. a. Remove stock from containers'including shrubs in peat pots. Do not break the rootballs. Do not remove plant materials by pulling on the stems of -the plants. Once removed, slice the perimeter of the rootballs in several locations using.a sharp instrument or butterfly pot-bound plant materials prior to planting by sticking the shovel into the bottom of the rootball and splaying the root mass. Roughen side of the plants to break up circular root growth. b. Plant shrubs so that the plant, when in the ground, is approximately, 2 inches above the surrounding grade. LigNly.compact import topsoil backfill in hole.after.planting and water thoroughly. C. Apply Osmocote fertilizer at the base of the plant after backfiIling. Apply'at manufacturer's recommended rate. Water lightly to activate fertilizer. 2. Tree Planting a. Establish planting pit as specified above. b.' If trees are containerized; remove trees from containers. If trees are balled and burlapped, leave burlap firmly secured until after planting. c.. Handle trees carefully during planting. Avoid excessive shaking and rapid movements. Protect ' tree trunks with a soft cloth or rubberized material when handling by the trunk. d. Roughen the sides of planting pits. e. Gently lower tree into planting pit and set plumb. Establish bottom of pit so that top of tree rootball is approximately 2 inches above surrounding grade. Protect trunk and tree branches while placing tree. ' f. Untie and remove burlap from the top 1/3 of the rootball. Remove wire basket from the top and 2/3 (or all) of all sides of the rootball. g. Backfill tree planting pit using the mixture described in section 3.08B. Backfill one-half of pit with backfill mixture and water in thoroughly before placing any more backfill. h. . Backfill the rest of the planting pit with backfill mixture and water in thoroughly. Lightly compact backfill. Do not vigorously compact. ' i. Apply slow release Osmocote fertilizer around the rootball diameter of the tree. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate. j. Stake or guy all trees. Trees should be plumb. Stake deciduous trees up to 2" caliper. Guy deciduous trees over 2" caliper. Guy all evergreen trees. Install 3 guys per tree at 1/3 points. Drive Guys for evergreens and deciduous trees fully into the ground so no part of the guy is above finish grade. k. Wrap deciduous trees with specified tree wrap. Wrap from bottom of trunk to the first major lateral branch. Secure with jute or other biodegradable material. Install after November 15 and no later than December 15. Remove wrap approximately March 15 and no later than April 15. 1. In non -irrigated grass areas (if any), build a soil watering ring six inches larger than the diameter of the rootball and 4 inches high to form a basin to hold water (not required for conifers). Fill basin with water, being careful not to break the rim of the ring. in. If there are spade dug and planted trees they shall be deep watered with a watering needle ' angling from the inside of the ball out toward the perimeter. n. Trees in irrigated or non -irrigated grass areas to be mulched with Owner provided mulch per details. Trees in shrub beds to be mulched with fibrous shredded cedar mulch. 3.09 Perennial, Groundcover and Annual Planting A. Planting Beds Staking. Prior to planting any'perennials or annuals, and prior to installing header or header, stake, flag, or paint proposed beds scaling off the plans to determine bed configuration and size. Contact the Owner's Representative for review of extent and configuration. Do not plant or install header until review has been completed. B. Establish fine grade and subgrade adjacent to headers as described above. C. Prepare 3.4 soil as per section under soil preparation. D. Layout all planting pots prior to planting. Space plants equally within beds to ensure a uniform ' appearance. Remove all pots prior to planting including peat pots. E. Plant all plant material so that the plants are flush with finish grade (top of mulch) when complete. This will require slightly mounding each plant. Lightly compact soil around base of plant to ensure adequate root/ soil contact. Do not vigorously compact. ' F. Reestablish fine grade by hand raking or smoothing grade by hand prior to placing mulch. G. Apply specified mulch taking care not to damage plants. Clear excess mulch from plant foliage. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 12 of 15 H. Apply Osmocote slow release fertilizer.at the manufacturer's recommended application rate. Water in thoroughly. Keep, plants moist but not saturated each day for 14 days after planting. 3.10 Sodding A. After soil preparation, scarify the surface to a depth of 3/8 inch using a chain drag, chain link, or rake. B. Do not deliver more sod than can be laid over a 24 hour period. C. Do not lay sod on frozen ground. D. Keep soil bed slightly moist during laying of sod. E. Lay sod smoothly, edge to edge. Establish firm jointing between sod pieces with no visible soil between. Stagger joints. Lay sod perpendicular to slopes. F. Water sod lightly as sodding progresses to prevent drying. Roll sod diagonally with a light roller, leveling irregularities and sealing joints. Do not roll with a saturated subgrade. G. In order to facilitate drainage, place sod flush with pavement on the uphill side of pavement. Place sod slightly below pavement on the downhill side of pavement. H. Hold sod back from tree trunks in a radius of 18 inches taken from the tree trunk. I. On sod placed on three to one slopes, secure sod with stakes. Drive stakes flush with grade. J. Place signs on all newly laid sod indicating "New Sod, Please stay off." Place signs at 50' to 100' intervals as appropriate. 3.11 Irrigated and Non -Irrigated Seeding A. Definitions. 1. Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. A. Seed areas indicated on drawings and areas disturbed by construction. B. Re -work previously prepared areas that have become compacted or damaged by rains or traffic. C. Apply by means of a Brillion mechanical power drawn drill seeder to a maximum depth of %4 inch followed by packer wheels or drag chains.to provide smooth finish. Seed in two passes at right angles to one another. Sow half of the seed in each pass. Provide markers or other. means to assure that the successive seeded strips will overlap or be separated by a space no greater than the space between rows. 01 anted by the equipment being used. " D. Broadcast or hydro seed in areas that are inaccessible or too steep to drill or as indicated on plans. Broadcast seed in two opposite directions. Rake in seed after broadcasting. E. Restore fine grade after seeding as requested by the owner's representative.. F. Cover seed -to depth.of 1/4 inch by raking or dragging. G. Firm seeded areas with a roller weighing maximum of 100 lbs. per foot of width. H. .Seed application rates shall be as specified. I. Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, when ground is frozen or untillable, or during windy periods: _ J. Selection of the time of seeding shall be Contractor's responsibility, consistent with germination and ' erosion control requirements. Optimal seeding time is mid May through early September. 3.13 Landscape Boulders ' A. Install boulders in the locations shown on the plans and details. B. The contractor shall notify the owner's representative 48 hours in advance of placing landscape boulders. The owner's representative and/or the landscape architect shall be present during the placement of landscape boulders to approve their final placement. 3.14 Maintenance A. General 1. Continuously maintain plantings included in the Contract from the beginning of Contract work and during the progress of work, see Section 02970 Planting Maintenance. ' 2. The Owner will assume the responsibility of maintenance including watering, fertilizing, weeding, etc. upon written acceptance of Substantial Completion from the Owner. The Contractor shall periodically inspect the project during the two-year guarantee period and immediately notify the Owner's Representative of any irregularities or deficiencies which will ' affect the guarantee. 3. Round -Up herbicide may be used in mulched tree rings if grass seed has sprouted from ' seeding operations. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for resetting of any plants to an upright position or to proper grade and for the removal and replacement of any dead plant material. B. Seed Establishment Period: 1. Water seeded areas as needed, minimum of two times per day, until grass is established. Water so that no erosion or movement of seed or mulch occurs. Hand water as necessary to prevent movement of seed. ' 2. Seed establishment period shall begin upon the notice of "Conditional Acceptance" given by the Owner's Representative in writing and continue through the first mowing or until the turf ' is established. 3. Post "keep off the grass" signs until turf is established. 4. Maintain seeded areas until the grass is established and has been mowed at least once. Maintenance shall include watering, fertilizing and herbicide weed control as necessary. Do not apply herbicide before the first mowing; do not mow before the majority of seedlings have three leaf blades. ' 5. Required coverage for grass seed areas shall be twenty five (25) viable live seedlings of the species specified per square foot as measured from five (5) feet directly overhead for irrigated turf. Required coverage for grass seed areas shall be ten (10) viable live seedlings of the species specified per square foot as measured from five (5) feet directly overhead for non - irrigated turf. Determination of required coverage will be based on a random sampling of the entire project area, and shall consist of a minimum of five samples, each two square feet in area. Bare spots are defined as those areas larger than one square foot which do not meet the required coverage. After the inspection it is the Contractor's responsibility to perform the ' required maintenance within one week to insure a healthy established seeding condition. 6. The total area occupied by bare spots larger than 0.5 square feet must not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total seeded area. Maximum single bare spot size is one square foot. All seeded ' Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 14 of 15 grass areas which do not meet the satisfactory stand of growth qualification shall be reseeded and mulched. 7. Once the maintenance periods are completed and seed establishment is accepted, the City Representative shall issue a written notice of Final Acceptance. The guarantee period extends for two growing seasons after Final Acceptance. 3.16 Reseeding and Repair A. Reseed areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of establishment period. Scratch the surface to prepare seedbed and over -seed with drill seeder or hydromulch. B. Reseed areas that have been damaged or disturbed by the Contractor's operation according to these specifications. C. After one growing season, there shall be no visual difference between seed and healthy sod in irrigated areas. 3.17 Project Record (As -Built Drawing) A. Maintain one complete set of contract documents on site. Keep documents current. Record changes in location, quantity and.species of plant material. Submit corrected drawings to the Owner's Representative prior to final inspection. 3.18 Tree Stakes C. Remove tree stakes, tree wrap, guy wire and webbing at the. end of the two -season guarantee period. END OF SECTION Water's Way. Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 15 of 15 I SECTION 02970 — PLANTING MAINTENANCE PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Furnish all supervision, labor, material equipment, and transportation, and perform operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to maintaining planting, including winter watering, called for under this contract. Maintain landscape materials in an attractive, healthy, operable condition until seeded areas are established, landscape punch list items are complete, and landscape work is accepted by Owner. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Work Force: Contractor's representative shall be experienced in planting and irrigation maintenance. B. Maintenance Record: Submit to' the Owner's Representative a monthly record of maintenance operations performed, including a record of all herbicides, insecticides, and disease control chemicals used. 1.03 Environmental Conditions A. The requirements for winter treatment of plants will be applicable when the maintenance period extends past October 15. ' PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Materials A. Replacement materials shall conform to the specifications for original installation. I n U t 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Tree Care A. Watering: When hand watering, use a water wand to break the water force. All trees and shrubs shall be winter watered using a need type root feeder at least once per month between irrigation system winterization and spring start-up. Irrigation system may be used for winter watering, providing the system is re -winterized after each use. B. Staking: Inspect stakes monthly to prevent girdling of trunks or branches, and to prevent rubbing that causes bark wounds. Remove stakes and guys after one year, or as determined by Owner's Representative. Stakes will remain the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site. C. Weed Control: Keep planting areas free of weeds. Use recommended legally approved herbicides. Avoid frequent soil cultivation that destroys shallow roots. Weed at least once per week. D. Insect and Disease Control: Maintain reasonable control with approved materials to prevent visual and structural damage to the plants. E. Wounds: All wounds or injuries should be traced out and disinfected with alcohol or equal. No tree wound compounds or paints shall be applied. F. Tree rings: Mulched tree rings shall be kept tidy and weed free. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02970 - PLANTING MAINTENANCE Page 1 of 2 G. Replacement of Plants: Remove dead and dying plants and replace with plants of an equal size, condition, and variety or original planting plan. Replacements shall be made at no expense to Owner. H. Trash Removal: Remove trash, clipped grass, and blown dirt weekly from shrub beds, lawns, walks, and tree basins. Keep the entire area within the limits of planting free from trash and dirt (water or wind carried) at all times. Repair erosion damage for duration of maintenance period. 3.02 Turfgrass Care A. _Mowing: Mow only the turf areas as needed to maintain a height of 3 inches. Do not mow wildflowers. B. Edging: Trim edges at least twice monthly or as needed for neat appearance. Catch clippings and removed from lawn areas. Vacuum or blow off walks. C. Watering: Water turf areas at the frequency required to obtain proper turf establishment and to maintain a lush, green lawn. Apply water in such a way to encourage deep root growth. 3.03 Low Maintenance Grasses A. Mowing: Mow low maintenance grasses and wetlands grasses only after they have produced mature seeds and/or gone dormant for the winter or for.weed control. . . B. Watering: Water as frequently as needed to obtain plant establishment (usually 6 to 8 weeks) and thereafter as needed to avoid dieback. Apply water slowly and deeply to prevent runoff and encourage deep root growth. C. Weed Control: The Owner will determine the need for weed control. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02970 - PLANTING MAINTENANCE Page 2 of 2 I 1 1 I [I 1 t SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials and equipment necessary for the complete. construction of required formwork for cast -in -place concrete. B. Furnish and install anchor bolts, connectors, embedded plates, dovetail slots and anchors and other accessories required to be cast into concrete work. C. Furnish materials and equipment, necessary to strip and remove formwork. D. Install embedded items furnished by other.' Sections. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 3. Section 02230, Drilled Piers: Concrete formwork for piers.,_,. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Conform to the. requirements and recommendations of ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete in Buildings", and ACI.347,,"Recommended .Practice for Concrete Formwork", unless otherwise shown. 1. Applicable provisions of the.codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Contractor shall be responsible for the design and engineering, construction and maintenance of formwork, as well as its adequacy and safety. C. ..Contractor shall design formwork for all loads -and lateral pressures before and during placement of concrete.. Maintain position and shape of formwork at all times. Provide, positive means of adjustment for shores and forms which rest on compressible material. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2,,5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications and installation instructions for all form -coating materials, manufactured form systems, form ties and accessories. B. Samples: Submit pattern illustrations or samples for stamped pattern concrete forms for selection by the Architect. C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and precorisumer recycled content for accessory materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Fiber Forms: Store prefabricated fiber forms on site horizontally if length requires, supported along the entire length of the form.and.etevated a minimum 4" off of ground,; completely covered with.waterproof membrane including ends, and not stacked over T-0" high. If stored vertically, the ends shall be covered with waterproof membrane and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 03100 - 1 I EARTHWORK AND UTILITIES I 1 I I I I I I I I I j 1 1 ITEM UNIT PRICE Imported Topsoil $ ��/8 • CY Imported Fill $ CY Earthwork - Cut and Stockpiling r $ CY Earthwork — Fill $ i CY Imported Structural Fill $_ CY Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling $_ t7 CY Topsoil Spreading and Placement $CY Wetland Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling $ CY Welland Topsoil Spreading and Placement $ ,� SO CY Muck Excavation $ r ! d CY Vehicle Tracking Pad $ SF Rip Rap- Type M / $ %D 7 TON Rip Rap — Type L $i�p r CY Grouted RipmP — Type L $ R5, TON Waterline Service Pipe — 2" $_S �rj , r -�LF Waterline Service Pipe —'/<" $ EA Waterline Thrust Block $ live EA Waterline Tapping Saddle $ �20 , EA Waterline Swivel Tee 2 $ / 7 5 EA Waterline Bends r $ _ /00( EA Waterline Joint Restraint $^ /QG, EA 3/8" Water Service blowout assembly $ 110r r EA 3/4" Water Meter and Meter Pit $ yCO, EA 3/4" Water Service - curb stop S / 2:5, EA Sanitary Sewer Pipe — 4" PVC $ LF Sanitary Sewer Pipe — 6" PVC $ LF Sanitary Sewer - Cleanout $ I!g' 0, r EA Storm Sewer — 24" RCP $ 7 r r LF Storm Sewer— 18" RCP $ C 3% r LF Storm Sewer — 12" RCP $�� , LF Storm Sewer — 24" Flared End Section w/ Trash rack $ �Q'j, EA Storm Sewer —12" Flared End Section w/ Trash Rack $ f� �)—, J EA Storm Sewer — Type C Inlet $ 2 7CO EA Storm Sewer — Area Inlet $ / J C EA 24" ADS Drain Basin $ 1760, EA Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 00300 — BID FORM Page 5 of 8 PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK FOR UNEXPOSED CONCRETE A. Form concrete which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, boards, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two (2) edges and one (1) side for a tight fit. 1. Drilled Pier or Caisson Liners: Refer to Section 02230. B. Earthen or trenched forms shall not be used for vertical formwork. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Premofded Joint Fillers: In joints caulked or sealed with silicone or thiokol-based compound, filler - shall be non -bituminous, non -extruding, conforming to ASTM D1752. In all other joints, filler shall be bituminous type conforming. to ASTM D1751. Filler shall be 1 /2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Non -Bituminous Filler: Sonoflex F by Sonneborne or equal. B. Premolded Fiberboard Joint Filters (Bituminous -Type): Preformed rigid cane fiberboard material, impregnated with a durable asphaltic compound; conforming to AASHTO-M213. Fillers shall be 1 /2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Bituminous Filter: Flexcell by Cetotex or approved equal. C. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings or required by the work, provide minimum two (2) layers,l5-lb. non -bituminous felt bond breaker. D. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may formed with minimum 30# non -bituminous building felt left in place'with neatI tri'mmed-top`edge or approved joint filler material. E. Form Ties: Provide factory -fabricated break -back, removable, or snap -type form ties designed to prevent lspalling `concrete surfaces on removal and which will leave"no metal within 1/2" of concrete surface. Use stainless steel, plastic -coated or hot -dipped galvanized at exposed concrete with cone -shaped tie heads, manufactured by Dayton, Gates, Heckman, Richmond or approved equal. F. Release Agent: Provide commercial formulated synthetic resin or oil -type form coating compounds that will not bond with or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent finish treatment of surfaces', manufactured by Prote'x Pro=Coat, Euclid Eucoslip, J Et P Tex -Mastic or approved equal. 1. Contractor shall ensure that release agent is compatible with the finish requirements of concrete to be exposed to view. G. Metal Inserts: Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with%bolts, nuts, washers, 3/4" bolt size, unless. otherwise shown, manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Gateway, Dayton or approved equal. H. Void Forms: Provide moisture -resistant treated paperfaces, biodegradable, structurally sufficient to support weight of wet'concrete-until initial set`. 8" thick x full width of concrete member. 1. Wall Void by SureVoid or equal. I._ Embedded Plates, Sleeves and Anchor Bolts Miscellaneous embedded items furnished by other Sections. 'Refer to the appropriate Section(s) in these Specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/deAmported;fill materials shalt be in accordance with. the requirements of the .Soits.lnvestigatton Report .and Section 02225.: If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified .will not strictly, conform to this Waters Way Park 1005v. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Expansion, Construction and Other Joints: Properly lay out work and make necessary preparations for construction of specified joints in cast -in -place concrete work. ' 1. Take special care to provide joints to allow for removal of sections of concrete foundations, walls or flatwork for future construction where shown on the Drawings. C. Ensure that connector plates, sleeves, dovetail anchor slots and other concrete accessories ' embedded in concrete are property located, aligned and secured prior to placing concrete. 3.02 FABRICATION A. Construct forms complying with ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Use selected material to obtain the required finishes. Concrete tolerances shall be as specified in Section 03300. B. Construct formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast -in -place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup materials at joints as may be required to prevent leakage. Ensure that formwork is properly braced and tied. D. Provide openings in forms as required to accommodate other work. Accurately place and securely support all items required to be built into the forms. Size and locations of openings, recesses, chases and other built-in items shall be obtained from the Contractor or the trades involved. 3.03 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Prior to each use, coat contact surfaces of forms with release agent prior to placement of reinforcement, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied ' coverings which are affected by agent. Refer to Section 03300 for required concrete finishes. C. Ensure that all debris and frost has been removed from forms before placing concrete. D. Clean, repair and recoat surfaces of forms that are to be reused. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing materials will not be acceptable. E. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets. F. Place void form material to create a continuous void space under all grade beams; omit directly above caissons or footings. 3.04 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of grade beams, walls and similar parts of work may be removed 48 hours after placing concrete, providing concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and providing that curing and protection operations are maintained. Refer to specific requirements for hot- and cold -weather concreting in Section 03300. B. Formwork for beam soffits, slabs and other parts that support the weight of concrete shall remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength. C. Whenever formwork is removed during the curing period, cure exposed concrete as specified in ' Section 03300. D. Contractor shall verify required tolerances specified in Section 03300 immediately after removal of ' E. forms. Carefully remove fins or other minor surface defects from concrete to remain exposed in the final construction, and leave surfaces prepared for sealers, paint, skim coats or other finishes. Repair minor imperfections as specified in Section 03300. ' 03100 - 3 Waters Way Park t10076 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS END OF SECTION Waters Way Park 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, bend and install all reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, ties and supports. B. Furnish and install fiber reinforcing materials. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 010151 Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 4. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 5. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. ' 6. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 7. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE "Manual A. Fabricate and place reinforcing steel in accordance with the latest edition of ACI 315, of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", and as detailed on the Drawings. ' B: Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Refer to Section 03300 for requirements. C. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ACI 318, "ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". ' 2. ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures". 3. ACI 301-72, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 4. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice". 5. CRSI "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars". 6. CRSI "Recommended Practice. for Placing Bar Supports". 7. AWS D12.1, "Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction". ' 8. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. D. Contractor shall obtain specific approval from the Architect/Engineer for the following items: 1. Relocation of bars to an extent -that causes placement tolerances to be violated: 2. Barchairs and spacers. 3. Splices not shown on the Drawings and mechanical connectors. 4. Bending of reinforcement embedded in hardened concrete: ' E. Sustainability Compliance:. Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. ShopDrawings: Submit shop drawings for all reinforcing steel larger than #3 bars, indicating bending and 'cutting, preformed corners and intersections. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar schedules, stirrup or tie spacing; diagrams of bent bars; arrangement and assemblies as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement: Include all special reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures. Show watt reinforcement on elevations drawn at a scale of not less than 1 /4" = 1'-0% Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS tit 101111 Qi® 1. Shop drawing submittal may be waived for reinforcing bars small enough to be field bent, if requested by Contractor in writing and approved by Structural Engineer. Structural Engineer must observe reinforcement prior to concrete placement. B. Certificates: Furnish, prior to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and chemical tests of reinforcing steel and post -tensioning strands, if requested by the Structural Engineer. C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for reinforcing steel. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Notify the Owner's testing .and •inspection agency and Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of closing of forms and/or placing concrete so thatinspection.of reinforcement in place can be made. Do not cover any reinforcement with formwork or concrete until reinforcement has been checked and approval given to proceed with formwork and/or, concreting operations. B. Testing of reinforcing welds and splices will be as specified in Section 01410. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar schedules and diagrams., Store on the site free of rust, scale,;oil,or.other coating. Store bars off the ground and protect from moisture, dirt, oil or deleterious coatings.. . B. If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcement is in place, it shalt be protected by suitable covering.. C. Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable covering, if applicable. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Bars: ASTM A615-82, 60 KSI grade, deformed billet steel bars;, plain finish, as indicated on the Drawings. Bars shall. be free of scale.or other bond -reducing coatings. B. Ties, stirrups and field bent bars, #3 or smaller, may be ASTM A615, 40 KSI grade (ASTM A706, 60 KSI,Grade). C. Welded, Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or A497, plain type in flat sheets, plain finish, welded intersections, in sizes as indicated on the Drawings.. Use of coiled rolls shall only be permitted when approved by -the Structural Engineer.. D. Steel Wire: Provide plain cold -drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82,. E. Fiber Reinforcing: Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber, Fiber Mesh I, Fiber Mesh, Inc., Chattanooga, TN, or equal. F. Sustainabitity Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 75% minimum. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information•on locally manufactured products,,incompliance with Section 01015. 3..: Credit MR.5.2,;-Local/Regional Materials, Harvested, Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, -harvested or recovered materials,..in compliance with Section,01015. 03200 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS' A. Accessories shalt be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers, chairs, tie bars, support bars and all other devices forproperly assembling, placing and supporting reinforcement, weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of reinforcement. Wood, brick, block, concrete chips and other non-metallic devices are not acceptable. B. For concrete slab -on -grade use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs. Concrete briquettes for support of reinforcement for slabs - on -grade shall be at least 2" wide x 3" long and of proper height. C. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces Where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are hot -dipped galvanized, plastic protected or stainless steel protected. D. Wire Ties: Wire for tying shall be annealed, cold -drawn wire of at least 16-gage. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions with fabrication tolerance complying with ACI 315. Cold bend bars in a manner which will not injure material. B. Straightening or rebending at site will not be permitted for bars over 40 KSI yield strength. C. Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel, bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shalt be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. 3.02 SPLICES A. Splices not shown on the Drawings must be approved by the Structural Engineer. B. Lapped splices shall be securely wired together. Minimum laps shall be in accordance with requirements of ACI 318 and ACI 301-72 and as shown on the Drawings. Offset vertical lap splices at least one bar diameter. C. Lapped splices for welded wire fabric shall be made so that overlap of outermost wires is not less than two (2) full mesh spaces. Lace splices together with 16-gage wire. 1 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL 1 1 1 1 A. Prior to placing into position, thoroughly clean reinforcement of mill and excessive rust, scale, dust, mud, oil, ice and all other deleterious coating which may destroy or reduce bond. B. Alf reinforcing shall be placed in accordance with the Drawings and the "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315, ACI 301 and ACI 318. C. Accurately place and support reinforcing steel with chairs, bar supports, spacers or hangers as recommended by ACI detailing manual except in slab -on -grade work. Support bars in slabs -on - grade and footings with approved accessories. D. Place reinforcing bars to a tolerance of +/- 1 /4", except that minimum spacings between bars shall be to a tolerance of +/- .1 /4". Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduit or embedded items. The Structural Engineer's approval must be obtained prior to moving bars under these circumstances. E. Securely anchor and tie reinforcing bars and dowels prior to placing concrete. F. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection shown on the Drawings and specified. Do not place reinforcement with additional concrete cover unless expressly approved by the Structural Engineer. G. Install dowels before any concrete is placed. Locate column dowels accurately with aid of template before concrete. starts to set, . H. Steel reinforcing bars shall run continuous through cold joints: 3.04 . PLACINGWELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Welded wire fabric shall be placed 2" below slab surface or as indicated on the Drawings and shall not be permitted to be placed on subgrade prior to concrete placement and hooked into position. Reinforcement shall be fully supported at. required elevation prior to concrete placement. Use continuous chairs or support bars in structural slabs to maintain proper locations as shown on the Drawings. B. Install welded wire fabric using full sheets as large as possible. Lap adjoining pieces as specified herein. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.05 PLACING FIBER REINFORCING A. Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. 1-1/2 lbs. per cu. yd.-1 unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing materials shall be placed in quantities, sizes and spacing as shown on the Drawings and/or as scheduled herein: 1. Reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric shall be installed where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Fiber reinforcing shall be placed in all poured -in -place concrete flatwork, including exterior concrete drives, apron pavements and curb and gutter sections, sidewalks, etc., regardless of whether these already are. reinforced with steel or wire.materials. 3. Fiber reinforcing is not required in footings, foundation walls, grade beams, piers and caissons. END OF SECTION Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I ' SECTION 03300 ' CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for footings, foundations, piers, caissons, stabs -on -grade and any other concrete work required but not itemized. B. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for thrust restraint, encasement or other work. C. Furnish and place granular sub -base under stabs -on -grade. D. Furnish and install colored concrete slabs -on -grade, where specifically shown on the Drawings. E. Finishing and application of integral surfacing as scheduled, curing and seating of slabs. F. _ Furnishing and placing joint materials. ' G. Furnish and install cast -in concrete accessories, unless arranged for otherwise. H. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. ' 2.. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Division 2, Sitework. 4. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 5. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. 6. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 7. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 8. Section 07150, Dampproofing. 9. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders. 10. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 11. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation 12. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Filters. ' 13. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 14. Division 15, Mechanical. 15. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Except as modified or supplemented in these Specifications, structural ' concrete shall meet the requirements of the following standards. Refer to the standards for detailed requirements. 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork". 3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforcing Concrete". 4. ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing ' Concrete". 5. ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting". 6. ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting'. 7. ASTM C94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete". ' 8. ASTM C33 "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates". 9. ASTM C150, "Standard' Specification for Portland Cement". 10. ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete". 11. ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete'. ' 12. ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete". 13. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this 03300 - 1 Waters Way Park 10016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS "' B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Contractor shall have in place a quality assurance program to monitor the composition of the ready -mixed concrete provided for this project. The quality assurance program shall detail: 1. Quality and types of aggregates, cement, mineral admixtures, chemical admixtures and water. 2. Batching of these materials, including properties of the batched mix(es). 3. Delivery and placement requirements for the batched mix(es). 4. Regular contractor monitoring and testing of batched materials. C. Contractor shall maintain a copy of ACI SP-15-72, "Field Reference Manual" in the field office at all times. D. Contractor shall employ an experienced and competent foreman for all concrete work. The foreman shall be thoroughly familiar with all phases of concrete construction, including formwork. Upon request submit records of qualifications and experience of the foreman to the Architect. E. All concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes, shalt be corrected or removed and replaced as directed by the Architect/Engineer, at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shalt also be responsible for the cost of corrections to any other work affected by or resulting from correction to concrete work and for any additional testing of work in place which may be required. F. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design(s) in accordance with ACI 301 for approval by the Architect/Engineer. Submit written design mix reports „for each class of concrete at least fifteen (15) days prior to start of work. Include the.following in each report: 1. Project identification. 2. Concrete class. 3. Specified properties for concrete. 4. Source of concrete aggregate and cement. 5. Cement type and brand. 6. Manufacturer and brand name of admixtures. 7. Proportions of concrete mixed per cubic yard. 8. Required strength qualification data for each property specified for design mix in accordance with ACI 301. 9. Unit weight. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, color additives and concrete stains, sealers, hardener and finishing compounds. C. Contractor Quality Assurance.Program: Submit for review by the Architect/Engineer in accordance with paragraph 1.02.B. D. Certificates: 1. Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates.. 2. Certification of appropriate use for hardening and sealing products, as specified in paragraph 2.05. : . E. Contractor shall-retain.for Architect/Engineer's review, if requested,.all delivery tickets for each load delivered to the site.: Tickets shall show truck number, concrete strength, cement brand and type, cement content, water content (also expressed -as water/cement, ratio), amount of course aggregate and fine aggregate,.name and amount of admixture, number of yards delivered, time of arrival at site and mixing time. 1.04 INSPECTION' 03300 - 2'.. . Waters Way Park - 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I .1 1 1 I A. Provide free access for the Architect/Engineer to locations where concrete materials are stored, proportioned or mixed. Do not place concrete until forming and reinforcing for a given pour has been approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. Provide minimum 48 hours advance notice for inspection to the Architect/Engineer, but ensure that forming and reinforcing are substantially complete at the time of notification. 1.05 TESTING A. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide free access to work and cooperate with the appointed firm. C. Submit proposed concrete mix design to the inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of,work: D. Field Quality Control Testing: Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placement of concrete, as follows: 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C94. 2. Slump: ASTM C143; one (1) test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. 3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, one (1) test each set of compressive test specimens, or when the indication of change requires. 4. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31; one (1) set of four (4) standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. 5. Cast and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens and field -cured test specimens as specified in ASTM C31,. E. Compressive Strength Tests: 1. ASTM C39: One (1) set for each 50 cu. yds. or fraction thereof of each mix design placed in any one day, or for each 5,000 sq. ft. of surface area'ptaced; one (1) specimen tested at seven (7) days, two (2) specimens tested at 28 days, and one (1) specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 2. When the frequency of testing will provide less than three (3) strength tests fora given mix design, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than three (3) are used. 3. Report test results in writing to the Owner, Architect, Structural Engineer, Contractor and ready -mix supplier on the same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, the name of contractor,. name of the concrete supplier and truck number, name of the concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength at 28 days,, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. 4. The testing agency will make additional tests of in -place -concrete when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and characteristics have not been attained in the structure; as directed by.the Architect/Engineer. The:testing agency shall conduct tests to determine the strength and other characteristics of the in -place concrete by compression tests on cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42,.by load testing specified in ACI 318 or other acceptable non-destructive testing methods, as directed. The Contractor shalt pay for this additional testing. F. Slump Test: One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. 03300 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS $ LF Erosion Control - Silt Fence Erosion Control — Inlet Protection $ a ,___EA Erosion Control — Wattle Protection $ go. EA ' 4" HDPE Perforated Pipe $ Z . LF Type III Barricade $ EA ' HARDSCAPE ' ITEM UNIT PRICE Standard Grey Concrete Pavement (5" thick) D S Color Concrete Pavement (5" thick) — Color Yosemite Brown SSF ' Color Concrete Pavement (5" thick) — Exposed Aggregate $ SF Concrete Curb and Gutter $ � LF J Cast -in -Place Concrete Playground Entrance Wall $ LF ADA Curb Access Ramp $ 1 '7 w EA ' Concrete Mow Strip $ 30 LF SOFT TRAILS ITEM UNIT PRICE Gravel Road $ ' 50 SF Crusher fines pathway $ Y' SF PARK ARCHITECTURE ITEM UNIT PRICE Pre -Engineered Picnic Shelter $ _S { COO EA Pedestrian Bridge $— 0 EA PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING ITEM UNIT PRICE ' Synthetic "turf' Seamless Surface $ /a. SF Loose -Fill Surface (Engineered Wood Fiber) r $ 0? f SF Loose -Fitt Surface (Sand) $ 02 (• CY PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT ITEM UNIT PRICE ' Tot Play Structure $� 000 sLs 5-12 yr olds Play Structure $ �j�� , 6_00 ~ LS Sand table $ 43 SEA Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 00300 — MD FORM. Page 6 of E G. Air Entrainment Test: One (1) air entrainment test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. H. Test hourly when air temperature is 400 F and below, and when 800 F and above and each time a set of compression test specimens are made. 1.06 EVALUATION OF QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has slump or total air content outside the specified values. B. Compressive strength tests for laboratory -cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed the 28-day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete and no individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. C. If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to additional testing as herein specified or removal and replacement of the concrete which the test represents: 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store cement in watertight enclosures and protect against dampness, contamination and warehouse set. B. Stockpile aggregates to. prevent excessive. segregation• or contamination with other materials or other.sizes of aggregates: Use only one (1) supply source for each aggregate stockpile. C. Store admixtures toi prevent contamination, evaporation or damage. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing.or harmful temperature ranges. D. Allow a maximum of 90 minutes between the time water is added and the time the concrete is completely placed. - 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Do not place concrete during rain, sleet or snow, unless adequate -protection is provided. Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or damage the surface finish. B. Cold Weather Concreting: 1. Refer -to ACI 306, 'Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting'. 2. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not be less than the following: Minimum Concrete Temp. Degrees..:- Air Temp.. :F Section with Least Dimension Degrees F Under 12" 12" and Over 30 to 45 60 50 . 0 to 30 65 55 Below.0 70 60 3.. When placed, heated concrete -shall not be warmer.than 800,F. . 4: Prior. to placing concrete;,allice, snow, surfaceand subsurface frost shall be removed and the. temperature of the surfaces to be -in contact,with:,the new concrete shall be raised above:35°:F. 5. Protect the concrete from freezing during specified curing period. 6: - Heated enclosures shall be strong and windproof to ensure adequate protection of corners, edges and thin sections. Do not permit heating units to locally heat or dry the concrete. Do not use combustion heaters during the first 24 hours, unless the concrete is protected from exposure to exhaust gases which contain carbon.dioxide. C. Hot Weather Concreting: 03300 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I "Recommended 1. Refer to ACI 305, Practice for Hot Weather Concreting'. . 2. Take precautions when the ambient air temperature is 900 F or above. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not, exceed 850 F. ' 3. Cool forms and reinforcing to a maximum of 900 F by spraying with water prior to placing concrete. 4. Do not use cement that has reached a temperature of 2700 F or more. ' 5. Do not place concrete when the evaporation rate (actual or anticipated) equals or exceeds 0.20 pounds per sq. ft.- per hour. 6. Approved set -retarding and water -reducing admixtures may be used with the Archi- tect/Engineer's approval when ambient air temperature is 900 F or above to offset the accelerating effects of high temperatures. 1.09 WARRANTIES " A. Provide Instatler•'s'written warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, and subgrade failure for a period of one (1) year from final acceptance. Owner's Representative shall determine e needs for repairs or replacement, and his/her decision shall be final and obligatory upon the Contractor. ' PART PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS • ' A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150,'Type II. Use only one (1) brand of -cement in any individual structure. ' B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33. C. Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete:Clean, strong crushed gravel or stone conforming to ASTM C33. Gradation shall be -as specified under concrete mixes. D. :Water: Clean; fresh potable supply, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic materials or other ' deleterious substances. E. Admixtures: Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Air -Entraining Agent: ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika AER, Grace ' Darek AEA; Protex, or equal. 2. Non -Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494; Type C or E: 3. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. 4.' Water Reducer: ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo-Lith, Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL, Sika Plastocrete, or equal. 5. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. 6. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are specifically prohibited. ' 7. Color Additive: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of color(s), Davis Color "Willow Green" or equal. Provide colored concrete where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. 8. Fiber Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and paragrapW3.02 of this Section. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: Refer to paragraph 3.02, Design Mixes, of this Section. 2.02 NON -SHRINK GROUT rA. Provide premixed, factory -packaged non -shrink, non-metallic grouting compounds specified in Section 05120. 03300 - 5 Waters Way Park ' 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2.03 CONCRETE BONDING AGENTS A. Provide an aqueous phase, film forming, freeze -thaw resistant compound suitable for brush or spray application, complying with Military. Specification MIL-B-19235. a 1. Chem Master Polyweld, Grace Daraweld-PBA, Larson Weldcrete, Euclid Eucoweld, Protex Proweld-D, or equal. B.. Provide a two -component all-purpose epoxy bonding agent for structural repair or corrections. Q 1. Protex Probond ET-150, Sika Colma-Dur, or equal. 2.04 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES A. Expansion and Isolation Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 03100. B. Grade Beam Void Forms: Cardboard type, sizes as indicated on the Drawings, specified in Section 03100. 0 C. Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Accessories: Refer to Section 03250. D. Fiber. Reinforcing: Polypropylene fiber reinforcing, specified in Section 03200. 2.05 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Provide membrane -forming curing compound conforming to ASTM C309, Type I, specified below. Where used, curing compound must be compatible with applied finishes. 2.06 HARDENING, SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS A. General: Apply all hardening, sealing and finishing treatments in accordance with manufacturer's a recommendations. Refer to the schedule below for applications. Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certifyAhat mate rials.specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications,_for.the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified., 2. Compatibility of finish material with type and degree -of weather exposure. 3. Compatibility of finish material with expected use of space., 4. Compatibility.of finish material with expected exposure to chemical, acid, oil, fat or other deleterious material::: B. Liquid Acrylic -Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing: Kure-N-Seal by Sonneborne or equal. C. Liquid Water -Based Curing, Sealing and Dustprdofing: Kure-N-Seal W by Sonneborne or equal. 1. Color: Clear. D. Non -Slip Abrasive Aggregate:., Provide fused aluminum.oxide grits or crushed emery as abrasive aggregate for non -slip finish, ,with emery. aggregate containing not less than 40% aluminum oxide and not less than 25% ferric oxide. Use material that•is factory -graded, packaged, rust -proof and non -glazing and that is unaffected_ by freezing; moisture and cleaning materials (Sonneborne Frictex, Toch Brothers Toxgrip;.Grace Durafax,_Sonneborne Frictex 176), Grip -it.. E.. Waterproofing Membrane: Refer to Section 07130. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1: Sonneborn Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434.. 2.. Thoro System Products, Miami, FL„and represented locally. by The Rio Grande Co., Denver, CO, (303) 825-2211. 3. L.M. Scofield Company, Los Angeles, CA, (800) 800-9900, represented: locally_ by Conrep West, Englewood, CO, (303) 740-7787. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality, appearance and performance are acceptable, except as limited above. 2.07 UNDER -SLAB MATERIALS A. Granular Sub -Base: 3/8" to 3/4" gravel or crushed rock, extent and thickness as shown on the Drawings or as required by the Soils Report. B. Vapor Barrier: Refer to Section 07190. iPART 3 EXECUTION i 1 I 1 3.01 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. Notify any trades that may have items to be recessed or embedded in concrete, or that may require openings in concrete, of placing schedule. Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and to avoid delays in the work. This work may include, but is'not limited to: 1. Division 2 furnishings. 2. Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200. 3. Concrete accessories specified'in Section 03250. 4. Structural steel specified in Section 05120. 5. Mechanical work specified in Division 15. 6. Electrical work specified in Division 16. B. Surfaces shall be true to line and grade and free from loose earth, frost, ice, mud and standing or running water. Protect bottom of excavation against freezing. Do not deposit concrete against frozen ground. C. Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under detrimental weather conditions. D. Notify the Architect/ Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing of any concrete. Do not deposit any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has observed reinforcement and other work in place and given permission to proceed. Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in no way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the Construction' Documents. E. Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, except as amended by this Section. Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100. F. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shownon the Drawings and/or specified wilt not strictly conform to this requirement, advise the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. G. Ensure that form inserts for all exposed edges and corners requiring chamfers are properly placed, as specified in Section 03100. H. Ensure that sleeves and other site items to be installed under concrete work are properly located and installed, as specified in other Sections. I. Patterned Concrete Slab -on -Grade: Do not begin concrete work until all operations are complete enough to allow placement to be carried on as a continuous operation for the entire section that is to be placed. 3.02 DESIGN MIXES A. Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Structural Drawings or specified herein for specific locations. B. Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect/Engineer. C. Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211.1. Concrete for all parts of the Work shalt be of the specified quality, capable of being placed without excessive segregation and, when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these Specifications and the Contract Documents. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which willwork readily into the corners Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 03300 - 7 D. Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class of concrete, at the Contractor's expense. m E. Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed by the Contractor to be used in concrete. F. Proportion concrete design mixes so that compressive strength of laboratory -cured cylinders will be at least 15% greater than minimum specified strength. Refer to paragraph 1.05 for testing requirements. G. Concrete Mixes: 1. Class I: For piers and caissons, 3,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type II cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 3" to 5" slump. Air entrained 5% to 7%. No fly ash substitution. 2. Class II: For foundation walls and grade beams, 3,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I a cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 2" to 4" slump, air entrained 5% to 7%. 1 . 3. Class III: For interior slabs, 4,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic yard (minimum), 3" to 4" slump, air -entrained 4% to 6%, fibermesh. 4. Class IV: For exterior flatwork, 4,000 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II Portland cement/cubic yard, 3" to 4" slump, 5% to 7% air entrainment, fibermesh. Add selected color additive where shown on the Drawings: 5. Class V: For exterior concrete topping, 4,000 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II Portland cement/cubic yard (minimum), 3" to 4" slump, air entrained 5% to 7%, fibermesh. 6. Class VII:. For exterior curbs, gutters, concrete pavements and sitework: Conform to City of Fort Collins engineering standards, unless otherwise.directed by the Owner or Engineer. Refer to Section 02515. . 7. Except as excluded, fly ash may be substituted for Portland cement to a maximum of 15% by weight;:20% maximum where exposed in the final structure. If used, no further cement O reduction, due to use,of water -reducing agent will be allowed. H. LEED Design. Criteria: 1.. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: a. Recycled Aggregate: 20% minimum. b. Fly Ash:.: As specified in .subparagraph 3.02 G above.. . 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: 3. Credit MR.5.2, Locat/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: 4. ,- Credit EQ 4.1, :Low Emitting Materials... I. In lieu of designing new mixes for this project, existing -mix designs meeting all requirements specified for each concrete mix and used successfully on previous projects under conditions similar to those anticipate6on this project may be used, providing the.following are submitted for the Architect/Engineer's approval for each class of concrete: 1. :.Reports of concrete mix design and test results. - 2. Reports of sufficient consecutive sets of,7- and 28-day concrete strength test made during the last six (6) months and the calculations of standard deviation for these tests. 3. Reports of compliance tests of fine and coarse aggregates made during the last six (6) months. 4. Mix submittals and required statistical strengths shall be in accordance with ACI 301. 5. Documentation of compliance -with, specified LEED design criteria. J. Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200. 3.03 CONCRETE BATCHING AND. MIXING A. Ready -mixed batch plant equipment-and.facilities must comply with the.requirements of ACI 614 and ASTM C94: The, p[ant :must.have sufficient capacity.to,produce and. deliver concrete of specified qualities in quantities required to. meet the. construction schedule. 03300 - 8: Waters Way Park . 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Site -mixed concrete will not be permitted. Measure, mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, except as specified herein. C. All concrete not placed within 90 minutes of initial contact of cement and water shall be rejected. D. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited. Obtain the Architect/Engineer's approval for any addition of water. Do not exceed the maximum permissible water/cement ratio ' or maximum slump under any circumstances. 3.04 PREPARATION OF INSERTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS AND OPENINGS ' A. Provide- formed openings where required for pipes, conduits', sleeves and other work to be embedded in and passing through concrete members. B. Coordinate work of other Sections and cooperate with trades involved in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors and other inserts. C. Accurately position and securely fasten all anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit, sleeves, masonry anchorages and other materials to be embedded in the concrete. D. Install conduits between reinforcing steel in walls, slabs or columns with reinforcing in both faces and below reinforcing in stabs with only one (1) layer of reinforcing steel. E. Embedments shall be clean when installed. Remove concrete spatter from all surfaces not in contact with concrete. 3.05 PLACING UNDER-SLAB'MATERIALS A. Granular Sub -Base: Place a minimum of 4" (200mm) of gravel over compacted sub -base, level and compact thoroughly, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. B. Vapor Barrier: Install underslab vapor barrier as specified in Section 07190. ' 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE - A. Transit -mixed concrete shall be truck -mixed in accordance with "Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete", ASTM C94-67. ' B. Concrete shall have a temperature of 700 F +/- 200 F at the time of' placing, unless prior permission has been granted in writing by the Architect/Engineer to exceed these tolerances. C. Transport the concrete from mixer to final position as rapidly as practical without segregation, ' contamination or doss of material. Maximum not -to -exceed from introduction of water to 'placement of concrete is 90 minutes. Place concrete in forms -with drop chutes, baffles or other methods which will prevent segregation: Comply with the requirements, of ACI 614. ' 1. Contractor shall assess the placement requirements of the site, construction staging and other factors, and provide concrete pumping equipment for concrete placement as may be necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. D. Concrete foundation structures shall be placed on undisturbed, clean -surfaces free from frost, ice, mud, standing or running water: E. Ensure that hardened concrete, wood chips, shavings and other debris have been removed from the interior of -the forms and all hardened concrete and foreign materials have been removed from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying equipment. Forms shall be wetted, oiled or treated with an approved form -coating material prior to placing concrete. Reinforcement shall be cleaned, secured in position, inspected and approved by the Architect/Engineer before starting the pouring of concrete. F. Concrete -shall be deposited in the forms as nearly as practical in its final position so as to avoid rehandling. Special -care shall be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or reinforcement with concrete in advance of pouring. G. Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 24" thick, unless otherwise required by specific conditions of the work, i.e., round, tubular fiber -formed columns. Place successive layers at such speed so that the preceding layer is stilCplastic. H. Immediately after depositing; -the concrete shall be compacted to force out all air pockets, working ' Waters Way Park 03300 • 9" 10016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS m I W 1. Mechanical vibrators need not be used for thrust restraints. 2. When vibrating is not practical, concrete shall be consolidated and all faces well spaced by continuous working with a suitable tool in a manner acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. 3.07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Complete finishing operation within 24 hours after stripping forms. Patch repairable defective areas immediately after form removal., B. Subgrade Surfaces: Rough form -finish is acceptable on all subgrade surfaces, except as indicated otherwise. Patch -all defective areas. :C.Exposed Surfaces: Provide smooth rubbed finish on any formed surfaces exposed to view, including but not limited to the following: 1. Foundation walls with 12" or more of exposed vertical surface shall receive rubbed finish. 2. Retaining walls and foundation walls. D. Strip forms while concrete is still green and steel trowel surfaces to a dense, hard finish with corners, intersections and terminations chamfered 1 /2":and smooth. 1. Repair and patch all tie holes and defects with mortar. Remove all fins and projections. 2. - Tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed.and floated:to a texture consistent to that of formed surfaces. ;Final treatment of formed surfaces shalt continue uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3. Strike chamfered edges and corners of exposed concrete clean; straight and true to line. E. Honeycombing or spillage through forms shall be repaired or replaced as specified below in this section. 3.08 - INSTALLATION OF JOINTS A. Joint Materials: :Refer. to Section 03100, Concrete Formwork, and paragraph 2.05 of this_Section. B. General: Locate and install construction joints which are not shown, -on the Drawings so as not to impair the strength and appearance of,the structure. In,general,_locate near -the middle of the span of slabs, beams and grade beams, unless a beam intersects a girder at this point. Obtain the -Architect/Engineer's approval for joint locations: _ C. Pour floor slabs in pattern indicated,on the Drawings: Form control joints and place expansion joints as indicated on the Drawings, but in no case exceed the following requirements: 1. Control joints shall be,spaced at 15'-0" maximum. intervals each:wayso as not to encompass an area to exceed 225 sq. ft., or other spacing and pattern(s) as shown on the Drawings, or as required by the Soils Report: 2. Place control joints at!internat corners, columns or other points of natural weakness. 3. - .: Refer to Section 03365 for restrictions on jointts.in post -tensioned concrete slabs. D. Before depositing new concrete, remove. all laitance and ,loose aggregates immediately before :placing fresh concrete. Dampen but do not saturate the joint surface... At slabs and beams, apply a neat cement grout. E. Expansion orlsolation Joints: Where expansion joints are indicated on,,the Drawings, place filler strips:to within 1 /2". of.finished surface. Joint recess,shall be formed with a separate removable filler section to provide a clean, true recess to receivesealant,as specified.in Section 07900. F. Interior Construction and Control.Joints:,...Keyed construction joints,shall..be formed with prefabricated joint materials and shalt adhere to the control joint pattern shown. 1. Refer to the Drawings for specialcontrol joint,patterns. G. ..: Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings,_ provide minimum two (2) layers .l5# non -bituminous 03300 - 10. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS H. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non -bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filter material. I. Exterior Slab, Curb and Gutter Control Joints: Tool or saw joints to a depth of one-fourth (1 /4) the thickness of the slab, where indicated onthe _plans. Refer to'Section 02515 for joint spacing in concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk and exterior flatwork sections. 3.09 FINISHING FLATWORK A. General: Verify all flatwork finishes with the Architect in the field prior to proceeding with this work. B'. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces'that are to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified. After screeding and consolidating concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power -driven -floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand -floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to required tolerance. Cut down high 'spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling,. refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular'texture. C. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view, unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, paint or other thin film finish coating system. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as the trowel is moved over the surface. Consolidate the concrete. surface by final hand -troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance,with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1 /8" in 10' when tested with a 10' straightedge.. -.Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor coverings system. D. Non -Slip Broom Finish: After completion of floated finish, draw a broom ;or a burlap belt transversely across the surface perpendicular to the main.traffic route. Use broom finish after floating for surfaces to receive topping orcementious finishes. Coordinate final texture with the Architect prior to application. E. Finishing Stabs at Floor Drains: Hold elevation of concrete stabs -on -grade around floor drains level to within 16" around each drain location, then shape surface to elevation of drains as shown on the Drawings.Refer to the.Drawings for special sloped areas of concrete slabs -on -grade to floor or trench drains. F. Slab Finish Schedule:- Refer to Part 4, Schedules, at the end of this Section. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Maintain the following tolerances for all cast -in -place concrete work removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1. Variation from Plumb: a. 0-10': 1 /4" maximum. b. 20' or more: 3/8" maximum..: 2. Variation in Thickness: 1 /4" to 1 /2" standard, 5% for footings. 3. Variation in Grade: - a. 0.10% 1 /4" standard, 1 /8" for floor slabs. b. 10-20% 3/8" standard, 1 /4" for floor slabs. C. 40' or more: 3/4" standard, 3/8" for floor stabs. 4. Variation in Plan: a. 0.20% 1 /2". b. 40' or more: 3/4" standard, +1 /2" for footings. 5. Variation in Eccentricity:.. 2% for footings. 6. Variation in Openings: 03300 - 11 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Defective work shall be a. Size: +1 /8". b. Location: 1 /4". B. Slab Tolerances: 1. Interior Floor Slabs: 1 /8" in 10' maximum. . 2. Exterior•Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: 1 /4" in 10' maximum. 3.11 CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. B. Refer.to Section 03100-for stripping and removal of formwork after curing. C. Refer to the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations forrcuring of concrete slabs - on -grade to receive stains, sealers or other special finishes. D. Start curing immediately after finishing. Cure for at, least seven (7) days, not necessarily consecutive, during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 500 F. Wood forms shall be kept wet. If forms are, removed during curing period, an approved curing method must be started immediately. .. I . 'E. Cure slabs by approved moisture -retaining coverings, lapped and seated, and kept continuously wet. Approved curing compounds may be, used if compatible with specified finishes. Specific approval is required from the Architect/Engineer. Curing compounds shall be applied in accordance.with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of freshly placed concrete from vandalism, accidental damage by workmen or.equipment, or damage resulting from subgrade settlement or subsequent construction traffic. Take adequate precautions to restrict traffic in the area of fresh concrete .during the curing period. -Damaged concrete shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owner's discretion..- . G. Comply with -the requirements of ACI 305 when hot weather conditions exist. Temperature of concrete when placed shall be less than.90° F. When necessary to prevent premature drying, arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, "sprinkling,- ponding or a wet covering of light color shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective measures shall be taken as.quickly"as concrete hardening and finishing operations wilt:allow.. H. Comply•with.the requirements of ACI 306 when cold weather conditions exist. When atmospheric temperature is 40° F and below, maintain concrete temperature at not less than 500 F for at least six (6) days. When necessary, make arrangements before concrete placing for"heating, covering insulation or housing as required to,.maintain specified temperature and moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat. I. Maintain protective cover on concrete so that changes in temperatures of concrete shall be as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5° F in any one (1) hour or 500 F in any 24-hour period. 3.12 SEALING AND FINISH APPLICATIONS A. General: Consult with the manufacturer's representative prior to application. Follow the manufacturer's printed instructions for applying materials. B. Schedule of -Exterior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing, sealing and hardening products for exterior concrete in accordance with .the following schedule: 1. Concrete Sidewalks, Slabs, Aprons and Curb and Gutter Sections: Damp cure and Lapidolith, white pigment. 2. Exposed Surfaces of Retaining Walls: Kure-N-Seal. 3. Concrete not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal. C. Schedule of Interior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing, sealing and hardening products for interior floor:slabs in accordance with the following schedule. Refer to paragraph 2.06 for certification of appropriate use. 1. Slabs to Receive No Flooring: Kure-N-Seal. 03300 - 12 Waters Way Park , 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 1 1 LJ J 1 2. Concrete Not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal. D. Application Process: Apply curing, hardening and sealing products in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. E. Special Coatings: Acid etch surface of floor slab with a muriatic acid'solution.prior to applying sealer, as recommended by the manufacturer. Refer to Section 09800. F. Apply materials only after concrete' surfaces are completely cured and dry. Follow the manufacturer's recommended application instructions, generally applying it in three (3) coats with ample drying time between coats.. -Remove surplus hardener after final application has dried. 3.13 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE APPLICATIONS A. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on the Drawings or required by the work. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations. Comply with certified diagrams or templates of the manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. Items include but are not limited to: I - 1 . Electrical transformers. Coordinatesizesof transformer bases and other equipment with the governmental agency or utility having jurisdiction. B. Site Concrete Work: Provide miscellaneous site cast -in -place concrete items as detailed on the Drawings or specified herein, to include but not be limited to: 1. Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Specified in Section 02515. 2. Concrete retaining walls and seating walls. 3. Base and/or pier foundations' for site signage, fencing and gates, pipe bollards and miscellaneous site -furnishings. 4. Miscellaneous site precast concrete items, including downspout splashblocks. Refer to Section 03480, Precast Concrete Accessories. 3.14 APPLICATION OF SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING A. General: Prepare surfaces to receive coating per manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. 1. Surfaces shall be free of dirt,'oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants. 2. Remove unsound concrete to ensure a good bond. 3. Mechanically abrade smooth, dense surfaces to provide necessary bonding. 4. Moisten area prior to application. 5. Maintain contact areas between 400 F and 900 F prior to repair and during initial curing period. B. Mixing: Use a mechanical mixer with rotating blades on low rpm for 3-5 minutes to achieve desired consistency. C. Placing: Place material consistently without multiple layers, using a putty knife, trowel or sponge float. 1. Apply in applications from feather edge to 1 /8" thickness. 2. For areas greater than 1/8" thick, apply U. S. Spec Quickset 20 to within 1/16" of final repair, then apply finish coat. D. Finishing: Follow standard ACI curing practices. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 03300 - 13' IRRIGATION ITEM UNIT PRICE Irrigation for Turf (seed or sod) areas less than 10 feet in width /d $ SF Irrigation of Turf areas (seed or sod) 10 feet or greater in width $ SF Pop -Up Spray Sprinkler with nozzle $ EA ' Pop -Up Rotor Sprinkler with nozzle — Hunter I-20's $ �trj , EA Pop -Up Rotor Sprinkler with nozzle — Hunter I-40's $Q , EA ' Drip Irrigation — per Shrub, Perennial or Grass in planting bed $ EA Drip Irrigation — per one Tree in Turf $ EA ' Sleeve Pipe �LF Isolation Gate Valve Assembly — 3" $ EA Isolation Gate Valve Assembly — 6" $ EA ' Quick Coupling Valve Assembly $ �,. p , J EA Manual Drain Valve Assembly $4--)EA ' Remote Control Valve Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals — 1" $ ; �, ^ EA Remote Control Valve Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals — 1.5" $�n _EA ' Remote Control Valve Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals — 2" $ 7 G� EA Remote Control Valve Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals — 3" $C17 EA ' Remote Control Valve Assembly for Drip Laterals — 1" $ 'Y ( r- _EA Flush Cap Assembly $ o2Q . EA Mainline Pipe— 6" $ Gz, LF ' Mainline Pipe— 3" $ LF Lateral Pipe — I" $ �� SU LF Lateral Pipe— 1.25" $ r LF Lateral Pipe — 1.5" $ LF ' Lateral Pipe — 2" $ / < '�f LF Lateral Pipe — 2.5" $ 61;e LF Lateral. Pipe— 3" $ '2s LF Lateral Pipe — 4" $ (�J_�__ LF 1 Lateral Pipe — 6" $ LF LANDSCAPE ITEM UNIT PRICE Finish Grading $ /0 SF Organic Amendment $ c2 V. �r[ -.Cy ' Seed — Fescue Turf Mix $ O / SF Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 00300 — BID FORM Page 7 of 8 3.15 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Remove and replace defective concrete not conforming to required line, detail and elevation as directed by the Architect/Engineer. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete, except upon express direction of the Architect. C. Concrete damaged after placement shall be.repaired or replaced by the.Contractor at the Owner's discretion. 3.16 PATCHING AND POINTING A. Patch and point all vertical and horizontal formed concrete surfaces where exposed to view, as defined,in paragraph 3.06. B. Fill holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after such work is in place. C. Mix, place and cure concrete to blend with in -place construction. D. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the work. 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Exposed cast -in -place concrete work shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the,following characteristics:. 1. Slab finishes specified in paragraphs 3.07 and 3.09. 2. Tolerances specified -.in paragraph.3.10. 3. Wall and corner surfaces, including patching and pointing specified in paragraph 3.16. 4. Joint materials and placement.. . 5. Surfaces of fiber formed architectural columns. 6. Specialty slab finishes, i.e. stamped pattern concrete, for accuracy of placement, alignment and flushness of pattern, surfaces and finishes. . I , B. Power -wash, or clean by other acceptable means; all dampproofing or waterproofing overspray or other surface visual defect. PART 4 SCHEDULES . 4.01. INTERIOR FLATWORK FINISHES A: Interior Floor Slabs: Troweled finish. END OF SECTION 03300 - 14 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I I 1 SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new concrete block masonry units. B. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for units. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete: Caps and wall coping units. 4. Section 03480, Precast Concrete Accessories. 5. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 6. Section 04270, Glass Block Masonry. - 7. Section 05120, Structural Steel: Non -shrink Structural Grout. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards listed. 1. ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials. 2. ASTM C144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 3. ASTM C150, Portland Cement. 4. ASTM C207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 5. ASTM C270, Mortar Mix. 6. ASTM C476, Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry. 7. PCA, current edition: 8. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and specifications for each type of mortar specified, including certification that each type complies with the specifications. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of mortar colors for selection by the Architect. C. Sample Panel: Refer to Section 04210 and/or04220 for sample panel requirements. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for mortar and grout materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 TESTING ' A. Inspection and testing shalt be performed by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Architect, conforming to ASTM E149 and C270. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Test samples shall be taken at random to provide sampling over the course of work. Materials not conforming to these specifications shall be removed from . 04100 - 1'- ' Waters Way Park 10010 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 for testing requirements. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature of mortar and grout between 700 F and 1001 F. B. Contractor shall use only one (1) type mortar to ensure uniform color. Masonry cement is not permitted. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, gray. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S for new construction. C. Aggregate Sand: ASTM C144. D. Coarse Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404, less than 3/8". E. Water: ASTM C270, clean and suitable for domestic consumption. F. Mortar Coloring: 1. Natural for concrete block unit masonry. G. Admixtures: Pozzolan with approval; calcium chloride not permitted. H. Water Repellant: Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877)-226-1766, or approved equal. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. Mortar Mixes: ASTM C270, Type S mortar with hydrated lime for all. new masonry construction. Minimum compressive strength of 1,800 psi at 28 days: 1. 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1. 2. 1 /4 to 1 /2 part hydrated time. 3. 2-1/4 to 3.1 /2 parts damp, loose sand. B. Masonry Grout Mix: Minimum compressive strength. of 3,000 psi at 28 days: 1. 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1. 2. 2-1/4 to 3 parts damp, loose sand. 3. 1 to 2 parts coarse aggregate. 4. Pozzolan as per manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Air entrainment shalt be not more than 5% by volume. C. Mixtures may change as per manufacturer's recommendations to meet requirements. D. Non -Shrink Structural Grout: Refer to Section 05120. E. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with.Section 01015. 3. Credit ­ MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor -to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. U E PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Masonry installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which masonry is to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the masonry installer. 3.02 BATCH CONTROL A. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight such that the required proportions for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained.. B. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of five (5) minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Do not use mortar which has begun to set or if more than 2.1 /2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability. C. Use mortar within two (2) hours of mixing at temperatures over 80' F, and 2-1/2 hours at temperatures under 500 F. 3.03 JOINTS - A. General: Lay coursed modular units with 3/8" joints, unless otherwise indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. B. Bond Pattern and Joint Type: Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220. C. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. D. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work. E. Point out or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. F. Clean soiled surfaces using a non -acidic solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. END OF SECTION Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 11R1111= SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A.• Furnish and install concrete unit masonry, including units and special shapes;;mortar, ties,;anchors and accessories. B. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry as structural back-up material in composite wall construction, including units;: mortar, ties, anchors and accessories. C. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry horizontal joint and vertical reinforcing. D.. Furnish and install. flexible masonry flashings and create weepholes in veneer and/or composite wall construction. . E. Install all bolts, nailing blocks, inserts, door frames, steel lintels, vents, conduits and other related work furnished by others to be built into concrete unit masonry. F. Furnish and install masonry grout for grouted cells of concrete unit masonry. G. Furnish test specimens and samples of materials to be built into work. H. Install foamed -in masonry cell insulation materials, furnished by others. I. Clean new concrete unit masonry and remove surplus material and waste.. J. Furnish and apply sealer, if specified. K. Related work specified elsewhere: „ 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction WasteManagement... 3. Section 04100, Mortar. , 4.. Section 04270,:Glass Block Masonry. 5. Section 05120, Structural Steel. - 6. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 7. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 8. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 9. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 10. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts. 11. Section 08950, Insulated Translucent Wall and Skylight Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM C90, Standard Specification for Hollow Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 2. ASTM C150, Portland Cement. 3. ANSI A-41.1, Building Code Requirements for Masonry. 4. ACI 530.1, Standard Specification for Tolerances. 5. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) "Specification for the Design and Construction of Non -Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry". 6. Rocky Mountain Masonry Institute. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustain ability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 TESTING 04220 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I I LJ 1 .1 A. Test reports for each type of concrete masonry unit shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval. Testing is to be performed by an independent testing laboratory, in accordance with ASTM C140.63T. Reports shall include the following:' 1. Compressive strength. 2. Water absorption. 3. Complete identification of units, including size, grade and type. B. If results of test and/or inspections do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents or are otherwise unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall proceed as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Additional costs resulting because of retesting, load testing; removal and replacement of masonry, damage to the work of other trades shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Structural Engineer shall have the right to order tests of any material entering into the masonry work or any other tests deemed necessary to determine whether materials and methods in use are such as to produce work of necessary quality, to order test under load of any portion of completed structure when conditions have been such as to leave doubt as to adequacy of the structure to serve purposes for which it is intended and to order change in proportions or material at Contractor's expense, if work of required quality cannot be obtained with materials and/or proportions furnished by the Contractor. D. Materials or proportions of materials entering into masonry walls shall not be changed, unless approved by the Structural Engineer. Materials from any new source or changes in proportions shall be subject to all required tests, which shall be made at the Contractor's expense. E. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate and provide every assistance to facilitate inspection and testing. 2. Furnish mix designs for mortar and grout prior to commencement of work, submit to the Architect mix designs and test results for each type of grout, all with materials and in proportions proposed to be used in the actual construction. No work shall commence until the mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Structural Engineer. 3. Furnish materials and labor required to make and handle test specimens at the project site under proposed job conditions. 4. Furnish temporary facilities for field -cured specimens. 5. Advise testing agency sufficiently in advance of operation to allow for completion of quality tests. 1.04 CERTIFICATION A. Prior to delivery, furnish Architect with certificates or test reports attesting compliance with the applicable specifications for the following: 1. Masonry units. 2. Mortar and grout materials. 3. Reinforcing steel. B. Prior to installation, provide Architect with certificates or other documentation attesting to date of block casting. 1.05 TESTING OF MORTAR AND GROUT A. Mortar: Make one (1) set of three (3) 2" x 4" cylinders for each type of mortar each day that mortar is laid. Break one (1) cylinder at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. 1. Spread mortar on masonry units between 1/2" and 3/4" thick and allow to stand one (1) minute. - 2. Remove mortar and place it in a 2" x 4" cylinder in two (2) layers, compressing mortar into cylinder using a flat -end stick.or fingers. 04220 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Lightly tap mold on opposite sides, level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to laboratory. 4. Contractor's Option: Contractor may substitute a prism test of in -place concrete unit masonry construction, in lieu of specified mortar testing, upon prior approval of the Architect/Engineer and Owner. B. Grout: Make one (1) set of three (3) 3" x 3" x 6" high specimens for each type of grout and type of wall where used each day grout is poured. Break one (1) specimen at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. 1. On a flat non -absorbent base, form a.space 3" x 3" x 6" high, using masonry units having same moisture condition as those being laid. 2. Line the space with permeable paper or porous separator so that water may pass through the liner into masonry units. 3. Thoroughly mix the grout to obtain fully representative mix and place into molds in two (2) layers. Puddle each layer with 1" x 2" stick to eliminate air bubbles. 4. Level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to the laboratory. C. After 48-hour set, remove molds, cap the specimens and place them in fog room until tested in damp condition, in accordance with ASTM C31. D. Test in accordance with ASTM C39. From each set of cylinders, break one (1) at seven (7) days and o two (2) at 28 days. E. Reports shall include location and description of wall, dates, weather conditions, temperature of mortar and grout, description of mortar and grout mixes, description of masonry prisms, breaking stresses and nature of break. 1.06 SUBMITTALS D A. Samples: Submit samples of each specified masonry unit for approval before delivery to the site, unless only standard, plain concrete unit masonry is used. Samples shall include shapes, sizes and kinds in sufficient number to show full range of color and texture of each type of masonry unit specified. Final approval shall be by the Architect. One (1) color and size for each different type of unit specified shalt -be used throughout the project. . B. Sample Panel: Erect minimum 4'-0" x 4-0" sample panel consisting of approved concrete unit masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar and workmanship. Sample panel of materials using split -face or other textured block shall be constructed showing a corner condition. 1. Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and Owner's representative have accepted sample panel. 2. Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as standard of comparison for balance of work. C. Certificates: Submit certificates or other documentation attesting to test reports and date of block casting, as specified above. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for concrete unit masonry materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site on platforms or pallets Keep masonry units completely covered and free from frost, ice and snow. Handle masonry units carefully to avoid chipping, breakage, contact with soil or contaminating materials. Protect steel materials from moisture and keep free from rust or scale. Store mortar materials in dry, place. Damaged materials shall not be used. B. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work. C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building 04220 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1 08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS - A.` Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50° F prior to, dunng_and 48 hours " ,.. - . after.°completion of rnasonry:work. ,.r•= ' B. During freezing or near -freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 50' F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress. C. Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls with strong, waterproof; non -staining membrane. Extend membrane at least 2' down both ' sides of walls and anchor securely in place: D. Walls which may be exposed to high winds during erection shall be adequately braced until ' permanent support is provided at floor or roof level immediately above the story under construe--- tion. E. Cold Weather Masonry Installation: 1. Do not use frozernmaterials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do 1not use antifreeze -compounds, calcium chloride: -or substances containing calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 3. Do not build on frozen work. 'Remove and replace masonrywork damaged by frost or ' freezing: 4. Protect masonry being placed from wind with enclosures or shields when air temperature is below 320 F. ' 5.. Do not heat water above 106� F. ' 6. Whenmortar or'grout'materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture shall not be less than'50° F nor more than 1000 F: " 7. Masonry'materials'shall^be:bFecondido66d and completed masonry protected as follows: ' a. When-airtemperature is belovi 400 F and above 320 F, heat mixing water. Protect masonry from rain or•snow-for24 hours by means of waterproof covers. b. When air temperatureis below 320'F and above 200 F, heat both sand and mixing Water. Maintain a temperature of at least 400 F on both sides of walls by means of ' suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours. c. `When'air temperature is`20° F'and below; heat sand, mixing water and block and provide heated enclosures. A'temperature of at least 400 F shalt be maintained ' withiri'enclosures for 48hours'.` d: Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures maybe reduced to 1 /2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineets;approvat. F. Hot Weather Masonry Installation 1. During very hot weather and drying wind, the Architect may order very light fog spray of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying ' of mortar PART PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS ' -A. Plain Concrete' Unit Masonry: ASTM`C90, Grade N, minimum 2,000 psi light -weight load -bearing units. 1: `Size: Nominal' 8" high x 16" long face 'dimension x 8" deep units, unless otherwise indicated 2. Color.' Natural. 3' Integral Water Repellant: IriEegral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc.;'Norcross; GA, (877) 226.1766, or 04220 - 4 `_ Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by x ; Architect .. b { 4 `. - 1 5 Special shapes as shown on,the Drawings.or as:required " t a. Knocklout bond beam -units at bearing:and ,top course`of-walls and`in other " locations shown on the Drawings, m b. Bullnose external corners where shown on the, Drawings. . C. Bullnose units and capsfor partial -height, interior partition walls. d. Double X ventilating block where shown on the Drawings. B. Split -Face Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, minimum 2,500 psi lightweight load - o bearing units. 1. Size: Nominal 8" high.x 16" long face dimension,x 8" deep split -face units with vertical score to create 8" x 8" face pattern as shown on the Drawings or required for application. a 2. Color: Natural, to be field finished. 3. Integral,Water Repellent:. Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to .ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross,. GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal. 4. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed, surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample,,panel subject to approval by Architect. I , a. Units shall have matching split -face finish on all exposed surfaces, including ends. b. Matching finishes shall not be required at exposed surfaces in interior rooms or spaces.to,be sealed, painted,, or, where, scheduled, to be4eft unfinished. 5. Special shapes as shown on the Drawings or;as required:, a a. :Cap, units shatl•be solid.4_' deep units,..without core, sloped 1 /2" on top surface to provide drainage or as,shown on the Drawings. b. Knock -out bond ,beam, units at bearing and .top course of walls and in other locationsshown on,the.Drawings,.. c. Rowlock Cap units shall:be.4" high with specified split -face surface on vertical edges and smooth top surfaces.. d.. Provide single vertical scores in..block face. to .create 8" x 8" face pattern where „ . shown on the, Drawings. e. Double-X ventilating block where shown•on the Drawings. f. - Column,supports at patio screen walls. Nominal 8" high x 12" long x 12" deep, split,face,three (3) sides, as shown on the Drawings. g. Patio screen walls: Nominal 8 high x 16 `long x,8" deep, split -face one (1) side. C. Ground -Face Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90,,Grade N, minimum 2,000 psi light -weight load - be aring units. 1..- Size: ,Nominal 8" high x. 16" long face dimension x 8" deep ground -face units, with vertical score to create 8"x8" face pattern as shown on the Drawings. ,. 2. Color:. Integral color, to be selected from manufacturer's full line of colors. a. Flagstone Red by Valley Block Co., Loveland,.CO, as basis of bid. 3. Integral Water Repellant: Integral based water repellant admix ture,.conforming -polymeric to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766", or approved equal. ;. 4. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense; exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or ., deleterious matter..., Rep resentative..,sample in, sample panel,subject,to approval by Architect. a. . , Units ,shall have matching ground face finish,on all exposed surfaces, including ends. b. Units shall have matching. ground face finish on both 16" long faces in specific applications. Refer to the Drawings and/or coordinate with the Architect prior to fabrication. - 04220 - 5 Waters Way Park . 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I C. Matching finishes shall not be required at exposed surfaces in interior rooms or spaces to be sealed, painted, or where scheduledto be left unfinished. D. Scored Concrete Unit MasonryASTM C90, Grade-N, minimum 2,000 psi tight -weight load bearing S �y units Size: Nominal 8 high x 16- tong face `dimension z;B deep,"spli tface'units, with 8 ver`,tical scores per 16'' face dimension. .:..:. 2. Color: Natural, to be fietd'finished. 3. Integral Water Repellant: Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture conformin t ' 2:02 g to ASTM'E514, RainBtok by ACM Chemistries, Inc.; Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal.. 4. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Vertical scores shall be formed or saw cut into units at the block plant. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. E. Bond Beam Units: All bond beam units shall have knockout webs and open bottoms, except at masonry lintels over openings. Match unit sizes and appearances specified in paragraph 2.01. F. Cap and Coping Units: Provide the following special units for wall caps and copings: 1. Cap units at concrete unit masonry or stone bases at steel columns: 18" x 18" square x 4" thick, with 8" x 8" cutout in center for passage of structural steel support columns. 2. Slope top surfaces of all cap and coping units minimum 1 /2" to drain, or as shown on the Drawings. 3. Provide drip edges in bottom surfaces of all overhanging cap and coping units. 4. Water Repellent: Match specifications listed above in paragraph 2.01. G. Tolerances: No overall dimension of width, height or length shall vary by more than 1 /8" from the specified standard -dimension. H. Sustainability'Design-Criteria'- 1 . Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Locat/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/RegionalMaterials, Harvested' Locally: ' •Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015J I. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Robinson Block Co:; Colorado'Springs, CO, (719) 39075477, (800) 284.8037. 2. Valley Block Co., Loveland,CO, (970)'667-4480. 3. Powers Masonry Supply, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484-1292. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, appearance, quality, performance and range of selection, including matching the selected product(s) specified above in the sole opinion of the Architect, are acceptable. - REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHORS AND TIES' A. General: Corrosion -resistant metal meeting or exceeding applicable standards ASTM A153 and ASTM Al16. B. Reinforcing Steel: ;Refer to Section 03200. C. ~ . Veneer and Horizontal Reinforcing Types: 1. Wire Mesh: Minimum 30-gage plain wire. Mesh shall be'l/2" width,�.1"' (25mm) less than width of masonry. 2. Truss or Ladder Type for Single Wythe Masonry: Prefabricated welded wire units, 6" wide x not less than 10'-0" long for 8" deep structural units, with matching corner and tee units. Wire shall be 9-gage, with single pair of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Dur-O-Wat, Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver, CO, (303) 321- 04220 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS _ AS /qJ J53//N/Nt®J53 OO1b-KL (OGb) OOVLVU'J SNII"lOJ Itl03 \1 \ V H�- w w Q Q w w a Q > _ D M M °- 0 r w J W H H J p d W LIJ z w N D Z z U 0 0 W U U U F- N n U Z (D p LiJ 0 Y p p z Q U p J� p p 0 w Z W m lW/1 V) LLJ U FW- �"? Q J D D p L� WrM ZN j z 0-a- N d' p = LLJ Li1 Z V > N Q S O Q Q H Z�\wWO D 000W 0 0 JZ CD p N c0 Z N N Qd r d w Q Z CD - W �a o JCD 00 C ,,, m u z w J F- ry � W\_ W OJ Q �C/') 0 p � z � W � O r a� c m =w LLJ LLJ z U Q d J 0 Of I- z OU J= W p V 1 W - W J Z LLJ Q�w0 d d 0 z >O Y � LLJ d F U S W CD I�I mm l i I [I [I Seed — Low Mai ntenance Mix Seed — Natural Resources Mix Sod Evergreen Tree — 8' height Deciduous Canopy Tree — 3" caliper Deciduous Fruit Tree 8' — 10'tall Deciduous Shrub — 5 gal Evergreen Shrub - - 5 gal Perennial — l gal Ornamental Grass — 5 gal Weed Barrier Organic Mulch Sandstone Landscape Boulder 3'x3'x3' Sandstone Landscape Boulder 2'x2'x2' Sandstone Landscape Boulder 1'x2'x2' ATHLETIC FACILITIES ITEM Basketball Post, Backboard and Goal SITE FURNISHINGS ITEM Picnic Table Backless Bench Trash Can Recycle Cans Bicycle Rack Barbeque grill Drinking Fountain Pedestrian light Park Entrance Sign END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park $ lo3 SF SF SF $ [`� EA $ �,J`�©r EA $ ,e:2 90 EA $ Za <—';P EA EA $ r EA $ , -"' EA $ , /02.. SA $ . -6k SF S EA EA $ 90 EA UNIT PRICE $ %YC�) �' EA UNT PRICE $koo " BA $ l o200'0 EA $ //dQ� EA $ ! 1 � EA $ F50 e EA $ �F EA $ EA $ � EA SECTION 00300 — BID FORN Page 8 of E . . I 2. Heckmann Building Products, Inc., Chicago,.IL, (800) 621.4140. 3 Manufacturers, providing products of same performance and function are acceptable IC p �. .y `nr -V. :•�.: a., t rf . {. en4 a. r'_�1..'^ 3 - +♦ - X�y, 2.03.- . MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Color Additives and Special Aggregates: Manufacturer's standard to achieve specified color and m consistency. .. B. Flexible Masonry Flashings: Non -reinforced. homogenous, waterproof elastomeric sheeting, 20 mil minimum thickness: 1. Tensile, Strength; 2200 psi minimum,.,ASTM D412. . 2. Elongation: 250% minimum, ASTM D412. 3. Puncture Resistance:,; 200 lbs.. minimum. 4. ,Flashing shall retain flexibility to a, temperature of ; 200 F minimum. O 5. Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. 6.- . Approved Manufacturer: Vi Seal Plastic Flashirig.by AFCO Products, Inc., Somerville, MA, (800) 397-2687, or. approved equal. C. Control Joints: Non -asphaltic -type foam backer rod by Celotex or e,quaL Thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. 2.04 INSULATION - A. Composite Wall Insulation: Refer to Section 07210, Building, Insutatiom B. Foam Masonry Cell Insulation: Refer to Section 072.10, .Building Insulation. ,, PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION,- COORDINATION AND WORKMANSHIP A. Ensure items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located,and sized. B. Establish all lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Place concrete unit masonry in accordance -.with lines and levels,indicated on;the.Drawings., : . C. Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. - . D. Chases and recesses shall be built in and not cut•in. Provide not less than 16" of masonry between chase or recess,and jamb of openings and between adjacentchases and recesses. E. Unfinished masonry walls shall be stepped back for joining with new. work. Do not tooth. F. Cutting and fitting of masonry, including that required to accommodate the work of other Sections, - shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonrysaws. G. Bearing for horizontal load -carrying members. shall be of grouted masonry as shown on the Drawings. If no detail is shown, bearing under beams shall consist of grouted masonry at least 8" x 16" in plan and 16" deep. H. Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames, louvers„ mechanical;and,electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry.sealers prior,to application of spray- or.brwh-applied sealers. 04220 - T; Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.02 CURING OF MASONRY UNITS A. General: Concrete masonry units shall be cured for minimum of 28 days from the date of casting before'being delivered to the site and installed'in masonry walls Consult.w�th Rocky Mountain: Institute as necessary- LtMasonry 3.03 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHINGS A. General: Install masonry.flashings in locations specified here in as shown on the Drawings. B. Place flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructionsand recommendations and as ' detailed on the Drawings. C. Place weepholes through bottom course of single wythe veneer,.singlewythe structural, composite ' or cavity wall masonry construction as shown on the Drawings, but in no case to exceed 48" o.c. Form weep -holes full height, full depth of head joints, spaced as specified.. Coordinate with Architect in the field as necessary. ' 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY A. Refer to Section 04100, Mortar, for installation and workmanship requirements for mortar and grout mixes. _ z ' B. Ensure that concrete masonry units have property cured prior to installation; as specified in 3.02 above. C. Lay, level and align corner units first. Lay concrete unit masonry in running bond, unless. otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein.., Course one (1) block unit and mortar joint to equal 8" vertically? Lay external and•internal courses:as shown on the Drawings. D. Lay first course of concrete unit masonry in full bed of mortar, except at locations of filled cores. Lay subsequent courses in face -shell mortar bedding -properly jointed with other work. Fully mortar webs around each core to 'be>grouted. Fully bond external and internal corners and intersections: E. Align cells to be filled with grout to provide continuous, unobstructed vertical space. F. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper power tools to provide straight, true and unchipped edges. 1. Cut masonry units forming gable ends accurately to form straight and uniform gable lines. G. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be ' made, remove mortar and replace. H. Where knock -out bond beams are specified, place wire mesh in joints below bond beam to stop ' I. flow of grout, except at reinforced vertical cells. Remove excess mortar and projections. Take care to prevent breaking block corners. Clean excess mortar from cores to be grouted. J. Tolerances: Maximum variation from masonry unit to adjacent masonry unit: 1 /8". ' K. Tooling and Joints: Refer -to paragraph 3.06. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS ' A. Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to face shell of unit an&shall be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds well to both* units. .':Do not slush head joints.. B. Hollow Concrete Masonry Units: Lay with full mortar coverage overhorizontal vertical face ' shells. . C. Starting Joint on Slabs: Provide full mortar coverage on bed, except that area where grout occurs shall be kept free from mortar: ' ". • ,,. " : . D. Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8" into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or filled, or ' into air space for veneer masonry,! shall be removed.` E. Joint width shall be 3/8", untess'otherwise shown: ' 04220 - 8 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS F. Non -Bearing Walls: Provide masonry bond at all corners. Except at bonded corners, walls shall be tied together with strips of wire mesh placed not more than 16" o.c. vertically. - 3.06 TOOLING F .` ; - l A. Exposed Joints. Too( joints as schedute6d.� Rake otit'rhortar in "p'reparation- for application of caulking or sealants where required. 1. Exterior Face of Ground -Face Units: Raked joints. 2.' Exterior Face of Split -Face Units: -.Tooled concave.joints.: . 3. Exterior. Face of Exterior.Walls: Raked joints for all masonry unit types. 4. Interior Face of Exterior Watts: Tooled concave -joints. . 5 Both Faces of Interior.Walls: Tooled concave joints. B. Concealed Joints: Cut joints flush, unless otherwise shown: C. .. Joints to be covered with paint shall be filled flush and then sacked, to produce dense surface without sheen. . ". D. Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled. INSTALLATION OF HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT 3.07 A. General: Reinforce all watts with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement, unless specifically shown otherwise. Provide. speci at., shapes where shown on the Drawings. Lap reinforcement a minimum 6" at splices. B. Atieach level; place reinforcement.in bed joint between first and second course and then at regular intervals not.exceeding.16" o.c. vertically. C. Place reinforcement,so that tongitudinal.wires are located over -face shell mortar beds and are fully embedded in mortar for their entire length with;minimum mortar;cover.of 5/8" on exterior side of wallsand 1 /2" at other locations. D.. Cavity Wall Construction: _ Ensure that cavity .watt horizontal reinforcement: has been property a installed and anchored in structural sheathing and/or structural steel.stuflor wood stud) framing or blocking.. 1. Vertically: 16" o.c. 2. Horizontally: 24" o.c. E. • Unless otherwiseshown; provide reinforcement in first and second bed joints immediately above and. below: openings or recesses in walls. Reinforcement shall extend minimum 24" beyond end of sills or lintels or to end of panel if distance to end of panel is less than 24". F. Use only prefabricated "L".and " f", units at corners and. intersections, respectively. G. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with. reinforcement, unless shown on the Drawings. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING BARS A. Reinforcing bars shalt be straight, except for bends around corners and where bends or hooks are detailed. Bars partially embedded in masonry shall not be field -bent, except as shown on the Drawings or specifically permitted by the Engineer. B. Bars shall be free of loose rust, mud, oil or other coatings that would destroy or reduce bond. C. Splices shalt be made.only at,locations.shown on;thelDrawings or where specifically permitted by the Engineer. Bars shall be lapped minimum.36 bar.diameters where spliced and shall be separated by-1 bar diameter or -wired together. •._: D. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed into position indicated on the Drawings and secured rigidly against displacement with in,a .tolerance: of 1 /4 -. E. Vertical reinforcing shall have a minimum clearance_of 1 T' from mason ry:and-not less than i bar diameter;,between:bars ; F. Vertical reinforcing shall be,ptaced m,_masonry-cores as shown or specified on the Drawings, including but not limited to the:following•.locations.. .. .. 1. Load -bearing masonry watts, reinforcing bars spaced as indicated on the Drawings. 04220 - 9:, ..,. , Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 2. Cores in jambs of atl door and window openings in load -bearing walls. 3. Cores below bearing of structural members, as indicated on the Drawings and specified in paragraph"3.01 above. ' G HorizontaLbarsshat Cbe placed;in continuous masonry courses, consisting of bond beam;or through block units and shall"lie solidly grouted in place.`R - :' �t `H. "When foundation dowel does not up with a vertical`unit core; if shall notbe sloped more than ' 1 horizontal in 6 vertical. Dowel shall be'grouted into core in vertical alignment, even though it is in an adjacent cell to vertical wall reinforcing. • 3.09 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ANCHORS A. Embedded Anchor Slots and Masonry Anchors: Refer to Section 03250. B. Provide masonry anchors at maximum 16" o.c. vertically at each embedded anchor slot location, unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF VENEER TIES A. General: Install corrugated masonry veneer tie to solid wall sheathing or other substrate at spacing - specified in paragraph 3.03 above. ' 3.11 GROUTING OF MASONRY UNITS A. General: Grout cells of hollow concrete unit masonry where indicated on the Drawings or required by project conditions, including but not limited to the following.locations: 1. All vertical cells to be reinforced as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 2. All horizontal cells of bond beam or lintel beam units as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 3. Watts Supporting Fixtures: Non -bearing walls supporting wall -hung toilet fixtures or other equipment or accessories shall be fully grouted at cores containing anchorage devices. B. When laying masonry units, extreme care shall be taken to prevent excess mortar from squeezing out and falling into air space or cells to be grouted or sand -filled. Mortar which projects more than 3/8" into grout space shall be removed. C. Grout shall be puddled or vibrated in place. D. To control area to be grouted, use metal lath or masonry dam. Do not use paper or wood. ' E. Pour grout into horizontal members at maximum 48" o.c. F. Grouting of beams over openings shall be done in one (1) continuous operation. G. Vertical cells containing reinforcement and cells of walls scheduled to be filled shall be grouted solidly. Pours shalt be stopped 1.1 /2" below top of course, except at top of wall, to form a key at pour joints. Provide clean -out openings at bottom of each pour for inspection. H. Grouting Masonry of Hollow Units: Walls shatlybe- erected and grouted in lifts not higher than 8'. ' Vertical cells to be filled shall havevertical alignment and shall have clear unobstructed cell area of at least 2" x 3". I. Grout Spaces Less Than 2" in Width: Watts shall be grouted in heights of less than 8" or six (6) times the grout joint thickness, whichever is less. Pour grout up to 1" from top of lower wythe. One (1) wythe of watt shall be laid up higher than the other, but not more;than 16": -Grout joint shall be at least 1" wide and shall be filled solidly with grout. L .. _ .- J. Grout Spaces 2" or More in Width: Grout space must be cleaned and inspected before grouting. ' Watt shall be grouted in heights of Tor less for spaces less than 4" wide and in,heights of 4' or less for spaces 4" or wider. .. - 04220 - 10 . ... . Waters Way Park ' 100516 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.12 INSTALLATION OF LINTELS I A. General. Install loose lintels where shown on the -Drawings or required for a complete installation B: Masonry Lintels `P.rovide where shown and whenever openings;of more than 12 buCless than 30 are shown witliout'steel or other hntels.; Temporanly,support;formed m_place lintels: u 1.: Unless otherwise shown, provide one (1') #5 reinforcing bar for each 4" of wall thickness. Fitt lintel units solidly with grout. 2. Refer to the Structural Drawings for loose lintel. schedule. C. Bearing: Unless otherwise shown, provide minimum bearing of 6" for openings less than 6-0" wide and 8" for wider openings. D. Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, recessed in joint for caulking,as specified in Section 07900. 3.13 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION. JOINTS A. Locate vertical control, expansion and isolation joints in concrete unit masonry as shown on the Drawings. Joints shall be, continuous through depth of the masonry work, unless otherwise detailed. B. Maintain control joint voids clear of mortar, grout and -debris. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking and sealants. C. Control Joint Spacing: Refer to the Drawings. If location of control joints is not shown, place vertical joints maximum 20'-0" o.c. for unbroken lengths of concrete unit masonry, except as specified herein: 1. Wall Openings: Where doors, windows, louvers or other wall openings in masonry occur; control joints shall be placed at locations and spacings.shown on the Drawings, but in no case less than 12'-0" o.c. 2. Locate joints at points of natural weakness in supporting structure, at wait openings and at control joints located in the floor -stab when walls are supported on the stab. 3.14 BUILT-IN WORK " A. As work progresses; build -in hollow metal "frames, signage,.electrical and mechanical accessories, anchor bolts, plates, specialties and other items supplied by others. Place items plumb and true to line. 3.15 CUTTING AND FITTING . A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit sleeves and other items as required. Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure.correct size, shape and location.- B. Obtain Architect's approval prior -to cutting or fitting any area which :is: not indicated on the Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of,masonry work. . 3.16 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND OTHER FILL MATERIALS., A:... Composite Wattlinsulation: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Refer to Section 07210:,,,,,. ; :f.. B. ,.Foam Masonry Cell Insulation:. Install:in accordance with themanufacturers,writ.ten instructions ,. and recommendations.:Refer:to Section 07210. 3.17 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. General: All new concrete unit masonry, where exposed to view in the completed work and not scheduled to be painted, shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion of the work. B. Adhere to the following procedures for cleaning concrete unit masonry: Never clean concrete unit 04220 - 11 Waters. Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Dry clean wall with wood paddles or scrapers, removing large particles of mortar. 2. Presoak wall with clean water, scrub with a solution of 1 /2 cup trisodium phosphate and 1 /3 cup household detergent to one gallon of -water Scrub with;a stiff fiber brush only 3 Thoroughly rinse,with'clean, low, pressure Wafer_,: immediately aftef scrubbingto remove°all cleaning solution; dirt, arid'mortar crumbs-.'-",- f ' C. Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non -acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings, if specified. ' D. Remove and replace any chipped or broken concrete masonry units. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work. Point -or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. ' 3.18 APPLICATION OF MASONRY SEALER A. Ensure that concrete masonry units have been properly cleaned and dried prior to applying sealer. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces from overspray of sealer. B. Ensure that proper precautions are taken for handling products near sources of heat or open flames. C. Prior to full application, test panels of approximately 4' x 4' shall be treated to determine the degree of color change in the masonry and precise application procedures. D. Apply "sealer at consistency and rate of application in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. E. Apply sealer to all exterior exposed masonry surfaces, unless, otherwise noted or scheduled to receive other finishes.' F. Clean excess sealer from concrete masonry units and adjacent surfaces. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Installation of masonry units, mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel. B. All concrete unit masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction:` C. Where masonry units are to be exposed in the completed construction, the face or faces that are exposed shalt be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the Architect, except that chips not larger than 1 /4" wilt be considered acceptable. D. Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected masonry units or portions of the work and replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel. END OF SECTION 04220 - 12 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 04270 GLASS BLOCK MASONRY t .. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 . WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install modular solid:glass.block masonry units. and. accessories. B. Furnish and install metal, joint reinforcing, unless arranged for.otherwise. C. Clean glass block masonry and remove surplus material and waste. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 04100, Mortar. a 2. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 3. Section 051,20, Structura[.Steel: Framing Systems. 4. Section 07900-,-,Sealants. and Joint Fillers. n ll 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: .Conform -to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions -of standards. codes and specifications, except.where more str-ingent.requirements are shown or specified. 1.: - International:Building Code, current,edition. .. a B. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction.with_ authority over this Project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS a A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications for each type of glass block specified. ; B. Samples:' -Submit minimum three (3) full size samples of each type of specified glass block for a approval of the Architect.' C.. Sample Panel:, Erect sample panel. consisting of approved"glass blockunit masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed pattern, bond, mortar and workmanship: Sample panel of glass block using radiused corner units orother special shapes.shall be constructed showing a corner condition. 1.. ;. Contractor -shall not,continue•work :until Architect .and Owner's, representative have accepted sample panel. ; .2. Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as standard of comparison. for balance of work. 3. Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if approved by the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver glass block units to the site in manufacturer's original, sealed cartons. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide glass block unit manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. 04270 - 1. Waters Way Park r.. 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2.01 SOLID MODULAR GLASS BLOCK A:: GeneraI: Prefabricated sotid glass units, m`ade'of dear, 'colorless'g(ass r` B. Size(s): -8" x 8"`nominal face dimension x 2=7/8'­deep: - - ' C. Pattern(s): Stipple, "Decora" by PC Glass Block as basis of design. D. Color(s): Clear. E. Special Shape(s): None. F. Accessories: Provide prefabricated plastic spacers for aligning glass block units. G. Mortar Mix: - Type S, in accordance with ASTM C270. . 1. Portland Cement: Type 1, in accordance with ASTM C150. 2. Lime:' Type S, in accordance with ASTM C207. ' 3. Sand: Clean, white quartsite type, essentially free of iron compounds, for thin joints, in accordance with ASTM C144. 4. Integral Type Waterproofer: Stearate type, hydrocide powder by Sonneborne or equal. 5. Color:. White. ' H. Approved Manufacturers:. 1. PC Glass Block, manufactured by Pittsburgh Corning Corp.,. Pittsburgh,. PA, (800) 992-5769. ' 2. Manufacturers providing. unitsof same design, patterns, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 REINFORCING AND ACCESSORIES ' A. Prefabricated Spacers: B. Veneer Ties: Standard 7/8" x 6-3/4" tong;1&gage rigid hot -dipped galvanized corrugated wall ties. ' C. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: Prefabricated welded wire units not less than 10'-0" long, with matching corner and tee units. Wire shall be 9-gage, with single pair of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. 1. Approved Manufacturers: ' a. Dur-O-Wal, Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver, CO, (303) 321-1836i b. Heckmann Building Products, Inc.', Chicago, IL, (800) 621-4140. ' C. Manufacturers providing products of same performance and function are acceptable. D. Structural Steel Reinforcing and/or Framing Systems: Refer to the Drawings and Section 05120 or 05400. ' E. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100. F. Control Joints: Non-asphattic-type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal. Thickness as shown on the Drawings. 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the openings and framing systems into which the glass block masonry is to be installed and report any conditions to the Architect which may prevent the successful installation of the work. Do not begin the glazing installation until these conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. ' 04270 -2 Waters Way Park 10051 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.02 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Ensure that concrete surface treatments, including sand or water blasting, grouting and -= waterproofing, have been completed prior to nstallafiortof glassbfock masonryinto.opemngs in the structural pre"cast concrete:wall_penels 3.03 INSTALLATION OF GLASS BLOCK MASONRY UNITS A. General: Install glass block- units in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Lay glass block units with. directional pattern so that pattern is consistent throughout the field of.work. B. Ensure that framing has been installed around and below the.openings to receive glass block as detailed on the -Drawings, capable of supporting the dead weight glass block and imposed a wind loads. Consult with the Architect as necessary. C. Ensure that framed openings are. property sized and located. D. Accurately layout work to ensure consistent and symmetrical joints in glass block masonry. E. Use prefabricated plastic spacers as specified above to maintain spacing and alignment of joints. a F. Reinforcehorizontal courses with. ladder -type reinforcing as shown on the Drawings or required by loading conditions. Consult.with manufacturer as necessary. , - G. Grout joints as specified for concrete unit masonry, using white mortar, unless otherwise approved. H. Tool joints concave, and strike clean with straight, crisp lines. I. Remove excess mortar smears from glass block units and adjacent materials -and finishes. J. Workmanship standards for installation and joints specified for concrete unit masonry shall also apply to the glass block masonry work. Refer to Section 04220. Q K. Tolerances: Maximum variation,from glass unit to adjacent unitrto be 1/32". 3.04- AND.PROTECTION O .:CLEANING A. r, Clean all glass block units and protect as necessary during,the batance;of construction. B. Remove and replace any chipped cracked or broken:,glass.block units, or.units that exhibit crazing, a discoloration or other visual defects. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of the installation. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. END OF SECTION 11 04270 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS LM SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART - ART 1. GENERAL- '. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED* ' 1.02 11 1 I A. Furnish, fabricate and erect all structural steel framing, including beams, bracing and other framing members. C. Furnish and fabricate items to be embedded in concrete or masonry such as anchor bolts, angles or plates for: attachment of structural steel and other work. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01410, Testing. 3. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. 6. _ Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Miscellaneous metal hangers, post caps, etc. 7. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 8. Section 09900, Painting: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. AISC: Specifications for the°Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. . • 2. AISC: Manual of Steel Construction. . 3. AISC: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, 2000 or current edition, as amended below. a. Section 3. 1: Revise the second paragraph to read: 'The Contract Documents shall clearly show the work that is to be performed and shall give the following information with sufficient dimensions to accurately convey the quantity and nature of the structural steel to be fabricated." b. Section 3.2: Replace the entire section with the following: -"Requirements for structural steel including dimensions, arrangement and details shall be shown in the overall contract document package.- Fabricator, shall, be responsible for incorporating all such information from,structural, architectural, mechanical and electrical drawings, as well-as,those of other disciplines. C. Section:3.5: Delete all text after.the first sentence. d. Section 3.6: Page 19, replace the text of the entire section with the following: "When the fast -track project deliverysystem is selected,: release of structural drawings shall constitute release for construction only, if specifically noted on the drawing: Drawings: that'indicate "not for construction" shall not be used for detailing." . e. Section 4.2: Page 21; 2nd paragraph: Eliminate the following:.Vhen requested to do so by the Owners Designated' Representative for. Design f:. Section 4.4: •Page 23, Revise 2nd.sentence to read -the following: 'These drawings shall be returned in accordance ;with the -schedule defined in Division 1 of the project specification. In the absence of this requirement, the Owner's Designated Representative for Design shall return submittals within 14 days of receipt from the Owner's Designated Representative for Design for Construction." Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 05120 - 1 i 1 1 9. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, 1 shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the 1 Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price. 1 i 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED: &r'�57wcTr orb . CONTRACTOR BY: /�� /�t �-✓ t�ia Si na Da e Title License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - i B'd i,� by o Attest: Address WALSH CONSTRUCTION, ING BPEN VI€�^' vi ACE �T3g LOVELAND. CO 80537 1970)622-8227 �.J Telephone Email mnj V1 MU 61w, com 1 1 i Rev 10/20/07 1 i Section 00300 Page 9 ..M "For g. Section 6.4.4: Page 33: Revise statement the purpose of inspection, camber shall be measured in the fabricator's shop in the unstressed condition", to read camber specified on the drawings is intended to be camber at the time of erection,With =decking placed. to'plaang 12 prior, concrete.;''Ownec's,Designated Representative'for Consfruction shall submit method's for controlling deflections on" beams with inadequate camber prior to placing concrete on deck.' h. Section 6.5.3: Page 38: Revise definition to read "two mils" (0.05 mm). i. Section 7.10.3, Page 47: Refer to the design criteria in the general notes on the drawings for definition of the complete lateral load resisting system for the steel frame. The Contractor shall notify the Erector in accordance with Section 7.10 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges of all bracing o requirements beyond.those required to support the bare steel frame. 4. AISC: Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts Approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints.of the,Engineering Foundation. 0 5. AWS: Code for Welding in Building Construction. 6. ASTM A36: Structural Steel. 7. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. Q 8. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 9. ASTM A500-B: Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Structural Steel. 10. ASTM A572-50: High -Strength, Low -Alloy Columbium Vanadium Structural Steel. 11. FS TT-P-31: Iron Oxide,. Ready Mix, red and brown. , a 12. ASTM A525: Sheet Steel, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dipped Process. 13. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Experienced in fabrication of structural steel for projects of similar size .and complexity..,.- C. Welding Qualifications: Welding shalt be performed only by welders or welding operators currently certified in accordance with the AWS Code to perform the.type of welding involved. O 1. All welders shall have evidence of current certification. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015.for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2.. ., a 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certified Test Reports: Furnish, prior.to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and chemical tests of structural steel -and high -strength bolts, if requested by Structural Engineer. B. Specifications: : Submit manufacturer's 'specifications and installation instructions showing :compliance with thespecifications for,filler metal for welding, shop paint and grout. C. Calibration .Data: :Submit,,procedure;for,calibratio n,of wrenches and installation of high -strength bolts for -Engineer's approval.- ::- D. Product Data: Submit,manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under -.separate Sections::,,. - E. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, including job:standards for shop and field connections, . -anchor bolt.and base, plate plans, erection.drawmgs for..framing, and detail drawings of all structural members. ;:. .. 1. ; '-: Erection drawings shallshow all necessaryerection details, location, type and size of all bolts and welds, clearly distinguishing between shop and field bolts and welds. 2. ;:.-Indicate alt joints and attachments between the work of.this Section and the prefabricated steel':structures-specified imSeetion 13122::. 3. Andicate.all joints and attachments between the work of this Section and the prefabricated -wire mesh screens specified in Section 05999 - 05120-2 - Waters Way. Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4. Truss connector plate drawings shall show each plate type or condition to scale, with anchor bolt placement. F. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted -under separate Sections f' G r Sustainabiti_ty" Submittals 1. Credrt MR 4.1°and MR'4:2ca . Product Data inditingTper"centages by weight of po"stconsumer ' and preconsumer recycled content for structural steel. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1 1 11 I 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and inspection of shop and field welding and high -strength bolting shall be as specified in Section 01410. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials to be Installed by Others: Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast -in -place concrete to the project site inlime to' be installed before the start of cast -in -place concrete operations. Provide setting 'drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices B. Handle members in'a manner to prevent damage, distortion or abrasion of shop paint. Repair or replace damaged materials, members or structures as directed by. the' Architect/Engineer. C. Storage of Structural Steel: Structural steel members stored at the project site shalt be above ground on platforms, skids or other supports and stored upright to prevent twisting. Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weathertight and dry place until ready for use. Store packaged'materials'in their original, unbroken package or container. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36, 50 ksi. B. Rolled Steel Shapes: Comply with ASTM A572-50, 50 ksi. C. Structural. Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rotted steel tubing, fully welded constructions. Comply with ASTM A500, Grade B, 46 ksi. D. Structural Steel Pipe:- 2Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B, 46 ksi. E. Solid Steel Bars and Plates: Comply with ASTM A36-81 a, 36 ksi. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 60% minimum. ` 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide 'information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in -compliance with Section 01015. 2.02 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS A. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: Regular low -carbon steel bolts and:nuts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A. B. High -Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagonal'structural bolts and nuts'and hardened washers complying with ASTM A325 or ASTM A490. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 05120 - 3 M C. Electrodes for manual shielded and. metal arc welding shall -be covered mild steel electrodes m conforming to the AWS Code and ASTM A233, Series E-60 and E,70.. . D. Bare. electrodes and granular flux for submerged arc welding shall conform to the AWS Code and ASTM A588,'.Series F 60 and F 70 E Sustainability,Design'Critena o r' 1. Cr'edits MR 4:1 and 4"2, Recycled Content: 60% minimum. 1 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Match paragraph 2.01 m above. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Match paragraph 2.01 above. 2.03 PRIMER AND PAINT A. Shop Paint: Provide paint conforming to FS TT-P-636, manufacturer's standard red. Field touch-up paint shall be the same as shop paint. B. Asphaltic Paint: Provide an asphaltic base paint for all surfaces below grade and for all,members exposed in crawlspaces, and all exterior members to be in contact with concrete, or as shown on the Drawings. O t. '.Sonneborn Hydrocide Semi -Mastic: C. ; Primer: Conform to FS-TT P-31,-,red. D. Hot -Dipped Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize all structural steel components, conforming to ASTM a A525, in exterior locations, including all beams, channels, angles; pipe or wide.flange columns and other supports.-,_ 2.04 NON -SHRINK -GROUT - A. Provide factory -packaged non -shrink -non- metaLlicflowable grout where shown on the Drawings, manufactured by Embeco, Five Star or equal. a 1. One (1) day compressive strength of 5,000 psi minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A: -Contractor. shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions. prior -to commencing work of this Section. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the structural steel: work.. Do not begin work until conditions are corrected in a manner, acceptable to the Erector. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of structural steel;members prior to commencing erection. B. Prior. to start of erection of, thesteel,.Erector shall verify the location of embedded anchor bolts and report deviations from the anchor bolt setting plan to the General, Contractor. in writing. C. Protect adjacent materials or areas below -from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. D. Make provision for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb and in true alignment until:completion of erection. 3.03 - . PREPARATION. FOR:STRUCTURAL'MODIFICATIONS ,r- ; A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of structural steel members prior to commencing installation. 05120 . 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I F1w Contractor shall ensure the structural stability of the roof and floor framing components. during removal or modification of any existing connectors, and the installation of new connectors. 1. Shore or brace waits and framing members as necessary. .ucw rrc,uuIX,Qa 0 va, i v1=u11n WU1 nanau vmV ur.OUVwCU Wile PeAUCL111Ld11Y. 511Own on Lne UrdWings d-+ or':approvedby the Architect/ Enelneer;, 1: ' Contractor shall ake all necessary precautions dunng:weldlhg in�the vicinity of'existing wood construction. 2. Contractor shalt be responsible for the repair or replacement of any existing construction damaged or destroyed by this work at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Protect- adjacent materials or areas below. from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. 3.04 FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A. General: Structural steel shall be detailed and fabricated in accordance with the referenced codes, AISC Specifications and standards and in compliance with the final approved shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members as shown. B. Shop -fabricate and assemble sections in largest practical components for delivery and erection on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the'shop drawings. 1. Beam Connectors: Shop -fabricate structural steel tube columns, connector plates and beam seats. C. Properly mark and match mark all materials for field -assembly. Coordinate fabrication and delivery ;sequence to expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. Plates and anchor bolts to be built into concrete,work shall be shipped loose. D. Type of connection most suitable to shop or field facilities shalt be used, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. E. Cutting and Fitting: Perform necessary cutting, fitting and drilling for the accommodation of other trades. Secure correct informatiomforsame, both before and after steel is delivered. Cutting or drilling will not be permitted on the; job without the approval of:the Structural Engineer. F. Steel to be Exposed in Finished structure: All steel trusses, trussconnector plates, beam seats, beams, columns, purlins and other items to be exposed in the completed work shall be fabricated and cut square, true and uniform, with uneven, .rough or abraded edges sanded smooth prior to shop painting. 3.05 SHOP`AND FIELD CONNECTIONS A. Weld or bolt shop connections, unless otherwise shown. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections are shown or specified. Use bolts conforming to ASTM A325, unless otherwise shown. 1. All welds exposed to view are to be "Architectural Grade".. B. No one-sided connections shall be used, unless specifically shown on the Drawings. C. Detailing and fabrication of high -strength bolted joints shall conform to "Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts". Connections are designed as bearing connections. D. Finish work in -accordance with the approved shop drawings. Work shall be true and free from twists, kinks, buckles, open joints and other defects. 3.06 SHOP PAINTING A. After fabrication, remove all loose scale, rust, weld stag or flux deposit, oil, grease, dirt or other foreign materials.' 05120 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Apply one (1) coat of shop paint to all steel, except as specified herein. Dry film thickness shall not be. less than 2 mils. C. Do not paint surfaces of steel in contact areas to. be welded or contact surfaces of friction -type :.high -strength bolted:connecfions Protect machine finished surfaces against corrosion Do not paint surfaces of steel embedded m.concrete - r - D. Do not paint%prime interior sfeel surfaces'to, receive application of spray applied fireproofing. 3.07 ERECTION OF -STRUCTURAL STEEL . A. General:. Erect steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and Code of Standard Practice and m other specified requirements, including special provision of CSHA and COSH. IIIUI B. Erection equipment shalt be of adequate capacity to perform all work safely. Do not use floor and C. roof systems of building to support erection equipment. Maintain work in safe and stable condition during erection. Provide temporary shoring and bracing as required. D. Set structural frames accurately to.lines and elevations indicated. within specified RISC erection tolerances. Align and adjust various members forming -a part of complete frame or structure before permanently.fastening: a E. Clean bearing and:other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly. 1. Allowable Tolerances: Comply with requirements of.AISC Code of Standard Practice. Leveling and plumbing shalt be based on a mean temperature of 700 F. Compensate for difference in temperature at time of erection. F. Set loose and attached.base plates and bearing plates on steel wedges or on other adjustable devices. Tighten anchor bolts after the: supporting members have,been-positioned and plumbed. • Do not remove.wedges.or shims. ": _ - . . G. High -strength bolting shall be in accordance with AISC Specifications for Structural Joints. Testing of: high -strength bolting procedurest shalt be as, specified in Section 01410. H. Ream holes that must•be.entarged to_admit•bolts. Do not use gas cutting torches in the field for correcting fabrication errors. All'gas cutting must have prior approval,of the Engineer. I. Attach headed stud shear. connectors -if specified, to beams..by-automatic end welding in . accordance -with the. manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. J. Where reinforcing bars are •shown welded-to.structural steel bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector. K. Field Modifications: Written approval of the Structural Engineer must be obtained before using n cutting torch for field modification or refabrication of structural. steel. Contractor shall be ■u1 responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit in the field. 3.08 FIELD PAINTING. A. Paint only when ambient air temperature is above 40' F. Surfaces to be painted shall be free of rust, oil, dirt and.mud. _ Immediately after erection, touch -up.field,welds, bolted connections and abrasions of the shop coat. • _ B. Apply asphaltic paint to portions of columns, including base plate that wilLbe below grade or top of slab -on -grade, and to;all connections or,other surfaces exposed in crawlspaces or to be in contact with concrete in exterior applications.•;;,: ... C. Refer to Section 09900, Painting, for field finishing of exposed steel surfaces. 3.09 PLACEMENT OF NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Inspect surfaces prior to placement of grout. Check for cleanlinessand, propenplacement and installation of steel work to be in general conformance with the Drawings. B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Place in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Pack grout solid taking care that 05120-6.; Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.10 CLEANING A: Ctean'all steel surfaces m preparation for field fimshmg ' 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Refer to Structural Drawings for complete steel inspection table or schedule. ' B. . Shop- and field welding of exposed structural steel members shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited:to, the following characteristics: 1. Alignment and spacing of members.. 2. Flushness and'plumb of adjacent members. ' 3. Quality and appearance of finished welds. 4. Alignment of bolts and other attachments, where exposed to view in finished structure. 5. Consistency of bolt length beyond nuts, where exposed to view in finished structure. 1 END OF SECTION 05120 - 7: Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I SECTION 05999 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 GENERAL -1.01 WORK INCLUDED .A. Furnish and install miscellaneous fabricatedJtems.of-ferrous,and non-ferrous metals as shown on the Drawings_ or required by the work, including but not limited to: 1. Steel plate toilet partition screens and toilet accessories. 2. Miscellaneous steel channets,,angles, lintels, and straps, if not furnished by other Sections. B. Furnish and install cast iron tree grates and retaining frames. C. Related work specified elsewhere: . 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 4. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED BY OTHERS A. Section 02515, Portland Cement Paving: Metal fabrications cast in concrete. B. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete: Metal fabrications cast in concrete. C. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Loose lintels and metal fabrications laid into concrete block masonry. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. ASTM A36: Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. 3. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 4. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code. 5. FS TT-P-86: Paint, Red -Lead Base, Ready Mixed. 6. FS TT-P-645: Primer, Paint, Zinc -Chromate, Alkyd Type. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. . B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of expanded metal mesh screen/steel angle frame panels, illustrating.dimensions, components, spacing of predrilled holes for anchorage, finishes and shop welds or other attachments. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications hot submitted under separate Sections. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for miscellaneous metals. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 05999 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS M U Q I M M n PART 2 PRODUCTS STEELwMATERIALS T "' _ ; '� _- e $ +-°- <. , x_ � s •r wF , ..i; � � .r�, `-. . ' -1 �. ' `' v �',» ;n. {„m x.... .t .. v' -. >: .. _ . '+.. .. ... .r' sr.a ,'n4• i ✓ ._e.?t., �• - n. .:u z, t,.. 4 .. -. A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36. _ 1. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: High -strength type recommended for structural steel joints, ASTM A307. 2. Plate for Toilet Partition Screens: 11-gage sheet steel. ' 3. Welding Materials: Applicable AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded. 4. Primer: Zinc -chromate alkyd FS TT-P-645. B. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, fully welded'construction. Conform to ' ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53; Grade B. D. SustainabRity Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 60% minimum. 2:- Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted; harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. I LI 1 1 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop -fabricate and assemble items in largest practical components for delivery and installation on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings. B. Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and property secured. C. - Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces. 1. All welds exposed to view to be "Architectural Grade". D. Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, unless otherwise specified. E. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to prime painting or installation. F. Prime paint items for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. Do not shop -prime surfaces in contact with concrete or requiring field welding. Do not prime exterior steel siding channels. Shop -prime in one (1) coat. G. Hot -dipped galvanize all items to be in contact with concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until such conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions affecting -the work of this Section and coordinate fit and installation details with related trades prior to fabrication. C. Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied to the site prior to concrete or masonry work, complete with necessary setting templates. D. Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with aluminum or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis. 05999 - 2` Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.02 INSTALLATION -, t General:. Install prefabricated items in,accordance with manufacturers written instructions and �. Y recommendations "Install items s uare and leve accurately fifted'and free'from distortidn' B. Make rovision for erection stresses b tem orarl, p y p y bracing.` Keep Workilin alignmenti.s ' C. Replace items damaged in course of installation. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01, SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METALS m A. Miscellaneous Steel Channels, Angles, Lintels and Straps: Furnish,under this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. B. Steel Plate Toilet Partition Screens and Toilet Accessories: 1. Fabricate and install steel plate toilet partition screens without doors as detailed on the Drawings or attached hereto. 2. Fabricate and install steel toilet paper holders for installation on steel plate toilet partition screens as detailed on the Drawings or attached hereto. END OF SECTION 0 o o 05999 . 3 -; C::. Waters Way Park - 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS U SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY •✓ , A' � T ' i-.� y' J '� Y 1 '�T xl ` i� t 'PART 4t .i L�. I .a 1 e 4i „ ^N V, lk 'f?_!. t '1) i' J^JaY' R 1 . GENERAL: 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish materials and labor for installation of rough carpentry, including but not limited to: ' 1. Studs, joists, bridging, blocking and plates for wall, roof, ceiling and soffit framing. 2. Studs, plates'and blocking for built-upheaders for window openings. - 3. Furring, stripping, blocking and sleepers. ' 4. Fireblocking and draft stops. 5. Plywood and/or oriented strand board (OSB) roof sheathing. 6. Roof crickets, curbs, blocking and plates. 7. Structural wood posts and/or columns. ' 8. Redwood or pressure -treated -wood plates. 9. Miscellaneous wall -mounted plywood backer boards for electrical, audio/visual, sound and related equipment. ' B. Furnish and install pressure -treated and/or fire -treated wood materials. C. Furnish nails; screws, bolts, fasteners, construction adhesives, and other related or accessory materials required for a complete installation. ' D. Furnish materials and labor for installation of Redwood items, including but not limited to: 1. Fascias and miscellaneous trims. E. Furnish and install prefabricated' decorative plywood sheathings for soffits, as.'shown on the Drawings. ' F. Installation of prefabricated wood beams, floor joists, roof trusses and miscellaneous blocking and bridging. G. Furnish and install wood siding and trims, unless arranged for otherwise. H. Furnish'and install -light -gage metal joist/truss connectors. I. Coordination of all other trades as required fora complete installation. J. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. ' 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 4. Section 05120, Structural Steel. ' 5. Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood. 6. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 7. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 8. Section 07466, Wood Siding: Siding and soffit materials, T-1-11 and MDO plywood ' products. 9. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 10. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Blocking and draft stops. 11. Division 15, Mechanical. 12. Division 16, Electrical. 1 1 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 'A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirem6ri&of the following standards and codes: 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 06100 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i i 1 1 1 1 1 Rev 10/20/07 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors Section 00410 Page 1 3. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4 APA: American Plywood Association, Plywood Specification and Grade Guide. k-5''AWPA:.American Wood Preservers Association 3 - s a ;: `AN/PA,C1 Alt timber products :preservative treatment by.pressure processes: ,, b. 'AWPA C2`. Lumber; timber, bridge ties and mine "ties- preservative -treatment by pressure processes. m -c. AWPA C4: Poles - preservative treatment by pressure processes..: , d. AWPA C9: Plywood - preservative treatment by pressure processes. e. AWPA C14: Wood for highway construction - preservative treatment by pressure processes. m f. . AWPA C15: Wood for commercial -residential construction - preservative treatment by pressure processes. . g. AWPA C16: Wood used on farms - preservative treatment by pressure m processes. h. AWPA C17: Playground equipment treated with.inorganic preservatives - preservative treatment by pressure processes. i. AWPA C22: Lumber and plywood for permanent wood -foundations - preservative treatment by,pressure processes. 6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. . ,. 7. California Redwood. Association. 8. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Rough Carpentry Lumber: Materials shall carry the visible grade stamp of agency certified by National Forest Products Association (NFPA). .., . D C. Plywood panels shalt be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association. D. . Grading of lumber shall be in accordance with the current edition of the _Western Wood Products Association. E. Pressure -Treated Lumber: Pressure -treated lumber materials shall not contain chromated copper arsenate (CCA)..-. F. Sustainability Compliance-, Refer to.Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS a A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit.shop drawings and/or manufacturer's written product literature for prefabricated interior wood stair systems, indicating materials, fabrication, attachments and dimensions for each site condition required. B. Preservative Treatment Certification: Treating plant's certification of compliance with specified standards, process employed and preseryative retention values. C. Product Data: For.restoration and preservation projects, submit manufacturer's written product O literature and installation instructions for specified epoxy -type wood repair materials. D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for all construction adhesives. E. Sustainability,Submittais: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit EQ 4.4: Composite wood manufacturer's product data for each composite wood product used indicating that bonding agent used contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for miscellaneous wood products. a. Include statemen,t;.that indicates costs for,each product having•recycled content. 06100 - 2; Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 11 ' 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING I I t I 1 Protect lumber -and plywood and keep -under cover -in transit and at jobsite. ,Do.not,deliver, material unduly-long;before itjs required -to be Installed in.the work ;.,T Store on ;level racks "and keep free of .the ground to;avo d wairping t5tack to ensure proper —- x ventilation'and'd'rainage. =` Pressure -Treated Wood Materials: Protect wood products against moisture .and dimensional changes; in accordance with. instructions from treating plant. Deliver packaged materials in manufacturer's original unbroken boxes, cartons or containers, with labels intact. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 1.05 COMPLIANCE A. Do not permit materials not complying with the provisions of this Section to be brought onto or to be stored at the jobsite. B. Promptly remove non -complying materials from the jobsite and replace with materials meeting the requirements of this Section. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for pressure -treated wood products covering defects in materials and workmanship. - 1. Installation Warranty: Installing contractor shall provide a 2-year written warranty covering installation. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 - ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. B. C. D. E. Framing Lumber: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum. moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, of the following species and grades: 1. Structural Framing: Hem -Fir #2 or better, minimum 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending, unless other grades and -stresses are indicated on the Structural Drawings. 2. Studs: Douglas'Fir or'Hem- Fir" standard grade or. better. 3. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 4. Blocking and Miscellaneous Furring and Stripping: Douglas"Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better, pressureAteated where in contact with masonry. 5. Silt Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete or masonry. Pressure -treated lumber shall not contain CCA. Waferboard: Oriented strand board (OSB), exterior APA. Insutative Sheathing: Specified in'Section 06115. 'Glue Laminated Beams: Specified in Section 06170. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to .provide information on recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives and composite wood products, indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Credits MR 5.1, Local/ RegionaI�Materials, "Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 4. Credit MR 5.2; : Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally:=; Contractor to' -provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials; in compliance with Section 01015. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 06100 - 3 . 2.02 PRESSURE -TREATED ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. Beams and other Semi -Concealed Structural Members PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, ^maximum moisture content :of 12% to 19% (5 Dry) 545, with preservative treatmentspec__' bel6v of tihe following species and grades , r 1. Structural Framing:-Hem-Fir#2 or better; 1,200 psi fiber stress -in bending. :;2. Non -Structural Light Framing:. Douglas Fir or -Hem -Fir, construction;grade or better. 3. Sill Plates: Redwood.orpressure-treated Hem -Fir, wherein contact with concrete. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1.. ACQ Preserve by Chemical Specialties,' Inc., Charlotte, NC, and distributed locally by ECO Products, Boulder, CO, (303) 449.1876, as basis of design. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality, and meeting the requirements of paragraph 2.03 below, are acceptable. m 2.03 PLYWOOD MATERIALS A. General: APA-rated softwood plywood, meeting the grading requirements of PS-1. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 4'-0" wide x 8'-0" long x thicknesses as shown on the a Drawings. B. 2. Edges: Square, butt. Exterior/Interior Plywood Structural Sheathing: As specified on the Drawings, Exterior APA. C. Exterior ,Exposed Plywood: A/D or A/C, Exterior; APA, for exposed: soffits, sheathing and other semi -exposed: areas with sheets narrower than T-0" wide, for painted opaque finish. D. Exterior Concealed Plywood: CDX, Exterior APA. E. Exterior Decorative Plywood: APA Texture 1-11 (T-1-11), specified in Section 07466, Wood Siding. a F. Interior Exposed Plywood: A/D or A/C, Interior APA, for painted opaque finish. G. H. Medium Density Overlaid (MDO) Plywood: Refer to Section 07466. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ4.1: For adhesives and sealants; indicating that products meet a -VOC limits. 3. „;Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives and composite wood products, indicating that product contains no, added urea. formaldehyde: resins. 4. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide �. information on locally manufactured products,:in compliance with Section 01015. 5. Credit -MR 5.2, ;Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on. locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. I. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Weyerhaeuser Corp., Tacoma,, WA: 2. Georgia Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA,.(404) 652-4000. 3. Manufacturers providing products of the:same design, function, quality and performance are acceptable. :. . 2.04 FASTENERS, ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Nails: Size and type to suit application.,; t. Framing:, 8d to 12d rosin coated box 2.-,., Sheathing: 8d, 2 1 /2" long box nails, zinc,coated. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers,;Lags, Pins and Screws Size and type to suit application or as indicated on -the Drawings: 1. Medium .Carbon Steel: . Galvanized for exterior locations,.: high: humidity locations and - treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete. 06100 - 4 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Tamper -resistant screws, 1 -way round head wood screws. Provide two (2) screw removal tools for owner maintenance. C. Sill Plate Sealer Preformed type 1 .. ,- Sill.Seat or. equal tr Prefabricated Soffit and Roof;Vents ,_ SPeafied in`Secton 07621,-Galvanized Metaifftashing and Trim. c-. 2.06 CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES 1 1 1 1 1 A. Construction Adhesives: Low -viscosity, mastic -type, multipurpose adhesive, formulated for field - gluing for interior or exterior use, meeting the following specifications: 1. Reference Standards: Comply with the following minimum standards: a. APA Spec. AFG-01. b. ASTM D3498'and C557. C. HUD/FHA requirements in Bulletin #60. 2. Type: Synthetic elastomeric polymer,.VOC compliant. a. Calculated VOC: 47 g/L maximum. 3. Base: Synthetic elastomer. 4. Consistency: Approx. 130,000 cps, Brookfield viscometer. 5. Weight/Gallon: 10.41bs. minimum. 6. Sotids content: 78%. 7. Strength: ASTM D3498. 8. Aging: Retains flexibility after 500 hrs. at 300•psi and 1580 F'by ASTM"D572-61. 9. Water Resistance: -Waterproof.' 10. Application Method: 'Caulking gun or trowel. 11. Application Temperature: 00-1000 F. 12. Service Range:, -200 to -120° F. 13.: Material'Suitability- Select appropriate adhesive product(s) for materials/products to be field bonded, including but not limited to:. a. Medium- and heavy-duty construction adhesives. b. Drywall adhesive. C. Subfloor adhesive. d. Polyurethane adhesive. e. Repair construction adhesive. f. Resilient base adhesive. g. FRP adhesive. h. Multipurpose flooring adhesive. i. Ceramic the adhesive. j. Ceiling the adhesive. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ4.1: For adhesives and sealants, indicating that products meet VOC limits. 2. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum_ requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 3. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives and composite wood products, indicating that product contains no urea -formaldehyde. 4. Credits MR 5.), Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 5. Credit MR 512, Local/Regional' Materials, Harvested' Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with - Section 01015. C. Approved Product and Manufacturer: 1. Titebond VOC-Compliant Adhesives, manufactured by Franklin International, Columbus, OH, (888) 533.9043, as basis of design. 06100 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same type, design, -quality, performance and VOC compliance are acceptable. N u -2:07 LIGHT GAGE METAL JOIST/TRUSS CONNECTORS --- A. General' Light -gage, galvanized metal hangers; clips, base and column caps, size and type as indicated on the Drawings, as required to suit job conditions or as recommended by manufacturer a for intended application. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. :Simpson Strong -Tie Co.,,lnc:; Pleasanton, CA, (800).999-5099... 2. Timber Engineering Co. 3. KC,Metal Products Inc., San Jose, CA, (408) 436-8754. 4. Semco, Jacksonville, FL, (800) 874-0335. 0 5. Manufacturers providing framing connectors'and.accessories of same design, function, performance and structural. capabilities are acceptable. 2.08 WOOD TREATMENTS A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber or plywood is indicated on,the Drawings or specified herein to be pressure -treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA standards C2, C9, C14, C15, C16, C17 or ICBO ER4981, as applicable. Pressure -treat items with:waterborne preservatives complying with WPA LP-2, except that in no case shall chromated copper arsenate (CCA) be used. After. treatment, kiln dry to a maximum moisture content of-19%:for.lumber and.18% for plywood. Mark each treated item with the WPA quality mark.requirements. , 1. Application Rates: Apply:specified preservative treatment as follows, or as recommended by approved manufacturers:. ; a. Preservative treatment for above ground user 0.25 lb./cu.ft. minimum. b. •.,= Preservative treatment where in contact with_ground:,0.40 lb./cu.ft. minimum. C. Preservative treatment for wood foundation. systems: 0.60 lb./cu.ft. minimum. 2. Treated woodproducts shall be used .in the following,locations, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings: , a. In contact with roofing, flashing or waterproofing. b. In contact with masonry or concrete. C. In contact, or within 6" of. grade. d. Exposed to weather. e. Other locations indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01• INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. B. General: For new construction, the Contractor shall inspect the concrete or masonry walls and foundation structures and/or concrete flatwork that will support the rough carpentry structures associated with the work of this project, and notify the Architect/Engineer of any condition.that may affect the structural integrity;quality or appearance of the, completed project. Do not commence work.until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Contractor. Ensurefthat prefabricated roof.:trusses are properly sized and marked upon delivery to the site. Check connector plate sizes for compliance with specification requirements. 06100 - 6 : W Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS C. Selection of Lumber Pieces: 1. Carefully select the members. Select individual pieces so that knots and.obvious defects will not interfere with plaang bolts or proper nailing and will allow for proper connections .2:_ -Cut out and discard defects which rentler a piece -unable; to serve its intended function 3.. Lumber maybe rejected by the.Architect-/Engineer, whether or not•it has-been mstatled, for excessive warp, twist," bow, crook, mildew; fungus or"mold, as wells as fo'r improper cutting and fitting; -provided such defects exceed the criteria allowed by referenced standards for the lumber grade specified. The Contractor shad replace rejected material at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Do not shim any framing component. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ROUGH CARPENTRY ' - A. General: 1. Erect wood framing, furring, stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels; do not deviate from true alignment more than 1 /4" in 10'-0". ' 2. Space members as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein. 3. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. 4: " Construct and erect, required built-up beams and headers. ' 5. Produce joints which are tight,' true and well nailed, with members assembled in accordance with the Drawings and with applicable codes and regulations. 6. Set horizontal and sloped members with the crown up. Crowns to be set in the same direction for vertical or horizontal application. 7. Make bearings full and uniform for:solid'support.- 8. 'On framing members to receive a finished'surface, align the finish subsurface to vary not more than 1 /8" from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing members. ' 9. Where scheduled, leave Wood' surfaces prepared for finishing specified in Section 09900, Painting, and Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. " 10. Coordinate rough openings for non -cased and trimmed doors and windows where gypsum board returns are detailed at jambs and headers: Framed opening shall be square and plumb to within1/16" vertically from floor to header at trimmer and 1/16" horizontally between trimmers at header. B. Fastening: 1. Nailing shall be in accordance with the requirements of applicable sections of the building code; current edition, unless indicated otherwise. a. Nail without splitting wood. ' b. Prebore as required. C. Remove split members and replace with members complying with the.specified requirements. 2. Bolting: ' a. Drill holes 1 /16" larger in diameter than the bolts being used. b. Drill straight and true from one side only. C. Do not bear bolt heads on:wood, but use washers under head and nut where both ' bear on wood, and use washers under all nuts. 3. Screws: For tag screws and wood screws, prebore holes same diameter as root of threads, enlarging holes to shank diameter for length of shank. C. Wall Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this Project, unless' morestringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified herein. 1. ' 'Exterior Wall Framing: 2x6 stud framing at 16'`o.c., unless otherwise indicated. Install let - in metal watt and corner bracing at all external corners;?or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. External Corners: Triple stud -construction, or 'as shown-on'the Drawings for specific conditions. 3. Jamb Framing at Openings: Double studs "at all interior openings; triple studs at all 06100 - 7 Waters Way Park ' 100q CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS a Provide king'. studs, 'queen studs or trimmers and cripple studs (at window sill ,framing) as shown -on the Drawings or required•by.prolecttonditions.' . { 4. "' Top .Plates .in Bearing .Partitions Double_ and lapped, stagger 1oinEs at minimum 4= 0 5.• intervals... Headers: As shown -on the Drawings. Provide built-up headers to match the wall framing thickness, using 1 /2" plywood spacers, econtinuously nailed and glued. 6. Plates: 2x plates to match wall framing. 7. Bridging and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or as required by applicable Building Codes and the jurisdiction with authority over the project. Also refer to paragraphs 3.03 and 3.05 below. 8. Wall Sheathing: Specified in paragraph 3.06 below. D. Roof Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this O Project,.unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified herein. 1. Rafter Framing: Dimensional framingat 12"; 16" and/or 24" o.c., lumber sizes as indicated on the, Structural Drawings. .. D 2. Bridging and. Blocking: ,As shown on the Drawings_or as required by applicable Building Codes and the jurisdiction with authority over the. project: Also refer to paragraphs 3.03 and _3.05, below. Q 3., Overframing: Provide 2x6,overframing.at 24"-o.c.; where indicated on the Drawings or required by project conditions., 4. Miscellaneous: Prouide:ridge boards, valley.rafters and other roof framing components as a required, one (1).. size larger than rafter .members unless otherwise approved by the .jurisdiction with :authority, over the project. 5.: Roof Sheathing ,Specified in paragraph 3.06 below.._,-, E. Wall and Corner Bracing a 1:. .: Install.metal '7 bracing in accordance.with manufacturer's written instructions at all external corners and door/,window openings. 2. Cut single-saw.kerf 1 /2" deep into studs and plates along line of installation. Insert base of 7' brace in grooves and nail along the -nailing grooves into each, stud and plate. 3. Nail to studs and plates with two (2) 16d or three (3) 8d nails. .4. Bend corners of bracing over top and bottom plates. . F. Furring and Stripping: Member sizes as indicated on the. Drawings spaced at maximum 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 3.03 _.INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING• A. Firestops, Bracing and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or required for applicable Building Code compliance,.but spaced to not exceed 10'-0" vertically and horizontally. 1. Provide blocking at all ends and edges of gypsum wallboard requiring support. 2. Provide blocking and/or bracing:at all floor, and roof, framing conditions. 3.04 : INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED:STRUCTURAL.W,OOD.... A. Plywood Web Roof Joists 1. .:. Install in accordance.with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 2. Do not install damaged or broken wood joists. r3..- Install -:joists; blocking and -:bridging. as required .for particular location, span and :application 4. Ensure -proper alignment of:cutouts in joists, if indicated on the Drawings. B. Prefabricated Wood or Parallel Strand Plywood Beams: 1.: Install .in: accordance with..manufacturer's written instructions and specifications on the 06100-8,; Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 2. Adequately support and brace work until tied into building structure ' - C. Roof;Joists. 1 ` - Handle joists carefully to prevent damage orr separation. of members and ,to maintain structural' capacity:'R. ° h 2. Do not install damaged or broken trusses. 3. Adequately support and brace work until tied into building structure to ensure against collapse due to wind or other forces. 4. Attach or hang trusses and laterally brace trusses using specified light -gage metal hangers ' and other attachments. Comply with all applicable building codes and regulations for attachments. ' 5. Install blocking, bracing and bridging as required by applicable Building Codes for particular location, span and application. Bracing of roof trusses shall be in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the Truss Plate Institute, "Bracing Wood Trusses: Commentary and Recommendations". ' 3.05 INSTALLATION OF SHEATHING ' A. Wall Sheathing: 1. Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their centerlines. Back-b(ock panel edges which do not bear on framing members with 2" nominal framing: 2. Place sheathing with end joints staggered, perpendicular to framing members. 3. Maintain minimum 1 /16" and maximum 1 /8" joint spacing. 4. Nail heads shall)be flush with-, but not penetrate, 'plywood surfaces. B. Roof -Sheathing: ' 1. Place sheathing with face grain perpendicular to framing members, except where plywood diaphragm must be continuous to shear walls. 2. Place sheathing with endjoints staggered. 3. Protect sheathing from moisture until roofings are installed. 4. Install prefabricated continuous roof vents in. accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, unless arranged for otherwise. a. Refer to the Drawings for extent of work. ' S. Place textured and routed plywood sheathing in pattern and direction shown on the Drawings. C. Coordination: Contractor shall not allow Subcontractors to cut holes in wall or roof sheathing for plumbing, mechanical and electrical penetrations more than 1 /2" larger than the piping, conduit or fixture being installed. Holes in excess of this shall be rejected and the sheet of sheathing replaced. All penetrations shalt then be sealed with expandable foam sealant, specified elsewhere. ' 1. Do not allow any holes in roof sheathing to be cut within 18" of any roof valley. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF WOOD SIDING AND TRIM ' A. General: Installation of wood siding and trim shalt be work of this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. B. Refer to Section 07466 for installation specifications. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD SIDING, SOFFITS AND CEILINGS ' A. General: Installation of plywood siding, soffits, ceiling panels, etc., shall be work of this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. B. Refer to Section 07466 for installation specifications. 06100 - 9 Waters Way Park ' 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS II 3.08 TOLERANCES A Maintain the following tolerances for all rough carpentry work Defective work shall be removed z' end replaced at the Contractor's expense r w . 1..: Variation -from Plumb:' a. 0-i0': 1 /4" maximum 2. Variation in Plan: a.- 0-10': 1/4",maximum b. 20' or more: 3/8" maximum 3. Variation in Openings: a. Size: +/-1/8" . 0 b. Location: +/-1/4" 3.09 PROTECTION A. Protect waferboard, oriented strand board (OSB) and.plywood sheathing from exposure to excessive moisture and accumulations of snow. Broom snow off of uncovered floor sheathing within 4 hours of snowfall. I I I " B. Replace sheathing panels that exhibit delamination, swelling or other deterioration from exposure to moisture, or as directed by the Architect. 3.10 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for: the coordination, required by all other Sections of the Specifications as a part of the work of this Section. Coordination shall be provided to ensure the Q proper, timely and complete installation of all materials, equipment and systems of the project. a END OF SECTION . o SECTION 06170 PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD - P .'?' f t � S�•r � -�x� - . �t to -. PART-1.GENERAL' _ 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish prefabricated plywood web joists and components for roof framing systems. ' B. Furnish prefabricated laminated plywood beams. . C. Furnish steel hardware and connector plates, saddles, beam seats, post caps, etc., unless furnished by Division 5, Metals. ' D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section-01714, Construction Waste Management. ' 3. Section 05120, Structural Steel: 'Steel connector plates and beam seats. 4. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Hangers and clips, and installation of prefabricated wood items. -1 - . 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards and Source Quality Control: Conform to the current requirements of ' applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or.specified. 1. Fabricator shall be licensed by American or Canadian Institute of Timber Construction. ..2. Fabricate in accordance with Voluntary Product Standard PS 56.73 and bear AITC or CITC quality mark. 3. Parallel Strand Lumber Beams: Design and fabricate in accordance with National Evaluation Service Inc., NER-481, or Canadian Construction Materials Centre, CCMC-11161- R 4. .Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Design Criteria: 1. Prefabricated structural wood members and components shall be designed under the supervision of a registered Colorado Professional Engineer. Designs shall be in accordance with allowable values assigned by the local building official. 2. Design and fabricate in compliance with latest edition of the applicable building code. Refer to Section 01060. 3. Only connections and webs currently approved by Research Committee of ICBO are acceptable for use. 4. Structural Requirements: Design and construct structural system to comply with (criteria indicated on the Structural Drawings): a. Dead Loads: Actual materials, including partitions. b. Roof Snow Load: 30 psf. C. Floor Live Load: 40 psf. d. Horizontal Wind Load: 100 mph wind loading, exposure as determined by the International Building Code, current edition: 1. Exposure C. - C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements ifor Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. ' 06170 - 1 Waters Way Park ' 100510 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I Mar 24 10 10:21a Matthew Walsh 370-278-9396 ' p.5 SECTION 00410 ' BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned Walsh Construction Inc. as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER in the sum of $ 5% n,c Amount Bid for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally ' bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for t construction of Fort Collins Project, 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. he NOW '1HEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver ' a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all ' other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations ay imaired or affecct-edby any exten ion Surety of the time BONDwithin shall which thenOWNER wmay acpcept 'such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. ' Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. ' Rev 10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 2 1 I 1.03 SUBMITTALS 0 A Shop Drawings and Product Data Submit manufacturers product literature and specifications showing compliance with requirements of this:Section 1.: ' -Include .,drawings, specifications and',?prod uct =d'ata .'for -'a Il components -and partsof, `st'ructural system, spacing and layoutof members gusset plates and connectors. Clearly mark all components and parts. Show critical dimensions for determining fit and placement -in building, as well as the loads that members are designed to support. 2. Indicate compliance with specified design criteria. 3. Include erection drawings for identification and assembly of parts. 4. Indicate loads for all joist hangers and other connectors.._ 0 5. Drawings: Stamp and signature of registered Colorado Professional Engineer responsible B. for preparation of shop drawings. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Joist Design Calculations:. Submit in accordance with, Division 1. Calculations shall be signed and sealed by a. registered Colorado Professional Engineer. 2. Beam Design Calculations: Submit in accordance with Division 1. C. ..:Building Permit: Prepare and submit drawings, calculations, specifications and other information as may be required to secure building permit by local building authority. D. E. Refer to paragraph 2.01.C. for submittals required prior to bidding for approval of equals. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. = Credit EQ 4.4: Composite'wood manufacturer's product data for each composite wood product used indicating that bonding agentfused contains no.urea formaldehyde. 3. Credit MRA.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumet recycled content for prefabricated structural wood materials. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. a a. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prefabricated wood beams'shall be wrapped separately with heavy water-repellent cover. Protect against damage in transit and on site. B. Store and handle to ensure maintenance of appearance and to prevent damage. C. Store joists in vertical position, on racks to prevent contact with the ground and cover until ready for installation. D. Store roof trusses on site to prevent warping'or splitting of members or loosening of gusset plate connectors. Store on racks`to prevent contact with the ground and cover until ready for installation. 1.05 WARRANTIES. A. Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for -all prefabricated wood products covering manufacturing errors, and defects in materials and workmanship. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFABRICATED LAMINATED PLYWOOD BEAMS A. Laminated Plywood Beams: 2,800 psi fiber stress in bending at 12'-nominal depth. Beams shall be parallel laminated veneer lumber utilizing 1 /10" or 1 /8" thickness Douglas Fir veneer glued up in continuous process, with all grain parallel with the length of the member. 1. All members shall be of single one-piece length, free of finger -joints, scarf joints or 06170 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS d I 0 I 0 0 r 2. Adhesive shalt be waterproof meeting requirements of ASTM D2559.76. B; ` 3 Multiple members indicated on the Drawings shalt be glued and nailed in accordance with ,,manufacturer's-recommendationsr _ S6st6inabi[ity Design Criteria 5 r - 1: " Credits MR`'4:1 and 4'2; Recycled Content. No minimumyrequirement, but Contractor"to' provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Locat/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Micro -Lam byTrus Joist Corp., Boise, ID, distributed in Fort Collins, CO, (970) 226.2171, as basis of design. 2. Versa -Lam by Boise Cascade Corp., White City, OR, (800) 232-0788. 3. Gang -Lam by Louisiana Pacific, Portland, OR, (800) 223-5647. 4. G-P Lam LVL-by Georgia-Pacific Corp.; Atlanta, GA, (800) 284.5347. 5. Manufacturers providing materials of"same function and performance are acceptable as approved by Architect prior to bidding. Request for approval shalt be accompanied by the following required documentation: a. Manufacturer's product literature and specifications. b. - Proposed modifications to spacing and layout of members. C. Data indicating compliance with design criteria for loading, deflection, fire and sound control assemblies, as applicable. 2.02 PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS A. Top and Bottom Flange: 1-3/4" wide x 1-1/2" thick #1 Southern Pine, Douglas Fir or Microlam lumber. B. Web: 1 /2" CDX plywood with face veneer installed running in vertical direction of joist and butt - jointed to form continuous web member, or 1 /2" oriented strand board (OSB). C. Rim Joists, Web Stiffeners, Bridging and Blocking: As recommended by manufacturer or required . for complete installation. D. Provide factory cutouts where indicated on the Drawings. E. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content:. No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled'content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally:- Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in -compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional.Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on localty•extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. TJI 210 Series as manufactured by Trus Joist Corp., Boise, ID, as basis of design. Distributed from Fort Collins, CO, (303) 226-21,71. 2. TMI Series Timjoist as manufactured by Lam -Wood GBS Inc., Denver, CO, (800) 826-8488. 3. BCI Series as manufactured by Boise Cascade Corp.; Wliite City, OR,' (800) 232-0788. 4. LPI Series as manufactured by Louisiana Pacific, Portland, OR, (800) 999.9105. 5. GPI Series'as manufactured by Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (800) 284-5347. 6. JSI Series as manufactured by Jager, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, (800) 427-6212. 7. Manufacturers providing "materials of same function and performance are acceptable as approved by Architect prior to bid opening. Request.for approval shall be accompanied by the following required documentation: 06170 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS r a. Manufacturer's product literature and specifications. b. Proposed modifications to spacing and layout of members. C. Data indicating compliance with design criteria for loading, deflection, fire and sound controt-assembties t'�x- ' 2.05 LIGHT -GAGE METAL TRUSS/JOIST CONNECTORS A. Joist Hangers, Connectors, Column Bases and Caps:. Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. B. Truss Connector Plates: -Galvanized gusset plates, sized as per. fabricator's requirements, except that no plate. shall be less than 15 sq: in.. 1. Refer to the.Drawings for specific size requirements of truss connector plates at exposed truss locations. C. Sustainabitity Design Criteria: 1.. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content:. No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR.5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, incompliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit 'MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested 'Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered, materials, in. compliance with Section 01015. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Gang -Nail Systems, Inc., Miami, FL. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, design and performance are acceptable. 2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Glue: Exterior type with mold inhibitor. ,. ,B. Miscellaneous Hardware: Refer to Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. C. Steel Connector Plates and Beam Seats: Refer to Section 05120, Structural Steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Do not proceed with fabrication and/or cutting until shop drawings and design calculations (when required) have been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. Installer shall examine the foundations, rough framing' and other substrates under which the prefabricated structural wood components are to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing of any -condition that will prevent the successful installation of. the work of this Section. Do not proceed with the installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with the work shalt be consider'ed acceptance of substrates and site conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD, A. Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. B. Bracing of roof trusses shall be in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the Truss'Plate Institute, "Bracing Wood Trusses: Commentary and Recommendations". END. OF SECTION 06170 4 ; Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 4 t . -, a -. .. S i t'. s �+ r4 n -,+ '3:• r' x t ... { �, r, a7$ s i ; � 3 y� w .z' S}' t .. .;• --'. } ix}: .. T it A,--n F .i.';' �: c m..,. T' e. -',-r4 ss. +; ''... �.+.. fi xN,: i'\ ' �9 �:.• PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ' A. Furnish'and install all softwood finish carpentry; running and standing trim. B. Furnish and install prefabricated millwork, trims and ornamentation. C. Furnish adjustable shelving hardware, unless furnished by custom cabinetwork fabricator. ' D. Installation of the following items, unless arranged for otherwise: 1. Architectural woodwork. 2. Hollow metal doors and frames. 3. Solid surface countertops. 4. Finish hardware specified in Division 8. 5. Building specialties specified in Division' 10. 6. Building equipment specified in Division 11. ' 7. Miscellaneous equipment and accessories as specified elsewhere. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. 4. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry:: Redwood fascia and trim. 5. Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood., ' 6. Section 07466, Wood Siding: Exterior wood trims. 7. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 8. Section 09900, Painting. 9. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations and quality standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). B. Reference Standards: Conform to quality requirements of current editions of the following ' standards: 1. PS 51: Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 2. PS 58: Basic Hardwood.' 3. NFPA (National Forest Products Association) National Design Specification for Wood ' Construction. 4. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 5. California Redwood Association. 6. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this 'Project. C. - Sustain ability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1 4.215.1 'and 5.2. 1-.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature Illustrating all items of specified shelving hardware. ' 06200 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 8 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's writtemproduct literature for all prefabricated millwork components. C. Sustainabilit Submittals 1 Credi ytEQ 4.1t Product Data for ,..adhesives and sealants, including printed:statement of Y ,� � M C con s CrOed t EQ 4.2 "Manufacturers p�odu`ct�data"fo�'painfs"and stains, including printed�- statement of VOC content and chemical components. , 3. Credit EQ 4.4: a. Composite wood manufacturer's product data for each composite wood product . used indicating that bonding agent used contains no urea formaldehyde. b. Adhesive manufacturer's, product data for each adhesive used indicating that the 1 adhesive contains no urea formaldehyde. 4. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages -by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for products having recycled content. 1 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver materials and fabricated carpentry items until site conditions are prepared to receive the work. Protect items.from weather while in.transit.. B. Store indoors in ventilated areas with a constant;. minimum.ternperature of 600 F, maximum relative humidity of 25-55%. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship for all hardware and shelving;components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Softwood: Graded in accordance with AWI requirements. 1 Finger -Jointed Hem -Fir or Pine, Paint Grade, S4S: a. Running and standing interior wood.trim. B. Nails: Size and type to suit application. C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application; non -rust finish in concealed location and finish to,match material in exposed locations. D. Exterior Wood Trims: Refer to Section 07466, Wood Siding. E. Sustainability"Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on, recycled content... 2. Product Data for Credit EQ4.1: For adhesives and.sealants, indicating that products meet VOC,limits:, 3. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives and composite. -wood products, indicating that product contains no -added urea formaldehyde. 4. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Man ufactured..Locally;:,,Con tractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 5. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. - 06200 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1 I I I I 0 i U 0 U I i ' 2.02 FABRICATION ' A. General Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of AWI and in E,. accordance with site -determined measurements:,- u _.:. _ _CB:. Fabhcate running and standing tnmas detaedontheDrawmg s Fietd-fabricated`runnin and standing trim•and other' fin,-„_ ish carpentry ry'items _ shall'be fabricated'in accordance with the workmanship standards specified in paragraph 3.02 below. D. Attachments: Fabricate all finish'carpentryitems for countersunk attachment to substrates. Provide wood plugs, same species as surrounding wood. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall field measure conditions as required for the successful installation of all finish carpentry items. B. Installer shall examine the rough framing, wall blocking; gypsum wallboard and other substrates and finishes under which the finish carpentry work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of any condition that will prevent the successful installation of the work of this Section. Do not proceed with the installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with the work shalt be considered `acceptance of substrates and site conditions. C.. Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all finish carpentry materials and culling any material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications; or that exhibit defects such as knots, checks, splits, warping;'bo'wing or excessive variation in color or grain. All materials installed in the finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP FOR SITE -FABRICATED FINISHCARPENTRY A. General: Site fabricate running and standing trim, casings, base and other finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of AWI and in accordance with site -determined measurements. B. Scribe, miter and join running and standing trim accurately and neatly to conform to details. C. Layout running and standing trim and other site -fabricated finish carpentry work to balance lengths of material at each end of runs. Use longest possible lengths of material; joints wilt not be allowed where single -length pieces can be. used, in accordance with the following: 1. Running and standing trim, where grain is parallel to the length of the piece: 8'-0" long minimum. 2. Running and standing trim, where grain is perpendicular to the length of the piece: 4'-0" long minimum. 3. No lengths less than 24" long will be allowed. D. All vertical end joints of finished carpentry along the run of running or standing trim shalt have scarf -type joints. E. Tolerances: Conform to applicable AWI Standards for custom grade finish carpentry. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. General: Set and secure finish carpentry items in place rigid, plumb and square in a manner consistent with AWI requirements and recommendations. B. Materials shall be installed in accordance with site -determined measurements. When necessary to. cut and fit on site, make material with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. Ensure tolerances of not more than 1 /8" in 10'. C. Tolerances: Conform to applicable AWI Standards for custom grade finish carpentry. D. Countersink semi -concealed anchorage devices used for wall -mount components and conceal with 06200 - 3, Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS INSTALLATION OF. ITEMS SUPPLIED BY OTHER SECTIONS Install doors and frames, "windows; finish hardware,c fixtures, . accessories, 'specialties and equipment supplied under other Sections for installation. Install items in accordance with manufacturer's -instructions and recommendations. . 3.06 PREPARATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY FOR FINISHING ' A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. 1. Items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces , and of types recommended for applied finishes. 2. - Items to.receive opaque finishes,,caulk.all joints in running and standing trim. C. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, outlet boxes and .other fixtures and equipment. ' Verify locations of cutouts from site dimensions. D.. Fiberboard: MDF carpentry items shall be factory primed. E. Refer to Sections 09900,.Painting,.and 09930, Transparent Finishes, for field finishing. 1 3.07 . MOUNTING. HEIGHTS A. Install :finish carpentry items at mounting heights shown on the Drawings or specified herein. All items in handicapped accessible areas shall comply,with American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI)' publication Al17.1-1992 and the Americans. with Disabilities Act (ADA) 1990. END OF SECTION r e _ 06200 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 11 SECTION 06650 SOLID POLYMER COUNTERTOP FABRICATIONS : - `' ��� ,�N •� r•Y` 4FYF - 4r •A CT } --_ F ^ ?F�. PART-1-'GENERALS 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish solid polymer lavatory vanities, aprons and backsplashes: B. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. 4. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. ' S. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 6: Section 10800, Toilet Accessories. 7. Division 15, Mechanical: Under -lavatory countertop -mounted sinks and faucets. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes -and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ANSI Al17.1.1986, Handicapped Accessibility: 2. ASTM D638: Standard Test Method for Tensile'Properties. ' 3. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Certification: Furnish Certificate of Compliance attesting that all materials meet the requirements of this Section. C. All components and assemblies shall meet applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990, for handicapped accessibility. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and'documentation requirements ' for Credits MR 4;1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature, technical specifications, and installation and maintenance instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating anchorage and mounting details, coordination of ' work specified in other Sections, finishes and all relevant dimensions. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of colors for selection by the Architect. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit'EQ 4:1 Product Data for adhesives and sealants; including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for polymer countertop materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product: having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver all solid polymer components in manufacturer's original packaging with protective covers intact. Marred, scratched or stained surfaces will not be acceptable. B. Store in a manner in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. 06650 - T Waters Way Park 1005vo CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS _1 1.05 WARRANTIES -;A." Provide manufacturer's 10-year.warranty coveong_defects:in materials and workmanship, including breakage; corrosion and delamination _ <1 - PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOLID POLYMER COUNTERTOP FABRICATIONS A. General: Lavatory countertops to be solid polymer sheets, fabricated from polymer resins under high pressure, forming single component sections that are waterproof, corrosion -proof, impact - resistant and non -absorbent. 1. Material Thickness: 3/4". 2. Molded -in Accessories: Provide molded -in sinks where specifically shown on the Drawings or specified herein. B. Support Panels: Furnish intermediate support panels, wall -hung type, where shown on the Drawings, but not,exceeding_T-0". o.c., C. Backsplashes and Aprons: Provide miscellaneous fabrications as shown on the Drawings or required for a complete installation. D. Color(s): Solid plastic components shall be fabricated with color homogenous throughout the material: ;7. Color(s)to, be, selected ;by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. E. Attachments, Screws and Bolts:_ Stainless steel; tamperproof type, 304_satin finish where exposed. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: , , I 1. Credits MR 4,1 and 4.2, Recycled :Content: No,minimum; requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. •2. - :.,Credits MR 5.1, Local/ Region at. Mated als, Manufactured Locally: -Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, ,Local/Regional Materials,: Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, incompliance with Section 01015. G. Approved Styles and Manufacturers: 1. Corian Surfaces by Dupont Co., Scranton, PA, (800) 368-5002. 2. Avonite Surfaces by Aristech Acrylics L.L:C., Florence, KY, (800) 354-9858. 3. Swanstone by The Swan Corporation, St. Louis, MO. —4. Manufacturers. providing materials of same design, function, quality, performance and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to.bidding. 2.02 FABRICATION .. . A. General: Fabricator/installer shall be approved by solid polymer manufacturer. B.._ . ..Dimensions:, Fabricate -units in.manufacturer's standard sizes, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein: 1:. Vanities, Apron and Splashes:,, 24" wide x full length of vanity, one piece construction for each component of vanity, apron and backsplash. C. Provide.factory,cutouts in,lavatory countertops for sinks, faucets and other accessories. Refer to Divisions 10 and 15. D. Rout and finish component edges to a smooth, uniform finish. Rout all•cutouts and sand edges smooth. Repair or replace defective or inaccurate work. 06650 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I E. Edge Type: 1. Chamfer all exposed edges 1 /4" uniformly. F. Finish All surfaces shall have uniform finish ,I r5 1 Matte, gloss rating 5 20 Y ;,. y, ^2:03 ADHESIVES, `GROUTS' AND`ACCESSORYMATERIALS 4' A. General: Use only adhesives formulated for composite stone and ceramic tile and recommended by their manufacturer for the application indicated. 1 B. Water -Cleanable Epoxy Adhesive: Conforming to ANSI A118.3; with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D, by W. R. Bonsai Company, Bonstone Materials Corp., Custom Building Products, Laticrete International, MAPEI Corp. or equal. C. Water -Cleanable Epoxy Grout: Conforming to ANSI A118.3, chemical -resistant, water -cleanable, tile -setting and -grouting epoxy, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D, by Boirdi Products Corp., W. R. Bonsai Company, Bostik Findley Inc., Custom Building Products, Laticrete International, MAPEI Corp. or equal. ' 1. Colors) to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. D. Sealant for Countertops: Manufacturer's standard sealant of characteristics indicated below, complying with the applicable requirements of Section 07900 and will not stain the composite stone materials. 1. Singte-component, neutral -curing silicone sealant. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. 3. Use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the rooms, substrates and conditions under which the vanities, countertops, backsplashes and aprons and miscellaneous fabrications are to be installed prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify the Contractor of any discrepancies in dimensions, tolerances or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Installer shall field verify site dimensions affecting this work prior to fabrication. ' C. Obtain cutout requirements for sinks and faucets from the Contractor. 1. Ensure correct spacing of plumbing fixtures. 2. Ensure correct location of built-in framing, anchorage and bracing, where required. 3. Ensure locations of cutouts for accessories and plumbing fixtures. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install solid polymer vanities, countertops, backsplashes, aprons and other miscellaneous fabrications in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Install units plumb, level and square with manufacturer's standard brackets and tamper -proof bolts, nuts and washers. C. Mount accessories and plumbing fixtures using manufacturer's recommended adhesives and hardware. D. Tolerances: ' 1. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1 /16" in 48". 2. Variation from Level: Do not exceed 1 /8" in 96", 1 /4" maximum. 3. Variation in Joint Width: Hairline. 4. Variation in Plane at Joints (Lipping): Do not exceed 1 /64" difference between planes of 06650 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 1 Mar 24 10 10:21a Matthew Walsh 970-278-939B P,B IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this 2nd day of April , 20LO_, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL Name: Matthew T. Walsh Address: 81 39 Open View Place Loveland, CO 80537 By: {- Title:�Fic:1C7L.(� ATTEST By (SEAL) r: i ' Rev 10/20/07 t SURETY Developers Surety & Indemnity Company 5613 DTC Parkway, #825 /:raanvnnA-Pi11a,� CO 80111 By Title: Attorney In Fact Section 00410 Page 3 - 1 1 5. Variation in Line of Edge at Joints (Lipping): Do not exceed 1/64" difference between edges of adjacent units, where edge line continues across joint Y 3:03 CL MING s A. Damaged, scratched, stained or marred materials will not be acceptable and shall be replaced with ' new materials at no.additional cost to the Owner. B. Remove protective coverings and. thoroughly clean solid plastic surfaces and hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.- 1 END.OF SECTION ' 1 1 1 r 06650 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1 11 i SECTION 07150 1 DAMPPROOFING PART-1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 A: Prepare and prime surfaces to receive dampproofing. B: Furnish and apply bituminous dampproofing to all below -grade concrete wall surfaces adjacent to earthen backfill, as shown on the Drawings or scheduled at the end of this Section. C. Seal joints and protrusions through dampproofing. D. Furnish and install protection material over applied dampproofing. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainabitity Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 4. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Masonry sealer. 5. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. 6. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders. 7. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 8. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation. . 1.02. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to'the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Mastic: FS SS-C-00153C Type 1, Class B,- ASTM D2822-75, Type 1. 2. Semi -Mastic: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823.75. ' 3. Liquid or Spray -Applied: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823, Type 1. 4. Fiber -Free`. FS SS-A-701B. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. . B. LEED Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and instructions for proper application. B. Sustainabitity Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for dampproofing materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for the application and curing of the dampproofing materials. B. Do not apply bituminous dampproofing materials unless ambient air temperature is above 400 F. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07150 - 1 " I 1.05 WARRANTIES 1 A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in material performance PART 2'PRODUCTS 2.01 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Provide types and product selections indicated for bituminous dampproofing or, where not otherwise indicated, provide type recommended specifically by manufacturer for application indicated. . 1. Spray -on, liquid form where. substrate, is smooth. 2. Semi -mastic form where substrate is textured or porous. , 3. Heavy -mastic form where substrate is coarse, very porous or with deep joints or. cracks. 4. Other special-purpose form asindicated:. B. Dampproofing: ASTM D1227 Type I and FS-R-1981 Type I multipurpose, cold -applied dampproofing, solvent -base, clay emulsion with fibers. Provide brush -on or trowel type, 1 /8" thick minimum. C. Sustainability Design Criteria: . 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No. minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with . , Section 01015. D. Protective Fabric: Roll roofing type, minimum 30,tbs. per square or polyethylene film type, minimum 6 mil thickness: ,..; E. Protection Material: 1 /4" protection board, Celotex or equal. F. Protection Material: Rigid foundation insulation, specified in Section 07215. G. Approved Product and Manufacturer; 1. Hydrocide Series by Sonneborn Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835.3434. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. PART EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Ensure that surfaces to receive dampproofing materials are fully cured, dry and free from frost, oil, grease, form release •agents, curing compounds, laitance and loose materials detrimental to adhesion and monolithic application of dampproofing. ' B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter with scraper, wire brush or other ,recommended method. Remove grease or;oil with effective alkaline cleaner or detergent. If solvents are -solvent, used, follow with an_application.of,alkatine cleaner or detergent and scrub surfaces clean with water. 3.02 APPLICATION OF DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Apply, dampproofing in accordance.with.the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Apply in one (1) continuous and uniform coat. B. Application Rate: , - .. - .. 1. Liquid Form: 1.0 gal. per 30.35 sq. ft. of surface. 2. Semi -Mastic Form: 1 /8" wet film; 8-9 gal. per 100 sq. ft. of surface. 07150 -2, Waters Way Park . 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ' C. Coverage: Apply from 2" below finished grade, down to one of.the following, as required for the particular application or as shown on the Drawings. 1. 6' below finish floor slab for garden level or walkout basement applications. ­­­2.,., -Bottom of, footing for, basement or stepped fLoor.,tine applications ? -?_- 3. Bottom of grade beam or footing'for`slati on grade or retaimng.wall applications ; D. Seal construction joints occurring below'grade; includirig'joints between concrete,watls, footings ' 1 and floor stabs. Ensure that coating is continuous and free from breaks and pinholes. Form cover at junctions of horizontal and vertical surfaces for drainage away from the structure. E. Seal around items and services projecting through dampproofing surfaces. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and ensure that sealed areas are moisture -tight. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION MATERIAL I I I I I A. Protect dampproofing from 'damage during backfill operations by adhering specified protective material over treated surfaces. Use of dampproofing materials as an adhesive is not acceptable. B. Backfill within seven (7) days of application, but not before allowing 24-48 hours for curing of the dampproofing, or as recommended by the manufacturer. Ensure that back fill is placed so as not to dislodge the protective material, rupture or damage the dampproofing membrane or dislodge the dampproofing from the coated substrate. C. Reapply dampproofing where damaged by backfilling or compaction processes to provide continuous, moisture -tight membrane. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. - Install specified dampproofing materials to below=grade concrete'or concrete unit masonry surfaces adjacent to earthen backfill, including but not limited to the following locations: 1. Below -grade surfaces of foundation walls and footings s: 2. 'Other areas where shown on the Drawings or required by project conditions. B. Dampproofing is not required at the following locations: 1. Below -grade caissons and piers. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS END OF SECTION 07150 - 3 SECTION 07190 ' ' VAPOR RETARDERS AND BARRIERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK|N[LUDED A. Furnish and instaU vapor nnn'permenhic barrier system beneath concrete stab -on -grade construction, complete with membrane, seam tape, mastic, pipe boots and other accessories. B. Related work specified elsewhere: l. Section 01O15'SustuinobihtyRequirements. _ ' Z. ' Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. SectionU8]0O Cas t'in-Place [oncrete. 4. SectionU61OD, Rough Carpentry. ` 5. Section O715O'Dampproofng. 6. Section U7Z10'Thermal Building ,Insulation. 7. Section 07270Air Infiltration Barriers: Vapor permeable airjnfittration wraps and /ashings. . I. 8. SecdunO79OO Sealants � 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements of the fottowing codes and standards, exce pt as otherwise shown nrspecified. 1� ASTME1745'97(Z0O4): Standard 5ped�ca�onfor Plastic 0�oterVapor Retarders Used in [nntact*ithSoil orGranular Fitt Under Concrete Stabs. � N� l. ASTM.E154'88: Standard Test Methods for 0/ater.VaporRetarders Used inConcrete with m� Earth Under Concrete Stabs. ]. ASTMEV6'95: Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission ofMaterials. 4. ASTM E1643'98: Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth orGranular Fitt Under Concrete Stabs. . 5. A[1302.111^04: Vapor Barrier Component (plastic membrane) isnot less than 1Omils thick. 6. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060' ur as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Reference Standards: Comply with FSUU'B'7VOAand K4and FHA minimum property standards for vapor barrier placement under dabs. C. SustoinabiUty[umpUnncc: Refer tuSection O1015for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits /WR4.1'4.Z'5.1and 5.2. D. Installers: _ 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature indicating compliance with this Section, including installation instructions. B. Samples: Submit samples ofspecified prnduct(s),minimum 1Z^x12'. C. SustoinnbiiitySubmittu(s: 1. Credit W\R4.1and MR4.2: Product Data indicating percentages byweight ofpustconsumer and prcconsumerrecycled content for vapor barrier materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 07190' 1 �� � Waten��yPurk ^ 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS � PART PRODUCTS 2.01 BELOW -GRADE VAPOR BARRIER ,.o- �... .. +C, Concrete Slab on -Grade Vapora.y Barrier: Pbtyolefin geomembrane type vapor 6a'rrier system; Minimum Class'A complying with'ASTM E96 and'ASTM E1745, complete with specified membtane, seam tape, mastic, pipe boots and other accessory materials fora complete installation. 1. Thickness: 15-mil minimum. 2. Roll Width: -Manufacturer's Standard. 3. _ Water Vapor Barrier: Class A, ASTM El745. 1 4. Water Vapor Transmission Rate, ASTM E-96: 0.006 gr./sq. ft./hr. maximum. 5. Permeance Rating, ASTM E-96: ,0.1 perms maximum. B. Seam Tape: Compatible with specified vapor barrier membrane. . 1. Water Vapor Transmission Rate, ASTM E-96: 0.3 perms maximum. C. Vapor Proofing Mastic: Compatible with specified vapor barrier membrane. 1. Water Vapor Transmission Rate, ASTM E-96: 0.3 perms maximum. D. Pipe Boots: Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material, pressure sensitive tape and/or ' mastic per manufacturer's instructions. E. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Stego Wrap 15-Mil Vapor Barrier by Stego Industries, San Juan Capistrano, CA, (877) 464- 7834, as basis of design. 2. Premoulded Membrane with Plasmatic Core by W. R. Meadows, Hampshire, IL, (800) 342- 5976. ' 3. Zero Perm by Alumiseal, Copake Fall, NY, (800) 235-2313. 4. Translucent polyethylene sheet is NOT acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Concrete Slab -on -Grade Construction: Ensure that below -grade plumbing and other subgrade work is completed and approved prior to installation of vapor barrier. Ensure that subgrade has been properly compacted, rolled and/or tamped and approved by Soils Engineer. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Contractor shall conduct a pre -installation meeting to discuss installation requirements for the below -grade vapor barrier system, to include: 1. General Contractor. 2. Installing Subcontractor. 3. Manufacturer's Technical Representative. B. Manufacturer shall have no responsibility for inspection of the completed installation. Waters Way Park 07190 - 2 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS r OF BELOW VAPOR BARRIERS ' 3.03 INSTALLATION -GRADE A. General Install below grade vapor barrier membrane system in accordance with the ,, manufacturer's written instructions and.recommendations; and the requirements of ASTM El6,43.98 z� •.-, � - -"k 1:-- Un"r'oll vapor'barner_en -.membranewith the aongesf dimsionpd a raltel with theirection"of the slab pour: .,. :. 2. Lap vapor barrier over footings and seat to foundation walls. 3. Overlap joints minimum 6" and seal with manufacturer's tape. 4. Seat all penetrations including pipes per manufacturer's instructions. 5. No penetration of the vapor barrier is allowed except for reinforcing steel and permanent utilities. 6. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor barrier, overlapping damaged area 6" and taping all four (4) sides with tape. , END OF SECTION 07190 - 3. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07210 THERMAL BUILDING INSULATION i S - � PART 1 GENERAL _ 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install building insulation materials to provide thermal and vapor barrier for building elements and spaces, including: 1. Unfaced and faced rigid board insulation in exterior wall construction. 2. Kraft -.faced batt insulation in exterior wall and roof construction where protected by gypsum wallboard. 3. Foamed -in masonry cell insulation for hollow core masonry construction. 4. Foamed -in insulation at perimeter of all shimmed door and window frames in exterior walls. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. ' 2. Section 01030, Alternates. 3. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 4. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Installation of foamed -in insulation. 5. Section 06160, Exterior Glass Mat Gypsum Sheathing. 6. Section 07150, Dampproofing: Protection board. 7. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders. 8. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation 9. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 10. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim: Insulationbaffles. 11. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.- ' 12. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and `Frames: Requirements for foamed insulation in hollow metal doors and frames. 13. Section 08950, Insulated Translucent Wall and Skylight Systems: Requirements for foamed - in insulation at perimeters of sandwich panel sections. 14. Section 09110, Non -Load -Bearing Metal Framing: Z-Channel wall furring. 15. Division 15, Mechanical: Ductwork and piping insulations. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. FS HH-1.524: Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene). 2. FS L-P-375C (2): Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl -Chloride. 3. FS HH=I-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for ambient temperatures. 4. FS HH-I-1036: Insulation, Blown -in Fiberglass. 5. ASTM E 84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 6. ASTM C665: Faced Insulation Materials. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project." B. Certification: Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and urea formaldehyde and are non -toxic. ' C. Certification: Fiberglass materials for interior building installations shall be GreenGuard certified for indoor air quality. ' 07210 - 1 Waters Way Park 1009'o CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS D. Certification: Installer shall install an insulation certification card upon completion of the insulation work as specified in paragraph 3.04. E. Sustainability Compliance Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements _ for Credits MR 4 1, 4.2, 5 1 and 5 2 `1.03 SUBMITTALS v•. A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product literature and specifications indicating compliance a with the requirements of this Section for each type of insulation material specified. Clearly mark each submittal for R-value of insulation material; being furnished. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for thermal insulation. a. Include statement that indicates costs for,each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging; complete with installation instructions. B. Store materials away from sources of intense heat.such as open flames or welder's torches. C. Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight .with an opaque tight -colored tarp or equal. 1.05 WARRANTIES a A. Provide the manufacturer's written warranty covering materials, workmanship and retention of R- value of insulation materials for the following terms: 1. Faced and Unfaced Blanket Insulation: One (1) year. 2. Foil -Faced Rigid Board Insulation: Fifteen (15) years. 3. Pourable Loose -Fill Insulation: One (1) year. 4. Foamed -in Masonry Cell Insulation: One (1) year. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION A. General: Comply with FS HH-1-524C, Type IV, high -density, extruded polystyrene rigid board insulation, square edges. Compressive strength of 25.psi.,R-value of 5.0 minimum per inch at 750 F K-value of 0.20. , 1. Apply at exterior_walls as indicated on the.Drawings.. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 8 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on _recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in with Section 01015. 3. Credit,-MR..5.2, Local/RegionatWaterials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with -Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Styrofoam SM, Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI,• (800) 23272436. 2. Foamular 250, UC Industries, Chicago, IL. 3. Amofoam CM or RCY, Amoco Foam Products Co., Atlanta, GA, (800) 241-4402. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 07210 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2.02 BATT INSULATION, KRAFT-FACED A. u General F.S;HH I-52.1F, Typed. PaperFfaced glass o other inorganic fibers and resinous binders , n `formed ihto-flexibleblankets.`'Density.?not lessahan;1 5.1bs',per cu: ft:, K value of 0:27 at 75tF R-value as indicated on the'Drawings: 1. Apply in framed exterior walls, vaulted ceilings and roof construction where materials are covered or protected by gypsum wallboard or other approved materials, or as indicated on the Drawings. ' B. Sizes: Provide manufacturers' standard rolls; roll width as follows: 1 i' Wood Framing at 16" o.c.: 15" wide. 2. Wood Framing at 24" o.c.: 23" wide. C. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 25% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1;=Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. ' 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Thermal -Shield Kraft -Faced by Johns Manville International, Inc., Denver, CO, (800) 654- 3103, as basis of design. 2. CertainTeed, Valley Forge, PA, and distributed from Arlington, TX, (817) 461-5535. 3. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp., Toledo, OH, and represented locally in Denver, CO, (303) 757-6121. 4. Knauf Insulation GmbH, Shelbyville, IN, (800) 825-4434. ' 2.03 FOAMED 5. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. -IN MASONRY CELL INSULATION ' A. General: Two -component foamed -in -place insulation system, consisting of amino-plast resin and a catalyst foaming agent surfactant,'Class A fire'rating when tested in accordance with ESTM E-84. R- value of 9.1 when installed in 8" thick concrete unit masonry watts: 1. Apply in all non -grouted cells of exterior hollow concrete unit masonry walls where shown on the Drawings. B. Sustainability.Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR'4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 25% minimum. 2. Credits'MR 5:1; Local/Regional Materials', Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1..,Core-Fill 500 by Tailored Chemical Products, Inc., 'Hickory, NC', (800) 627-1687. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable.. 2.04 FOAMED -IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION A. General: Two:component foamed -in -place polyurethane insulation system, Class A fire rating when tested'in accordarice "with ASTM E:84 1. R-value: - 3.8'per inch minimum, ASTM C518. 2. Compressive Strength: 2.8 tbs:/sq: in: minimum; ASTM D1621. 3. Tensile Strength: 5.7 lbs./sq. in: minimum, ASTM D1623. 4. Shear Strength: 7.1 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM C273. 07210 - 3 Waters Way Park I11051 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS L 1 POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263.33DO KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that as except as expressly limited DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, do each, hereby make, constitute and appoint: ***Steven G. Smith, Trent L. Smith, David A. Wooldridge, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-fact, to make, execute, delrvbr and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and conlraCs of surety• ship giving and granting unto said Atlornay(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper Ib be done in connection therewith as each of said corporations could do, but reserving to each of said comorawns full power of subsglufon and revocation, and all of the acts of said Allorney(s) in -Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Atlomey is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that the chairman of the Board, the President and any Vice President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is. authorized to execute Pavers of Attorney, qualifying the adorn-y(s) named in the Powers of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corperations be, and each of them hereby is. authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Atlorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any cer6ricale relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporations when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY have severally caused these presents to be signed by their respective Vice President and attested by their respective Assistant Secretary this January 1st, 1008, By — "•°. Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice President r' P``sl '• rw I,•""' BY in; 10 Ens ' Charles C. Day, Assistant Secretary �'•.," 1 9 3 6 ;'�� =, o�, •.,..ro e; � ; : Ada>•` Stale of California County of Orange 1 LI ' JENNY TT NQUYEM COMM.111791640 NOTARY PUBLIC G4L1FiJgMA ORANGE COVR Y ' MY Comm, exp res F 10. 2M2 Place Notary SealAbove On August 13th 2008 before me. Jenny TT Nguyen, Notary Public Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personalty appeared _.. Stephen T. Pate and Charles L. Day Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) Ware subscribed to the within instrument and acanowledgea to me that he/sheAhey executed the same in histherAlreir authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), cr (he entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I cerdty under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the Stale of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature _ Je TT Ng in -- CERTIFICATE The undersigned, as Assistant Secretary, of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not beert revoked, and furthermore, that the provisions of the resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power of Attorney, are in force as of the date or this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, Ihe-- day of /'j%�% >AlbertHillebrand,Assistant Secretary - ID-1438(Wep(Rev.10/11) O 5. Apply in all perimeter voids between framing and shimmed door and window frames. B. Sustainabitity Design Criteria: 1 Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content 25% minimum 2 ,Credits MR.5A-, Local/,,Regional.Materials, Manufactured Locally:: Contractor -to provide .' x mfol�mation'bn locally manufactured products, in compliance -with- Sectiori 01015 } 3. Credit MR 5.21 Local/Regional Materials, Harvested, Locally: contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. . C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Great Stuff Pro Window and Door by Dow.Chemical Co.,, Midland, MI; (800) 232-2436. e 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.05 INSULATION ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive or Attachments: Type. recommended by insulation manufacturer, capable of securely adhering insulation to applicable surfaces. B. Vapor Barrier: Specified in Section;07190...,: C. Insulation, Baffles: Specified in Section 07621. D. Tape: 2" wide self -adhering type, polyethylene -faced. E. Air Infiltration Wrap: Specified in Section 07270. F. Provide other accessories as required. for a.complete. and thermally enclosed installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the surfaces, substrates, wall, floor and attic/ceiling cavities and conditions under which the insulation work is to be performed, and notify. the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the insulation work until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B: Ensure that building shelf -has been. completely. and property "dried in" prior: -to installation of thermal insulation materials. C. - Ensure that insulation baffles have.been, properly installed in attic spaces. D. Ensure that all electrical lighting fixtures, mechanical equipment and other devices protruding into rafter, attic or soffit cavities are properly rated to be in contact with insulation.. If they are not, Contractor shall build enclosures around such fixtures.to hold in materials away as required by the fixture. manufacturer's warranty and instaltation'requirements. Maintain tops of enclosures open to allow adequate ventilation of.fixtures and devices. (Notifv.Architect of any non -complying materials.), E. Ensure that allexisting and/or new :electrical wiring and other devices protruding into wall cavities are properly rated to be in contact with foamed -in insulation materials. F. Installer shall discuss specific site conditions with the Architect concerning the proper selection of appropriate materials for ceiling/attic installations, as referenced in Paragraph 3.03. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General: Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt edges and ends tight. B. Install_ insulation to fit:tightly between framing.members and. fitt;alt,voids:: C. Fit insulation tight against mechanical, electrical and other.items which protrude through plane of insulation; fit insulation to outside of plumbing in exterior walls. . D. Ensure that cavities, chases andother void spaces.open to attics, crawlspaces, etc. are sealed with insulation, unless used as approved mechanical plenums.; • 07210 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION A. General Install rigid board insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions.and,recommendations If instructions do not apply to project conditions,.consult with manufacturers tech mcat`r'ep �esentkive before proceeding with tt% work ? P,t B. Ensure that surfaces which are to receive board insulation are clean, free of deleterious matter and are sufficiently level to allow proper installation of insulation. C. Install rigid insulation to maintain continuous and complete thermal protection for building spaces and elements. Use board insulation free of broken or chipped edges. D. Refer to Section 07215 for installation of rigid insulation on perimeter foundation walls and underside of slabs. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF BLANKET -TYPE BATT INSULATION A. General: Install batt insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Use unfaced, paper -faced or foil -faced insulation materials as ' scheduled herein, or required by the provisions of applicable building codes. B. Use batt insulation free of ripped back or edges, with vapor barrier intact. C. Install batt insulation in wall cavities without visible gaps or separations. Use roll widths as required for type and spacing of framing members, as scheduled above. Fit insulation tight within spaces and tight to and behind mechanical and electrical services. D. Install batt insulation and vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Install after mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed. Provide R-value as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. E. Install insulation with vapor barrier membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membranes over framing members. Tape in place. Tape seal butt ends and lapped ' side flanges and ends. Do not tear or cut membranes. F. Place vapor barrier on interior face of insulation by taping to framing members. Tape seal areas where wires penetrate vapor barrier. G. Extend vapor barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent items interrupting the plane of membrane. Tape seal in place. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FOAMED -IN MASONRY CELL INSULATION IA. General: Install foamed -in -place insulation in all non -grouted areas of exterior 8" hollow concrete unit masonry, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Drill holes in mortar joints in increments recommended by the manufacturer, unless insulation is to be installed from the top of uncapped walls. C. Install insulation to completely fill all cavities and voids. D. Patch holes in mortar joints upon completion of installation. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FOAMED -IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION ' A. General: Install foamed -in -place insulation in all perimeter voids between framing and shimmed door and window frames, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. It is not the intention of this specification to fill the voids of aluminum storefront framing ' sections or other hollow assemblies, unless specifically specified elsewhere. B. Install insulation to completely fill all cavities and voids. ' 3.01 INSULATION CERTIFICATION A. Upon completion, the Installer shall install an insulation certification card in the attic space of each unit or applicable portion of building, at the access panel, stating the following information: 07210 - 5 Waters Way Park 10051 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Name of installer. 2. Date of installation. 3 i A.- Manufacturer(s) of insulation materials installed Types of insulation materials installed., , t ° • ' S . R..values of. materials:installed -'; -insulation z END OF SECTION 07210 - 6. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 11 1 SECTION 07215 - ,_;. ' . 'a -� . -• ., -xt INSULATIONT FOUNDATION n, -•� , '� . -t fi r _ ..-. r �a .,. p a!(37 X, -�a.`°' �' I4M � F .—y =�� ;a PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install foundation insulation materials to provide thermal and vapor barrier for building elements, including: 1. Unfaced rigid board insulation at exterior perimeter grade beams. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03300, Cast -In -Place Concrete. ' 4. Section 07130, Waterproofing: Rigid board insulation as protection board. 5. Section 07150, Dampproofing: Rigid board insulation as protection board. 6.' Section 07190, Vapor Retarders. 7. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. FS HH-1-524: Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene). 2. FS L-P-375C(2): Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl -Chloride'. 3. FS HH-1-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for ambient temperatures. 4. ASTM E84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced.in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. ' B. Certification: Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and urea formaldehyde and are non -toxic. C. Certification: Fiberglass materials for interior crawlspace installations shall be GreenGuard certified for indoor air quality. D., Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product literature and specifications indicating compliance with the requirements of Section for each type of insulation material specified. Clearly mark each submittal for R-value of insulation material being furnished. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product'Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for board insulation. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation instructions. B. Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welder's torches. 07215-1 Waters Way Park _ 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1 i C. Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp or equal. 1.-05 WARRANTIES., A. Provide the manufacturer's written warranty covering materials, workmanship and retention bf R- value of insulation materials for the following terms: ' 1. Extruded Polystyrene Rigid Board Insulation: One (1) year. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION A. General: Comply with .FS-HH-I-524C, Type IV, high -density, extruded polystyrene rigid board insulation, square edges. Compressive strength of 25 psi. R-value of 5.0 minimum per inch at 750 F.. K-value of 0.20. 1. Apply at perimeter foundation walls of new construction as indicated on the Drawings. ' 2. Apply at perimeter grade beams of new construction as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Thickness(es): 2" thick, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 25% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locallymanufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide , information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015.. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Styrofoam SM; Dow Chemical Co:, Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436. 2. Foamular 250, UC Industries, Chicago,: IL. 3. Amofoam CM or RCY, Amoco Foam Products Co., Atlanta, GA, (800) 241-4402. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. , PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the foundation and/or grade beam surfaces and crawlspace conditions under which the foundation insulation work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with. the. insulation work until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner.acceptable to the Installer. , 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General: Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt edges and ends tight. Fit insulation tight against mechanical, electrical and other items which protrude through plane of insulation. INSTALLATION OF EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION 3.03 A. General: Install rigid board insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.-lf:instructions do not apply to project conditions, consult with manufacturer's Technical representative before proceeding with the.work. 07215-2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS a B. Ensure that surfaces which are to receive board insulation are clean, free of deleterious matter and are sufficiently level to allow proper installation of insulation. ' C. Install rigid insulation to maintain continuous and complete thermal protection for building spaces and elements Use board insulation free of broken or chipped edges., � Secure rigid:insulation oritperimetet foundation watlsarid %'or grade beams with specified adhesive or other attachment using spot or bead method in accordance with insulation, manufacturer's recommendations. Place insulation horizontally and stagger vertical joints. E. For conditions where rigid board insulation is installed to the exterior face of foundation watts and/or grade beams, extend insulation to within 2" of finished grade elevation, and protect top edge with flexible fabric -type flashing membrane approved by insulation manufacturer. Attach - flashing to foundation wall and/or grade beam and extend down face of rigid board insulation 12" minimum. Where concrete sidewalks or aprons abut the exterior foundation, extend insulation up to underside of sidewalk or apron unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. F. As Dampproofing or Waterproofing Protection Board: Refer to Section 07150. ' END OF SECTION 1 ' 07215-3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 07270 :'; I. AIR INFILTRATION BARRIERS A. Furnish and install vapor permeable air infiltration wrap for exterior wood wall construction. B. Furnish and install self-adhesive moisture/air infiltration ftashings at windows and doors in composite wall construction. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Silt seal. 4. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders and Barriers: Vapor non -permeable barriers. 5. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 6. Section 07240, Exterior Insulation and Finish System. 7. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 8. Division 8, Doors and Windows. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM D-779-.03, Standard Test Method for Water Resistance of Paper, Paperboard, and Other Sheet Materials by the Dry Indicator Method. 2. ASTM D-829-97, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Paper, Paperboard Using Constant -Rate -of -Elongation Apparatus. 3. ASTM E-96-95, Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 4. ASTM E-331-00, Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors and Curtain Watts by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 5. ASTM F-1249-01, Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor. 6. FS UU-B-790a, Type 1, Grade A, Style 4, ICBO Evaluation Report No. 1025. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Installer: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the work of this Section. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature, specifications or technical data indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section for each type of air/moisture infiltration material specified. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for air infiltration barrier materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 07270 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. Furnish and install vapor permeable air infiltration wrap for exterior wood wall construction. B. Furnish and install self-adhesive moisture/air infiltration ftashings at windows and doors in composite wall construction. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Silt seal. 4. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders and Barriers: Vapor non -permeable barriers. 5. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 6. Section 07240, Exterior Insulation and Finish System. 7. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 8. Division 8, Doors and Windows. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM D-779-.03, Standard Test Method for Water Resistance of Paper, Paperboard, and Other Sheet Materials by the Dry Indicator Method. 2. ASTM D-829-97, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Paper, Paperboard Using Constant -Rate -of -Elongation Apparatus. 3. ASTM E-96-95, Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 4. ASTM E-331-00, Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors and Curtain Watts by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 5. ASTM F-1249-01, Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor. 6. FS UU-B-790a, Type 1, Grade A, Style 4, ICBO Evaluation Report No. 1025. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Installer: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the work of this Section. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature, specifications or technical data indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section for each type of air/moisture infiltration material specified. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for air infiltration barrier materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 07270 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ' 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 1 1 I 1 1 A. Furnish materials in manufacturers original packaging, complete with installation instructions B. Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welders torches -.,, -x - +. J a 4; .:'� ...,•- ! 3. •< v 'E ".. .c. q ''ems r > ..Y �c C .� Protect materials from exposure to moisture andsunhglit with an opaque light colored tarp or equal <- 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. General: Follow manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations for product handling and application. B. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is between 400 F and 1200 F before installation. Consult manufacturer if installation must be done at temperatures below the minimum. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty for materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR INFILTRATION WRAP - COMMERCIAL A. General: Sheet=type air infiltration membrane designed to prevent airflow through wood metal) framed wall cavities, hold out bulk water. and "wind -driven rain/snow, and act as breathable membrane to.allow moisture vapor to escape from within walls. B. Material: Spunbonded Olefin fiber,- non -woven, non-perforatedsecondary weather -resistant barrier. 1. Roll Size: 9' x 100' or as required by site conditions. 2. Thickness: Manufacturer's standard. C. Compliance: Materials shall meet or exceed the following standards: 1. Air Penetration, ASTM E-1677: Type 1 minimum. 2. Water Vapor Transmission, ASTM E-96, Method B: 10 perms minimum/90 perms maximum. 3. Water Penetration Resistance, AATCC-127: 280 cm. 4. Basis Weight, TAPPI T-411): 2.7 oz./sq. yd. 5. Breaking Strength, ASTM D-882: 38/35 lbs./in. 6. Tear Resistance, ASTM D-117: 12/10 lbs. 7. Surface Burning Characteristics, ASTM E-84: Class A flame spread and Class A smoke developed: D. Sustainability.Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4:1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. E. Approved Materials and Manufacturers: 1. Tyvek CommercialWrap by DuPont, Wilmington, DE,.(800) 448-9835, as basis of design. 2. Green Guard by Pactiv Building Products, (800) 241-4402. 3. Typar. Commercial Wrap by BBB Fiberweb, Old Hickory, TN, (800) 284-2780. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality are,acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 MOISTURE/AIR INFILTRATION FLASHINGS Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07270 - 2 1 A.- General: Self-adhesive, flexible moisture/air infiltration flashing, designed to prevent incidental moisture intrusion around windows and doors in concealed perimeter flashing system. B. Material Fiberglass -reinforced membrane coated.on both sides with water-resistant polyethylene, backed with an aggressive 3 wide self adhesive, <self, sealing attachment band. :, k a : • , , l_Strip;Width: Minimum 6 ,.use width recommended by mah:ofacturer,f specific apptication(s). 2. Thickness: 12 mil minimum (membrane); 35 mil minimum (membrane plus adhesive 1 band). 3. Roll Length:' 75; or manufacturer's standard. C. Compliance: Materials shall meet or exceed the following standards: 1. Water Vapor Permeance, ASTM E-96: Less than 0.30 perms. ' 2. Water Resistance, ASTM D-779: 24 hours minimum. 3. Tensile Strength, ASTM D-828: MD - 20 lbs. f/inch. CD - 20 lbs. `/inch D. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credit MR 5.1, local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide ' information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with e Section 01015. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Moistop E-Z Seat by Fortifiber Building Systems Group, (800)773-4777.. 2. StraightFlash and FlexWrap by DuPont; Wilmington, DE, (800) 448-9835.. 3. Manufacturers providingmaterials of same function, performance and quality are acceptable as approvedby the Architect prior to bidding. _. F. Sill Seal: Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 1 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the watt substrates, window and door openings, and other conditions under ' which air infiltration barrier materials are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure that surfaces of wall sheathing and/or insulation, windows and door frame flanges and other substrate materials are dry and clean, free of dirt, oil, construction debris or other substances that may interfere with adhesion or the system performance. ' 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Contractor shall conduct a pre -installation meeting to discuss installation requirements for ' the vapor permeable air infiltration wrap system, to include: 1. General Contractor. 2. Installing Contractor. 3. Manufacturers Technical Representative. B. Manufacturer shall have no responsibility for inspection. of the completed installation. 'Waters Way Park 07270 - 3 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF SHEET -TYPE AIR INFILTRATION WRAP A. General: Apply air infiltration wrap materials in strict accordance with the manufacturers •B:' instructions and recommendations ; 7;z - ' Install air infiltration wrap' after watt'sheatfiing'has 'beenkinstal['ed and approved, -"but prior to ' C. installation of exterior doors and windows. Install rolls horizontally beginning at the floor tine and moving up the watts. Lap bottom edge minimum 1" below joint at top of foundation. D. Lap rolls minimum 6" at horizontal seams. Vertical seams shall be lapped 6-12". E. Attach membrane with manufacturer -approved anchorages.- If staples are used, they must have 1" ' minimum crown: Secure at 12-18" o.c. along vertical stud lines. F. Wrap air infiltration membrane down over roof/wall flashing transitions. G- Cut modified "I" in the membrane at window and door openings. Fold side and bottom flaps into opening and secure. Cut head flap and flip up toexpose sheathing; and temporarily secure. H. Install flexible sit[ flashing, specified below. I. Apply continuous bead of sealant along sides (jambs) and across head of rough opening. Position such ' that window or door frame flange will contact sealant. Do not apply sealant across bottom of opening, to allow moisture to escape. J. Install. windows and/or door frames, specified elsewhere. K. Install jamb and then head'flashings;,specified below. Flip down head section of air infiltration wrap ' and secure with tape. L. Apply sealant to rear side of window sill sections. M. Tape all vertical and horizontal seams in wrap. ' N. Tape all plumbing, mechanical and electrical fixtures, equipment, piping and conduit protruding through air infiltration wrap. 0. Upon completion of air infiltration wrap installation, inspect wrap for holes, tears and punctures and repair damaged areas. Wrap shall be airtight and free from holes, tears and punctures. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF MOISTURE/AIR INFILTRATION FLASHINGS A. General: Apply self-adhesive flashing materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Installation Sequence:' 1. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed, cut at window and/or door ' openings and wrapped through the rough openings, as specified above. 2. Install se[f-adhesive; flexible strip ftashings to sills and lower jambs of window and/or ' door openings. 3. Apply compatible sealant to back surface of window and/or door frame flanges, and install windows and/or door frames. C. Peel away release paper and place self-adhesive strip flashings over window and/or door frame sill flanges, then jambs, then heads, extending material beyond the flange opening and lapping materials as recommended by the manufacturer. Apply firm pressure with a metal or wood roller along the entire adhesive strip to ensure continuous seal. D. Upon completion of installation, inspect strip ftashings for gaps, holes, tears and punctures and repair damaged areas. F[ashings shall be airtight and free from holes, tears and.punctures. E. Cover installation as'soon as possible. Do not leave strip ftashings exposed to sunlight longer than recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 07270 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. WASH CONS(RUCI ION. iNG 6139 Of VIEW PLACE: LOvr_LAND.CO 60537 1. Name of Bidder: i9701622-8227 2. Permanent main office address: 3. When organized: ,Z� 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) ,Na»L. CO- -r h f .T-� 7. General character of Work performed by your company: 8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? Uc If so, where and why? 9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? 10. Are _you debarred by any government agency? If yes list agency name. Rev 10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 1 I SECTION 07466 WOOD SIDING t' �' �,. [ �`_ x ': � __C S. '� `, :s: r' ' ,�.� .s � f 'n:•' .ttaf :, s�'r t '�y'-i r may;. �-: _ .t PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and.install wood vertical board siding, complete with fasteners. B. Furnish and install medium density overlaid (MDO) plywood, complete with fasteners. C. Furnish and install solid exterior wood casings,.mouldings and trim, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Furnish and install coated organic felt base sheet over wall sheathing, if. specified. E. Furnish and install color -coordinated caulking, unless arranged for otherwise. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of interior wood casings and trim. 3. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers.. 4. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 5. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 7. Section 09900, Painting. . 8. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. , 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform -to requirements of the following standards and -codes: 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard..: 3. NFPA: National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. APA: Plywood Specification and Grade Guide C20...,•.. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction, with,authority over this Project. . B. Plywood panels shalt be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association. C. _ Grading of lumber shall be according to, the current edition of the Western Wood Products Association. D. Selected Species: Where more than one (1) wood siding type or style is specified herein, all siding materials shall be of same wood species for uniformity of transparent finishes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers written product literature and installation instructions for each type of.wood.siding material specified, illustrating -the manufacturer's full line of sizes, lap patterns, exposures, textures and finishes.. B. Samples:' Submit samples of specified materials, color and texture for approval by the Architect. Submit samples of each siding accessory specified. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials stored on the site shall be kept off the ground on pallets or stringers and covered top and sides. B. Siding shall be stored level on properly aligned stringers. 07466 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Wood Siding: Provide manufacturers written 2-year warranty covering defects in materials and ' workmanship V { - 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 1 �I 1 A. Provide the Owner with 1% additional stock of each type and size of siding -specified for replacement. Refer to Section 01600, Material and Equipment. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD VERTICAL SIDING A. General: Exterior vertical tongue -and -groove wood siding, for opaque or transparent finish. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 16 4' long boards, 10" width. 2. Edges: Tongue -and -groove. 3. Pattern: Straight with beveled edges, WP-4. 4. Texture: Smooth. 5. Finish: Solid body stain as specified in Section 09930. B. Materials: Southern Yellow Pine'or, Douglas Fir. C. Nails: Zinc -coated boxnails, or as recommended bythe siding manufacturer,'of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1-1/2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. D. Underlayment: 30 lb. asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D2626-81 without perforations. E. Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding system. 2.02 WOOD CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All 'solid stock wood fascias, casings; brackets, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be Southern'Yellow Pine or Douglas Fir, S4S. 1. Sizes: As shown on the Drawings, or as required to match existing. 2. Profiles: As shown on the Drawings, or as required to match existing. 2.03 DECORATIVE PLYWOOD PANEL SOFFITS A. General: Exterior APA-rated veneer plywood sheet type soffit panels; with 3/8" wide overall x 11 /64" deep double beaded parallel grooves for decorative pattern,- for opaque finish. ' 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 4'-0" wide x 8'-0"long x 19/32"thick sheets. 2. Edges: Ship lapped. 3. Pattern: Double routed at 3-1/2" o.c., to be mounted horizontally as shown on the Drawings. 4. Texture: `Smooth. 5. Finish: Opaque'solid body finish, as specified in Section 09900, Painting. B. Materials: Southern Yellow Pine. C. Nails: Zinc-coated'boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1-1 /2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. D. Accessories:. Provide all necessary accessories by'the manufacturer for complete installation of ' siding system: ' 07466 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ply -Bead Traditional, manufactured by Georgia Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (404) 652.4000, as the basis of design.. = v 2. _ :Manufacturers. providing materials of same design, function, performance,.-.quahty and appearance are:acce'ptable: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shalt inspect rough framing and/or existing solid substrate and notify the Contractor of any conditions which will affect the successful installation of the siding. Installer shall not proceed with the work of this Section until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. All wood siding products used shall be same species throughout the project, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. C. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the siding work. - D. Lay out siding work to minimize number of lap joints. Refer to the Drawings for locations of vertical trim boards or other details intended to eliminate or reduce the amount of vertical siding joints. E. Installer shalt be responsible for inspecting all siding and trim wood and culling any material not meeting the quality -standards of these Specifications, or that exhibitdefects such as knots, checks, splits, warping,:bowing or excessive variation in color .or grain. All, materials installed in the finished construction shall be subject to the approval of, the Architect. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF WOOD SIDING A. General: Install siding over approved underlayment in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. :: Board Alignment: .;Where new siding materials will abut existing materials, :align coursing of boards/panels to match the existing pattern. 1. Tolerance: C. Nailing: -Nail spacing shall not exceed 16" o.c. at locations with solid -wood substrate or where stud backing is at 16" o.c.; nail spacing shall not exceed 12" o.c. at locations where stud or furring backing is 24" o.c. Nails shall penetrate a minimum of 1-1/2" into studs. Do not overdrive or countersink nail heads, and do not drive nails at an angle. Use color -matched nails where nails must be exposed. D. Joints and Edges: Siding boards shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal wall dimensions allow, or where vertical trim boards are shown on the Drawings to reduce the span of siding. In these conditions, no other joints will be allowed. Where horizontal runs of siding are not broken by vertical trimboards, and these runs exceed the length of.the siding, all end joints along the run of the siding boards shall have scarf cuts. 11 1. End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion /contraction:of.ahe materials. Leave,a_;3./16" space where siding abuts these trims and caulk with color -matched sealants.. . 1 2. All joints, and,edgess;hall have :a minimum of 11/2';solidbacking material. 3. Where vertical -walls abut .lower, level roofs, hold bottom.. edge of: siding and trims up :minimum 1-1/2".from adjacent roof planes. .. 4: Provide wicking screed separations of 3/8" minimum where bottom edge of siding and trims is in contact with concrete, i.e., base trims around posts on concrete patio stabs. E. Replace all split or broken siding at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 07466 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS INSTALLATION OF CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. 3.03 1 ' 3.04 B. C. C General All wood window and door casings, mouldings, corner boards and other rumm�g.and standing trim shall'be furnished,and instalted`by the'same instatter as the specified`Wood-siding. Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, for installation. Trim pieces forming outside corners of fascia, eave, wait corners or similar conditions shalt be screwed together, not nailed, where these pieces are to remain exposed to view in the final construction. Joints and Edges: Horizontal and vertical running and standing trim, including fascias; shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal and vertical wall dimensions allow. Where horizontal runs exceed the standard length of material, all end joints along the run of the board shall have scarf cuts.' 1. End "joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials. 2. Where vertical watts, roof dormers or other conditions abut lower level roofs, hold fascia and other trims back minimum 1" from adjacent watts/roofs to prevent wicking of water into ends of fascias or trims. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900, Painting, or Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. INSTALLATION OF DECORATIVE PLYWOOD PANEL SOFFITS A. General: All plywood soffit panels shall be furnished and installed by the same installer as the specified wood siding. Install soffits over approved rafters in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Nailing: Nail spacing shalt not exceed 16"'o.c. at locations where rafters are at 16" o.c.; nail spacing shalt not exceed 24" o.c. at locations where rafters are 24" o.c. Nails shall penetrate a minimum of 1-1 /2" into rafters. Do not overdrive or countersink nail heads, and do not drive nails at an angle. C. Joints and Edges: Soffit panels shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever watt dimensions allow, or where trim boards are shown on the Drawings to reduce the span of soffit. In these conditions, no other joints will be allowed. Where runs of panels are'not broken by trim boards, and these runs exceed the length of the panels' all end joints along the run of the siding boards shall have scarf cuts. 1. End joints abutting vertical corner 'or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials. Leave a 3/16" space where siding abuts these trims and caulk with color -matched sealants. D.- Replace all split or broken soffit panels at no additional cost to Owner. E. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. END OF SECTION 07466 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I SECTION 07610 PREFINISHED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install prefinished metal roofing, mechanically -seamed, complete with all associated copings, flashings and trims. B. Furnish and.install-prefinished metal fascia and siding systems, as a part of the prefinished roofing system, complete with all associated attachments and trims. C. Furnish and install built-up roof drainage crickets, unless provided by decking contractor. D. Furnish and install protective underlayments E. Furnish all equipment required for field forming and cutting operations, of. the prefinished metal roofing system. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section.01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 07612, Prefinished Corrugated Screwed -Down Metal Roofing. 4. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and, Trim. 5. Section 07710, Prefabricated Roof Specialties. 6.Section 07810, Skylights. _ 7... Section,07900, Sealants and Joint Filters. 8. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefront., 9. Section 08950, Translucent Wall and Skylight Systems: 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Reference Standards: Conform to the following reference standards and codes: 1::_ ASTM.D226: Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt. 2.. NAAMM: Metal Finishes Handbook. 3. SMACNA: Architectural=Sheet Metal Manual. 4. ASTM B209: Aluminum. 5. ASTM A446: Hot -Dipped Galvanized_ Steel. 6. Applicable, provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority,over this Project. B. Man ufacturer.Qualifications: Prefinished roofing material shalt be by a manufacturer who has been in business fora minimum of ten;(1.0) years. C. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by an installer with minimum of five (5) years successful experience on. projects of similar scale and complexity. 1. Certification: Installer shall be a manufacturer -certified installer, and provide copy of such certification as specified in paragraph 1.03 below. D. Manufacturer shall ensure the compatibility of all components, accessories and equipment that are part of the fabrication of the roofing and siding and the overall quality and reliability of _the system. E. Manufacturer shall be responsible for any redesign of the basic building components, roof and wall panel layout or accessories required by variance between the manufacturer's standard fabrication process and that shown on the Drawings as the basis of design. F. Design Criteria: 1. Roof Live Load (snow): 30 psf. 2. Horizontal Wind Load: 100 mph wind loading, Exposure C, UBC current edition. 07610 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1 hi ' G. Manufacturer will provide a field representative for on -site inspection of the components to ensure that the installation is complete and weathertight and meets the factory quality control requirements of the manufacturer and as specified in this Section. H. Sustainability Compliance Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation,requirements for'C "dits MR 4.1 -4.2, 5:1-and-5:2: ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and specifications illustrating ' the proposed roofing materials and components showing compliance with the requirements of this Section. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating proposed panelization of the roofs, fabrication and mechanical -seaming details, trims, closures and accessories, and installation details and instructions. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of prefinished metal textures and colors for selection by the Architect. ' 1. Submit sample of roofing system, minimum 12" x 12", illustrating typical mechanically - seamed standing seam condition. 2. Submit sample of siding system, minimum 12" x 12". ' D. Installer Certification: Submit manufacturer's letter or certificate demonstrating certification by the manufacturer. E. Test Data: Submit air infiltration test data specified in paragraph 1.05 below. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Installer shall coordinate the delivery schedule for the roofing and siding systems with the ' Contractor to assure that all roof and wall substrates are properly prepared when the components are delivered to the site. 1.05 TESTING ' A. Manufacturer shall submit negative load test performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E330-70 (Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors under the Influence of Wind Loads). When tested in multiple spans of three (3) or more sections, the .032" (0.81mm) roofing/siding material shall span 5'-6" (1.68m) and withstand a negative load of 40 psf (1915.2 pascals) without damage; .040" (1.02mm) roofing/siding material shall span 6'-8" (2.03m) and withstand a negative load of 50 psf (2394.0 ' pascals) without damage. B. Seals between pans shall be,affected such that at 18 psf (8862 pascals) static pressure, air infiltration shall not exceed .012 cfm per sq. ft. (.0037 cu. meters per minute per sq. meter). ' Manufacturer shall submit air infiltration tests performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E283. ' 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, including installation on the site. ' B. Provide manufacturer's standard 20-year warranty covering failure of the specified finish. ' Waters Way Park 07610 - 2 ' 10011 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 2.01 PREFINISHED, ARCHITECTURAL MECHANICALLY -SEAMED METAL ROOFING , A 'General: Prefinished, non-structural metat"roofing shall 6e factory fabricated and'fie[d"rotted and seamed, using site -based manufacturer -approved equipment suitable for application. System shall include all ridge and hip caps and/or standing seams, parapet flashings and caps, flashings, copings, trims and accessories necessary for a complete and weathertight installation. 1. - Roofing Type: Standing, narrow profile interlocked seams with flat pans. B. Materials: 24-gage minimum galvanized steel or .032" aluminum alloy, 3004 coil stock. 1. Texture: Smooth. 2. Striation Ribs in Pans: None. 3. Finish: Prefinished by manufacturer, Kynar 500 fluorocarbon coating, minimum 1 mil (.025mm) thick consisting of a prime coat and finish coat. 4. Color: Architect shall select color(s) from the manufacturer's full line of standard prefinished colors. C. Fabrication: Rot[ -form manufacturer's prefinished coil stock to produce finished, exposed pan width of 12" maximum, flat panel. 1. Panetization of roofing shall be as shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved. Factory fabricate to the greatest extent possible: 2. Panel Clips: 30-gage stainless steel, fabricated to be interlockable with sheet, if used. ' 3. Pan Lengths: Form pans to run full length from_eave or pitch break to ridge, without horizontal joints. 4. Hem exposed edges on underside 1 /2". Miter and seam corners. ' 5. Standing Seams: Form material for standing seams at spacing specified for finished, exposed pan'width. Seam height shatt'be 1-1/2" maximum, narrow profile with maximum 1 /2" width. D. Installation Type: Interlocking, standing seam. ' E. Fasteners: All fasteners shall be aluminum, steel or the same material as the prefinished roofing and shall be concealed, except as shown on the Drawings. 1. Staples: Standard epoxy -coated steel. F. Sustainability Design Criteria- 1. Credits 4.1 and, 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Locally fabricated. 3. Credit 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally. G. Approved System and Manufacturers: 1. Zee -Lock Standing Seam Roofing by Berridge Manufacturing, Houston, TX, and represented in Denver, CO, (800) 735-3703, as the basis of design. 2. Aeicor Metal Products, Inc., Fort Lauderdale, FL, (305) 974-3300. 3. AEP-Span, Tacoma, WA, (800) 733-4955. ' 4. A Es S Building Systems, Inc., Caryville, TN, (615) 426-2141. 5. Atas Aluminum Corp., Allentown, PA, (215) 395-8445. 6. Copper Sales, Inc., Minneapolis, MN, (800) 426-7737. 7. De[coa Industries, Inc., Pompano Beach, FL, (305) 979-5004. 8. Engtert, Inc., Perth Amboy, NJ, and represented locally in Commerce City, CO, (303) 288- 8070. 9. Follansbee Steel, Follansbee, WV, (304) 527.1260. ' 10. MBCI Metal Roof and Wall Systems, Houston, TX, (877) 713-6224. 11. Merchant and Evans, Inc., Burlington, NJ, (609) 387-3033. 12. M M Systems Corp., Tucker, GA, (800) 241-3460. 13. Overly Manufacturing Co., Greensburg, PA, (412) 834.7300. 14. Petersen Aluminum Corp., Elk Grove Village, IL, (800) 722.2523. 07610 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1 [1 15. 16. Ultra Seam, Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 292-1511. Manufacturers providing prefinished metal roofing systems of same design, appearance, function, quality, performance and components are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. All systems shall be based upon the specified systems and components. Al terndtemanufacturerssccepted°by'the`Architect prior fo bid iiate3hatl°not relieve the manufacturers of an obligation to, at his own expense, make changes in the structure, etc. as necessary to accommodate the alternate systems. 2.02 PREFINISHED METAL SIDING A. General: Prefinished metal siding shall be factory fabricated, rolled and finished for delivery to the site. System shall include all closure, sill, rake, jamb and misc. trims and accessories ' necessary for a complete and weathertight installation. 1. Siding Type: Corrugated profile with lapping seams and exposed fasteners, S-deck. B. Materials: 24-gage minimum or .032" aluminum alloy, 3004 coil stock. 1. Texture: Standard mill finish/texture. 2. Finish: Prefinished by manufacturer Kynar 500 fluorcarbon coating, minimum 1 mil (.025 mm) thick consisting of a prime coat and a finish coat. 3. Color: The Architect shall select color from the manufacturer's full line of standard and ' premium prefinished colors. Color may vary from prefinished roofing and soffit. C. Fabrication: Roll -form manufacturer's prefinished-coil stock to produce finished, exposed pan width of 30" maximum, ribbed at 2-5/8" on center. D. Installation Type: Overlapping ribs, screw -down attachment. . ' E. Fasteners: All fasteners sliatl be aluminum, steel or same material as the prefinished siding as recommended by the manufacturer. 1. Use neoprene washers or other approved weatherproof seals for all surface attachments. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: I ' 1. Credits 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits 5.1, Local/Regional Materials; Manufactured Locally: Locally fabricated. 3. Credit 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer must be compatible with prefinished metal roofing and soffit manufacturer. See approved manufacturers in "paragraph 2.01.6. 2.03 ASSOCIATED FLASHINGS AND TRIMS A. Contractor shall coordinate the furnishing of associated fascias, flashings, trims, gutters and downspouts specified in other Sections for exposed locations with the work of this Section. Such work shall be by the same manufacturer/installer as the prefinished metal roofing to the greatest ' extent possible. B. Gage: Provide the following minimum gages for accessory materials: 1. 22-gage for vertical fascias. Provide 1 /2" hemmed edge as shown on the Drawings. ' 2. 24-gage for roof edge, parapet cap and step flashings. 3. 24-gage for gutters and open -face box downspouts. 4. 24-gage for conductor heads and thru-wall scupper flashings. 5. 24-gage for ridge and hip cap flashings. ' 6. 26-gage for valley flashings) 7. 24-gage for other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages. 2.04 UNDERLAYMENTS A. Primary Underlayment:"'Asphalt saturated and• coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D-2626-81`without perforations. Provide minimum 30 lb. weight for felt ' Waters Way Park 07610 - 4 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS a sheets, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. A. Secondary Underlayment: Unreinforced elastomeric sheet roofing, minimum 45 mil thickness, black, 3 O'-and/or 6'-0 wide rolls, Sure -Seat Elastomenc Membrane by Carlisle Tire and Rubber Co., Carlisle, PA, ,(800) 433 5326, or. equal 2:05 FABRICATION A. General: Prefinished metal roofing system shall be factory fabricated, rolled and finished for field forming, installation and seaming. B. Valley Pans: All metal valley pans shall be fabricated with inverted dams at the center of the valley. e C. Pan Edges: All exposed edges, including pan edges at valleys, shalt have edges hemmed 1/2" minimum. D. Fascias, Copings and Trims: Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. 1. Fascias, Roof Edge Flashings, Copings, Cap Flashings and other Trims: Form sections in maximum lengths possible.. Provide for thermal expansion at 10' intervals, unless otherwise shown. Use material in longest practical lengths. _ Sections shorter than T-O" will , not=be allowed. 2. Joints and seams exposed to view are to.be flat -lock type, except corners, or detailed as flat -butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view. Seal all seams;with elastic cement. 3. Hem exposed edges of•flashings to underside 1 /2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square design to allow for curves in ,plane of fascias and trims; unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Backpaint materials with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. ., . E. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. standards and details. 1. Cap Ftashings and Counterflashings: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings. 2.06 FIELD EQUIPMENT ' A. Installer shall furnish and maintain all site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal roofing, ftashings, accessories and trim for a complete ' and weathertight installation. PART 3 EXECUTION. 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION O A. Installer shalt.examine the -substrate and the conditions under which metal roofing,(siding) and soffit work is to be. performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the,successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unacceptable ' conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Installer shall be responsible for ensuring delivery of the-prefinished materials and roll -forming equipment to the site, as specified in paragraph.1.04, at no additional. cost to the Owner. C. Installer shall coordinate the work of.this Section with other contractors and equipment suppliers ' as required for a complete and weathertight installation. Equipment to be furnished and field installed in the building by others affecting the work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: „ 1..• . Self-contained through -wall air conditioning/heat units. ; 2.: .. Exhaust and intake, through -wall dampers, .louvers, filters, screens and motors. 07610 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Waveguide tube entries and associated supports and trims for waveguide cable systems between the tower and the building. D. Ensure that substrate is sound, dry, property sloped for drainage and securely anchored in position. E. Ensure that proper subframing and/or, blocking has been installed.as required for installation of the .; prefinished siding; soffit and fascia systems. F. Ensure that provision has been made for roof drains, scuppers, flashings and all other interface items attaching to or penetrating through the prefinished metal roofing. G. Ensure that adjacent work of other trades has been completed and approved prior to beginning work, to the greatest extent possible. H. Verify requirements for secondary underlayments with the Building Official with jurisdiction over this Project. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ROOF -CRICKETS A. General: Install built-up roof crickets, minimum 1 /4" per foot slope, whether specifically shown on the Drawings or not, as required for adequate roof drainage, including but not limited to the following ' locations: 1. Roof valleys, as required to direct water to roof -drains or scuppers. 2. Roof parapets, as required to direct water to roof drains or scuppers. 3. Mechanical equipment curbs_ 4. Skylight curbs. 5. Roof hatch curbs: 6. Other equipment curbs or other items projecting through.the roof surface. ' B. Crickets shall be constructed or plywood or other specified roof sheathing material, 'or tapered rigid insulation, at the'Contractor's option;. unless otherwise specifically called for on the Drawings. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT A. Primary Underlayment: 1. Over entire roof deck area, place -piles of 36" wide underlayment, with ends and edges weatherlapped minimum 6". Stagger end joints of each consecutive layer. Nail underlayment sufficiently to hold in place. 2. Install underlayment perpendicular to slope of roof. 3. Weatherlap and seat with plastic cement items protecting through or mounted on roof. B. Secondary Underlayment: 1. General: Install in accordance with' manufacturer's written . instructions and ' recommendations. 2. Install in locations as shown on the Drawings, or specified herein, but in no case less than as required by local codes. 3. Apply one (1) width of secondary underlayment at gutters and overhanging eaves, width as ' required to completely cover projected eaves, wrap concealed gutters and other features where shown on the Drawings, and extend up the slope of the roof minimum 24" or to the minimum extent required by the local jurisdiction. Lap end joints 4" and side joints 2". ' Use multiple widths or larger single -width rolls if required by project conditions. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PREFINISHED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING ' A. General: Field fabrication and installation shall be done in accordance: with all applicable building codes, standards and the written instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the approved prefinished metal roofing. Roofing shall be anchored firmly into position, forming a ' completely watertight and weathertight installation. 1. Field Fabrication Details: All aspects of field rolling, cutting and installation processes shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, including but not limited to, the following: ' 07610 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I Matthew Walsh ' 8139 43en V" Plarre, IuJalcr3, 1b1 r, '?0537 ' 970-298141 EDUCATION B.S. - Construction Management, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, CO 80521 Major GPA: 3.0/4.0 May 1997 Course Content: Construction Project Administration, Scheduling & Planning, ' Construction Contracts, Construction Estimating, Safety Management, Labor Relations, Elementary Structural Design WORK EXPERIENCE Walsh Construction, Inc. Loveland, CO. July 1998 - Present General Contractor President/Owner R.D. Stewart, Inc. Loveland, CO. August 1997 -July 1998 General Contractor, Contact: Dave Hall (970) 669-1500 • Project Manager • Oversaw project operations for commercial and multi -family construction • Project estimating, budgeting, scheduling, cost control, general administration ' • Negotiated, wrote and organized all subcontracts • Performed on -site supervision • Reported to Divisional Operations Manager Amma Construction Corp. Huntington Station, N.Y. Summers/Winters 1988-1997 Civil Construction, Contact: Prescott Ammarell (516) 351-6124 e Supervised operations related to concrete, sitework and steel fabrication ' e Assisted in project estimating . Modified company's job cost control system • Diagnosed possible managerial problems in company • Assisted office engineer in everyday duties o Assisted in organizing and maintaining companies shops and yard C Operated wide range of heavy equipment e Drove tractor/trailer combinations to move equipment and materials to various jobs o Performed general labor duties Self -Employed, Walsh Contracting, Northport, N.Y. Summers 1993 - 1995 Residential Landscape Construction • Initiated company's existence • Contracted work related to residential landscaping s Planned, organized and supervised everyday operations Land Use Enviromnental Corp. baiting Hollow, N.Y. Summer 1993 1 • Performed general tasks in accordance with marsh and wetland renovation I a. Pan length, including separation from adjacent pans a1roof valleys. =� b. Fascias. � C. Ridgccup-8nshings. � � `n/p , `~ri,`.=`f~~~n=..`=^`~~. f. [aveand rake edge flashings. ' Z. Fabricutc.nnd instnKp!cfnishcd metal roofing and siding to allow for expansion and 0� contraction of at[ components and assemblies without compromising the structural capacity orvveathcrdghtnessufthe system. - ,. . It'' B. Roofing and siding shalt be forme6on the job site in continuous teng ths, manufactured to actuat field measurements. Horizontal lap joints are not acceptable. Neoprene secured bymetal profi(c closures shall be provided when annc'piccc change ufdirection isnot applicable. Hold-down . brackets shalt allow for thermal movement and shall bcinstalled uteach panel joint. Longitudinal spacing nfhold-down brackets shall bearranged tnallow for positive uniform load of4Opsf(1g15�I ' O po�ca(s), negatiye uniform inod of �psf (1436�4 pascals) or other required loading. Nn perforations shall bemade inroofing orsiding hyfasteners, except as shown onthe Drawings. C. SM\[NA Architectural Sheet Metal Manua[ specifications shalt govern for material and workmanship I not otherwise specified herein. . . ' D. Standing Seam System: Standing seams ofthe prefnishedroof system shalt bcformed 1'1/2^high maximum and mechanically closed in the field with manufacturer's continuous seaming equipment. Instal[ cleats at spacing recommended by manufacturer for'pan width, roof span and wind exposure. The roofing system shalt be installed plumb, straight and true to adjacent work. Ribs � shall be equidistant -from rake ends, corners, hips, mullions, etc. in accordance with design concept and as shown onthe Drawings. 1. Cut ends of pans and standing.seams on curved roof edges to produce a uniformly formed and smooth edge. Z. Finish exposed ends of standing seams in accordance with manufacturer's standard details and the approved shop drawings. ]. Hip Transitions: Soldered transitions are required *here shown on the Drawings, or � specified elsewhere inthis Section. |nthese applications, hip closure cap fiashingswi[inot 'beucccptabie. E. Pnefinished Fascia: Instal[ fascia in sections using longest possible length (continuous) pieces. Miter external corners. F. PrcfinishedSiding: Install lap siding insections using continuous pieces; ' G. Ridge Closures: Ridge lines of the prefinished roof system shalt be closed with manufacturer's 0� standard ridge cap flashing trims,,uniesz,a continuous pan break over the ridge is specifically -- H. specified. Hip Closures: Hip lines of the prefinished roof system shalt be closed with manufacturer's standard hip cap flashing trims, unless otherwise shown onthe Drawings or specified herein. � |. Miscellaneous Finshingsand Break Metal: aForm sheet materials osdetailed nnthe Drawings for miscellaneous 8ashings,counterflashings and trims. ' 3.05 CLEANING AND -PROTECTION w� A. � Installer shall thoroughly clean installed prefnishcd roof panels and trim, using only cleaning products recommended bythe manufacturer. for this application. Cleaning operation shall not mar � orabrade the metal finish. B. 'Donot permit unnecessary walking onthe finished roofing system. iRequireniLpecmnnc[tuwear ' ..� rubber -soled shoes when installing orwalking on -the finished roof... C. /Remove all. excess material and scraps from the site. .� END OFSECTION . 87610'7 Waters Way Park 100%CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS �� 1 B. Form sections in maximum lengths possible. Make allowances for expansion and contraction at joints. 1. Provide for thermal expansion at 10' intervals, unless otherwise shown: Use material in longest practical lengths. Sections shorter than T-0",wilt not be allowed. C. Form stepped parapet cap-flashings as detailed on the Drawings. Provide mitered intersections between horizontal and vertical sections. D. Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat -lock type, except corners, or detailed as flat -butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view. Fabricate corners minimum 18" x 18", mitered; soldered and seated as one. (I) piece. Seal at[ seams with elastic cement. E. Wipe and wash clean soldered joints to remove traces of flux immediately after soldering. F. Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square design, G. unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Backpaint flashings with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. H. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details. 1. Cap Flashings, Reglets and Counterflashings: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings or as required by project conditions. 3. Kick Flashings: As required for specific project conditions, but in no case less than 2" high x 4" long. I ' 4. Curb Cap Flashings: As shown on the Drawings. 5. •° Sill Flashings at Veneer: As shown on the Drawings. 2.04" FIELD EQUIPMENT A. Installer shall furnish and maintain any site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashings, accessories and trims (not factory fabricated) ' for a complete and weathertight installation. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which flashing and trim work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent ' the successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure miscellaneous galvanized metal flashings and trims are fabricated in accordance with paragraph 2.03 above. ' C. Coordinate installation of flashings with Contractor for prefinished metal roofing as required. D. Coordinate installation of valley and edge/drip flashings with primary and secondary roof underlayments specified in other sections. ' E. Coordinate installation of sill flashings with Contractor for masonry veneer. F. Coordinate installation of miscellaneous drip and sill flashings and counterflashings with Contractor for wood siding as required. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL MATERIALS B. General: Install flashings, reglets, counterf lashings and trim in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Ensure adequate clearances for thermal expansion and contraction of fabricated sections of materials. C. Secure flashings in place using specified fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in locations ' 07621 - 3 Waters Way Park 100510 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS . i D. Conform to applicable SMACNA details, unless otherwise shown. Consult .with Architect as necessary. E. _ Install kick; flashings at atl.,roof edge.,or eave.conditions, adjacent to.-verticat walls and.:other conditions requiring diversion of drainage away from 'a`particular point. Coordinate specific conditions with Architect as necessary. F. Apply sealing compound at junction of metal flashings and.asphalt felt flashings. , G. Lock seams and end joints. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes and lines accurate to profiles. H. Counterflash mechanical, plumbing and electrical items projecting through roofing. 1. Mechanical, plumbing and electrical details may be schematic in nature. Install all ' flashings in accordance with current`SMACNA requirements. 2. Refer to the Drawings for any special flashing conditions. ! 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean all exposed galvanized surfaces and leave prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. . ! 1:. Remove excess sealants, flux, plastic cement and bituminous paint. B. 2. Clean soiled surfaces with a solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. Clean all exposed prefinished galvanized surfaces. Remove smudges and other imperfections using ' cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer. Remove excess sealant from prefinished materials and leave installation in clean condition. C. Advise Contractor of measures to be taken to protect prefinished surfaces.from damage during the balance of construction. ! END OF SECTION ! ! 07621 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07621 GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM; ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install new galvanized sheet metal reglets and counterflashings as indicated on the Drawings. B. Furnish and install galvanized sheet metal valley and drip ftashings. C. Furnish and install galvanized sheet metal sill flashings at masonryveneer/caps, and miscellaneous trims. D. Furnish and install prefinished metal soffit vents and roof vents. E. Furnish and install new galvanized sheet metal attic insulation baffles. F. Furnish miscellaneous metal flashings to other Sections as required. G. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Flexible masonry flashings. 4. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 5. Section 07466, Wood Siding. ' 6. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing an&Siding: Prefinished trim. 7. Section 09900;'Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are ' shown or specified. 1. SMACNA, Sheet Metal and -Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual current edition. ' 2. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Fabrication and installation shall be by manufacturer's personnel or manufacturer approved subcontractor with minimum five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and shop drawings indicating materials, shapes, proposed layout of joints,'special details'and intersections, and fabrication and assembly details. B. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard colors of prefinished flashings and trims for selection by ' the Architect: C. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard profiles of galvanized flashings and trim for selection by the Architect. ' D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. ' 07621 " 1 Waters Way Park ' 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for metal flashings. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFINISHED GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Prefinished Galvanized_ Metal: Commercial quality with 0.20% copper, ASTM A525, except ASTM 527 for lock -forming hot -dipped galvanized: G90 hot -dip galvanized, mill phosphatized. 1. Gages: a. 24-gage for cap flashings and exposed step flashings. b. 24-gage for kick flashings. C. 22-gage for clips, retainers and other concealed backer materials. d. 26-gage for edge flashings and other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages. 2. Finish: Supply galvanized sheet metal flashings and trim with. manufacturer's standard baked -on enamel finish. Color to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 3. Profiles:.Specified in -paragraph 2.03 below, shop formed to,extent possible. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: _% minimum: 2. Credit MR 5.1„ Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 2.02. • ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. - Fasteners: Concealed clip -type of same material as:flashings, sized ,to suit application. B. Nails: Hot -dipped galvanized steet roofing type. C. Screws:- Hot -dipped galvanized Phillips head, -with neoprene washers. D. Solder and Flux: Type recommended for materials being used. E. Bituminous Paint: Acid- and alkali -resistant type, black color. F: Plastic Cement: Cutback asphaltic type, FS SS-C-00153a. G. Sealant: One (1) component silicone, conforming to FS TT-S-00230, non -staining, non -bleeding, non -sagging, of color suitable for material matching. 1. Dow 790 or equal. H. Soffit Vents (Disk Type): Galvanized sheet metal round disk vents for installation in soffits or rafter rim joints/blocking, 26-gage. 1. Size: 2" diameter or manufacturer's standard. 2.. Finish: Galvanized, for field.finishing. I. Insulation Baffles: Galvanized sheet metal insulation baffles for installation between roof trusses or rafters. 1. Size: 24". wide (or as required for,condition) x 3.1" overall,length. 2. Approved Manufacturer: Ampcor Series BV by Anderson Metal Products,Co., Taylorsville, MS, or equal:. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. 07621 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Form sections in maximum lengths possible. Make allowances for expansion and contraction at joints. 1. Provide for thermal expansion at 10' intervals, unless otherwise shown. Use material in ' longest practical lengths. Sections shorter than T-0".will not be allowed. C. Form stepped parapet cap flashings as detailed on the Drawings. Provide mitered intersections between horizontal and vertical sections. ' D. Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat -lock type, except corners, or detailed as flat -butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view. Fabricate corners minimum 18" x 18", mitered, soldered and sealed as one (1) piece. Seal all seams with elastic cement. E. Wipe and wash clean soldered joints to remove traces of flux immediately after soldering. F. Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square design, G. unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Backpaint flashings with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. H. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details. 1. Cap Flashings, Reglets and Counterflashings: As shown on the Drawings. ' 2. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings or as required by project conditions. 3. Kick Flashings: As required for specific project conditions, but in no case less than 2" high x 4" long. 4. Curb Cap Flashings: As shown on the Drawings. 5. Sill Flashings at Veneer: As shown on the Drawings. 2.04 FIELD EQUIPMENT A. Installer shall furnish and maintain any site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashings, accessories and trims (not factory fabricated) for a complete and weathertight installation. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION ' A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which flashing and trim work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent ' the successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure miscellaneous galvanized metal flashings and trims are fabricated in accordance with paragraph 2.03 above. C. Coordinate installation of flashings with Contractor for prefinished metal roofing as required. D. Coordinate installation of valley and edge/drip flashings with primary and secondary roof underlayments specified in other sections. ' E. F. Coordinate installation of sill flashings with Contractor for masonry veneer. Coordinate installation of miscellaneous drip and sill flashings and counterflashings with Contractor for wood siding as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL MATERIALS B. General: Install flashings, reglets, counterflashings and trim in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Ensure adequate clearances for thermal expansion and contraction of fabricated sections of materials. C. Secure flashings in place using specified fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in locations i07621 - 3 Waters Way Park 1 10016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS approved by Architect. When using exposed fasteners, they are to be of same finish as flashings. D. Conform to applicable SMACNA details, unless otherwise shown. Consult with Architect as necessary. E. Install kick flashings at all roof_ edge or eave,conditions.adjacent:,to vertical walls and other , conditions requiring diversion of drainage. away from a particular point._ Coordinate specific conditions with Architect as necessary. F. Apply.sealing compound at junction of metal flashings and asphatt:felt flashings. G. Lock seams and end joints. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes and tines accurate to profiles. H. Counterflash mechanical, plumbing and electrical items projecting through roofing. 1. Mechanical, plumbing and electrical details may be schematic in. nature. Install all flashings in accordance with current SMACNA requirements. 2. Refer to the Drawings for any special flashing conditions.. ' 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean all exposed galvanized surfaces and leave prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. ' 1. Remove excess sealants, flux, plastic cement and bituminous paint. B. 2. Clean soiled surfaces with a solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. Clean all exposed prefinished galvanized surfaces. Remove smudges and other imperfections using ' cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer. Remove excess sealant from prefinished materials and leave installation in clean condition. C. Advise Contractor of measures to be taken to protect prefinished surfaces from damage during the balance of construction. END OF.SECTION ' t ISECTION 07810 ' SKYLIGHTS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish double flat -panel unit skylights, self -flashing with integral curb. B. Furnish prefabricated, round tubular skylight units, complete with domed cap, tubular metal shaft, integral roof curbs/flashings and interior diffusers. C. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. ' 3. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 4. Section 08800, Glazing: Glazing for'modular skylight structures. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. ' 1. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements ' for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5:2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and/or shop drawings indicating materials, unit sizes and assembly and installation details. B. Sustainability Submittals: ' 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer ' and preconsumer recycled content for skylight units. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in unbroken factory cartons. B. Store in a secure location and protect finishes and glazing from damage until installation. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard written five-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship and unit leakage. ' 07810 - 1 Waters Way Park 100510 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FLAT PANEL UNIT SKYLIGHTS ' A. General: Factory -fabricated flat panel skylight units consisting of one-piece polycarbonate panels, B. extruded aluminum retaining frame, curb -mounted with sloping condensation gutter for drainage. Retaining Frame: Extruded aluminum, 6063-T5 alloy, minimum thickness of .72". C. Glazing: Clear, factory -installed shatter -resistant glazing, 1/4" thick, Monolithic polycarbonate sheet glazing, Lexan XL by GE Plastics, or approved equal. D. Sizes: 48" x 48" modular units, or sizes as shown on the Drawings. Intent is to utilize manufacturer's standard sizes. Notify Architect of curb opening size discrepancies for approval prior to fabrication. Contractor to coordinate framing of curb opening accordingly. E. Aluminum Finish: Clear. F. Provide manufacturer's standard integral aluminum curb, 4" high. Units are to be self -flashing. ' G. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. ' 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with , Section,01015. H. Approved Models and Manufacturers: 1. Flat Glass Skylight Series, bronze anodized, as manufactured by Bristolite Skylights, Santa Ana, CA, (800) 854-8618. . 2. Flat-Lite Skylight, bronze anodized, as manufactured by Plasticrafts; Denver, CO (800) 800- 7567, and distributed by Jim Wozniak and Associates, Littleton, CO (303) 795-9276. 3. Manufacturers providing prefabricated skylight units of the same type, design, appearance, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.02 TUBULAR UNIT SKYLIGHTS ' A. General: Factory -fabricated round tubular skylight units, complete with -domed cap, tubular reflective metal shaft sections, integral roof curbs, flashings, interior ceiling diffusers and all related accessories and trims. , 1. Size(s): 10" diameter. B. Roof Dome Assembly: Transparent, UV and impact -resistant dome with flashing base supporting dome and top of -tube. , 1. Outer Dome Glazing: 0.125" minimum thickness injection molded acrylic classified as CC2 material and meeting characteristics of DR-101 blend. 2. Provide manufacturer's standard prismatic pattern molded into dome to capture tow angle sunlight. ' 3. Reflector: Aluminum_ sheet, thickness 0.015", positioned in dome to capture low angle sunlight. C. Flashing Base: One piece, seamless, teak -proof flashing functioning as base support for.dome and ' tope of tube. 1. Base Material: Sheet steel, corrosion resistant, meeting ASTM A653/A A653M or ASTM A463/A 463M, 0.028" thick. 2. Base Pitch (Slope): Flat, no pitch 4" and 6" high. D. Dome Ring: Attached to top of base section, 0.090" nominal thickness, injection molded high impact acrylic, to prevent thermal bridging between base flashing and tubing and channel condensed moisture out of tubing. 1 07810 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Reflective Extension Tube: Aluminum sheet, 0.015" thickness. 1. Interior Finish: High reflectance specular finish on exposed.reflective surface greater than 99%. Total solar spectrum less than 93%. 2: Color: a` and b' (defined by CIE L"a'b' color model) shall"not exceed +2 or be less than -2 as determined in' accordance with ASTM E308. 3. Tube Diameter: Approximately 10". F. Reflective 30° Adjustable Tube: Aluminum sheet, thickness .015". 1. Interior Finish: High reflectance specular finish on exposed reflective surface greater than 99%. Total solar spectrum less than 93%. G. Reflective 900 Adjustable Tube: Aluminum sheet, thickness .018". 1. Interior Finish: High reflectance specular finish on exposed reflective surface greater than 99%. Total solar spectrum less than 93%. H. Ceiling Ring: Injection molded impact resistant acrylic, 0.100" nominal thickness. I. Dress Ring: Injection molded impact resistant acrylic, 0.100" nominal thickness. Prevents air infiltration and condensation from attic spaces. J. Dual Glazed Diffuser Assembly: 1. Upper Glazing: Acrylic plastic classified as CC2 material, 0.040" nominal thickness. 2. Lower Glazing: Molded polycarbonate plastic classified as CC1 material, 0.022" nominal thickness. 3. Lower Glazing: Acrylic plastic classified as CC2 material, 0.090" nominal thickness. K: Fasteners: Same material as metals being fastened, non-magnetic steel, non -corrosive metal of type recommended by manufacturer, or injection molded nylon: L. Sealant: Polyurethane or copolymer based elastomeric sealant as provided or recommended by. manufacturer. M. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on 'recycled content. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. N. Performance Criteria: Completed tubular skylight system assemblies shall be capable of meeting the following performance requirements: 1. Air Infiltration Test: Air infiltration will not exceed .30 cfm/sf aperture, with a pressure delta of 1.57 psf across the tube, when tested in accordance with ASTM E283. 2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 16.5 psf pressure differential, with water rate of 5 gallons/hour/sf, when tested in accordance with ASTM E331. 3. Uniform Load Test: a. No breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or damage to make system inoperable or cause permanent deflection of any section in excess of 1% of its span at a positive load of 110 psf or negative load of 60 psf. b. All units shall be tested with a safety factor of (3) for positive pressure and (2) for negative pressure, acting normal to plane of roof in accordance with ASTM E330. 4. Fire Testing: a. Class B Burning Brand: Burning brand shall self -extinguish without transferring the fire to the dome, in accordance with UBC Standard 15.2, ASTM E108 and UL 790. b. Self -Ignition Temperature -greater than 6500 F: In accordance with ASTM D1929- 68 (1975). C. Smoke Density - Rating no greater than 75: No greater than 450, in accordance with ASTM E84-91A in way intended for use. d. Rate of Burn - Minimum Burning Rate: 2.5"/min, classification CC-2, in accordance with ASTM D635-74. 07810 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS TRENT WILHELM ASBURY PROJECT MANAGER Trent Asbury has over 8 years experience in construction operations, project management, supervision, estimating and pre - construction activities for commercial, retail, technical 77, biopharmaceutical, residential and large multi -family projects Trent provides a broad range of management services for complex systems, from preconstruction to project kick-off through closeout for large and small-scale projects Professional Data • Bachelor of Science 1 in Construction Management Colorado State University 19;9 Certified Associated C - AIC Constructor CE Commission AIC Constructor #800 Tenant ImoroVement Projects — Corporate / Reta// /Food Services $10M T-Mobile Wireless, Small Format Retail Rol/out (highly branded 300-1000 square foot ground up stick framed buildings), Program Management of over 100 sites responsible for everything from Lease thru Design and receipt of C of 0. locations include 7X, LIT, MA, IN, NV, CA, IL, NH, CO, PA, • $300k Robeks Fruit Smoothies and Healthy Eats, 1000 square foot food services 7-[, 160 street mall Denver, CO, $2M Convergent Group, 70,000 square foot office facility with 2,500 square foot computer room, Greenwood Village, CO. ■ $3.5M PIPES Communications, 10,000 square foot facility with 4,000 square foot colocation space and state of the art network operation center, Denver, CO. Industrial $39M Regional Transportation District, Elati Light Rail Maintenance Facility, 100,000 square foot structural steel maintenance building, /fight rail spec/Fc tools Including (wheel truing lathe, sanding system, vehicle lifts) as well over S miles Ofiightrail track., Denver, CO Multifamily Hioh-rise $40M Greystar Real Estate and Development, 12 story high-rise apartment complex comprised of 267 High end apartment units, including a 3 story parking garage. Denver, CO Biopharmaceutical • $6M -[DEC Pharmaceuticals, 70,000 sf. R & D laboratory space, San Diego, CA. Green Field Projects • $8M Alexandria Technology Center two-story shell and core building, designed for research and /aboratoryspace including a 40, 000 sfsub-grade garage, San Diego, CA. 0. Approved Models and Manufacturers: 1. Model 160DS (10") Daylighting System by Solatube International Inc., Vista, CA, (888) 765- 2882, as basis of design. , 2. Manufacturers providing prefabricated, tubular skylight units of the same type, design, appearance, quality and performance are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare mounting substrate as per manufacturer's requirements. B. Coordinate size of new framed curb opening with manufacturer's standard unit approved by Architect and pre-engineered metal roof curb supplied by the steel building supplier. C. Ensure that structural framing and edge angles for new (existing) curb openings have been properly installed, in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. D. Ensure that existing self -flashing curbs to be reused are securely anchored to existing roof deck. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install prefabricated skylight units jn accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. After installation of first unit, field_test to determine adequacy of installation. Conduct water test in presence of Owner and Contractor. Make corrections in installation methods if needed prior to proceeding with installation of subsequent units. C.- . Protect installed skylights and glazing from damage by,adjacent construction. Units with marred surfaces or scratched glazing shall be replaced, at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 11 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 �I 1 SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Clean and prepare.joint surfaces. B. Furnish and install joint backing materials. C. Furnish and install -joint caulking and sealants in exterior applications. D. Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants in interior applications. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork: Joint fillers for cast -in -place concrete work. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 6. Section 07466, Wood Siding. 7.. Section 07610, Prefinish'ed Metal Roofing and Siding. 8. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashings and Trim. 9. Section 07810, Skylights. 10. Division 8, Doors and Windows. 11. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 12. Section 09900, Painting: Joints of walls and/or ceilings of dissimilar colors. 13. Section 10800, Toilet and Bath Accessories. 14. Division 15, Mechanical. 15. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Installer of sealants and caulking shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience with projects of similar size and complexity. C. Installer shall be continuously employed in work of this type. D. Certification: Manufacturer/Supplier of sealant and accessory materials shall certify that materials supplied are acceptable and appropriate for the materials; substrates and conditions under which sealants are to be installed. E. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendations and installation instructions for each type of sealant, caulking compound and associated miscellaneous material required. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's standard color line for each type of sealant specified for exposed locations for selection by the Architect. C. , Sample Installation: Select a test area on the exterior and install caulking. Notify the Architect for approval and acceptance -prior to proceeding with caulking.. The test area will become the standard for quality control of remaining caulking. Waters Way Park -1110% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 07900 - 1 D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product data for exterior and interior sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions or when temperatures are below 400 F or above 1000 F. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper curing and development of high early bond strength. Where joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in tower third of the manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range so that sealant will not be subjected to excessive elongation and bond stress by subsequent low temperatures. Coordinate time schedule with Contractor to avoid delay of project. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials when such materials are properly applied and fully cured as described in the manufacturer's product data sheets. The Contractor further agrees to replace sealants which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion, or that do not cure properly due to improper application or curing, or when the materials installed are not appropriate for that application, joint type or other factor beyond the manufacturer's control, for a period of five (5) years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS A. General: Supplier/Installer of work of this Section shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications for the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of sealant material with adjacent materials. 2. Compatibility of sealant material with type and degree ofineather exposure. 3. Compatibility of sealant material with expected use of space. 4. Compatibility of sealant material with joint type, width and depth. B. Exterior: One-. or two-part polyurethane -based elastomeric sealants complying with FS TT-S-00230, Class A, Type I (self -leveling) or Type II (non -sag). 1. One -Part Sealant: Sonotastic.NP-1 by Sonneborne as -basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. 2. Two -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-2 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. C. Interior: One -part silicone -based non -sag, elastomeric sealant, resistant to mildew complying with FS TT-S-01543, Class A, and FF TT-S-00230, Class A. 1. Sonolastic Omniseal and OmniPlus by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. D. Interior Paintable: One -part non -sag mildew -resistant acrylic emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C834, paintabte. 1. Sonolac by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by.the manufacturer for type of application. E. Concrete Slab Joints: One -part .non -priming urethane, based -self -leveling pourable sealant complying with FS TT-S-00230C, Class A, Type 1 (horizontal use). 1. Sonolastic SL-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as,recommended by manufacturer for type of application. 2. Ensure that sealant is compatible with seamless flooring systems specified in Division 9. 07900 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Ensure that sealant is compatible with special concrete floor finish system specified in Section 09800. F. Color(s): 1. Colors are to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 2. Design intent into match sealant color to color of adjacent material, unless indicated otherwise. The Architect shall have final authority for color selection, including variations from this policy. 3. Clear silicone sealant shall be installed at the following locations, including but not limited to: a. Perimeter of toilet and bath fixtures, water closets, urinals, sinks and lavatories. b. Joints between solid surface finished countertops and backsplashes. G. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credit MR 4.1, VOC Content of Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. "Sealants: 250 g/L. b. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. C. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. 2. Credit MR 5.11 Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonneborne Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Tremco Sealants, Cleveland, OH, (800) 321-7906. 3. Schnee -Morehead Inc., Irving, TX, (800) 255-9427. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Primer: Non -staining type for joints as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type recommended by sealant manu-facturer, compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Filler: ASTM D1056, round polyethylene foam rod, over -sized 30-50%, as recommended by manufacturer of sealant used. 1. Provide closed cell or open cell foam rod materials;'as recommended by the Installer for specific applications. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure -sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. E. Joint Fillers for Cast -in -Place Concrete Work: Refer to Section 03100: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine joint surfacesi backing and anchorage of units forming sealing rabbet and conditions under which sealant work is to be performed and notify Contractor of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work, performance and curing of sealants. Do not proceed with sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Clean, prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. 07900 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS C. Ensure that horizontal and vertical surfaces are of sufficient dimension for required bonding of sealant materials as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Ensure that sealants are compatible with the substrates to which they are to adhere. E. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant. F. - Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. G.. Install joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly. H. Install bond breaker where required. I. Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces which may be marred or damaged by sealant materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS A. General: Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. B. Tool joints slightly concave in vertical surfaces and flush in horizontal surfaces. C. Maintain joints free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges or sags. D. Ensure that sealant is applied leaving crisp, clean lines with adjacent materials. Do not allow sealant to bleed onto adjacent surfaces. Immediately wipe excess sealant materials off adjacent surfaces. 11 E. Remove and replace any sealants improperly applied, to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. Repair and replace any adjacent materials that have been damaged, marred or discolored by work of this Section, to the satisfaction of the Architect. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 -:SCHEDULE OF SEALANT WORK A. Exterior: Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, including but not limited to: 1. Expansion joints in exterior concrete flatwork adjacent to buildings and retaining walls. 2. Expansion joints in exterior concrete pavements, aprons, sidewalks, ramps and curb and gutter sections. 3. Vertical expansion and control joints in concrete unit and brick masonry walls. 4. Perimeter of exterior window and door frames. 5. Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs. 6. Horizontal and vertical joints between wood siding, soffits, and wood running and standing trims. 7. Perimeter joints of metal flashings, counterf lashings, reglets and similar accessories. 8. Perimeter joints of prefabricated skylight units. 9. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to , maintain the weathertightness of the project. 10. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the Architect. B. Interior: Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, inctudingr but not limited to: 11. Expansion joints and control joints in interior concrete slabs where surfaces are scheduled to be sealed and/or exposed to view. 2. _ Horizontal joints between interior concrete slabs and masonry walls. 07900 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Vertical and horizontal joints between gypsum wallboard and structural framing and decking at ceiling plenums. 4. Perimeter of countertops and backsplashes. 5. Horizontal and vertical joints between walls, ceilings, soffits and running and standing trims. 6. Perimeter of interior window and door frames. 7. Perimeter of toilet fixtures, water closets, urinals, sinks and lavatories. 8. Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs. 9. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the weafhertightness of the project. 10. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the Architect. C. Refer to other Division 2 sections for sealants required for site concrete work and other materials. END OF SECTION 07900 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish standard exterior and interior hollow metal doors and frames. B. Grout cores of exterior hollow metal frames where shown on the Drawings or specified herein, unless arranged for otherwise. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Anchorages. 4. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of doors and frames. 5. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation: Foam insulation at perimeter of door and window frames. 6. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 7. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. . 8. Section 08710, Specialty Finish Hardware: Access control systems. 9. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 10. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. 11. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. SDI-100: Recommended Specifications of Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute (SDI). 2. ASTM A366: Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 3. NFPA 80: Fire -rated door assemblies. 4. NFPA 65: Smoke -control door assemblies. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI). C. Manufacturer shall comply with all requirements of Underwriters Laboratories where labeled doors and frames are required. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and door installation schedules. B. Door Schedules: -Submit schedule of doors and frames, using same reference marks or numbers for doors and details as that shown on the Drawings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating general construction, configurations, jointing methods, reinforcement and location of cutouts for louvers or glazing. D. Samples: Submit representative sample of corner section of standard hollow metal doors and frames to Architect for approval. Sample section shall indicate all details of construction and finish. 08110 - 1. -. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS [I i i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 I 1 E. Sustainabitity Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for steel doors and frames. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle all hollow metal doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. B. Provide packaging, including corner guards, separators, spreaders, banding and, if prefinished, plastic or vinyl wrappings as required to protect all metal doors and frames during transportation and storage. C. Store doors upright, in a protected area, off the ground, with air space between individual pieces. Protect all finished surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Hollow Metal Doors: Doors shall be cold -rolled, pickled and oiled, stretcher -leveled, all bonderized steel sheets with clean smooth surfaces, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI-100, except as amended in this Section. 1. Type: Composite construction with flush faces and seamless with hemmed edges. Provide insulated doors where scheduled. a. Exterior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 1, full flush design. 2. Construction: Steel face sheets bonded to 1-3/4" honeycomb or unitized steel core, 14- gage top and bottom channels and 7-gage hinge reinforcement. Provide full urethane core on exterior doors or where scheduled to be insulated door. Furnish the following minimum face sheets: a. Exterior Doors: 16-gage. b. Interior Doors over 36" Wide or 84" High: 16-gage. C. All Other Interior Doors: 18-gage. 3. Sizes: As scheduled on the Drawings, 1-3/4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Style: "Imperial Door" by Ceco,as basis of design for insulated core. 5. Finish: Shop -prime as specified below. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 50% minimum. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp., Brentwood, TN, distributed locally by Architectural Doors, Denver, CO, (303) 322-1410. 2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors; distributed by.Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers providing products of same design;, -.performance and function are acceptable as approved by.the Architect prior to bidding:.. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 08110 - 2 2.02 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Hollow Metal Frames: Frames shall be cold -rolled or hot -rolled, pickled and oiled steel, all bonderized sheets, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI-100, except.as amended by this Section. Except where other gages are indicated or specified, fabricate frames from steel not lighter than the following: a. All Doors: ,14-gage. 1. Type: Mitered corners, fully welded frames. Knockdown -type frames are not permitted, unless approved for use in interior fire -rated assemblies. 2. Sizes: As shown and scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Finish: Shop -primed as specified below. 4. Silencers: Manufacturer's standard resilient type, minimum three (3) per jamb, equally spaced. 5. Jamb Anchors: a. Masonry Construction: Corrugated or other deformed type, adjustable anchors, four (4) per jamb. 6. Floor Anchors: 16-gage, one (1) per jamb. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 50% minimum. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section.01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp.-, Oak Brook, IL, distributed locally by Ceco Door Division, Fountain, CO, (303) 382.7930. 2. Curries,- Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers shall be the same as those for hollow metal doors. 2.03 PROFILES A. Hollow Metal Frames for Doors: Jamb sections'shall be standard 2" wide x 5-3/4" or 7-1/4" deep, double -rabbeted, with 7/16" returns, or as shown on the Drawings or required by specified wall construction, except as noted below. Supplier to verify profile specified with wall construction and furnish jamb sections with the required depth. 1. Head Sections: Provide 4" head sections for frames where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. B. Miscellaneous Filler and Closure Shapes: Fully weld to standard profiles and grind smooth as detailed on the' Drawings. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Hollow Metal Doors: Fabricate doors in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations. 1. Fabricate doors of type, sizes and designs indicated. Provide door clearance of 1 /8" at jambs and heads and 5/8" at bottoms.'. Doors shall have lock edges beveled 1 /8" in 2". .2. Finished -work. shalt be.rigid, neat in appearance and -free from defects. Form moulded members straight and true, with -joints coped:or mitered,.weU formed and in true alignment. All welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so they are invisible after finishing. 08110 -. 3 , Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I I I 1 t I] 1 3. Mechanically interlock longitudinal seams; weld, fill and grind smooth. Close top and bottom edges of all hollow metal exterior doors to provide a weather seal, provided as part of door construction. 4. Fabricate exterior doors with face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members. Form perimeter frame with continuous one-piece channel at hinge edge, continuous one-piece channel at lock edge and channels -at top" and bottom. Inner frame members shall be continuous one-piece vertical steel rib stiffeners spaced not to exceed 6" o.c. Face sheets are to be continuously arc welded to perimeter channels. Weld face sheets to interior frame members in manner to provide a door with smooth surfaces. Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound -deadened and insulated full height of door where scheduled. 5. Fabricate interior doors with honeycomb core and steel face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members', same as specified above. 6. Reinforce and prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors at factory to receive all mortise -type hardware. Provide reinforcing only for doors to receive surface -applied hardware as required. Gages of metal for reinforcing plates shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations for type of hardware used and size and thickness of doors. 7. Reinforce and prepare doors and/or frames to receive access control systems and other specialty hardware. Refer to Section 08700 and Division 16, Electrical, for hardware and wiring requirements. 8. Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth uniform finish. 9. Prepare cutouts for louvers or glazing where scheduled on the Drawings and factory install louvers where possible. 10. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Fabricate frames in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations. 1. 1 - 1 . Form frames of steel to sizes and shapes as detailed. Frames shall be combination -type with integral trim and fabricated with full -welded type construction at joints. 2. Form frames with full mitered corners and stops, butt T-joints of frames and continuously weld all joints for full depth and width of frame and trim. Close all contact edges tight and dress all welds on exposed surfaces smooth andflush. 3. Mullions and transom'bars shalt be closed or tubular construction and shall join with and be secured to heads and jambs with continuous butt -welded joints. Reinforce joints between members with concealed clip angles of same thickness as frame. 4. Finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Fabricate moulded members straight and true with corner joints well formed, in true alignment and fastenings concealed. 5. Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. a. Prepare frames at factory by templates for installation of specified type hardware. Welding of hinges to frames is not acceptable. Provide frames to receive surface - applied hardware with reinforcing plates only. Provide cover boxes in back of all hardware cutouts. 6. Provide jamb anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for type of wall substrate. a. Fabricate jambs of frames with dimples for machine bolt anchorage specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 7. Provide floor anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for anchoring frame to type of floor construction. Clips shall be adjustable and drilled for two (2) 3/8" anchor bolts. 8. Glazing: When glazed or louvered panels are required, furnish 18-gage metal glazing beads. Drill and tap frames to receive oval -head countersunk machine screws, spaced approximately 9" o.c. Beads shall be mitered at corners. Fabricate frames so that glazing will be installed from the inside of the building or room. 08110 - 4 Waters Way Park ' 10096 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I RESUME CHARLES P. WALSH 31 MAPLEWOOD DRIVE NORTHPORT, NEW YORK 11768 BACKGROUND & QUALIFICATIONS EDUCATION: TWO YEAR MECHANICAL ENGINERS COURSE AT FARMINGDALE (1968-1969) NORTHPORT HIGH SCHOOL GRAD CLASS OF 1968 ' SKILLS HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR IN BUILDING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION PIPELINE BRIDGE AND AIRPORT CONSTRUCTION BULKHEAD WORK LICENSES ' CALIFORNIA STATE ENGINEERING CONTRACTORS LICENSE NYS CLASS "A" DRIVERS LICENSE NYS ADULT EDUCATION TEACHING CERTIFICATE ' WORK EXPERIENCE PRESENT-1997 WALSH CONSTRUCTION INC-GENERAL MANAGER PREPARE BIDS ON MUNICIPAL WORK, SUPERVISE ALL NY PROJECTS, COORDINATE MATERIALS, LABOR, LIASON BETWEEN ENGINEERS & MGT. 1984-1997-SUPERVISOR FOR AMMA CONSTRUCTION, HUNTINGTON STA, NY ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION, MUNICIPAL WORK, HEAVY HIGHWAY, AND BULKHEAD WORI( I 9. Place minimum of three (3) silencers on each single doorframe.. Space equally along jamb strike. Set out and adjust lock strikes to provide clearance for silencers. Delete silencers where door jamb gaskets or continuous weather-stripping are specified in Section 08700. 10. Fitt surface depressions of hollow_ metal frames with metallic, paste filler and grind to smooth finish. 11. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer as specified below. 2.05 FINISHES A. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a phosphatized treatment, followed by a prime coat paint finish to all surfaces. Clean and chemically treat surfaces to ensure complete paint adherence. Follow .with a baked -on coat of rust -inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc -chromate or synthetic resin primer on all surfaces. Air -drying is acceptable when metal is electro-galvanized. Field finishing is specified in Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrates, wall openings and conditions under which the hollow metal door.and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section prior to beginning fabrication. C. Contractor shall verify depth of.all frames with specified wall constructions prior to fabrication. Notify. Architect of any discrepancies or propose required modifications in the shop drawings, noted as deviations as specified' in Section 01340. D. For welded frames, provide_ temporary steel shipping spreaders fastened across bottom of frames. Where construction will permit concealment, leave spreaders in place after installation; otherwise remove spreaders when frames are.set_and anchored. In place of spreaders, frames may be strapped together in pairs with heads inverted for bracing during shipment. Before shipping, label each frame with metal or plastic tags to show their location, size, door swing and other pertinent information. Number frames.to correspond to opening numbers on construction drawings. E. For doors and frames to be installed in;prefabricated steel structures erected by others, Contractor shall ensure that framed opening structurals are properly sized and erected, with clearances provided as required by the hollow metal fabricator. Furnish welded frames to the site in a timely manner so as not to interfere with the:erection schedule of the buildings. F. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the door frames. 3.02 INSTALLATIOWOF STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. General: Installation of hollow metal doors and frames,is .specified in Section 06200, Finish Carpentry.. . B. Install frames and doors in accordance with SDI.100, except as amended in this Section. Remove shipping spreaders, set frames in position, plumb,.align.and brace.securely.until permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floors.with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Provide wood spreaders to maintain jamb alignment. Build wall anchors into walls, or secure to adjoining construction.. as indicated or specified. Where frames require. ceiling struts or other overhead bracing, they shall be anchored securely t9 cei.lings or structural framing.above, as indicated or as required by site: conditions. C. Frames: Install hollow metal frames plumb.and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 /16". 08110 - 5. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS D. Multiple Frame Sections: Field weld multiple sections of built-up clerestory window frames, as approved in the shop drawings. All field welds shall be full.welds, and meet workmanship quality standards of shop welding for flushness and smoothness. E. Grout all exterior hollow metal frames full with masonry mortar after installation in masonry or concrete construction; foam in insulation in frames scheduled for insulated doors in' other construction, and frames in fire -rated assemblies where required by the applicable assembly. F. Ensure that foam insulation, specified in Section 07210, has been installed around at[ door and window frames prior to installation of gypsum wallboard and/or interior casings and trims. G. Doors: Install hollow metal doors plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 / 16". Install hardware in accordance with requirements of Section 08700 and adjust as necessary for proper operation. H. After installation, touch-up scratched or damaged surfaces. Use type of primer identical to that used for shop coat. I. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing in doors, sidetites, and transoms, where scheduled. J. Coordinate installation of mechanical units or louvers, furnished by Division 15, into hollow metal doors and/or frames, if applicable: Ensure the compatibility of sizes, materials, finishes and anchorages. K. Doors are to be finished without hardware. Coordinate with painting trades. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. 3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect doors and frames from damage during transportation and at site. After installation, protect doors and frames from damage during subsequent construction activities. Damaged work will be rejected and shalt be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.,- B. Clean all surfaces of hollow metal doors and frames, and leave prepared for field finishing. Refer to Section 09900, Painting. END OF SECTION 0 08110 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES'AND STOREFRONTS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and.install aluminum storefront framing for fixed windows, complete with glazing stops and all items necessary for a complete installation. B. Furnish and install perimeter weatherstripping. C. Install insulated polycarbonate glazing furnished by Section 08800, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01030, Alternates. 3. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 4. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation: Foam insulation at perimeter of door and window frames.. 5. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 7. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 8. Section 08710, Specialty Finish Hardware: Access control systems. 9. Section 08800, Translucent Window Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM B221: Aluminum alloy extruded bars, rods, wire, shapes and tubes. 2. FS TT-C-494: Coating compound, bituminous, solvent type, acid -resistant. 3. FS TT-S-00230: Sealing compound, elastomeric type, single component (for caulking, sealing and glazing in buildings and other structures). 4. NFRC, National Fenestration Rating Council: Air infiltration. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Windows and framing systems shall carry the label of AAMA, American Architectural Manufacturers Association. C. Insulated glass units shall be certified by SIGMA, Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association. D. Manufacturer shall have minimum five (5) years experience in the manufacture of the specific systems and components required by this Section. E. Materials shall be installed by a contractor licensed by the manufacturer or certified by the manufacturer as a qualified installer of the specified products. F. Installer shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. G. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Aluminum entrances and storefront framing systems shall be designed to meet or exceed the following minimum standards: 08410 • 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS �l 1. Wind Velocity: Refer to Section 08800, Translucent Window Systems, for applicable requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Submit• manufacturer's product literature, specifications and installation instructions for all system components. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating pertinent dimensioning, component connections and locations, anchorage methods and locations, hardware locations, fabrication and installation ' details. C. Samples: Submit one (1) minimum 6" tong sample representative of each type of framing system specified for approval by the Architect. ' D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4:2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for aluminum storefront materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original packaging completewith installation instructions. 1 1.06 WARRANTIES ' A. Provide manufacturer's standard two (2)-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, as well as leakage, air or water infiltration and. system failure. Additionally, door corner construction shall be warranted for the life of the door against structural failure under ' normal use conditions: B. Refer to Section 08800 for warranty requirements for hermetically sealed insulated glass units. ' PART PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEMS ' A. Exterior Frames: Thermally -broken, extruded aluminum alloy 6063-TS, ASTM B221, 2" wide x 4-1/2" deep profile, shear block fabrication capable of 1" double insulated glazing with integral glass ' pockets for flush glazing without applied stops. 1. Thermal lock framing by Tubelite, Inc., finish as specified, or to match existing, as basis of design. 2. Double -glazed as scheduled on the Drawings. ' 3. Provide center astragal for all paired doors. 4. Thermal break material shall be two-part, chemically -curing, high -density polyurethane, or equal. B. Accessories: Provide filler panels at column enclosures, angled corners and elsewhere as required to complete installation. 1. Fillers to be integral with frames, snap -in construction, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. Aluminum break metal will not be acceptable for filler panels. ' C. Fasteners: All screws and miscellaneous fasteners shall be stainless steel or zinc -plated steel in accordance with ASTM Al64. D. Miscellaneous Framing: Provide head (and jamb) receptors allowing•for minimum 3/4" deflection ' and starter sill trim. E. Glazing: Refer to Section 08800. Furnish all exterior fixed storefront sections with sealed polycarbonate glazing units. F. Finish: All aluminum storefront framing systems, doors and integral hardware shalt be ' 08410 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Color: Medium bronze. G. Design Performance Criteria: Provide complete installed systems meeting or exceeding the following criteria: 1. Air Infiltration (Storefront Framing Systems): Not to exceed .06 cfm/sq. ft., when tested in accordance with. ASTM E283 -at 6.24 psf -pressure. Airr.infiltration shall meet the requirements of the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). 2. Air Infiltration (Entrance Doors): Not to exceed .50 cfm/tin. ft. of perimeter for single doors, 1.0 cfm/lin . ft.� of perimeter for pair of doors, when tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at 1.567 psf pressure. Air infiltration shall meet the requirements of the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). 3. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water entry, when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 at 8.0 psf static pressure. 4. Thermal Performance:' Not greater than .54 BTU/hr./sq. ft./degree F, AAMA 1503.1-1980. 5. Condensation Resistance Factor (Glass)::'Not less than 56, AAMA 1503.1-1988. 6. Condensation resistance Factor (Framing -Systems): Not less than 70, ASTM C236.89 and AAMA 1503.1-1988. 7. Thermal Transmittance -Construction: U=65. 8. Structural Performance: Maximum allowable deflection of L/175 of the span, but not exceeding 3/4". 9. Thermal Movement: Provide systems capable of withstanding thermal movements resulting from ambient temperature range of 1200 F, that could cause a metal surface. temperature range of 1800 F within the framing system. 10. Also refer to paragraph 1.03, Design Criteria above. H. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2; Recycled Content: 50% minimum. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, -in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. I. Approved Systems and Manufacturers: 1. Thermal Lock Framing by Tubelite, Inc., Reed City, MI, (616) 832-2211, as basis of design. 2. Kawneer, Inc., Norcross, GA, and represented in Aurora, CO, (719) 550-9331. 3. EFCO Corporation, Monett, NO, (800) 221-4169. 4. Manko Window Systems Inc., Manhattan, KS, and represented in Commerce City, CO, (303) 853-9643. 5. Manufacturers providing materials and components of same design, function, performance and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. Manufacturers shall submit product literature, independent test reports and representative sample demonstrating compliance with the, requirements of this Section. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate aluminum storefront framing and windows to allow for clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assemblies to enable installation. Provide for thermal movement. B. Provide anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fit door and frame assemblies in place. C. Accurately and rigidly fit together .joints and corners. Match components ensuring continuity of line and design. Ensure that joints and connections are flush, hairline andmeathertight. D.- Provide weeps to allow; moisture entering .joints and condensation occurring within frame construction to drain to the exterior. 08410 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 1 1 I 1 1 �1 1 I E. Apply one (1) coat of bituminous paint on concealed aluminum surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. F. Glazing shall be by means of an interior, fixed glazing gasket and an exterior glazing wedge of high quality extruded elastomeric material. G. Thermal Barrier: Reusable type non-metallic clips made from weatherable DuPont Delrin acetal resin or equal. Clips that must be broken in order to reglaze are unacceptable. H. Filler and Closure Panels: Fabricate 'required filler and closure panels as extruded, snap -in construction to match specified framing system. Break metal is not acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the conditions under which work is to installed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory dimensions or conditions. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of conditions. B. Field verify dimensions affecting work of this Section prior to fabrication. C. Ensure that openings have been properly sized, framed and prepared for installation of the aluminum storefront framing systems. D. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the storefront systems. E. Ensure that accessories and flashings have been property installed to divert moisture to the exterior of the building. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEMS A. General: Install aluminum windows in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Ensure that assemblies are property aligned, plumb, rigid, level and free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignments with adjacent work. 1. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. Comply with requirements specified under paragraph "Dissimilar Materials" in the Appendix to AAMA 101-85. 2. Ensure that exterior aluminum storefront fabrications are thermally broken. B. Install with sufficient anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fasten door and frame assemblies in place. C. Maintain required clearances and allow for expansion and contraction of materials. D. Ensure that foam insulation, specified in Section 07210, has been installed around all door and window frames prior to installation of gypsum wallboard and/or interior casings and trims. E. Install fixed window lites in accordance with workmanship and installation requirements of Section 08800. F. Drill and tap frames and doors, and install hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Refer to Section 08700 for installation requirements and Part 4 of this Section for hardware schedules. G. Install weatherstripping for all storefront system framing. H. Leave installation of aluminum storefront systems prepared to receive sealants, specified in Section 07900. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Adjust operating hardware to function properly, for smooth operation without binding, and for weathertight closure. Waters Way Park 10051 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 08410 - 4 B. Thoroughly clean the complete system, inside and out, promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to anodized finishes. C. Protect work from potential damage from other trades until completion of construction. D. Final glass cleaning shall be provided by the Contractor as specified in Section 01710. - END OF SECTION Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 i i 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 08700 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish finish hardware for new exterior doors, other than that specified in specific door Sections. B. Furnish keys in keyed groups as indicated; and deliver keys to Owner as specified. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste, Management. 3. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation. 4. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 5. Section 10440, Interior Signage: 'Door signage and numbers. 6. Division 16, Electrical: Controls. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. BHMA: Applicable standards for finish door hardware. 2. ANSI A115.2: Door and Frame Preparation for Bored or Cylindrical Locks for 1-3/4" Doors. 3. ANSI Al15:4:. Door and"Frame Preparation for Lever Extension Flush •Bolts. 4. ANSI A115.9: Door and Frame Preparation for 'Closer, Offset Hung, Single -Acting. 5. ANSI A156.1: Butts and Hinges. 6. ANSI A156.2: Locks and Lock Trim. 7. ANSI A156.4: Door Controls (Closers). 8. ANSI A156.6: Architectural Door Trim. 9. ANSI-A117.1.1992: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 10. Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 11. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: Submit schedule of each type of hardware'required for the Project, indicating door location, type, quantity required, style, finish and keying group. - B. Templates: Supply hardware templates to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, and respective Sections of Divisions 8 and 13 prior to hardware installation._ C. Provide manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions for each type of hardware supplied and necessary tools required for proper maintenance of hardware. D. Sustainability Submittals: ' 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsurner recycled content for hardware items: a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 08700 - 1" Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.04 KEYING A. Provide two (2) change keys for each lock. B. Provide two (2) master keys for each master keyed group. C. Provide two (2) grand master keys, if required. D. Provide one (1) master key for installation in the key access box, specified in Section 10520, for fire department use. E. Master Key Groups (review with Owner and Architect): 1. Key entire building to Owner's existing Master key system. 2. Key all building entry doors together. - F. Stamp or engrave each key with appropriate keying designation (MASTER, 1AA, 2AA, etc.). When keys are turned over to Owner at completion of. the project, secure keys with same keying designation on same ring, one (1) ring for each keying designation. G. Key Blanks: Provide Owner with, specified quantity of blanks for keying separate from this contract. 1. Quantity: 5. H. Deliver keys to the Owner as specified in paragraph 1.08.13. below. I. Provide keying for wire mesh partition locks, specified in Section 10605. 1.05 HARDWARE FUNCTIONS - CYLINDER LOCKS (BHMA) A. F-81 (451) Office or Entry Lock: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by knob from either side, except when outside knob.is locked,by,turn button.in inside knob: When outside knob is locked, latchbolt is operated by key in outside knob or by, rotatinginside knob. Turn button must be manually rotated,to unlock,outside knob. ..- . B. F-86;(457) Storeroom/Utility Space.Door Lock: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by key in outside knob or by rotating inside knob.:Outside,knob is always.fixed. C. F-91 Door Locks: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by key from both sides. D. Deadlocks: 1. E-2141: Deadbolt operated by. key -from either side. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown. 2. E2151:. Deadbolt operated by key from outside and turn button,or lever from inside. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully, thrown. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH HARDWARE A. General: Furnish hardware items of the type, function, quality and quantity to meet the requirements of this Section: and for a.comptete and operational installation. Products listed are indicative of the design, grade, construction, size and type to be used by the listed manufacturer. Alternate products of same quality, function, performance and, design are acceptable in conformance with Section 01600, unless limited by the specific requirements of Section 01600 or this Section. 1. Hinges: Stanley, Bommer, Hager, Mont -Hard or -McKinney. 3. Closers: LCN, Norton or Dorma. 4.,_ Cylinder Locksets and Latchsets: a. Commercial Line:, Schtage only.,• 5. Deadbolts: Corbin Schtage., . 6. Thresholds and Weatherstripping: Pemko, Reese, Zero, Master Manufacturers or Barrier Systems by Hager. 7. Trim, Stop and Holders: Hager, Trimco, Rockwood, Quality or Master Manufacturers. 8. Panic Sets: Corbin Russwin, Sargent, Dorma or Von Duprin. 08700 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS e I L 17 1 1 9. Door Gaskets and Sweeps: Pemko, Reese, Zero, National Guard Products Inc. or Barrier Systems by Hager. 10. Electric Power Supply: Securitron, BPS-24-1 with battery. - 11. Panic Set: Securitron, TSB-3CL touch bar. 12. Electronic Timer: Access Support, DT-7 13. Electromagnetic Lock: Magnalock Model 62, with bracket as required by location. 14. Manufacturers furnishing finish hardware items of the same function, design, appearance, quality and performance are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding except where restricted elsewhere in'this Section. B. Consistency: Hardware lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer, at a minimum to the extent scheduled: 1. All closers shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the project. 2. All cylinders, locksets and passage sets shall be by the same manufacturer and of the same finish, unless otherwise indicated. Coordination of keying shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier for these items. 3. Deviations from consistency of one manufacturer are only acceptable when available designs are not satisfactory. C. Handing: Handing shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier, to be reviewed by the Architect as a part of the Hardware Schedule submittal. D. Special Requirements: ' 1. All hinges shall be ball -bearing type, unless otherwise indicated. Provide non -removable pins in all hinges of exterior outswinging doors. 2. All cores of cylinder tocksets shall be interchangeable, unless otherwise specified. 3. All deadbolts specified for required exit or egress doors shall be provided with lever or paddletype operators on the interior. 4. Provide concave -shaped' wait stops where scheduled with privacy -type push button locksets. Use convex -shaped wall stops elsewhere. 5. Where kickplates are specified foronly one side of each door leaf, install on active side, or as recommended by the supplier. 6. Closers shall be provided with hold -open capability, except where part of a fire -rated door assembly. 7. Closers shall be parallel arm type for push side applications, and mounted on the room side of all doors where possible. Regular arm -type closers are acceptable for pull side applications. E. Accessibility: Door hardware shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Al17.1, current edition, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) for handicapped accessibility, and the Uniform Federal Accessibility Stan dards. 1. All doors shall have lever trim as scheduled in this Section. F. Sustainabitity Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Refer to paragraph 2.01.A. above for approved manufacturers for specific types of finish hardware. 2. Baldwin Brass, San Bruno, CA, (415) 588-8480. 3. Bommer, Landrum; SC;" (800) 334.1654. 4. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware, Charlotte, NC; (800) 543-3658." 5. Dorma Architectural Hardware, Reamstown,"PA, (800) 523-8483. 6. Emtek Products, Inc.; Industry, CA, (800) 356.2741. 08700 - 3 Waters Way Park 1001 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1� i I I ,I t7->JS 6uNaau � d d J.bM S,?]]1dM 3N1�-3N0 lf/OIZI10313 OS3 WflON3(10V OLOZ/6 l ),8 NOISIA32J 31N0 ON 0 a N O V) U Li u �I N I [if0>00 d 2 O z�� aI I w WO d Z K O w � _ 9—ma— K0pj� I d 3 w Z 0 woj�i O Q O� wNOI to d > m w own w w J zof M Z U 3 z Z ¢ N ¢ �anwo¢ I wwva. Moo ,Oo z I Z O >� Ooscn0OZ 0 az 0 ozz)� Vz OD�oz Of a ~ O O W 7- O K O 2 0 2 0 O O N N K O S N N U Y � NZLL�NLL � ac�a� NLLO�LL iNLL�-W O d ¢g << a. W �I < 2 J �O p Q w � 0 O O K n O m w a p ZI I z xa I O y0z� m O Z X LL x 3 w-¢ N aw0 �'0 O N H � \sm0az n a w wQ�00 F- O Ow. OO > J J O F- n ,o tO ZLLOtpLL b Q Q x w�CofY O N a W r N z p 0 In a- Cl) JCf N w ~ H W z Z p W W x W M W I W U¢¢ a¢ WO r m z p 2 w za p a Q„�3o� z w�-m CL Y>�ZD I CCLQOz in�_ mH. WI- o o d a N 0¢ p J Z ul z cr WI O f O 0 O W J Z U 0 0� m CO W Z a � Z o a Q a\W0L-0 O U U W w� K Z � nm I O O ¢ W Qg-5W = Z O Q N N Cl-=tn<W� O o °a I CD � �MOo=z a $ oQ LL O ¢ ~Ud0 H om o mow W a a N oOz¢w� aZ Z ¢ xw Z 3f d >w=�O oa ow31nN J � 02cn0W CD < I x 3-m o of Z0n w CD N� ^ 00QLL7 W 3 ~ ~ W j V-O Jd' N U p ~ w 0 u Z M CD O Z Y w¢¢ O p p U��W� O Ulv M M � OLnZ�NZ II 00 �ow0� �N 3k at Nl Uazz - J O 0 m F N N Q v V ¢ w O O d' �� l w oY wN O Q O�ow�wII UJUw ��Ws a� z�ZWcW= LLJ a ynz>�oN>�UOQa <0w- o a Uww0 O Ow => 00V7 mrON N pU) 0 ��p �W J O O / Ln r- z LL� 5; wUK dd W NN w zKQa 2m I �o .0 O Ww ZZOUm J wa ¢N M7Nc0 J K> w 0 Z> N N 0> x O O w z I W m Z K r 1.. in a N O I W 0 O m r D z Z7 m G (n m O C) G) Cn N O O N O J ' 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction. � ` -I(" �'72 �-,n (~ .b.�,Cz." :�1VL:]C� C�" �-S(-L-T=IC-(/'. �'.♦== - 1�\J.7�SIC.12c^;5.— N\C.Y,+l- i Vi (--- PA42 IL ' c e o �h,i o�i (;u�:. tnt�r) —N-,\ 12. List your major equipment available for this contract. 13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this roject: _� _� �. b •, ��.�cT f� ��t'� o4icr�C <<'LAic--(a< 1,IICu;7cl w + iV—i S _1=1L '��iJ-t2E��� "Q-nit i- {'FZi r C-�7�rrt" '%iARI� LIcaawc., Yix('it`L..-i11-E1V^_FiJC 1'_-1� �T.?{i't•-f�.'�' rr C E'V.Yt �{ 17<I� )JAfV L<1 < � 17>,\c..P.r::i�Ar<.fC� srlt fVi:7.j�c.Ll )sj� 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: ' 15. Credit available: 16. Bank reference:(ttrir:':.N,� ..r�lc'r (?c.es7 ifV' 17. Y / i�'�4'f7....:£rir�r'.c� Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? 'AC 5 18. Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? If yes, in what city, county and state? Vf\fo ou<_• C°ir s_< e<c.�t �ic`� What class, license and numbers? 19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? If yes, what percent of total contract? and to whom?-�.,t 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? NC) IF yes, DETAIL 1 Rev10/20107 Section 00420 Page 2 7. Glynn -Johnson, Indianapolis, IN, (317) 613.8940." 8. Hager Companies, St. Louis, MO, (800) 325-9995. 9. Ilco Unican, Winston Salem, NC, (800) 849.8324. 10. LCN, Princeton, IL, (800) 526-2400. - -. 11. Pemko, Ventura, CA, (800) 283-9988. 12. Omnia Industries Inc., (800) 310-7960, 13. Sargent Manufacturing. Co.,,New Haven, CT, (800) 727.5477. . 14. - Schlage Lock Co., Colorado. Springs, CO, (719) 264-5300. 15. The Stanley Works, New Britain, CT, (800) 337-4393. 16. Trimco, Los Angeles, CA, (323),262-4191. 17. Von Duprin, Indianapolis, IN, (317) 897-9944. 18. Weiser Lock,.Tuscon, AZ, (800) 677-5625. 19.. Kwik Set Corp.,,Anaheim, CA, (800) 327-5625. 20. Manufacturers providing products of.. same quality, function; performance, design and finishes are acceptable in conformance with Section 01600, unless limited by the specific requirements of Section 01600 or this Section. 2.02 COMMERCIAL HARDWARE DESIGNS AND FINISHES A. General: Design of finish hardware shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraph 2.01 above. B. Commercial Line: Heavy-duty; commercial grade hardware. 1. Sargent 10 Line key in lever handle, as basis of design C. Commercial Grade Trims: 1. Lever trim: LL by Sargent as basis of design. D. Panic. Set. Trims: FLW Design by Sargent or equal. E. Commercial Line Finish: US26D, Satin Chromium. F. Threshold Finish: Milt -finish cast or extruded bronze. 2.03 SCHEDULE OF HARDWARE ITEMS A. Approved Models and Manufacturers, as basis of design: 1. Locksets and Latchsets: Product lines specified above, 2-3/4" backset. 2. Hinges: McKinney TA2714, Stanley or Hager BB1279„steel, full -mortised, 5-knuckle ball bearing, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2", NRP. a. Use 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" hinges at 1-3/8" hollow -core doors and in other locations required for proper template spacing and anchorage of hinge to door frame. 3. Deadbolts: a. Commercial Line: Heavy-duty, with interchangeable core,.Schlage B-700 Series, as basis of design. 4. Closers: LCN 4000 Series, with full molded cover. Provide delayed -action option where scheduled. 5. Push Plates/Pull Bars: Master Manufacturing M7604 x M-163, 8". 6. Kickp(ates: Trimco, 10" x length recommended for door width, 16-gage, (.050" aluminum) (polished brass), beveled edges. 7. Saddle Thresholds: Pemko 271A-5, flat, or Reese S483AV-5 with integral vinyl stop. All thresholds shall be handicapped accessible. 8. Door Shoes/Sweep::.Pemko 217 AV extruded aluminum -with vinyl insert for 1-3/4" doors. Verify compatibility With specified threshold. 9. Door Astragal/Meeting Stile.Closure for Paired Doors: Pemko 357SP with silicone. Brush type not acceptable, unless otherwise approved. . 10. Sweep: Pemko,307AV.:, 11. DoorSmoke"Gaskets: -Pemko S88D. 12. Weatherstripping: Pemko 303AV for wood doors/frames; Pemko 316AV for hollow meta( 08700 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I [1 1 13. Wall Stop: Ives 407.. Use wall -type, unless door position requires otherwise. 14. Floor Stop: Ives 438. 15. Wall Stop/Holder: Ives 449 holder and stop. 16. Floor Stop/Holder: Ives 450.holder and stop. 17. Door Bottom: Pemko 317AN. Mount with neoprene bulb under door if conditions permit. 18. Indicator Deadlock: Falcon D9770: 19. Panic Set, Rim Type: Sargent 8500 Series, plated steel, with lever trim. B. Furnish hardware items as listed in Schedule at the end of this Section, complete to the function intended. C. Furnish all accessory hardware items as required for a complete installation, including strikes and anchorage devices. 2.04 SPECIALTY FINISH HARDWARE A. Electronic, Timer -Controlled Magnetic Lock: Low -voltage electronic magnetic lock with a holding force of at least 1,200 lbs. for standard 1-3/4" hollow metal door applications. 1. Operating Voltage: 24 VDC. 2. Current Draw: 0.50 amp at 24 volts. 3. Door/Frame Mounting Position: Manufacturer's standard head mounting. 4. Options: Provide manufacturer's standard adjustable time delay to allow automatic delay relocking signal from 4 to 30 seconds. 5. Power Supply: UL-listed modular power unit with plug-in dual control modules and field - selectable 12/24V output voltage, 510 Series by Locknetics or approved equal. Provide the following power supply options: a. Time Delay Module: Plug-in PC card providing an adjustable (0.30 seconds) delay on relock. 6: Accessories and Hardware: Provide all required accessories, strikes, hardware, trims and other items necessary for a complete and operational locking system. 7. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish, to match finishes specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 8. Approved Manufacturers: a. Magforce 390. b. 510 Series by Locknetics, Hamden, CT, as basis of design. C. Manufacturers providing products of same design, function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. B. Electronic Lockset Controller: Manufacturer's standard, general-purpose 24-hour digital timer, to be compatible with the electronic lockset specified in paragraph A above, with single pole, single throw heavy duty switch rated for 40 amps at 120 volts. 1. Controller shall provide accurate, dependable, fully automatic control on a daily repeating cycle for a 7-day period. 2. Time of Day Clock: Manufacturer's standard 60-minute vernier time digital clock. 3. Housing: NEMA-1 type indoor cabinet of heavy gage sheet steel with permanently hinged, Lockable cover. Provide manufacturer's standard knockouts for conduit/wire connections. 4: Manual Control: Provide manufacturer's standard manual operationbymeans of an ON/OFF switch. Such manual override will not interfere with subsequent automatic operations or require reprogramming of the timer. 5. Finish: Housing shall be manufacturer's standard gray enamel finish. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 08700 - 5 I 6. Approved Manufacturers: a. DT7 Automatic. Time Switch by Securitron, Sparks, NV, as basis of design. b. Manufacturer providing products of same design, function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding, provided controller is by the same manufacturer as the specified electronic lockset. C. Control Stations: Manufacturer's standard manual override/emergency. exit touch bar, to allow the electronic magnet to be released from the inside of the room. 1. Touch Bar: Manufacturer's standard 36" long touch bar, handicapped accessible, clear finish. 2. Status Indicator Lights: None. 3. Provide one (1) manual touch bar in each restroom equipped with the specified electronic magnetic lock. 4. Approved Manufacturers: a. TSB Series by Securitron, Sparks, NV, as basis of design. b. Manufacturers providing products of same design, function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding, provided manual control station is by the same manufacturer as the specified electronic lockset. D. Secondary Control Stations: Use motion detector/occupancy sensor for secondary control station. Magnetic lock shall not engage while occupancy sensor identifies.room as occupied. See Electrical for specified occupancy sensor. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer'shall examine the doors, frames and other substrates that are to receive finish hardware ' and notify the Contractor of -any existing condition that will be detrimental to the successful installation and performance of the hardware. Do not install hardware until such conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the installer.. B. Ensure that door cutouts or bores for hardware and frame cutouts for strike plates are properly aligned. C. Ensure that the Owner's existing security alarm, resident call, automatic locking or other communicating systems tied to the door hardware have been bypassed prior to commencing work. These systems shall remain powered for all doors not affected by new work. D. Do not install finish hardware until doors, frames and other substrates have been painted, stained or otherwise finished as specified in other Sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE A. General: Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, using proper templates. Installation is specified in Section 06200. B. Mounting Heights: Maintain following mounting heights for new doors, from finished floor to center line of hardware item: 1. Locksets and Latchsets: 40", unless special:height requirements are specified elsewhere. 2. Pulls and�Push Plates: 39". 3. Deadlocks: 48". 4. Wide -Angle Viewer: 60" and 40", unless other accessible height is approved. C. Verify compliance of mounting heights with ANSI Al17.1-1992 and ADA-1990 requirements. D. Ensure proper operation of all finish hardware items. Adjust alignments as necessary for smooth operation. 08700 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Adjust operating force for all door closers for compliance with applicable codes and handicapped accessibility standards. ' 3.03 HARDWARE FURNISHED TO OTHER SECTIONS ' A. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames: 2. Hardware supplier to provide templates to door fabricator. 3.04 HARDWARE SCHEDULE ' A. General: While the following Hardware Schedule is intended to cover all doors and other movable parts of the project and establish a type and standard of quality, it shall be the specific responsibility of the finish hardware supplier to examine the Drawings and Specifications and ' furnish proper hardware for all openings, whether listed or not. If there are any omissions in the hardware groups, the hardware supplier shall notify the Architect prior to bid opening for instruc- tions; otherwise, the list will be considered complete. No extras will be allowed by the Owner or the Architect. B. It is intended that the following groups be complete in the coverage of required items, but it is the responsibility of the hardware supplier to furnish finish hardware necessary for a complete installation, particularly in regard to fire -rated door assemblies. Where items are referred to in ' the singular, they shall be furnished in numbers sufficient for a complete installation. C. Every attempt has been made to coordinate the finish hardware items between each other and with doors, etc. to which they are to be installed. It is the responsibility of the hardware supplier ' to ensure the compatibility of the finish hardware supplied with both related hardware items and the doors, etc. to which they are to be used. D. Hardware Notes: 1. Ea. refers to each leaf. ' 2. LH refers to left-hand leaf only. 3. RH refers to right-hand leaf only. ' 4. All other handing shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier. PART 4 SCHEDULE ' 4.01 HARDWARE GROUPS Group A 1 ea. Deadlock 1 ea. Emergency exit touch bar 1 ea. Magnetic lock 1.1/2 pr. ea. leaf Hinges (1 electric hinge) 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Threshold 2 ea. Kickplates 1 ea. Push/pull 1 ea. Door stop 1 ea. Door bottom ' 1 set Weatherstripping 1 Power supply 1 Battery ' 1 Timer Group B ' 1 ea. Lockset F-86 08700 - 7 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1 ea.. Deadlock 1-1/2 pr. ea. leaf Hinges 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Kickplate 1.ea. Door stop w/hold open 1 ea. Door bottom 1 set Weatherstripping Group C 1 ea. Hasp and latch 1-1/2 pr. ea. leaf Hinges 1 ea. Door stop w/hold open 1 ea. Door bottom 1 set Weatherstripping END OF SECTION 08700 - 8 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 11 1 SECTION 08800 1 TRANSLUCENT WINDOW SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1 A. Furnish and install insulated translucent window system, consisting of factory prefabricated panels in aluminum storefront system. Supply all tabor and materials required to deliver and install the insulated window system, including but not limited to: 1 1. Prefabricated insulated translucent panels. 2. Aluminum flashing system. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 08410, Aluminum Storefront. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Skylight system manufacturermust be listed by a recognized building code authority, including the International Conference of Building Officials, which requires quality control. inspections 'by an approved agency for sandwich panel construction. A copy of manufacturer's 1994 ICBO report must be included with their submittal. . 1 B. Performance requirements: The manufacturer shall be responsible for the configuration and .fabrication of the complete wall system. C. Erection shall be by an Installer which has been in the business of erecting similar materials for at 1 least five (5) consecutive years and can show evidence of satisfactory completion of projects of similar -size, scope and complexity if required by the Architect. D. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. 1 1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Prefabricated translucent window wall or skylight framing systems and glazing shall be 1 designed to meet or exceed the following minimum standards: 1. Wind Velocity: Refer to Section 08800, Glass and Glazing, for.applicable requirements. 1 1,04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature indicating compliance with the requirements of these Specifications, installation instructions and maintenance requirements. 1 B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing all system components, dimensions, extent of factory assembly, connections, anchorages and flashing details. C. Certified Test Reports: Manufacturer shalt submit certified test reports made by an independent ' testing organization for each type and class of panel system. Test reports required are: 1. Flame Spread and Smoke Development (ASTM E-84). 2. Burn Extent (ASTM D-635). 3. Color Difference (ASTM.D-2244). ` ' 4. Bond Strength (ASTM C-297 and ASTM D-1002). 5. Impact'Strength (Free Falling Ball Method). 6: Accelerated Aging (ASTM D-1037. 1 7. Insulation "U" Factor (by NFRC 100). 8, Class A Roof Covering. Burning Brand (ASTM E-108). 9. Wind Exposure. ' Waters Way Park 08800 - 1 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 11 A. Deliver skylight system components to the site in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons. B. Store on site in dry, secure location, in a manner as required by the manufacturer. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard 5-year written warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 POLYCARBONATE WINDOW SYSTEM - A. General: Prefabricated wall panel system, complete with prefabricated flat sandwich panels of translucent multi -cell polycarbonate with U.V. protection on both sides, aluminum structural framing members, flashings, trims and sealants as required for a complete and weathertight installation. Panels shall have interlocking sides. 1. . • Insulated. Panel Thickness:. 1" minimum. B. Translucent Panels: Panels shall consist of a polycarbonate resin with permanent, co -extruded, ultraviolet protective layers on both sides of the panels. This protective layer shall be co -extruded by the manufacturer during.the original extrusion of the panel.: Post -applied coatings or films of dissimilar materials are unacceptable.. ' 1. Flammability: The interior face sheet shall be U.L. listed and have a flamespread rating no greater thanA5 and smoke developed no greater. than 350 when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. Burn. extent by ASTM D-635 shall be no greater than 1". Faces shall not deform, defect,.or drip when subjected to fire of flame or -become, detached when , subjected to 3000 F for one hour. 2. Weatherability: a. Full thickness of the exterior face sheet shall not change color more than 3.0 ' Hunter after five years outdoor South Florida weathering at 7 degrees facing south, determined by the average of at least three white samples without a protective film. 3. Appearance: a. Face sheet shall be uniform in color to prevent splotchy appearance. 4. Strength: Exterior face sheet shall be uniform in strength and repel an impact equal to 60 ft. lbs. without fracture or tear. C. Core: The extruded panels shall be uniform in color with an integral extruded multi -cell core. The panel's exterior skins shall be interconnected and spaced apart by supporting continuous ribs, perpendicular to the skins. In addition, the space between the two exterior skins, in a cross section, shall be divided by two parallel intermediate walls, as well as two diagonal walls in an "X" pattern. D. Panel Construction: 1. Wall panels shall have a.thickness of 1"with a "U" factor of .26 by NFRC 100. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. EXTECH/Exterior Technologies, Inc., 200 Bridge Street, Pittsburgh, PA, 15223, (412) 781- 0991 phone, (412) 781-9303 fax; as the basis.of.design. 2. Manufacturers providing -materials of same design, quality, appearance, function and performance are acceptable upon approval;by the Architect prior to bidding. 08800 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS U PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the openings and framing systems into which the translucent window wall system are to be installed and report any conditions in writing to the Contractor which may prevent the successful installation of the work. Do not begin installation until these conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall prepare all openings and shall provide temporary enclosures if required. The Contractor shall prepare openings, including isolating dissimilar materials from aluminum. 3.02 ERECTION A. General: The erector shall erect translucent system in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, and the approved shop drawings as supplied by the manufacturer. All fastening and sealing shall be done per shop drawings. B. Ensure that foam insulation, specified in Section 07210, has been installed around all door and window frames prior to installation of gypsum wallboard and/or interior casings and trims. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect installed translucent window wall system during balance of construction as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Clean all translucent panels; exposed framing members and -closure trims, using products recommended by the manufacturer. Take care not to mar, abrade or discolor finishes. Waters Way Park 100166 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS END OF SECTION 08800 - 3 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install ceramic tile sills with bullnose edges at windows. B. Furnish and install tile mortar, grout, mastic and other accessory materials. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2.. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 4. Section 10800, Toilet and_Bath Accessories. 5. Division 15, Mechanical: Toilet fixtures. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements and recommendations of applicable portionsof. the Tile Council of America, Inc. (TCA) "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation", current edition. 2. ANSI A108.4, Ceramic Tile Installed with Water -Resistant Organic Adhesives. 3. ANSI Al 18.4, Latex -Portland Cement Mortar. 4. ANSI Al36.1, Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile. 5. TCA 137.1, Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 6. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Quality Control: All materials used for work in this Section shall be made in one (1) batch or consecutive batches to give the greatest assurance in consistency of color, texture and size. Sufficient quantities, plus replacement of material damaged due to shipping or handling, shalt be produced with reserve retained by the manufacturer for no less than 90 days from date of order. C. All materials shall be shipped with clear labeling or stamping to identify batch numbers, dates of manufacture and other pertinent information. D. Installer shall employ only tile setters who are thoroughly trained and experienced in tile work for projects of similar size and complexity. Installer shall certify that tile setters are completely familiar with the requirements and recommendations of the referenced standards. E. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions and recommendations, illustrating pertinent details for each type of ceramic tile, underlayment membrane, edge and transition trim, and accessory specified. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of colors and/or patterns of the ceramic tile materials, within the pricing categories specified, for selection by the Architect. Include all internal and external corners, bullnose and other specialty trim units. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of grout colors for selection by the Architect. 09310 - 1. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ' D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of ' VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for ceramic tile. ' a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original sealed cartons; with labels legible and intact identifying brand name and contents. Tile cartons shall be grade -sealed by manufacturer in accordance with ANSI A137.1, Section 9, with grade seats unbroken. ' 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Provide sufficient heat and ventilation in'areas where work of this'Section is to be performed to ' allow ceramic tile to properly set. Take precautionary measures necessary to ensure that excessive temperature changes do not occur. B. Make necessary provisions for dust control. Use dustless operations wherever possible. ' C. Ventfemporary heating devices directly to the outside to avoid carbon dioxide damage to new tile work. 1.06 MAINTENANCE STOCK 1 A. Contractor shall furnish Owner at least one (1) unopened carton of replacement tiles in each color, size, and type used on the project. ' 1.07 WARRANTIES ' A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 MATERIALS ' 2.01 CERAMIC TILE ' A. General: Glazed ceramic tile, mounted -type, conforming to ANSI A137.1, Section 5, standard grade. Ceramic tile work is covered by an Allowance. Refer'to Section 01020'. B. Material: Standard buff body. C. Face Finish: As scheduled below. D. Edges: Cushioned, with spacer lugs on edges'. E. Thickness: 5/16"minimum. F. Styles and Sizes: ' 1. Miscellaneous trims and shapes as required for a complete installation, including bullnose outside and inside corners. 2. Grout joints between wall tile, base tile and floor tile shalt align. G. Tile Pricing Categories: Dal -Tit- pricing categories as'basis of design, or other manufacturer's ' comparable selections: 1. Tile: Categories 1 2.' H. Colors: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors for material line(s) and pricing categories specified: ' 1. Tile: Dal TAee'Semi-Gloss ' 09310 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I FJ F LJ 1 1 1 1 1 1 21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL What company?__.. �x.e�7 �dv�-Ic S. vQQJ<�,.• 22. What are your company's bonding limitations? .:;?,c�cx,,c:cc) 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, corporation to furnish any information requested by the verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Qualifications. Dated at this (cf`l day of 2010 Name of Bidder Title: State of County of LA im�� ! firm or OWNER in Bidder's I. IAWSk being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of c. �� 14 iv l and that (name of organization) — the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. 1 Subscribe ;and i srn to before me this Notary ublic 1 My commission expires 1 1 1 1 Rev 10/20/07 j F• r °`� a Section 00420 Page 3 1 I. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1,_ Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured. products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information.on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. J. Approved Manufacturers: .1. Dal -Tile, Dallas, TX, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-1743. 2. American Olean, Lansdale, PA, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 371-9596. 3. Buchtal Ceramics, Roswell, GA, (404) 442-5500.. 4. Crossville Ceramics, Crossville, TN, (615) 484-8418. 5. Florida Tile, Lakeland, FL, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-2433. 6. Mannington Ceramic Tile, Lexington, NC, (704) 249-3931. 7. Monarch Tile, Florence, AL, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 777: 6651. 8. Summitville Tile, Summitville, OH, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-1743. 9. U.S. Ceramic Tile Co., East Sparta, OH,, distributed from: Denver, CO, (303), 373-9090. 10. Impo.G.laztile, Inc., Fiorano, Italy, and distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 722-4627. 11. - Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance and color range specified are acceptable. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. , Mastic: Water-resistant latex solvent -based mastic CMC-52, as manufactured by Chicago Mastic Corp. or equal. B. Additives: Laticrete International, Ker-Kote Products, or equal. C. Mortar (Thin Set): Unmodified, conforming to ANSI Al18.1. D. Epoxy Grout: Laticrete Latipoxy SP-100 epoxy grout or equal. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing and application. 1. Approved Manufacturers: Mapei or approved equal. E. Installer shall verify that all accessory materials used are compatible with the ceramic tile products specified, and are approved by the tile manufacturer to be used in this application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine surfaces that are to receive ceramic wall, floor and base the and report unsatisfactory conditions to Contractor. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with installation of materials will be construed as evidence of acceptance of conditions. B. Ensure that surfaces are level, with maximum surface variation.of.1 /4" in 10'. Level as necessary prior to beginning work. C. Lay out work prior to installation to center and balance tile to greatest extent possible. Refer to Drawings for stripes, patterns or other special layouts required. Consult with Architect on the site as necessary during layout of all ceramic tile work. D. Coordinate installation of plumbing rough -ins, prefabricated shower stalls, shower floor receptors, and, other work to be built; into the ceramic tile. .. E. Whenever possible, Contractor shall schedule installation of ceramic tile work prior to installation .of plumbing fixtures, countertops, toilet partitions or accessories.,. F. Backsplashes: Ensure that casework and plastic laminate countertops are properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation. 09310 -3 .Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage, soiling, adhesives and extraneous materials. Take precautions to protect plumbing fixtures in the vicinity of the ceramic tile work by covering with cardboard or other protective coverings. Protect ceramic the work from damage by weather and moisture. B. Close spaces to traffic that are to receive work of this Section and keep closed until tile is firmly set. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE A. General: Set ceramic tile in place with mastic in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Lay out tile work so that wherever possible no tiles less than half full-size will occur. For heights stated in feet and inches, unless tile work is intended to exactly fill vertical spaces, maintain courses full to produce nearest attainable height within variation, above or below, equivalent to less than one-half course. B. Align joints of wall, base and floor tile and.trim shapes. Properly lay out and space work, creating required stripes, patterns or other special layouts. Install ceramic the maintaining required tolerances. C. Form intersections and returns perfectly. Cut and drill tiles neatly without marring surface. Carefully grind and joint -cut edges of tiles against any trim, finish and built-in fixtures. Fit tile close around electric outlets, plumbing pipes, fixtures and fittings so that usual plates, collars or covering will overlap tile. D. Form internal wall angles of wall tile square and external angles bullhosed.' E. Form internal and external angles of coved base the bullnosed. F. Use a neat bead of silicone sealant applied in all corners and at junction with ceiling. G. Thoroughly grout all joints so they are completely filled with grout material. Ensure tile joints are uniform in width, subject to normal variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Ensure joints are watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar or grout. Pinholes in grout are not acceptable. Grout over sealant. H. Finish floors level and plumb with no variations exceeding 1 /8" in 10' from required plane. I. Finished tile work shall be clean and free of pitted, chipped; cracked or scratched tiles. Replace broken tile or materials with marred surfaces to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Allow no traffic in tile -laying areas after start of work and for a period of 72 hours after completion, allowing a minimum of 72 hours to damp -cure grout. B. Clean ceramic tile work in accordance with TCA instructions and recommendations. C. Clean'all mastic and grout from face of tile. All joints shalt be clearly struck and polished after grouting. D. Clean all grout from adjacent fixtures, countertops and other materials or equipment installed prior to ceramic tile work. END OF SECTION 09310 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare surfaces to receive opaque painted finishes as specified. B. Furnish materials and finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. Generally, the scope of work shall include painting all exposed surfaces, whether specifically noted ;or not; and certain concealed surfaces, except where materials are prefinished or where intended to remain unfinished as described in paragraph 1.02 below. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section-01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction. Waste Management. 3. _ Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 4. Section 10440, Signage. 5. Division 15, Mechanical. 6. Division,16, Electrical. 1.02 WORK NOT, INCLUDED A. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not,required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility :tunnels, pipe spaces and duct shafts. B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar ..:.finished materials will not require painting under this, Section, except as may be so specified. C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shall not be,painted, unless otherwise indicated -in the Schedule at the end of.this Section. Materials supplied with factory -applied primer coats shall be field finished by this.Section, unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not paint moving .parts of operating units, mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators, linkages, sensing devices and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated. E. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer - performed under other Sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. C. Materials shall be applied with appropriate equipment and tools as specified herein, or as required to provide the specified quality. D. Coordination of Paint Finishes, Primers and Substrates: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the•various substrates: 09900 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used. 4. Provide barrier coats over nomcompatibte primers or remove the primer and reprime as required. 5. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections. E. Certification: Supplier shall certify that all paint materials supplied contain no lead or other toxic substances. F. Certification: Paint materials used in interior building applications shall be GreenGuard certified ' for indoor air quality. G. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications to show compliance I with the specified requirements. B. Materials List: Submit materials list of at[ items proposed to be provided under this Section. C. Samples: Painting Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate and finish specified, as directed by the Architect, including but not limited to: 1. Paint samples for typical interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Paint samples for interior and exterior metal, doors and miscellaneous metal work. 3. Paint samples for typical interior concrete unit masonry. 1 D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.2: Manufacturer's product data and MSDS for paints and stains including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components. ' 2. The calculation of VOC shall exclude water and tinting color added at the point of sale. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver paint materials in original; sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 450 F in ' a well -ventilated area. C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. ' 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. General: Follow manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations for product handling and application. Adhere to all applicable OSHA regulations related to product application and handling of removed paint, rinse water and other residual materials. B. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums: ' 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12%. 2. Interior Wood: 6%. 3. Exterior Wood: 15%. C. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 400 F before applying ' finishes.Minimum application temperatures for latex paints for interior work is 450 F; 500 F for exterior work. D. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures ' above 450 F for 24'hours before, during and`48 hours. after application of finishes. E. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting `on surfaces to be finished. 09900 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.07 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect other surfaces, from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than five (5) gallons of each color of finish coating, except that one (1) gallon shall be adequate.for all accent and trim colors. B. Containers are to be tightly seated and clearly labeled for identification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH MATERIALS A. Paints, Enamels and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field -catalyzed coatings. Pigments fullyground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Paints shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 1. Paint materials shall contain no Lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph 1.03.C. 2. Chemical Components of Field -Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply withthe..foRowing limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base,. when calculated. according. to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: a. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. b. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. C. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0%.,by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). d. Restricted.Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: 1) Acrolein 14) Formaldehyde 2) Acrylonitrile 15) Hexavalent chromium 3) Antimony 16) Isophorone 4) Benzene 17), Lead 5) Butyl benzyl phthalate 18). Mercury 6) Cadmium 19) Methyl ethyl ketone 7) Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate .20). Methyl isobutyl ketone 8) Di-n-butyl phthalate 21) Methylene chloride 9) Di-n-octyl phthalate 22) Naphthalene 10) 1,2-dichlorobenzene . 23) .Toluene (methylbenzene) 11).: Diethyl phthalate 24) 1,1,1trichloroethane 12) .,,Dimethyl phthalate 25) Vinyl chloride 13) Ethylbenzene 09900 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 11 LI I B. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality and approved manufacturer. C. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless otherwise indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for the Architect's approval of each paint color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 2. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. E. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of paint material specified: 1. Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Series (for exterior) and ProGreen 200 Low-VOC Series (for interior), as basis of design. 2. Paint: Pittsburgh, Diamond Vogel, ICI Dulux, Futter O'Brien, Benjamin Moore, Kelly Moore, Kwal-Howell and Sophir Morris. Using product lines of same quality, function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 3. Stain, varnish and other transparent finishes: Refer to Section 09930. 4. Strippers and Paint Removers: Refer to Section 09905. 5. Refer to Section 08336 for high heat -resistant paint required for smoke containment system and elevator hoistway door components. 2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. For application of the specified' paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particularpaint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by paragraph 2.02.C. B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of this equipment. C. Contractor shall use the following application equipment for the specific condition listed, unless otherwise approved: 1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Spray application only. Brushing or rotting is not permitted. 2. Other areas indicated in paragraph 3.03. 2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES A. The Architect will prepare -marked -up elevations or a color schedule with samples for guidance in painting. Contractor shalt furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule. B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following: 1. Exterior Work: A maximum of three (3) different colors will be used, plus variations for trim;' doors, miscellaneous work and metal work. 2.. Interior Work: A maximum of three (3) different pigmented colors will be used, plus variations for trim and Walt surfaces and wainscots: 3. Dark Tones: A maximum of five (5) dark tones will be used as accent colors for interior. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09900 - 4 I PART 3 EXECUTION a 3.01 INSPECTION A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted or finished prior to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until.such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor., Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. General: All preparatory work shall be subject to evaluation and acceptance by the Architect. Painting subcontractor will accept responsibility for the preparation of all surfaces, as specified herein, prior to finishing. B. Cleaning of all surfaces shall be done with non -toxic, biodegradable products that comply with the California Code of. Regulations, Title 17, Section 94509, VOC standards for cleaning products. C. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section, including but not limited to;, 1. Ceramic tile and porcelain tile. 2. Hollow metal doors and frames. 3. Woodsiding and trim. 4. Finish carpentry items. 5. Gypsum wallboard surfaces and texturing. 6. Welding and other attachments. 7. Steel plate connectors at exposed wood trusses. D. New Wood Surfaces: Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items and millwork prior to priming. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill knots, imperfections, ' nail holes and cracks after primer has dried and sand smooth. Back -prime interior and exterior woodwork. — 1... Back -prime interior woodwork which is to receive paint of enamel finish with enamel ' undercoat paint. 2. Back -prime exterior wood with manufacturer's recommended primer. E. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse well with clean water and allow the surface to dry completely. , F. Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent. Apply a coat of etching -type primer. G. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel, ferrous metal and iron surfaces. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing, sandblasting or any other necessary method. 1. Clean unprimed surfaces by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring that weld joints, bolts.and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime surfaces as required. 2. Sand and scrape shop -primed surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with.solvent and prime surfaces as required— - . 3. Back -prime structural steel and ferrous metal surfaces to be in contact with concrete, unless furnished by other Sections. 4. Ensure that excess weld slag or flux deposits are removed, and that all exposed welds are ground or sanded to specified appearance.. . H. Priming of gypsum wallboard prior to application of texturing is specified in Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. No further priming is required for the drywall surfaces by this Section, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 09900 - 5. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I. Prime top and bottom edges of metal doors with enamel undercoat when they are to be painted. J. Refer to Section 09930, Transparent Finishes, for preparation of other materials and surfaces prior to staining or application of transparent finishes. K. Remove all hardware from doors before painting. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. L. Schedule painting prior to installation of prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible, including but not limited to: ' 1. Toilet and bath fixtures and accessories. 2. Finish hardware. 3. Cabinetry and casework. 4. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 5. Surface -mounted mechanical and electrical devices such as thermostats, prefinished grilles and diffusers, switchplates and outlet cover plates, etc. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Ensure that surfaces have been properly prepared and primed prior to application of finish coats. B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand tightly between coats to achieve the required finish. C. Brush Applications: 1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. ' 2. Finish coats shalt be finished by roping the, paint, moving from wet to dry areas. 3. Cloudiness; spotting, holidays, taps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other surface imperfections wilt not be acceptable. D. Spray Applicatiors: 1. Except as -,specified in paragraph 2.02 or as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, confine -spray application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would be inferior. 2. Gypsum wallboard walls, ceilings and soffits shall be finished by spray application, then back -rolled with roller equipment to result in specified mil thickness, moving from wet to dry areas. ' 3. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of brush coats. 4. _ Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two (2) coats in one (1) pass. E. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements. 3.04 PAINTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. General: Painting of exposed equipment, louvers, ductwork, piping, conduits, etc. shall be work of ' this Section, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Paint all ductwork, piping, conduit and devices to be exposed to view'in the completed project, unless prefinished or in concealed areas as defined in paragraph 1.02..: 2: Coordinate extent of field finishing of mechanical and electrical equipment with the ' Architect as necessary. 3. Architect retains the right to require prefinished diffusers, grilles and other mechanical or electrical devices to be field finished, whether or not specifically called for. 4. Prime and paint insulated and bare pipes, conduits, boxes, insulated and bare ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports in'exposed locations, except where items are plated or covered with a prefinished coating, or where located in mechanical chase spaces. Finish paint primed equipment to color selected. ' 09900 - 6 Waters Way Park ' 101151 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Color Coding: Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Sections for requirements concerning color coding, identification branding of equipment, ducting, piping and conduit, if required. 1. Color code equipment, piping, conduit and exposed ductwork in accordance with requirements indicated. 2. Color banding and identification (flow arrows, naming, numbering, etc.). C. Remove grilles, covers and access panels for mechanical and electrical, systems from location and paint separately. D. Paint face(s) and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing backboards and mounting equipment on them. 1. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered. E. Do not paint electric meters and similar exterior equipment provided by outside utility providers, if not permitted by those agencies. Coordinate requirements with the appropriate Subcontractor prior to painting. 1. Exposed gas piping leading to the gas meters shall be painted. 2. Exterior surface -mounted meter centers,,disconnects, CT, cabinets,, exposed conduit and similar_ equipment shall be painted, where not specifically excluded above. 3. Interior panelboard cabinet frames and doors shall not be painted,_ unless specified elsewhere. 3.05 PAINTING ROOFTOP ACCESSORIES A. Paint exposed roof penetrations, -flues, roof vents, exhaust vent caps, pipe vents, etc., where located on•sloped roofs or otherwise exposed to view, unless prefinished or otherwise indicated. B. Paint housings of rooftop. mechanical equipment when. not prefinished, as directed by the Architect. 1. Rooftop mechanical equipment, exhaust fan hoods, roof access and smoke hatches, pipe vents and other roof penetrations.need not be painted where concealed from view by parapet walls at least 2'-0" high. or other obstructions, as determined by the Architect. The Architect retains the right to require these items to be painted, if in his sole opinion, they are exposed to view. 3.06 AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCERN A. The painting subcontractor shall consult with the Architect concerning sequencing for painting of trim and installation of prefinished, siding prior to beginning work in this. area. B. The painting subcontractor shall consult with the Architect concerning sequencing for painting steel tube trusses and installation of galvanized wire screen panels. -Steel components scheduled to be painted shall be finished to the greatest extent possible prior.to installation of galvanized components which are not to be finished. 3.07 CLEANING A. Promptly remove paint from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled, splashedor splattered. B. Cleaning of all surfaces shall be done with non -toxic, biodegradable products that comly with the California Code of Regulations, Title,1 7,. Section 94509, VOC standards for cleaning products. C. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary. accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. D. Place. cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove. daily. from the site. E. Upon completion of work„ leave premises neat:and clean, to. the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.08 QUALITY CONTROL 09900 - 7 . Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 1 1 1 11 I I I I I I r I I 1 I A. Painted finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Consistency and smoothness of surface. 2. Coverage and mil thickness. 3. Color match between adjacent areas. 4. Compliance with approved sample(s). PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE NOTE: MWF indicates minimum wet film thickness which is a per.coat measurement in mils thickness. Systems are based on Sherwin-Williams (S-W) or as noted. A. Exterior Exposed Steel Surfaces: Not painted, allow to naturally age for siding channels at building. B. Exterior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, insulated steel doors, pipe bollards, site signage poles, ornamental fencing, handrails and guardrails. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 1 Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W Industrial Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. C. Exterior Gypsum Wallboard Surfaces: 1. Location: Exterior gypsum wallboard soffits. 2. Primer: One (1) coat exterior vinyl emulsion sealer, flat, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, satin, MWF 3.6 mils per coat. 4. Product: S-W A-100 Satin Latex HouseandTrim. 5. Color(s): To be selected. D. Metal Boxes, Conduits and Mechanical Equipment: 1. Location: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Primer: One (1) coat, factory primed. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, MWF 3.6 mils where not factory finished. 4. Product: S-W A-100 Satin Latex House and Trim. 5. Color: To match adjacent surfaces. E. Exterior Galvanized Surfaces: 1. Location: Galvanized metal decking, ftashings, downspouts, roof vents and flues. 2. Primer: One (1) coat galvanized steel primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd -resin enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W Industrial Enamel. 5. Color: To match adjacent surfaces, or as selected. F. Refer to Section 09930 for transparent finishes. G. Site Furnishings: Wood and metal surfaces, prefinished by manufacturer. H. Soffit and Roof Vents: Prefinished by manufacturer. I. Louvers: Paint where not prefinished by manufacturer. J. Exterior Signage: Prefinished by manufacturer. K. Aluminum Storefront and Windows: Prefinished by manufacturer. L. Modular skylight structures- Prefinished by manufacturer. M. Aluminum Flashings and Trim: Prefinished by manufacturer. 09900 - 8 Waters Way Park ' 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 15% of the contract. ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR Li41\JtISCwpIArL E64, ; y Section 00430 Page 1 i 4.02 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Interior Exposed Steel Surfaces: 1. Location: Exposed surfaces of interior steel structural components and metal decking. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel; stain, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Harmony Alkyd Satin_ Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. B. Interior Wood Surfaces, Opaque Finish (Enamel): 1. Location: Interior miscellaneous standing and running trim. 2. Primer: One (1) coat enamel undercoater, quick -drying, MWF 3.2 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils 4. Product: S-W ProGreen 200 Interior Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel or Eg-Shel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. C. Interior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, handrails and guardrails, and miscellaneous metals. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W.ProGreen 200 Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. D. Interior Concrete Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled for Epoxy Finish: 1. Location: Watts of restrooms. 2. Primer: One (1) coat vinyl -acrylic emulsion block filter, MWF 3.6 mils. - 3. Finish: Two (2) coats two-part acrylic epoxy, semi-gtoss, MWF 3.0 mils. 4. Product: S-W Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy.Color: To be selected. E. Interior Gypsum Wallboard Surfaces Scheduled for.Epoxy Finish: 1. Location: Walls, ceilings and soffits as scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Primer: Latex emulsion sealer, flat, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats two-part acrylic epoxy, semi -gloss satin, MWF 6 mils. 4. Product: S-W Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy. 5. Color: To be selected. F. Refer to Section 09930 for transparent finishes. G. Concrete Floors: Finishes specified in Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. H. Toilet Partitions: Paint. I. Fire Protection Specialties: Prefinished by manufacturer. J. Toilet and Bath Accessories: Prefinished by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09900 - 9, -> Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I I I I I U U 0 'J 0 I I I u 1 SECTION 09930 TRANSPARENT FINISHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED - A. Prepare surfaces to receive transparent finishes as specified. B. Finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. C. Shop finish atl surfaces of wood siding and trims offsite, wrap in protective coverings and deliver to site. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainabitity Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Exterior and interior carpentry and millwork. 4. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Priming. 5. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Unless otherwise indicated, finishing is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels; pipe spaces and duct shafts. B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finishing under this Section, except as may. be so specified. C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shall not be finished under this Section: D. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer - performed under other Sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform•to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. . • B. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. C. Materials shall be supplied with appropriate application equipment and toots as specified herein, or as required to provide the specified quality.- D. Coordination of Transparent Finishes, Primers and Substrates: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be 'used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates. 3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime:coats are used. 4. Notify the Architect in writing.of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections. E. Certification: Supplier shall certify that all finish materials supplied containno.lead or other toxic substances. a 09930 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I F. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements v for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements. B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section. C. Samples: Finish Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate, stain (if applicable) and finish specified, as directed by the Architect, including but not limited -to: ' 1. Finish samples for interior softwood casings, trim and interior doors. 2. Finish samples for exterior wood siding and trims. D. Sustainability Submittals: ' 1. Credit EQ 4.2: Manufacturer's product,data and MSDS for paints and stains including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver finish materials in original, sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of stain or finish, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. ' B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 450 F in a well -ventilated area. C. Take precautionary measuresAo prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. D. Shop Finished Wood Materials: Contractor shall arrange for all exterior wood siding and trim ' materials to be delivered to an approved off: site shop for finishing. When finishing is complete, each piece or panel shall be wrapped in manufacturer's protective plastic wrappings and delivered to the: site. Maintain protective wrappings until the materials are ready for installation. Materials ' to be shop finished include, but are not limited to: 1, Running. and standing exterior wood trim,, corner boards; belt boards; door and window casings, gable end vents and other associated exterior members. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic_ moisture meter. Do not apply finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums: .1. Interior Wood: 6%. 2. Exterior Wood: 15%. B. ... Ensure that surf ace.temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 400 F before applying finishes:. Minimum application temperature for varnish and polyurethane finishes is 650 F. C. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 450 F for. 24 hours before, during and 48 hoursafter.application of finishes. D. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished: 1.07 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect other surfaces from finishi materials. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not -being finished:and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton cloths and -any material which may.constitute a:fire.hazard in closed, metal containers and remove daily,from,the,site. D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to finishing operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. 09930 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Provide protective clothing, eyewear, etc., as necessary for workers handling solvents and other flammable or hazardous materials. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than three (3) gallons of each type and color of finish coating. B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification. 1.09 WARRANTIES A. Shop Finished Wood Materials: Provide manufacturer's written 12-year warranty for shop finished materials covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH MATERIALS A. Varnishes, Polyurethanes, Stains and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining an adequate consistency, capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Finishes shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable'of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 1. Finish materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph 1.03.c. 2. Chemical Components of Field -Applied Interior Stains, Varnishes and Fillers: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and the following chemical restrictions. Also refer to Section 01050. These requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: a. Varnish: VOC content of not more than 350 g/L. b. Lacquer: VOC content of not more than 550 g/L. C. Stains: VOC content of not more than 250 g/L. d. Shellac: VOC content of not more than 730 g/L. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil;'shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality and approved manufacturer. C. Cotor(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless otherwise indicated. 'Painter shall prepare"samples for the Architect's approval of each stain color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 5.1; Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 2. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. E. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of varnish, stain or transparent finish material specified: 1. Solid Body Stain: Cabot's PRO.V.T. 0800`Series System, as basis of design, with 12-year warranty for shop finish. Olympic, Sherwin-Williams, Penofin or Okon are approved, provided all aspects of the specifications and color matches are available. Other manufacturers maybe approved by the Architect •prior,to bidding. 2. Paint: Refer to Section 09900... 2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT 09930 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. For application of the specified finish, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by paragraph 2.02.C. B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be. jeopardized by use of this equipment. 2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES A. The Architect will prepare a color schedule with samples for guidance in finishing. Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule. B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following: 1. Exterior Work: A maximum of three (3) different pigmented stains will be used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Subcontractor shalt thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES. A. _ Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section, including,but not limited to: 1. Wood siding.. B. Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items and millwork prior to finishing. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy,sections with sealer. Fitt knots, imperfections, nail holes and cracks after stain has dried and sand smooth. Back -prime interior and exterior woodwork. 2. Back -prime interior woodwork which is to receive stain and/or clear finish with gloss varnish reduced 25% With mineral spirits. 3. Back -prime exterior wood with manufacturer's recommended primer. C. Shop Finished Wood Materials: • Prime ends of shop finished wood siding and trims prior to installation. D. Refer to Section 09900, Painting, for preparation of other materials and surfaces prior to painting. E. Remove all hardware from doors before finishing. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. F. Schedule finishing prior to installation of•prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible, including,but not limited to: 1. Toilet and bath accessories. 2. Door and cabinet finish hardware. - 3. Cabinetry and casework. 4. _ Vinyl component handrail and wall bumper systems. 5. Fire extinguisher cabinets. .6. Surface -mounted mechanical and electrical devices!such as thermostats, prefinished grilles and diffusers, switchplates and outlet cover,plates, etc.. . . 3.03 APPLICATION 09930 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I I I I I U I 0 I 0 C I 1 A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish. C. Brush Applications: 1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. 2. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. D. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage. Remove or refinish work not in compliance with the specified requirements. E. Shop Finish: Apply two (2) coats of specified material to all six (6) surfaces of each board for siding and trims, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, and as required for 12-year warranty. Any cuts made in the field during installation shall have two (2) coats of stain applied to these areas. 3.04 CLEANING A. Promptly remove finishes from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled, splashed or splattered. B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. C. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Transparent finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Consistency of stain application, if applicable. 2. Consistency and smoothness of surface. 3. Coverage. 4. Color match between adjacent areas. 5. Compliance with approved sample(s). PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 EXTERIOR FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Exterior Wood Surfaces (Stained): 1. Location: Exterior wood siding, decorative details and miscellaneous trim. 2. Primer: As recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Finish: One (1) coat semi -transparent water-repellent natural linseed oil stain. 4. Sealant: Integral with finish. 5. Product: Cabot Pro V.T. 0800 Series System. 6. Color: To be selected. B. Refer to Section 09900 for painted finishes. C. Site Furnishings: Wood and metal surfaces, prefinished by manufacturer. D. Louvers: Stain where not prefinished by manufacturer. 4.02 INTERIOR FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Refer to Section 09900 for painted finishes. 09930 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS END OF SECTION 09930 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 1 1 1 SECTION 10430 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish surface -mounted address signage on exterior building walls, where shown on the Drawings. B. Furnish handicapped accessibility symbol signage at all accessible building entries. C. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Signage systems shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities. Act, 1990, including signage size, lettering style, symbols, raised Braille and signage location, placement and mounting heights. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data and Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's product literature, shop drawings and schedule of required signage indicating type, size, style and method of installation. 1. - Shop drawings and schedule shall illustrate each required sign for size, style and copy, and indicate quantity required for each. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturers full line of standard colors and finishes for selection by the Architect. Submit one full-size sample representative of each signage system specified. Sample will be returned upon approval. C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for signage materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package separately or in like groups; as applicable. Include installation template, hardware or adhesive specified and installation instructions. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 10430 - 1 PART PRODUCTS ' 2.01 SIGNAGE COMPONENT SYSTEMS A. General: Signage work, except for pole -mounted site signage (stop signs, etc.), including . installation unless arranged for otherwise, is covered by an Allowance. Materials, finishes and styles specified are for design intent only. Final signage package shall be -negotiated between the ' signage fabricator, the Owner and the Architect as to design, materials, finishes, colors, copy and quantities. 2.02 BUILDING ADDRESS SIGNAGE ' A. B. Type: Surface -mounted, individual letter and plaque -type signage, cast or laser cut. Letter and Plaque Material: 3/8" or 1/4" aluminum or brass plate, as recommended by the , fabricator. C. Mounting: Surface -mounted with countersunk screws at building and door address signage. D. Finish: Individual letters to be manufacturer's standard anodized aluminum finish. E. Color(s): The Architect shall select color(s) from fabricator's standard color selections. , F. Letter/Numeral Style: Optima. G. Letter/Numeral Sizes: 1. Building,Address Signage: 6" high. Fabricator is to verify.size required with City of Fort ' Collins. H. Copy Position: Centered. I. Letter Spacing: ,Normal. J. Capitalization: All caps. ' K. Copy: L. Symbols: Universal, handicapped accessibility symbol for all accessible building entries. 1. All signage shall carry raised Braille symbols as required by the Americans with Disabilities , Act, 1990. M. Quantities: 1. Building Address Signage:. One (1,), location, of each building assshown on the Drawings. ' N. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recyc,led Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content::, 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide ' information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 0. Approved Signage Fabricators: 1. DaVinci Sign Systems, _Inc.,.Fort Collins, CO, Mike Long, (970) 203-9292. 2. Adcon Signs, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484-3637. 3. Gardner Signs, Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 482-3976. 4. Shaw Signs, Fort Collins, CO (970) 493.6244. 5.. ABC Sign Works, Inc., Fort Collins, CO,, (970) 223-9211. 6. Custom signage companies offering design services and fabrication capabilities meeting the design intent of this Section. 2.03 ENGRAVED FIBERGLASS SIGNAGE SYSTEMS A. Type: 1 /4" fiberglass for modular exterior signage systems, color core contrasting to exterior face color, with engraving through face layer to expose core layer and'1/32" raised characters. All signage shalt include raised Grade 2 Braille symbols. 10430 - 2. .•. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS _ a I I 1 B. Mounting: Screw or other tamper=proof mounting system recommended by the supplier/installer. C. Size: 8" high x 8" long for restroom name and symbol signage. Supplier to verify that sizes specified will adequately accept specified- messages and notify Owner of any discrepancy. D. Letter Size: 5/8". E. Copy Position: Center/Center. F. Letter Spacing: Normal. G. Capitalization: All caps. H. Letter Style: Castor. I. Copy: As scheduled in Part 4 below. Men's and women's restrooms shall have "MEN" and "WOMEN" names as well as symbols. J. Symbols: As required by standards of the Americans with Disabilities Act. A. All accessible restrooms and changing room shall have handicapped accessibility symbol. K. Edges: Beveled. L. Plaque Finish: Suede. M. Frames: None. N. Colors: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard color selection. 0. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives, indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locatly manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 4. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. P. Approved Signage Fabricators: 1. HC200 ADA System by Best Manufacturing Sign Systems, Montrose, CO, (800) 235-2378, as basis for design. 2. ABC Sign Works Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 223-9211. 3. Adcon Signs, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484-3637. 4. Gardner Signs, Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 482-3976. 5. Shaw Signs, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 493-6244. 6. Custom signage companies offering design services and fabrication capabilities meeting the design intent of this Section are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the surfaces, substrates and conditions under which the signage is to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions which will prevent the successful installation of the signage. B. Exact copy for all address signage is to be verified with the City of Fort Collins Engineering Department and coordinated with the Architect prior to fabrication. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Installation shalt be by qualified signage fabrication company personnel in accordance with accepted industry standards. B. Building -mounted signage shall be installed in locations indicated on the Drawings and coordinated with components of the building materials and finish systems. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 10430 - 3 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed 3.03 COORDINATION WITH OWNER SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR ' -FURNISHED A. General: Contractor shall coordinate and provide all preparatory work necessary for installation of the internally -lighted cabinet sign(s) provided by separate contract. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF EXTERIOR SIGNAGE A. Building address and room signage shall be installed in the locations shown on the Drawings. ' END OF SECTION e e 10430 - 4" Waters Way'Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I SECTION 10520 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish portable fire extinguishers; complete with surface -mounted wall brackets. ' B. Furnish key access box for use by the local fire department, complete with mounting hardware. C. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. ' 1. NFPA Code: Comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers". 2. UL Labels: Provide units that have been approved and listed by Underwriters Laboratories. 3. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. All accessories shall be.furnished by one (1) manufacturer throughout the project. C. Certification: Supplier shall certify that the fire extinguisher type specified for each space or building is appropriate for the type of materials and/or hazards, anticipated to be encountered in each space, particularly specialized areas such as electrical equipment rooms. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data on all fire protection accessories and specialties for approval by the Architect. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for fire extinguisher materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. ' 1.04 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 PORTABLE MULTIPURPOSE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Type: Units shall be 10-1b. multipurpose dry chemical pressurized type equipped with pressure gauge and which do not need recharging, except after use. 1. Units shall be tested and approved by UL with. a minimum 4A-60BCrating. UL rating shall appear on; extinguisher labels and be attached to and a part of, fire extinguisher units. 2. Ensure that units are properly charged prior to" installatiori,", 3. Instructions for repairs, maintenance and recharging shall be attached: 4. Referto certification requirements specified in paragraph 1.02 above. 10520 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Approved Manufacturer 1. MP Series by Larsen Manufacturing, Minneapolis, MN, (800) 527-7367, as basis of design. 2. JL Industries, Bloomington, MN, (800) 554-6077. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHER WALL BRACKETS A. Type: Manufacturer's standard mounting bracket, suited to fire extinguisher supplied, white baked enamel finish, -complete with anchorage devices. 1. Supply each bracket with one (1) fire extinguisher specified above. B. Approved Manufacturer: 1. B Series by Larsen Manufacturing, Minneapolis, MN, (800) 527-7367, as basis of design. 2. JL Industries, Bloomington, MN, (800) 554-6077. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are acceptable. 2.03 KEY ACCESS BOX A. Furnish surface -mounted, heavy-duty key access -box, complete with all mounting hardware, as required by the governing fire authority, located as shown on the Drawings. 1. Series 3200 Knox -Box, manufactured by the Knox Company, Newport Beach, CA, (714) 650- 2885, or equal approved by the agency with jurisdiction. B. Quantity: Two (2). C. Owner`sFiall furnish a facility master key for Use by the fire department. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A.. Installer shall examine,the substrates and conditions under which the fire protection accessories are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section. Ensure that openings for recessed or semi -recessed cabinets or accessories are property sized and located. C. Ensure that blocking in walls for semi -recessed and surface -mounted specialties is properly installed. D. Verify servicing, charging and tagging of all fire extinguishers. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire protection accessories where shown on the Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Securely fasten all components in position, square and plumb, in accordance with recognized industry practices. B. Install multipurpose extinguishers in locations as shown.on the Drawings or as required to comply with governing regulations. C. Install fire 'extinguishers and/or cabinets at mounting height to comply with handicapped accessibility requirements: 1. Cabinet: 48" to centerline of handle. D. Install key access box in location(s) m shown on the Drawings and at mounting height to comply with requirements ofahe gove�mng ire department 1. Knox -Box 6' 0' to cenferline,of access:door, or as required by,the governing fire authority. END OF SECTION 10520 - 2 Waters Way Park . 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish stainless steel, commercial quality toilet, bath and janitorial accessories and associated hardware. B. Furnish rough -in frames supplied to other Sections. C. Furnish electric hand dryers. D. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, sustainability Requirements. ' 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 4. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals: Sheet steel toilet partitions. 5. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 6. Division 15, Mechanical: Toilet and lavatories. 1.02 RELATED WORK FURNISHED BY OTHERS tA. Certain toilet accessories shall be furnished by the Owner for installation by the Contractor as scheduled in this Section. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, ' codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM A167: Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 2. ASTM A366: Cold -Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets, Commercial Quality. 3. - Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Accessory -lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer throughout the project. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for.submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 51 and 5.2; 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product list and'• •data sheets indicating materials, components, finishes and method of installation. ' B. Samples:- Provide'one (1) sample of representative accessory specified herein, upon request by the Architect. Sample will be returned upon approval. C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer ' and preconsumer recycled content for toilet accessories: a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. ' 1.01 DELIVERY; STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. 10800 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Pack accessories individually in a manner to protect accessory and its finish. ' C. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces and work from damage during installation of the work of this Section. ' 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty for all accessories covering defects in materials , and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES , A. Type: Surface -mounted or semi -recessed construction; commercial quatity accessories, as scheduled in paragraph 2.02. B. Stainless Steel or Metal Components: 1. Sheet Steel: ASTM A366, cold -rolled stretcher leveled, 1.25 oz. /sq. ft. galvanized coating. 2. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A167, commercial grade, 22•gage. 3. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, commercial grade, seamless welded. 4. Brass: Solid brass alloy. , C. Plastic Components: Manufacturer's standard break -resistant plastic components, where scheduled. D. Anchorage and Attachment Devices: 1. Fasteners, Screws and Bolts: Hot -dip galvanized or stainless steel. ' 2. Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead or rubber as recommended by manufacturer for component and substrate. 3. Anchor Plates: Steel anchor plates as recommended by manufacturer for secure ' installation. E. Fabrication: ` . . 1. Weld and grind smooth all joints of fabricated components. ' 2. Form exposed surfaces -,from one (1) sheet of stock, free of. joints. 3. Provide steel anchor plates and anchor components for installation on building finishes. 4. Form surfaces flat and without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. .5. Back -prime, components where accessories will be in contact.with dissimilar building finishes to.prevent-electrolysis.. 6. Hot -dip galvanize ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices. , 7. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. F. Keying: Key all new accessories together. G. Finishes: 1. Chrome/Nickel Plating: Satin finish. 2. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin finish. H. Mounting: Concealed -screw mounting, unless otherwise indicated. Surface -mounted type, unless scheduled as semi -recessed. I. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1.: Credits MR 4J and 4.2; Recycled. Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on -recycled, content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials; Manufactured,Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, .Local/Regional Materials, Harvested-Locally:.,.,Contractor, to.;,provide information on'locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section. 01015. J. Approved Manufacturers: 10800 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I 1 I L 11 1 d 1. General: Accessory lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer throughout the project, at least to the extent scheduled. Deviations from consistency of one manufacturer are only acceptable when available designs are not satisfactory. 2. Residential Accessories: Basco, Bohemia, NY, (516) 567-4404, as basis of design. 3. Commercial Accessories: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., N. Hollywood, CA, (818) 982- 9600, and represented locally in Denver, CO, (303) 429-0133, as basis of design. 4. Bradley Corporation, Menomonee Falls, WI, (414) 354-0100; 5. American Specialties, Inc., Yonkers, NY, (914) 476-9000. 6. A8tJ Washroom Accessories, New Windsor,jNY, (914) 562-3332. 7. General Accessory Manufacturing Co. (Gamco), Durant, OK, (800) 451-5766. 8. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance, design and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. • - " 2.02 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS A. General: Fully -recessed type, porcelain enameled steel housing, U.L.-listed, 115V, 20 amp, 2300 watts, 50/60 Hz. B. Operation: Manual push-button. C. Drying Cycle: 30 seconds. D. Features: 1. Fixed nozzle. 2. Provide ground fault interrupter type (GFI) where required by mounting location and governing codes. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard porcelain enamel, with stainless steel nozzle, push button and trims. F. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full tine of standard colors. G. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Locat/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Model RA-5, manual operation, by World Dryer, Berkeley, IL, (800) 449-6950. No exceptions. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance, design and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. Minor variations in the electrical characteristics of different manufacturers shall be considered by the Architect. 2.03 SCHEDULE OF ACCESSORIES A. Grab Bars, as basis of design: 1. 3-Piece Horizontal and Vertical at HC Accessible Toilet Compartments: Bobrick B-6206 x 18", 36" and 42" to 48" lengths with peened gripping surfaces, concealed mounting, 1.1 /2" diameter. Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS iGliiI1=1 I PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough -in frames to the job site at appropriate time for building into the work. Provide templates and rough -in measurements to the Contractor as required. B. Before starting work, notify the.Contractor.in writing of any conflicts detrimental to the ' installation or operation of the accessories. C. Ensure that cutouts -in specified toilet partitions for thru-partition mounted accessories have been properly. located and sized.. Provide templates and rough -in dimensions to the toilet partition manufacturer. . ' D. Coordinate exact location of accessories with the Architect as necessary. E. Ensure that electrical conduit has been properly located and installed to location(s) of electric hand dryers. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. General: Install fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with the manufacturer's written ' instructions and recommendations. B. Install true, plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. Install Owner -furnished toilet and bath accessories as scheduled on the Drawings or specified herein, including but not limited to: ' 1. Surface -mounted toilet. paper holders. 2. Surface -mounted mop and broom holder. , 3.04 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Install accessories in public restrooms at mounting heights to comply with American National ' Standards Institute,.Inc..(ANSI) publication A117.1-2003 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), 1990, for handicapped accessible accessories: 1. Mounting Heights (above finished floor): , a. Horizontal Grab Bars, Toilet Compartments: 33"-36": b. Vertical Grab Bars, Toilet Compartments: 39"-41" from wall and finished floor. C. Toilet Paper Dispensers: 20" to centerline of roper. Verify clearances with grab bars. d. Electric Hand Dryers: 48" maximum to operating device. B. Balance of accessories not . located in handicapped accessible areas to be mounted at manufacturer's recommended height. Comply with all governing regulations. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Quantities are the responsibility of the Contractor. Refer to the Drawings for locations. B. Women's Restroom #101: 1. Grab bars, 3-piece, as shown on the Drawings. 2. Toilet Paper Holders: One (1) multi -roll holder per toilet compartment. 3. Electric Hand Dryer: One (1). C. Men's Restroom #103: 1. Grab Bars, 3-piece, as shown on the Drawings. 10800 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Toilet Paper Holders: One (1) multi -roll holder per toilet compartment. 3. Electric Hand Dryer: One (1). D. Chase Room #104: 1. Mop and Broom Holder: One (1) per mop sink. END OF SECTION 10800 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. SPECIAL NOTE A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and the applicable provi- sions of General Requirements are hereby adopted and made part of Division 15, Mechanical Work. 0J 3. B. The Mechanical Drawings and the Division 15 sections listed below constitute the Mechanical Construction portion of this project. 15010 Mechanical Special Conditions 15050 Materials and Methods 15250 Mechanical Systems Insulation 15440 Plumbing 15850 Heating and Ventilating 15950 Automatic Temperature Control 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing C. Where 'Project Manager" is used in this Specification, we mean that person so designated by the Owner. SCOPE OF WORK A. These specifications are for the building plumbing, heating, ventilation, and heat recovery make-up air systems only. DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS A. Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, ducts, conduits, piping, and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets. Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces in which their work will be installed. Coordinate work with other trades as job conditions reasonably require. B. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner. C. The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing in measurements nor to serve as shop drawings. D. The installation details, instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, modified, to obtain the best end result shall form the basis of installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions are set forth therein or details are shown on plans. WATERS WAY PARK 15010-1 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1 I 1 1 I I I Ill J I 11 4. APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A. Shop Drawings must be submitted for the following equipment: Valves Insulation Plumbing Fixtures Hose Bibbs Wall Hydrants Flexible Duct Connectors Dampers Energy Recovery Modules Exhaust Fans Louvers Unit Heaters and Cove Heaters Temperature Controls All items followed by ` B. Shop Drawings must first be checked by the Contractor for space conformance and for performance characteristics established by Plans and/or Specifications, and so stamped. Contractor's stamp shall include name and address of Contrac- tor, specification paragraph, item designation and the following statement: "Item(s) has:(have) been checked for compliance with specification requirements and space limitations and will meet these conditions; checked by; Date." C. Shop Drawings not stamped as specified will be returned to the Contractor without action. D. Contractor must submit a.minimum.of 5 sets of complete drawings to Engineer. 5. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS A. Materials or products specified by name of manufacturer, brand, trade name, or catalog reference, shall be furnished under the contract unless changed by an Addendum or a Contract Modification. Where two or more materials,are named, the choice of these shall be optional with the Contractor B: Prior to award of the Contract, interested parties may request approval of substi- tute materials. Such request shall be, made in writing and.be delivered to the Engineer no later than 6 days (excluding Sundays and holidays) prior to date and time of receipt -of bids. All substitutions approved will be listed in an Addendum. One: set of specific detailed technical data for each item shall be delivered to the Engineer. I . C. See .Section 01030, Alternates and Basic Section 01600, Material and Equipment, for Alternates and Substitutions. D. After the award of the Contract, any request for a substitution must be made in writing by the Contractor (not material supplier or subcontractor). Such request shall state the name of the product specified, the name of the product proposed for substitution, the reason for requesting the substitution, and any change in Contract Amount, resulting from the substitution.. No such substitution shall be made until an appropriate Contract Modification has been issued and approved by,the Engineer and.the Owner., WATERS WAY PARK 15010 _ 2 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS ' SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD ' Date: February 10, 2011 TO: Walsh Construction, Inc. PROJECT: 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park ' OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated April 6, 2010 with revised bid schedule dated February 3, 2011 for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for 7125 ' Water's Way Neighborhood Park. The Price of your Agreement is: ' Add Alternate Bid Item #1. Natural Areas Pathway to Robert Benson Reservoir Delete 500 if 6' wide crusher fines path, delete 150 if of 8' width of gravel road and add 635 if 8' wide, 5" thick, colored concrete sidewalk. To include all materials complete, in place, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the ' Specifications. Lump Sum Price: $9,750.00 The Contract Price would then be adjusted: $1,206,500.00 ' + 9,750.00 $1,216,250.00 One Million Two Hundred Sixteen Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ' ($1,216,250.00) Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) ' accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. ' You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by February 25, 2011. ' 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security ' (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. ' Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to Section 00510 Page 1 1 E. The cost of any changes of other trades as a result of use of the substitution materials or equipment must be borne by the Contractor submitting such materi- als or equipment. 6. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND CODES , A. All work shall be executed in accordance with the following codes applicable to the trade affected and be subject to the inspection of these departments: 1. 2006 International Building Code ' 2. 2006 International Energy Conservation Code 3. 2006 International Plumbing Code ' 4. 2003 International Mechanical Code 5. All Local, State, and other attending codes, rules, regulations, and amendments. , B. Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division 15 and pay all fees in connection with same. ' C. Where work -required: by the drawings and specifications is above the standard required by local regulations, it shall be done as shown and/or specified. 7. QUALITY ASSURANCE , A. All materials, apparatus and equipment for the work shall be new and shall be of first class*quality, presently being manufactured. Absolutely NO "close-out" type ' materials, apparatus or equipment shall be allowed. All materials, apparatus and equipment shall be furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished in every detail, and shall be selected and arranged to fit properly into the allotted space allowing proper room for maintenance. ' 8. TESTS A. Tests shall be performed on the systems specified herein. Any one or all of the , systems listed herein may be provided. See Drawings and Specification Section to determine which. systems :are to be provided. Tests shall be repeated until each system is proven acceptable. All tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer and/or" the Owners: A letter.must be obtained by: the Contractor and be filed with the Engineer's Office, if the tests were witnessed by.the Owner. Where required, perform such tests in the presence of local or state building inspection officials. ' B. General 1. The pipe systems shall be tested to assure they are installed leak tight • •and structurally safe for the intended purpose. 2. Cleaning and flushing -tests and approvals shall be completed before 1 performing pipe system -tests to eliminate retesting. 3. If the pipe tests fail, the pipe system "shall be repaired and retested. WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 3 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS I 4. The installing supervisor shall confirm the safe test pressure for vessels, equipment and accessories in the pipe system from drawings, specifica- tions, or name plate data. ' 5. Notify the Owner's Project Manager 24 hours in advance of each test. C. New System Test 1. Instruments, vessels, equipment and accessories which cannot ' withstand the test pressure required of attached piping shall be isolated from the piping. Remove or block and vent direct operated or self- contained regulators. Each part of a pipe system shall be tested, divided as indicated, for the'time specified for the given class of test. 2. Safety valves, relief valves, and rupture discs shall be removed during the pipe system test and reinstalled after the test. New gaskets shall be ' used when reinstalling all flanged items. Do not change spring settings or make inoperative any safety and relief valves, except valves designed to be pinned or yoked. Normally closed control valves shall be opened before test. 3. Piping and vessels shall be vented when draining them to prevent their collapse by vacuum. ' 4. The pipe system installer shall provide all necessary connections, vents and drains to test and drain the system completely. ' 5. Allowance shall be made by the Project Manager for variations of pres- sure and volume due to temperature changes in determining satisfactory maintained test pressure. 6. The Project Manager shall check the test pressure at the beginning and end of each test before acceptance of the system. 7. Pipe systems shall be tested and.accepted before insulation, paint, or other covering or=sting is applied. The only exceptions are for those parts, including vessels, which have been painted, covered or coated, and have had previous certification tests. 8. The test shall be a hydrostatic test, or as otherwise specified. D. Test Pressures The final test pressure shall be as follows: 1. 125 psig for domestic water systems 2. 12 ft. of water head or 5.psig air pressure held for 30 minutes for waste and vent systems. E. Domestic Systems Water 1. An initial test pressure of 24 psig shall be applied and a'visual inspection ' of the piping system conducted for leaks. The pressure shall then be raised to .75 times the design pressure and rechecked for leaks, after WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 4 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. Clean domestic water shall be used as the test medium. 3. Trapped air shall be removed. 4. A test gauge with a minimum 4 1/2" diameter dial and a test pressure reading between 1/2 to 3/4 of. full scale shall be used. Test gauges approved by the inspector shall be used. 5. The final test pressure shall be held for 4 hours, then visually inspected for leaks. Pressure loss during the 4 hour test period may be cause for rejection of the system. 6. .Retesting Retest piping failing, initial tests following correction of defective work. Requirements of initial tests shall apply. F. Final Test 1. After final connections to the existing system are made and prior to application -of insulation, a final test shall be made of the complete new system. 2. The test shall be.visual inspection in normal service test. 3. Systems to be tested - ALL piping systems. 4. The test pressure shall be the working pressure as a minimum or as specified. 5. The test medium shall be the systems working fluid, or as specified. 6. Trapped air shall be removed. 7... Piping shall be visually inspected for leaks. G. Report 1. The Report shall contain the following and be submitted within 24 hours of each test: - Date, time and place of test - Duration of test - Person responsible for testing - Results of test - Action taken to correct deficiency - Outside dry bulb temperature - Inside dry bulb temperature - Specific section of piping tested 2. The Report shall be required for final payment. H. Notify the Project Manager after successful testing. WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 5 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS I I h ail II I 1 9. WARRANTY A. All systems shall be warranted for one (1) year after Owner occupancy in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, etc. of the contract. B. In addition, the Contractor is hereby forewarned that expansive soils may exist in the construction area. Any slab heave and resulting damage during the above warranty period attributable to moisture from any leaking water, sewer, or storm drainage piping installed under this Contract shall be corrected at no cost to the Owner. Restore structure and repair all damage. C. All lubrication, filter changes, and normal maintenance shall be the responsibility of the Owner. 10. START-UP A. At a time set by the Contractor and agreed to. by Owner,, arrange to place equipment in operation and have available at that time, if required, representa- tives of the manufacturer of equipment to assist in starting equipment, to make necessary adjustments to equipment, and to prove satisfactory operation prior to turning facility over to Owner. B. Any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc.', shall be repaired or replaced as re- quired prior to acceptance. C. Run operating test for (3) 8 hour periods and submit test data for approval. D. All equipment 'shall be freshly oiled, cleaned, filters changed with clean media and installation completely finished prior to acceptance. 11. MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Prepare three (3) typed portfolios with complete sets of high quality copies of Shop Drawings used in the erection of mechanical system. Each piece of equip- ment shall have information on installation, testing, cleaning, and maintenance instructions, list of materials for maintenance, parts list, wiring diagrams, and name and address of authorized service organization, with-24 hour phone number. List shall be alphabetized, within each category. B. Complete manuals shall also include "As Built' temperature control drawings, ' final balance report. C. Include operating instructions for complete system, including emergency pro- cedures for fire or failure of major equipment, normal starting, operating and shut ' down, and long term shut down. D. Include maintenance instructions, identified equipment lists, proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece of equipment, necessary cleaning, ' replacement and/or adjustment schedule. E. Information shall be folded, if necessary, and iricluded iri 8-1/2" x 11" hard cover, indexed loose-leaf 3-ring binder. Multiple bmders'shall=be used if required to contain materials AII'material shall be"properly identified with job name, date, name and address of Contractor, Architect, and Engineer. WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - fi MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS F. Portfolios shall be submitted to the Engineer for review of material and comple- teness, and when approved by Engineer, portfolios will be turned over to the Owner. G. Where indicated in the specification, provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the Owner's authorized personnel in the operation, ' control, and maintenance of equipment. Contractor shall instruct Owner's Project Manager and Maintenance Supervisor in the •operation and maintenance of all other equipment and systems, using the O & M Manual as a guide, including paragraph C above: Final payment will not be made until this is done to the ' Owner's satisfaction. 12. PROTECTIVE DEVICES,. ' A. All sheaves, belts, gears, couplings, and moving parts are to be protected by approved permanent guards, casings, or railings. 13. PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR EQUIPMENT ' A. - Provide covering and shielding for all equipment (including open-ended piping , and:ductwork) provided under Division 15 and equipment furnished by Owner for installation under Division 15 to protect from mortar, paint, .debris, etc., during construction. A polyethylene covering tied securely around the equipment will be acceptable for this purpose. , 14. CLEANING AND PAINTING A. Clear away all debris, surplus materials, etc., resulting from Mechanical Con- ' tractor's work or operations, leaving the job and equipment in a.clean condition. All existing areas in which.work is.performed shall be cleaned and restored to their original condition upon completion of the project. ' B. Air surfaces of all coils, fans, air units, air filters, etc., shall be wiped clean or washed if required. All plumbing fixtures shall be thoroughly;cleaned of all for- eign matter, including stickers. Clean all items furnished, such as motors, etc., leaving the entire installation in a first-class condition. C. Equipment and materials provided under Division 15 will be painted by the General Contractor except where specified otherwise. However, any mechanical equipment which has sustained damage to the manufacturer's prime and finish , coats of paint shall be restored to the original condition and appearance prior to application of finish paint. 15. FINAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing to make arrangements for a final inspection. B. After the ,final inspection is made, the Contractor, will receive a list of items requiring adjustment, correction, replacement or completion. ; C.. The Contractor shall comply completely with.all the listed requirements within thirty (30) days of receipt of. list. Should the Contractor fail to perform within this time, limit ahe Engineer ;and/or Owner. reserves, the right to,; -have the work completed.by others and the cost deducted from the contract price. WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 7 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS. I II D. The Contractor shall initial and date each item as completed and return copy to Engineer prior to re -inspection. 16. EXISTING OUTSIDE UTILITIES ' A. Utility companies shall be contacted and advised of proposed work prior to the start of excavation. ' B. Active Utilities: When encountered in work, protect, brace, support existing active sewers, gas, electric, other services where required for proper execution of work. If existing active utilities are encountered that are not indicated and which required relocation, make request in writing for determination. Do not proceed with work until written directions are received. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services that are to remain. C. Inactive Utilities: When encountered in work, remove, cap, or plug inactive services. Notify utility companies or municipal agencies having jurisdiction; protect or remove these services as directed. D. Interruption of Utilities: Where work makes temporary shutdown of services unavoidable, shut down at night, or at such times as approved by Owner, which will cause least interference with established operating routine. Arrange to work continuously, including overtime, if required, to make necessary connections to existing work. 17. PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Brady 2. Seton 3. Westline Products 4. Approved Equal B. Mark all pipe on both sides of partitions and slabs; at take -offs, valves, connec- tions to equipment and at intervals not exceeding 25 feet, identifying markers, black on background color band; over 3" diameter pipe, 2" letters on 2 1/4" color band. Marker shall indicate domestic "CW", etc. C. Show flow direction with arrows, immediately adjacent to all pipe identification markers. 1 1/8" x 4 2/3" arrows shall be black on background color scheduled for respective service. D. Attach identifying markers and arrows on lower quadrant of overhead pipes, and tape ends. E. Application on soft insulation or chalky surface; binding tape shall be spirally wrapped and overlapped around the circumference of the insulation for a suffi- cient distance to mount identification markers and arrows to taped surface. ' F. Pipe Identification List - Note: Any one or all of the following services may be provided. See Drawings and Specifications Sections to determine which servic- es are to be provided. IDENTIFICATION BACKGROUND COLOR WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 8 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 18 Wel 20. Cold Water Green Sanitary, Vent, Drain Green Domestic Hot Water Yellow EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify all key equipment, fans, thermostats, controls, relays, dampers, etc., using Dymo Embossing Tape punched with M-3 Dymomite hand embossing tool. Punch out 3/32" holes.at each side of label and secure with Parker-Kalon self - tapping screws in addition to adhesive. B. Coordinate the location. of all ceiling access panels for gypboard ceilings with the General Contractor, so that there, is access to each valve, volume damper, fire damper or other equipment or temperature controls. C. Familiarize the Owner's maintenance personnel with the locations of equipment identified above. TEMPORARY HEATING OF BUILDING A. Provide temporary smokeless unit heaters as required. Installation, maintenance, and fuel cost for temporary heat shall be at the expense of this Contractor, OR B. As specified in the General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions of this Specification. Permanent heating system shall not be used for temporary heat during construction until all walls are taped and textured, without specific approval by the Owner in writing. ASBESTOS A. Products, •equipment or materials that contain asbestos shall, not be allowed in the construction of.the mechanical.and plumbing systems on this project. END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 9 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS. I SECTION 15050 - MATERIALS AND METHODS ' 1. GENERAL ' A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, is hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. ' B. Materials and methods specified herein apply to all sections under Division 15 of the specifications. Intent of this section is to set forth common requirements and to avoid repetition under each particular section. See drawings and/or Division 15 Specification sections to determine which systems are to be provided. ' 2. PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Provide pipe and fittings of type and materials scheduled herein, of quantities shown on the drawings and as required to connect fixtures and equipment. All fittings shall have ANSI tolerances and dimensions and have ASTM materials for conformance with piping below. B. Provide standard weight IPS brass nipples and adapters where required between copper tubing and fixtures. Steel or iron nipples are not permitted between copper lines and brass valves or trim. C. Joints: Joints in all copper domestic piping systems shall be made using 95/5 tin/antimony or equal tensile strength solder that contains no lead. Engelhard "Silvabrite 100", Oatey "Safeflo" or Canfield "Watersafe" are all acceptable. Use ' flux recommended by solder manufacturer. Absolutely no lead containing solders or fluxes will be allowed in any portion of the work. The Owner reserves the right to inspect solders, fluxes and joints. Any joint found containing lead ' solder shall be cause for resoldering all joints made in all systems in the building. D. Pipe and Fitting Schedule 1. Building sanitary sewer below grade. a. Hub and spigot cast iron soil pipe, service weight, centrifugally spun, ASTM A-74. Fittings cast iron hub and spigot. Joints positive -seal elastomeric compression type. Tyler Ty -Seal or equal I2. Soil, waste, and vent piping in building above ground. a. Hubless cast iron, service weight, centrifugally spun per CISPI- 301. Fittings hubless cast iron. Joints - neoprene sleeve and stainless steel retaining band with double screw connectors, installed per manufacturer's recommendations. CISPI-310, 1985. ' b. Schedule 40 PVC DWV with solvent welded joints 3. Water service and water in building underground. WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 1 MATERIALS AND METHODS 11 a. Piping 2 1/2" and smaller, Type "K" soft drawn copper water tube. Fittings, buried in ground, wrought copper, solder joint. There shall be no buried fittings under the building. 4. Domestic water (hot and cold water) in building above ground. a. 3" and smaller: Piping shall be Type "L" hard drawn copper water tube, per ASTM B88. Fittings wrought copper, solder joint. b. Except as otherwise specified elsewhere, Type "L" soft drawn copper may be used adjacent to fixtures and equipment. 5. Miscellaneous drain lines receiving condensate, etc. a. Piping shall be Type "DWV" or "M" copper, fittings wrought copper, solder joint. b. Schedule 40 PVC DWV with solvent welded joints in mechanical chases only. 3. VALVES' A. Provide valves in piping where indicated and provide shut-off valves in lines serving each ip ece of equipment, including mixing valves, wall ' hydrants, sill cocks, pumps, water heaters, plumbing fixtures, eyewash stations, etc. Also isolate each major zone, building wing, loop, etc. 1. Ball valves shall be manufactured by Apollo, Nibco or Red and White. 2. Globe and check valves shall be manufactured by Stockham, Crane, Nibco, Red and White, Jenkins, Lunkenheimer, Milwaukee, Powell or Walworth. 3. Wafer check valves shall be manufactured by Stockham, Centerline, DuoCheck or Metraflex. 4. Valves by other manufacturers must have prior approval. B. Valve Schedule. 1. Shut-off valves for domestic water and natural gas shall be full flow ball valves, rated at 600 psig WOG. a. Apollo 77............ Bronze Threaded or Soldered Ball Valve b. Nibco 585........... Bronze Threaded or Soldered Ball Valve C. Red & White 5044/5049 ... Bronze Threaded or Soldered Ball Valve 2. Where ball valves are used in insulated piping, handle extensions shall be provided. Extension shall be manufactured as an option for the valve furnished and shall extend the. handle a minimum of 1/4" beyond the insulation.jacket. WATERS WAY PARK - 15050 - 2 MATERIALS AND METHODS 3. Swing check valves shall be bronze with swing regrinding seat and renewable disc Class 125. a. Stockham Fig. Number: i B-309................... Bronze Soldered End ii B-319................... Bronze Threaded End iii B-340................... Flanged End iv Or approved equal 4. Wafer check valves shall be Stockham Fig. Number WG-970 or approved equal. 5. Drain valves shall have 3/4" hose threaded adapter with cap and may be globe type with composition disc or ball type. 4. UNIONS A. Make connections at each piece of equipment with unions or flanges located for quick/easy disconnect for maintenance. Provide unions or flanges on: 1. Equipment 2. Meters 3. Tanks IB. Use the same materials and finish as the piping system. C. Use dielectric unions or flanges where copper. or brass piping is connected to ferrous piping or equipment. Epco Model FX, FB, EA. (All junctions of dissimilar metals). ' D. Unions and flanges are not required at equipment where flanged valves, strain- ers, control valves, etc., are used. E. Omit unions and flanges in straight pipe runs or in concealed locations, except ' for flanged valve applications. F. Union Schedule: 1. Copper Piping a. All pipe sizes: Copper, ground joint union. Chase 402, Mueller WC407. 5. PIPE AND DUCT SLEEVES A. Provide sleeves for`all pipes and ducts passing through floors, roofs, walls, and full height partitions. Ducts passing through gypboard walls do not require sleeves. ' B. For sleeves passing through fire rated wallsMolors, fill void with fire stop material. jz C. At points where a duct passes through a fire rated wall/floor and a fire damper is 'ducYsleeve being installed, the can be eliminated. ' D. Pipe Sleeves: WATERS WAY PARK 15050 = 3 MATERIALS AND METHODS declare your Bid Security forfeited. ' Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract ' Documents attached. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: 4�64 Ja B. O'Neill, I, CPPO, FNIGP ' �Dir ctor of Purchasing & Risk Management I 1 I 1 I .1 ' 7/96 Section 00510 Page 2 I 1. Floor Sleeves in Exposed Areas: Schedule .40 PVC pipe, reamed, ex- tending 2" above floor in equipment rooms and wet areas and 1/4" above the floor in all other locations. 2. Masonry Wall Sleeves: Schedule 40 PVC pipe reamed, and finished flush with wall. e 3. Roof Sleeves and Floor Sleeves in Concealed Locations (as in chases) -- Schedule 40 PVC. 4. Make pipe sleeves 1/2" larger inside diameter than the outside diameter of the pipe or pipe insulation, where insulated. Fabricate sleeves from new materials, with ends cut square. e 5. Floor Sleeves, where water is to be kept out --fill with graphite packing and caulking compound. e E. Sealing of all other sleeves shall be as specified under_Section for Mechanical Systems Insulation. F. Sleeve Flashing, Caulking. For sleeves passing through membrane waterproof- ing or lead safe, except as otherwise specified herein, provide 16 oz. soft sheet copper of 4 pound lead per square foot flashing extending 9" beyond sleeve in all directions; secure to waterproofing or lead safe; turn down flashing into space between pipe and sleeve, insert. oakum gasket, pour lead, caulk water tight. ' Over air plenums caulk all sleeves with polysulfite base sealing compound conforming to ASA A116.1 (Thiokol). 1. Where sleeves are indicated with flashing flanges. provide Josam, or equal, 26420 series threaded riser sleeve with anchor lugs, flashing flange, steel pipe extensions. 6. FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES A. Plates shall be installed on all exposed. pipe passing through walls, floors, or ceilings. Plates shall be as manufactured by Ritter Pattern and Casting Compa- ny, 120 Walker Street, New York, New York 10013, or approved equal, chrome plated steel plates with set screw and concealed hinge. Cut plates to fit flush at close -spaced piping locations. 7. PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS' A. Provide pipe hangers, supports, anchors, and guides as specified herein and/or indicated, conforming to manufacturer's standardization society specification SP- 69. Locate at changes in direction and at concentrated loads. Hanger design shall permit vertical, adjustment and lateral movement to allow pipe expansion. .Double nut. hangers where piping is subject to water hammer, i.e. near flush valves and solenoid valves. B. Bear hot piping directly on hangers or on insulation shields and cold piping on insulation, shielded as described under article for insulation. Provide pipe hangers:of ample.diameter fog cold piping insulation and vapor barrier jacket. WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 4 MATERIALS AND METHODS 0 I C. Use carbon steel adjustable hangers as follows: 1. Steel and cast iron, 2 1/2" and larger. Grinnell Fig. 260, Fee and Mason Fig. 239, Elcen Fig. 12. 2. Steel, plastic and cast iron, 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. 69, Fee and Mason Fig. 400, Elcen Fig. 202. 3. Copper pipe 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. CT-69, Fee and Mason Fig. 389, Elcen Fig. 389. D. Three or more pipes may be supported on trapeze hangers using 2 clevis hang- ers and a capped pipe cross member. Isolate copper pipe from bearing on the cross member with an electrically insulating material. 1. Where indicated trapeze hangers shall be "Unistrut" or equal, double channel with drop rods. Where pipes are indicated to be supported from the underside of trapeze hanger provide "Unistrut" or equal speed clamps. - Isolate copper pipe from cross member same as specified ' above. E. Support horizontal steel piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is more stringent: Pipe Size Rod Diameter . Maximum Spacing Up to 1 1/4" 3/8" 8 ft. 1 1/2" to 3 1/2" 1/2" 8 ft. 4" & 5" 5/8" 12 ft. 6" 3/4" 12 ft. I F. Support horizontal copper piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is more stringent: Nom. Tubing Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacinq Up to 1 1/2" 3/8" 6 ft. 2" to 2 1/2" 3/8" 8 ft. 3" 1/2" 9 ft. 1 G. Support horizontal hub and spigot pipe at every hub, 10 ft. max. spacing. H. Support horizontal hubless cast iron pipe at every joint and at each horizontal branch connection. Sway brace to prevent shear. I. Support plastic every 4 feet. J. Support vertical piping as follows: 1. Steel —Every other floor 2. ' ° Casfiron and Copper --Every floor; 10 ft. max. intervals 3. Plastic --Every floor plus 5' spacing between floors .. K. Hanging from one pipe to another is prohibited. - ' L. Support piping racked'on walls with Unistrut hangers and channel supports or equal. Copper piping shall be insulated from contact with the steel channels. 1 WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 5 MATERIALS AND METHODS 1 I 8. PIPING INSTALLATION A. General 1. Pipe sizes shown on the drawings are nominal pipe sizes, not outside diameters. Use straight round pipe reamed to full size after cutting. Remove all chips from reaming. 2. .Arrange pipe in group runs where feasible: Coordinate locations with all trades. Avoid traps in piping. a 3. The right is. reserved to,authorize minor changes in,pipe location to avoid conflicts with other trades at no additional cost to the Owner. D B. Waste and Vent Piping 1. All waste and vent piping shall be properly pitched at 1/4 inch to the foot R (or 2%) minimum for 3" and smaller pipe and 1/8 inch (or 1%) minimum u for 4 inch and larger, unless otherwise indicated. Piping shall be properly supported so that it will not sag and form pockets. Exceptions must be approved in writing by the Engineer, Owner and by the Administrative Authority. 2. The manufacturer's recommendations shall be carefully followed when installing pipe using neoprene gasketed joints. a 3. Locate vertical hubs. of underground piping below partition walls for concealment. In locations where hubs will project beyond finish partition wall, set hubs, 1" below finished floor. a 4. All waste pipe underground outside of building shall be buried a minimum of 3'6" deep. a C. Domestic Water, Distribution Piping 1. All unnecessary.traps in circulating lines shall be avoided. �1 2. All water pipe underground outside of building shall be buried a minimum of 5'-0" deep. ,Where waste and water piping is run in the same trench, installation shall conform to all governing codes. 9. EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING D A. Excavation. Trenches for all underground pipe lines shall not, be carried below the required depths except as necessary for special pipe bedding or to remove unstable soil or rock. .Furnish and backfill with,, thoroughly compacted sand - gravel mixtures or excavated materials approved by the Engineer's representa- tive, all excess excavation below requireddevels. Rock.will be encountered and shall be excavated to allow for 6" granular. bed between bottom of pipe and rock. B._ Trench Preparation. The bottom of the trench shall be accurately graded and shaped to fit the lower 1/4 circumference so :as to provide..uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe except where necessary to excavate for pipe Pointing .:Where pipe;7elevations run, below the,"granular,. fill=,in to natural soil, WATERS WAY PARK 15050: 6 MATERIALS AND METHODS I C. Grading and Stacking: All grading in the vicinity of drench excavations shall be controlled' to prevent surface' water from flowing -into trenches. Any water accumulated in the trenches shall be removed by pumping or by other approved methods. During excavation, materials suitable for backfilling shall be stacked in an orderly manner a, sufficient distance back from edges of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. D. Crossing Protection. Provide adequate temporary crossovers for pedestrian and vehicular traffic, in guard rails, lamps, flags, as directed; remove same when necessary•for such protection ceases. E. Backfilling: After pipe Imes have been tested,'irispected and approved by the Architect -Engineer, and prior"to''backfilling; all forms •shall be removed and the excavation shall be cleaned of all trash and debris. Material for backfilling shall consist''of'the excavated • gran ular material, or borrow equal to that specified above, and shall be free of trash, lumber, or other debris: Backfll shall be placed in horizontal layers, not exceeding nine (9) inches in thickness. Moisten and hand or machine compact to 95% of standard proctor density: _-Bring fill to elevations indicated. If backfill fails the proctor density test, conducted by an independent testing laboratory retained by the Owner; ,Contractor shall recom- pact and retest until satisfactory density is reached. First backfill layer shall be coarse'sand to 6" above top of pipe. . F. Restoration of Area. All areas disturbed by the Mechanical Contractor shall be restored to their original condition unless otherwise indicated. 1. Replace pavement, curbs, sidewalks, other appurtenances removed or damaged in connection with work and restore to original conditions, unless otherwise directed:..." 10. DISINFECTING AND SPECIAL CLEANING A. Domestic Water Systems 1. General:.. Alh'new potable .water systems shall be cleaned as herein 1 specified prior to testing or -application of insulation. Testing must be wit- nessed by the State or City Department of Health personnel and report filed with the Owner. to receive final payment. 2. Notification: Notify Stater.or City Department of Health in writing, 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the cleaning process. 3. Witness: The:cleaning,process.will •not be deemed acceptable unless witnessed and approved by the State or City Department of Health's representative. 4. ..: Procedure: Comply -.with- of:Fort Collins standards, Latimer County, or Colorado State Department of Health requirements, whichever is more stringent. 5. Report: The report shall contain the following and be'submitted,to the Owner's Project Manager within 24 hours`of;the•cleaning: WATERS WAY PARK 150501- 7 MATERIALS AND METHODS - Date, time and place of cleaning - Duration - Person responsible -Solutions concentration and temperature_ Signature of State Department of Health representative -. Results - 6. The report.and its timely submission shall be required for final payment. 11. THERMOMETERS' u A. Furnish and install thermometers in pipe lines, and equipment as scheduled and/or indicated. Thermometers shall be- Taylor;,. Moeller,- Rochester, Weiss, Trerice, or approved equal. Nine inch scale with separable socket, cast alumi- :num. case,. red reading mercury, _adjustable :industrial type complete with ther- mometer,wells Scale range shall be.30°F to 240°F with 2 degree divisions. B. Thermometer installation will not be accepted. unless they,can be easily read by an operator standing on the floor.,; . 12. ELECTRICAL A. Electric Motors. 1. Provide electric motors.with all.equipment,fumished and installed under Division 15, unless specified otherwise. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers a., G.E.' b. U:S. Motors :. C. MagneTek (Century) 3. Include the following features on all motors:. a. Ball bearings with tube lines extended to accessible location. b.... Cast iron or.steel.base with provision for slide adjustment unless directed otherwise. O C. : Conduit box with.ample room -for lead terminal connections. d. Numbered leads -of ample length for connection, terminating in D the conduit box. e. _ Permanently stamped nameplate. Q f. Single speed 1750 RPM, unlessspecified otherwise. g., Rated for continuous duty;in ambient.not exceeding 40 degrees o C. 4 All motor wiring and windings shall be copper st - 5 ..Power Factor WATERS WAY PARK 15050.- 8 MATERIALS AND METHODS I I 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I a. Motors shall have a labeled power factor, at name plate rating and rated voltage, of not less than 85%. If a motor draws less than 1000 watts labeled rating, it is excluded from the 85% P.F. requirement. If, through motor or design (i.e:--RPM less than 1200), an 85% power factor is not available, the supplier of that motor shall furnish power factor correction components capable of correcting that non -conforming motor to 90% or better. 6. Horsepower ratings -- in V-belt drive applications, size motor for 120 Percent of brake horsepower, requirement, or scheduled horsepower, whichever is greater: 7. Single phase motors-- furnish for all applications 1/6 through'3/4 HP, single phase, capacitor start,_ capacitor run, dripproof, thermally pro- tected motors, unless indicated otherwise, for 120 volt 60 hertz current. B. Unit manufacturer shall provide belt guard C. Motor starters will be provided under Division 15, Mechanical, as specified below. 1. Starters shall be across -the -line, with manual reset, trip -free thermal overload relay in each ungrounded conductor, necessary auxiliary con- tacts, proper NEMA Standard enclosure for location, and hand -off - automatic switches in cover. Provide manual motor starters for locally controlled single phase motors. For single phase motors which are interlocked with external devices provide H-O-A.magnetic starters or relay and switch rated at locked rotor motor amps and manual starter. Starters, except those furnished mounted in or on equipment, shall be by the same one of the following manufacturers: a. Allen-Bradley b. Cutler Hammer C. Square D D. Electrical wiring, except where otherwise specified in Division 15, will be provided under Division 16, Electrical Work. 1. Electrical wiring provided under Division 15 of the Specifications shall conform to all applicable requirements of Division 16, Electrical Work. 2. Control Wiring: Consists of wiring in pilot circuits of contactors, starters, relays, etc., and wiring for valve and damper operators. 3. For single-phase devices where power current,passes through controller and device, wiring shall be considered power wiring. E. Responsibility: Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls: for Division 15 equipment shall be furnished, set in place and wired in accordance with the following schedule: Set•In ;Power Control Furnished Place Wiring Wiring . Under Under Under:-. Under ITEM Division Division Division Division IWATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 9 MATERIALS AND METHODS I Equipment Motors 15 15 16 Starters/Contactors:" Separate 15 16 16 15 Factory Mounted " and Wired 15 . 15 16 15 Set In Power Control Furnished Place Wiring Wiring Under Under - Under Under ITEM Division Division Division Division Pushbutton Stations:. Separate 15 16 15 In:Starter Enclosure 15. 16. - 15 Disconnect Switches 16 16. 16 - Thermal Overload Switches 16 16 16 - Control Relays 15 15 - 15 Control Transformers 15 16 16 15 Operating Switches 16 16 16 - a Line Voltage Thermostat, 15 15. - 15 15 15 a Low Voltage:Thermostat" 15 Sub -Base Low Voltage 15 15 - 15 Time Switches Not In Control Panel 15 15 ; 16 15 -Thermostat and Controls a Integral with Equipment of Directly Attached to Ducts, Pipes, -etc. 15 15 15 Equipment in Temperature Control. Panels 15 15. 15 Valve Motors, Damper Motors, Solenoid Valves, etc. 15 15; 15 Control,CircuitOutlets 16 16 16 Smoke Detectors Including Relays for Fan"Control 16 15 16 15 Equipment Interlocks : 15 T5 15 r AND WATERS WAY PARK :- -_ ... 15050 - 10 MATERIALS METHODS WATERS WAY PARK' END OF SECTION 15050 - 11 MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 15250 - MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 1. GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. 2. SCOPE OF THE WORK A. The work involved in this section of the specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, accessories and materials and in performing all operations necessary for the installation of all insulation for the plumbing and duct systems, and sealing of sleeves. B. All insulation shall be installed in a workmanlike manner by skilled workmen engaged in this type of work. 3. MATERIALS' A. All insulations shall have fire and smoke hazard ratings not exceeding the fol- lowing unless otherwise specified: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed 50 1. Insulation on all cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are used shall be applied with a continuous unbroken vapor seal (hangers on outside of insulation jacket). 2. Support inserts for cold water piping shall be installed at all outside hanger points. Inserts between the pipe and pipe hangers shall consist of wood or rigid insulation sections of equal thickness of the pipe insula- tion. 3. Inserts shall be installed in a manner to completely support the pipe and not crush the insulation or damage the vapor barrier. 4. Hangers, supports, anchors, etc., that are secured directly to cold sur- faces must be adequately insulated and vapor sealed to prevent condensation. B. Material Approval Code 1. Code I Fiberglass Pipe Insulation a. Owens-Corning One or Two Piece Pipe Insulation i. .Fiberglass 25 ASJ - All service jacket ii. Fiberglass 25 ASJ - SSL - All service jacket b. Schuller Flame Safe Pipe Insulation i. .:All purpose jacket AP. . ii. All purpose jacket AP. self-sealing lap system. . WATERS WAY PARK..:- 15250 - 1 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION I I 11 1 1 1 I 11 4. C. Certain -Teed Manson Fiberglass Pipe Insulation i. All service jacket d. Or Equal by Knauf 2. Code II One Piece PVC Insulated Fitting Covers a. Ceelco b. Zeston C. Perma-Jac d. Proto LoSmoke e. Or prior approved equal 3. Code VIII Plastic Pipe Insulation a. Insulation shall not exceed the following fire hazard ratings: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed (3/4") 225 b. For service - 40 degrees F. to 200 degrees F. C. Armstrong FIR Armaflex d. Or Equal by IMCOA or Nomaco C. Vapor barrier to be kraft paper reinforced foil with integral self-sealing pressure sensitive adhesive longitudinal seam sealing strips. Insulation maximum thermal conductivity shall be .25 at 75 deg. F per inch. No staples shall be used. COLD PIPING A. Domestic Cold Water: All piping in concealed and exposed areas shall be insu- lated with fiberglass pipe insulation with all service jacket or grades mentioned in Code I. Thickness shall conform to the following schedule: Service:& Size Insulation Thickness Domestic Cold Water: 1" and smaller 1/2" 1-1/4" and larger ill B. Piping in cores of block wall may be insulated with Code VIII insulation, thickness as above. C. Piping- below slab shall be insulated with Code VIII insulation, thickness as above: WATERS WAY PARK 15250 - 2 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION ' SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT ' THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 101h day of February in the year of 2011 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and Walsh Construction, Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) ' OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be ' the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the 7123 Water's Way Neighborhood Park and is generally described in Section 01010. ' ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by City of Fort Collins Park Planning, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and ' responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ' ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete by September 1, 2011 as ' provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions by October 1, 2011. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General ' Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving ' in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00) for each calendar day or fraction ' thereof that expires after September 1, 2011 for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete. 2) Final Acceptance: ' Section 00520 Page 1 r 5. HOT PIPING A. All piping in concealed and exposed areas shall be insulated with fiberglass pipe insulation with all service jacket of grades mentioned in Code I. Thickness shall conform to the following schedule: Service and Size Domestic Hot Water: 2" and smaller Insulation Thickness B. Piping in cores of block wall maybe insulated with Code VIII insulation, thickness as above. C. Piping below slab shall be insulated with Code VIII insulation, thickness as above. -:.. ,s. D. Jackets and end laps shall be: sealed -with Chicago mastic 17-465, or equal, applied to two surfaces or with self-sealing type lap system. 6. FITTINGS VALVE BODIES AND FLANGES A. PVC insulated fitting covers as mentioned in Code II. 1. The pre-cut insulation shall be applied to the fitting to make a snug fit of equal thickness against the adjoining pipe insulation. The fitting covers shall be secured by vapor barrier. adhesive. 2. On cold services all seam edges shall be additionally sealed with vapor barrier adhesive. , 7. SHIELDS A. Provide sheet metal insulation shields at all hanger locationstfor cold services. Form the shields to bear on the lower 1/3 periphery of the insulated pipe. Use 20 gauge sheet metal for pipes less than 4", 16 gauge for larger pipes. Comply with the following table for shield length: Pipe Size Length 4" and smaller 9" 6" to 10" 12" 8. SEALING OF SLEEVES A. :All sleeves for pipes, ductwork, etc., furnished under Diyision•.15 of the specifi- cations, penetrating floors, and walls and full height partitions shall be sealed in accordance with the following: 1. All: insulated ,services shall have the specified ,insulation terminated on either side of sleeve. Services which require a vapor barrier jacket shall have segment through sleeve insulated with calcium -silicate having -a minimum thickness same as specified for service. Entire void space between inside of sleeve and outside of duct, pipe, and/or calcium- sili- ca�e insulation shall, be. packed with fiber insulation, conforming to HHI- 521E Type 3 or HH1-558B Form A and having an ASTM fire class E-84 . WATERS WAY. PARK 15250 - 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION . 9. DUCTWORK A. External wrap (thermal): 1.11 Insulation: Fiberglass blanket, 1 lb. density, vapor barrier jacketed with 2" tab. Jacket - laminated aluminum foil, glass reinforced kraft paper. 2. Application: Secure to metal leaving no voids at the edges, with strips of insulation adhesive. Lap all joints 2", seal with lap adhesive and staple 6" on center. Seal over staple with matching tape. patches. Further secure the bottom side insulation on ducts over 24" wide with welded pins and mechanical fasteners, not over 18" on center and seal over with tape matching patches. 3. Do not install insulation over access panels. B. Insulation shall be in accordance to the following schedule for new ducts: Ductwork Insulation Insulation Type Type Thickness Supply External Return External 1-1/2" Outside Air External 1-.1 /2" Exhaust External 1-1/2" END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15250' 4 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION I SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING 1. GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications: 2. SCOPE OF THE WORK A. The work involved in this specification and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all material and equipment necessary to install all complete' systems listed below, including minor items obviously necessary for complete and operating installation. 1. Sanitary Drainage System 2. Domestic Water System 3. Plumbing Fixtures 3. CONNECTIONS TO MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. Make all domestic water, waste, vent,. drain, etc., connections to all equipment in this building whether or not such equipment is furnished under this section or under other sections of this specification. This includes -installation, furnishing piping and shut-off valves on branches to and from each piece of equipment from mains or branch mains. 4. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning: At completion clean strainers, traps, aerators, and valves of debris, sand and dirt. Thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. B. Adjusting: Adjust flush valves, faucets, and bubblers for proper flow, after cleaning and flushing operations are accomplished. 5. PROTECTION A. Protect fixtures and related components from damage before, during and after installation to date of Final Acceptance or Owner move -in. Provide protective coverings or other protection as required. 6. SANITARY SEWER SERVICE A. Connect to new sewer service(s) as indicated on the plans. Provide minimum 3'- 6" minimum cover over sewer line(s) outside of building. Provide main clean -out where sewer(s) leaves building as indicated on the plans. See Section 15050 paragraph labeled "Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling." B. Before proceeding with this part of the work, the Contractor shall carefully survey the existing conditions, and, if necessary, modify the service installation, in order to avoid unforeseen obstructions, such as.telephone cables, cisterns, electric conduits, large tree roots, etc. WATERS WAY.PARK 15440 -1 PLUMBING, I I I I I I 0 I I m I C. This Contractor shall include all costs for this work, including street and sidewalk ' repair,- permits, etc:, in his bid. 7. WATER SERVICE ' A. Provide new water service as indicated on the plans. Provide minimum 5'-0" cover over water line outside of building. Provide new water meter, size as indicated on the plan. If meter is furnished by City Water Department, make all ' arrangements with Water Department. Manufacturer, type, and installation of water meter shall be in accordance with Water Department requirements. Fort Collins -Loveland Water District. B. Before proceeding with this part of the work, the Contractor shall carefully survey the existing conditions, and; if necessary, modify the service installation, in order to avoid .unforeseen obstructions,• such as telephone -*cables, cisterns, electric conduits, large tree roots, etc. C. This Contractor shall include all costs for this,work, including street and sidewalk repair, permits, etc.; in his bid. ' 8. CLEANOUTS' A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zurn 5. Prior approved equal B. Cleanouts shall be full line size through 4" pipe. C. Inside caulk or spigot connections, bronze cleanout plug, straight threaded with tapered shoulder and caulked lead seat. Plugs shall be removed, doped, and reinstalled just tight enough to prevent leakage. D. Screwed pipe cleanouts-bronze pipe threaded plug with four raised square lugs or counter sunk plug. E. Floor cleanouts (FCO)--frame and cover threaded for 1 1/2" vertical adjustment, threads protected with shield to be removed when concrete is set. Covers --nickel ' bronze round frame and cover, deep flange tractor type. Extra heavy type in heavy traffic areas, and with carpet retainer top for carpeted floors. F. Wall cleanouts (WCO)—square nickel bronze frame and cover with minimum opening of 6" x 6". G. Grade Cleanouts (GCO) —cast iron cleanout with round, heavy duty scoriated, non -tilt cast iron top, adjustable to .finished grade level. Set GCO in 2'x2'x4" ' deep concrete pad minimum. H. Cleanouts in floors shall be located<as shown.on,.plans,and at changes in direc- tion of pipe run and shall consist of Y. fittings and eighth bends.. Cleanouts shall �. .beiprovided:;at the:, base of all:vertical=stacks with the cleanout plug,docated approximately 12 inches above the;floon and: extended .,to ".wall access cover. WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 2 PLUMBING I Cleanouts in horizontal runs above ground -shall consists of 'Y' fittings with cleanout plugs. CLEANOUTS MUST,BE PROVIDED IN EVERY 100 FT. OF HORIZONTAL RUN, and as per the International Plumbing Code. 9. FLOOR DRAINS" A. Acceptable Manufacturers: • 1. Jay R: Smith', 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zurn 5. Prior approved equal B.. Provide :floor drains of type specified herein. Sizes and locations shall be as indicated. C. Floor drains shall be cast iron.with double drainage flange, nickel -bronze rim and strainer unless otherwise indicated. Provide. clamping ring when installed in floors which have waterproof membrane. Drains connected to cast iron soil pipe shall have spigot outlets. D. Floor drains in slabs on ground. 1. FD-1 Floor Drains shall be Z-415 with 6" diameter Type 'B' strainer and m Z1000 cast iron deep seal P-trap. With Pro Set Systems Model TG-33-Z trap guard insert. 10. VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Do not install vents within two feet of roof edge, parapet or wall line of an "on -the - roof structure." .B.. Metal roof::>., . . 1. Flash vents through roof with galvanized roof jack with neoprene gasket at neck:: 2. Oakey 11853 or equal, no -caulk roof flashing, size as required. 11. SHOCK ABSORBERS (SA-1)'_ A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4.:. Zum 5. Prior approved equal B. Shock absorbers. shall be the gas filled stainless steel bellows type, sized and :. installed pecrequirements of;PDl_WH-201. '� .` C Shock absorbers shall�be furnished and installed at all solenoids ahcJ other`quick closing valves'and flush�valves. < -.... ., WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 3 PLUMBING I 1 1 1 1 1 [1 i 1 1 1 1 IL i 1 1 .1 D. Each shock absorber shall have a shut-off ball valve for replacement. 12. ELECTRIC WATER HEATER* A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. A.O. Smith 2. Rheem 3. State 4. Prior approved equal B. Provide where indicated, domestic water heater with capacities and characteristics as scheduled on plans. C. Heater shall have ASHRAE 90.1 b-1992 seal of approval, UL certified. D. Tank shall be suitable for 150 PSI working pressure and shall be glass lined. E. Assembly shall include P/T relief valve, magnesium anode rod, high limit cut off, foam insulation, sheet metal jacket with backed enamel finish and drain valve. F. 1 year limited warranty for commercial installation. - 13. EXPANSION TANK DOMESTIC HOT WATER* A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. State 2. Amtrol 3. Bell & Gossett 4. A.O. Smith 5. Taco . 6. Approved Equal. B. Tank shall be designed for potable water systems. Tank shall be constructed of steel with a maximum working pressure of 150 PSI and a maximum temperature of 200°F. C. Tank shall have an internal butyl diaphragm with a polymer lining or butyl bladder. All internal parts must comply with FDA regulations and approvals. D. Size as specified and as required for proper venting pressure or as scheduled on plans. 14. BACKFLOW PREVENTOR (Reduced pressure)* A. Acceptable Manufacturers and models: 1. Watts Model 909, all.sizes 2. Febco 825, 3/4" to 2" 3. Febco 860, larger than 2" 4. Wilkins 5. Or prior approved equal.. , B: Shall be the reduced pressure type with atmospheric vent. WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 4 PLUMBING 15. 16 C. Bronze body and accessory construction and replaceable seats. D. Bronze body ball valve test cocks and 1/4 turn ball valves on inlet and outlet. E. With bronze strainer, flanged adapter ends or.unions, and air gap fitting. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE* A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Leonard 2. Symmons 3. Watts 4. Wilkins 5. Prior.approved equal B. Where indicated, a domestic water thermostatic mixing valve shall be. provided on the domestic hot water piping to all hand sinks, showers, and lavatories. Valve may be for individual or multiple fixture applications as indicated on the plans. C. Valve shall be ASSE 1070 listed.. D. Valve shall be of bronze body construction, adjustable,outlet temperature, and suitable for inlet temperatures up to 180 degrees F. E. Valve shall be initially set for 110 degrees F. discharge temperature. F. Install in a location that is easily accessible :for: -temperature adjustment, maintenance, and replacement. G. TMV-1 to be similar Watts Series USG-B-MI, 3/8" size. ' PLUMBING FIXTURE TYPES* A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Stainless steel urinals and water closets: a. Acorn b. Bradley C. Willoughby d. Prior approved equal 2. Faucets: a. Chicago -... . . b. Prior approved equal 3. Flush valves: a. Delaney b.. Sloan C. Prior approved equal WATERS WAY PARK 1.5440 - 5 iPLUMBING I n 4. Mop Service Basins: a. Zurn b. Fiat c. Stern Williams d. Prior approved equal 5. Stainless steel lavatories: a. Advance Tabco b. Elkay C. Just d. Prior approved equal 6. Toilet seats: a. Bemis b. Beneke C. Olsonite d. Prior approved equal 7. Wall Hydrants and Hose Bibbs: a. J.R. Smith b. Josam c. Wade d. Woodford e. Zurn f. Prior approved equal B. Furnish faucets, stop valves and traps for all fixtures and equipment. C. The exposed flush, waste, and supply pipes at the fixtures ishall be chromium plated brass pipe, iron pipe size. Fittings and traps for brass pipe shall be cast brass, chromium plated. D. Install chromium -plated brass wall or floor plates where piping passes through walls or floors. E. Where reference is made to chromium -plated brass, same shall mean.polished brass, first nickel plated and finished with chromium plate. F. All lavatories and sinks shall be furnished with 3/8" S.P.S.•flexible tube supply pipes, key stops and escutcheons, unless specified otherwise. G. All lavatories shall be furnished with 1 114":tailpiece,cast brass chrome plated 'P' trap, 20 gauge tubing. waste to wall and wall escutcheons, unless otherwise specified. H. All sinks shall be furnished with 1 1/2" tailpiece, cast brass chrome plated 'P' trap, 17 gauge tubing waste to wall and wall escutcheons,;, unless otherwise specified. I. All fixtures fitted to.the+walls or floor'shall be:ground, square and true and be sealed with mildew resistant non -hardening clear or white silicon bead, with Engineer's approval. WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 6 PLUMBING J. Fixture Mounting Heights: Mount fixtures to the following heights above finish floor: 1. Lavatory: a. Handicapped 33 inches to top of basin rim 2. Urinal: a. Handicapped 17 inches to top of bowl rim 3. Water Closet: a. Standard 15 inches to top of bowl rim b. Handicapped 17 - 19 inches to top of seat 4. Wall Hydrants: a. Standard 24 inches to outlet K. Coordinate all fixture rough -ins with masonry contractor. L. The following schedule establishes the standards to which each type of fixture must conform and the plumbing fixture portfolios shall completely illustrate and describe each type. Refer to the drawings for exact quantities. FWH-1 Wall Hydrant (Freeze -proof)* Fixture: Woodford Model B67, non -freeze, bronze locking box, vacuum breaker. LAV-1 Lavatory (Countertop, Handicapped)* Fixture: Elkay LLVR-1916 20"x17" 18 gauge -Type 302 stainless steel, satin finish, countertop lavatory, singlehole punch.-. Faucet: Chicago 333-E2805-665PSHCP, self closing vandal resistant push button valve, .0.5 gpm. Drain: Elkay EK-174 lavatory drain with perforated grid. Insulation: Truebro Inc., Handi Lav Guard insulation kit for P-trap and supply and valve. MSB-1 Mop Service Basin* Fixture: Zurn Z1996-24, 24"x24"x10" molded high density composite basin, PVC drain - body,: stainless steelm dome' strainer/lint basket, and 3" .gasketed outlet connection. Provide with stainless steel bumper guards. Faucet: Zurn Z843M1 polished chrome -plated. cast brass S" service sink faucet with quarteraurn`ceramic disc cartridges,, integral- service,stops, and 6" cast brass spout with chemical resistant atmospheric vacuum breaker, %" hose threaded outlet, pail hook, and adjustable wall brace. Provide with lever handles. UR=1 Urinal (Handicapped).*.. Fixture: Acorn Model. 1 700-W-1 -FTV-MT-SW, blow-out Jet type, 14 gauge stainless steel, `wall;m6unt 2"_wall: outlet 1 5'E;back spud.waterJnlet; 1.0.GPF WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 7 „ _ PLUMBING Flush valve: Sloan Model Royal 990-1-MBFW-T, concealed flush valve.with'back-check, angle stop, vacuum breaker, elbow flush connection, vandal -proof ADA rated hydraulically operated metal push button, and 1.5" flush connection: WC-T Water Closet (Wall Mounted, Flush Valve, Handicapped)" Fixture: Acorn Model 1675-W-1-1.6-ADA-CO1(4")-FTV-HS-MT-SW, blow-out Jet type, 14 gauge stainless steel, satin finish, wall mount, 4" walloutlet with cleanout, 1.5" back spud water inlet, 1.6 GPF, wall sleeve, and hinged seat. Flush valve: Sloan Royal 952-1.6-MBFW, concealed flush valve with back -check, angle stop, vacuum breaker, 'elbow flush connection, vandakproof ADA rated hydraulically operated metal push button. WC-2 Water Closet (Wall Mounted; -Flush Valve, Standard)' Fixture: Acorn Model 1675-W-1-1.67CO1(4")-FTV-HS-MT-SW, blow-out Jet type, 14 gauge stainless steel, satin finish, wall mouht, 4" wall outlet with cleanout, 1.5" back spud water inlet, 1.6 GPF, wall sleeve, and hinged seat. Flush valve: -Sloan Royal 952-1.6-MBFW; concealed flush valve with back -check, angle stop, vacuum breaker, elbow flush connection, vandal -proof ADA rated hydraulically operated metal push button. `END OF SECTION " WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 8 PLUMBING e 0 Q After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150.00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after October 1, 2011 for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is Iready for Final Payment and Acceptance. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: One Million Two Hundred Sixteen Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($1,216,250.00), in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES ' CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be ' processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall ' determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. 900 of the value of Work completed until the Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of ' the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work ' completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 1000 of the Work completed. 900 of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably ' stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in ' accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. Section 00520 Page 2 e u SECTION 15850 — HEATING AND VENTILATING 1. GENERAL 0 A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions,- in its„ entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, O Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part. of this section of the specifications. 2. SCOPE OF WORK A. The, work in this section .of. the ,specification .and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all, labor. and furnishing of all material. and equipment necessary to install heating and air handling systems as indicated on drawings and specified herein, including minor items -obviously. necessary for complete and operating systems. WORK LOW 'VELOCITY SYSTEMS.. 3. SHEET METAL - A. Low velocity sheet metal work includes all ducts serving supply, return, and pressure. exhaust air systems operating at a maximum of 2" pressure. B. Construction. Construct ducts from zinc coated iron, or; steel, sheets conforming accurately to the dimensions indicated on the drawings. All ducts shall be straight and smooth on the insid.e..with neatly finished joints. Construct ducts in accordance with the recommendations in the current edition of the "SMACNA" duct construction standards, 2" W.G. pressure class. C. All ductwork transverse joints shall be made airtight by using duct sealer in accordance with SMACNA standards. No open joints at the corners or else- where will be allowed. All seams in horizontal ducts will be standing seams with separate cleats mitering at the corners. All seams in vertical duct or risers shall be self-supporting. All ducts shall be complete in themselves. No single thickness partitions between ducts allowed. All ducts over 18" wide to be crossbroken. 4. DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Securely attach all ductwork to the building construction in a manner to be free from vibration and swaying under all conditions of operation. Hanger attach- ments shall be appropriate for the building structure and shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Hang ducts from beams and joists whenever possible. B. Ducts shall be substantially supported with hangers located at a maximum of 8 feet on centers, or less as conditions dictate, for the length of the duct. All hangers shall be made of 1" wide galvanized iron straps, 18 gauge for hangers spaced at 8 feet centers, 22 gauge for 4 feet centers, both for ducts up to 96" semi -perimeter, or per latest edition of the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Hanger straps to be secured to the bottom of the duct using sheet metal screws. Additional screws to be added to sides of ductwork as conditions dictate. Trapeze hangers per SMACNA standards may also be used. 15850 -A 5. DUCT INSTALLATION A. All ductwork will be run substantially as shown on the plans. Changes in size or cross section shall be made with long tapers. The Engineer reserves the right to ' slightly change the run of certain ducts without extra cost to the Owner, if necessary to avoid unforeseen structural or other interferences. B. Where ducts run through ceiling spaces and structural, mechanical, or electrical interference is encountered, maintain same cross sectional area as indicated on ' plans with a maximum of 4 1/2 to 1 aspect ratio. C. All openings in duct for grilles, registers, etc., shall be capped dust -tight with G.I. metal caps during the construction period: D. Where square turns are indicated, either round or rectangular duct, provide and ' install square turn elbows with turning vanes.: Vanes may be either commercial type duct turns, or approved equal, or shop fabricated, to conform to SMACNA standards. Vanes shall be single or .double thickness type preassembled on runners before installing in each elbow. Brace.aoequately and avoid rough edges to prevent objectionable noise. E. Where moisture may condense within the duct system, pitch ductwork to low points and provide drip pans and drain connections with plugs for removal of ' condensate. F. No obstructions will be allowed in ducts except places where absolutely neces- sary and prior approval has been received from the Engineer. In such cases they shall be installed so as to least interfere with the passage of air. 6. STATIONARY LOUVERS' A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. American Warming and Ventilating 2. Arrow 3. Dowco 4. Greenheck ' 5, Industrial Louvers 6... Louvers and Dampers, Inc. 7. Prior approved equal. B. Provide stationary outside air intake and exhaust louvers•where indicated on the plans. C. See schedule on the plans for exact type, construction, and accessories. D. Install louvers, where indicated on the plans, according to manufacturer's recommendations. Provide anchor clips and caulk .as required for a sound, ' watertight installation. Make airtight duct connections to installed louvers. 7. ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER' _..- A. Acceptable Manufacturers :- WATERS WAY PARK ' 15850 - 2 HEATING AND VENTILATING 2. Indeeco 3. Markel 4. Q-mark. 5. Prior approved equal B. Manufacturer, Model, and Size: L. As scheduled on the plans.,, C. Description 1. Test operatedprior to shipment to. insure proper operation. Completely factory assembled with all controls installed. U.L. Rated. 2. Aluminum -finned, copper clad steel sheath heating element. 3. Heavy. gauge,,•.cold rolled steel, cabinet with.: baked on paint finish. Adjustable jouvers for air flow direction control. Horizontal throw. 4. With 24 VA' control transformer factory installed'with automatic fan delay and thermal cutout. Or 120V controls. 5. Direct drive, propeller fan statically and dynamically balanced. Internal overload protected motor.. 6. With wall -mounted thermostat with fan "On -Auto" switch. 7. With mounting; brackets as.required. 8. ENERGY RECOVERY MODULE' A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck 2. Prior approved equal. B. Manufacturer, Model, and Size: 1. As scheduled on the plans. C. Provide and install energy recovery.:modules; where- indicated on the plans, according to manufacturer's recommendations., D. Make airtight duct, connections to installed energy recovery modules. E. _ Casing shall be galvanized steel. F. Access for filters and fans shall not require tools. G. Energy recovery wheel .,shall- be mounted on •a slide -out track for ease of inspection, removal, and cleaning: H. Housing shall be insulated with'/z" insulation. L. Energy recoverywheel shall be enthalpy,rype J, Fans and motors shall be integral; statically and dynamically balanced. WATERS WAY PARK .: 15850 - 3 HEATING,AND VENTILATING K. Outdoor air and exhaust. air intake shall be. filtered with 1" 30% efficient disposable filters in internal filter racks. L. All electrical components shall be factory wired for single point power connection. END OF SECTION I SECTION 15950 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL 1. GENERAL D A. Section 15010, Basic Mechanical Requirements, in its entirety, including appli- cable provisions of -other Specification sections, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the Specifications. 2. SCOPE OF WORK D A. The work involved in this specification and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all materials and equipment necessary to ' provide the Automatic Temperature Control System for Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning systems as specified herein, including minor items obviously necessary for complete and operating installation. 3. AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS ' A. Control system shall be electric and electronic as manufactured by Johnson Controls, Inc., Honeywell, Landis and Staefa, Kreuter, Robert Shaw, or Siebe. B. The system shall be installed under the full-time supervision of an authorized Installations Engineer employed by one of the above, or by Long and Assoc., Carrier Commercial Services, Reliable Controls, Yoder Electrical Services, or prior approved equal. C. Prior to start of work, the Contractor shall submit control shop drawings as stated in this Section. Shop drawings shall be prepared by an authorized temperature control contractor as listed above. Work shall not begin until shop drawings are approved by the Engineer. ' 4. CONTROL INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT' A. In general, the control instruments and equipment furnished for this installation shall be the best product of its type produced by the manufacturer. B. Dampers and Damper Operators: 1. Damper Operators: 120 V electric type and fully proportioning. Damper operators shall have metal bodies. Provide operators with ample power to overcome friction of damper linkage and air pressure acting on the damper blades. Locate the damper operator mounting arrangement outside the airstream wherever possible. Provide the operators with external adjustable stops to limit the stroke. The operator linkage arrangement shall be such as to permit normally closed position of the damper. Belimo operators are preferred. 2. Dampers: a. Damper Frames:- 13 gauge galvanized steel channel on 1/8" extruded aluminum with.. reinforced corner bracing WATERS WAY PARK ._. 15950 -,1 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE,CONTROL b. Damper. Blades:.- Not to exceed six (6) inches in width. Blades shall be suitable for high velocity performance. Opposed blades. C. Damper Bearings: Nylon or Teflon. Bushings that turn in the bearing shall be oil impregnated sintered metal. d. The damper linkage shall provide equal percentage characteristics as required. e." Low leakage insulated type; With blade edge seals and side seals. Similar to Greenheck Model ICD-45. C. Thermostats: 1. Mechanical Chase Unit Heaters: Heating thermostat. 40 to 90'degrees F. range. Honeywell T87K1007. 2. All room thermostats §hall'be mounted at heights indicated on the plans. ' 3. Coordinate electrical requirements with Electrical Contractor. ' 5. WIRING A. Except where otherwise specified under sequence of controls, wire all electrical controls furnished under this section of the specifications. ' B. This installation shall comply with all rules and regulations of the National Electrical Code and all state and local codes and regulations. C. Install all conduits in a neat and orderly manner with conduit grouped as much as possible following horizontal and vertical building lines and rigidly secure conduit to the building construction. D. Work performed under this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with associated work being done under Division 16. ri - . E. Except where otherwiseapecified,,voltages for control -of circuiting associated with motors and their starters, and,all control devices shall be rated at 120 volts or 24 volts. 6. INSTALLATION A. - Coordinate'the installation of temperature control equipment furnished under this ' section but installed under other sections of this Division. B. Unit heaters, energy recovery modules, etc.: The manufacturer will provide all ' control devices; transformers, relays, and other appurtenances as required per manufacturer's system wiring and interlock submittals. 7. SERVICE AND OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS ' WATERS WAY PARK 15950 - 2 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. After completion of the installation, adjust all thermostats, motors, and other equipment provided under this Section. B. Following complete adjustment, have a qualified representative fully acquainted with the installation instruct the Owner's, operators in the fundamentals and operations of the system. This instruction period shall not be less than four (4) hours. C. Submit typewritten and/or printed sets of operating and maintenance instructions, to be included in the O&M Manuals, including.sheets describing fundamentals of each system and: an explanation of the operation and function of each system device in the installation as part of the maintenance and operating instructions portfolio required under Section 15010. 8. CONTROL DRAWINGS* A. Before proceeding with the work required under this section, the Contractor shall submit_ for approval ,complete temperature control diagrams, including a written description of the systems and descriptive literature covering each item of control equipment. Diagrams shall indicate all control functions required. Submit to Engineer. 9. OPERATING TESTS A. A complete system-operatirig test shall be made for a period of two (2) weeks with controls set in their'respective positions to e'nsure`proper operation. All tests and final adjustments, including calibration of all controllers and thermostats, shall be made to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer. ' B. At the completion of the test, Contractor shall prepare a list showing temperature settings of all thermostats together with actual thermostat readings. This list shall be submitted to the Engineer as part of.the maintenanceand operating instruction portfolios. - - . 10. "AS-BUILT"DRAWINGS A. The Contractor will, at the same time, insure that the control diagrams for the project are -brought up-to-date and that they reflect the control system "As -Built". These control diagrams'will be included in the Maintenance Manuals, which shall be turned over to the Owner following the acceptance of the above procedure by the Consulting Engineer. B. The "As- Built" diagrams will have an indication on them as to what changes occurred to the control system -,between. the system origlnallyspecified.and the system as installed:-: If; necessary, the description of. operation shall be changed to adequately describe the completed control system. C. - Provide reproducible set of "As Bwlts" which must be mylar sepias. D. Operating sequences .and control tliagrams modified "As -Built,'' shall be framed under glass or Plexiglas; -and swtably mounted m.the mechanical room t t: .'.SEQUENCE OF OPERATION WATERS WAY PARK 15950.3.; ; AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. General: The following description gives the intent of the sequence of operation. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate controls furnished with the equipment with necessary supplementary controls under this section to provide a working system as described below. B. Fans,.Energy Recovery Modules, and Intake/Exhaust Dampers: 1. Exhaust fans normally off and dampers normally closed. Exhaust fans and energy recovery modules come on from a signal from space motion sensors which also open intake and exhaust dampers, and close the bypass damper. 2. Bypass damper shall be normally open. When heat is required in the building when unoccupied, the bypass damper shall be open to provide recirculated air flow. C. Unit Heaters: 1. Mechanical Chase: a. Wall mounted thermostat shall cycle unit heating element and fan and the -energy recovery module fans to..maintain .a heating setpoint of 49 degrees F. (adjustable). D. Cove Heaters: 1. Restrooms and Change Room: a. Wall mounted thermostat shallcycle the heating element to maintain ,a heating setpoint of 49 degrees F (adjustable). END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15950 - 4 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SECTION 15990 -TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 1. GENERAL e A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. 2. SCOPE -OF WORK A. Balance the building ventilation and make-up heat recovery systems only. 3. FIRM REQUIREMENTS A. Balancing shall be done by a firm specializing in this work. Prequalified firms are: ' 1. AirDronics, Inc, Parker, Colorado. 2. Fort Collins/Midwest, Fort Collins, Colorado. 3. Lawrence H. Finn & Assoc., Greeley, Colorado. B. Other firms desiring to furnish services for this, project shall submit for written approval during bid time. '' , 1. A brochure shall be provided listing the qualifications of personnel in the organization, instruments available to be used and a list of projects successfully balanced within the last two years., . 2. Information regarding qualifications must be in the office of the Design Engineer at least six days,,excluding'Sundays and holidays, prior to the date set for receiving'biiis. C. The balancing work shall be performed by a firm having total professional responsibility for the final testing, adjusting and balancing of the entire air system. All balancing shall be performed by qualified technicians in the employ of the pre -qualified firm. D. This firm shall furnish all necessary tools, scaffolding and ladders that are required and shall provide all required instruments, take all readings and make all necessary adjustments. E. Instruments shall be used and applied which are best suited to the system func- tion being tested. Instruments shall be in first-class state of repair and have 1� been calibrated within a period of six months prior to starting the job. Instru- ments shall be recalibrated upon completion of the job if required by the Design Engineer to prove reliability. F. All air systems shall be balanced using an applicable proportionate procedure. G. After all adjustments are made, a detailed written report shall be prepared and submitteddor.approval. Final acceptance of thisproject will not be made until a.. satisfactoryreport is received and field verified H. The Design Engineer.will field verify the reportin the following manner WATERS WAY PARK 15990.- 1 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING, 0 11 1 1. Select quantities to be tested at random. (Quantity shall not exceed 10% 1 of total.) 1 2. Require balancing firm to read the quantities in his presence. 3. Field tested values shall be within plus or minus 10% of those shown on plans. 2. AIR BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Before any adjustments are made; room is to be closed off with windows & doors closed. The systems are to be checked for such items as duct leakage, damper leakage, equipment vibrations, correct damper operations, etc. All fan systems are to be adjusted to deliver design air quantities within plus or minus 5 %. After balancing is completed, check motor amperage. 1 B. Exhaust and recirculation air systems shall be adjusted for air quantities shown on drawings and the proper relationship between supply and exhaust established. 1 C. Distribution system shall be adjusted to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise within the capabilities of the system. 1 D. Sheaves and/or belts shall be exchanged or speed controllers adjusted as required to adjust the RPM of all fans so they handle specified air quantity. 1 3. MISCELLANEOUS A. All installed thermal overload protection shall be observed and noted in the data sheets. If thermal overload protection is incorrect, it shall be the responsibility of 1 the balancing firm to see that proper overload protection is installed at the completion of the job. B. The adjusting crew shall measure and set any special conditions such as mini- mum outside air quantities; check and adjust outside and return air intakes so that the system will deliver substantially the same volume on either; make tests and record data as required in 'REPORT" below. 1 C. All balancing devices, i.e. dampers, speed control switches, etc. shall be clearly marked as to the final balanced position. Plug all test holes, replace access doors and belt guards. 1 D. When deemed necessary, 24-hour space temperature recording shall be taken and any required partial rebalance of the system shall be performed without additional cost. 1 4. REPORT ' A. Abound report shall be provided which shall contain a general information sheet listing instruments used, methods of balancing, altitude correction, and manufacturer's grille, register and diffuser data. ' B. Provide, equipment data sheets listing make .size; serial number, rating, etc., of all mechanical equipment, including fans, pumps, motors, starters, and .drives. WATERS WAY PARK 15996 - 2 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 1 5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract. Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Section 00520 Page 3 0 e Operating data shall include rotational speed, inlet and outlet pressures, pressure drop components, and measured motor current and voltage. 8 C. Balancing data sheets. shall indicate:.the required and actual CFM of all supply, return and exhaust outlets or inlets, and shall be totaled and summarized by systems.- a D. Reports shall contain a reduced set of contract drawings with outlets marked thereon for easy identification of the designation used in the data sheets. D E. The report shall outline any abnormal,.or notable conditions not covered in the above.. . F. Final report shall be included in the O&M Manuals. , END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK.- 15990 - 3 TESTING, ADJUSTING;:AND BALANCING I SECTION 16000 ' GENERAL ELECTRICAL ' PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work covered by this section shall consist of furnishing all labor; equipment, supplies and materials unless otherwise specified and of performing all operations necessary for the installation of complete electrical systems as required by these. specifications and/or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. All work under this section shall also be governed by the project'general conditions, along with all supplements and amendments thereto, as published by the Engineer. ' B. Work shall also include the completion of all labor and the supply of all materials, whether specifically mentioned or not, for the successful operation of all electrical systems described on the Drawings or required by these specifications. 1. Oversights at the bidding stage will not relieve the Contractor of providing complete electrical systems including equipment, materials, tools! and labor. C. The scope of electrical work shall include but not be limited to the following: ' 1. Underground secondary service and service entrance equipment for the rest room building and extension to the irrigation building. 2. Power distribution and branch circuit wiring to all equipment in restroom and irrigation buildings. ' 3. Installation of building's lighting systems. 4. Control and instrument wiring as required to'all equipment. ' 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I A. Codes and Regulations: Comply with all applicable state and local codes, regulations and ordinances and the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code as interpreted by -the local inspection authority who shall have final jurisdiction. B. Permits and Fees: Secure and pay for all permits, fees, taxes, royalties, licenses and inspections in connection with the electrical work.': Upon completion of work, furnish to the Engineer a Certificate of Inspection indicating final approval*by the local inspection authority! C. Examination of Premises: Examine the premises prior to bidding and become fully familiar with existing conditions. D. Construction Power and Lighting: Provide all temporary power, lighting and wiring as required during the construction period for the use of all the trades. Temporary facilities shall be installed per NEC and are to be properly grounded throughout.Remove all temporary facilities upon completion of the project. 1.3 DRAWINGS - A. The Drawings show functional requirements of the system described herein; components not deriiized on the Drawings an'd:+Specifications'sh'all`be'°provided by.the Contractor to provide a -complete:working system as indicated on the=Drawings. Water's Way Park 16000-1 October 2009 I 1. Before installing any wiring, equipment, outlets or other devices, examine architectural, structural and mechanical drawings and specifications; if any discrepancies occur between them and the electrical drawings and specifications, report same to the Engineer in writing and obtain written instructions for changes in the work. The architectural, structural and mechanical drawings and specifications take precedence over the electrical. 2. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the building and work of other trades will permit. All changes from Drawings necessary to make the electrical work conform to the building as constructed and to -fit, work of other trades shall be made without cost to the Owner and shall be marked on the documents for later submittal to the Engineer. 3. Data given herein and on the Drawings is as exact as could be secured, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Specifications and Drawings are for assistance and guidance to the Contractor. Exact locations, distances, levels and dimensions,will be governed by the building;,the-Contractor shall use same with this understanding. PART 2 - MATERIALS ' 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials -and equipment shall-be.manufactured, tested and installed in accordance with the following: 1. National Electrical. Code (NEC). 2. - Underwriters' Laboratory.(UL):, , ; •, 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 4. -American,National.Standards Institute (ANSI). 5. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES). B. All electrical material shall display a-UL label.. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordination: The Contractorshall coordinate electrical work with the progress of other work and with the work of other trades on the job without cost to the Owner. B. cleanup: -,If -so directed by.the Engineer; remove any materials not installed in the work which conflict,with the work of other trades. At completion of work, clean up and remove from premises all debris and materials not installed so premises will be left clean. 3.2 INSPECTION AND TESTS A. .- When and if directed by the.Engineer, the Contractor, shalI test, under supervision of the Engineer, all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds.. - B. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall demonstrate by megger test the insulation resistance of any circuit. Where such a test indicates the presence of faulty insulation, the Contractor shall locate the point of fault, replace with no additional cost to the Owner and demonstrate by further test the elimination of such a fault. C After the installation has been•.completed and at such time as the Engineer may -direct,. the Contractor shall conduct an operating test for approval rn accordance with the requirements of this Specification. O Water's:.Way Park 16000-2 .. April 2009 0 SECTION 16100 ' BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION ' A. Provide all new materials consistent with the requirements of Section 16000 and as specified below. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cut sheets on all basic materials to be used -and receive Engineer's acceptance. 1. See supplemental conditions for distribution and count. PART 2-PRODUCTS ' 2A RACEWAYS -ACCEPTABLE CLASSES A. Description of System. 1. Provide raceways as required below for raceway systems. 2. Conduit sizes not noted on Drawings shall be in accordance with NEC requirements for the ' quantities and size of wire installed therein. 3. Where nonmetallic raceways are utilized, size as required to conform with the grounding conductor considered `as an insulated additional conductor. ' - 4. Where metallic raceways are used, they must establish positive low -resistance paths to ground and effectively isolate conductors so that any short-circuit arcs will be confined. 5. Reference Section 16450, Grounding. ' B. Acceptable Classes. 1. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). a. Install 2" and smaller for all exposed branch circuit wiring. ' b. Galvanize on the outside and coat on the inside with a smooth hard finish of lacquer, varnish or enamel C. Fittings. 1) Steel set screw. d. Comply with Underwriters' Laboratories Standard UL 797 and USA Standards Institute C80-3. 2. Poly -Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Conduit. a. Provide in the following locations. 1) In or below slabs on grade. ' 2) In earth or gravel. b. Schedule-40'Heavy Wall, 90 degrees Celsius, UL listed for above ground and ' underground uses. C. Conform to NEMA TC-2 and UL-651 standards. d. UL listed in conformity with Article 347 of the National Electric Code. e. 1-1/2" and larger shall conform to NEMA Publications No. TC-1-1965. ' 3. Surface Metal Wireway. '` ' a. Provide surface metal wireway of a dimension permitting the number of conductors and spliceslinstafled. 'NEMA 1-'enclosure. b. The raceway shall meet all NEC Article 352A requirements and shall be.UL listed. C. Provide with appropriate boxes and fittingsby same manufacturer.. Water's Way Park 16100-1 October 2009 I 4. Flexible Metal Conduit. a. Provide in sufficient lengths for: e 1) Make-up of motor or equipment raceway connections. b. Non-liquidtight type: Steel, galvanized, flexible metallic, same manufacturers as for rigid. C. Liquidtight: American Brass Company Sealtite Type VA, General Electric Type UA or Q equal. 2.2 WIRES AND CABLES a A. Description of System. 1. Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway systems with minimum wire size to be No. 12, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, wire sizes noted on Drawings are to be extended for the entire length of:a circuit including taps and risers.. . B. Conductor Material. 1. Copper conductors shall be high conductivity tin coated annealed copper in accordance with ' ASTM B-33. a. Use copper conductors for all wiring unless. otherwise indicated as optional on plans. C. Insulation. 1. Thermoplastic Insulated, Nylon Sheathed - Use for all branch circuit conductors installed in conduit. a. UL Type THWN, suitable for operation at 600 volts in wet or dry locations at conductor temperatures not to exceed 75°C. . b. Poly -vinyl chloride insulation lhat is UL defined as heat, abrasion, moisture and oil ..resistant. e 2.3 WIRE CONNECTORS AND DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wire connectors, crimp terminals, splice connectors, mechanical lugs, compression lugs, pin connectors, split bolt connectors and associated insulating devices for a complete wiring connection system suitable for specified cables furnished.. 2. Connectors shall be in accordance with NEC, state and local requirements for size and color installed therein. 3. Connectors and devices shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's and UL standard requirements for tightening.torques. Use proper torquing.tools to achieve accurate values. 2.4 JUNCTION BOXES A. General Requirements. 1. Provide all covers of same gauge metal and include screws. B. Concealed Junction Boxes. 1. Provide.code gauge sheet metal, boxes located and.sized as required with suitable covers anditrims. a. Make of material resistant to corrosion or suitably protected, both internally and externally, by.galvanizing... b. Boxes installed in damp or wet locations shall be UL approved for the purpose. a Waters Way Park 16100-2 October 2009 0 I C. Comply with UL Standard 50. d. Metal boxes to meet NEC construction specifications. ' C. Exposed Junction Boxes. 1. Boxes exposed or surface mounted shall be die-cast or permanent -mold cast aluminum body with threaded external hub and cast cover. 2.5 OUTLET BOXES A. Description of System. ' 1. Provide outlet boxes for all wiring devices, receptacles, switches, telephone connections and clock connections of material construction to suit environmental conditions. 2. Locate outlet boxes as indicated on Drawings and in accordance with actual structural conditions to eliminate obstructions and interference with other work and equipment. a. Verify final location for all outlets, panels and equipment with 'Engineer see Architectural Drawings. ' B. Concealed Boxes. 1. Furnish sheet steel boxes and fittings which shall be made corrosion resistant both internally and externally by galvanizing. a. Provide with matching manufactured cover. ' C. Surface Boxes. 1. Furnish die -castor permanent -mold cast aluminum boxes with threaded external hubs. a.' Provide threaded plugs for unused hubs. ' 2. Boxes shall be of a corrosion -resistant alloy. 3. Boxes shall be deep -body series, single -gang through four -gang with corresponding device cover plates` 2.6 WIRING DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wiring devices and device plates as specified below. Provide in the quantities and at the locations indicated on the Drawings. B. Specification Grade Receptacles. ' 1. Specification grade receptacles shall be 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding duplex, 20 amp,125 volts. 2. Manufacturers: a. : Leviton b. Hubbell C. Pass & Seymour Legrand C. Ground Fault Interrupting Receptacles. 1. GFI receptacles shall be 2-pole, 3=wire, "grounding duplex, 20 amp, 125 volts. . ' 2. Ground -fault receptacles shall have NEMA 5 20:: configuration .with the following characteristics: a. 5 milliamp sensitivity to earth leakage current. ' b 1/30th of a second trip time. c Local 'test" button. d. Local -'reset?. button. 3. Manufacturers: ' a. Leviton b. Hubbell C. Pass & Seymour Legrand Water's Way Park 16100-3 October 2009 I D. Switches. 1. Switches shall be heavy duty, AC quiet type, toggle handle,•20 amp, 120-277 volts, corrosion resistant. D 2. Manufacturers: a. Single -pole 1) Leviton 2) Hubbell 3) Pass & Seymour Legrand b. Three-way 1) Leviton 2) Hubbell 3) Pass & Seymour Legrand E. Motion Detector: Ultrasonic sensor for switching restroom lighting. 1. ,. ;,Model: See plans , F. Daylight Sensor: a G. Provide stainless steel wall plates for all receptacles and switches. H. Materials shall conform and be consistent throughout. D 2.7 PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards shall be of deadfront construction incorporating switching and protective devices of the number, rating and type noted herein or indicated on the Drawings. 1. Electrical characteristics, ratings and branch circuit wiring,of-panelboard shall be in accordance.with panel schedules and elementary drawings. 2. ,_ -Panelboard circuit breakers.shall be thermalmagnetic type a. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical short circuit capacity. b. Breakers shall be operated by a toggle -type handle and shall have.a quick -make, quick - break switching mechanism with overload or short circuit tripping being clearly indicated. 2.8 FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide.products by one of the following: B. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler -Hammer Business Unit. C. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. D. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. E. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. F. As approved O G. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, .1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt to accommodate indicated fuses where required; lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, andinterlocked with cover in closed- position. H. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Double Throw, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses where required, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover inclosed:position. I. Provide with voltage rating for system being applied. J. Accessories; 2009 Water's Way Park 16100-4 October K. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted. and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. ' L. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. ' M. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when specific Class R fuses are specified. N. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 0. Service -Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. ' P. SWITCH WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD Q. Outlet box mounted switch with integral thermal device for all 120 volt, 1-phase motor loads as shown on the Drawings, including self -protected motors.Size heater at 115% of the full load current or as otherwise required by the manufacturer ' R. Mount on or directly adjacent to the motor load: S. Equip with device plate to meet requirements of the location. T. Provide engraved label on switch or engraved device plate defining load served. U. Switch/Fuse combination units (e.g. SKU) expressly prohibited V. ENCLOSURES W. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, NEMA"250, and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions. at installed location. X. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1 ' Y. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R Z. Other Wet or Damp, Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. AA. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: ' NEMA 250, Type 12. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Raceways. 1. Layout work in advance to avoid excessive concentrations of multiple. raceway runs. 2. Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by NEC.or the type raceway employed. 3. Route exposed conduit and surface metal raceways parallel or perpendicular to building lines with -neat right angle turns. 4. Turn conduits with neat symmetrical concentric bends. B. Wire and Cable. ' 1. Install wire in approved raceways only after all concrete and plastering work is complete and all moisture has been swabbed.from conduits. 2. All wiring shall be furnishedland installed, complete from point of.service. connection to all receptacles lighting fixtures, utilization equipment etc , as indicated on'the Drawings. 3... Sudable installation equipment sha'II be provided to..prevent, cutting and ;abrasion of conductors and conduits duffing the pulling offeeders and branch circuits: Repeated bending shall be avoided, and the minimum bending radius for the particular conductor shall be strictly 1 observed. Water's Way Park 16100-5 October 2009 I 4. Ropes used for pulling feeders shall be made of polyethylene. a. Metallic ropes shall not be used. 5. Wire pulling lubricants shall conform to UL requirements applicable to the several insulation 8 and raceway materials used. 6. Pulling lines are to be attached to wires and cables by means of either woven basket grips or pulling eyes. a. Rope hitcher shall not be -used. 7. All cables to be installed in a single conduit shall be installed together. 8. Apply color coding to all three- and four -wire circuits as follows: 120/240/208V Phase 277/480V a Black A Yellow Red B Brown Blue C Orange .. White _ Neutral , White Green Ground Green 9. Where home run circuit numbers are indicated on the Drawings, such numbers shall be followed in connecting circuits to panelboards. ' C. Wire Connectors and Devices. 1. Any connectors and lugs installed shall not exceed manufacturer's recommended connecting combinations. 2. Install wireconnecting devices to provide'a tight mechanical and electrical make-up. 3. Re -check splices and terminations and make tight prior to substantial completion. D. Junction Boxes. 1. Install junction boxes so that covers are readily accessible after the completion of the installation. 2. Mount rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb. .. 3. Support sheet steel adequately to'niaintain shape. 4. Secure covers with corrosion resistanfscrews and bolts. 5. All surface mounted special boxes shall be secured to cement and/or block walls using 1/4" x 3/4" lead anchors. E. Outlet Boxes. 1.' Except as required otherwise by actual construction conditions,*locate outlets as follows (all dimensions given are from finished floor to centerline of outlet boxes): a. Wall Switches: 4'-6". b. Convenience outlets: V-0" except over such items as counters, benches, special equipment where they shall be at a height to service equipment or as indicated on Drawings. 2. Adjust height so the height of all units will be consistent in one direction. F. Wiring Devices. 1. Install ground fault interrupting receptacles and isolated ground receptacles at locations indicated on the Drawings. 2. Install specification'grade receptacles in all remaining areas as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Install the proper type of device and plate.for the particular-appliance'or equipment. a. Verify with Engineer. G. Panelboards. 1. Mount panelboards rigidly in place with fronts'straight and plumb. 2. Provide complete mounting brackets and hardware as necessary for complete support of panelboards allocations"indicated on Drawings.: . 3 Provide a typed panel directoryfor each panelboard enclose in plastic a Label panel as indicated on one -line diagram Submit sample of label to Engineer for i 'approval Water's Way Park 16100-6 October 2009 0 SECTION 16410 ELECTRIC SERVICE ' PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION ' A. The electric service includes all conductors and equipment from the point at which the electric utility. delivers ,the power to the site to the metering equipment and to the line. side of the service disconnecting means. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS r A. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and coordinate with the local electric utility for ' installation of the concrete transformer pad, transformer, metering equipment and the service conductor terminations inside the transformer. ' B. Size of the service entrance conductors, number of conductors, service entrance raceway size and type, service voltage and associated equipment are indicated on the Drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. National Electric Code. B. Local Electric Utility Specifications. C. Local Codes. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable classes of materials for use in conjunction with the electric service shall be in accordance with the appropriate reference sections listed below. 1. Basic Materials and Methods, 16100. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the installation of the transformer pads with the local utility. The"utility will install the pad, and the contractor will install the service entrance raceways. ' B. The electric utility will furnish and install the padmount transformer. The contractor shall install the service entrance conductors leaving sufficient length'of conductor for terminations inside the transformer. 1. The electric utility will make all the necessary terminations inside their transformer. ' C. The Contractor shall install the service entrance conductors from the padmount transformer and terminate them at the main disconnecting means. D. Coo�dinate'underground'conduitr_installations with other work to eliminate conflict and avoid interference with other underground'piping systems. END OF SECTION Water's Way Park 16410-1 October 2009 1 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related ' actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: ' 7.2.1Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4Consent of Surety 7.2.5Application for Exemption Certificate 7.2.6Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows: PG. SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. 1 Cover Sheet C-1 2 General Notes C-2 3 Existing Conditions / Demolition Plan C-3 4 Utility Plan C-4 5 Grading Plan C-5 6 7 Grading Plan Grading Plan C-6 C-7 8 Grading Plan C-8 9 Grading Plan C-9 ' 10 Grading Plan C-10 11 Grading Plan C-11 12 Core Area Grading Plan C-12 13 Bridge Crossing Grading Plan C-13 ' 14 Drainage and Erosion Control C-14 15 Construction Details C-15 16 17 Construction Details Construction Details C-16 C-17 Section 00520 Page 4 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and'materials for grounding systems and equipment. B. Power system grounding C. Communications system grounding D. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product or hardware indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.: 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B.33.. 2.2 CONNECTORS „ A : Listed.and;labeled by atnationally. recognized testingrlaboratory acceptable to:authorities.having jurisdiction for' applications in `which used;. and < m,#ecific, types sizes, ,and :.combinations of conductor's and other items connected: "s . Water's Way Park 16450-1 October.2009 B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure -type, with at ' least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. t C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. Contractors may utilize exothermic. welding only with prior experience with the process. Submittal package shall include a list of both firm and ' individual previous project(s), date(s) of installation and names individuals qualified for this project. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper 3/4 inch diameter by 10 feet.. -clad steel; ' B. Connector for Building Footing Steel .(Ufer) .Concrete Encased'Ground:-Exothermic weld or compression type providing irreversible, secure connections. Termination products shall be listed by UL for the specific application. ' 2.4 GROUNDING HARDWARE A. Provide all bonding jumpers and wire, grounding bushings, clamps, etc. as required for a complete, ' operating grounding system. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS ' A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No.8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. ' B. Underground Bare Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No.1/0 AWG minimum or as noted on the Drawings. Bury at least 24 inches,below grade. ' C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green' -colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape;'with at least three bands' of green and two bands of yellow. ' D. Building Footing Reinforcing Steel (Ufer) Grounding Electrode`. Connect all steel in the building footing together by wire tie or other method approved.by the building Engineer. Minimum connection length shall be 20 feet. Bend minimum #4 rebar up into a space near the electrical ' service equipment that is open or has access after the building construction work is complete. Extend bar minimum of 16 inches above 'elevation of finished floor or top of foundation. Where connection is within finished wall construction; provide properly -sized access panel. Coordinate with ' General Contractor or Architect E. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1 Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2 Underground Connections-•Welded`connectors except at test wells and as'otherwise indicated:= - `" 3. Connections to'Ground"Rods'at Test Wells:'Bolte'd`connectors. Water's Way Park 16450-2 October 2009 4. Connections to Structural Steel and Reinforcing Bars: UL listed irreversible compression connectors. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required'by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits (including lighting and receptacle circuits). 2. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 3. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 4. Flexible raceway runs. 5. Armored and metal -clad cable runs. 6. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear,-,switchboard, or.distributionpanel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway.: ' B. Air -Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct -mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they maybe subjected to strain, impact, or damage. Install all wiring grounding conductors in raceways with phase and grounded conductors. Grounding electrode conductors shall be installed without any joint or splice. , B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches belowfinishe.d floororfinal grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with,grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise ' indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 2. For grounding electrode.system, install rod(s) spaced at least one -rod length from each other and located at least the .,same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. ;. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts., 2..-�, Bonding. to Equipment. Mounted. on Vibration Isolation, Hangers.andSupperts: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly, mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. D. .. Grounding. and Bonding for Piping: 1 „ _Water Servce Pipe.. Install insulated copper- grounding conductors in conduit from . Metal ..... _ .i building's main service equipment, o`r or bus; to main meta water service entrances . to building Corinect grounding conductors to'main meta,I watei service pipes, -using ebolted Water's Way Park 16450-3 October 2009. 11 �I ' 3.4 1] 1 1 clamp connector or by bolting a lug -type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting with a bonding jumper around the fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. E. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Bond grounding conductor for all duct mounted electrical equipment (heaters, air cleaners, etc.) to the metal ductwork. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL " A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits. have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than' natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means' -of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method using 600 volt megohm tester according to IEEE 81 or by use of clamp=on grounding tester. C. Provide written reportof grounding test results priorto project Substantial Completion B. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground for the service exceeds 8.0 ohms, notify Engineer promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. Water's Way Park END OF SECTION 16450 16450-4 October 2009 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A.. Provide a complete lighting system as indicated on Drawings and, in fixture schedules, all wired, assembled and in working order. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards. 1. IES minimum standards. 2. UL approved auxiliaries. 3. NEMA. 4. CBM-ETL certified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cut sheets for all lighting fixture types to the. Engineer —These shall include the following information: 1. Photometric data... . 2. Mounting provisions and accessories. 3. Ballast electrical characteristics. B. Submit the operating temperature rating and the noise level ratings for all ballasts. 1.. Report the maximum_ ambient temperature in degrees Fahrenheit in which the fixture will function continuously without interruption. 2. Guarantee operation under conditions of this project. C. Reference supplemental conditions for distribution.,., PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be suitable for the environment and display appropriate UL label. B. All fixtures shall be constructed of adequate gauge steel, including interior barriers, channels, end caps and reflectors. C. Ballast case temperatures not to exceed the UL 90°C limit in a 250C ambient. 2.2 BALLASTS A. All fluorescent ballasts to conform to the following: 1. UL approved. 2. CBM-ETL certified. 3. High power factor energy saving. . 4. Conform to applicable UL designated Class "P" requirements. 5. :Operable on nominal applied system voltage with allowable voltage variations.. 6. Automatic -resetting type thermal protectors. 7. Sou.nd ratings equal to G.E. "A." " Water's Way Park 16500-1 -October 2009 I 1 1 B. All HID ballasts shall be designed and constructed to meet the American National Standard Institute specifications. They shall also comply with UL 1029 and be UL listed. 1. All ballasts shall be encased. 1 2. All ballasts shall be the high power factor type. 3. Each ballast shall display its ballast data plus wiring connections on an aluminized label on the case. 1 2.3 FINISH A. Furnish ferrous metal surface with protective finish having rust inhibiting properties. 1 B. Painted Finishes: Minimum of 1.5 mils thick; balance between hardness and bending properties suitable for the application. C. White Finishes: 87% minimum reflectance. 1 2.4 DIFFUSERS 1 A. Plastic Used for Light Transmission. 1. Acrylic throughout; no styrene permitted. 2. 100% virgin materials. 3. 0.125 inch minimum thickness. 1 4. No blends or copolymers permitted. 5. ETL certified as light stabilized and non -yellowing. B. Aging Properties. 1 1. Guaranteed to conform with minimum standard of IES. 2. SPI-NEMA conformance when installed in interior locations utilizing standards WW or CW lamp. 1 2.5 FIXTURES J.- A. Provide:as specified in the fixture schedule. 1 2.6 LAMPS A. Lamps shall be manufactured by General Electric or Phillips. 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLATION A.- Set luminaries true and free from light leaks, warps, dents and other defects. B. Provide fixtures having proper flanges, trim and mounting. 1 C. Mount outlets at position and height to clear ductwork, piping and obstructions. D. Install fluorescent lamps aligned for proper lamp contact. E. Fixture Wiring: conform to NEC. F. Protect wiring'with tape or tubing at points where abrasion is likely to occur. G. Provide chase nipples where field wiring through knockouts. H. Install wire in fluorescent fixtures that meets temperature requirements with a minimum rating of 900C (1940F). 1 I. Provide speciial'plates, barriers and rings as required to comply with the NEC. 1 Water's Way Park 16500-2 October 2009 i :!Pl c-O-Y4:P"0-'R-'A'T-;C 0 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK EAST OF ROBERT BENSON RESERVOIR FORT.COLLINS, COLORADO Prepared For: City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development 215 North Mason Street PO Box 580 Fort Collins, Colorado 80522-0580 Attention: Mr. Matthew Day Landscape Architect %.- Project No:?FC04803-125 February 19, 2009 351 Linden Street Suite 140 Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 Telephone:976-206-9455 Fax:970-206.9441 TABLE OF CONTENTS SCOPE SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS SITE CONDITIONS PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION INVESTIGATION , SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Natural Clayey Sand Interbedded Sandstone and Claystone Bedrock Ground Water Seismicity SITE DEVELOPMENT Fill Placement Sub=Excavation Excavation FOUNDATIONS Drilled Piers Bottomed in Bedrock Laterally Loaded -Piers Closely Spaced. Pier Reduction Factors PUMP STATION CONSTRUCTION FLOOR SYSTEMS AND SLABS -ON -GRADE WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES SURFACE DRAINAGE LIMITATIONS FIGURE 1 - LOCATIONS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIGURE 2 — SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY: BORINGS APPENDIX A — RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTING APPENDIX B — SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 2 2 .3 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 10 11 11 13 13 14 I IF I SCOPE This report presents the results of our geotechnical investigation for a basketball court, restroom building, picnic shelter, and irrigation pump station to be constructed in the proposed Provincetown Neighborhood Park located east. of Robert Benson Reservoir in Fort Collins, Colorado. The purpose of the investigation was to evaluate the subsurface conditions and provide foundation recommendations and geotechnical design criteria for the project. ' The report was prepared from data developed during field exploration, laboratory testing, engineering analysis, and experience with similar conditions. The report includes a description of subsurface soil and -bedrock conditions found in our exploratory borings and discussions of site development as influenced by geotechnical ' considerations. Our opinions and recommendations regarding design criteria and construction details for foundations, floor systems and slabs -on -grade, lateral earth ' loads, and drainage are provided. If the project grading, building locations,, elevations, or proposed construction change, we should be notified. Our opinions are summarized , in the following paragraphs. Additional descriptions of the subsurface conditions,' results of our field and laboratory investigations and our opinions, -conclusions and recommendations are included in the subsequent sections of this report. ' .SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS ' 1. Subsurface conditions encountered in our ;borings consisted of:,up to about one foot of clayey sand over highly weathered and comparatively unweathered, interbedded sandstone and claystone bedrock..'. Our laboratory test results indicate swell potentials ranging from low to very high with the majority of the samples showing moderate swell potential... , ' 2. Ground water was measured atdepths of about 6 feet to 10 feet below the ground surface: ;Except for the pump -,station, existing groundwater levels are. not expected. to.significantly,_affect site development, but_may ' affect drilled pier installation: We anticipate dewatering of the excavation for the dry well for;the pump,station1will-be required. = ' 3. We believe drilled pier founclatioris can lie used to support the proposed restroom building, picnic . shelter and pump station. Foundation discussion and criteria for drilled pier and raft or mat foundations are provided in this report. CITY OF FORT COLLINS = PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT 1 PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 i [1 ' 4. Slab -on -grade construction on natural soils and bedrock will have moderate to high risk of damaging floor movement from expansive materials with .estimated slab heave or movements between 4 and 6 inches. To reduce potential slab heave and -enhance floor' performance for these structures, we recommend sub -excavation of 5 feet of the soils and. bedrock below the slabs and replacement with compacted, moisture - treated fill. With sub -excavation, we estimate slab movements of about 1 inch. If movement cannot be tolerated, structural floors should be considered. ' SITE CONDITIONS ' The site -is- located in 'south Fort Collins, between Bellewood Court and Eden Ridge Court, northeast of Robert Benson Reservoir. The site was vacant at the time of our field investigation. Bellewood Court was developed with curbing, sidewalks, and pavement. Eden Ridge had also been developed similar to Bellewood Court; however, parts of the cul-de-sac had been removed. The ground surface slopes generally to the south on the order of 2.percent.to.3 percent. Robert Benson Reservoir is located at the southwest end of the property. Part of the property appears to have been graded prior ' to our investigation. Vegetation.: consisted mostly.of weeds and grasses. A few, trees were located near the pump station. ' PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ' Based on conversations with our client and conceptual drawings, structures plannedinclude a basketball court, a 20-foot square heated restroom building, a 20-foot diameter circular picnic shelter, and a 15-foot square irrigation pump station. Other structures are planned that were not included in our investigation. We understand the structures will be constructed with concrete floors. The restroom building and pump station will utilize masonry unit construction. No below grade construction is planned for ' the basketball court, restroom building and picnic shelter. The pump house will have a 48-inch diameter dry well that will extend approximately 81/2 feet below the existing grade. Finish grade around the pump station is to be approximately 2'/2 to 3 feet above ' original grade. The basketball court and picnic shelter will be lightly loaded. Foundation loads for the restroom building and pump station are estimated to be on the order of 400 to 1,000 pounds per lineal foot. CRY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT . PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK - CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 I ' �'�� o� financial Services Purchasing Division Fort Collins For N. Mason 8t. 52Id Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 Purchasing fcgov. com/purchasing ADDENDUM No. 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid 7125: Water's Way Neighborhood Park OPENING DATE: 3:30 P.M. (Our Clock) April 13, 2010 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CHANGE: ' Last day for bid questions was March 29, 2010. SPECIFICATIONS ' 1. Section 08410, ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STORFRONTS Paragraph 2.02, delete Subparagraph H. 2. Section 08800, TRANSLUCENT WINDOW SYSTEMS Paragraph 2.01, Subparagraph E, Add the following 3. Polygal-North America, Thermogal Delete Subparagraph 2, Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance and color range specified are acceptable. ATTACHMENTS ' 1. Sheet St-6 Pedestrian Bridge Abutments Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. where renewal is a way of life J 18 Construction Details C-18 19 Construction Details C-19 20 Site Layout S-1 21 Core Area Layout S-2 22 Skate Park / BMX Layout S-3 23 Basketball Court layout S-4 24 Site Details SD-1 ' 25 Site Details SD-2 26 Architectural Plans A-1 27 Architectural Elevations A-2 28 Architectural Sections A-3 ' 29 Architectural Sections A-4 30 Architectural Details A-5 ' 31 32 Architectural Details Architectural Details A-6 A-7 33 Structural general Notes ST-1 34 Structural General Notes ST-2 35 Structural Foundation Plan ST-3 36 Structural Roof Framing Plan ST-4 37 Structural Details ST-5 38 Mechanical Plan M-1 ' 39 Mechanical Plan M-2 40 Electrical Lighting and Power Plan E-1 41 Electrical Site Plan E-2 ' 42 Electrical Restroom Plan E-3 43 Electrical One line Diagrams E-4 44 Landscape Plan LA-1 45 Core Are Landscape Plan LA-2 ' 46 Irrigation Plan IR-1 47 Irrigation Plan IR-2 ' 48 49 Irrigation Plan Irrigation Details IR-3 IR-4 50 Irrigation Details IR-5 51 Irrigation Details IR-6 52 Water Feature Details IR-7 53 Irrigation Pump Plan PS-1 54 Irrigation Pump Plan PS-2 The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers 1 to 4, inclusive. 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ' 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only Section 00520 Page 5 Q o INVESTIGATION Subsurface conditions at the -site were investigated' by drilling four exploratory borings..; The approximate locations of;the borings are shown on Figure 1. Our field `representative observed drilling, logged the soils and bedrock found in the borings and obtained samples...Summary logs of the borings, including, results of.field penetration resistance tests, are presented on Figure 2. Samples obtained during drilling were returned to our laboratory and visually examined by the geotechnical engineer, for this project. Laboratory testing. included moisture content, dry density,,, swell -consolidation, and water-soluble sulfate tests. Results of laboratory tests are presented in Appendix A and summarized on Table A -I. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ' Subsurface conditions encountered in our borings'consisted of up to 1 foot' of clayey sand underlain' by highly weathered to comparatively unweathered; interbedded sandstone and sandy claystone bedrock. Ground water was encountered in'two of the borings. Further descriptions of the subsurface condition's are presented below, on our boring logs (Figure 2) and in our laboratory testing (Appendix A). Natural Clayey Sand Approximately one foot of 'clayey sand was encountered at the surface near borings TH-2 and TH-4. We did not evaluate the clayey soil for foundation purposes due ' to the thin nature of the deposits. Interbedded Sandstone andClaystone Bedrock ' Highly weathered and .comparatively unweathered .interbedded sandstone and sandy claystone bedrock were, encountered.. below the upper soils and near the surface in our borings..; Field penetration tests indicated -the ,weathered bedrock to be firm to medium hard. -Field penetration;tests.indicated the comparatively unweathered bedrock to be medium hard to very hard, generally increasing in, hardness, -with depth.. Swell ' CrrY OF FORT COLLINS -PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ' PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK ;3 CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 IF i i i testing of eight samples indicated low to very high swell (1.2 to 7.1 percent) after wetting under a confining pressure of 1,000 psf. Most of the samples tested had moderate swell potential. Ground Water Groundwater was measured at depths of 'about 10 feet in TH-3 at the shelter site and 6 feet in 'TH-4 at the pump station site several days 'after drilling. Existing groundwater levels are not expected to significantly affect the planned construction of the basketball court, restroom building or picnic shelter, but. may affect drilled pier installation. We understand the proposed depth- to the bottom of the dry well for the irrigation pump'station is approximately 21/2 feet below the measured ground water level in TH-4. We anticipate dewatering of the'excavationfor the dry well for the pump station will be required. Groundwater levels will vary seasonally and may rise as'development of the site progresses and after irrigation has commenced. It is common in the area for ground water to develop over bedrock in 'a "perched" condition. The presence of the ' shallow bedrock suggests that ponding may occur'over bedrock in irrigated areas and could influence the performance of shallow foundations and structures. iSeismici This area, like most of central Colorado, is subject to a low degree of seismic risk. No indications of recent movements of any of the faults in the Larimer County area have been reported in the available geologic literature. As in most areas of recognized low seismicity, the record of the past earthquake activity in Colorado is somewhat incomplete. According to the 2006 International Building .Code and the subsurface conditions encountered in our borings, this site classifies as a Site Class C. Only minor_damage to relatively new, properly designed and built buildings would be expected. Wind loads, not seismic considerations, typically govern dynamic structural design in this area. A.Remi Survey can be used to determine the shear wave velocities at the sites. A survey of this type may result in a lower seismic site class (Site Class B). However, in our experience this is unlikely. ' CITY OF FORT COLLINS- PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 4 CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 I I SITE DEVELOPMENT Fill Placement The existing on -site soils and bedrock are suitable for re -use as fill material provided debris or deleterious organic materials are removed. The contractor and owner should be aware of the special care that will be required to properly moisture condition and compact the claystone bedrock as.sub-excavation backfill. U.se of disc.equipment and additional processing. time, during fill preparation and placement .should be anticipated.. If import material, ..isrequired, .we recommend importinglow,plasticity soils for those levels located below, exterior finished grade elevations below floor. ,areas. Import fill located below exterior finished grade.. elevations should contain. 20 to 50 percent silt and clay sized particles (percent passing No. 200.sieve) and exhibit a.liquid limit less than 35 percent and a plasticity index less than 20 percent. Areas to receive fill should be scarified, moisture -conditioned between optimum ' and 3 percent.above optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95 percept of standard Proctor maximum. dry. density (ASTM. D 698). Clay, fill soils should be moisture conditioned to optimum to 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Sand soils used as fill should be moistened to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. The fill - should be moisture -conditioned, placed in thin, loose lifts (8 inches or less) and compacted as above. Placement and compaction of fill should be observed -and tested , by a representative of our firm .during construction. Fill placement and compaction activities should not be conducted when -the fill; material or subgrade is frozen. ' Site grading fill in areas of landscaping where no future improvements are , planned can be placed near optimum moisture content at a density of at least 90 percent of -standard Proctor maximum:: dry density (ASTM D 698). Example site grading specifications are•.presented in Appendix C:, 1 Sub -Excavation • To mitigate the impact of the near -surface_ expansive soils and ._bedrock and enhance slab -on -grade performance, we recommend sub -excavation beneath the ' CITY OF FORT COLLINS -PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK - ,'.5 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 0 I ' basketball court and floor slabs. The sub -excavation depth should be a minimum of 5 feet below the basketball court and floor slab levels. The top 1 foot of the sub - excavation backfill should consist of imported, low plasticity fill, such as recycled concrete base course or a silty to clayey sand. The bottom of the sub-excavatiomshould extend laterally at least 3 feet outside the basketball court and floor slabs (or between ' grade beams) to ensure these improvements are constructed over properly compacted, moisture -treated fill. On -site soils' and bedrock can be moisture conditioned and reused as fill. We believe fills placed and compacted as discussed in the Fill Placement section of this report will be low -swelling. The fill should be protected from drying and kept moist ' until construction of the slabs. Excavation The materials found in: our borings can be excavated using conventional heavy- duty excavation equipment. Excavations should -.be sloped or shored fo meet local, State, and federal safety regulations: Based on our investigation and OSHA standards, ' we believe thehighly weathered bedrock classify as Type B soils. Type�B soils require a maximum slope inclination of 1:1 (horizontal:vertical) in dry conditions.- Excavation I slopes specified by OSHA are dependent upon types of'soil and groundwater conditions encountered. The contractor's "competent person" should identify the soils encountered in the:-. excavation 'and refer 4o OSHA standards to determine appropriate slopes. Stockpiles of soils and equipment should not be placed within a horizontal distance equal to one-half the excavation depth, from the edgeof excavation. Excavations ' deeper than 20 feet should be braced or a professional engineer should design' the slopes. The width of the top of an excavation may be limited in some areas. Bracing or 'trench box" construction may be necessary:Bracing systems include sheet piling, braced sheeting and others. Lateral loadsr on. bracing depend on the 'depth of excavation, slope of excavation above the bracing, surface loads, hydrostatic pressures, and allowable movement. For trench boxes and bracing allowed tto move enough to mobilize the strength of the soils, with associated cracking of the ground surface, the "active" earth pressure conditions are appropriate for design. If movement is not ' CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT - PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK '6 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 U I tolerable, the "at rest" -earth pressures are -appropriate. We suggest an equivalent fluid density of 45 pcf• for -the "active" earth pressure condition and 60 pcf for the "at rest" earth pressure condition, assuming level backfill. These pressures do not include allowances for surcharge loading or for hydrostatic conditions.. We are available to assist further with bracing design if desired. We understand the proposed depth to -the bottom of the dry well for the irrigation pump station _is_approximately 21/2 feet below.the measured groundwater level,in TH-4. We anticipate dewatering of.the excavation for the dry well for the pump house will be required. FOUNDATIONS We considered several types of foundations and ground modification methods to support the proposed improvements. ;The.type of foundation, floor; system. and ground modification method to be chosen depends on.the-.configuration--and tolerance levels;of the structure andwillingness of the owner to accept risk of.movement and repairs in the future. For example, the basketball court will consist mainly of a large concrete slab that is lightly loaded -and may:not,provide acceptable iservice if differential heaving occurs and.large cracks develop. The restroom facility will have the least amount of tolerance for foundation movement.due:to masonry -unit construction and plumbing features. . We recommend drilled''piers bottomed in bedrock for the-restroom building, picnic shelter. and pump station. Drilled: piers. are an .excellent .alternative; for the. proposed structures and have advantages of concentrating loads to resist uplift caused by wetting of the claystone bedrock under the site. Design and construction criteria for drilled pier foundations are provided below. These criteria .were,.developed.from analysis:of field and laboratory data. -and our experience. _The recommended foundation alternative can.be. used provided all design and construction criteria: presentedin this report,are followed. CITY OF FORT COLLINS -PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT'' PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 TK I I I 1 I 1 t I 1 L_1 i7 A 1 ' Drilled.Piers Bottomed in Bedrock 1. Piers for the pump station restroom building and picnic shelter should be drilled at least 11 feet into unweathered, competent bedrock and have a minimum length.of at least 28 feet. 2.` Piers should be designed for a maximum .allowable end pressure of 25,000 psf and'an allowable skin friction of 2,560 psf for the portion of the pier in bedrock. Skin friction should be neglected. for,the portion of the pier in -overburden soils, weathered bedrock, or within 3 feet of grade ' beams. 3. Our recommendations are based on no minimum dead load pressure. 4. Axial tension loads can be resisted using a skin friction value of 2,500 psf for the portion of pier imbedrock: 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 5. Piers should be designe'dwith a length/diameter ratio less than 80. 6. Pier drilling should .produce shafts with relatively undisturbed bedrock exposed. Excessive remolding and caking of bedrock cuttings on pier walls should be: removed. 7. Pie"rs should be reinforced their full length and the'reinforcemeni should extend into grade beams or foundation walls. A minimum steel -to -pier cross -sectional area.ratio of.0.005 using Grade ;60 steel is recommended. More reinforcement may be required by structural considerations. a.- For the-restroom building and -picnic.. shelter, an 8-inch continuous void should be <constructed", beneath rade beams, .aietween piers, to concentrate -structural dead load`on-•the piers. For the pump house, a:6- inch'void shouId•-be used. 9. Grade beams should be well,` reinforced. The structural engineer should -design the reinforcement. 10. Piers should have a center -to -center spacing of at -least. three pier diameters when designing for vertical loading conditions, or they should be designed as a group. Piers -aligned, in the direction of lateral.forces should have a center -to -center spacing of at• least six pier diameters. Reductions for closely spaced piers are discussed in the following section. .. _ . 11. - Concrete should have'a slump of 6 inches,(+/- 1 inch):.•. Concrete should be ready and placed in the pier holes immediately after the. holes are drilled, cleaned, observed and the reinforcing steel is set. 12. Ground water was encountered in some of our borings. Where ground water is encountered during drilling, pump or tremie pipe placement of CITY OF FORT COLLINS -PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 8 CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 �. concrete may be required for proper cleaning,-dewatering, and placement of concrete during pier installation. Concrete should not be placed by free fall in pier holes containing more than 3.,inches of water. Temporary casing. of drilled piers may be required. 13. Some movement of the drilled pier foundation is anticipated to mobilize the skin friction. We estimate this movement -to be on the order of 1/4 to 1/2 inch.; Differential movement may equal to the total movement. 14.. The installation of the.drillecl pier, foundations should be• observed by a representative of our firm to confirm the piers are bottomed in the proper bearing strata and to observe the contractor's installation procedures. Laterally Loaded Piers ,-;; . Several methods are available to .analyze laterally. loaded. piers. With a pier length to -diameter ratio of 7 or greater, we believe the method of analysis developed by Matlock and Reese is most appropriate. The method is an iterative procedure using applied loading and soil profile to develop deflection and moment versus depth curves. The computer programs PILE and COM624 were,developed to.perform this procedure. Suggested criteria for LPILE, analysis are.presented,in the following table. TABLE A.- SOIL 1NPUT'DATA FOR LPILE'or COM624 . } 2 �., i -ic I b;y.�. I. 3 9 £-: y FT`r ;rrt4 .+ y. :.c ✓ Y ,y ?'s ...i- •Stiff Water1 Friction Angle-. Degrees Soil Strain,, O 1 od The E50 -represents the strain: corresponding to 50 percent of the maximum principle stress difference. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK .9 CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 D 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 f 1 1 1 1 [1 1 I 1 I I 11 I We believe the following formulas in Table B are appropriate for calculating horizontal modulus of subgrade reaction (K,,) values. TABLE B MODULI OF SUBGRADE REACTION ass. ti w a 4 3E sr +� is J tax d t�-wtlr�j+ £'nvs+ w F 1aS } z SZ�M" �.nr;,t •d •g�.d 1 1 Where d = pier diameter (ft) and z = depth (ft) Closely Spaced Pier -Reduction Factors For axial loading, a minimum spacing of three diameters is recommended. At one diameter (piers touching) the skin friction reduction factor for both piers would be 0.5. End bearing values would not be reduced provided the bases of the piers. are at similar elevations. Linear interpolation can be used between one and three diameters. Piers in -line with the direction of the lateral load should have a minimum spacing of six diameters (center -to -center) based upon the larger pier. If a closer spacing is required, the modulus ..of. subgrade reaction for initial ;and trailing piers should be reduced. At a spacing of three diameters, the effective modulus of. subgrade reaction of the first. pier can be estimated by multiplying the given modulus by 0.6. For trailing piers in a lineat three -diameter spacing; the factor is 0.4. Linear interpolation can be used for spacing between three and six diameters. Reductions to the modulus of subgrade reaction can be accomplished in LPILE . by inputting the appropriate modification factors for.the p-y curves. Reducing the modulus of-.subgrade reaction in trailing piers will result in greater computed deflections on these piers. In practice, the grade beam can force deflections of piers to be equal. Load -deflection graphs can be generated for each .pier in the group using the appropriate p-multiplier values. The sum, of the piers' lateral load resistance at selected CITY OF FORT COLLINS— PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK - 10 CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 Ir D 9F I deflections can be .used to develop a total lateral load versus deflection relationship for the system of piers. For lateral loads perpendicular to. the line of piers a minimum spacing of three diameters can be used with no capacity reduction., At one diameter (piers touching) the piers can be analyzed as a single unit. Linear interpolation can be used for intermediate conditions. PUMP STATION CONSTRUCTION Sub -excavation for the vault will not be feasible. The vault will likely be founded on expansive bedrock. We anticipate the vault structure could heave up to 6 inches if founded on expansive bedrock. Connections between the vault structure, the pump house building, slab -on -grade, and pipes should be.. designed to accommodate differential movements. The vault should be isolated from the pump station and slab -on- ' grade floor to allow for movement of the vault. ` A method to reduce soil interaction with the piping between the dry -well is the use of casings. In our experience, pipes with ' longer runs are less troublesome; however, consideration should _ be given to connections with structures. The vault should be designed to resist hydrostatic uplift. ' FLOOR SYSTEMS AND SLABS -ON -GRADE Our borings indicate the near -surface bedrock include low to very high swelling claystone. We estimate potential floor slab and exterior slab heave in the range of 4 to 6 ' inches if constructed on natural soils and :bedrock. This magnitude of movement is generally unacceptable. _ = Sub:excavation to a -depth of at least 5 feet below slabs, including the basketball court, and replacement with compacted, moisture -treated fill; as ' recommended in the Sub -Excavation section can reduce potential heave to about 1 inch. It is impossible Jo construct slab -on -grade floors with no risk of movement even with sub -excavation. We believe movements due to'swell will be on less than 2 inches at this -site. If movement cannot be tolerated; structural floors should be used. Structural floors can be considered. for specific areas that are particularly sensitive to movement, such as areas .where small ,movements could damage brittle stone coverings. Utilizing a reinforced steel and/or thickened. edges and beams for the CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT • . PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 basketball court will also improve performance and reduce cracking. The level of risk acceptable to the owner should be considered when selecting the floor system. Where structurally supported floors are selected, we recommend a minimum void between the ground surface and the underside of the floor system of 8 inches. The minimum void should. be. constructed below beams and utilities that penetrate the floor. The floor may be cast over void form. Void form should be chosen to break down quickly after the slab is placed. We recommend against the use of wax or plastic -coated void boxes. Slabs may be subject to heavy point loads. The structural engineer should design floor slab reinforcement. For design of slabs -on -grade, we recommend a modulus of subgrade reaction of 75 pci for on -site soils and bedrock. If the owner. elects to use slab -on -grade construction and accepts the risk of movement and associated damage, we recommend the following precautions for: slab - on -grade construction at this site. These precautions can help reduce, but not eliminate damage or distress due to slab movement. 1. Slabs should be separated. fromexterior walls and interior bearing members with a slip joint that allows free vertical movement of the slabs. This can reduce cracking if some movement of the slab occurs. 2. Slabs should be placed on compacted fill as discussed under sub - excavation. The fill should extend at least 5 feet below the' bottom of the floor slabs and extend at least 3 feet beyond the slab perimeter (or between grade beams). The need for a capillary break or vapor barrier will depend on the sensitivity of floor coverings to moisture. 3. If slab -bearing partitions are used, they should be .designed ,and constructed to allow for slab movement. At least a 2-inch void should be maintained below or above the partitions. If the `float' is provided at the top . of partitions, the connection between interior, slab -supported partitions' and exterior, foundation supported walls should be detailed to allow differential movement. 4. Underslab plumbing should be eliminated' where feasible. Where such plumbing is unavoidable it should. be thoroughly pressure tested for leaks prior to slab construction and be provided with flexible couplings. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT - - - PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 12 CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 - 11 1 be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 1 ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General 1 Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in 1 the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may a not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, 1 assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document. 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 17 Section 00520 Page 6 1 I T I Pressurized water supply. lines should be brought above the floors as quickly as possible. 5. Plumbing and utilities that pass through the slabs should be isolated from the slabs and constructed with flexible couplings. Where water and gas lines are connected to furnaces or heaters" the ''lines should be constructed with sufficient -flexibility to allow for movement. 6 HVAC equipment, if applicable, supported on the slab should be provided with a collapsible connection between the furnace and the ductwork, with allowance for at least 2 inches of vertical movement. 7. Frequent control joints should be provided in slabs to reduce problems associated with shrinkage and cracking, in accordance with ACI recommendations. WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES Concrete that comes into contact with soils can be subject to sulfate attack. We ' measured water-soluble sulfate concentrations in two samples from this site. Concentrations were measured between 0.010 percent and below measurable limits. Sulfate concentrations less than 0.1 percent indicate Class 0 exposure to sulfate attack for concrete that comes into contact with the subsoils, according to the American Concrete Institute (ACI). For this level of sulfate concentration, ACI indicates any type of ' cement can be used for concrete that comes into contact with the subsoils. In our experience, superficial damage may.occur, to the exposed surfaces of highly permeable ' concrete, even though sulfate levels are relatively low. To control this risk and to resist freeze -thaw deterioration, the water-to-cementitious material ratio should not exceed 0.50 for concrete in contact with soils that are likely to stay moist due to surface drainage or high water tables. Concrete should be air entrained. SURFACE DRAINAGE ' Performance of flatwork and foundations is influenced by changes in subgrade ' moisture conditions. Carefully planned and maintained surface grading can reduce the ' risk of wetting of,the foundation soils flatwork subgrade. We recommend the following precautions be observed during and maintained after the completion :of the proposed Improvements: CITY OF FORT COLLINS- PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT r , ' PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK - .. -.13 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 I u I [J I I 1 1 1 I 1 1. Wetting or drying of the open foundation excavation should be avoided.. 2. Positive drainage should be provided away from foundations and -slabs - on -grade. We recommend a minimum slope of at least 5 percent in the first 10 feet away" from the foundations in. landscaped areas, where possible. Pavements and sidewalks adjacent to the -structures should be sloped for positive drainage away fromthe structures. 3. Backfill around foundations should be moisture treated and compacted as discussed in Fill Placement. 4: Roof drains should be directed away from the structures. *,.Downspout extensions and splash blocks should be provided at discharge points. Where downspouts discharge onto pavement, the pavement should be sloped away from the structure. If roof discharge is piped below slabs or flatwork, the pipes should be solid and glued at joints. 5. Landscaping should be carefully designed to minimize- irrigation. Irrigation should not be located within 5 feet of the foundation. Sprinklers should not discharge within 5 feet of foundations.., Irrigation should be limited to the minimum amount .sufficient to maintain vegetation; application of more water will increase "lik"elihood of slab -.and foundation movements. LIMITATIONS Although our borings were spaced to obtain a reasonably accurate picture of subsurface conditions, variations not indicated in our borings are always possible. We should observe pier hole drilling and foundation excavations to confirm soils are as we anticipated from our borings. Placement and compaction of site grading fill, sub - excavation, backfill, subgrade, and other fills should be observed and tested by a representative of our firm during construction. This report was prepared from data developed during our field exploration, laboratory testing, engineering analysis, and experience with similar conditions. The recommendations contained in this report were based upon our understanding of the planned construction. If plans change or differ from the assumptions presented herein, we should be contacted to review our recommendations. We believe this investigation was conducted in a manner consistent with that level of skill and care ordinarily used by members of the profession currently practicing CITY OF FORT COLLINS- PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK _ 14 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 1 IIIII under similar conditions in the locality of this project. No warranty, express or implied, is made. 'If we can be of further, service in discussing the contents of this report or in the analysis of the proposed improvements from the geotechnical point of view, please contact the undersigned. J E pf P I.E... CTL by . THOMPSON j A 1v�4B •"co Q 10516- Thomas W. Fi ey, n°uas w, Senior Geologist F�PeoFeSS10 0 LIC�� Reviewed by: p Gy G� r Eric D. Bernha Robin Dornfest, PG' Project ManagerA►- Geotectinical Department Manager J 1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS =PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK - - 15 CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 .. i APPROXIMATE SCALE: 1" =100' 0 50' 100' iLEGEND: i TH-1 INDICATES APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY BORING OO S,O i / APPROXIMATE / LOCATION OF $%PUMP STATION iTH-4 t iCITY OF FORT COLLINS- PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 TRILBY RD. Qm W O ui d m w o w z 7 BELLLLEWOOD CT a ERD. w PRO`�IN ::�SICMIr'A� SITE EDEN RIDG CT. VICINITY MAP (FORT COLLINS AREA) NOT TO SCALE APPROXIMATE OCATION OF PROPOSED BASKETBALL COUR L� TH-1 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PROPOSED RESTROOM FACILITY / TH-3 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PROPOSED SHELTER TH-2 • 00 IF Locations of Exploratory Borings FIGURE 1 TH-1 TH-2 BASKETBALL RESTROOM COURT 19/12 461 w W 10 a w 0 15 TH-3 TH-4 SHELTER PUMP STATION 2 FAFn32/12 24/12 ®\��\gym 5016 15 50/5 20 LEGEND: QSAND, CLAYEY, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO MOIST, LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE, BROWN (SC) WEATHERED INTERBEDDED SANDSTONE AND SANDY CLAYSTONE, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO MOIST, FIRM TO MEDIUM HARD, GRAY ®INTERBEDDED:SANDSTONE AND SANDY CLAYSTONE, SLIGHTLY MOISTTO MOIST, MEDIUM HARD TO VERY HARD, GRAY, BROWN DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL 19/12 INDICATES 19 BLOWS OF A UO-POUND HAMMER FALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.5-INCH O.D. SAMPLER 12 INCHES. 1 WATER LEVEL MEASURED SEVERAL DAYS AFTER DRILLING NOTES: 1. THE BORINGS WERE DRILLED ON JANUARY 21, 2009, USING 4-INCH DIAMETER CONTINUOUS -FLIGHT AUGERS AND A TRUCK -MOUNTED DRILL RIG. 2. THESE LOGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE EXPLANATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS IN ,THIS REPORT. D SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENTS FIGURE 2 PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 - - w W LL. S a w 0 1 I APPENDIX A RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTING I B 0 - IT I I N -2 z O N z Q li -s x u! z 0 -6 Mn 1n W ¢ - a7 i 0 0 -8 -- =---- - - - - -- ---- - - - - -- - - -- - EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING - - - , -,- I I I - - - - - - -- - -. - - - ; -- - r -- r-r - - -- — - ------- - - - - -- - -- -- - - --- ---L- -- -- - -'- - - - -- - -- ----- - -. . - --- -----�---- - .- --- - -- ------ --- -,- - -- .- - ------r----r-----------.-----------------------� ------------------,------r----- ---- --- - - - - --------- ----------- - -- - ---- - - - --- - - - - -- - - -- ----- -, -- -- -- ;--,-------.--------------- - -- -; -- --- - - - - - -- --; -- -- --* ----- -----:-- -- -- -; - 1_;- 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of SANDSTONE/CLAYSTONE DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 103 PCF From TH - 1 AT 2 FEET MOISTURE CONTENT= 10.0 % Swell Consolidation CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK est Results Test CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 FIGURE A-1 I 11 1 I 1 I 1 I I I 61 N Z IL x -3 W 0 Z O -4 N to W Ir IL -5 2 O U .6 g___--______,.__________ ____________ EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT ; PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING ----------- -- --------------------'-- -- -, -- - ;----- - . - - ----- -- - - -- - --- - -- ------------- ---------------'-------- - -- --- -- - - - -- - - - -- - - - -- r------------ - - - - -- --- > J L r ,' r r r • r r ' ', I P - -- - -- - ------ - - - - -- --- ; -. - ----- - - - - ;- -------'----; -- ;---- -;--,-; - ----;'-� --- '- -;-;- ----------- ----- , -,--- --; - ---r------------- - - ----------- ----. ; - 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE From TH - 1 AT 4 FEET, CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 119 PCF .MOISTURE CONTENT= .10.7.: % Swell Consolidation Test` Results FIGURE A-2 z + O U) Z Q O a W O O -i y LU W IX -2 a 2 O V -3 EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT _ '_ _: PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING ------------- ------,--- - - - - - -- - - -- - - - ;------- -- - - - - - -- -, r ____;_____________1____-____•________________________ 1 r r I 1 '1 • 1 t r r I • r� , I I 1 • • r i r r r • 1 1 1 r r - r- � 1 i • I l 0.1 1.0 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE, SANDY From TH - 2 AT 2 FEET 10 100 DRY UNIT W EIGHT= 110 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 9.8 % r 1 EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT ----------- ---: --- - - - - -- --- :- PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING 1 r r - 1 ; _ ___ __ _L I r I r 1 r 1 I I r I r r I 1 I• I I _ ___ � ________ 1 I I ' i I r 1 I I I 1 I 1 i r I 1 ____ __ ____ _ 1__ _____ _ _L_ 0.1 1.0 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE,.SANDY From TH - 2 AT 9 FEET CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 10 100 DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 116 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 13.2 % Swell Consolidation. ' Test Results FIGURE A-3 j I 1 11 1 I I t I 1 1 I I .2 -3 -8 6 _-___-____ -__-____.___. ______ _ __ _ .. EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING 5 _-____--- ______________i__________-________'_____'___________________________ ! • • r • ! • ! ! r I r • r • I ! r I I • • I • I I 1-------.----� ---- -'--!--- ------ - ---'-- ;- :---,---------------- ; - --- ---T -� r , ' ----------- - .! • r r � r r � r r r I • r r r ' , r 1 1 r 1 • • .r 1 r r 1 • r - 1 .. t 1 ! I I I r • r • I I r I I i i 1 r ! • r Pi • ._,._ _______;_______ ______ __ _______________ r ! I I r f I r I! tI I I I I I i I • I1 I r I I r r 1 1 ! I I I I ! r r • I . ! 1I P• , ! r r r • ! r r r 1 ! ! 1 � _ __I__ _.___________ --- ______i____________________;__; r r ! r r • 1 1 r 0.1 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE, SANDY From TH - 3 AT 2 FEET 1.0 10 100 CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 , 'DRY UNIT WEIGHT-- 119 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 9.4: . % Swell Consolidation Test Results FIGURE A-4 I I 1 OWNER: CITY OF FORT C INS By: DARIN ERRY TY MANAGER 2 By: JAME B O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP D D jD RECTOR OF PURCHASING AND RISK MANAGEMENT ' Date: Attest: 1 1 I] I 1 J Addre P. O. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 Form Assisyant Vity Attorney CONTRACTOR: Walsh Construction, Inc. By Title• Date: o , 0?(D (CORPORATE SEAL) l Attest: !� l Address for giving notices: WALLS! 1 GONSTRUGTIGN. INQ 8139 OPEN VIEW PLACE LOVELAND. CO 80537 (970)622- LICENSE NO.: Section 00520 Page 7 I I I I EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT ' __ _:.PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING -- --- ---- ' -------------'---------- - -- J L _L --- - -.-- ,-.---- - - - - -- ---- - - - - - - -r -- ' 1 1 . I i r ♦ I I I r . 0.1 1.0 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample Of CLAYSTONE, SANDY From TH - 3 AT 4 FEET Z O 0 (N Z a Xa W 0 Z O -2 70 N W x a -3 O U -4 10 100 DRYUNITWEIGHT= 112 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 10.7 % ' EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT ------ ;- '_:- ;-;------------ --:- P ESSUREDUETOWETTING 1 1 r 1 1 __ LJ _J _L _L 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I r r I � I I • I r I 1 1 11 _1_ __________________________ 1 - 1 11 r r --- --- ----- -- ---- -- -----------------3- -1___________--- _--- _ ___1_ 1 ____________ ____________ r r i • I � r 0.1 1.0 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample Of CLAYSTONE; WEATHERED From TH - 4 AT 2 FEET CITY OF FORT. COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK ' CTL I T.PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 10 - .... - 100 DRY UNIT W EIGHT= 107 . . PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 19.6 Swell Consolidation Test Results FIGURE A-5 1 I 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -2 -3 Z a O Vl Z Q a -5 W W a Z O 6 N 1n W 1= -7 a i O U .8 k --- --- - -- ----- - - - - -- - -' ' EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING . r I 1 I : I . • r I : I - -- -r-- --- - --- r--;------- T - - - -. - -----r------ - -•- - -- .-- - - - - -- r ;- ; ___ I r r I • r 1 r r : .. : • r r 1 • r r . • , rI I II 1 r pr' I I : .I P r _____--- --- _________r___,_.- I I • 1 � r: r• • I I : r r 'I Pr r 1 r • I r rI Pr r : 1 � r � r 1 , ' r 1 r 1 • • I ' : r r I 1 r r 1 • r � I I 1 r I � r 1 I P r I r r 1 r r• I I r , r 1 r r r 1 1 r r r: r 1 - I r• I r r � r I • r I • • 1 I : I • r r r -1 1--1 •-- __ L 1 1- l L I 1 r I 1 11 ________________1________________-____;_-________,__r r r r 1 r I r r 1 • r I • r r 1 I I I r I 1 1 • r r 1 1 1 r r 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE, SANDY DAY UNIT WEIGHT= 121 PCF From TH - 4 AT 9 FEET MOISTURE CONTENT= 13.1 % CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT Swell Consolidation PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK Test Results CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 FIGURE A-6 i 3 a z H N W H } cc — O Q a w ¢ J O m Q J LL O } N w ❑ LL) zz Ir O O w a} Doc ❑�-❑ WU U)U)C/)� cn 1 W W LLI W LLI W LLI ❑ Z z z z z z z z 00000000 U)(n U) U) H U) U) U) 0 >- U >- >- U >- U Q5555555 In 010 0101010101 m �- C o ❑ LL o J O O J O O V U U) W 2 J D �y00000 O O_ O to r r JCIS cr IL w Er ❑ f L W= LL p 0 pp 0 0 pp 0 00 00 0 00 a U) a o C 0 0 0 0 0 0 a W T T T r T T r r J J Q d W U) J N � Ch r Icl LL f`7 O O (0 0) N 1� O U O T r r T T O O a Z a W T T T T T T T N r W 2 Z W co N y I� f0 T � Z o O O Oi r aj O O T 00 2� d w N d' N 0) N a N 0 W LL 0 2 2 2 S 2 2 2 2 2 OHHHH!-HF F- m r.. cz a Z w E 0 O J W W 0 0 C7 Y Z Q Za G g04 x ¢Om x z S2 Ui ozz 0 3 H cc W OWo LLza OjF � cc U a U 1 1 i I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 APPENDIX B SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS LII 11 IF i SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS 1 1. DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of the excavation, transportation, placement, and compaction of materials from locations indicated on the plans, or staked by the Engineer, as necessary to achieve building site elevations. 2. GENERAL The Soils Engineer shall be the Owner's representative. The Soils Engineer shall approve fill materials, method of placement, moisture contents and percent compaction, and shall give written approval of the completed fill. 3. CLEARING JOB SITE The Contractor shall remove all trees, brush and rubbish before excavation or fill placement is begun. The Contractor shall dispose of the cleared material to provide the Owner with a clean, neat appearing job site. Cleared material shall not be placed in areas to receive fill or where the material will support structures of any kind. 4. SCARIFYING AREA TO BE FILLED All topsoil and vegetable matter shall be removed from the ground surface upon which fill is to be placed. The surface shall then be plowed or scarified to a depth of 8 inches until the surface is free from ruts, hummocks or other uneven features, which would prevent uniform compaction by the equipment to be used. ' 5. COMPACTING AREA TO BE FILLED After the foundation for the fill has been cleared and scarified, it shall be disked or bladed until it is free from large clods, brought to the proper moisture content and compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 698. 6. FILL MATERIALS Materials classifying as CL, SC, SM, SW, SP, GP, GC, and GM are acceptable. e Moderately, or higher, swelling bedrock is not acceptable. Fill soils shall be free from organic matter, debris, or other deleterious substances, and shall not contain rocks or lumps having a diameter greater than three (3) inches. Fill materials shall be obtained from the existing fill and other approved sources. 7. MOISTURE CONTENT a Fill materials shall be moisture treated. Clay soil should be moisture treated between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Sand soils can be moistened to within 2 percent optimum moisture content. Sufficient laboratory compaction tests CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK B_1 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 8 I 1 7 I 7 t I n shall be made to determine the optimum moisture. content for the various soils encountered in borrow areas. The Contractor may be required to add moisture to the excavation materials inthe borrow area if, in the opinion of the Soils Engineer, it is not possible to obtain uniform moisture content by adding water on the fill surface. The Contractor may: be required to rake or disk the fill soils to provide uniform moisture content.through the soils. The application of, water to embankment materials shall be made with any type of watering equipment approved by the Soils Engineer, which will give the desired results. Water jets from the spreader'shall'not be directed at the embankment -with such force that fill materials are washed out. Should too much water be added to any part of the fill, such that the material is too wet to permit the desired compaction from being obtained, rolling and all work on that section of the fill shall be delayed until the material .has been allowed to dry to the required moisture content. The Contractor will be permitted to rework wet material in an approved manner to hasten its drying. 8. COMPACTION,OF FILLAREAS Selected -fill material shall be placed and mixed in evenly spread layers: After each fill layer has been, placed, it shall be: uniformly compacted to not less than the specified percentage of maximum density. Fill materials'shall be placed such that the thickness of loose material does not exceed 8 inches and the compacted lift thickness does not exceed 6 inches. ' Compaction, as specified above, shall be obtained by the use of. sheepsfoot rollers, multiple -Wheel pneumatic -tired rollers, or other equipment approved rby the.Engineer. Compaction shall be accomplished while the fill material is at the+specified moisture ' content. Compaction -•'of 'each layershall be. continuous over the entire area. Compaction equipment shall make sufficient trips to insure that the required density is obtained. i 1 I LI 9. COMPACTION OF SLOPES Fill' slopes shall be compacted by , means' of sheepsfoot rollers or other suitable equipment. Compaction operations shall be continued until slopes are stable, but not too dense for planting, and there is no appreciable amount of loose soil on the slopes. Compaction of slopes may be done progressively in increments of three to five feet (T to 6) in height or after the fill is brought to its total height. Permanent fill slop'es.tshall not exceed 3:1 (horizontal to vertical). 10. DENSITY TESTS Field density tests shall be made by the Soils Engineer at locations and depths of his choosing. Where sheepsfoot rollers are used, the' soil ,may -be disturbed to a.depth of several inches. Density tests shall be taken in compacted material below the disturbed surface`When density •tests indicate that the density or moisture content of anyiayer.of CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT - PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK .8-2 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 1 �I 1 fill or portion thereof ,is below. that required, the particular layer or portion shall be reworked until the required density or moisture content has been achieved. , 11. COMPLETED PRELIMINARY GRADES All areas, .both cut and fill, shall be finished to a level surface and,_shall meet. -the following limits of construction: A. Overlot cut or fill areas shall be within plus or minus.2/10 of one foot. B. Street grading shall be within plus or minus .1/10 of one foot. a The civil engineer, or duly authorized representative, shall check all cut and fill areas to observe that the work Is in accordance with the above limits. 12. SUPERVISION_AND CONSTRUCTION STAKING Observation by the Soils Engineer shall be continuous during the placement of .fill.and compaction operations so that he can declare that the fill was placed in general conformance with specifications. All site visits necessary to test the. placement of fill and observe compaction operations will be at the expense of the Owner. All construction staking will be provided by the. Civil Engineer or:his..duly authorized- representative. Initial and finalgrading staking shall be at the expense of the owner..The replacement of grade stakes through construction shall be at the -expense of the contractor. 13. SEASONAL LIMITS No fill material shall be placed, spread or rolled while. it: is frozen,, thawing,, or: during unfavorable. weather conditions. ,;When work is interrupted by: heavy -precipitation, fill operations shall not. be,,resumed, .until,the Soils Engineer, indicates that the moisture content and density of previously placed materials are as specified: 14. NOTICE REGARDING START OF GRADING The contractor shall submit notification to the Soils -Engineer and Owner advising them of the start of grading operations at least three (3) days in advance of the starting date. Notification shall also be submitted at least 3 days in advance. of any resumption. dates when grading operations have been stopped for any reason other than adverse weather .conditions: 15.. REPORTING OF. FIELD DENSITY TESTS; Density tests made by the Soils Engineer, as specified under "Density Tests" above, shall be submitted progressively to the Owner. Dry density, moisture content; of each test taken and percentage compaction shall be reported for each test taken. 16. DECLARATION REGARDING�COMPLETED FILL The Soils Engineer shall provide:a written declaration stating that the site was filled -with acceptable materials, or was placed in general accordance with the specifications. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK - 8-3 CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 - 0 SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED 1 Description of Work: 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park 1 To: This notice is to advise you: That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER. 1 That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents. Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby 1 authorized and directed to proceed within () calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement. Dated this day of , 20_ 1 The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be 20 and 20 , respectively. 1 City of Fort Collins OWNER 1 By. Title: ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this ' day of , 20 CONTRACTOR: Walsh Construction, Inc. 1 By. Title: 1 1 Section 00530 Page 1 1 11 SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate I 1 1 1 I [] [1 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No.536263P KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm)Walsh Construction, Inc. (Address)8139 Open View Place, Loveland, CO 80537 (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) Developers Surety & Indemnity Company (Address)17780 Fitch, Suite 200, Irvine, CA 92614 hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of $1,216,25.0.00 in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the loth day of February, 2011, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. ' NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original .term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Rev 10/20/07 Section 00610 Pagel ' PROVIDED, FURTHER, that.the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of ' time, alteration or addition to the terms, of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. ' PROVIDED, FURTHER, that .no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. ' PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this 23 day of February, 2011. IN PR SENCE OF: Principal ' President (Title) 8139 Open View Place. Loveland CO 80537 (Address) (Corporate Seal) ' IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners By By: IN PRESENCE OF: Surety. By:l( �`rYzo Sy:1100 Haxton Dr.,#100, Ft.Collins, CO 80525 (Address) ' (Surety Seal) ' NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. Rev 10/20/07 Section 00630 Page 2 I H 11 L 1] POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that as except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, do each, hereby make, constitute and appoint: ***Steven G. Smith, Trent L. Smith, David A. Wooldridge, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and contracts of surety- ship giving and granting unto said Attomey(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporations could do, but reserving to each of said corporations full power of substitution and revocab'on, and all of the acts of said Attorneys) -in -Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. _ This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that the chairman of the Board, the President and any Vice President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute Powers of Attorney, qualifying the allorney(s) named in the Powers of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporations when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY have severalty caused these presents to be signed by their respective Vice President and attested by their respective Assistant Secretary this January 1st, 2008. Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice President•oaP Drrgl-;F� ;- By: gw; 10 :a? n: =o ; 7936 'ia€ Chades L. Day, Assistant Secretary State of Califomia County of Orange On August 13th, 2008 before me, Jenny TT Nguyen Notary Public Date Here Insert Name and Tille of the Officer personally appeared Stephen T. Pale and Charles L. Day Name(s) of Signer(s) t.. E JENNY TT N(3UYQd MM. t' 1791640 NOTARY PUBLIC CAiJ}QR ' ORANGE COUATY My Comm. expires Fed 1Q=2 . ,- ' Place Notary Seal Above who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is We and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature .... Je TT Ng n CERTIFICATE The undersigned, as Assistant Secretary, of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been, revoked, and furthermore, that the provisions of the resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power of Attorney, are in force as of the date of this Certificate. �} J This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, the2� day of �Z��/� ���� • , By: (/ - Albert Hillebrand, Assistant Secretary - - ID-1 438(Wel)(Rev.1 0/11) - - ' SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No 536263P ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm)Walsh Construction, Inc. ' (Address)8139 Open View Place, 'Loveland, CO 80537 (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and ' (Firm) Developers Surety & Indemnity Company (Address)17780 Fitch, Suite 200 Irvine,.CA 92614 hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300.Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a ' (Municipal Corporation).hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal SUM of $1,216,250.00 in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we ' bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly .and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION 'are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER; dated the loth day of February, 2011, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, ' subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with. the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor., performed in such Work ' whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. k PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the .said -Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no''change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond• and it .does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be`unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this 23 day of February 20 11. IN PRESENCE OF: ' (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: 1 IN PRESENCE OF: (Surety Seal) Principal President (Title) 8139 Open View Place, Loveland, CO 80537 (Address) Other Partners Surety, ByE//ciu.� By:1100 Haxton Dr., #100, Ft.Collins, CO;80525 (Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. ' If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NFORC Mama M MAML iaru &a" jar =a i I 1 1 1 1 I POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that as except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, do each, hereby make, constitute and appoint: ***Steven G. Smith, Trent L. Smith, David A. Wooldridge, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and contracts of surety- ship giving and granting unto said Attorney(s)-in-Fad full power and authorty to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporations could do, but reserving to each of said corporations full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Attorney(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. . This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that the chairman of the Board, the President and any Vice President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute Powers of Attorney, qualifying the allomey(s) named in the Powers of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or cerlifcate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporations when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY have severally caused these presents to be signed by their respective Vice President and attested by their respective Assistant Secretary this January 1st, 2008. O,rd°aF; By: �1`t„A•N Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice PresidentpRP o R4l OCT. !.<_ 6y. cwe 1 9 3 6 Charles L. Day, Assistant Secretary State of Califomia 'k County of Orange On August 13th, 2008 before me, Jenny TT Nguyen Notary Public . Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared Stephen T. Pate and Charles L. Da Name(s) of Signer(s) JENNY TT NaL YEN COMM. # 1791640 NOTARY PUBLIC CALM MA ' ORANGE COLIRTY My comm. expires Feb. Ilk 2DI2 Place Notary Seal Above who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in hismer/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the persons) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the Stale of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature Je TT Ng n CERTIFICATE i The undersigned, as Assistant Secretary, of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attomey remains in full force and has not been(evoked, and furthermore, that the provisions of the resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power of Attorney, are in force as of the date of this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, the � day of By: Albert Hillebrand, Assistant Secretary ID-1438(Wet)(Rev.10111) I SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance. Rev 10/20/07 Section 00630 Page 1 i I I `L�K® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OP ID JA DATE(MMD PRODUCER. WALSH-4 OS/1, THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Front Range Insurance Grout' ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 1100 Haxton Drive Suite 100 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR Fort Collins CO 80525 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Phone: 970-223-1804 INSURED INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC q INSURER A: Pinnacol Assurance Walsh Construction, Inc. INSURER B: Catlin Specialty Ioaurnace Co Matthew Wal?h 8139 INSURERC: Colorado Casualty Co LovelandCO80537ace INSURER D: N COVERAGES SURER E: THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS, LTR NSA TYPE OF INSURANCE _ POLICY NUMBER naT GENERAL LIABILITY B X X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 0500201886 CLAIMS MADE a OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY (�J PRO. j� I I JECT I LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS GARAGE LIABILITY I ANY AUTO EXCESS! UMBRELLA LIABILITY I OCCUR CLAIMSMADE DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION 5 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY A YIN ANY PROPRIETOR/PACL'JDEEXECUTIV� 4104361 OFFICEWMEM.BER 1 EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) it zes, describe under c crie, ,. . _. It C I Inland Marine I IM5876375 E MINDDlYYYY DATE MMIDDNYYY LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE S 1000000 05/01/10 05/01/11 PREMISES (Ea occurence S 100000 MED EXP(Anyone person) 3 5000 PERSONAL &AOV INJURY 31000000 GENERAL AGGREGATE S 2000000 PRODUCTS COMP/OP AGG S2000000 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea acrJdent) M UAV S URY (Per accident) S PROPERTY DAMAGE (Peracpdeni) S AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT 3 OTHER THAAEAACIC AUTO ONLYEACH OCCUAGGREGAT 05/01/10 I 05/01/11 CDENT 10EECDDDOD E.L.DISEASE-EAEMPLOYEE 51000000 E.L.DISEASE POLICY LIMIT S 1000000 01/26/101 01/26/11I Leased 50,000 f Ded. 300 'Holder is listed as Additional insuredwithregards DtoPGeneral Liability. (Project: Waters Way Neighborhood Park: Hid # 7125 I�.cn r rrp .AI IZ MULUt:K City of Fort Collins 215 North Mason Street Fort Collins CO 80524 I 4CORD 25 (2009/01) CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATIO CITY OF DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO 80 SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTREPRESENTATIVE 7� t i The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD reserved. I 11 ,I 25 (2009i01) IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER This Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: City of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT DATE: The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. By: CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: OWNER REMARKS: Rev 10/20/07 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE Section 00635 Page 1 SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE Gentlemen: 20 You are hereby notified that on the _ day of , 20 , the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins project, 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated 20 In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date: 1 20 . Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: 1 Rev 10/20/07 Section 00640 Page 1 I I ' SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE ' (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) ' FROM: (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT: 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park ' 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in ' the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. ' 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 ' a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, ' alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or ' possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns ' arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim ' hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. ' Rev 10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 1 I I 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project. Signed this ATTEST: Secretary day of CONTRACTOR By: Title: STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this 20 , by Witness my hand and official seal. My Commission Expires: Rev 10/20/07 Notary Public 20_ day of Section 006SO Page 2 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for (Surety) on bond of hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , (Surety Company) By ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in- Fact. Rev10/20/07 Section 00660 Page 1 SECTION 00670 Section 00670 Page 1 I ' City 0� Financial Services Purchasing Division Fort Collins FortMason Floor PO Box 580 Collins,8 Fort CCO 052522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 Purchasing fcgovcom/purchasing ADDENDUM No. 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' Description of Bid 7125: Water's Way Neighborhood Park ' OPENING DATE: 3:30 P.M. (Our Clock) April 13, 2010 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CHANGE: The bid opening date has been changed to 3:30 P.M., April 13, 2010. Last day for bid questions was March 29, 2010. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 10430, EXTERIOR SIGNAGE Clarification this section is for building signage only Paragraph 2.01, Delete Subparagrah A, building signage to be as specified. 2. Section 02225, STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Paragraph 3.04, Delete Subparagraphs B, C, & D, Over excavation of 5' below building slabs is required. 3. Section various. Delete various references to LEED Submittal Requirements; the owner is interested in tracking quantities of waste removal and recycled ' waste for information only. 4. Section 02791 Playground Safety Surfacing A. Delete 2.03 B. 2. "Provide Fiberdrain 6' apart over entire play area and overlay with Fibarfelt Geotextile Fabric". Replace with: 2.03 B. 2."Overlay play area subsurface with Fibarfelt Geotextile Fabic, or ' equal". Clarification, the contractor shall provide sub -drains per Sheet C-17 Storm Underdrain System. B. 2.03 C. Critical height: 46" 1 I DR 0172 (12/98) COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE DENVER CO 80261 (303)232-2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuant to Statute Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(XIX) on nn Nr)T INPITF IN TWIR CPGCP The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part of the structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization. Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law. A separate certificate is required for each contract. Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side). FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED. Registrabon/Account No. (to be assigned by DOR) Period 0170-750 (999) $0.00 89 - CONTRACTOR INF.O.RMATIO'N Trade name/DBA: Owner, partner, or corporate name: Mailing address (City, State, Zip): Contact Person E-Mail address: Federal Employer's Identification Number: Bid amount for your contract: $ Fax Number. ( ) Business telephone number: Colorado withholding tax account number: Copies of contractror,agreement pa6es:(1) Identifying the contracting parties . ,EXEMPTION INFORMATION andt(2) contaming sugnatures'of contracting parties,must+be attached Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract): Exempt organization's number: 98 - Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip): Principal contact at exempt organization: Principal contact's telephone number: Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County (ies) where project is located) Scheduled Month Day Year Estimated Month Day Year construction start date completion date ram., F ��; TCM, i..y s. YI 1 } 1 ��ttS S /'_ H �1 f F V� f{ A; J •J �'e, -j ihP l� tya 0� .t ,,,�. , �{ f v"'8 G1;: +e%� i1� "�Lly �A F. E y'} (•• 9h ={ $ # b yt`3 I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer: Title of corporate officer: Date: 1)0 NUT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE Section 00670 Page 2 I Special Notice ' Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes in procedure: The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors. Only prime contractors will receive a Contractor's Exemption Certificate on exempt projects. ' Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor's name and address and signing it. ' The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime contractor's place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in the event of an audit. ' Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For instance, if ' you were assigned 89-12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeeding numbers will be issued by the Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this may delay processing of your application. Section 00670 Page 3 p SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS [I 1 1 1 I 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE:.. ' CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT I ;:Those, -'GENERAL CONDTTIONS have been developed by using the ., . STANDARD'GENERQL CONDITIONS OF THE, CONSTRUCTION 'CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint..Contrad.Dociiments; Cron} ittee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990: EdtUon) as a base Chari'ges to that document are shown by underlining tens that io been added and ; st`ikm through teM that has been deleted t " EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 {F990 EDITION) ' ;'- f = = YWITH CITY, OF FORT COLI,INS MODIFICATIONS (REU 9/99) a . i 1 TABLE`_OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph - page 1 . Article or Number&Title Number _ - Number'&Title. Number - 1. DEFINITIONS ...... .... 1 2. PRIMINWARY MATTERS:_ 3 - Li Addenda, I 2.1 DelivervofBonds - „ 3 ' 1.2 Agreement - ........ ,..:_....,,,,,,,.1 2.2. .Copies "of Documents ...: ......... - - - ' 1.3 Application for Payment 1 2:3 :Commencement of Contract 1.4 Asbestos. - 1 Times Noticeto Proceed 1`.5 Bid 1 24 . Starting the Work..... ..3 1.6 ......................... Bidding Documents.;. .........., ,1 Starting.Construction 1.7 Bidding,Requireieents CONTRACTORsResponsibility -- l8' Bonds J toRepart Preluntn rySchediles 1.9 ..............................................I ChangeOrdcr I Delivery of Ccruficates of 1.1.0 Contract Documents„ L Insurance .,.. ...... 3-4 1 1.1 l Contract Price :..: 1 2:St ' -Preto struction'Conference:..... ... 4 I12 ..:...,.. ContracfTimes,...... 1 2.9 InittallyAcceptableSchedules ..........4 1;13. CONTRACTOR I 1.14, defective, 1 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INTENT, ' 1:15 .. :, - Drawings...........:::.............:...............j - AMENDING. REUSE ....:.:.............. 4 1.16 Effective 13ate. of the Agreement 1 3 1-3:2 "Intent .......... ..... .... :_ ... a LITENGI1dhER 1 3.3 Reference to Standards and'Speci- 1.18 ENGINEERS Consultant L Yrcatims.ofTechnical Societies. 1 L 19 Field.Order 1 Reporting and Resolving Dis- 1.20 General-Reguiiements .................. crepancies................................. 4-5 - 1:21 Hazardous Waste ............................. ....2, 3:4: Inten6ofCertain Tirms.or _. - - 1.22.2 - Laws and Regulations Laws or Regulations - ........2 Adjectives -.... .3:5` Amending Contract Documents, ........5 1 132:b Legal Holidays , ....... 2 menti 3.6 Suppleng.Contraet 1.23 Liens .....::..:....:..........:. _ ......:....... 2. Documents'...............:.�..:..:......:.:..5 _ 1.24, 1.25 Milestone ...........................................2 Noticc'of Award 2 3.7 Rctise of Documents .....................5 1 1:26 Notice.to Proceed.................................2 4. AVAILABILITY.'OF LANDS; 1.27' OWNER:...................................2 SUBSURFACE:AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; LN Partial Utilization REFERENCE POINTS .........................................5 1 �9 ................. PCBs ..... ................. ...2 4.1 Availability of Lands ...;.... ....... $ 6 - 1.30 -- Petroleum ..... .................... ..2 4.2 Subsurface and Physical _ 1 1.31 . Project..,. ................ _ - _ 2 Conditions--.......... _ _ ..6. . .. 1.32:a Radioactive Material ...........................2 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings_ - .... 1.32.b 1.33 Regular Working Hours Resident Project Representative,;, 2: 4:2.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRAC- TORAuthorized Technical ' L34 Samples:. .......2 Data ............................. .......:6 I:35 Shop Drawtngs.... :.......... .......... 2 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface 1.36 I37--. S cifications - Subcontractor -...::.. 2 2 or -Physical Conditions ... 42:4 ENGINEERSkeview ..... 6 5 ' , 1 38: Substantial Completion ....I.... ........ 2 42.5 Possible Contract Documents _ - 1.39. Supplementary -Conditions ................. 2 .Change ....:... .....................6 1 40 . - Supplier ; 2 4.2.6 Possible Pnce and Tunes ` 141 1.4 Underground Facilities Unit Price Work .:..:.........: -2-3 ........ 3 Adjustments:.............................. .. 4:3, Physical Condtions Underground 4-'1 1 L43' ..:................... .....:3 Facilities ....... ........, .......7 1*. Work; ChangeDirebvc,,.,,., -.,. -„:..;3,. 4;3;1 - Skovin'orIndicated 1.45 ' ' Written Amendment, Y 3 43-F NodShown or indicated 7 Ref&rnce Points 7 . R. 1> , c .„ _ sicDcb Lgtui,co rotnoNst9iu ap99oEDMON) w/ QTY OF FORT COI.LINS TiODIRCA]TONS QtEVM99) 1 � .- .. ~" .. Article -or Paragraph "' Page' Articleor;Paragraph . " ' page. " ' Number Sc Title 'Number'- ' Number..& Title - Number, '4 5 Asbestos. PCBs Petroleum: 6:35 Submittal Proceedures: CON- Harardous Wasie or TRACTOR'S Review Prior ' Radioactive Material ,. 7-8 to Sli'op Drawin8 or Sample: Submittal 16' 5: BONDS AND INSURANCE ...... 8 6.26 Shop Dra; Sample Submit 5 1 5.2 . Perforinancq Payment_and Other" : tals'Review byENGMER.... 16A7 Bonds' ...;' :..... 8 62T Resporisibibty for Vanations .. 5.3 ` :Li censed Sureties and,Insisers . "" From'CantractDocuments,......,,,,17 Certificates of Insurance 8 "_ 6:28 Related Work Performed Prior 5A CONTRACTOR'sLiability- to;ENGEI4MR'sRevinvand ppioalofRInsuance.. equired - 5 5 OWNER's1. Liability Insurance 9 Submittals ,,,,,, 17 ' S 6 op Prerty Insurance ....... 9-10 - 62 nt9 Coriling the Work ...................17 5.7 Boilerand _MachmeryorAddi- 6.30 CONTRACTOR's'General honal Property Insurance ...10 Warranty and Guarantee' 17 - 5 8 5.9 Notux of Caneellation Provsion CONTRACTORS Responsibility ,10 6.31.6.33 6.34, ... Indemnification ,,, Survival of Obligations ......, 1718 " .,,,,18 for Deductible Amounts 10 5`10 .::OtherSpecielInsurance,: „ 10 7. .OTHER'WORL::.,... ............:............ . 5 11 Waiver of R ghis ...............................11 7.1.73 Related.Work at Site 1 S S 12.5 13 ' Receipt and Application.of 7.4 Cocid[mahori :..... ...........18 ' Insurance Proceeds ,,, 10-I1. 5.14 Acceptzince'okiionas and Insa- 8: OWNER'S RESPONSMIL=S", ............ J S " ance Option to Replace 11 8:1 Communications to'CON- ' S:15 Partial Utilization Property Insuran« ;; 11 8.2 TRACTOR ........... Replacemrnt of ENGINEER , .18 ; ,,, 83. ,;18 Fi]ih zs ' iata andPayPromptly 6: CONTR:4CTOR S.RESM.NSIBIL.ITIES - :11. When Due ......: .....:......... is ' 61.6 2 6365 Supervision and SuperintendrncF I abor Materials and$quipmcnt I 1 LI 12 8.4 Lands end Easements Reports and Tests 18=19 66 Progress Schedule ....... ,,,,,, ,I28;5 Insurance - --. ,.19 6i7 Sulutitutes and "Or -Equal Items; . 8:6 Change Ord rs.............. CONTRACTORs;E,epense;, 8.7 Inspections, Tests and Substitute bonstruction Approvals .... 19 Methods or.Proeedtges;. s.8 Stop o Pend work;. ENGINEE_R's Evaluation12,13 Terminate CON_TRACTOR's. £oncermng'Subcontractors, . Services ....... ..............19, Suppliers"and Others 8.9 Limitations on OWNERS. ' _ __ Waiver of Rights ....., 13-14 _ _ Responsbilitres ......... .... 19, 6.12 Patent Fees and Royalties. ...............14 :- 8.10 Asbestas,PCBs, 6.13 Permits :,. 14 .Petioleum,: Hazardous Waste or. 6.14 Laws and Regulations 14 Radioactive Material 19 6:15 �- Taxes .... 1415 811 EvidenceofFmancel " ..-...- ._ 6.16 - UseofPremises ......'. ............15 -'"- Aaangements...... .. 6.17 Site Cleanliness........ ......... ..... 6A Safe Stt'=6&al Loading ; -•15 9. :ENGMEER'S STATUS DURING 6I19 Record Documents 15 CONSTRUCITON .. .: 19 ' 6;20 Safetyan'dProtahon 1516 ". 91 OWNER'sRepresentanve „]9 6.21 Safety R2presentahye.,..,,, „:16 ' ' 9.2 Visits IaSrte ,,,,,;;19 . .. 6:22. _.. - hazard Communication Program{.16 ' - ... 9.3 - Project Reps: se tati4e ...............:19-21 - ' 6 23 6 24 Em ergencier': . 6 Shop Drawings and Samples 16 9 4 Clarifications and Interpre lotions, 21 95 _ uthorlied Variations ui Pbrk 21 r k Lr s t ricDcc urmixt coiromoris tvto a pro ®inorri �v/CITY OF FORT COLUNSMODM AT10T7S (ItEY 9/99j - Article: or Paragraph .- -'- Page Paragraph. - _.. _ Page . ,. Number g Title ;...Article'oi Number ,F'�. NUM ber&Title Number 9:6 RejectingDejeclrye ,,,,,?1 13.8-13 9 Uncovering Work at ENGI- 97 9 9 Shop Drawings Change Orders NBER's Request ,: 27 28 and Payments ,. 21..: 13.10' OWNER May Stop the Work 28 - 0 Determmations for Unit Prices.•..,. 21-22 13.T1= Coireetion or Removal of " 9 11 012 .. Decisions on Dtspdtes ENGI DefecAve Work .........78 ' , NEERaslnttallnterpretet 13712i. CorrecttonPcriofl .................... ..............22, 9:13,,. LuinitatiOnannENGINEERs 13.13, AcceptanceoCDefectiveWork ... 28 Authority and Responsibilities- 2223 13.14OWNER MayCWectDefective. . Work 28-29 ' a CH?,NGES I\i r THE WORK-. 23 .. , 16.1 OWNER's Ordered Change ......... ....P . 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND 10i2 Claim for Adjustment 23 COITPLETION -, �' 103 WorkNot Required by Contract 14,1 '. Scitedule oC -Values:29 ....... , Documents ...23 14.2. Apphcatiofi46rProgress. ,. 104 -.: _. Change Orders `....... 23' Payment 29 10 5 Notification of Surety 23 . 143 CONTRACTORS Warranty of Title 29 CI ANGE QF•CONTF A PRICE 3 14 4=14 T Review of Applications for , .............. . ............... 11.1 11.3 Contract PriceClaim for . , Progress Payments 29-30 Adjustment, Value of 14.8.14 9 'Substantial P Core letion, 30 the Work . -4 14.10 Partial Uulizaugn 30 31 .. IIA Cost oClheWork; ..... 24-25 1411, FinalInsp.4604 .....:. .....31 ' 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Wor4 .....,....25 14.12, Final Application for Payment ........31 11:6 CONTRACTORS Fee" ...:..:.........2.5 1413;14,14 Frrisl Payment'and Acceptsn4 ....... 31 11.7 Cost Records 25 26 14.15'. Waiver of Clas 31-32 11 S Cash Allowances .; 26 . 26 15. SUSPENSIONbF WORK'AND ' 11 9. Umt Price Work , ,. ........_ .. TERMINATION :: .. 32 CHANGE,OF CONTRACT TIMES 26 . 15 1. OWNER May Suspend Work 32 ... 121 Claim-for,Adlustment 26 15 2=15 4 OWNER May Terminate 32 h 2 Time of the Essence,-, 26' 13.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop' , 12.3 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's _ Wc:j or Terminate ......,,: 32-33 Control: ............26=2- .�...... 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNERS and 16 DISPUTE RESOLLMON ..........33 . - (76 CTOR'sControl ............_r7 17. MISCELLANEOUS ...... .. .............33 , TESTS AND INSPECTIONS,`CORRECTION, 17:V Giving Notice,., 33 REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF 17 2 Computation of Tomes 33 DEFECTIVE WORK ..;. 9 7 , 17 3 Notice of daim: Remadies 33 33. -- - - -- , —13 1 • -_ Notice of ]]elects ,. .27 17A`- Cumulative .............. 133 4ccess o the Work.... ............ 27' 11.5' Professional Fees and Court- - - 13.3 _ .csts1and* .Inspections; - - -" Costs Included ..;;,. - ......33: CONTRACTOR's Cooperation,;, 27 17:6 Applicable State Laws 3-3 34 espons 13.4 OWNER s R bihues Intentionally Ie ft 61ank 35 Independent Tesu_ng Laboratory. _27 13.5- CONTRACTORS ERI-RBITGC•A (Optional),, esponsiiites _ - Agreemrnt C l ,CverinortritIns .G .pGC-Al Al136-137' tton,.Te"stuig,q.pproyal „:; A .,,,,27 167 1 Medtahoi>. ::......... . •.... GC_ M1 Iv s R ` EX oEtmmtAt. coNoinoNs t9iq a 0990 mtnorq w/ CITY OF FORT COIJANS MODIFICATIONS (REV:9/99) ' j ; I I INDEX TO: GENERAL CONDITIONS ' City of Fort Cb]lins;modiGcatiotis to the General,Conditrons of the Construction Contract ere norshown in this index: cArticle or Paiagiaph Number Acceptance of - Arttcleor Paragraph Number. Bonds and lnsurancg;,;, _, ja4 'defective Work.„_.......... ..,j041;13:5,13.13. _ OWNER responsibility for- 4.5.1,9.lb final paytnent .. - 9 12; 14,I5. possible:p ipe and times change .: .4:5:2 insurance ,,,, ................ . 5...14 .,... Authorize d Vanations in'Wo....... 6 6 25 6 27, 9.5. ,otherWcr4byC0NTRACTOR .;., „._,,,,7.3 Availability of Lands_...... .:......4.1.8.4 ' _ ' Substitutesrand "Or, -Equal Items,,,: - ,4,7.1 Work byOWNER 2 5,:6 30;.6:34 Access to the" an Lan4OWNER dCONTRACTOR Award Notice of -defined I. . 125 Before Starting ConstruckioR' .....2 5 2.8 $id defmition of 13 (1 1 1 ]0'2 3 3.3, ...................... 4.2.6A., 6 13, 1I.4.3, 11.9.1)`. .....; ...... ;; 9.1 Bidding Documents definition site related: Work ................... 7.2 Wor} 132 13r14, 14:9:. Acts or Omissions Acts and Omissions - of BiddingRequvements definition: of 1.7 (1'.1, 4.2.6.2), ;. .CONTRACTOR .:.:......::: 6.9.1, 9.13-3 Bonds-. ENGINEER . ...... ......... ........ .6.20, 9,13.3 acceptance of ......:.. 5.14 OWNER .............................. 20; 8.9 Addenda definition of (elsb. see additional bonds dAS 11 4.5.9 Cost of the Work i l 5.4 fdefmitionof Specifications),,(1 6, 1 10,'6.19), 1.1 defmition of „) 8 ' AdditionaTP{operty.Insuraneeg :..... . 5.7 Adjustments Contract Pri« or Contract delivery of ............... w ............ 2.1; 5a final Application for Payment 14.12 14:14 general,.: .1 10 5 1-5:3 5.13, Times 1535,414.3.24.5:2,, ..::,..; :..A5 3, 9 4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4, ............. ........ :......... L1 .12.14:8,.15, progressschedule...... ..... .,i,. „ .,. _ 6.6 .i1.913]0514.7:6 ... ,; Performance, Payment and Bonds and ,Insurance -in genera(::,:.... 5 Buildets risk "all risk" policy form ' Agreement- Cancel lation.Provisions, lns rance .- _ 5 4.11;.5.8, 5.15. defmition.of.................. ......... ..........1.2 . sk :'All-Ri-" Insitrance, policy farm .. ,,,,:, 5.6.2 Allowances, Cash 11.8 .... "Amending Contract Documerits ;',,,,,:, 3.5 Cash Allowances.._.....:..............:..............::...........11.3 Ce ceteof.$ubstantial Completiorl,1.38; 6:30.2.3, 148;I4,10 of Certificates of,Inspechoq 9 ]3 4 135; 14.12 Ain endment,Written-- Certificates of Insurance... _,..,,z7„5.3,5:4.1,1.5.4.13, in.generai:_.- ..........1.10 1-.45,:3:5, 5.16, 5.12, 6:6:2 ..... ..................... 5 6.S;j5:8,:5.14,,9.13.4, 14..12 ....6 8 2 619: 10 1 10.4, 1 L2 12'1; 13 12•2; 14:7.2 OWNERor CONTRACTOR .._ - - -. Change in Contract Price Cash Allowances 11.8 claim for pine ._ " '.... - intent to ,910,91.1;40A, 16i2; 16.5 adjustment 41 4.2.6,.45 515,6.8?.9:4 Application: for Payment 93..9.11. 10.2. 10 5..1].2. 13.9. definition of. 1.3 , 1313 1314 14 7 151, 15.5 ' ENGINEER'sResponsibility ....9.9 final payment 9 13.4, 9;13 5, 14* A 2A 4.15 CONTRACTORsfee.... ........_11.6 Cost of the' Work .r general;,... ..,., ,:2:8, 2.9, 5 6.4.f9.10, 15.5 general,,,,:. 11 4-11.7 ,progress niyment 14 1-14:7 review of.:_14414:Z Arbitration ....,,.; ...16 1-16.6 .. ......-.:. .... Exclusions to -, - 11.5 - - Cost Records 11.7 in genera 1 19, 1 44,.9.11;.10.4.2 ]0:4.3, 11 g - Asbestos - ,_. Lump Sum Pncna - -- `-- 11,32 I Unit Price .Work ....... ::........... ... 11.9, CONTRACTOR'S Fee .................................. 11.6 Article or. Paragraph Article or Paragraph Number , Nirmlier. Value.of Wort 11 3 CONTRACTOR'S liability 5 4 6.12, 616 0.31 .... - . • -Chit nge.in:Contract Times -•< Cost of the Work,-- - I1 4 - - • Claim for times adjustment.-... .... 4 1, 4.2 6, A5 5.15, - Decisions an Disputeg , ...,.,. , ...... ,-9 71, 912 6.8.2, 9 4 9 5„ 9.11 10 10.5 112.1, Dispute Resolution, ........16.1 9, 13 13; 13:14, 14:7 15:1; 15:5.1 - Dispute Resolution.Agreement p,„ ....... 16.1-16 6 .......I. Contractual time,lia iL� .... 12 2',,: ENGINEER as uiitiel tnterpretor 9.11 Delays_beyond CONTRACTOR'S . 4 Lump;Sum Pricing 11 3.2 . control - Nodcc_of - 17.3 ....:., ....:;..12.3 Delays;beyondOIINERsand OWNERS ..,,;', 94,95 911 10,2JI2, ll.9 ' . CONTRACTOR'sscortrol.. 12.4-. - 1� 1 .13 9 13 13 13.14 17 3 Notification of surety, 10.5 - OWNER'S liability........................................ 5 5 , Scoperofchange,,.,.;............... .., ...... 10.3-10.4 OWNERmay>efusetomakepaymrnt ....:.......... 14'7 Change Orders-= Professional Fees :and Court Costs Acceptance ofDeficdve Work 13 13 ; Included 17 5 Amending Contmct.Documents - Cash AI_lowances 11 8 request for formal decision op Substitute Items 9;11 6 7:1 2 .. .... ... . ... Change of Contract Pnc4............................:...:....11 _- Time_Extension ,;., - - : Change of Contract Times ....:.......... ...........12 Time requirements ....:._:. _ ...:,.9.11, 12.1. _ Changes.intheWork CONTRACTOR's fee ..: J0, Unit Price Wort Value'of 1193 ....... Cost Work.,.,.., ......:..... .11.6 '.......:11.4 1.1.7 Waiver of on Final Payment ., 19.14, 14.15 _ _ Cost Records ...... - - .,,,,,:.11 7.. Work Change Directive :; 10.2 - ........ . definition of - • emeigcnaes .,,,...... .. .: 1.9: , ::,. 0.23 _ written notice required 9 11 ,11 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretations: 3 6:3 9 4 .9 11 ' ENGINEERS responsibility 9.8. 10 4 11.2 121 '. Clean Site ...... ..... ......0..17 execution of ::....104. Codes of Technical SocietyOrganization Indemraioq 612 616 631.6.33 orAssociatton-,__ 33.3 - Insu . rancei Bonds and I -- 5 105, J3, 10.5; .- Commencement of Contract Times 2.3 .. - OINNER:mayterminate .....: ...... is2-15.4 Communications-- ' OWNERsRespai bihty.............. ..:..$.6, 10.4 grneral _... .., 63 6.9.2'8.1. ' Physical Coi3ditions=. .,. •' . •, .. - Hazard Communication Program§ Subsurface and.,., Underground Facilities - 4.2 '- 4.3:2.. Completion FinafApplication f6r Payment ..... - 14:12 , ReeordDoeuments.................. ..,:. .6.19 Finallnspecnon;.., ...., 1,4.11 ScopeoCChangg ... Final Payment' andAcceptance ..,_.... 14li-14.14 .:.:......................:.........103-10:4. Substitutes 6 7' 3 6 8.2 Partial Utihzattoq, 1410 Unit price Wort _ ... _ . -- by 11.9 11 3 Substantial Completion Waiver of Claims:- 1 38, 14 8 14 9. 14 15r. , value ii Work covered Changes inithe Work....:. 1 0 _ Computation,of Tunes . 1T21 17;2.2 - - Notification of surety, ................ ........... 10.5 Concerrang Subcontractors Suppliers - OWNERS and CONTRACTORS and Others 6 8-6 11 . responsibilitios.;.., -]04 _- Conferences - ........_ - ,,,..10 2 : initially acceptable schedules :............ . ...... 2.9. ..._ Scope of change....:..: 10.3IS -10:4 :_. preconstructiciii, .; ...... ... ... ........ Claims against CbNTRAC70R 616 qT ici. Error Ambigwty Discrepancy CONTRACTOR to Report .,, 2 5 3:3.2 , gauis atENGB ER;; ... ':. 632 :: Cmstrttct at be[orestartuigby . -6:32 CONTRACTOR .. I ...... 25- 2 7 6.4 - I [1 11 1 t Compensation ,.,: .11.1-11.2 Continuing Obligation 14.15 Defective Work ............................." 9.6, 13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defeelive�Work,.,.;13:11 Dulgto Report --- Changes in the Work caused'by , " Emcrgency::... ...::.:.: . ....::.....:6:23 Defects in.Work of Others ............................7.3 Dillering condition; ...... :._,...., 4.13 Discrepancy in Documents '.;,, 2 5; 3.3.2. 6.14,2 Underground Facilities.not indicated;.„_,,,,. 4:3:2 Emergencies 6.23 Labor, rk „.11.4.5.3 s - 1145:6„11.5:1,U6 ants aed',GuanmteG;:. - ... 6.30 iunicatianProgratns;, ........,6;22 on .:: 6'12,616 631;6.33, the Work ........ 73, 13.4. ab and Equipment:...................6:3-6:5 ulations;,Compliance.:6y- .. .6.14.1 ante:.:..........................................5.4 ttto'tlppeal ,_;9.loi10.4 ......::::.........:.:..........._.............:.6.30 d Royalties paid for by ...............64 rid Other Bonds 5a fed and paid for by 6.13' Jule " 9 6, 2.8 2.9; 6.6, 6 29110.4„ 15:2:1 mal decisionon disputes .. 9.11 s- the Work ..........:...... .10.1 Subcontractors, Suppliers hers....... ......... ...: _ 6. 8-6.11 the Work ¢29-10.4 ;TOR's: expense ........ .......... 6.7.1 :TOR's General Wiirramy azantee.'. ...-::.:.: .....:..:.::.:6.30 TOR'slreview prior toShop - g or Sample submittal -.,......; 6:25 arofWork ...... _:6.9.2 ..........................1 .6.23 Vs epaluatio' Substitutes Cash, Allowances:_--- _ 11.8 Article or'Paragraph Number' Change. of Contract;,,,,;,,,,:,.,.,,,,,,;_,,;,;,51 Change of.Contract Times - ..................... _12 -Changes in the Work:... check and verif ?.5 Clarifications: an& - Interpretations 3 2 3 6 9 4 9.11 defmition,of ..... ... ENGINEER as initial interpreter of„ 9.11 ENGINEER as OWNER's representative ............. ........9.1 !general3 Insiaance 'j.3. .. Intent ... .... . 31 3.4 mmorvariations in ihz,Worl ..:.:3.6 OWNERs'responstbilirytofumish:data ..__._.83 " prompt payment 8 3 14 4 14.13 precedence.:.. ................3 1, 3:3.3 Record Documents:..........:..........:.:...........:.......0.19 Strap•Work'reiluirelnenis..:., ._,4.5.2 ,CONTRACTOR'S= Article'or Paragraph Number of Technical Societies.................... ......... 3.3 Related.Work......................................................7.2 .Reporting end Resolving'_Discrepancies. ,;;_„ 2 5,;33 Reuse of ........................ 3.7 `Supplementing -.--,3:6 - Termmation.ofENGINEER's Employment ....8:2 UnitPrice;Work- ..::. ::rc. 11.9. variations, ..........................:. ... 3'.6 6.2:3, 6.27 Visits to Site; ENGINEER'S 9.2 Contract Price- " adjustment of...................35 41 94,103,' 11.2-11.3 Change of,,,,, ...... .:..:.... 11 Decision:on Disputes ......................... .........9 11 definition'of...... ...... Contract Times -- adjustment of ......... ,,,,,,........... 5, 4:1, 9.4, 10.3, 12 .Change of, I .........................12.1-12A _ Commencement of 2.3 definition of:, ....................................J. 12 . CONTRACTOR - Acceptance ofInsurance ............ I ..................... 5.14 -Commvriications j6.2,6.9.2 Continue Work ......, ,,6;29, 10.4 :coordination and scheduling..................... .......6.9.2 defnution:of......................... .1,13 .. . Lupited Reliance'on Technical pronde siteaccent o others .15 5 . I DRAWINGS 1. Sheet S-1 Site Plan: Add note; Entrance sign in landscape bed at intersection of Autumn Ridge Rd and Bellewood Court by others. Delete entrance sign from Bid Item #8 — Site Furnishings. 2. Sheet C-3 & Sheet C-7: Delete note "Verify US Army Corps of Engineer's permit or letter has been obtained." The City of Fort Collins has obtained the required documentation from the US Army Corps of Engineers to remove the old irrigation ditch. 3. Sheet IR-5 Detail 9 clarification: the XCZ-100-B-COM is an assembly. The contractor shall install the components of the assembly except add the PESB ' valve in place of the PEB valve. 4. Sheet IR-5 Detail 6 & 7 clarification: all sprinklers shall be 6 inch risers. 5. Sheet IR-5 Detail 11: contractor to provide two (2) combo air valves on the mainline loop. 6. Sheet IR-1 clarification: two (2) drip valves on the north end of the park are to be 1" valves. 7. Sheet S-3 Kids Skate Park and BMX plan: Delete note "Irrigation, Turf Grass, and Skate Park by others; temporarily seed area". Delete note "future turf grass". Delete phasing limits boundary. Clarification - The contractor to landscape area per sheet LA-1 Landscape Plan; turf to be irrigated fescue turf grass. Skate Park is by others. 8. Sheet A-1: Fire extinguishers shall be wall hung. CLARIFICATIONS ' 1. Bid Item 5 Playground: Bid item includes two (2) age appropriate signs and one (1) relief sign. global 2. Bid Item 4 Earthwork and Utilities: Bid item includes the distribution system and controls for the water feature in the core area. Water feature is provided by others (Artist). Contractor to provide water connection, control and power per plans and specifications. ' ATTACHMENTS 1. Sheet E-1: revised transformer location. Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BIDIQUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. where renewal is a way of life Labor; Materials and Equipment 6:36.5 CONTRACTORS -other ... 7 " Laws an. ;,._.__.,6.14 Contractual LtaMliriInsurance ,,, Liability Insurance: ........ :....,... ..5.4 Contrac[usl'TimdLimits ......................... ...12.2: Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph Numboer. Number Notice of variation from. Contract Coordination-,- -. Documents ............. ....... .............,6.27 CONTRACTOR's,responsibility ...............6.9:2 - : Patent Fees aiid`Royalues:,..... ............:6.12 Copies of Documents . , ...., _ ................. 2.2 Permits :.:. ........... . ..::.::.16.13 Correction Pertcd..:.:.......... ....... .:....... ..... -::....13.12 Progress Schedule 6:6 Correction, Removal or Arceptance_ _ . _.. . RecordDocuments 6:19, oEDejechve Work " related Work.pgrformed pnorto in general - ................ .......... ........ 10 4 1 13 10-13 14 - INGINEER's approyel of required- Acceptance ofDefectNc Work,; I3.13 submittals,.,,; 6.28 Correction or-Removalof' safeatruaural loading ,,,,,,, , ,, ,,,,,45.18, _ Defeceve:Work .................. ,,,............630, 13.11, ,,, , Safety and Protection:.., ..:.... .... 6;20; 7 2,.13 2= Correction Period: .... -----13.12 SafetyRepresrntative ... I ............6,21 OIVhT}iRMay6orrectDefecAveWork .,_, ... 73;14 Schedulmg'the'Work .6.9.2, . OWNER1v1ay.Stop Wort ,: 1310, " - - Shop Drawings and Samples;: .,,,.,, .,,;4i24 Cost- - Sh' ` 1?rawm and Samples Review of Tests and Inspections .......... ,13.4 by F2dGI11EER 6.26 Records 11.7 SiteCleanhness,::-:...... .. .....6.17 Cost; of the Work- Submittal Procedures........ ; ........6.25 , Bonds -and insuranw additional )1.4 5.9. Substitute Construction tvfet} ods • Cash Discounts,.,:, 11 4.2 andRoceduies; 6 7a2 CONTRACTOR'S Fee ............: ..... ........ 11.6 . ,;; Sulatitufes and ".Or-Fqusl":Items •,,,,;,,,..G.7.1 Employee Expenses ........ ........11.4.5:1 ....6.2, Exclusions to ....... - ..::.::. :........... :.:-.,.11.5 Supervision 41 General] ] 4-11.5 al of Obligations 35 expense; 11.5' Taxes .6 1 Losszs and damages m ges ..... .....4. 11 4.5.6 Tests andIw eeuons 115. Ivfaterialsandequipment __. ....... .... _.... - . To Report ... . .., 2.5 Minor expenses:,,,. Use-0i PlCmis05,,, 6 1.6.6.18; 6.30.214 Payroll costs on changes .... ......... ........ ,1 t 41 .. Review, Piior.to:Shop'Drawingor perfirnn6&bySubcontractors ..... Sample Submi-Ual.......................................:6.25 Records17:7 Righi-to adjustment for ehanges in the Wq k. Q:2 ;I Rentals of construction eiluipinent right to claim.........:.. 4, 7.1, Q4, 9 5, 9 11-10 2,11.2, and machinery ................. _ ,....... .11.4.A.3 11 9;,12 1 13 9 14 8, 15.1, 15 5; 17:3 Royalty paymerim permits and Safety d Protection; 6 20 6'22 7.2, 13:2 license fees: ,,;, 11 4:5.$ . SaCetyRepresemanve; ., ... 6.21 Site office and temporary -facilities 11.4.5.2 — " - — --' — — Shop'Drawmgs and'SampRa Submittal .:, 6 24-6;28"" Special Consultants,.CONTRACTORs .,..- .11.4.4. Special Consultantg.................. , 11.4.4 Supplemental „_... 11.4.5 . " Sobstituta"Construction Methodsand Procedures..6:7 Taxes related to.the Work:,....... , .... .. 4.5,4 Substitutes and -1 Items Tests:and Inspection - ]3.4 Expense .,;.; .. -- 6-7 1 6.7.2% - Trade Discounts,;,, ,... 11 4.2 - - Subcontractors Suppliers and lrthers ,,, ,,,6 8-6.11 'Utilities fuel and sanitary Supervision and Superintendenc@ 6;1; 6 2 6.21 : Work:afterregularhours ...:::,. Tares _Paymentibg6;15 . Covering Work ....... .... 13 6.13:7 -CYimulative Remedies"- - 17:417.5 . ,.,, Warranties and guarantees ,,,.,,; 4 5 6 30 :i" Cuttutgj. Gttmg'an, 'pate g Warranty of Title a 14 3 _ ' Data, to lie furnished by OWf Wntten Nonce Requtied— _ Day definition of F CONTRACTOR stop Worl a terminate I5 5 Decuions,on Disputes Reports oCDifFentig Subsurface tlefectJve lefiniaon of f and Physical;CondiUoris' 9 23 defective Work r .. Substaritial Completiork ... ...14 8 Acceptance of _ hii t EJCDC GENERA n ^- w/CJTYOFFORT 1 11 1 h i $:3' 17.2.2 911 912 ' y 1 14. � i 1041 1313 'ONDITIOM 19104 (1990 EDMOTO Qd.tNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) -. '. :Correction or Removal of 10.4:1, 13-11 OWNER's'R escntative _,."9.1 Correction Pe_nod 13 12: Payments to the CONTRACTOR ' ,in general,-, ,,,,, 13, 14 7, 14.11 Responsibility for ..., .99; 14 Recominend atnnofl'ayment ,,,..-...... ;J4:4, 1413 ".c1c or Paragrapk '.:. . Number Article.or paragraph Number Observation by ENGINEER. .,.... OWNER May Stop. W ;;,-,,, ;,13,10 -. Responsibiltaes Limits6onson,, 9.11-9.13 PromptNotieeofNfects 131 Review.o(ReportsoAfh[fermgSubsurface - Rgectmg .. 9.6 and Physical Conditions' 4.2:4 -Uncovenng.the Wor} 13.8 Shop Drawings and Samples review . .. Definitions ....::: .:.:_ „. .........7 responsibility__.:..:- `,,.:.:: 6.26.. Delays . 41 6 29 12 3 12:4 , _ Status During Cctstruaton DeliveryofBonds z_I auth'or¢ed vanations mithe tVorl 95 Delivery of certificates of i isivance ........ Z3 Clarifications and Inle etch � ° 9 4 Determinations for Unit Prices ,,,,, 9.10 Decisions on Dispute§ Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions : Determinations on Unit Price. 9:10 Notice of .... 4 2 3 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter 9 I 1-9 12 ENGINEER's Review.... 4 2 4 ENGINEERS Responsibilities ....9 1-9.J2 Possible Contract Documents Change ... 4 2.5 Limitations on ENGINEERS Authonty Possible price and Tines Ad ustment j _ , g ..::,4,2.6 '" and Responsioihtie;; D• iscrepancies Reporting - OWNER's Representative :1 and Resolving 2 5 3 3 2 6 l A:2 Project Representative 9.3 D 'sputeResolution RejectingDefective Work .,,,: ..........9.6 Agreement... ..... ..... ,_J61- 16.6 Shop Drawings, Chan a Orders 13 Arbitration;,_, 1§ i`16.5, and Payments- genera1I Visits to Site 90 Mediation., ,,, .6:6 Unit Pner'determmaaon; 9.10 Dispute Resolution Agreement A6 1.16.E Visits to'Site 9.2 bYENGINEER .,. ,Q.,YI-9;12 ',.• Written consent required :;..-7.2'9.1 manecisions . . Equipment, Labor, Materials`and § 3-6 5' Copies of ...............- ... 2 .- Equipment rdMal; Cost of.ihe Wort ................ 3; Record619:. Equivalcntiof-tertalsand$quipmenJ',J't Reuse of ....... ....... 3:7 •...114.5 error or cm issicris .. „69 . . I3rewings definition of - -- 1 IS Evidence ofFinancial Ar a igements- ?Al Easements ........ .... ... 41 Exploraaonsofphysicalcondiaons 42.11. ' Efectivedateof,Agreement.=- definition `4Q............ J 16 Fee CONTRACTORs-Costs Plus _ .......,.,J1;6 - Emergencies .............. ................ _.......... .. 0.23 , . Field Order- ' •' ENGINEER- defmition;of;,..,,,;,::... , .19 - - - as initial interpreter on disputes 9 11 9 12 :definition of,. 1 17 '.'issued by ENGINEER 3'6 1,J9.5 ". Final Application for Payment 14.12 Limitauons;oAauthoriry andresponsibihae;... ;..9.13 Finallnspectiorl ........ ...... Replacementof,`.:............ • _.. __ms.2 Final Payment- :--:j411.. Resident Project Representative ...9 3 and Acceptance 1413. 14.14 ENGINEERS Consultant defuution of.. ., .„ 1 18 ... Prior to; for cash allovanccs 11:8 .. -... - - ENGINEERs-- - General f rdrnsions 17 3 17.4 _. authority and responsibilitylimitations or! 9 13 .:..... -General Requirements - Ai rd' ;; „9 S definitioti;of 1:20 Change Orden, responsibility for 9 7 10 11 12 Claztfications-and Interpretations 6 3- 9 4 pnncipal references tq 2 6' 6 4 6r6-6. 7 6.24 Giving Notme;: 17:I „ D&isions on Disputes „-:, ......... 1 t 9k 12 Guarantee of Wank by CONTRACTOR` 6 30, 1412 defectrveWork notice of , 131 `Hazard CommunicationProgrems ¢22 ' E' datioaofSubstititeItem; Y 673 HaiardousWasie' y 1 \"S S 4 7 Liability r§ 32 9 1Y 2 �defuuaon Of J 21 Noace Wort is Acceptable` ', J4 13 general, 45 OFservaaons : : : OWNER'S iesponsibihty for 8 10 z i L u-"J r •' i + 1 E1CDC(toa?ALOONDIlloNsi9io.8099b EDITION) -. w/ Q1Y OF FORT COLLIN3 MODffICA770NS 1 _ Indemnification ................... ............. .12,.6.16;'6:31-6.33. Instaance ..................................................... -.....5.3 Initially Aaeptable Sch -- es 2:9 Precedence 3 1 3 33 .Inspection-- - Reference to ..... - ...3 3.1 ' ' Certificates of, ;; ..,...9 13 4 .13.5; 14.12 Safety and Protection ..... ,,;; ,8 20, 13.2 Final .... ....... ...... ......, .,1411 Subcontractors; Suppliers and Others .... ;,6 8-6.11 Article or Paragraph' Article or Paragraph , Number Number Special; required byENG1NEER,:.......... .......9.6 Tests and:Insputi6rv% ..... ......................13.5 -. Tests 'arid .Approval '„. .,. $;7,133-13.4:, UseofPremtses 6.16 Insurance Visits to Site:':.... ..... _ ....9.2 . Acceptaiicc oC, by OWNER ...........AA4 Liability Insurance Additional required by changes : , CONTRACTOR's ............................. ... 5.4 m the}Work 11 4 5 9 - OWNERS 541 Before starting the Work -- - 2 7 Licensed' Sureties and 'Insurers. ., ............... 53 , _ Bonds and m general .. 5' Cancellation Provisions 5.8 Application for Progrcu Payment 14 2 .,,. _ .......... Ceruficatesof 27 5 53 5411,5413 CONTRACIORSWartantyofTitle 143 .... 5 6 5 5 8 5 14 9 13 4 14 12 ' ., Final Application for Payment. 14 12 completed operations; „ ... , 5.413 . definition of „ ... ....... 1 23 .: CONNTRACTORs Liability 5.4 Waivei:of Claims 14.15' CONTRACTORS obje itin to coverage 5:14 Limitations onENGINEERs authority and Contractual Liability . 5AA0 respoi sibihties :.,. _...': 4.13. deductible amounts CONTRACTORS Luntud Reliance by CONTRACTOR responsibdit} ...... ....5.9 Authorized ........ ............43.2 Final Application for Payment. ,,,,_,;,................. 14.12 - Maintenance and Operating. Manuals" - - Licensed -Insurers ., Notice iequirements ma[enal c}ianges 5 3- 5 8 10 5' Final Application for Payment ............1.4.12 Marivals (of others) -- Option to Replace ..-- 14- Precedence ....................... .. ,-,,.:.....5 otherspectal insurances :....:. ...........,5.10 'Reference to in Contract Dooiiinents .... ...(,:.,..,.3.3.1` - OVirNER as fiduciary for,inswedg' 5 12 5 13 Meunals.and egwpment OWNER's Liability .. 5:5. furnished by CONTRACTOR .6.3 - OWNER's Responsibility , ,; S.S . not incorporated in. Work ....... 14 Partial Utilisation, Property Insurancq ..............5.15 Materials:or equipment -equivalent ,..4... .......07 - Property:. ,:..:...... ..... ...... .5:6-5.70 .....Media[ on;(Optronal)... Receipt and Application ofinsirance Milestones- defmitionof .....................16.7 1 24 Proceeds 5 12 5.13 Miscellaneous ' Special,Insurance............. 5.10 Computation of;Times ............. .....,. 17 2 WaiverofRghts ............... .:........: ,?5.11 CurnulitiveRemedies.....A........................... ::......:,17.4 Intent of Contract Documents - 3 1 3 4 Giving Notice - - Hof - 17.1 Interpretations and Chilicaitons -3 6 3 9 4 Notice Claim ...................................... 17 3. -- — --------- Investigations of physical conditions-;. 4 2 -', Professional Fees and Court Costs Included � 17�5 -- Labor, Materials and Equ pment ::..........,..6 3 6.5 Multi -prime contracts'. .... Lands:-._ Not Shown or Indicated .::, :aiidEasements - _ $4. Notice'of-- - `Availability of - 4 ] 8.4 Aco6ptability of Project 413 11. . Reports and Tests,,,,,,, ......:. ,:.:...'...._.5.4. - Award, definition of ..... .., .........1 25 Laws and Regulations -Laws: or Regulations--: Claim rr ,.. 1.7.3 .. 51 52 - Defec;s;l31 Chan es,• n the Work, g 10 4 :Differing Subsurface or Physical Con tons 4 2 3 -_Documents::Giving Cam' .. CONTRACTOR'S Responsibilttres; ti 14 CortectionPenod,defecttvMW IL 1312 Testsarid tions Shop 133 Cost of the Work tawes 1] 4 5 4 Variatioq Drawing and Samplg r 'Notice Procd 4 27 - defuuuon;of to ee genera1614 _ k definition of ' 'givuig'of 1 26' Inde t riificatiat .:: h,., ,.;; ... ` 2 2 3 `I 666 AL cotminonrs isio�g (ivso somoi w/amw FORTCOLLIM 1.10E) 7CAT10M(REVV99) y I� 1 No6fu6tibrN6 Sur ...:.... 1 Surety 0 5 testing, independent „ , Observations, by ENGINEER 630 90 " `- -,13_4 use or occupancy Occupancy of the Work,,,,,,,, 5 I5, 6 30 2 4 14 l0 of the Wodc $ 15,6.36.2.4, 14:10 Omissions or:aets by CONTRACTOR :.. ......6 9--9 13 . -- .. ' writtencotuent or approval ' .... , Open Peril policy form Insurance ;,,5.6.2 i wed W,. ........ ........ 9 1„6y3,. ll.4 ion to Re lace Op .. P " ..::5.14 Article or Paragraph': Number, :'Or.Equal" Items........: .. . 6:7 Other wo&7 _ Ovettime:Work-prohibition;ofJ .,,,6.3 1.OWNER ;Acceptance ofii feclive Work ,;,,,,, 13.13.- appomt an ENGR,mER 8.2 as fiduciary;, $ 12 5 13 Availability otLand ,responsibility,;p ......, 4.1 detutinon, oF_ . 127 . data furnis1j: 8.3May .,.,......... Correct Dejechva work 13 14 Mayrefusetomake payment ,,,,,, May Stop the Work ,,; ........ 110 May Suspend Work, Terminate ... $ 8. 13 10, 15.1-15.4 Payment male prompt... .. 14.4,14.13 performance of other work ........... ....... :.................. 7.1 , permits and licenses, -requirements!; - ¢;13. p rchased insurance requirements 5'6 5.10 OWNER!s-- Acceptance of the Work .. . 6 30.2.5 Change Orders, obligation to execute;, „8:6. 10.4 'Communications SA - �Coordmationof the Work" 7.4 . - Disputes, request for decision Inspections, tests and approvals 8.7, 13.4 Liabilityiii�siiiance ,;.... - - . Notice of Detects .............................................. J 3.1 ' Representative During Construction;" ENGINEHRs Status:.....................................9A Responsibilities-- " -� Asbestos, PCBs, Petroteum Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material $ 10 . _ Changz Orders .......... ......... ......... 8.6 : Changes in the Work .................................... 16' 1 " � . communicahons 8.1 - - CONTRACTORS respwnibihties,,, 3.9 evidence"'of fmanciai 6rrangemenla 8.11 ' mspections,aests and approvalg;,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,; 8.7 - mstuancc.:. ......: 8.5 ...... lands and easements 8.4 1 Prompt payment by .. 8.3 replacema t ofENGINEER ..._:..:. .......:8.2 .. .. . . .reportsand•iesta - , - - 8:4 j.temimate jstop or suspend Worn S S 13 10 15 1 CONTRACTOR.. w service's .... 8 8 75,2 separate representative atsite p 3 xi' VaX osxElt:u, corvtno is 191 a-8 (199a EDMOt') ' w/CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODiFICA7TOT7S {REV t " Article or Paragraph, Article, or. Paragraph Number Number - wntte6notice required. .:.:..:.; ,_„a 1,,9:4 9.11, Shown:6r Indicated,;,.. ............... ,,; .,., 4 II , 11.9. 14:7. 15.4' TeclinicahData,;, 4.2:2 „,.,,ih PCBs ec Pronstiiiction Conference 2 8 definition of 1 29 Prelimsnary Matters, 2 , general - - - 4.5 • . Preliminary Schedules ............... ..,.2 6 OWNERS responsibility for ............... . ................8.10 .... Premises; Use of...............................................6 16 G.1S Partial Utilization— Price, Change of Contract........................................J I definition of ..... ..........:. ..::1,2€ iPrice, Centrac[ definition of la l general 6.30 2 4, 14:10 Progress Payment. Applications for 14!2 -. ' Property Insurance,,,,..,.,,.; .........................:.. . 5.15. Progress Payment retainage ................... 14:2 Patent Fees and:Royalties....................................... 6.12 Progress schedule CONTRACTORS ..._.2,6, 2:8, 2:9,. Payment Bonds .... .2 .. 6 6 6 29 10 - 4' 152 1 Payments ;,Recommendation of ,.., .14.4'14.7, 14.13 Project --`definition o... _ ............ -Payments to CONTRACTOR;.and Completion—. Pr01 Representative- _ ; Application for ProgressPayments......... .........14.2 ENGDJEERs'Siatus During construction, .....9.3, CONTRACTOR's Warrantyof Tide. 14:3 Project Representative Resideni -definition of 1 33 Final Appllcatton forPaymcnt 14 12 prompt payment b} OWNER S 3 ' - Final Inspection ...........................................14 11 Property Insurance -'- Final Payment and Acceptance...;.,,,.......14.13 14-14 A'dd tionel,,, .., ., ,..... ............ 5 7 general .... 8 3 14 generals 6-5.10 Partial Utilization . 14 10 . , Partial Uahiation 515 14.10:2 Retainage....................................... 142 receipt and application of proceeds 5 12-5.13 Review of Applications For Protection, Safety and.............................. 6206 21, 13.2. Progress Payments.............;........:.......14.4-14;7 _.. Puncfi.list - - .....I4:11 - prompt payment .............................................$.3 . Rsdioacuve lvfaterial Schedule of Values..;,,, 1.1 defintion of . ,;,,... „......, :,,;,,,,..,.1.32 ' Substantial Completion 14 8 14.9 gene014 5 Waiver of Claims :................................. 14.15- ,..:'OWNFRsrespmsiMlityTor-........ .:.,;........ 5•]0. when payments due .................. 14 4 14.13 Recommendation of Payment 144 14 5 14.13 " withholding payment ... J4;7" Record Documents: - 619 1412 . Perform_ance.Bonds...............:...:.. 5 1-5.2 Records; procedures for mainlaidmg .......................... 2 S Permits ...........6.13. Reference Points .... ..... _ ...., _ ......4.4 ........................... .._.:...... Petroleum-- -- Referenceto Standards and Specifications . definition of ....................•...••••........ 1:30 of Technical Societies 33 general .... 4S Regulations Laws and (orr) 614 ' RejectingDe[echveWork ................ 9.6 OWNER's'responsibility for...............................8.10 Related Work -- Physical Conditions— at Site •... 7.1-7.3 Drawings�of, in or relatingtq 4 2 1.2 Vk rmedprior'to Shop Drawings - ---- ENGINEERsreview, ...................... 42f4 and Samples 'submrttalsreview ....................6.28 .. existing.structures .......................... ...... 42.2 Remedies,.cumulative. ....,. ....174 17.5 general 4.2 1 2 .•. - .. ---- - Removal or Correction ofbefective Work - ..13 11 Notice of Differing Subsurface or . 4 2.3 rental agreements- OWNER approval required 11.4.5.3 Possible Contract Docum ents Chen...... , „4 2.5 repls6ement of ENGINEER, by OWNER ...........:....: 8 2 ' Possible Price and Times Adjustments ..........4:2.6 Reporting andResolvmg Reports and Drawings ......... ......................... :.:.4.2.1 Discrepancies,,;,:„ ' S 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Subsurface and .... 4.2 .. Reports -; 4 2't Subsurface Conditions ..., .., ;4 21.1 and Drawings .... Technical Data Lmtited Reliance by " and Tests OWNERsresponsibihty CO .TRACTOR Authorized„., 4.2.2 Residentand Protect Rcoresentafive I I I 1 Article of Para a . o . P, Num ber Resident Superintendent CONTRACTOR's....::......... 6.2 Responsibilities— CONTRACTOR's4iigeneral ,, :....:..;........ ...6 ENGINEER's-in gene;el....................... .............9 Gimitat ons on ....... ......9;13.' OWNER'sin general...:,. Retainage ...:,. ...... 14:2. :Reuse of Docuin cots ..... - ...... 3:7 - - Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings . and Samples Prior to Submittal,,,:.;; 6;25' ` Progress Payment; ......... ................ Right man adjustment .....:.. .........30.2, 'Rights of Way_.,- _.:4.1 ,Royahies, Paten[ Fees and-,,.: ......,: 6:12 Safo-:Structura(I oadmg ...:. 6.18 .. 'Safety-. .. ...... . and Protection,,,._„.......... .;43 ; 6.16, 6.15, ............. ......... .UM.21,7:2 1312 general ............................................ ¢ 20 6.23 Representative CONTRACTOR s ....................... 4 21 Samples- . dcfviilion ot..................................................... 1:34 general;,;.,.. 6.24'-6:28 Review by CONTRACTOR 6:25 Review by ENGINEER..,., _...... .0.26. 6.27 ' related Work .....:............................ :..623 :submittai of,.. 624.1 submittal procedures ..6.25 Schedule of progress „ 2 6, 2.8 2.9; 6:6, - „ ,;6;29,]0,4,.15.2.1 Schedule of Shop Drawing and 'Sam pie Submittals;;.,.; 2 6 2 8 2 9, 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values 2.6 2.8-2:9, 14.1 Schedules-- : . -::Adherence to .:..........:.......... ..:.515.2.1 - Adjusting .... ........ 6.6. Change of ContractTimeg ......., .._...._.10.4 Initially. Acceptable: ................. ...... .... 2:8;1:9 preliminary; .........:... ..... : ......... .......... .....:4.6' Scope of Changes 10 3 10.4; Subsurface Conditions :,,, ;I ....... 4$:1.1 Shop Ihawmgs- and'Samples; general:......:......... ......... .24-6.2S Change Orders s<Applrcations for Payments; and 9 7 9 9 definitionoI ..: 135 Article,or Paragraph .Number submittal required ............. ....................... ........... .6.24:1 Submittal Procedures. 6.25 'use to: approve subsniuhons 6.7:3 Shown or Indicated....::::. Site Access,; ,,; ;;;,;,7:2; 13,2 Site Cleanliness ...................................... ...¢.']7 ............ _.......:.............. Site visits :to - by ENGINEER 9.2, 13.2 ..:.. by oth&s 13.2 ....... 'special causes of loss" policy form, insurance ... .:. ... :......: 56.2 defihition oC .........1.36 Specifications defination of . .:........... 1.36 of Technical Societies;-referenceto :3:11• Precedence ......3.3.3 'Standards:and Specifications of Techi-kal Societies 33 Starting Construction; Before ..... Starting the:Work ....... :A Stop or Suspend Work - by CONTRACTOR ............................... ...........13.5 by OWNER , 8 8, `1310,15.1 :Storage of initerials-and 'equipment; ...... .....,,4.1, 7.2 Structural%Leading; Safety, „ 6.18 Subcontractor - Concerning,, ......... 6.3-6.11, definition of ..:...::............. 1:37 delays ..........................12.3 warverofrights ,,6.11 Subcontractors--ingeneral..................................6.8-6.11 Subcontracts -required. provisiong,;...... 5.11, 6.1-.1. 11.4.3 Submittals - Applications for,Payment .................14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals ........14.12 Procedures ........ :...... ........ :............. .........:....:... 6.25 Progress Schcdulesr................... ' ..2.6.2.9 Samples„ 6 24 6.28 Schedule of Values:,.:; ..... :. ......;2 61,14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and" Sam ples .._....;.26;2.8,2.9 Shop Drawing ,., 6 24 6.28 Substantial Completion certification of - .............1 30 2 3 148.14.9 definition of . •„,,,...;;].38 Substitute Construetiat lvleihods or Procedures 6.7:2 Substitutes and "Or Equal°=Item; .........6. ENGINEER's approval of � 6 2 ENGINEER'S Evaluauon 6 73 ENGINEERsesponsibility °Or Equal" a 6711 for review 9 7 6 246 28 Sul�tttute'Construttion Methods .. review procedures 2 8 6 24 6 ?8 xui . fiJCDC (iEC>f.RAI, COND1770NS 1910.8 (1990 EDM01-0: wl CITYOF FORT COf-LINE MODIFICATIONS (RE 9/99):, Tem pofary constructionfacilities.. ..:........ .... .............. 4:1 - � Article or Paragraph Article or Paragraph. Number Number or,Piocedures Substitme Items 6.7.2- 6.7:12' Termination by CONTRACTOR 15.5 , Subsurface a6d Physical'Condit{ons=, by OWNER,,,: , .,.. .................. 8=8 151-15.4 Drawings of in or,rolatng to;..,.,. ...... ....... 4.2.1.2 of.ENGINEER.s employment... - ,... J.2 ENGINEERs Review 4 4 Suspension of Wbrl, m general_ 15 generals;;, - - .4.:2., Terms and Adjectives,; - ........3•4 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Tests and Inspections. - . Authorized., , ,,,,,,,,,,,;,,,,,, 4 2:2 Access to the Wort, by others......... ....... ... „ 13.2 NoticeofDiffering Subsurface -.or: - CONTRACTOR'sresponsibiliyes ... ,. ......., ,,,.33.5 ._ Physioal'Condihons 4.2:3 cost of 13 4 .. Physical Conditions. „ ,,.;, : 4 2.12, - covering Work prior tq ... J3 6-13 7 , Possible Contract Documents Changq ;.,... 4.2.5 Laws and Regulations (or) 13.5 stm Possible Price and Times Adjuents............... .4.2.6 Notice of Defects... .13:1 Rcporfs and Drawings 42.1• OWNER My Stop Work „ 13.10 Subsurface and 4:2 OWNERs independent testing 33.4 Subsurface Conditions at the Site;, 4.2.1.1 special required by ENGINEER ...... 6 Tec}uualD eata, .........._ ......4,2:2 timely notice required ............................. 13.4 Supervision-- Uncovering the Work at ENGINEER'S CONTRACTOR's responabiLty 41 request ............: . 138-13.9 OWNER shall not. supervise ......, ..........8.9 Times--' - , ENGINEER shall not supervisF:. 9.2,-9.13.2 Adjusting ...... ................................._4.6 Superintendence .........: . :...........6.2 Change of.Con_ . ...... - ................12 ......... Superintendent CONTRACTORs-resident Supplemental costs ,, ,,, , ,, ,,, , ;,, ,, ...6.2 11.4.5 Computation of Contract Tunes definition of 17.2 , - Supplementary Conditions-- day ........ ........ 17-2.2 definition-6(............. .....:......... :....... ................. J:39 - Milestones ......... .......- .:...... ........12 --principal references.tq - :J I0 11$ 2.2, 2.7 Requirements' - .. 4.2 43, _5.1 5 3 5 4 5 6 59, appeals .- 9.10; 16 311 6$ 6 13,-7 4 8 1 l 9 3 9 10 clarifications; ' - 'Supplementing.Contract Documents,., ._,,, _.,, 3 6 claims and disputes;..,. .Q 1.1 112, 12 -........ - :Supplier---. - - .. .-_. Commencement of Contract Tunes;,,,,; _2.3 defmition.of ..... referencesaQ .. 3 7 -6 5 6 1.40 8-6 11, 6 20, Preconstruction Conference schedules........ - 2.8 6 19, 6.6 , principal 614, 9 13, 14.12 Starting the Wort ......... 2 ........2 4 Waiver ofRig}its................. l.c...:.:.:.......All Title; Warrantyof.................. ::.......... I ......... I ........... 14.3 Surety- consent to final payment 14 12. 14 14 Uncovering Wort 13 8 13.9 Underground Facilities, -Physical Cdndiiioni --. ENGINEER has no duty to ... .913 . ' definit on of .:....: ........ 1 41 Not Erection of _..........10 1,,10:5, 15.2 NotiShown or Indicated , ....... ...'....._...4.3:2 qualification of - .... S 1 53 protection of ....., - 3 4 6.20 Survival of 06hgauons .,., 6 34 Shown or Indicated ,,,.,, ...., ....... 3.1 :.Suspend Work, OWNER May 1 13 10 15 Unit Price Work Suspension, of Work and Termination- ......................15 claims ........................- ., ...........1.19.3 CONTRACTOR M5y Stop:Wmk .. definition of .................:....... .......1.42 or Terminate ... - .. OWNER May Suspend' Work I55 15-1 general ll91 1..14.5- Unit Prices OWNER lvfay Tei minste 15 2 15 4 Taxes -Payment by CONTRACTOR =: 1 4 5 Deurtnviehon for 910 Technical Data Use ofPretntses 616 6.18 63024 Limited Rehance by CONTRi\CIOR 4 2 2 Utility owners ¢ 13 6 20 71 7 3 13 2 IItihrattoa 4 ]0: Possible Price and Times Adjustments ,. 4 2 6 .i Partial 128 5 15 6 30 2 14 Reports of Differiing Subsurface and n Value of tFielVorl 11 3 Physical, Conthuons -4 2 3 Values; Schedule of ,,; 2 6; 2:8 2 9 191 - xry EJCoc�rF�tut MOITIONst9ta s099osomoM wt.aTym FORT COLLINS flODQ7CA1i0NS (REV,9/99) ' i- I Variations in Work --Minor. 6.25,627, 9.5 Article or Paragraph Number Visits to Site= -by ENGINEER Waiver of Claims --on Final Payment ... .... 9:2 ]4.15 WaiverofRightsina-iedparties 511;;6:T1 Warranty and Guarantee, General -by CONTRACTOR ............. . .......................6:30 .. s. Warranty of Title, CONTRACTORR'S:_,;;,;,,_, 14:3 Work-- Access ,to ..:...:....................... ....::...:..:...........:.....1.3.2 byothers :. ...................................... ....................... 7 Changes in the.,.,,., ..... ..... ..............:10 Continuing' the,,,,,_.,...,_ .................................6.29 CONTRACTORMay.Stop Work or:Terminate:.....:........._ .- 15.5 Coordination of . Cost of the,:,;, 7.4 11 4-11:5 definition of.. ........ .......1:43 neglected,by CONTRACTOR, ..:..:...........:........ J 3:14 otherWork..,, .......... I ....._........ _............................7 OWNER May Stop Work , ...................13.10 OWNER May Suspend Work J3.10, 15.1 Related, Work at Site ..:.............................. __ 7A.7:3 Starting the,..:::.... - .......:Z 4 Stopping by CONTRACTOR ... 15.5 ' Stopping by OWNER 15 115.4 Variation and.deviation authoriied,,minor...........3.6 Work Change .Directive- defins pursuant to „10.2 definition of ............................... � ..... _1C44: principal references to ............. .....j 5 3,.109-10.2 Written Amendment-- . ..definition o(:......................... , ,1.45 principal references to,,,,, 1 I0, 3 5 5 10,15,12, ................0.02 682;619 10.1,10.4. .......................11.4 12.1, 13.12 2, 14.7:2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations .................3 6.3; 9.4, 9.11 Written Notice -Required by CONTRACTOR............................7.1, 9:10-9.1.1,. ........................................... 10.4, 11.2; 12A by OWNER ....................9,10-9.1,1, 10A, 11:2; 13:11 1 1 (This p4eleft black intentionally) j 1 1 n t Jcoc oEt�x +L crorromors I910 p990 IDiriox> OF FORT COUJM MODIFlCAIIONS (REVV99) 1 I I I 11 I I ul I I I GENERAL CONDiTION$. 6i Wherever rued m t Geineira!-Coi�lltions or In it& other M paragraphs I and 'Contract - the : f6l] terms' ' have the 4 not'Coniract-Docuirieni�. meanings mgan , d, h ere ipphcable�.to, both the! ..are TP 1.11. :Convraci PrYei7,-The- poneys 'paytible by -otr"*g-;m�pbic OWNER 't6'CONTRACTOR,fcr,completion of ili Work ida-1,yriftion- ,Istr='me-'n'6-issued In accordance- with the Contact Docum'ents as.stated in poor to ;thep0Ffid, Which.cI*oCrroCt or iM Bidding --irei ""; &'Contract hcaAgeemen(subject_ to thy' provisions; of .. R or paragraph 119.1 in the =6 ofUnit Price Work): 1.1,2), Contract- Tiriiei-Th bizs"of -days or the contract betW6eh':OWNER end C,oNTRACTOR`,covermg the Workic, be:perf - stated mike the - A -g-ocirm-i ent:� n0uimio- achieve Substantia I Completion, , and_(i),to complete the Work so thwit..is other Contract a en tho,A Teemt Laid In d reacly'lib ' fu-,Mby, ENP)NEE Rs ` wiitten recommen Io'n.cf,.firial pa ccidanco� in he ,ymerit hi- ph 14 13 uith'p-anigra 13, Apphcafioti fb4iPi6mni-The; form acceppted by ENGIIlEER usedrby CONTRACTOR-in 1.13. C0A7X4CT0R-Theiperso-tfrm or corporation o. ation _t- Tc es, g progress orfiiwpayra5�tsTwhich stole. ,I ._ 141 whorOWNER `has 'entrod ffittheAaoemcnt . ...I - I acccrnpanwIby ,such supporting 86cmentation as is:. i6cuirtd,by *C6 Documents 1.1: ­L iir,modifying ilyi ng *Ij�ctYv7&rAnI:adjrctivc.w,bi,q*..b ..Asbestos 14:Anymateralthat containsmore-than one .:..w. th'o'd 'refes toWork that s uhsatsfitaor ,-fauly or de clent in thee; dOCSL not conforin'to,the- Contract Percent;iIbestD'Siind is friable crIs ieile'asm' 'asbestbs fibers g Documents, qr�:49es n9t. rqoet� requir any into the ivilioifabliifiM b 'th air a. y�,.cuqcnt action y ez _the _pmcr!�4_of IrL ectioT of, stap*d,te;;t or approval referred to nr .United. 'Stitii Q&�ipaiiom"] Siifcty­ and',' -iiealthl in ihi-:C�dnti�id.Do--c-Lirne-nts', &Jas�boorI 6' od pri M.39 or to Administratiom Mai., I frill ENGINEERi! ric6mrn iono payrnehtt(unless :`­ the bidder:submitLed 1564�fhe�cAeor-pD responsibility F4 theProtecti6n thereof haas '6eei assumed y OWNER,afS�bstftaltorplcionincccidance with �'of cn;jje:pj&�bedLform ;sjtaj6ohthVHeps-f&jjj Work paragraph :14.8orl4.10Y.' to be performed 1.15., bi"Ap­TfiJi draw rigs which 'show the'scope, PqcIvnm74-:ribe. a&erts ment or,- ei or to tip.. fi,irnished d an .�ihviiaubr,i-f6'Bidi.it,�cti6,iis,.t6.lbidder-�the Bid form, and i, " bidder- TOR and _. , which,"have been — - ' ­ AMencla pro osecl CbAtract DocumenW d.ing kU p e_:ri6ired to pre ora �ed INEER iiiti ia"t" issue ed prior..t6iiic6pt of Bids):. Shop.,dr iwmp.. are not Drawirngs as, defined - 17lbLi�g. ­Requ1r.eq7e.n#-'thc: .8_&e era or :invitati�T6.Bid 'uisnctiom,t6bidders, and fire Bid form. Ll& kjecdve - -Date q'�"the,_-Agivewint-The; date 'Ag*reetrieht,on.wilicfi.ii, 1:8. Boji&-Perfbrffiahc'e andT eig �orid;�M other am, indicated in'.the bedomeseffectiie� but if indicated th date on which 'date no datels itmeans. the of sei;in*� the Aieeneat 'is'signe'd �thd tieliv"erid by. the last of the two sign e r,- parties to gn Iincl d bye- 7 19 _Change..OriAirA.:d6cument:ricommended by . I �_­. I .. .. .. ENGIIlEEii _%V`hich is s4iped by:CONTRACTOR and . 1.17. ENGINEER The person hrm, o�. �cqrporation OWNER and authcrims an a:ddiUct.-�;-d'ele'-ti'(3n;orrevision in named as "miheAjieooni. ­ the Work or im.adjustmen[ in.the'Contract Price or the . . ­ .'coniinict limes, issued on or after: the EffectiveDate,of the, E�Lki i�onsid L.1V ENGIM s Consultant -A rsoN 'firin or Pe AgreoffionL . , . I&- , I - , corporatim ving A contract withENGIISIEERto Rifinish :,'- Do 0 The..,Ag, L Adden& services- as ENG]NEER's independent. prdiiiiciml associate of consultant with ':respect to the Project and who isiden" di; j ti zar I p a . It yn-Alie, 7- r cii s­....